Dhammapada-aµµhakath± : 1 - 2456 Abhittharetha (2.0001) kaly±ºeti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto c³¼ekas±µakabr±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vipassidasabalassa k±lasmiñhi mah±-ekas±µakabr±hmaºo n±ma ahosi, aya½pana etarahi s±vatthiya½ c³¼ekas±µako n±ma. Tassa hi eko niv±sanas±µakoahosi, br±hmaºiy±pi eko. Ubhinnampi ekameva p±rupana½, bahi gamanak±lebr±hmaºo v± br±hmaº² v± ta½ p±rupati. Athekadivasa½ vih±re dhammassavaneghosite br±hmaºo ±ha– “bhoti dhammassavana½ ghosita½, ki½ div± dhammassa-vana½ gamissasi, ud±hu ratti½. P±rupanassa hi abh±vena na sakk± amhehiekato gantun”ti. Br±hmaº², “s±mi, aha½ div± gamiss±m²”ti s±µaka½ p±rupitv± aga-m±si. Br±hmaºo divasabh±ga½ gehe v²tin±metv± ratti½ gantv± satthu purato nisi-nnova dhamma½ assosi. Athassa sar²ra½ pharam±n± pañcavaºº± p²ti uppajji. Sosatth±ra½ p³jituk±mo hutv± “sace ima½ s±µaka½ (2.0002) dass±mi, neva br±hma-ºiy±, na mayha½ p±rupana½ bhavissat²”ti cintesi. Athassa maccheracitt±na½sahassa½ uppajji, puneka½ saddh±citta½ uppajji. Ta½ abhibhavitv± punamaccherasahassa½ uppajji. Itissa balavamacchera½ bandhitv± gaºhanta½ viyasaddh±citta½ paµib±hatiyeva. Tassa “dass±mi, na dass±m²”ti cintentasseva paµha-may±mo apagato, majjhimay±mo sampatto. Tasmimpi d±tu½ n±sakkhi. Pacchima-y±me sampatte so cintesi– “mama saddh±cittena maccheracittena ca saddhi½yujjhantasseva dve y±m± v²tivatt±, ida½ mama ettaka½ maccheracitta½ va¹¹ha-m±na½ cat³hi ap±yehi s²sa½ ukkhipitu½ na dassati, dass±mi nan”ti. So macche-rasahassa½ abhibhavitv± saddh±citta½ purec±rika½ katv± s±µaka½ ±d±ya satthup±dam³le µhapetv± “jita½ me, jita½ me”ti tikkhattu½ mah±saddamak±si. R±j± pasenadi kosalo dhamma½ suºanto ta½ sadda½ sutv± “pucchatha na½,ki½ kira tena jitan”ti ±ha. So r±japurisehi pucchito tamattha½ ±rocesi. Ta½ sutv±r±j± “dukkara½ kata½ br±hmaºena, saªgahamassa kariss±m²”ti eka½ s±µaka-yuga½ d±pesi. So tampi tath±gatasseva ad±si. Puna r±j± dve catt±ri aµµha so¼a-s±ti dviguºa½ katv± d±pesi. So t±nipi tath±gatasseva ad±si. Athassa r±j±dvatti½sa yug±ni d±pesi. Br±hmaºo “attano aggahetv± laddha½ laddha½ vissajje-siyev±”ti v±damocanattha½ tato eka½ yuga½ attano, eka½ br±hmaºiy±ti dveyug±ni gahetv± ti½sa yug±ni tath±gatasseva ad±si. R±j± pana tasmi½ sattakkha-ttumpi dadante puna d±tuk±moyeva ahosi. Pubbe mah±-ekas±µako catusaµµhiy±s±µakayugesu dve aggahesi, aya½ pana dvatti½s±ya laddhak±le dve aggahesi.R±j± purise ±º±pesi– “dukkara½ bhaºe br±hmaºena kata½, antepure mama dvekambal±ni ±har±peyy±th±”ti. Te tath± kari½su. R±j± satasahassagghanake dvekambale d±pesi. Br±hmaºo “na ime mama sar²re upayoga½ arahanti, buddhas±-sanasseva ete anucchavik±”ti eka½ kambala½ antogandhakuµiya½ satthu saya-nassa upari vit±na½ katv± bandhi, eka½ attano ghare nibaddha½ bhuñjantassabhikkhuno bhattakiccaµµh±ne vit±na½ katv± bandhi. R±j± s±yanhasamaye (2.0003)satthu santika½ gantv± ta½ kambala½ sañj±nitv±, “bhante, kena p³j± kat±”tipucchitv± “ekas±µaken±”ti vutte “br±hmaºo mama pas±daµµh±neyeva pas²dat²”tivatv± “catt±ro hatth² catt±ro asse catt±ri kah±paºasahass±ni catasso itthiyo

catasso d±siyo catt±ro purise caturo g±mavare”ti eva½ y±va sabbasat± catt±ricatt±ri katv± sabbacatukka½ n±ma assa d±pesi. Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½– “aho acchariya½ c³¼eka-s±µakassa kamma½, ta½muhuttameva sabbacatukka½ labhi, id±ni katena kaly±-ºakammena ajjameva vip±ko dinno”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave,etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave,sac±ya½ ekas±µako paµhamay±me mayha½ d±tu½ asakkhissa, sabbaso¼asaka½alabhissa. Sace majjhimay±me asakkhissa, sabbaµµhaka½ alabhissa. Balavapa-cchimay±me dinnatt± panesa sabbacatukka½ labhi. Kaly±ºakamma½ karontenahi uppanna½ citta½ ah±petv± taªkhaºaññeva k±tabba½. Dandha½ kata½ kusa-lañhi sampatti½ dadam±na½ dandhameva dad±ti, tasm± cittupp±dasamanantara-meva kaly±ºakamma½ k±tabban”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 116. “Abhittharetha kaly±ºe, p±p± citta½ niv±raye; dandhañhi karoto puñña½, p±pasmi½ ramat² mano”ti. Tattha abhitthareth±ti turitaturita½ s²ghas²gha½ kareyy±ti attho. Gihin± v± hi“sal±kabhattad±n±d²su kiñcideva kusala½ kariss±m²”ti citte uppanne yath± aññeok±sa½ na labhanti, eva½ “aha½ pure, aha½ pure”ti turitaturitameva k±tabba½.Pabbajitena v± upajjh±yavatt±d²ni karontena aññassa ok±sa½ adatv± “aha½ pure,aha½ pure”ti turitaturitameva k±tabba½. P±p± cittanti k±yaduccarit±dip±paka-mmato v± akusalacittupp±dato v± sabbath±mena citta½ niv±raye. Dandhañhi karo-toti yo pana “dass±mi, na dass±mi sampajjissati nu kho me, no”ti eva½ cikkhalla-maggena gacchanto viya dandha½ puñña½ karoti, tassa ekas±µakassa viya (2.0004)maccherasahassa½ p±pa½ ok±sa½ labhati. Athassa p±pasmi½ ramat² mano,kusalakammakaraºak±leyeva hi citta½ kusale ramati, tato muccitv± p±paninna-meva hot²ti. G±th±pariyos±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. C³¼ekas±µakabr±hmaºavatthu paµhama½. 2. Seyyasakattheravatthu P±pañca purisoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto seyyasaka-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So hi l±¼ud±yittherassa saddhivih±riko, attano anabhirati½ tassa ±rocetv± tenapaµhamasaªgh±disesakamme sam±dapito uppannuppann±ya anabhiratiy± ta½kammamak±si (p±r±. 234). Satth± tassa kiriya½ sutv± ta½ pakkos±petv± “eva½kira tva½ karos²”ti pucchitv± “±ma, bhante”ti vutte “kasm± bh±riya½ kamma½ak±si, ananucchavika½ moghapuris±”ti n±nappak±rato garahitv± sikkh±pada½paññ±petv± “evar³pañhi kamma½ diµµhadhammepi sampar±yepi dukkhasa½vatta-nikameva hot²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tha-

m±ha– 117. “P±pañce puriso kayir±, na na½ kayir± punappuna½; na tamhi chanda½ kayir±tha, dukkho p±passa uccayo”ti. Tassattho– sace puriso saki½ p±pakamma½ kareyya, taªkhaºeyeva paccave-kkhitv± “ida½ appatir³pa½ o¼±rikan”ti na na½ kayir± punappuna½. Yopi tamhichando v± ruci v± uppajjeyya, tampi vinodetv± na kayir±theva. Ki½ k±raº±?Dukkho p±passa uccayo. P±passa hi uccayo vu¹¹hi idhalokepi sampar±yepidukkhameva ±vahat²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Seyyasakattheravatthu dutiya½. 3. L±jadevadh²t±vatthu Puññañceti (2.0005) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto l±jade-vadh²tara½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu r±jagahe samuµµhita½. ¾yasm± hi mah±kassapo pippaliguh±ya½ viharanto jh±na½ sam±pajjitv±sattame divase vuµµh±ya dibbena cakkhun± bhikkh±c±raµµh±na½ olokento eka½s±likhettap±lika½ itthi½ s±lis²s±ni gahetv± l±je kurum±na½ disv± “saddh± nu kho,assaddh±”ti v²ma½sitv± “saddh±”ti ñatv± “sakkhissati nu kho me saªgaha½ k±tu½,no”ti upadh±rento “vis±rad± kuladh²t± mama saªgaha½ karissati, katv± ca panamah±sampatti½ labhissat²”ti ñatv± c²vara½ p±rupitv± pattam±d±ya s±likhettasa-m²peyeva aµµh±si. Kuladh²t± thera½ disv±va pasannacitt± pañcavaºº±ya p²tiy±phuµµhasar²r± “tiµµhatha, bhante”ti vatv± l±je ±d±ya vegena gantv± therassa patte±kiritv± pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv±, “bhante, tumhehi diµµhadhammassa bh±gin²assan”ti patthana½ ak±si. Thero “eva½ hot³”ti anumodanamak±si. S±pi thera½vanditv± attan± dinnad±na½ ±vajjam±n± nivatti. T±ya ca pana ked±ramariy±d±yagamanamagge ekasmi½ bile ghoraviso sappo nipajji. So therassa k±s±yapaµi-cchanna½ jaªgha½ ¹a½situ½ n±sakkhi. Itar± d±na½ ±vajjam±n± nivattant² ta½padesa½ p±puºi. Sappo bil± nikkhamitv± ta½ ¹a½sitv± tattheva p±tesi. S± pasa-nnacittena k±la½ katv± t±vati½sabhavane ti½sayojanike kanakavim±ne suttappa-buddh± viya sabb±laªk±rapaµimaº¹itena tig±vutena attabh±vena nibbatti. S±dv±dasayojanika½ eka½ dibbavattha½ niv±setv± eka½ p±rupitv± acchar±saha-ssaparivut± pubbakammapak±sanatth±ya suvaººal±jabharitena olambakenasuvaººasarakena paµimaº¹ite vim±nadv±re µhit± attano sampatti½ oloketv± “ki½nu kho me katv± aya½ sampatti laddh±”ti dibbena cakkhun± upadh±rent²“ayyassa me mah±kassapattherassa dinnal±janissandena s± laddh±”ti aññ±si. S± eva½ parittakena kammena evar³pa½ sampatti½ labhitv± “na d±ni may±pamajjitu½ vaµµati, ayyassa vattapaµivatta½ katv± ima½ sampatti½ th±vara½ kari-ss±m²”ti cintetv± p±tova kanakamaya½ sammajjaniñceva kacavaracha¹¹ana-kañca pacchi½ (2.0006) ±d±ya gantv± therassa pariveºa½ sammajjitv± p±n²yapa-

ribhojan²ya½ upaµµh±pesi. Thero ta½ disv± “kenaci daharena v± s±maºerena v±vatta½ kata½ bhavissat²”ti sallakkhesi. S± dutiyadivasepi tatheva ak±si, theropitatheva sallakkhesi. Tatiyadivase pana thero tass± sammajjanisadda½ sutv± t±la-cchidd±d²hi ca paviµµha½ sar²robh±sa½ disv± dv±ra½ vivaritv± “ko esa sammajja-t²”ti pucchi. “Aha½, bhante, tumh±ka½ upaµµh±yik± l±jadevadh²t±”ti. “Nanumayha½ eva½n±mik± upaµµh±yik± n±ma natth²”ti. “Aha½, bhante, s±likhetta½rakkham±n± l±je datv± pasannacitt± nivattant² sappena daµµh± k±la½ katv± t±vati½-sadevaloke uppann±, may± ayya½ niss±ya aya½ sampatti laddh±, id±nipitumh±ka½ vattapaµivatta½ katv± ‘sampatti½ th±vara½ kariss±m²’ti ±gat±mhi,bhante”ti. “Hiyyopi parepi tay±veta½ µh±na½ sammajjita½, tay±va p±n²yabhoja-n²ya½ upaµµh±pitan”ti. “¾ma, bhante”ti. “Apehi devadh²te, tay± kata½ vatta½kata½va hotu, ito paµµh±ya ima½ µh±na½ m± ±gam²”ti. “Bhante, m± ma½ n±setha,tumh±ka½ vatta½ katv± sampatti½ me thira½ k±tu½ deth±”ti. “Apehi devadh²te,m± ma½ an±gate cittab²jani½ gahetv± nisinnehi dhammakathikehi ‘mah±kassapa-ttherassa kira ek± devadh²t± ±gantv± vattapaµivatta½ katv± p±n²yaparibhojan²ya½upaµµh±pes²’ti vattabbata½ kari, ito paµµh±ya idha m± ±gami, paµikkam±”ti. S± “m±ma½, bhante, n±seth±”ti punappuna½ y±ciyeva. Thero “n±ya½ mama vacana½suº±t²”ti cintetv± “tuva½ pam±ºa½ na j±n±s²”ti acchara½ pahari. S± tatthasaºµh±tu½ asakkont² ±k±se uppatitv± añjali½ paggayha, “bhante, may± laddhasa-mpatti½ m± n±setha, th±vara½ k±tu½ deth±”ti rodant² ±k±se aµµh±si. Satth± jetavane gandhakuµiya½ nisinnova tass± roditasadda½ sutv± obh±sa½pharitv± devadh²t±ya sammukhe nis²ditv± kathento viya “devadh²te mamaputtassa kassapassa sa½varakaraºameva bh±ro, puññatthik±na½ pana ‘aya½ noattho’ti sallakkhetv± puññakaraºameva bh±ro. Puññakaraºañhi idha ceva sampa-r±ye ca sukhamev±”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½g±tham±ha– 118. “Puññañce (2.0007) puriso kayir±, kayir± na½ punappuna½; tamhi chanda½ kayir±tha, sukho puññassa uccayo”ti. Tassattho– sace puriso puñña½ kareyya, “ekav±ra½ me puñña½ kata½, ala½ett±vat±”ti anoramitv± punappuna½ karotheva. Tassa akaraºakkhaºepi tamhipuññe chanda½ ruci½ uss±ha½ karotheva. Ki½ k±raº±? Sukho puññassa uccayo.Puññassa hi uccayo vu¹¹hi idhalokaparalokasukh±vahanato sukhoti. Desan±vas±ne devadh²t± pañcacatt±l²sayojanamatthake µhit±va sot±patti-phala½ p±puº²ti.

L±jadevadh²t±vatthu tatiya½. 4. An±thapiº¹ikaseµµhivatthu P±popi passat² bhadranti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoan±thapiº¹ika½ ±rabbha kathesi. An±thapiº¹iko hi vih±rameva uddissa catupaºº±sakoµidhana½ buddhas±sanevikiritv± satthari jetavane viharante devasika½ t²ºi mah±-upaµµh±n±ni gacchati,gacchanto ca “ki½ nu kho ±d±ya ±gatoti s±maºer± v± dahar± v± hatthampi me olo-keyyun”ti tucchahattho n±ma na gatapubbo. P±tova gacchanto y±gu½ g±h±pe-tv±va gacchati, katap±tar±so sappinavan²t±d²ni bhesajj±ni. S±yanhasamaye m±l±-gandhavilepanavatth±d²ni g±h±petv± gacchati. Eva½ niccak±lameva divasedivase d±na½ datv± s²la½ rakkhati. Aparabh±ge dhana½ parikkhaya½ gacchati.Voh±r³paj²vinopissa hatthato aµµh±rasakoµidhana½ iºa½ gaºhi½su, kulasantak±-pissa aµµh±rasahiraññakoµiyo, nad²t²re nidahitv± µhapit± udakena k³le bhinnemah±samudda½ pavisi½su. Evamassa anupubbena dhana½ parikkhaya½ aga-m±si. So eva½bh³topi saªghassa d±na½ detiyeva, paº²ta½ pana katv± d±tu½ nasakkoti. So ekadivasa½ satth±r± “d²yati pana te, gahapati, kule d±nan”ti vutte “d²yati,bhante, tañca kho kaº±jaka½ bilaªgadutiyan”ti ±ha. Atha na½ (2.0008) satth±,“gahapati, ‘l³kha½ d±na½ dem²’ti m± cintayi. Cittasmiñhi paº²te buddh±d²na½dinnad±na½ l³kha½ n±ma natthi, apica tva½ aµµhanna½ ariyapuggal±na½ d±na½desi, aha½ pana vel±mak±le sakalajambud²pa½ unnaªgala½ katv± mah±d±na½pavattayam±nopi tisaraºagatampi kañci n±lattha½, dakkhiºeyy± n±ma eva½dullabh±. Tasm± ‘l³kha½ me d±nan’ti m± cintay²”ti vatv± vel±masuttamassa (a. ni.9.20) kathesi. Athassa dv±rakoµµhake adhivatth± devat± satthari ceva satthus±va-kesu ca geha½ pavisantesu tesa½ tejena saºµh±tu½ asakkont², “yath± ime ima½geha½ na pavisanti, tath± gahapati½ paribhindiss±m²”ti ta½ vattuk±m±pi issara-k±le kiñci vattu½ n±sakkhi, id±ni “pan±ya½ duggato gaºhissati me vacanan”tirattibh±ge seµµhissa sirigabbha½ pavisitv± ±k±se aµµh±si. Atha seµµhi na½ disv±“ko eso”ti ±ha. Aha½ te mah±seµµhi catutthadv±rakoµµhake adhivatth± devat±,tuyha½ ov±dad±natth±ya ±gat±ti. Tena hi ovadeh²ti. Mah±seµµhi tay± pacchima-k±la½ anoloketv±va samaºassa gotamassa s±sane bahu½ dhana½ vippakiººa½,id±ni duggato hutv±pi ta½ na muñcasiyeva, eva½ vattam±no katip±heneva gh±sa-cch±danamattampi na labhissasi, ki½ te samaºena gotamena, atiparicc±gato ora-mitv± kammante payojento kuµumba½ saºµh±peh²ti. Aya½ me tay± dinna-ov±doti.¾ma, seµµh²ti. Gaccha, n±ha½ t±dis²na½ satenapi sahassenapi satasahassenapisakk± kampetu½, ayutta½ te vutta½, ka½ tay± mama gehe vasam±n±ya, s²gha½s²gha½ me ghar± nikkham±h²ti. S± sot±pannassa ariyas±vakassa vacana½ sutv±µh±tu½ asakkont² d±rake ±d±ya nikkhami, nikkhamitv± ca pana aññattha vasana-

µµh±na½ alabham±n± “seµµhi½ kham±petv± tattheva vasiss±m²”ti nagaraparigg±-haka½ devaputta½ upasaªkamitv± attan± kat±par±dha½ ±cikkhitv± “ehi, ma½seµµhissa santika½ netv± kham±petv± vasanaµµh±na½ d±peh²”ti ±ha. So “ayutta½tay± vutta½, n±ha½ tassa santika½ gantu½ ussah±m²”ti ta½ paµikkhipi. S±catunna½ mah±r±j±na½ santika½ gantv± tehipi paµikkhitt± sakka½ devar±j±na½upasaªkamitv± ta½ pavatti½ ±cikkhitv±, “aha½, deva, vasanaµµh±na½ alabha-m±n± d±rake (2.0009) hatthena gahetv± an±th± vicar±mi, vasanaµµh±na½ med±peh²”ti suµµhutara½ y±ci. Atha na½ so “ahampi tava k±raº± seµµhi½ vattu½ na sakkhiss±mi, eka½ panate up±ya½ kathess±m²”ti ±ha. S±dhu, deva, katheh²ti. Gaccha, seµµhino ±yuttaka-vesa½ gahetv± seµµhissa hatthato paººa½ ±ropetv± voh±r³paj²v²hi gahita½ aµµh±-rasakoµidhana½ attano ±nubh±vena sodhetv± tucchagabbhe p³retv± mah±sa-mudda½ paviµµha½ aµµh±rasakoµidhana½ atthi, aññampi asukaµµh±ne n±ma ass±-mika½ aµµh±rasakoµidhana½ atthi, ta½ sabba½ sa½haritv± tassa tucchagabbhep³retv± daº¹akamma½ katv± kham±peh²ti. S± “s±dhu, dev±”ti vuttanayeneva ta½sabba½ katv± puna tassa sirigabbha½ obh±sayam±n± ±k±se µhatv± “ko eso”tivutte aha½ te catutthadv±rakoµµhake adhivatth± andhab±ladevat±, may± andhab±-lat±ya ya½ tumh±ka½ santike kathita½, ta½ me khamatha. Sakkassa hi me vaca-nena catupaºº±sakoµidhana½ sa½haritv± tucchagabbhap³raºa½ daº¹akamma½kata½, vasanaµµh±na½ alabham±n± kilam±m²ti. An±thapiº¹iko cintesi– “aya½devat± ‘daº¹akammañca me katan’ti vadati, attano ca dosa½ paµij±n±ti, samm±sa-mbuddhassa na½ dassess±m²”ti. So ta½ satthu santika½ netv± t±ya katakamma½sabba½ ±rocesi. Devat± satthu p±desu siras± nipatitv±, “bhante, ya½ may±andhab±lat±ya tumh±ka½ guºe aj±nitv± p±paka½ vacana½ vutta½, ta½ mekhamath±”ti satth±ra½ kham±petv± mah±seµµhi½ kham±pesi. Satth± kaly±ºap±pa-k±na½ kamm±na½ vip±kavasena seµµhiñceva devatañca ovadanto “idha, gaha-pati, p±papuggalopi y±va p±pa½ na paccati, t±va bhadrampi passati. Yad±panassa p±pa½ paccati, tad± p±pameva passati. Bhadrapuggalopi y±va bhadra½na paccati, t±va p±p±ni passati. Yad± panassa bhadra½ paccati, tad± bhadra-meva passat²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 119. “P±popi passat² bhadra½, y±va p±pa½ na paccati; yad± ca paccat² p±pa½, atha p±po p±p±ni passati. 120. “Bhadropi passat² p±pa½, y±va bhadra½ na paccati; yad± ca paccat² bhadra½, atha bhadro bhadr±ni passat²”ti. Tattha (2.0010) p±poti k±yaduccarit±din± p±pakammena yuttapuggalo. Sopi hipurimasucarit±nubh±vena nibbatta½ sukha½ anubhavam±no bhadrampi passati.Y±va p±pa½ na paccat²ti y±vassa ta½ p±pakamma½ diµµhadhamme v± sampa-r±ye v± vip±ka½ na deti. Yad± panassa ta½ diµµhadhamme v± sampar±ye v±vip±ka½ deti, atha diµµhadhamme vividh± kammak±raº±, sampar±ye ca ap±ya-dukkha½ anubhonto so p±po p±p±niyeva passati. Dutiyag±th±yapi k±yasucarit±-din± bhadrakammena yutto bhadro. Sopi hi purimaduccarit±nubh±vena nibbatta½dukkha½ anubhavam±no p±pa½ passati. Y±va bhadra½ na paccat²ti y±vassa ta½

bhadra½ kamma½ diµµhadhamme v± sampar±ye v± vip±ka½ na deti. Yad± panata½ vip±ka½ deti, atha diµµhadhamme l±bhasakk±r±disukha½, sampar±ye cadibbasampattisukha½ anubhavam±no so bhadro bhadr±niyeva passat²ti. Desan±vas±ne s± devat± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. An±thapiº¹ikaseµµhivatthu catuttha½. 5. Asaññataparikkh±rabhikkhuvatthu M±vamaññetha p±pass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoeka½ asaññataparikkh±ra½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ya½ kiñci mañcap²µh±dibheda½ parikkh±ra½ bahi paribhuñjitv± tatthevacha¹¹eti. Parikkh±ro vassenapi ±tapenapi upacik±d²hipi vinassati. So bhikkh³hi“nanu, ±vuso, parikkh±ro n±ma paµis±mitabbo”ti vutte “appaka½ may± kata½,±vuso, eta½, na etassa citta½ atthi, na pittan”ti vatv± tatheva karoti. Bhikkh³ tassakiriya½ satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± ta½ pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira tva½ bhikkhueva½ karos²”ti pucchi. So satth±r± pucchitopi “ki½ eta½ bhagav± appaka½ may±kata½, na tassa citta½ atthi, n±ssa pittan”ti tatheva avamaññanto ±ha. Atha na½satth± “bhikkh³hi eva½ k±tu½ na vaµµati, p±pakamma½ n±ma ‘appakan’ti na ava-maññitabba½. Ajjhok±se µhapitañhi vivaµamukha½ bh±jana½ deve vassantekiñc±pi ekabindun± na p³rati, punappuna½ (2.0011) vassante pana p³rateva, eva-meva½ p±pa½ karonto puggalo anupubbena mahanta½ p±par±si½ karot²”ti vatv±anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 121. “M±vamaññetha p±passa, na manda½ ±gamissati; udabindunip±tena, udakumbhopi p³rati; b±lo p³rati p±passa, thoka½ thokampi ±cinan”ti. Tattha m±vamaññeth±ti na avaj±neyya. P±pass±ti p±pa½. Na manda½ ±gami-ssat²ti “appamattaka½ me p±paka½ kata½, kad± eta½ vipaccissat²”ti eva½ p±pa½n±vaj±neyy±ti attho. Udakumbhop²ti deve vassante mukha½ vivaritv± µhapita½ya½ kiñci kul±labh±jana½ yath± ta½ ekekass±pi udakabinduno nip±tena anupu-bbena p³rati, eva½ b±lapuggalo thoka½ thokampi p±pa½ ±cinanto karontova¹¹hento p±passa p³ratiyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su. Satth±pi “ajjhok±se seyya½santharitv± paµip±katika½ akaronto ima½ n±ma ±pattim±pajjat²”ti (p±ci. 108-110)sikkh±pada½ paññ±pes²ti. Asaññataparikkh±rabhikkhuvatthu pañcama½. 6. Bi¼±lap±dakaseµµhivatthu

M±vamaññetha puññass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantobi¼±lap±dakaseµµhi½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye s±vatthiv±sino vaggabandhanena buddhappamukhassabhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ denti. Athekadivasa½ satth± anumodana½ karontoevam±ha– “Up±sak± idhekacco attan±va d±na½ deti, para½ na sam±dapeti. So nibba- ttanibbattaµµh±ne bhogasampada½ labhati, no pariv±rasampada½. Ekacco attan± d±na½ na deti, para½ sam±dapeti. So (2.0012) nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne pariv±rasampada½ labhati, no bhogasampada½. Ekacco attan± ca na deti, parañca na sam±dapeti. So nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne neva bhogasampada½ labhati, na pariv±rasampada½, vigh±s±do hutv± vicarati. Ekacco attan± ca deti, parañca sam±dapeti. So nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne bhogasampadañceva labhati, pariv±rasampadañc±”ti. Atheko paº¹itapuriso ta½ dhammadesana½ sutv± “aho acchariyamida½k±raºa½, aha½ d±ni ubhayasampattisa½vattanika½ kamma½ kariss±m²”ticintetv± satth±ra½ uµµh±ya gamanak±le ±ha– “bhante, sve amh±ka½ bhikkha½gaºhath±”ti. Kittakehi pana te bhikkh³hi atthoti? Sabbabhikkh³hi, bhanteti. Satth±adhiv±sesi. Sopi g±ma½ pavisitv±, “ammat±t±, may± sv±tan±ya buddhappa-mukho bhikkhusaªgho nimantito, yo yattak±na½ bhikkh³na½ sakkoti, so tatta-k±na½ y±gu-±d²na½ atth±ya taº¹ul±d²ni detu, ekasmi½ µh±ne pac±petv± d±na½dass±m±”ti ugghosento vicari. Atha na½ eko seµµhi attano ±paºadv±ra½ sampatta½ disv± “aya½ attano paho-nake bhikkh³ animantetv± pana sakalag±ma½ sam±dapento vicarat²”ti kujjhitv±“tay± gahitabh±jana½ ±har±”ti t²hi aªgul²hi gahetv± thoke taº¹ule ad±si, tath±mugge, tath± m±seti. So tato paµµh±ya bi¼±lap±dakaseµµhi n±ma j±to, sappiph±ºit±-d²ni dentopi karaº¹a½ kuµe pakkhipitv± ekato koºa½ katv± bindu½ bindu½pagghar±yanto thokathokameva ad±si. Up±sako avasesehi dinna½ ekato katv±imin± dinna½ visu½yeva aggahesi. So seµµhi tassa kiriya½ disv± “ki½ nu kho esamay± dinna½ visu½ gaºh±t²”ti cintetv± tassa pacchato pacchato eka½ c³¼upa-µµh±ka½ pahiºi “gaccha, ya½ esa karoti, ta½ j±n±h²”ti. So gantv± “seµµhissa maha-pphala½ hot³”ti y±gubhattap³v±na½ atth±ya eka½ dve taº¹ule pakkhipitv±muggam±sepi telaph±ºit±dibind³nipi sabbabh±janesu pakkhipi. C³¼upaµµh±kogantv± seµµhissa ±rocesi. Ta½ sutv± seµµhi cintesi– “sace me so parisamajjheavaººa½ bh±sissati, mama n±me gahitamatteyeva na½ paharitv± m±ress±m²”tiniv±sanantare churika½ bandhitv± punadivase gantv± bhattagge aµµh±si. Sopuriso

buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ parivisitv± (2.0013) bhagavanta½ ±ha–“bhante, may± mah±jana½ sam±dapetv± ima½ d±na½ dinna½, tattha sam±dapita-manuss± attano attano balena bah³nipi thok±nipi taº¹ul±d²ni ada½su, tesa½sabbesa½ mahapphala½ hot³”ti. Ta½ sutv± so seµµhi cintesi– “aha½ ‘asukenan±ma acchar±ya gaºhitv± taº¹ul±d²ni dinn±n²ti mama n±me gahitamatte ima½m±ress±m²’ti ±gato, aya½ pana sabbasaªg±hika½ katv± ‘yehipi n±¼i-±d²hi minitv±dinna½, yehipi acchar±ya gahetv± dinna½, sabbesa½ mahapphala½ hot³’tivadati. Sac±ha½ evar³pa½ na kham±pess±mi, devadaº¹o mama matthake pati-ssat²”ti. So tassa p±dam³le nipajjitv± “kham±hi me, s±m²”ti ±ha. “Ki½ idan”ti catena vutte sabba½ ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesi. Ta½ kiriya½ disv± satth± “ki½ idan”tid±naveyy±vaµika½ pucchi. So at²tadivasato paµµh±ya sabba½ ta½ pavatti½ ±ro-cesi. Atha na½ satth± “eva½ kira seµµh²”ti pucchitv±, “±ma, bhante”ti vutte, “up±-saka, puñña½ n±ma ‘appakan’ti na avamaññitabba½, m±disassa buddhappamu-khassa bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ datv± ‘appakan’ti na avamaññitabba½. Paº¹ita-manuss± hi puñña½ karont± vivaµabh±jana½ viya udakena anukkamena puññenap³rantiyev±”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 122. “M±vamaññetha puññassa, na manda½ ±gamissati; udabindunip±tena, udakumbhopi p³rati; dh²ro p³rati puññassa, thoka½ thokampi ±cinan”ti. Tassattho– paº¹itamanusso puñña½ katv± “appakamatta½ may± kata½, namanda½ vip±kavasena ±gamissati, eva½ parittaka½ kamma½ kaha½ ma½dakkhissati, aha½ v± ta½ kaha½ dakkhiss±mi, kad± eta½ vipaccissat²”ti eva½puñña½ m±vamaññetha na avaj±neyya. Yath± hi nirantara½ udabindunip±tenavivaritv± µhapita½ kul±labh±jana½ p³rati, eva½ dh²ro paº¹itapuriso thoka½thokampi puñña½ ±cinanto puññassa p³rat²ti. Desan±vas±ne so seµµhi sot±pattiphala½ p±puºi, sampattaparis±yapi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Bi¼±lap±dakaseµµhivatthu chaµµha½. 7. Mah±dhanav±ºijavatthu V±ºijov±ti (2.0014) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto mah±dha-nav±ºija½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa kira v±ºijassa gehe pañcasat± cor± ot±ra½ gavesam±n± ot±ra½ nalabhi½su. Aparena samayena v±ºijo pañca sakaµasat±ni bhaº¹assa p³retv±bhikkh³na½ ±roc±pesi– “aha½ asukaµµh±na½ n±ma v±ºijjatth±ya gacch±mi, ye,ayy±, ta½ µh±na½ gantuk±m±, te nikkhamantu, magge bhikkh±ya na kilamissant²”-ti. Ta½ sutv± pañcasat± bhikkh³ tena saddhi½ magga½ paµipajji½su. Tepi cor±“so kira v±ºijo nikkhanto”ti gantv± aµaviya½ aµµha½su. V±ºijopi gantv± aµavi-mukhe ekasmi½ g±me v±sa½ katv± dve tayopi divase goºasakaµ±d²ni sa½vidahi,

tesa½ pana bhikkh³na½ nibaddha½ bhikkha½ detiyeva. Cor± tasmi½ aticir±yante“gaccha, tassa nikkhamanadivasa½ ñatv± eh²”ti eka½ purisa½ pahiºi½su. So ta½g±ma½ gantv± eka½ sah±yaka½ pucchi– “kad± v±ºijo nikkhamissat²”ti. So “dv²ha-t²haccayen±”ti vatv± “kimattha½ pana pucchas²”ti ±ha. Athassa so “maya½ pañca-sat± cor± etassatth±ya aµaviya½ µhit±”ti ±cikkhi. Itaro “tena hi gaccha, s²gha½nikkhamissat²”ti ta½ uyyojetv±, “ki½ nu kho core v±remi, ud±hu v±ºijan”ti cintetv±,“ki½ me corehi, v±ºija½ niss±ya pañcasat± bhikkh³ j²vanti, v±ºijassa sañña½dass±m²”ti so tassa santika½ gantv± “kad± gamissath±”ti pucchitv± “tatiyadivase”-ti vutte mayha½ vacana½ karotha, aµaviya½ kira tumh±ka½ atth±ya pañcasat±cor± µhit±, m± t±va gamitth±ti. Tva½ katha½ j±n±s²ti? Tesa½ antare mama sah±yoatthi, tassa me kath±ya ñ±tanti. “Tena hi ‘ki½ me etto gaten±’ti nivattitv± geha-meva gamiss±m²”ti ±ha. Tasmi½ cir±yante puna tehi corehi pesito puriso ±gantv±ta½ sah±yaka½ pucchitv± ta½ pavatti½ sutv± “nivattitv± gehameva kira gamissa-t²”ti gantv± cor±na½ ±rocesi. Ta½ sutv± cor± tato nikkhamitv± itarasmi½ maggeaµµha½su, tasmi½ cirayante punapi te cor± tassa santika½ purisa½ pesesu½. Sotesa½ tattha µhitabh±va½ ñatv± puna v±ºijassa ±rocesi. V±ºijo “idh±pi mevekalla½ natthi, eva½ sante (2.0015) neva etto gamiss±mi, na ito, idheva bhavi-ss±m²”ti bhikkh³na½ santika½ gantv± ±ha– “bhante, cor± kira ma½ vilumpituk±m±magge µhit±, ‘puna nivattissat²’ti sutv± itarasmi½ magge µhit±, aha½ etto v± ito v±agantv± thoka½ idheva bhaviss±mi, bhadant± idheva vasituk±m± vasantu, gantu-k±m± attano ruci½ karont³”ti. Bhikkh³ “eva½ sante maya½ nivattiss±m±”tiv±ºija½ ±pucchitv± punadeva s±vatthi½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± nis²di½su.Satth± “ki½, bhikkhave, mah±dhanav±ºijena saddhi½ na gamitth±”ti pucchitv±“±ma, bhante, mah±dhanav±ºijassa vilumpanatth±ya dv²supi maggesu cor± pari-yuµµhi½su, tena so tattheva µhito, maya½ pana ta½ ±pucchitv± ±gat±”ti vutte,“bhikkhave, mah±dhanav±ºijo cor±na½ atthit±ya magga½ parivajjati, j²vituk±moviya puriso hal±hala½ visa½ parivajjeti, bhikkhun±pi ‘tayo bhav± corehi pariyuµµhi-tamaggasadis±’ti ñatv± p±pa½ parivajjetu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv±dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 123. “V±ºijova bhaya½ magga½, appasattho mahaddhano; visa½ j²vituk±mova, p±p±ni parivajjaye”ti. Tattha bhayanti bh±yitabba½, corehi pariyuµµhitatt± sappaµibhayanti attho. Ida½vutta½ hoti– yath± mah±dhanav±ºijo appasattho sappaµibhaya½ magga½, yath±ca j²vituk±mo hal±hala½ visa½ parivajjeti, eva½ paº¹ito bhikkhu appamattak±nipip±p±ni parivajjeyy±ti. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ saha paµisambhid±hi arahatta½ p±puºi½su, sampa-ttamah±janass±pi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Mah±dhanav±ºijavatthu sattama½. 8. Kukkuµamittanes±davatthu

P±ºimhi ceti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto kukkuµamitta½n±ma nes±da½ ±rabbha kathesi. R±jagahe (2.0016) kira ek± seµµhidh²t± vayappatt± sattabh³mikap±s±dassaupari sirigabbhe ±rakkhaºatth±ya eka½ paric±rika½ datv± m±t±pit³hi v±siyam±n±ekadivasa½ s±yanhasamaye v±tap±nena antarav²thi½ olokent² pañca p±sasa-t±ni pañca s³lasat±ni ±d±ya mige vadhitv± j²vam±na½ eka½ kukkuµamitta½ n±manes±da½ pañca migasat±ni vadhitv± tesa½ ma½sena mah±sakaµa½ p³retv±sakaµadhure nis²ditv± ma½savikkiºanatth±ya nagara½ pavisanta½ disv± tasmi½paµibaddhacitt± paric±rik±ya hatthe paºº±k±ra½ datv± “gaccha, etassa paºº±-k±ra½ datv± gamanak±la½ ñatv± eh²”ti pesesi. S± gantv± tassa paºº±k±ra½datv± pucchi– “kad± gamissas²”ti? So “ajja ma½sa½ vikkiºitv± p±tova asukadv±-rena n±ma nikkhamitv± gamiss±m²”ti ±ha. S± tena kathitakatha½ sutv± ±gantv±tass± ±rocesi. Seµµhidh²t± attan± gahetabbayuttaka½ vatth±bharaºaj±ta½ sa½vi-dahitv± p±tova malinavattha½ niv±setv± kuµa½ ±d±ya d±s²hi saddhi½ udaka-tittha½ gacchant² viya nikkhamitv± ta½ µh±na½ gantv± tass±gamana½ olokent²aµµh±si. Sopi p±tova sakaµa½ p±jento nikkhami. S± tassa pacchato pacchatop±y±si. So ta½ disv± “aha½ ta½ ‘asukassa n±ma dh²t±’ti na j±n±mi, m± ma½ anu-bandhi, amm±”ti ±ha. Na ma½ tva½ pakkosasi, aha½ attano dhammat±ya ±ga-cch±mi, tva½ tuºh² hutv± attano sakaµa½ p±jeh²ti. So punappuna½ ta½ niv±reti-yeva. Atha na½ s± ±ha– “s±mi, sir² n±ma attano santika½ ±gacchant² niv±retu½na vaµµat²”ti. So tass± nissa½sayena ±gamanak±raºa½ ñatv± ta½ sakaµa½ ±ro-petv± agam±si. Tass± m±t±pitaro ito cito ca pariyes±petv± apassant± “mat±bhavissat²”ti matakabhatta½ kari½su. S±pi tena saddhi½ sa½v±samanv±ya paµi-p±µiy± satta putte vij±yitv± te vayappatte gharabandhanena bandhi. Athekadivasa½ satth± pacc³sasamaye loka½ volokento kukkuµamitta½saputta½ sasuºisa½ attano ñ±ºaj±lassa anto paviµµha½ disv±, “ki½ nu kho e-n”ti upadh±rento tesa½ pannarasannampi sot±pattimaggassa upanissaya½ disv±p±tova pattac²vara½ ±d±ya tassa p±saµµh±na½ agam±si (2.0017). Ta½ divasa½p±se baddho ekamigopi n±hosi. Satth± tassa p±sam³le padavalañja½ dassetv±purato ekassa gumbassa heµµh± ch±y±ya½ nis²di. Kukkuµamitto p±tova dhanu½±d±ya p±saµµh±na½ gantv± ±dito paµµh±ya p±se olokayam±no p±se baddha½ekampi miga½ adisv± satthu padavalañja½ addasa. Athassa etadahosi– “komayha½ baddhamige mocento vicarat²”ti. So satthari ±gh±ta½ bandhitv±gacchanto gumbam³le nisinna½ satth±ra½ disv±, “imin± mama mig± mocit±bhavissanti, m±ress±mi nan”ti dhanu½ ±ka¹¹hi. Satth± dhanu½ ±ka¹¹hitu½datv± vissajjetu½ n±d±si. So sara½ vissajjetumpi oropetumpi asakkonto ph±su-k±hi bhijjant²hi viya mukhato khe¼ena paggharantena kilantar³po aµµh±si. Athassaputt± geha½ gantv± “pit± no cir±yati, ki½ nu kho etan”ti vatv± “gacchatha, t±t±,pitu santikan”ti m±tar± pesit± dhan³ni ±d±ya gantv± pitara½ tath±µhita½ disv±“aya½ no pitu pacc±mitto bhavissat²”ti sattapi jan± dhan³ni ±ka¹¹hitv± buddh±nu-bh±vena yath± nesa½ pit± µhito, tatheva aµµha½su. Atha nesa½ m±t± “ki½ nu kho

me putt±pi cir±yant²”ti vatv± sattahi suºis±hi saddhi½ gantv± te tath±µhite disv±“kassa nu kho ime dhan³ni ±ka¹¹hitv± µhit±”ti olokent² satth±ra½ disv± b±h±paggayha– “m± me pitara½ n±setha, m± me pitara½ n±seth±”ti mah±saddama-k±si. Kukkuµamitto ta½ sadda½ sutv± cintesi– “naµµho vatamhi, sasuro kira me esa,aho may± bh±riya½ kamma½ katan”ti. Putt±vissa “ayyako kira no esa, ahobh±riya½ kamma½ katan”ti cintayi½su. Kukkuµamitto “aya½ sasuro me”ti metta-citta½ upaµµhapesi, putt±pissa “ayyako no”ti mettacitta½ upaµµhapesu½. Atha tenesa½ m±t± seµµhidh²t± “khippa½ dhan³ni cha¹¹etv± pitara½ me kham±peth±”ti±ha. Satth± tesa½ muducittata½ ñatv± dhanu½ ot±retu½ ad±si. Te sabbe satth±ra½vanditv± “khamatha no, bhante”ti kham±petv± ekamanta½ nis²di½su. Atha nesa½satth± anupubbi½ katha½ kathesi. Desan±vas±ne kukkuµamitto saddhi½ puttehiceva suºis±hi ca attapañcadasamo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Satth± piº¹±yacaritv± pacch±bhatta½ vih±ra½ agam±si. Atha na½ ±nandatthero pucchi– “bhante,kaha½ gamitth±”ti. Kukkuµamittassa santika½ (2.0018), ±nand±ti. P±º±tip±taka-mmassa vo, bhante, ak±rako katoti. ¾m±nanda, so attapañcadasamo acalasa-ddh±ya patiµµh±ya t²su ratanesu nikkaªkho hutv± p±º±tip±takammassa ak±rakoj±toti. Bhikkh³ ±ha½su– “nanu, bhante, bhariy±pissa atth²”ti. ¾ma, bhikkhave, s±kulagehe kum±rik± hutv± sot±pattiphala½ patt±ti. Bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½“kukkuµamittassa kira bhariy± kum±rikak±le eva sot±pattiphala½ patv± tassageha½ gantv± satta putte labhi, s± ettaka½ k±la½ s±mikena ‘dhanu½ ±hara, sare±hara, satti½ ±hara, s³la½ ±hara, j±la½ ±har±’ti vuccam±n± t±ni ad±si. Sopi t±yadinn±ni ±d±ya gantv± p±º±tip±ta½ karoti, ki½ nu kho sot±pann±pi p±º±tip±ta½karont²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”tipucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “na, bhikkhave, sot±pann± p±º±tip±ta½ karonti,s± pana ‘s±mikassa vacana½ karom²’ti tath± ak±si. ‘Ida½ gahetv± esa gantv±p±º±tip±ta½ karot³’ti tass± citta½ natthi. P±ºitalasmiñhi vaºe asati visa½ gaºha-ntassa ta½ visa½ anu¹ahitu½ na sakkoti, evameva½ akusalacetan±ya abh±venap±pa½ akarontassa dhanu-±d²ni n²haritv± dadatopi p±pa½ n±ma na hot²”ti vatv±anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 124. “P±ºimhi ce vaºo n±ssa, hareyya p±ºin± visa½; n±bbaºa½ visamanveti, natthi p±pa½ akubbato”ti.

Tattha n±ss±ti na bhaveyya. Hareyy±ti haritu½ sakkuºeyya. Ki½ k±raº±?Yasm± n±bbaºa½ visamanveti avaºañhi p±ºi½ visa½ anvetu½ na sakkoti, eva-meva dhanu-±d²ni n²haritv± dentass±pi akusalacetan±ya abh±vena p±pa½ aku-bbato p±pa½ n±ma natthi, avaºa½ p±ºi½ visa½ viya n±ssa citta½ p±pa½ anuga-cchat²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aparena samayena bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½– “ko nu kho kukkuµami-ttassa saputtassa sasuºisassa sot±pattimaggass³panissayo, kena k±raºenanes±dakule nibbatto”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave (2.0019), etarahikath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, bhikkhave, at²te kassapada-sabalassa dh±tucetiya½ sa½vidahant± evam±ha½su– “ki½ nu kho imassa ceti-yassa mattik± bhavissati, ki½ udakan”ti. Atha nesa½ etadahosi– “harit±lamanosil±mattik± bhavissati, tilatela½ udakan”ti. Te harit±lamanosil± koµµetv± tilatelenasa½sanditv± iµµhak±ya ghaµetv± suvaººena khacitv± anto cini½su, bahimukhepana ekagghanasuvaººa-iµµhak±va ahesu½. Ekek± satasahassagghanik± ahosi.Te y±va dh±tunidh±n± cetiye niµµhite cintayi½su– “dh±tunidh±nak±le bahun±dhanena attho, ka½ nu kho jeµµhaka½ karom±”ti. Atheko g±mav±siko seµµhi “aha½ jeµµhako bhaviss±m²”ti dh±tunidh±ne eka½hiraññakoµi½ pakkhipi. Ta½ disv± raµµhav±sino “aya½ nagaraseµµhi dhanamevasa½harati, evar³pe cetiye jeµµhako bhavitu½ na sakkoti, g±mav±s² pana koµi-dhana½ pakkhipitv± jeµµhako j±to”ti ujjh±yi½su. So tesa½ katha½ sutv± “aha½dve koµiyo datv± jeµµhako bhaviss±m²”ti dve koµiyo ad±si. Itaro “ahameva jeµµhakobhaviss±m²”ti tisso koµiyo ad±si. Eva½ va¹¹hetv± va¹¹hetv± nagarav±s² aµµhakoµiyo ad±si. G±mav±sino pana gehe navakoµidhanameva atthi, nagarav±sinocatt±l²sakoµidhana½. Tasm± g±mav±s² cintesi– “sac±ha½ nava koµiyo dass±mi,aya½ ‘dasa koµiyo dass±m²’ti vakkhati, atha me niddhanabh±vo paññ±yissat²”ti.So evam±ha– “aha½ ettakañca dhana½ dass±mi, saputtad±ro ca cetiyassa d±sobhaviss±m²”ti satta putte satta suºis±yo bhariyañca gahetv± attan± saddhi½ ceti-yassa niyy±desi. Raµµhav±sino “dhana½ n±ma sakk± upp±detu½, aya½ panasaputtad±ro att±na½ niyy±desi, ayameva jeµµhako hot³”ti ta½ jeµµhaka½ kari½su.Iti te so¼asapi jan± cetiyassa d±s± ahesu½. Raµµhav±sino pana te bhujisseaka½su. Eva½ santepi cetiyameva paµijaggitv± y±vat±yuka½ µhatv± tato cut±devaloke nibbatti½su. Tesu eka½ buddhantara½ devaloke vasantesu imasmi½buddhupp±de bhariy± tato cavitv± r±jagahe (2.0020) seµµhino dh²t± hutv± nibbatti.S± kum±rik±va hutv± sot±pattiphala½ p±puºi. Adiµµhasaccassa pana paµisandhin±ma bh±riy±ti tass± s±miko samparivattam±no gantv± nes±dakule nibbatti.Tassa saha dassaneneva seµµhidh²tara½ pubbasineho ajjhotthari. Vuttampi ceta½– “Pubbeva sanniv±sena, paccuppannahitena v±; eva½ ta½ j±yate pema½, uppala½va yathodake”ti. (j±. 1.2.174); S± pubbasineheneva nes±dakula½ agam±si. Putt±piss± devalok± cavitv± tass±eva kucchismi½ paµisandhi½ gaºhi½su, suºis±yopiss± tattha tattha nibbattitv±vayappatt± tesa½yeva geha½ agama½su. Eva½ te sabbepi tad± cetiya½ paµija-

ggitv± tassa kammass±nubh±vena sot±pattiphala½ patt±ti. Kukkuµamittanes±davatthu aµµhama½. 9. Kokasunakhaluddakavatthu Yo appaduµµhass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto koka½n±ma sunakhaluddaka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ekadivasa½ pubbaºhasamaye dhanu½ ±d±ya sunakhaparivutoarañña½ gacchanto antar±magge eka½ piº¹±ya pavisanta½ bhikkhu½ disv±kujjhitv± “k±¼akaººi me diµµho, ajja kiñci na labhiss±m²”ti cintetv± pakk±mi.Theropi g±me piº¹±ya caritv± katabhattakicco puna vih±ra½ p±y±si. Itaropiaraññe vicaritv± kiñci alabhitv± pacc±gacchanto puna thera½ disv± “ajj±ha½ ima½k±¼akaººi½ disv± arañña½ gato kiñci na labhi½, id±ni me punapi abhimukho j±to,sunakhehi na½ kh±d±pess±m²”ti sañña½ datv± sunakhe vissajjesi. Theropi “m±eva½ kari up±sak±”ti y±ci. So “ajj±ha½ tava sammukh²bh³tatt± kiñci n±lattha½,punapi me sammukh²bh±vam±gatosi, kh±d±pess±meva tan”ti vatv± sunakheuyyojesi. Thero vegena eka½ rukkha½ abhiruhitv± purisappam±ºe µh±ne nis²di.Sunakh± (2.0021) rukkha½ pariv±resu½. Luddako gantv± “rukkha½ abhiruhatopite mokkho natth²”ti ta½ saratuº¹ena p±datale vijjhi. Thero “m± eva½ karoh²”ti ta½y±ciyeva. Itaro tassa y±cana½ an±diyitv± punappuna½ vijjhiyeva. Thero ekasmi½p±datale vijjhiyam±ne ta½ ukkhipitv± dutiya½ p±da½ olambitv± tasmi½ vijjhiya-m±ne tampi ukkhipati, evamassa so y±cana½ an±diyitv±va dvepi p±datal±ni vijjhi-yeva. Therassa sar²ra½ ukk±hi ±ditta½ viya ahosi. So vedan±nuvattiko hutv± sati½paccupaµµh±petu½ n±sakkhi, p±rutac²vara½ bhassantampi na sallakkhesi. Ta½patam±na½ koka½ s²sato paµµh±ya parikkhipantameva pati. Sunakh± “thero patito”-ti saññ±ya c²varantara½ pavisitv± attano s±mika½ luñjitv± kh±dant± aµµhimatt±va-sesa½ kari½su. Sunakh± c²varantarato nikkhamitv± bahi aµµha½su. Atha nesa½ thero eka½ sukkhadaº¹aka½ bhañjitv± khipi. Sunakh± thera½disv± “s±mikova amhehi kh±dito”ti ñatv± arañña½ pavisi½su. Thero kukkucca½upp±desi “mama c²varantara½ pavisitv± esa naµµho, aroga½ nu kho me s²lan”ti.So rukkh± otaritv± satthu santika½ gantv± ±dito paµµh±ya sabba½ ta½ pavatti½±rocetv±– “bhante, mama c²vara½ niss±ya so up±sako naµµho, kacci me aroga½s²la½, atthi me samaºabh±vo”ti pucchi. Satth± tassa vacana½ sutv± “bhikkhuaroga½ te s²la½, atthi te samaºabh±vo, so appaduµµhassa padussitv± vin±sa½patto, na kevalañca id±neva, at²tepi appaduµµh±na½ padussitv± vin±sa½ pattoye-v±”ti vatv± tamattha½ pak±sento at²ta½ ±hari– At²te kireko vejjo vejjakammatth±ya g±ma½ vicaritv± kiñci kamma½ alabhitv±ch±tajjhatto nikkhamitv± g±madv±re sambahule kum±rake k²¼ante disv± “imesappena ¹a½s±petv± tikicchitv± ±h±ra½ labhiss±m²”ti ekasmi½ rukkhabile s²sa½niharitv± nipanna½ sappa½ dassetv±, “ambho, kum±rak± eso s±¼ikapotako,

gaºhatha nan”ti ±ha. Atheko kum±rako sappa½ g²v±ya½ da¼ha½ gahetv± n²ha-ritv± tassa sappabh±va½ ñatv± viravanto avid³re µhitassa vejjassa matthakekhipi. Sappo vejjassa khandhaµµhika½ parikkhipitv± da¼ha½ ¹a½sitv± tattheva j²vi-takkhaya½ p±pesi, evamesa koko sunakhaluddako pubbepi appaduµµhassa padu-ssitv± vin±sa½ pattoyev±ti. Satth± (2.0022) ima½ at²ta½ ±haritv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desentoima½ g±tham±ha– 125. “Yo appaduµµhassa narassa dussati, suddhassa posassa anaªgaºassa; tameva b±la½ pacceti p±pa½, sukhumo rajo paµiv±ta½va khitto”ti. Tattha appaduµµhass±ti attano v± sabbasatt±na½ v± aduµµhassa. Narass±tisattassa. Dussat²ti aparajjhati. Suddhass±ti nirapar±dhasseva. Posass±ti idampiaparen±k±rena satt±dhivacanameva. Anaªgaºass±ti nikkilesassa. Paccet²tipati-eti. Paµiv±tanti yath± ekena purisena paµiv±te µhita½ paharituk±mat±ya khittosukhumo rajoti tameva purisa½ pacceti, tasseva upari patati, evameva yo puggaloapaduµµhassa purisassa p±ºippahar±d²ni dadanto padussati, tameva b±la½diµµheva dhamme, sampar±ye v± niray±d²su vipaccam±na½ ta½ p±pa½ vip±kadu-kkhavasena paccet²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so bhikkhu arahatte patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Kokasunakhaluddakavatthu navama½. 10. Maºik±rakul³pakatissattheravatthu Gabbhameketi ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto maºik±rakul³-paka½ tissatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira thero ekassa maºik±rassa kule dv±dasa vass±ni bhuñji. Tasmi½ kulejayampatik± m±t±pituµµh±ne µhatv± thera½ paµijaggi½su. Athekadivasa½ so maºi-k±ro therassa purato ma½sa½ chindanto nisinno hoti. Tasmi½ khaºe r±j± pase-nadi kosalo eka½ maºiratana½ “ima½ dhovitv± vijjhitv± pahiºat³”ti pesesi. Maºi-k±ro salohiteneva (2.0023) hatthena ta½ paµiggahetv± pe¼±ya upari µhapetv±hatthadhovanattha½ anto p±visi. Tasmi½ pana gehe pos±vaniyakoñcasakuºoatthi. So lohitagandhena ma½sasaññ±ya ta½ maºi½ therassa passantasseva gili.Maºik±ro ±gantv± maºi½ apassanto “maºi kena gahito”ti bhariyañca puttake capaµip±µiy± pucchitv± tehi “na gaºh±m±”ti vutte “therena gahito bhavissat²”ti.Cintetv± bhariy±ya saddhi½ mantesi– “therena maºi gahito bhavissat²”ti. S±,s±mi, m± eva½ avaca, ettaka½ k±la½ may± therassa na kiñci vajja½ diµµhapubba½,na so maºi½ gaºh±t²ti. Maºik±ro thera½ pucchi– “bhante, imasmi½ µh±ne maºira-tana½ tumhehi gahitan”ti. Na gaºh±mi, up±sak±ti. Bhante, na idha añño atthi,tumhehiyeva gahito bhavissati, detha me maºiratananti. So tasmi½ asampaµi-cchante puna bhariya½ ±ha– “thereneva maºi gahito, p²¼etv± na½ pucchiss±m²”ti.

S±, s±mi, m± no n±sayi, vara½ amhehi d±sabya½ upagantu½, na ca thera½ eva-r³pa½ vattunti. So “sabbeva maya½ d±satta½ upagacchant± maºim³la½ naaggh±m±”ti rajju½ gahetv± therassa s²sa½ veµhetv± daº¹ena ghaµµesi. Therassas²sato ca kaººan±s±hi ca lohita½ pagghari, akkh²ni nikkhaman±k±rappatt±niahesu½, so vedan±pamatto bh³miya½ pati. Koñco lohitagandhen± gantv± lohita½pivi. Atha na½ maºik±ro there uppannakodhavegena “tva½ ki½ karos²”ti p±denapaharitv± khipi. So ekappah±reneva maritv± utt±no ahosi. Thero ta½ disv±, up±saka, s²se veµhana½ t±va me sithila½ katv± ima½ koñca½olokehi “mato v±, no v±”ti. Atha na½ so ±ha– “eso viya tvampi marissas²”ti. Up±-saka, imin± so maºi gilito, sace aya½ na amariss±, na te aha½ marantopi maºi½±cikkhissanti. So tassa udara½ ph±letv± maºi½ disv± pavedhento sa½viggam±-naso therassa p±dam³le nipajjitv± “khamatha, me, bhante, aj±nantena may± kata-n”ti ±ha. Up±saka, neva tuyha½ doso atthi, na mayha½, vaµµassevesa doso,kham±mi teti. Bhante, sace me khamatha, pakatiniy±meneva me gehe nis²ditv±bhikkha½ gaºhath±ti. “Up±saka, na d±n±ha½ ito paµµh±ya paresa½ (2.0024)gehassa antochadana½ pavisiss±mi, antogehapavesanasseva hi aya½ doso, itopaµµh±ya p±desu ±vahantesu gehadv±re µhitova bhikkha½ gaºhiss±m²”ti vatv±dhutaªga½ sam±d±ya ima½ g±tham±ha– “Paccati munino bhatta½, thoka½ thoka½ kule kule; piº¹ik±ya cariss±mi, atthi jaªghabala½ mam±”ti. (therag±. 248)–Idañca pana vatv± thero teneva by±dhin± na cirasseva parinibb±yi. Koñco maºik±-rassa bhariy±ya kucchismi½ paµisandhi½ gaºhi. Maºik±ro k±la½ katv± nirayenibbatti. Maºik±rassa

bhariy± there muducittat±ya k±la½ katv± devaloke nibbatti. Bhikkh³ satth±ra½tesa½ abhisampar±ya½ pucchi½su. Satth±, “bhikkhave, idhekacce gabbhe nibba-ttanti, ekacce p±pak±rino niraye nibbattanti, ekacce katakaly±º± devaloke nibba-ttanti, an±sav± pana parinibb±yant²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 126. “Gabbhameke uppajjanti, niraya½ p±pakammino; sagga½ sugatino yanti, parinibbanti an±sav±”ti. Tattha gabbhanti idha manussagabbhova adhippeto. Sesamettha utt±nattha-meva. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Maºik±rakul³pakatissattheravatthu dasama½. 11. Tayojanavatthu Na antalikkheti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto tayo jane±rabbha kathesi. Satthari kira jetavane viharante sambahul± bhikkh³ satthu dassanatth±ya ±ga-cchant± eka½ g±ma½ piº¹±ya pavisi½su. G±mav±sino te sampatte ±d±ya ±sana-s±l±ya nis²d±petv± y±gukhajjaka½ datv± piº¹ap±tavela½ ±gamayam±n±dhamma½ suºant± nis²di½su. Tasmi½ khaºe bhatta½ (2.0025) pacitv± s³pabya-ñjana½ dh³payam±n±ya ekiss± itthiy± bh±janato aggij±l± uµµhahitv± chadana½gaºhi. Tato eka½ tiºakara¼a½ uµµhahitv± jalam±na½ ±k±sa½ pakkhandi. Tasmi½khaºe eko k±ko ±k±sena gacchanto tattha g²va½ pavesetv± tiºavalliveµhitojh±yitv± g±mamajjhe pati. Bhikkh³ ta½ disv± “aho bh±riya½ kamma½, passath±-vuso, k±kena patta½ vippak±ra½, imin± katakamma½ aññatra satth±r± ko j±ni-ssati, satth±ramassa kamma½ pucchiss±m±”ti cintetv± pakkami½su. Aparesampi bhikkh³na½ satthu dassanatth±ya n±va½ abhiruyha gaccha-nt±na½ n±v± samudde niccal± aµµh±si. Manuss± “k±¼akaººin± ettha bhavitabban”-ti sal±ka½ vic±resu½. N±vikassa ca bhariy± paµhamavaye µhit± dassan²y± p±s±-dik±, sal±k± tass± p±puºi. “Sal±ka½ puna vic±reth±”ti vatv± y±vatatiya½ vic±-resu½, tikkhattumpi tass± eva p±puºi. Manuss± “ki½, s±m²”ti n±vikassa mukha½olokesu½. N±viko “na sakk± ekiss± atth±ya mah±jana½ n±setu½, udake na½khipath±”ti ±ha. S± gahetv± udake khipiyam±n± maraºabhayatajjit± virava½ak±si. Ta½ sutv± n±viko ko attho imiss± ±bharaºehi naµµhehi, sabb±bharaº±niomuñcitv± eka½ pilotika½ niv±s±petv± cha¹¹etha na½, aha½ paneta½ udaka-piµµhe plavam±na½ daµµhu½ na sakkhiss±m² tasm± yath± na½ aha½ na pass±mi,tath± eka½ v±lukakuµa½ g²v±ya bandhitv± samudde khipath±ti. Te tath± kari½su.Tampi patitaµµh±neyeva macchakacchap± vilumpi½su. Bhikkh³ ta½ pavatti½ñatv± “µhapetv± satth±ra½ ko añño etiss± itthiy± katakamma½ j±nissati, satth±ra½tass± kamma½ pucchiss±m±”ti icchitaµµh±na½ patv± n±v±to oruyha pakkami½su.

Aparepi satta bhikkh³ satthu dassanatth±ya gacchant± s±ya½ eka½ vih±ra½pavisitv± vasanaµµh±na½ pucchi½su. Ekasmiñca leºe satta mañc± honti. Tesa½tadeva labhitv± tattha nipann±na½ rattibh±ge k³µ±g±ramatto p±s±ºo pavaµµam±no±gantv± leºadv±ra½ pidahi. Nev±sik± bhikkh³ “maya½ ima½ leºa½ ±gantukabhi-kkh³na½ p±payimh±, ayañca mah±p±s±ºo leºadv±ra½ pidahanto aµµh±si, apane-ss±ma nan”ti samant± sattahi g±mehi (2.0026) manusse sannip±tetv± v±yama-nt±pi µh±n± c±letu½ n±sakkhi½su. Anto paviµµhabhikkh³pi v±yami½suyeva. Eva½santepi satt±ha½ p±s±ºa½ c±letu½ n±sakkhi½su. ¾gantuk± satt±ha½ ch±ta-jjhatt± mah±dukkha½ anubhavi½su. Sattame divase p±s±ºo sayameva pavaµµitv±apagato. Bhikkh³ nikkhamitv± “amh±ka½ ima½ p±pa½ aññatra satth±r± ko j±ni-ssati, satth±ra½ pucchiss±m±”ti cintetv± pakkami½su. Te purimehi saddhi½ anta-r±magge sam±gantv± sabbe ekatova satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± eka-manta½ nisinn± satth±r± katapaµisanth±r± attan± attan± diµµh±nubh³t±ni k±raº±nipaµip±µiy± pucchi½su. Satth±pi tesa½ paµip±µiy± eva½ by±k±si– “bhikkhave, so t±va k±ko attan± kata-kammameva anubhosi. At²tak±le hi b±r±ºasiya½ eko kassako attano goºa½damento dametu½ n±sakkhi. So hissa goºo thoka½ gantv± nipajji, pothetv± uµµh±-pitopi thoka½ gantv± punapi tatheva nipajji. So v±yamitv± ta½ dametu½ asa-kkonto kodh±bhibh³to hutv± ‘ito d±ni paµµh±ya sukha½ nipajjissas²’ti pal±lapiº¹a½viya karonto pal±lena tassa g²va½ paliveµhetv± aggimad±si, goºo tattheva jh±yitv±mato. Tad±, bhikkhave, tena k±kena ta½ p±pakamma½ kata½. So tassa vip±kenad²gharatta½ niraye paccitv± vip±k±vasesena sattakkhattu½ k±kayoniya½ nibba-ttitv± evameva ±k±se jh±yitv±va mato”ti. S±pi, bhikkhave, itth² attan± katakammameva anubhosi. S± hi at²te b±r±ºasiya½ekassa gahapatikassa bhariy± udakaharaºakoµµanapacan±d²ni sabbakicc±ni saha-ttheneva ak±si. Tass± eko sunakho ta½ gehe sabbakicc±ni kurum±na½ oloke-ntova nis²dati. Khette bhatta½ harantiy± d±rupaºº±d²na½ v± atth±ya arañña½gacchantiy± t±ya saddhi½yeva gacchati. Ta½ disv± daharamanuss± “ambhonikkhanto sunakhaluddako, ajja maya½ ma½sena bhuñjiss±m±”ti uppaº¹enti. S±tesa½ kath±ya maªku hutv± sunakha½ le¹¹udaº¹±d²hi paharitv± pal±peti,sunakho nivattitv± puna anubandhati. So kirass± tatiye attabh±ve bhatt± ahosi,tasm± sineha½ chinditu½ na sakkoti. Kiñc±pi hi anamatagge sa½s±re j±y± v±pati v± abh³tapubb± n±ma natthi, avid³re pana attabh±ve ñ±takesu adhimattosineho (2.0027) hoti, tasm± so sunakho ta½ vijahitu½ na sakkoti. S± tassakujjhitv± khetta½ s±mikassa y±gu½ haram±n± rajju½ ucchaªge µhapetv± aga-m±si, sunakho t±yeva saddhi½ gato. S± s±mikassa y±gu½ datv± tucchakuµa½±d±ya eka½ udakaµµh±na½ gantv± kuµa½ v±luk±ya p³retv± sam²pe oloketv±µhitassa sunakhassa saddamak±si. Sunakho “cirassa½ vata me ajja madhura-kath± laddh±”ti naªguµµha½ c±lento ta½ upasaªkami. S± ta½ g²v±ya½ da¼ha½gahetv± ek±ya rajjukoµiy± kuµa½ bandhitv± eka½ rajjukoµi½ sunakhassa g²v±ya½bandhitv± kuµa½ udak±bhimukha½ pavaµµesi. Sunakho kuµa½ anubandhantoudake patitv± tattheva k±lamak±si. S± tassa kammassa vip±kena d²gharatta½

niraye paccitv± vip±k±vasesena attabh±vasate v±lukakuµa½ g²v±ya½ bandhitv±udake pakkhitt± k±lamak±s²ti. Tumhehipi, bhikkhave, attan± katakammameva anubh³ta½. At²tasmiñhi b±r±ºa-siv±sino satta gop±lakad±rak± ekasmi½ aµavipadese satt±hav±rena g±viyo vica-rant± ekadivasa½ g±viyo vic±retv± ±gacchant± eka½ mah±godha½ disv± anuba-ndhi½su. Godh± pal±yitv± eka½ vammika½ p±visi. Tassa pana vammikassa sattachidd±ni, d±rak± “maya½ d±ni gahetu½ na sakkhiss±ma, sve ±gantv± gaºhiss±-m±”ti ekeko ekeka½ s±khabhaªgamuµµhi½ ±d±ya sattapi jan± satta chidd±ni pida-hitv± pakkami½su. Te punadivase ta½ godha½ amanasikatv± aññasmi½ padeseg±viyo vic±retv± sattame divase g±viyo ±d±ya gacchant± ta½ vammika½ disv±sati½ paµilabhitv± “k± nu kho tass± godh±ya pavatt²”ti attan± attan± pidahit±nichidd±ni vivari½su. Godh± j²vite nir±lay± hutv± aµµhicamm±vases± pavedham±n±nikkhami. Te ta½ disv± anukampa½ katv± “m± na½ m±retha, satt±ha½ chinna-bhatt± j±t±”ti tass± piµµhi½ parimajjitv± “sukhena gacch±h²”ti vissajjesu½. Tegodh±ya am±ritatt± niraye t±va na pacci½su. Te pana satta jan± ekato hutv±cuddasasu attabh±vesu satta satta divas±ni chinnabhatt± ahesu½. Tad±,bhikkhave, tumhehi sattahi gop±lakehi hutv± ta½ kamma½ katanti. Eva½ satth±tehi puµµhapuµµha½ pañha½ by±k±si. Atheko (2.0028) bhikkhu satth±ra½ ±ha– “ki½ pana, bhante, p±pakamma½katv± ±k±se uppatitassapi samudda½ pakkhandass±pi pabbatantara½ paviµµha-ss±pi mokkho natth²”ti. Satth± “evameta½, bhikkhave, ±k±s±d²supi ekapadesopinatthi, yattha µhito p±pakammato mucceyy±”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv±dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 127. “Na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbat±na½ vivara½ pavissa; na vijjat² so jagatippadeso, yatthaµµhito mucceyya p±pakamm±”ti. Tassattho– sace hi koci “imin± up±yena p±pakammato mucciss±m²”ti antalikkhev± nis²deyya, catur±s²tiyojanasahassagambh²ra½ mah±samudda½ v± paviseyya,pabbatantare v± nis²deyya, neva p±pakammato mucceyya. Puratthim±d²su jagati-padesesu pathav²bh±gesu na so v±laggamattopi ok±so atthi, yattha µhito p±paka-mmato muccitu½ sakkuºeyy±ti. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su, sampattamah±jana-ss±pi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Tayojanavatthu ek±dasama½. 12. Suppabuddhasakyavatthu Na antalikkheti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± nigrodh±r±me viharanto suppa-buddha½ sakka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira “aya½ mama dh²tara½ cha¹¹etv± nikkhanto ca, mama putta½ pabb±-jetv± tassa veriµµh±ne µhito c±”ti imehi dv²hi k±raºehi satthari ±gh±ta½ bandhitv±

ekadivasa½ “na d±nissa nimantanaµµh±na½ gantv± bhuñjitu½ dass±m²”ti gamana-magga½ pidahitv± antarav²thiya½ sura½ pivanto nis²di. Athassa satthari bhikkhu-saªghaparivute ta½ µh±na½ ±gate “satth± ±gato”ti ±rocesu½ (2.0029). So ±ha–“purato gacch±ti tassa vadetha, n±ya½ may± mahallakataro, n±ssa magga½dass±m²”ti punappuna½ vuccam±nopi tatheva vatv± nis²di. Satth± m±tulassasantik± magga½ alabhitv± tato nivatti. Sopi eka½ carapurisa½ pesesi “gaccha,tassa katha½ sutv± eh²”ti. Satth±pi nivattanto sita½ katv± ±nandattherena “ko nukho, bhante, sitassa p±tukammassa paccayo”ti puµµho ±ha– “passasi, ±nanda,suppabuddhan”ti. Pass±mi, bhanteti. Bh±riya½ tena kamma½ kata½ m±disassabuddhassa magga½ adentena, ito sattame divase heµµh±p±s±de sop±nap±da-m³le pathavi½ pavisissat²ti. Carapuriso ta½ katha½ sutv± suppabuddhassasantika½ gantv± “ki½ mama bh±gineyyena nivattantena vuttan”ti puµµho yath±-suta½ ±rocesi. So tassa vacana½ sutv± “na d±ni mama bh±gineyyassa kath±yadoso atthi, addh± ya½ so vadati, ta½ tatheva hoti. Eva½ santepi na½ id±ni mus±-v±dena niggaºhiss±mi. So hi ma½ ‘sattame divase pathavi½ pavisissat²’ti aniya-mena avatv± ‘heµµh±p±s±de sop±nap±dam³le pathavi½ pavisissat²’”ti ±ha. “Itod±ni paµµh±y±ha½ ta½ µh±na½ na gamiss±mi, atha na½ tasmi½ µh±ne pathavi½apavisitv± mus±v±dena niggaºhiss±m²”ti attano upabhogaj±ta½ sabba½ sattabh³-mikap±s±dassa upari ±ropetv± sop±na½ har±petv± dv±ra½ pidah±petv± eke-kasmi½ dv±re dve dve malle µhapetv± “sac±ha½ pam±dena heµµh± orohituk±mohomi, niv±reyy±tha man”ti vatv± sattame p±s±datale sirigabbhe nis²di. Satth± ta½pavatti½ sutv±, “bhikkhave, suppabuddho na kevala½ p±s±datale veh±sa½ uppa-titv± ±k±se v± nis²datu, n±v±ya v± samudda½ pakkhandatu, pabbatantara½ v±pavisatu, buddh±na½ kath±ya dvidh±bh±vo n±ma natthi, may± vuttaµµh±neyevaso pathavi½ pavisissat²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½g±tham±ha– 128. “Na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbat±na½ vivara½ pavissa; na vijjat² so jagatippadeso, yatthaµµhita½ nappasaheyya macc³”ti. Tattha (2.0030) yattha µhita½ nappasaheyya, macc³ti yasmi½ padese µhita½maraºa½ nappasaheyya n±bhibhaveyya, kesaggamattopi pathavippadeso natthi.Sesa½ purimasadisamev±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti.

suppabuddhassa maªgalasso udd±mo hutv± ta½ ta½ bhitti½ pahari. So uparinisinnovassa sadda½ sutv± “kimetan”ti pucchi. “Maªgalasso udd±mo”ti. Sopanasso suppabuddha½ disv±va sannis²dati. Atha na½ so gaºhituk±mo hutv±nisinnaµµh±n± uµµh±ya dv±r±bhimukho ahosi, dv±r±ni sayameva vivaµ±ni, sop±na½sakaµµh±neyeva µhita½. Dv±re µhit± mall± ta½ g²v±ya½ gahetv± heµµh±bhimukha½khipi½su. Etenup±yena sattasupi talesu dv±r±ni sayameva vivaµ±ni, sop±n±niyath±µh±ne µhit±ni. Tattha tattha mall± ta½ g²v±yameva gahetv± heµµh±bhimukha½khipi½su. Atha na½ heµµh±p±s±de sop±nap±dam³la½ sampattameva mah±pa-thav² vivaram±n± bhijjitv± sampaµicchi, so gantv± av²cimhi nibbatt²ti. Suppabuddhasakyavatthu dv±dasama½. P±pavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Navamo vaggo. 10. Daº¹avaggo 1. Chabbaggiyabhikkhuvatthu Sabbe (2.0031) tasant²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantochabbaggiye bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye sattarasavaggiyehi sen±sane paµijaggite chabbaggiy±bhikkh³ “nikkhamatha, maya½ mahallakatar±, amh±ka½ eta½ p±puº±t²”ti vatv±tehi “na maya½ dass±ma, amhehi paµhama½ paµijaggitan”ti vutte te bhikkh³ paha-ri½su. Sattarasavaggiy± maraºabhayatajjit± mah±virava½ viravi½su. Satth±tesa½ sadda½ sutv± “ki½ idan”ti pucchitv± “ida½ n±m±”ti ±rocite “na, bhikkhave,ito paµµh±ya bhikkhun± n±ma eva½ kattabba½, yo karoti, so ima½ n±ma ±patti½±pajjat²”ti pah±rad±nasikkh±pada½ (p±ci. 449 ±dayo) paññ±petv±, “bhikkhave,bhikkhun± n±ma ‘yath± aha½, tatheva aññepi daº¹assa tasanti, maccuno bh±ya-nt²’ti ñatv± paro na paharitabbo, na gh±tetabbo”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv±dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 129. “Sabbe tasanti daº¹assa, sabbe bh±yanti maccuno; att±na½ upama½ katv±, na haneyya na gh±taye”ti. Tattha sabbe tasant²ti sabbepi satt± attani daº¹e patante tassa daº¹assatasanti. Maccunoti maraºass±pi bh±yantiyeva. Imiss± ca desan±ya byañjana½niravasesa½, attho pana s±vaseso. Yath± hi raññ± “sabbe sannipatant³”ti bheriy±

car±pit±yapi r±jamah±matte µhapetv± ses± sannipatanti, evamidha “sabbe tasa-nt²”ti vuttepi hatth±j±neyyo ass±j±neyyo usabh±j±neyyo kh²º±savoti ime catt±roµhapetv± avases±va tasant²ti veditabb±. Imesu hi kh²º±savo sakk±yadiµµhiy± pah²-natt± maraºakasatta½ apassanto na bh±yati, itare tayo sakk±yadiµµhiy± balavatt±attano paµipakkhabh³ta½ satta½ apassant± na bh±yant²ti. Na haneyya na gh±ta-yeti yath± aha½ (2.0032), eva½ aññepi satt±ti neva para½ pahareyya na pahar±-peyy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Chabbaggiyabhikkhuvatthu paµhama½. 2. Chabbaggiyabhikkhuvatthu Sabbe tasant²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto chabbaggiyebhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Teyeva ekasmiñhi samaye teneva k±raºena purimasikkh±pade sattarasava-ggiye pahari½su. Teneva k±raºena tesa½ talasattika½ uggiri½su. Idh±pi satth±tesa½ sadda½ sutv± “ki½ idan”ti pucchitv± “ida½ n±m±”ti ±rocite “na, bhikkhave,ito paµµh±ya bhikkhun± n±ma eva½ kattabba½, yo karoti, so ima½ n±ma ±patti½±pajjat²”ti talasattikasikkh±pada½ (p±ci. 454 ±dayo) paññ±petv±, “bhikkhave,bhikkhun± n±ma ‘yath± aha½, tatheva aññepi daº¹assa tasanti, yath± ca mayha½,tatheva nesa½ j²vita½ piyan’ti ñatv± paro na paharitabbo na gh±µetabbo”ti vatv±anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 130. “Sabbe tasanti daº¹assa, sabbesa½ j²vita½ piya½; att±na½ upama½ katv±, na haneyya na gh±taye”ti. Tattha sabbesa½ j²vita½ piyanti kh²º±sava½ µhapetv± sesasatt±na½ j²vita½piya½ madhura½, kh²º±savo pana j²vite v± maraºe v± upekkhakova hoti. Sesa½purimasadisamev±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Chabbaggiyabhikkhuvatthu dutiya½. 3. Sabbahulakum±rakavatthu Sukhak±m±ni (2.0033) bh³t±n²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto sambahule kum±rake ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye satth± s±vatthiya½ piº¹±ya pavisanto antar±magge samba-hule kum±rake eka½ gharasappaj±tika½ ahi½ daº¹akena paharante disv± “kum±-rak± ki½ karoth±”ti pucchitv± “ahi½, bhante, daº¹akena pahar±m±”ti vutte “ki½k±raº±”ti puna pucchitv± “¹a½sanabhayena, bhante”ti vutte “tumhe ‘attano

sukha½ kariss±m±’ti ima½ paharant± nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne sukhal±bhino nabhavissatha. Attano sukha½ patthentena hi para½ paharitu½ na vaµµat²”ti vatv±anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 131. “Sukhak±m±ni bh³t±ni, yo daº¹ena vihi½sati; attano sukhames±no, pecca so na labhate sukha½. 132. “Sukhak±m±ni bh³t±ni, yo daº¹ena na hi½sati; attano sukhames±no, pecca so labhate sukhan”ti. Tattha yo daº¹en±ti yo puggalo daº¹ena v± le¹¹u-±d²hi v± viheµheti. Pecca sona labhate sukhanti so puggalo paraloke manussasukha½ v± dibbasukha½ v±paramatthabh³ta½ v± nibb±nasukha½ na labhati. Dutiyag±th±ya pecca so labha-teti so puggalo paraloke vuttappak±ra½ tividhampi sukha½ labhat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne pañcasat±pi te kum±rak± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½s³ti. Sambahulakum±rakavatthu tatiya½. 4. Koº¹adh±nattheravatthu M±voca pharusa½ kañc²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantokoº¹adh±natthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa (2.0034) kira pabbajitadivasato paµµh±ya eka½ itthir³pa½ therenasaddhi½yeva vicarati. Ta½ thero na passati, mah±jano pana passati. Antog±ma½piº¹±ya caratopissa manuss± eka½ bhikkha½ datv±, “bhante, aya½ tumh±ka½hotu, aya½ pana tumh±ka½ sah±yik±y±”ti vatv± dutiyampi dadanti. Ki½ tassa pubbakammanti? Kassapasamm±sambuddhak±le kira dve sah±yak±bhikkh³ ekam±tukucchito nikkhantasadis± ativiya samagg± ahesu½. D²gh±yuka-buddhak±le ca anusa½vacchara½ v± anucham±sa½ v± bhikkh³ uposathatth±yasannipatanti. Tasm± tepi “uposathagga½ gamiss±m±”ti vasanaµµh±n± nikkha-mi½su. Te ek± t±vati½sabhavane nibbattadevat± disv± “ime bhikkh³ ativiyasamagg±, sakk± nu kho ime bhinditun”ti cintetv± attano b±lat±ya cintitasamananta-rameva ±gantv± tesu ekena, “±vuso, muhutta½ ±gamehi, sar²rakiccenamhi atthiko”-ti vutte s± devat± eka½ manussitthivaººa½ m±petv± therassa gacchantara½pavisitv± nikkhamanak±le ekena hatthena kesakal±pa½, ekena niv±sana½saºµh±payam±n± tassa piµµhito nikkhami. So ta½ na passati, tam±gamayam±nopana purato µhitabhikkhu nivattitv± olokayam±no ta½ tath± katv± nikkhamanta½passi. S± tena diµµhabh±va½ ñatv± antaradh±yi. Itaro ta½ bhikkhu½ attanosantika½ ±gatak±le ±ha– “±vuso, s²la½ te bhinnan”ti. “Natth±vuso, mayha½ evar³-pan”ti. Id±neva te may± pacchato nikkhamam±n± taruºa-itth² ida½ n±ma karont²diµµh±, tva½ “natthi mayha½ evar³pan”ti ki½ vades²ti. So asaniy± matthake ava-tthaµo viya m± ma½, ±vuso, n±sehi, natthi mayha½ evar³panti. Itaro “may± s±ma½akkh²hi diµµha½, ki½ tava saddahiss±m²”ti daº¹ako viya bhijjitv± pakk±mi, uposa-thaggepi “n±ha½ imin± saddhi½ uposatha½ kariss±m²”ti nis²di. Itaro “mayha½,

bhante, s²le aºumattampi k±¼a½ natth²”ti bhikkh³na½ kathesi. Sopi “may± s±ma½diµµhan”ti ±ha. Devat± ta½ tena saddhi½ uposatha½ k±tu½ anicchanta½ disv±“bh±riya½ may± kamma½ katan”ti cintetv±– “bhante, mayha½ ayyassa s²labhedonatthi, may± pana v²ma½sanavaseneta½ kata½, karotha tena (2.0035) saddhi½uposathan”ti ±ha. So tass± ±k±se µhatv± kathentiy± saddahitv± uposatha½ ak±si, na pana there pubbe viya muducitto ahosi. Ettaka½ devat±ya pubbakamma½. ¾yupariyos±ne pana te ther± yath±sukha½ devaloke nibbatti½su. Devat± ap²-cimhi nibbattitv± eka½ buddhantara½ tattha paccitv± imasmi½ buddhupp±des±vatthiya½ nibbattitv± vuddhimanv±ya s±sane pabbajitv± upasampada½ labhi.Tassa pabbajitadivasato paµµh±ya ta½ itthir³pa½ tatheva paññ±yi. Tenevassakoº¹adh±nattheroti n±ma½ kari½su. Ta½ tath±vicaranta½ disv± bhikkh³ an±tha-piº¹ika½ ±ha½su– “mah±seµµhi, ima½ duss²la½ tava vih±r± n²hara. Imañhiniss±ya sesabhikkh³na½ ayaso uppajjissat²”ti. Ki½ pana, bhante, satth± vih±renatth²ti? Atthi up±sak±ti. Tena hi, bhante, satth±va j±nissat²ti. Bhikkh³ gantv± vis±-kh±yapi tatheva kathesu½. S±pi nesa½ tatheva paµivacana½ ad±si. Bhikkh³pi tehi asampaµicchitavacan± rañño ±rocesu½– “mah±r±ja, koº¹adh±na-tthero eka½ itthi½ gahetv± vicaranto sabbesa½ ayasa½ upp±desi, ta½ tumh±ka½vijit± n²harath±”ti. “Kaha½ pana so, bhante”ti? “Vih±re, mah±r±j±”ti. “Katarasmi½sen±sane viharat²”ti? “Asukasmi½ n±m±”ti. “Tena hi gacchatha, aha½ ta½ gaºhi-ss±m²”ti so s±yanhasamaye vih±ra½ gantv± ta½ sen±sana½ purisehi parikkhip±-petv± therassa vasanaµµh±n±bhimukho agam±si. Thero mah±sadda½ sutv±vih±r± nikkhamitv± pamukhe aµµh±si. Tampissa itthir³pa½ piµµhipasse µhita½ r±j±addasa. Thero rañño ±gamana½ ñatv± vih±ra½ abhiruhitv± nis²di. R±j± thera½ navandi, tampi itthi½ n±ddasa. So dv±rantarepi heµµh±mañcepi olokento adisv±vathera½ ±ha– “bhante, imasmi½ µh±ne eka½ itthi½ addasa½, kaha½ s±”ti? “Napass±mi, mah±r±j±”ti. “Id±ni may± tumh±ka½ piµµhipasse µhit± diµµh±”ti vuttepi“aha½ na pass±mi”ccev±ha. R±j± “ki½ nu kho etan”ti cintetv±, “bhante, ito t±vanikkhamath±”ti ±ha. There nikkhamitv± pamukhe µhite puna s± therassa piµµhi-passe aµµh±si. R±j± ta½ disv± puna uparitala½ abhiruhi, tassa ±gatabh±va½ ñatv±thero nis²di. Puna r±j± ta½ sabbaµµh±nesu olokentopi adisv±, “bhante, kaha½ s±itth²”ti puna thera½ (2.0036) pucchi. N±ha½ pass±mi mah±r±j±ti. “Ki½ kathetha,bhante, may± id±neva tumh±ka½ piµµhipasse µhit± diµµh±”ti ±ha. ¾ma, mah±r±ja,mah±janopi “me pacchato pacchato itth² vicarat²”ti vadati, aha½ pana na pass±-m²ti. R±j± “paµir³pakena bhavitabban”ti sallakkhetv± puna thera½, “bhante, ito

t±va otarath±”ti vatv± there otaritv± pamukhe µhite puna ta½ tassa piµµhipasseµhita½ disv± uparitala½ abhiruhi. Puna n±ddasa. So puna thera½ pucchitv± tena“na pass±mi”cceva vutte “paµir³pakamevetan”ti niµµha½ gantv± thera½ ±ha–“bhante, evar³pe sa½kilese tumh±ka½ piµµhito vicarante añño koci tumh±ka½bhikkha½ na dassati, nibaddha½ mama geha½ pavisatha, ahameva cat³hi pacca-yehi upaµµhahiss±m²”ti thera½ nimantetv± pakk±mi. Bhikkh³ “passath±vuso, rañño p±pakiriya½, ‘eta½ vih±rato n²har±’ti vutte±gantv± cat³hi paccayehi nimantetv± gato”ti ujjh±yi½su. Tampi thera½ ±ha½su–“ambho, duss²la, id±nisi r±jakoº¹o j±to”ti. Sopi pubbe bhikkh³ kiñci vattu½ asa-kkonto “tumhe duss²l±, tumhe koº¹±, tumhe itthi½ gahetv± vicarath±”ti ±ha. Tegantv± satthu ±rocesu½– “bhante, koº¹adh±natthero amhehi vutto amhe ‘duss²l±’-ti-±d²ni vatv± akkosat²”ti. Satth± ta½ pakkos±petv± pucchi– “sacca½ kira tva½,bhikkhu, eva½ vades²”ti? “Sacca½, bhante”ti. “Ki½ k±raº±”ti? “May± saddhi½kathitak±raº±”ti. “Tumhe, bhikkhave, imin± saddhi½ kasm± katheth±”ti. “Imassapacchato itthi½ vicaranti½ disv±, bhante”ti. “Ime kira tay± saddhi½ itthi½ vica-ranti½ disv± vadanti, tva½ kasm± kathesi, ete t±va disv± kathenti. Tva½ adisv±vaimehi saddhi½ kasm± kathesi, nanu pubbe taveva p±pika½ diµµhi½ niss±ya ida½j±ta½, id±ni kasm± puna p±pika½ diµµhi½ gaºh±s²”ti. Bhikkh³ “ki½ pana, bhante,imin± pubbe katan”ti pucchi½su. Atha nesa½ satth± tassa pubbakamma½kathetv± “bhikkhu ida½ p±pakamma½ niss±ya tva½ ima½ vippak±ra½ patto,id±ni te puna tath±r³pa½ p±pika½ diµµhi½ gahetu½ na yutta½, m± punabhikkh³hi saddhi½ kiñci kathehi, nissaddo mukhavaµµiya½ chinnaka½sath±lasa-diso hohi, eva½ karonto nibb±nappatto n±ma bhavissat²”ti (2.0037) vatv± anu-sandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 133. “M±voca pharusa½ kañci, vutt± paµivadeyyu ta½; dukkh± hi s±rambhakath±, paµidaº¹± phuseyyu ta½. 134. “Sace neresi att±na½, ka½so upahato yath±; esa pattosi nibb±na½, s±rambho te na vijjat²”ti. Tattha m±voca pharusa½ kañc²ti kañci ekapuggalampi pharusa½ m± avaca.Vutt±ti tay± pare “duss²l±”ti vutt±, tampi tatheva paµivadeyyu½. S±rambhakath±ties± karaºuttar± yugagg±hakath± n±ma dukkh±. Paµidaº¹±ti k±yadaº¹±d²hi para½paharantassa t±dis± paµidaº¹± ca tava matthake pateyyu½. Sace neres²ti saceatt±na½ niccala½ k±tu½ sakkhissasi. Ka½so upahato yath±ti mukhavaµµiya½chinditv± talamatta½ katv± µhapitaka½sath±la½ viya. Tañhi hatthap±dehi v±daº¹akena v± pahaµampi sadda½ na karoti, esa pattos²ti sace evar³po bhavitu½sakkhissasi, ima½ paµipada½ p³rayam±no id±ni appattopi eso nibb±nappatton±ma. S±rambho te na vijjat²ti eva½ sante ca pana “tva½ duss²lo, tumhe duss²l±”-ti-evam±diko uttarakaraºav±c±lakkhaºo s±rambhopi te na vijjati, na bhavissatiye-v±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su, koº¹adh±nattheropisatth±r± dinna-ov±de µhatv± arahatta½ p±puºi, na cirasseva ±k±se uppatitv±paµhama½ sal±ka½ gaºh²ti.

Koº¹adh±nattheravatthu catuttha½. 5. Uposathika-itth²na½ vatthu Yath± daº¹en±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± pubb±r±me viharanto vis±kh±-d²na½ up±sik±na½ uposathakamma½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ (2.0038) kira ekasmi½ mah±-uposathadivase pañcasatamatt±itthiyo uposathik± hutv± vih±ra½ agami½su. Vis±kh± t±su mahallakitthiyo upasa-ªkamitv± pucchi, “amm±, kimattha½ uposathik± j±tatth±”ti. T±hi “dibbasampatti½patthetv±”ti vutte majjhimitthiyo pucchi, t±hi “sapattiv±s± muccanatth±y±”ti vuttetaruºitthiyo pucchi, t±hi “paµhamagabbhe puttapaµil±bhatth±y±”ti vutte kum±rik±yopucchi, t±hi “taruºabh±veyeva patikulagamanatth±y±”ti vutte ta½ sabbampi t±sa½katha½ sutv± t± ±d±ya satthu santika½ gantv± paµip±µiy± ±rocesi. Ta½ sutv±satth± “vis±khe imesa½ satt±na½ j±ti-±dayo n±ma daº¹ahatthakagop±lakasadis±,j±ti jar±ya santika½, jar± by±dhino santika½, by±dhi maraºassa santika½ pesetv±maraºa½ kuµh±riy± chindant± viya j²vita½ chindati, eva½ santepi vivaµµa½patthent± n±ma natthi, vaµµameva pana patthent²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv±dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 135. “Yath± daº¹ena gop±lo, g±vo p±jeti gocara½; eva½ jar± ca maccu ca, ±yu½ p±jenti p±ºinan”ti. Tattha p±jet²ti cheko gop±lo ked±rantara½ pavisantiyo g±vo daº¹ena niv±retv±teneva pothento sulabhatiºodaka½ gocara½ neti. ¾yu½ p±jent²ti j²vitindriya½chindanti khepenti. Gop±lako viya hi jar± ca maccu ca, gogaºo viya j²vitindriya½,gocarabh³mi viya maraºa½. Tattha j±ti t±va satt±na½ j²vitindriya½ jar±ya santika½pesesi, jar± by±dhino santika½, by±dhi maraºassa santika½. Tameva maraºa½kuµh±riy± cheda½ viya chinditv± gacchat²ti idamettha opammasampaµip±dana½. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Uposathika-itth²na½ vatthu pañcama½. 6. Ajagarapetavatthu Atha (2.0039) p±p±ni kamm±n²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viha-ranto ajagarapeta½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye mah±moggall±natthero lakkhaºattherena saddhi½ gijjhak³-µato otaranto dibbena cakkhun± pañcav²satiyojanika½ ajagarapeta½ n±maaddasa. Tassa s²sato aggij±l± uµµhahitv± pariyanta½ gacchanti, pariyantato uµµha-hitv± s²sa½ gacchanti, ubhayato uµµhahitv± majjhe otaranti. Thero ta½ disv± sita½p±tv±k±si. Lakkhaºattherena sitak±raºa½ puµµho “ak±lo, ±vuso, imassa pañhassa

veyy±karaº±ya, satthu santike ma½ puccheyy±s²”ti vatv± r±jagahe piº¹±yacaritv± satthu santika½ gatak±le lakkhaºattherena puµµho ±ha– “tatr±ha½, ±vuso,eka½ peta½ addasa½, tassa evar³po n±ma attabh±vo, aha½ ta½ disv± ‘na vatame evar³po attabh±vo diµµhapubbo’ti sita½ p±tv±k±sin”ti. Satth± “cakkhubh³t±vata, bhikkhave, s±vak± viharant²”ti-±d²ni (p±r±. 228; sa½. ni. 2.202) vadantotherassa katha½ patiµµh±petv± “may±pi eso, bhikkhave, peto bodhimaº¹eyevadiµµho, ‘ye ca pana me vacana½ na saddaheyyu½, tesa½ ta½ ahit±ya ass±’ti nakathesi½, id±ni moggall±na½ sakkhi½ labhitv± kathem²”ti vatv± bhikkh³hi tassapubbakamma½ puµµho by±k±si– Kassapabuddhak±le kira sumaªgalaseµµhi n±ma suvaººiµµhak±hi bh³mi½santharitv± v²sati-usabhaµµh±ne tattakeneva dhanena vih±ra½ k±retv± t±vattake-neva vih±ramaha½ k±resi. So ekadivasa½ p±tova satthu santika½ gacchantonagaradv±re ekiss± s±l±ya k±s±va½ sas²sa½ p±rupitv± kalalamakkhitehi p±dehinipanna½ eka½ cora½ disv± “aya½ kalalamakkhitap±do ratti½ vicaritv± div± nipa-nnamanusso bhavissat²”ti ±ha. Coro mukha½ vivaritv± seµµhi½ disv± “hotu, j±ni-ss±mi te kattabban”ti ±gh±ta½ bandhitv± sattakkhattu½ khetta½ jh±pesi, satta-kkhattu½ vaje gunna½ p±de chindi, sattakkhattu½ geha½ jh±pesi, so ettaken±pikopa½ nibb±petu½ asakkonto tassa c³¼³paµµh±kena saddhi½ mittasanthava½katv± “ki½ (2.0040) te seµµhino piyan”ti puµµho “gandhakuµito añña½ tassa piya-tara½ natth²”ti sutv± “hotu, gandhakuµi½ jh±petv± kopa½ nibb±pess±m²”ti sattharipiº¹±ya paviµµhe p±n²yaparibhojan²yaghaµe bhinditv± gandhakuµiya½ aggi½ad±si. Seµµhi “gandhakuµi kira jh±yat²”ti sutv± ±gacchanto jh±mak±le ±gantv±gandhakuµi½ jh±ma½ olokento v±laggamattampi domanassa½ akatv± v±ma-b±hu½ samañjitv± dakkhiºena hatthena mah±-apphoµana½ apphoµesi. Atha na½sam²pe µhit± pucchi½su– “kasm±, s±mi, ettaka½ dhana½ vissajjetv± katagandha-kuµiy± jh±mak±le apphoµes²”ti? So ±ha– “ettaka½ me, t±t±, aggi-±d²hi as±dh±raºebuddhassa s±sane dhana½ nidahitu½ laddha½, ‘punapi ettaka½ dhana½ vissa-jjetv± satthu gandhakuµi½ k±tu½ labhiss±m²’ti tuµµham±naso apphoµesin”ti. Sopuna tattaka½ dhana½ vissajjetv± gandhakuµi½ k±retv± v²satisahassabhikkhupa-riv±rassa satthuno d±na½ ad±si. Ta½ disv± coro cintesi– “aha½ ima½ am±retv±maªkuk±tu½ na sakkhiss±mi, hotu, m±ress±mi nan”ti niv±sanantare churika½bandhitv± satt±ha½ vih±re vicarantopi ok±sa½ na labhi. Mah±seµµhipi satta diva-s±ni buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ datv± satth±ra½ vanditv±±ha– “bhante, mama ekena purisena sattakkhattu½ khetta½ jh±pita½, satta-kkhattu½ vaje gunna½ p±d± chinn±, sattakkhattu½ geha½ jh±pita½, id±ni gandha-kuµipi teneva jh±pit± bhavissati, aha½ imasmi½ d±ne paµhama½ patti½ tassadamm²”ti. Ta½ sutv± coro “bh±riya½ vata me kamma½ kata½, eva½ apar±dhak±rakemayi imassa kopamattampi natthi, imasmimpi d±ne mayhameva paµhama½ patti½deti, aha½ imasmi½ dubbh±mi, evar³pa½ me purisa½ akham±pentassa devada-º¹opi me matthake pateyy±”ti gantv± seµµhissa p±dam³le nipajjitv± “kham±hi me,s±m²”ti vatv± “ki½ idan”ti vutte, “s±mi, eva½ ayuttaka½ kamma½ may± kata½,

tassa me kham±h²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ seµµhi “tay± me idañcidañca katan”ti sabba½pucchitv± “±ma, may± katan”ti vutte, “tva½ may± na diµµhapubbo, kasm± mekujjhitv± evamak±s²”ti pucchi. So ekadivasa½ nagar± nikkhantena tena vuttava-cana½ s±retv± “imin± me k±raºena kopo upp±dito”ti ±ha. Seµµhi attan± vutta½saritv± “±ma, t±ta, vutta½ may± (2.0041), ta½ me kham±h²”ti cora½ kham±petv±“uµµhehi, t±ta, kham±mi te, gaccha, t±t±”ti ±ha. Sace me, s±mi, khamasi, saputta-d±ra½ ma½ gehe d±sa½ karoh²ti. T±ta, tva½ may± ettake kathite evar³pa½chedana½ ak±si, gehe vasantena pana saddhi½ na sakk± kiñci kathetu½, na metay± gehe vasantena kicca½ atthi, kham±mi te, gaccha, t±t±ti. Coro ta½ kamma½katv± ±yupariyos±ne av²cimhi nibbatto d²gharatta½ tattha paccitv± vip±k±vase-sena id±ni gijjhak³µe pabbate paccat²ti. Eva½ satth± tassa pubbakamma½ kathetv±, “bhikkhave, b±l± n±ma p±p±nikamm±ni karont± na bujjhanti, pacch± pana attan± katakammehi ¹ayham±n± atta-n±va attano d±vaggisadis±va hont²”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 136. “Atha p±p±ni kamm±ni, kara½ b±lo na bujjhati; sehi kammehi dummedho, aggi¹a¹¹hova tappat²”ti. Tattha atha p±p±n²ti na kevala½ b±lo kodhavasena p±p±ni karoti, karontopipana na bujjhat²ti attho. P±pa½ karonto ca “p±pa½ karom²”ti abujjhanako n±manatthi. “Imassa kammassa evar³po n±ma vip±ko”ti aj±nanat±ya “na bujjhat²”tivutta½. Seh²ti so tehi attano santakehi kammehi dummedho nippañño puggaloniraye nibbattitv± aggi¹a¹¹hova tappat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Ajagarapetavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Mah±moggall±nattheravatthu Yo daº¹en±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto mah±mogga-ll±natthera½ ±rabbha kathesi.

Ekasmiñhi samaye titthiy± sannipatitv± mantesu½– “j±n±th±vuso, ‘kena k±ra-ºena samaºassa gotamassa l±bhasakk±ro mah± hutv± nibbatto’ti (2.0042).Maya½ na j±n±ma, tumhe pana j±n±th±ti. ¾ma, j±n±ma, mah±moggall±na½ n±maeka½ niss±ya uppanno. So hi devaloka½ gantv± devat±hi katakamma½ pucchitv±±gantv± manuss±na½ katheti ‘ida½ n±ma katv± evar³pa½ sampatti½ labhant²’ti.Niraye nibbatt±nampi kamma½ pucchitv± ±gantv± manuss±na½ katheti ‘ida½n±ma katv± evar³pa½ dukkha½ anubhavant²’ti. Manuss± tassa katha½ sutv±mahanta½ l±bhasakk±ra½ abhiharanti, sace ta½ m±retu½ sakkhiss±ma, so l±bha-sakk±ro amh±ka½ nibbattissat²”ti. Te “attheko up±yo”ti sabbe ekacchand± hutv±“ya½kiñci katv± ta½ m±r±pess±m±”ti attano upaµµh±ke sam±dapetv± kah±paºasa-hassa½ labhitv± purisagh±takamma½ katv± carante core pakkos±petv± “mah±-moggall±natthero n±ma k±¼asil±ya½ vasati, tattha gantv± ta½ m±reth±”ti tesa½kah±paºe ada½su. Cor± dhanalobhena sampaµicchitv± “thera½ m±ress±m±”tigantv± tassa vasanaµµh±na½ pariv±resu½. Thero tehi parikkhittabh±va½ ñatv±kuñcikacchiddena nikkhamitv± pakk±mi. Te cor± ta½ divasa½ thera½ adisv±punekadivasa½ gantv± parikkhipi½su. Thero ñatv± kaººik±maº¹ala½ bhinditv±±k±sa½ pakkhandi. Eva½ te paµhamam±sepi majjhimam±sepi thera½ gahetu½n±sakkhi½su. Pacchimam±se pana sampatte thero attan± katakammassa ±ka-¹¹hanabh±va½ ñatv± na apagacchi. Cor± gantv± thera½ gahetv± taº¹ulakaºama-tt±nissa aµµh²ni karont± bhindi½su. Atha na½ “mato”ti saññ±ya ekasmi½ gumba-piµµhe khipitv± pakkami½su. Thero “satth±ra½ passitv±va parinibb±yiss±m²”ti attabh±va½ jh±naveµhanenaveµhetv± thira½ katv± ±k±sena satthu santika½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv±,“bhante, parinibb±yiss±m²”ti ±ha. “Parinibb±yissasi, moggall±n±”ti? “¾ma, bhante”-ti. “Kattha gantv±”ti? “K±¼asil±padesa½, bhante”ti. Tena hi, moggall±na, mayha½dhamma½ kathetv± y±hi. T±disassa hi me s±vakassa id±ni dassana½ natth²ti. So“eva½ kariss±mi, bhante”ti satth±ra½ vanditv± ±k±sa½ uppatitv± parinibb±nadi-vase s±riputtatthero viya n±nappak±r± iddhiyo katv± dhamma½ kathetv±satth±ra½ vanditv± (2.0043) k±¼asil±µavi½ gantv± parinibb±yi. “Thera½ kira cor±m±resun”ti ayampi kath± sakalajambud²pe patthari. R±j± aj±tasattu core pariyesa-natth±ya carapurise payojesi. Tesupi coresu sur±p±ne sura½ pivantesu ekoekassa piµµhi½ paharitv± p±tesi. So ta½ santejjetv± “ambho dubbin²ta, tva½kasm± me piµµhi½ p±tes²”ti ±ha. Ki½ pana hare duµµhacora, tay± mah±moggall±na-tthero paµhama½ pahaµoti? Ki½ pana may± pahaµabh±va½ tva½ na j±n±s²ti? Itinesa½ “may± pahaµo, may± pahaµo”ti vadant±na½ vacana½ sutv± te carapuris±te sabbe core gahetv± rañño ±rocesu½. R±j± core pakkos±petv± pucchi–“tumhehi thero m±rito”ti? “¾ma, dev±”ti. “Kena tumhe uyyojit±”ti? “Naggasamaºa-kehi, dev±”ti. R±j± pañcasate naggasamaºake g±h±petv± pañcasatehi corehisaddhi½ r±jaªgaºe n±bhippam±ºesu ±v±µesu nikhaº±petv± pal±lehi paµicch±d±-petv± aggi½ d±pesi. Atha nesa½ jh±mabh±va½ ñatv± ayanaªgalehi kas±petv±sabbe khaº¹±khaº¹ika½ k±r±pesi. Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½– “mah±moggall±natthero

attano ananur³pameva maraºa½ patto”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave,etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, mogga-ll±no imasseva attabh±vassa ananur³pa½ maraºa½ patto, pubbe pana tenakatassa kammassa anur³pameva maraºa½ patto”ti vatv± “ki½ panassa, bhante,pubbakamman”ti puµµho vitth±retv± kathesi– At²te kira b±r±ºasiv±s² eko kulaputto sayameva koµµanapacan±d²ni kamm±nikaronto m±t±pitaro paµijaggi. Athassa m±t±pitaro na½, “t±ta, tva½ ekakova geheca araññe ca kamma½ karonto kilamasi, eka½ te kum±rika½ ±ness±m±”ti vatv±,“ammat±t±, na mayha½ evar³p±yattho, aha½ y±va tumhe j²vatha, t±va vosahatth± upaµµhahiss±m²”ti tena paµikkhitt± punappuna½ ta½ y±citv± kum±rika½±nayi½su. S± katip±hameva te upaµµhahitv± pacch± tesa½ dassanampi ani-cchant² “na sakk± tava m±t±pit³hi saddhi½ ekaµµh±ne vasitun”ti ujjh±yitv± tasmi½(2.0044) attano katha½ aggaºhante tassa bahigatak±le makaciv±kakhaº¹±ni cay±gupheºañca gahetv± tattha tattha ±kiritv± ten±gantv± “ki½ idan”ti puµµh± ±ha–“imesa½ andhamahallak±na½ eta½ kamma½, sabba½ geha½ kiliµµha½ karont±vicaranti, na sakk± etehi saddhi½ ekaµµh±ne vasitun”ti. Eva½ t±ya na½ puna-ppuna½ kathayam±n±ya evar³popi p³ritap±ram² satto m±t±pit³hi saddhi½ bhijji.So “hotu, j±niss±mi nesa½ kattabban”ti te bhojetv±, “ammat±t±, asukaµµh±nen±ma tumh±ka½ ñ±tak± ±gamana½ pacc±s²santi, tattha gamiss±m±”ti te y±naka½±ropetv± ±d±ya gacchanto aµavimajjha½ pattak±le, “t±ta, rasmiyo gaºh±tha, g±vopatodasaññ±ya gamissanti, imasmi½ µh±ne cor± vasanti, aha½ otar±m²”ti pituhatthe rasmiyo datv± otaritv± gacchanto sadda½ parivattetv± cor±na½ uµµhitasa-ddamak±si. M±t±pitaro sadda½ sutv± “cor± uµµhit±”ti saññ±ya, “t±ta, maya½ maha-llak±, tva½ att±nameva rakkh±h²”ti ±ha½su. So m±t±pitaro tath±viravantepi cora-sadda½ karonto koµµetv± m±retv± aµaviya½ khipitv± pacc±gami. Satth± ida½ tassa pubbakamma½ kathetv±, “bhikkhave, moggall±no ettaka½kamma½ katv± anekavassasatasahass±ni niraye paccitv± vip±k±vasesena atta-bh±vasate evameva koµµetv± sa½cuººito maraºa½ patto. Eva½ moggall±nenaattano kamm±nur³pameva maraºa½ laddha½, pañcahi corasatehi saddhi½labhi½su. Appaduµµhesu hi padussanto dasahi k±raºehi anayabyasana½ p±puº±-tiyev±”ti vatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 137. “Yo daº¹ena adaº¹esu, appaduµµhesu dussati; dasannamaññatara½ µh±na½, khippameva nigacchati. 138. “Vedana½ pharusa½ j±ni½, sar²rassa va bhedana½; garuka½ v±pi ±b±dha½, cittakkhepa½ va p±puºe. 139. “R±jato (2.0045) v± upasagga½, abbhakkh±na½ va d±ruºa½; parikkhaya½ va ñ±t²na½, bhog±na½ va pabhaªgura½. 140. “Atha v±ssa ag±r±ni, aggi ¹ahati p±vako; k±yassa bhed± duppañño, niraya½ sopapajjat²”ti. Tattha adaº¹es³ti k±yadaº¹±dirahitesu kh²º±savesu. Appaduµµhes³ti paresu v±attani v± nirapar±dhesu. Dasannamaññatara½ µh±nanti dasasu dukkhak±raºesuaññatara½ k±raºa½. Vedananti s²sarog±dibheda½ pharusa½ vedana½. J±ninti

kicch±dhigatassa dhanassa j±ni½. Bhedananti hatthacched±dika½ sar²rabhe-dana½. Garukanti pakkhahata-ekacakkhukap²µhasappikuº²bh±vakuµµharog±di-bheda½ garuk±b±dha½ v±. Cittakkhepanti umm±da½. Upasagganti yasavilopase-n±patiµµh±n±di-acchindan±dika½ r±jato upasagga½ v±. Abbhakkh±nanti adiµµha-a-suta-acintitapubba½ “ida½ sandhicched±dikamma½, ida½ v± r±j±par±dhita-kamma½ tay± katan”ti evar³pa½ d±ruºa½ abbhakkh±na½ v±. Parikkhaya½ vañ±t²nanti attano avassayo bhavitu½ samatth±na½ ñ±t²na½ parikkhaya½ v±. Pabha-ªguranti pabhaªgubh±va½ p³tibh±va½. Ya½ hissa gehe dhañña½, ta½ p³ti-bh±va½ ±pajjati, suvaººa½ aªg±rabh±va½, mutt± kapp±saµµhibh±va½, kah±-paºa½ kap±lakhaº¹±dibh±va½, dvipadacatuppad± k±ºakuº±dibh±vanti attho.Aggi ¹ahat²ti ekasa½vacchare dvattikkhattu½ aññasmi½ ¹±hake avijjam±nepi asa-ni-aggi v± patitv± ¹ahati, attanova dhammat±ya uµµhito p±vako v± ¹ahatiyeva. Nira-yanti diµµheva dhamme imesa½ dasanna½ µh±n±na½ aññatara½ patv±pi eka½-sena sampar±ye pattabba½ dassetu½ “niraya½ sopapajjat²”ti vutta½. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mah±moggall±nattheravatthu sattama½. 8. Bahubhaº¹ikabhikkhuvatthu Na naggacariy±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto bahubha-º¹ika½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiv±s² (2.0046) kireko kuµumbiko bhariy±ya k±lakat±ya pabbaji. So pabba-janto attano pariveºañca aggis±lañca bhaº¹agabbhañca k±retv± sabbampibhaº¹agabbha½ sappimadhutel±d²hi p³retv± pabbaji, pabbajitv± ca pana attanod±se pakkos±petv± yath±rucika½ ±h±ra½ pac±petv± bhuñjati. Bahubhaº¹o cabahuparikkh±ro ca ahosi. Ratti½ añña½ niv±sanap±rupana½ hoti, div± añña½niv±sanap±rupana½ hoti, div± añña½ vih±rapaccante vasati. Tassekadivasa½c²varapaccattharaº±ni sukkh±pentassa sen±sanac±rika½ ±hiº¹ant± bhikkh³passitv± “kassim±ni, ±vuso”ti pucchitv± “mayhan”ti vutte, “±vuso, bhagavat± tic²va-r±ni anuññ±t±ni, tvañca pana eva½ appicchassa buddhassa s±sane pabbajitv±eva½ bahuparikkh±ro j±to”ti ta½ satthu santika½ netv±, “bhante, aya½ bhikkhuatibahubhaº¹o”ti ±rocesu½. Satth± “sacca½ kira ta½ bhikkh³”ti pucchitv±“sacca½, bhante”ti vutte ±ha– “kasm± pana tva½, bhikkhu, may± appicchat±yadhamme desite eva½ bahubhaº¹o j±to”ti. So t±vattakeneva kupito “imin± d±nin²h±rena cariss±m²”ti p±rupana½ cha¹¹etv± parisamajjhe ekac²varo aµµh±si. Athana½ satth± upatthambhayam±no nanu tva½ bhikkhu pubbe hirottappagavesakodakarakkhasak±lepi hirottappa½ gavesam±no dv±dasa vass±ni vih±si, kasm±id±ni eva½ garuke buddhas±sane pabbajitv± catuparisamajjhe p±rupana½cha¹¹etv± hirottappa½ pah±ya µhitos²ti. So satthu vacana½ sutv± hirottappa½paccupaµµh±petv± ta½ c²vara½ p±rupitv± satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di.

Bhikkh³ tassa atthassa ±vibh±vattha½ bhagavanta½ y±ci½su. Bhagav± at²ta½±haritv± kathesi– At²te kira b±r±ºasirañño aggamahesiy± kucchismi½ bodhisatto paµisandhi½gaºhi. Tassa n±maggahaºadivase mahi½sakum±roti n±ma½ kari½su. Tassakaniµµhabh±t± candakum±ro n±ma ahosi. Tesa½ m±tari k±lakat±ya r±j± añña½aggamahesiµµh±ne µhapesi. S±pi putta½ vij±yi, s³riyakum±rotissa n±ma½ kari½su.Ta½ disv± r±j± tuµµho “puttassa te vara½ damm²”ti ±ha. S±pi kho, “deva, icchita-k±le gaºhiss±m²”ti vatv± puttassa vayappattak±le r±j±na½ ±ha– “devena mayha½puttassa j±tak±le varo dinno, id±ni me puttassa rajja½ deh²”ti (2.0047). R±j±“mama dve putt± aggikkhandh± viya jalant± vicaranti, na sakk± tassa rajja½ d±tun”-ti paµikkhipitv±pi ta½ punappuna½ y±cam±nameva disv± “aya½ me putt±na½ ana-tthampi kareyy±”ti putte pakkos±petv±, “t±t±, aha½ s³riyakum±rassa j±tak±levara½ ad±si½, id±nissa m±t± rajja½ y±cati, aha½ tassa na d±tuk±mo, tassa m±t±tumh±ka½ anatthampi kareyya, gacchatha tumhe, araññe vasitv± mamaccayen±-gantv± rajja½ gaºhath±”ti uyyojesi. Te pitara½ vanditv± p±s±d± otarante r±ja-ªgaºe k²¼am±no s³riyakum±ro disv± ta½ k±raºa½ ñatv± tehi saddhi½ nikkhami.Tesa½ himavanta½ paviµµhak±le bodhisatto magg± okkamma aññatarasmi½rukkham³le nis²ditv± s³riyakum±ra½ ±ha– “t±ta, eta½ sara½ gantv± nhatv± capivitv± ca amh±kampi paduminipaººehi udaka½ ±har±”ti. So pana saro vessava-ººassa santik± ekena dakarakkhasena laddho hoti. Vessavaººo ca ta½ ±ha–“µhapetv± devadhammaj±nanake ye ca aññe ima½ sara½ otaranti, te kh±ditu½labhas²”ti. Tato paµµh±ya so ta½ sara½ otiººotiººe devadhamme pucchitv± aj±-nante kh±dati, s³riyakum±ropi ta½ sara½ av²ma½sitv±va otari, tena ca “deva-dhamme j±n±s²”ti pucchito “devadhamm± n±ma candimas³riy±”ti ±ha. Atha na½“tva½ devadhamme na j±n±s²”ti udaka½ pavesetv± attano bhavane µhapesi.Bodhisattopi ta½ cir±yanta½ disv± candakum±ra½ pesesi. Sopi tena “deva-dhamme j±n±s²”ti pucchito “devadhamm± n±ma catasso dis±”ti ±ha. Dakara-kkhaso tampi udaka½ pavesetv± tattheva µhapesi.

Bodhisatto tasmimpi cir±yante “antar±yena bhavitabban”ti saya½ gantv±dvinnampi otaraºapada½yeva disv± “aya½ saro rakkhasapariggahito”ti ñatv±khagga½ sannayhitv± dhanu½ gahetv± aµµh±si. Rakkhaso ta½ anotaranta½ disv±vanakammikapurisavesen±gantv± ±ha– “bho purisa, tva½ maggakilanto, kasm±ima½ sara½ otaritv± nhatv± ca pivitv± ca bhisamul±la½ kh±ditv± pupph±ni pila-ndhitv± na gacchas²”ti. Bodhisatto ta½ disv±va “esa so yakkho”ti ñatv± “tay± mebh±taro gahit±”ti ±ha. ¾ma, may± gahit±ti. Ki½ k±raº±ti? Aha½ ima½ sara½ oti-ººotiººe labh±m²ti (2.0048). Ki½ pana sabbeva labhas²ti? Devadhammaj±nanakeµhapetv± avasese labh±m²ti. Atthi pana te devadhammehi atthoti? ¾ma, atth²ti.Aha½ kathess±m²ti. Tena hi katheh²ti. Na sakk± kiliµµhena gattena kathetunti.Yakkho bodhisatta½ nh±petv± p±n²ya½ p±yetv± alaªkaritv± alaªkatamaº¹apa-majjhe pallaªka½ ±ropetv± sayamassa p±dam³le nis²di. Atha na½ bodhisatto“sakkacca½ suº±h²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Hiri-ottappasampann±, sukkadhammasam±hit±; santo sappuris± loke, devadhamm±ti vuccare”ti. (j±. 1.1.6). Yakkho ima½ dhammadesana½ sutv± pasanno bodhisatta½ ±ha– “paº¹ita,aha½ te pasanno, eka½ bh±tara½ dammi, katara½ ±nem²”ti? “Kaniµµha½ ±neh²”ti.Paº¹ita, tva½ kevala½ devadhamme j±n±siyeva, na pana tesu vattas²ti. Ki½ k±ra-º±ti? Yasm± jeµµha½ µhapetv± kaniµµha½ ±har±pento jeµµh±pac±yikakamma½ nakaros²ti, devadhamme c±ha½ yakkha j±n±mi, tesu ca vatt±mi. Mayañhi eta½niss±ya ima½ arañña½ paviµµh±. Etassa hi atth±ya amh±ka½ pitara½ etassa m±t±rajja½ y±ci, amh±ka½ pana pit± ta½ vara½ adatv± amh±ka½ anurakkhaºatth±yaaraññe v±sa½ anuj±ni, so kum±ro anivattitv± amhehi saddhi½ ±gato. “Ta½araññe eko yakkho kh±d²”ti vuttepi na koci saddahissati. Ten±ha½ garahabhaya-bh²to tamev±har±pem²ti. Yakkho bodhisattassa pas²ditv± “s±dhu paº¹ita, tvamevadevadhamme j±n±si, devadhammesu ca vattas²”ti dve bh±taro ±netv± ad±si. Athana½ bodhisatto yakkhabh±ve ±d²nava½ kathetv± pañcasu s²lesu patiµµh±pesi. Sotena susa½vihit±rakkho tasmi½ araññe vasitv± pitari k±lakate yakkha½ ±d±yab±r±ºasi½ gantv± rajja½ gahetv± candakum±rassa uparajja½, s³riyakum±rassasen±patiµµh±na½ datv± yakkhassa ramaº²ye µh±ne ±yatana½ k±r±petv± yath± sol±bhaggappatto hoti, tath± ak±si. Satth± (2.0049) ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± j±taka½ samodh±nesi “tad±rakkhaso bahubhaº¹ikabhikkhu ahosi, s³riyakum±ro ±nando, candakum±ro s±ri-putto, mahi½sakum±ro pana ahamev±”ti. Eva½ satth± j±taka½ kathetv± “eva½tva½, bhikkhu, pubbe devadhamme gavesam±no hiri-ottappasampanno vicaritv±id±ni catuparisamajjhe imin± n²h±rena µhatv± mama purato ‘appicchomh²’tivadanto ayutta½ ak±si. Na hi s±µakapaµikkhep±dimattena samaºo n±ma hot²”tivatv± anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 141. “Na naggacariy± na jaµ± na paªk±, n±n±sak± thaº¹ilas±yik± v±; rajojalla½ ukkuµikappadh±na½, sodhenti macca½ avitiººakaªkhan”ti. Tattha n±n±sak±ti na anasak±, bhattapaµikkhepak±ti attho. Thaº¹ilas±yik±tibh³misayan±. Rajojallanti kaddamalepan±k±rena sar²re sannihitarajo. Ukkuµikappa-

dh±nanti ukkuµikabh±vena ±raddhav²riya½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yo hi macco “eva½aha½ lokanissaraºasaªkh±ta½ suddhi½ p±puºiss±m²”ti imesu naggacariy±d²suya½ kiñci sam±d±ya vatteyya, so kevala½ micch±dassanañceva va¹¹heyya, kila-mathassa ca bh±g² assa. Na hi et±ni susam±dinn±nipi aµµhavatthuk±ya kaªkh±yaavitiººabh±vena avitiººakaªkha½ macca½ sodhent²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Bahubhaº¹ikabhikkhuvatthu aµµhama½. 9. Santatimah±mattavatthu Alaªkato cep²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto santatimah±-matta½ ±rabbha kathesi. So hi ekasmi½ k±le rañño pasenadikosalassa paccanta½ kupita½ v³pasa-metv± ±gato. Athassa r±j± tuµµho satta divas±ni rajja½ datv± eka½ (2.0050) nacca-g²takusala½ itthi½ ad±si. So satta divas±ni sur±madamatto hutv± sattame divasesabb±laªk±rapaµimaº¹ito hatthikkhandhavaragato nh±natittha½ gacchantosatth±ra½ piº¹±ya pavisanta½ dv±rantare disv± hatthikkhandhavaragatova s²sa½c±letv± vanditv± pakk±mi. Satth± sita½ katv± “ko nu kho, bhante, sitap±tukaraºehet³”ti ±nandattherena puµµho sitak±raºa½ ±cikkhanto ±ha– “pass±nanda, santati-mah±matta½, ajja sabb±bharaºapaµimaº¹itova mama santika½ ±gantv± catuppa-dikag±th±vas±ne arahatta½ patv± sattat±lamatte ±k±se nis²ditv± parinibb±yissat²”-ti. Mah±jano therena saddhi½ kathentassa satthu vacana½ assosi. Tattha micch±-diµµhik± cintayi½su– “passatha samaºassa gotamassa kiriya½, mukhappattamevabh±sati, ajja kira esa eva½ sur±madamatto yath±laªkatova etassa santikedhamma½ sutv± parinibb±yissati, ajjeva ta½ mus±v±dena niggaºhiss±m±”ti.Samm±diµµhik± cintesu½– “aho buddh±na½ mah±nubh±vat±, ajja buddhal²¼añcevasantatimah±mattal²¼añca daµµhu½ labhiss±m±”ti. Santatimah±mattopi nh±natitthe divasabh±ga½ udakak²¼a½ k²¼itv± uyy±na½gantv± ±p±nabh³miya½ nis²di. S±pi itth² raªgamajjha½ otaritv± naccag²ta½dassetu½ ±rabhi. Tass± sar²ral²¼±ya dassanattha½ satt±ha½ app±h±rat±ya ta½divasa½ naccag²ta½ dassayam±n±ya antokucchiya½ satthakav±t± samuµµh±yahadayama½sa½ kantitv± agama½su. S± taªkhaºaññeva mukhena ceva akkh²hica vivaµehi k±lamak±si. Santatimah±matto “upadh±retha nan”ti vatv± “niruddh±,s±m²”ti ca vuttamatteyeva balavasokena abhibh³to taªkhaºaññevassa satt±ha½p²tasur± tattakap±le udakabindu viya parikkhaya½ agam±si. So “na me ima½soka½ aññe nibb±petu½ sakkhissanti aññatra tath±gaten±”ti balak±yaparivutos±yanhasamaye satthu santika½ gantv± vanditv± evam±ha– “bhante, ‘evar³pome soko uppanno, ta½ me tumhe nibb±petu½ sakkhissath±’ti ±gatomhi, paµisa-raºa½ me hoth±”ti. Atha na½ satth± “soka½ nibb±petu½ samatthasseva santika½±gatosi. Imiss± hi itthiy± imin±va ±k±rena matak±le (2.0051) tava rodantassa

paggharita-ass³ni catunna½ mah±samudd±na½ udakato atirekatar±n²”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– “Ya½ pubbe ta½ visosehi, pacch± te m±hu kiñcana½; majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissas²”ti. (su. ni. 955, 1105; c³¼ani. jatu-kaººim±ºavapucch±niddesa 68); G±th±pariyos±ne santatimah±matto arahatta½ patv± attano ±yusaªkh±ra½ olo-kento tassa appavattanabh±va½ ñatv± satth±ra½ ±ha– “bhante, parinibb±na½ meanuj±n±th±”ti. Satth± tena katakamma½ j±nantopi “mus±v±dena niggaºhanattha½sannipatit± micch±diµµhik± ok±sa½ na labhissanti, ‘buddhal²¼añceva santatimah±-mattal²¼añca passiss±m±’ti sannipatit± samm±diµµhik± imin± katakamma½ sutv±puññesu ±dara½ karissant²”ti sallakkhetv± “tena hi tay± katakamma½ mayha½kathehi, kathento ca bh³miya½ µhito akathetv± sattat±lamatte ±k±se µhito katheh²”-ti ±ha. So “s±dhu, bhante”ti satth±ra½ vanditv± ekat±lappam±ºa½ uggamma oro-hitv± puna satth±ra½ vanditv± uggacchanto paµip±µiy± sattat±lappam±ºe ±k±sepallaªkena nis²ditv± “suº±tha me, bhante, pubbakamman”ti vatv± ±ha– Ito ekanavutikappe vipass²samm±sambuddhak±le aha½ bandhumatinagareekasmi½ kule nibbattitv± cintesi½– “ki½ nu kho paresa½ cheda½ v± p²¼a½ v± aka-raºakamman”ti upadh±rento dhammaghosakakamma½ disv± tato paµµh±ya ta½kamma½ karonto mah±jana½ sam±dapetv± “puññ±ni karotha, uposathadivasesuuposatha½ sam±diyatha, d±na½ detha, dhamma½ suº±tha, buddharatan±d²hisadisa½ añña½ n±ma natthi, tiººa½ ratan±na½ sakk±ra½ karoth±”ti ugghosentovicar±mi. Tassa mayha½ sadda½ sutv± buddhapit± bandhumatimah±r±j± ma½pakkos±petv±, “t±ta, ki½ karonto vicaras²”ti pucchitv±, “deva, tiººa½ ratan±na½guºa½ pak±setv± mah±jana½ puññakammesu sam±dapento vicar±m²”ti vutte,“kattha nisinno vicaras²”ti ma½ pucchitv± “padas±va, dev±”ti may± vutte, “t±ta, natva½ eva½ vicaritu½ arahasi, ima½ pupphad±ma½ pilandhitv± assapiµµhe nisi-nnova vicar±”ti mayha½ mutt±d±masadisa½ pupphad±ma½ datv± danta½ assa½ad±si. Atha ma½ raññ± dinnaparih±rena tatheva ugghosetv± (2.0052) vicaranta½puna r±j± pakkos±petv±, “t±ta, ki½ karonto vicaras²”ti pucchitv± “tadeva, dev±”tivutte, “t±ta, assopi te n±nucchaviko, idha nis²ditv± vicar±”ti catusindhavayutta-ratha½ ad±si. Tatiyav±repi me r±j± sadda½ sutv± pakkos±petv±, “t±ta, ki½karonto vicaras²”ti pucchitv± “tadeva, dev±”ti vutte, “t±ta, rathopi te n±nucchaviko”-ti mayha½ mahanta½ bhogakkhandha½ mah±pas±dhanañca datv± ekañcahatthi½ ad±si. Sv±ha½ sabb±bharaºapaµimaº¹ito hatthikkhandhe nisinno as²tivassasahass±ni dhammaghosakakamma½ ak±si½, tassa me ettaka½ k±la½k±yato candanagandho v±yati, mukhato uppalagandho v±yati. Ida½ may± kataka-mmanti. Eva½ so attano pubbakamma½ kathetv± ±k±se nisinnova tejodh±tu½ sam±pa-jjitv± parinibb±yi. Sar²re aggij±l± uµµhahitv± ma½salohita½ jh±pesi, sumanapu-pph±ni viya dh±tuyo avasissi½su. Satth± suddhavattha½ pas±resi, dh±tuyo tatthapati½su. T± patte pakkhipitv± catumah±pathe th³pa½ k±resi “mah±jano vanditv±puññabh±g² bhavissat²”ti. Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½,

“±vuso, santatimah±matto g±th±vas±ne arahatta½ patv± alaªkatapaµiyattoyeva±k±se nis²ditv± parinibbuto, ki½ nu kho eta½ ‘samaºo’ti vattu½ vaµµati ud±hubr±hmaºo”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”-ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, mama putta½ ‘samaºo’tipi vattu½vaµµati, ‘br±hmaºo’tipi vattu½ vaµµatiyev±”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 142. Alaªkato cepi sama½ careyya, santo danto niyato brahmac±r²; sabbesu bh³tesu nidh±ya daº¹a½, so br±hmaºo so samaºo sa bhikkh³”ti. Tattha alaªkatoti vatth±bharaºehi paµimaº¹ito. Tassattho– vatth±laªk±r±d²hi ala-ªkato cepi puggalo k±y±d²hi sama½ careyya, r±g±div³pasamena santo indriyada-manena danto catumagganiyamena niyato seµµhacariy±ya (2.0053) brahmac±r²k±yadaº¹±d²na½ oropitat±ya sabbesu bh³tesu nidh±ya daº¹a½. So evar³pob±hitap±patt± br±hmaºotipi samitap±patt± samaºotipi bhinnakilesatt± bhikkh³tipivattabboyev±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Santatimah±mattavatthu navama½. 10. Pilotikatissattheravatthu Hir²nisedhoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto pilotikatthera½±rabbha kathesi.

±d±ya bhikkh±ya caranta½ d±raka½ disv± “ki½ te eva½ vicaritv± j²vanatopabbajj± na uttaritar±”ti vatv±, “bhante, ko ma½ pabb±jessat²”ti vutte “aha½pabb±jess±m²”ti ta½ ±d±ya gantv± sahatth± nh±petv± kammaµµh±na½ datv±pabb±jesi. Tañca pana nivatthapilotikakhaº¹a½ pas±retv± olokento pariss±vana-karaºamattampi gayh³paga½ kañci padesa½ adisv± kap±lena saddhi½ ekiss±rukkhas±kh±ya µhapesi. So pabbajitv± laddh³pasampado buddh±na½ uppannal±-bhasakk±ra½ paribhuñjam±no mahaggh±ni c²var±ni acch±detv± vicaranto th³lasa-r²ro hutv± ukkaºµhitv± “ki½ me janassa saddh±deyya½ niv±setv± vicaraºena,attano pilotikameva niv±sess±m²”ti ta½ µh±na½ gantv± pilotika½ gahetv± “ahirikanillajja evar³p±na½ vatth±na½ acch±danaµµh±na½ pah±ya ima½ pilotikakhaº¹a½niv±setv± kap±lahattho bhikkh±ya caritu½ gacchas²”ti ta½ ±rammaºa½ katv± atta-n±va att±na½ ovadi, ovadantasseva panassa citta½ sannis²di. So ta½ pilotika½tattheva paµis±metv± nivattitv± vih±rameva gato. So katip±haccayena punapiukkaºµhitv± tatheva vatv± nivatti, punapi tathev±ti. Ta½ eva½ apar±para½ vica-ranta½ disv± bhikkh³ “kaha½ (2.0054), ±vuso, gacchas²”ti pucchanti. So “±cari-yassa santika½ gacch±m±vuso”ti vatv± eteneva n²h±rena attano pilotikakhaº¹a-meva ±rammaºa½ katv± att±na½ nisedhetv± katip±heneva arahatta½ p±puºi.Bhikkh³ ±ha½su– “ki½, ±vuso, na d±ni ±cariyassa santika½ gacchasi, nanu aya½te vicaraºamaggo”ti. ¾vuso, ±cariyena saddhi½ sa½sagge sati gatomhi, id±nipana me chinno sa½saggo, tenassa santika½ na gacch±m²ti. Bhikkh³ tath±ga-tassa ±rocesu½– “bhante, pilotikatthero añña½ by±karot²”ti. Kim±ha, bhikkhaveti?Ida½ n±ma, bhanteti. Ta½ sutv± satth± “±ma, bhikkhave, mama putto sa½saggesati ±cariyassa santika½ gato, id±ni panassa sa½saggo chinno, attan±va att±na½nisedhetv± arahatta½ patto”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 143. “Hir²nisedho puriso, koci lokasmi½ vijjati; yo nidda½ apabodheti, asso bhadro kas±miva. 144. “Asso yath± bhadro kas±niviµµho, ±t±pino sa½vegino bhav±tha; saddh±ya s²lena ca v²riyena ca, sam±dhin± dhammavinicchayena ca; sampannavijj±caraº± patissat±, jahissatha dukkhamida½ anappakan”ti. Tattha anto uppanna½ akusalavitakka½ hiriy± nisedhet²ti hir²nisedho. Koci loka-sminti evar³po puggalo dullabho, kocideva lokasmi½ vijjati. Yo niddanti appa-matto samaºadhamma½ karonto attano uppanna½ nidda½ apaharanto bujjhat²tiapabodheti. Kas±miv±ti yath± bhadro asso attani patam±na½ kasa½ apaharati,attani patitu½ na deti. Yo eva½ nidda½ apabodheti, so dullabhoti attho. Dutiyag±th±ya aya½ saªkhepattho– “bhikkhave, yath± bhadro asso pam±dam±-gamma kas±ya niviµµho, ahampi n±ma kas±ya pahaµo”ti aparabh±ge ±tappa½karoti, eva½ tumhepi ±t±pino sa½vegino bhavatha (2.0055), eva½bh³t± lokiyalo-kuttar±ya duvidh±ya saddh±ya ca catup±risuddhis²lena ca k±yikacetasikav²riyena

ca aµµhasam±pattisam±dhin± ca k±raº±k±raºaj±nanalakkhaºena dhammaviniccha-yena ca samann±gat± hutv± tissanna½ v± aµµhanna½ v± vijj±na½, pañcadasa-nnañca caraº±na½ sampattiy± sampannavijj±caraº±. Upaµµhitasatit±ya patissat±hutv± ida½ anappaka½ vaµµadukkha½ pajahissath±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Pilotikatissattheravatthu dasama½. 11. Sukhas±maºeravatthu Udakañhi nayant²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto sukhas±-maºera½ ±rabbha kathesi. At²tasmiñhi b±r±ºasiseµµhino gandhakum±ro n±ma putto ahosi. R±j± tassapitari k±lakate ta½ pakkos±petv± samass±setv± mahantena sakk±rena tassevaseµµhiµµh±na½ ad±si. So tato paµµh±ya gandhaseµµh²ti paññ±yi. Athassa bhaº¹±g±-riko dhanagabbhadv±ra½ vivaritv±, “s±mi, ida½ te ettaka½ pitu dhana½, ettaka½pit±mah±d²nan”ti n²haritv± dassesi. So ta½ dhanar±si½ oloketv± ±ha– “ki½ panate ima½ dhana½ gahetv± na gami½s³”ti. “S±mi, dhana½ gahetv± gat± n±manatthi. Attan± kata½ kusal±kusalameva hi ±d±ya satt± gacchant²”ti. So cintesi– “teb±lat±ya dhana½ saºµh±petv± pah±ya gat±, aha½ paneta½ gahetv±va gamiss±-m²”ti. Eva½ pana cintento “d±na½ v± dass±mi, p³ja½ v± kariss±m²”ti acintetv±“ida½ sabba½ kh±ditv±va gamiss±m²”ti cintesi. So satasahassa½ vissajjetv±phalikamaya½ nh±nakoµµhaka½ k±resi, satasahassa½ datv± phalikamayamevanh±naphalaka½, satasahassa½ datv± nis²danapallaªka½, satasahassa½ datv±bhojanap±ti½, satasahassameva datv± bhojanaµµh±ne maº¹apa½ k±r±pesi, sata-sahassa½ datv± bhojanap±tiy± ±sittak³padh±na½ k±resi, satasahasseneva gehe(2.0056) s²hapañjara½ saºµh±pesi, attano p±tar±satth±ya sahassa½ ad±si, s±ya-m±satth±yapi sahassameva. Puººamadivase pana bhojanatth±ya satasahassa½d±pesi, ta½ bhatta½ bhuñjanadivase satasahassa½ vissajjetv± nagara½ alaªka-ritv± bheri½ car±pesi– “gandhaseµµhissa kira bhattabhuñjan±k±ra½ olokent³”ti. Mah±jano mañc±timañce bandhitv± sannipati. Sopi satasahassagghanakenh±nakoµµhake satasahassagghanake phalake nis²ditv± so¼asahi gandhodakagha-µehi nhatv± ta½ s²hapañjara½ vivaritv± tasmi½ pallaªke nis²di. Athassa tasmi½±sittak³padh±ne ta½ p±ti½ µhapetv± satasahassagghanaka½ bhojana½va¹¹hesu½. So n±µakaparivuto evar³p±ya sampattiy± ta½ bhojana½ bhuñjati.Aparena samayena eko g±mikamanusso attano paribbay±haraºattha½ d±ru-±-d²ni y±nake pakkhipitv± nagara½ gantv± sah±yakassa gehe niv±sa½ gaºhi. Tad±pana puººamadivaso hoti. “Gandhaseµµhino bhuñjanal²¼a½ olokent³”ti nagarebheri½ car±pesi. Atha na½ sah±yako ±ha– “samma, gandhaseµµhino te bhuñjana-l²¼a½ diµµhapubban”ti. “Na diµµhapubba½, samm±”ti. “Tena hi ehi, gacch±ma, aya½nagare bher² carati, etassa mah±sampatti½ pass±m±”ti nagarav±s² janapada-

v±si½ gahetv± agam±si. Mah±janopi mañc±timañce abhiruhitv± passati. G±ma-v±s² bhattagandha½ gh±yitv±va nagarav±si½ ±ha– “mayha½ et±ya p±tiy± bhatta-piº¹e pip±s± j±t±”ti. Samma, m± eta½ patthayi, na sakk± laddhunti. Samma, ala-bhanto na j²viss±m²ti. So ta½ paµib±hitu½ asakkonto parisapariyante µhatv± “paºa-m±mi te, s±m²”ti tikkhattu½ mah±sadda½ nicch±retv± “ko eso”ti vutte aha½,s±m²ti. “Kimetan”ti. “Aya½ eko g±mav±s² tumh±ka½ p±tiya½ bhattapiº¹e pip±sa½up±desi, eka½ bhattapiº¹a½ d±peth±”ti. “Na sakk± laddhun”ti. “Ki½, samma,suta½ te”ti? “Suta½ me, apica labhanto j²viss±mi, alabhantassa me maraºa½bhavissat²”ti. So punapi viravi– “aya½ kira, s±mi, alabhanto marissati, j²vitamassadeth±”ti. Ambho bhattapiº¹o n±ma satampi agghati, satadvayampi agghati. Yo yoy±cati, tassa tassa dadam±no aha½ ki½ bhuñjiss±m²ti? S±mi, aya½ alabhantomarissati, j²vitamassa deth±ti. Na sakk±va mudh± laddhu½, yadi pana (2.0057)alabhanto na j²vati, t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni mama gehe bhati½ karotu, evamassabhattap±ti½ d±pess±m²ti. G±mav±s² ta½ sutv± “eva½ hotu, samm±”ti sah±yaka½vatv± puttad±ra½ pah±ya “bhattap±ti-atth±ya t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni bhati½ kariss±-m²”ti seµµhissa geha½ p±visi. So bhati½ karonto sabbakicc±ni sakkacca½ ak±si.Gehe v± araññe v± ratti½ v± div± v± sabb±ni kattabbakamm±ni kat±neva paññ±-yi½su. “Bhattabhatiko”ti ca vutte sakalanagarepi paññ±yi. Athassa divase pari-puººe bhattaveyy±vaµiko “bhattabhatikassa, s±mi, divaso puººo, dukkara½ tenakata½ t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni bhati½ karontena, ekampi kamma½ na kopitapu-n”ti ±ha. Athassa seµµhi attano s±yap±tar±satth±ya dve sahass±ni, tassa p±tar±satth±yasahassanti t²ºi sahass±ni d±petv± ±ha– “ajja mayha½ kattabba½ parih±ra½tasseva karoth±”ti. Vatv± ca pana µhapetv± eka½ cint±maºi½ n±ma piyabhariya½avasesajanampi “ajja tameva pariv±reth±”ti vatv± sabbasampatti½ tassa niyy±-desi. So seµµhino nh±nodakena tasseva koµµhake tasmi½ phalake nisinno nhatv±tasseva niv±sanas±µake niv±setv± tasseva pallaªke nis²di. Seµµhipi nagare bheri½car±pesi– “bhattabhatiko gandhaseµµhissa gehe t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni bhati½ katv±p±ti½ labhi, tassa bhuñjanasampatti½ olokent³”ti. Mah±jano mañc±timañce abhi-ruhitv± passati, g±mav±sissa olokitolokitaµµh±na½ kampan±k±rappatta½ ahosi.N±µak± pariv±retv± aµµhasu½, tassa purato bhattap±ti½ va¹¹hetv± µhapayi½su.Athassa hatthadhovanavel±ya gandham±dane eko paccekabuddho sattamedivase sam±pattito vuµµh±ya “kattha nu kho ajja bhikkh±c±ratth±ya gacch±m²”tiupadh±rento bhattabhatika½ addasa. Atha so “aya½ t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni bhati½katv± bhattap±ti½ labhi, atthi nu kho etassa saddh±, natth²”ti upadh±rento “atth²”tiñatv± “saddh±pi ekacce saªgaha½ k±tu½ na sakkonti, sakkhissati nu kho mesaªgaha½ k±tun”ti cintetv± “sakkhissati ceva mama ca saªgahakaraºa½ niss±yamah±sampatti½ labhissat²”ti (2.0058) ñatv± c²vara½ p±rupitv± pattam±d±yaveh±sa½ abbhuggantv± parisantarena gantv± tassa purato µhitameva att±na½dassesi. So paccekabuddha½ disv± cintesi– “aha½ pubbe adinnabh±vena ekiss± bhatta-p±tiy± atth±ya t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni paragehe bhati½ ak±si½, id±ni me ida½

bhatta½ eka½ rattindiva½ rakkheyya, sace pana na½ ayyassa dass±mi, anek±-nipi kappakoµisahass±ni rakkhissati, ayyasseva na½ dass±m²”ti. So t²ºi sa½va-cchar±ni bhati½ katv± laddhabhattap±tito ekapiº¹ampi mukhe aµµhapetv± taºha½vinodetv± sayameva p±ti½ ukkhipitv± paccekabuddhassa santika½ gantv± p±ti½aññassa hatthe datv± pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv± p±ti½ v±mahatthena gahetv±dakkhiºahatthena tassa patte bhatta½ ±kiri. Paccekabuddho bhattassa upa¹¹ha-sesak±le patta½ hatthena pidahi. Atha na½ so ±ha– “bhante, ekova paµiviso nasakk± dvidh± k±tu½, m± ma½ idhalokena saªgaºhatha, paralokena saªgaha-meva karotha, s±vasesa½ akatv± niravasesameva dass±m²”ti. Attano hithokampi anavasesetv± dinna½ niravasesad±na½ n±ma, ta½ mahapphala½ hoti.So tath± karonto sabba½ datv± puna vanditv± ±ha– “bhante, eka½ bhattap±ti½niss±ya t²ºi sa½vacchar±ni me paragehe bhati½ karontena dukkha½ anubh³ta½,id±ni me nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne sukhameva hotu, tumhehi diµµhadhammassevabh±g² assan”ti. Paccekabuddho “eva½ hotu, cint±maºi viya te sabbak±madadomanosaªkapp± puººacando viya p³rent³”ti anumodana½ karonto– “Icchita½ patthita½ tuyha½, sabbameva samijjhatu; sabbe p³rentu saªkapp±, cando pannaraso yath±. “Icchita½ patthika½ tuyha½, khippameva samijjhatu; sabbe p³rentu saªkapp±, maºi jotiraso yath±”ti.–Vatv± “aya½ mah±jano y±va gandham±danapabbatagaman± ma½ passantotiµµhat³”ti adhiµµh±ya ±k±sena gandham±dana½ agam±si. Mah±janopi (2.0059) na½ passantova aµµh±si. So tattha gantv± ta½ piº¹ap±ta½pañcasat±na½ paccekabuddh±na½ vibhajitv± ad±si. Sabbe attano pahonaka½gaºhi½su. “Appo piº¹ap±to katha½ pahos²”ti na cintetabba½. Catt±ri hi acinte-yy±ni (a. ni. 4.77) vutt±ni, tatr±ya½ paccekabuddhavisayoti. Mah±jano paccekabu-ddh±na½

piº¹ap±ta½ vibhajitv± diyyam±na½ disv± s±dhuk±rasahass±ni pavattesi, asanisa-tanip±kasaddo viya ahosi. Ta½ sutv± gandhaseµµhi cintesi– “bhattabhatiko may±dinnasampatti½ dh±retu½ n±sakkhi maññe, ten±ya½ mah±jano parih±sa½karonto sannipatito nadat²”ti. So tappavattij±nanattha½ manusse pesesi. Te±gantv± “sampattidh±rak± n±ma, s±mi, eva½ hont³”ti vatv± ta½ pavatti½ ±ro-cesu½. Seµµhi ta½ sutv±va pañcavaºº±ya p²tiy± phuµµhasar²ro hutv± “ahodukkara½ tena kata½, aha½ ettaka½ k±la½ evar³p±ya sampattiy± µhito kiñcid±tu½ n±sakkhin”ti ta½ pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira tay± ida½ n±ma katan”tipucchitv± “±ma, s±m²”ti vutte, “handa, sahassa½ gahetv± tava d±ne mayhampipatti½ deh²”ti ±ha. So tath± ak±si. Seµµhipissa sabba½ attano santaka½ majjhebhinditv± ad±si. Catasso hi sampad± n±ma– vatthusampad±, paccayasampad±, cetan±sa-mpad±, guº±tirekasampad±ti. Tattha nirodhasam±pattiraho arah± v± an±g±m² v±dakkhiºeyyo vatthusampad± n±ma. Paccay±na½ dhammena samena uppattipaccayasampad± n±ma. D±nato pubbe d±nak±le pacch± bh±geti t²su k±lesu ceta-n±ya somanassasahagatañ±ºasampayuttabh±vo cetan±sampad± n±ma. Dakkhi-ºeyyassa sam±pattito vuµµhitabh±vo guº±tirekasampad± n±m±ti. Imassa ca kh²º±-savo paccekabuddho dakkhiºeyy±, bhati½ katv± laddhabh±vena paccayodhammato uppanno, t²su k±lesu parisuddh± cetan±, sam±pattito vuµµhitamattopaccekabuddho guº±tirekoti catassopi sampad± nipphann±. Et±sa½ ±nubh±venadiµµheva dhamme mah±sampatti½ p±puºanti. Tasm± so seµµhino santik±sampatti½ labhi. Aparabh±ge (2.0060) ca r±j±pi imin± katakamma½ sutv± ta½pakkos±petv± sahassa½ datv± patti½ gahetv± tuµµham±naso mahanta½ bhoga-kkhandha½ datv± seµµhiµµh±na½ ad±si. Bhattabhatikaseµµh²tissa n±ma½ ak±si. Sogandhaseµµhin± saddhi½ sah±yo hutv± ekato kh±danto pivanto y±vat±yuka½µhatv± tato cuto devaloke nibbattitv± eka½ buddhantara½ dibbasampatti½ anubha-vitv± imasmi½ buddhupp±de s±vatthiya½ s±riputtattherass³paµµh±kakule paµi-sandhi½ gaºhi. Athassa m±t± laddhagabbhaparih±r± katip±haccayena “ahovat±ha½ pañcasatehi bhikkh³hi saddhi½ s±riputtattherassa satarasabhojana½datv± k±s±yavatthanivatth± suvaººasaraka½ ±d±ya ±sanapariyante nisinn±tesa½ bhikkh³na½ ucchiµµh±vasesaka½ paribhuñjeyyan”ti doha¼in² hutv± tathevakatv± doha¼a½ paµivinodesi. S± sesamaªgalesupi tath±r³pameva d±na½ datv±putta½ vij±yitv± n±maggahaºadivase “puttassa me, bhante, sikkh±pad±nideth±”ti thera½ ±ha. Thero “kimassa n±man”ti pucchi. “Bhante, puttassa me paµi-sandhiggahaºato paµµh±ya imasmi½ gehe kassaci dukkha½ n±ma na bh³ta-pubba½, tenevassa sukhakum±roti n±ma½ bhavissat²”ti vutte tadevassa n±ma½gahetv± sikkh±pad±ni ad±si. Tad± evañcassa m±tu “n±ha½ mama puttassa ajjh±saya½ bhindiss±m²”ti citta½uppajji. S± tassa kaººavijjhanamaªgal±d²supi tatheva d±na½ ad±si. Kum±ropisattavassikak±le “icch±maha½, amma, therassa santike pabbajitun”ti ±ha. S±“s±dhu, t±ta, n±ha½ tava ajjh±saya½ bhindiss±m²”ti thera½ nimantetv± bhojetv±,“bhante, putto me pabbajitu½ icchati, im±ha½ s±yanhasamaye vih±ra½ ±ness±-

m²”ti thera½ uyyojetv± ñ±take sannip±tetv± “puttassa me gihik±le kattabba½kicca½ ajjeva kariss±m±”ti vatv± putta½ alaªkaritv± mahantena sirisobhaggenavih±ra½ netv± therassa niyy±desi. Theropi ta½, “t±ta, pabbajj± n±ma dukkar±,sakkhissasi abhiramitun”ti vatv± “kariss±mi vo, bhante, ov±dan”ti vutte kamma-µµh±na½ datv± pabb±jesi. M±t±pitaropissa pabbajj±ya sakk±ra½ karont± antovih±-reyeva satt±ha½ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa satarasabhojana½datv± s±ya½ attano geha½ agama½su. Aµµhame divase s±riputtatthero bhikkhu-saªghe g±ma½ paviµµhe vih±re kattabbakicca½ katv± s±maºera½ pattac²vara½g±h±petv± (2.0061) g±ma½ piº¹±ya p±visi. S±maºero antar±magge m±tik±d²nidisv± paº¹itas±maºero viya pucchi. Theropi tassa tatheva by±k±si. S±maºerot±ni k±raº±ni sutv± “sace tumhe attano pattac²vara½ gaºheyy±tha, aha½ nivatte-yyan”ti vatv± therena tassa ajjh±saya½ abhinditv±, “s±maºera, dehi mama patta-c²varan”ti pattac²vare gahite thera½ vanditv± nivattam±no, “bhante, mayha½±h±ra½ ±haram±no satarasabhojana½ ±hareyy±th±”ti ±ha. Kuto ta½ labhiss±m²ti?Attano puññena alabhanto mama puññena labhissatha, bhanteti. Athassa therokuñcika½ datv± g±ma½ piº¹±ya p±visi. Sopi vih±ra½ ±gantv± therassa gabbha½vivaritv± pavisitv± dv±ra½ pidh±ya attano k±ye ñ±ºa½ ot±retv± nis²di. Tassa guºatejena sakkassa ±sana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. Sakko “ki½ nu khoetan”ti olokento s±maºera½ disv± “sukhas±maºero attano upajjh±yassa pattac²-vara½ datv± ‘samaºadhamma½ kariss±m²’ti nivatto, may± tattha gantu½ vaµµat²”ticintetv± catt±ro mah±r±je pakkos±petv± “gacchatha, t±t±, vih±rass³pavane dussa-ddake sakuºe pal±peth±”ti uyyojesi. Te tath± katv± s±mant± ±rakkha½ gaºhi½su.Candimas³riye “attano vim±n±ni gahetv± tiµµhath±”ti ±º±pesi. Tepi tath± kari½su.Sayampi ±viñchanaµµh±ne ±rakkha½ gaºhi. Vih±ro sannisinno niravo ahosi. S±ma-ºero ekaggacittena vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± t²ºi maggaphal±ni p±puºi. Thero“s±maºerena ‘satarasabhojana½ ±hareyy±th±’ti vutta½, kassa nu kho gharesakk± laddhun”ti olokento eka½ ajjh±sayasampanna½ upaµµh±katula½ disv±tattha gantv±, “bhante, s±dhu vo kata½ ajja idh±gacchanteh²”ti tehi tuµµham±na-sehi patta½ gahetv± nis²d±petv± y±gukhajjaka½ datv± y±va bhattak±la½ dhamma-katha½ y±cito tesa½ s±raº²yadhammakatha½ kathetv± k±la½ sallakkhetv±desana½ niµµh±pesi. Athassa satarasabhojana½ datv± ta½ ±d±ya gantuk±ma½thera½ disv± “bhuñjatha, bhante, aparampi te dass±m±”ti thera½ bhojetv± punapattap³ra½ ada½su. Thero ta½ ±d±ya “s±maºero me ch±to”ti turitaturito (2.0062)vih±ra½ p±y±si. Ta½ divasa½ satth± p±tova nikkhamitv± gandhakuµiya½ nisi-nnova ±vajjesi– “ajja sukhas±maºero upajjh±yassa pattac²vara½ datv± ‘samaºa-dhamma½ kariss±m²’ti nivatto, nipphanna½ nu kho tassa kiccan”ti. So tiººa½yevamaggaphal±na½ pattabh±va½ disv± uttaripi upadh±rento “sakkhissat±ya½ ajjaarahatta½ p±puºitu½, s±riputto pana ‘s±maºero me ch±to’ti vegena bhatta½±d±ya nikkhamati, sace imasmi½ arahatta½ appatte bhatta½ ±harissati, imassaantar±yo bhavissati, may± gantv± dv±rakoµµhake ±rakkha½ gaºhitu½ vaµµat²”ticintetv± gandhakuµito nikkhamitv± dv±rakoµµhake µhatv± ±rakkha½ gaºhi. Theropi bhatta½ ±hari. Atha na½ heµµh± vuttanayeneva catt±ro pañhe pucchi.

Pañhavissajjan±vas±ne s±maºero arahatta½ p±puºi. Satth± thera½ ±mantetv±“gaccha, s±riputta, s±maºerassa te bhatta½ deh²”ti ±ha. Thero gantv± dv±ra½±koµesi. S±maºeropi nikkhamitv± upajjh±yassa vatta½ katv± “bhattakicca½ karo-h²”ti vutte therassa bhattena anatthikabh±va½ ñatv± sattavassikakum±ro taªkha-ºaññeva arahatta½ patto n²c±sanaµµh±na½ paccavekkhanto bhattakicca½ katv±patta½ dhovi. Tasmi½ k±le catt±ro mah±r±j±no ±rakkha½ vissajjesu½. Candima-s³riy±pi vim±n±ni muñci½su. Sakkopi ±viñchanaµµh±ne ±rakkha½ vissajjesi.S³riyo nabhamajjha½ atikkantoyeva paññ±yi. Bhikkh³ “s±yanho paññ±yati, s±ma-ºerena ca id±neva bhattakicca½ kata½, ki½ nu kho ajja pubbaºho balav± j±to,s±yanho mando”ti vadi½su. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahikath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv±, “bhante, ajja pubbaºho balav± j±to, s±yanhomando, s±maºerena ca id±neva bhattakicca½ kata½, atha ca pana s³riyo nabha-majjha½ atikkantoyeva paññ±yat²”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, evameva½ hoti puññava-nt±na½ samaºadhammakaraºak±le. Ajja hi catt±ro mah±r±j±no s±mant±±rakkha½ gaºhi½su, candimas³riy± vim±n±ni gahetv± aµµha½su, sakko ±viñcha-nake ±rakkha½ gaºhi, ahampi dv±rakoµµhake ±rakkha½ gaºhi½, ajja sukhas±ma-ºero m±tik±ya udaka½ harante, usuk±re usu½ uju½ karonte (2.0063), tacchakecakk±d²ni karonte disv± att±na½ dametv± arahatta½ patto”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 145. “Udakañhi nayanti nettik±, usuk±r± namayanti tejana½; d±ru½ namayanti tacchak±, att±na½ damayanti subbat±”ti. Tattha subbat±ti suvad±, sukhena ovaditabb± anus±sitabb±ti attho. Sesa½heµµh± vuttanayameva. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Sukhas±maºeravatthu ek±dasama½. Daº¹avaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Dasamo vaggo. 11. Jar±vaggo 1. Vis±kh±ya sah±yik±na½ vatthu Ko (2.0064) nu h±so kim±nandoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto vis±kh±ya sah±yik±yo ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kira pañcasat± kulaputt± “eva½ im± appam±davih±riniyo bhavi-

ssant²”ti attano attano bhariy±yo vis±kha½ mah±-up±sika½ sampaµicch±pesu½.T± uyy±na½ v± vih±ra½ v± gacchantiyo t±ya saddhi½yeva gacchanti. T± ekasmi½k±le “satt±ha½ sur±chaºo bhavissat²”ti chaºe saªghuµµhe attano attano s±mi-k±na½ sura½ paµiy±desu½. Te satt±ha½ sur±chaºa½ k²¼itv± aµµhame divasekammantabheriy± nikkhant±ya kammante agama½su. T±pi itthiyo “maya½ s±mi-k±na½ sammukh± sura½ p±tu½ na labhimh±, avases± sur± ca atthi, ida½ yath±te na j±nanti, tath± piviss±m±”ti vis±kh±ya santika½ gantv± “icch±ma, ayye,uyy±na½ daµµhun”ti vatv± “s±dhu, amm±, tena hi kattabbakicc±ni katv± nikkhama-th±”ti vutte t±ya saddhi½ gantv± paµicchann±k±rena sura½ n²har±petv± uyy±nepivitv± matt± vicari½su. Vis±kh±pi “ayutta½ im±hi kata½, id±ni ma½ ‘samaºassagotamassa s±vik± vis±kh± sura½ pivitv± vicarat²’ti titthiy±pi garahissant²”ticintetv± t± itthiyo ±ha– “amm± ayutta½ vo kata½, mamapi ayaso upp±dito, s±mi-k±pi vo kujjhissanti, id±ni ki½ karissath±”ti. Gil±n±laya½ dassayiss±ma, ayyeti.Tena hi paññ±yissatha sakena kammen±ti. T± geha½ gantv± gil±n±laya½kari½su. Atha t±sa½ s±mik± “itthann±m± ca itthann±m± ca kahan”ti pucchitv±“gil±n±”ti sutv± “addh± et±hi avasesasur± p²t± bhavissant²”ti sallakkhetv± t±pothetv± anayabyasana½ p±pesu½. T± aparasmimpi chaºav±re tatheva sura½pivituk±m± vis±kha½ upasaªkamitv±, “ayye, uyy±na½ no neh²”ti vatv± “pubbepime tumhehi ayaso upp±dito, gacchatha, na vo aha½ ness±m²”ti t±ya paµikkhitt±“id±ni eva½ na kariss±m±”ti sammantayitv± puna ta½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha½su,“ayye (2.0065), buddhap³ja½ k±tuk±m±mh±, vih±ra½ no neh²”ti. Id±ni amm±yujjati, gacchatha, parivaccha½ karoth±ti. T± caªkoµakehi gandham±l±d²ni g±h±-petv± sur±puººe muµµhiv±rake hatthehi olambetv± mah±paµe p±rupitv± vis±kha½upasaªkamitv± t±ya saddhi½ vih±ra½ pavisam±n± ekamanta½ gantv± muµµhiv±ra-keheva sura½ pivitv± v±rake cha¹¹etv± dhammasabh±ya½ satthu purato nis²-di½su. Vis±kh± “im±sa½, bhante, dhamma½ katheth±”ti ±ha. T±pi madavegenakampam±nasar²r± “icc±ma, g±y±m±”ti citta½ upp±desu½. Athek± m±rak±yik±devat± “im±sa½ sar²re adhimuccitv± samaºassa gotamassa purato vippak±ra½dassess±m²”ti cintetv± t±sa½ sar²re adhimucci. T±su ekacc± satthu purato p±ºi½paharitv± hasitu½, ekacc± naccitu½ ±rabhi½su. Satth± “ki½ idan”ti ±vajjento ta½k±raºa½ ñatv± “na id±ni m±rak±yik±na½ ot±ra½ labhitu½ dass±mi. Na hi may±ettaka½ k±la½ p±ramiyo p³rentena m±rak±yik±na½ ot±ral±bhatth±ya p³rit±”ti t±sa½vejetu½ bhamukalomato rasmiyo vissajjesi, t±vadeva andhak±ratimis± ahosi.T± bh²t± ahesu½ maraºabhayatajjit±. Tena t±sa½ kucchiya½ sur± j²ri. Satth± nisi-nnapallaªke antarahito sinerumuddhani µhatv± uºº±lomato rasmi½ vissajjesi,taªkhaºa½yeva candasahassuggamana½ viya ahosi. Atha satth± t± itthiyo ±ma-ntetv± “tumhehi mama santika½ ±gaccham±n±hi pamatt±hi ±gantu½ na vaµµati.Tumh±kañhi pam±deneva m±rak±yik± devat± ot±ra½ labhitv± tumhe has±d²na½akaraºaµµh±ne has±d²ni k±r±pesi, id±ni tumhehi r±g±d²na½ agg²na½ nibb±pana-tth±ya uss±ha½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–

146. “Ko nu h±so kim±nando, nicca½ pajjalite sati; andhak±rena onaddh±, pad²pa½ na gavesath±”ti. Tattha ±nandoti tuµµhi. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– imasmi½ lokasanniv±se r±g±d²hi ek±-dasahi agg²hi nicca½ pajjalite sati ko nu tumh±ka½ h±so v± (2.0066) tuµµhi v±?Nanu esa akattabbar³poyeva. Aµµhavatthukena hi avijj±ndhak±rena onaddh±tumhe tasseva andhak±rassa vidhamanatth±ya ki½ k±raº± ñ±ºappad²pa½ nagavesatha na karoth±ti. Desan±vas±ne pañcasat±pi t± itthiyo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su. Satth± t±sa½ acalasaddh±ya patiµµhitabh±va½ ñatv± sinerumatthak± otaritv±buddh±sane nis²di. Atha na½ vis±kh± ±ha– “bhante, sur± n±mes± p±pik±. Eva-r³p± hi n±ma im± itthiyo tumh±disassa buddhassa purato nis²ditv± iriy±pathama-ttampi saºµh±petu½ asakkontiyo uµµh±ya p±ºi½ paharitv± hasanag²tanacc±d²ni±rabhi½s³”ti. Satth± “±ma, vis±khe, p±pik± eva es± sur± n±ma. Etañhi niss±yaaneke satt± anayabyasana½ patt±”ti vatv± “kad± panes±, bhante, uppann±”tivutte tass± uppatti½ vitth±rena kathetu½ at²ta½ ±haritv± kumbhaj±taka½ (j±. 1.16.33 ±dayo) kathes²ti. Vis±kh±ya sah±yik±na½ vatthu paµhama½. 2. Sirim±vatthu Passa cittakatanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto sirima½±rabbha kathesi. S± kira r±jagahe abhir³p± gaºik±. Ekasmi½ pana antovasse sumanaseµµhipu-ttassa bhariy±ya puººakaseµµhissa dh²t±ya uttar±ya n±ma up±sik±ya aparajjhitv±ta½ pas±detuk±m± tass± gehe bhikkhusaªghena saddhi½ katabhattakicca½satth±ra½ kham±petv± ta½ divasa½ dasabalassa bhatt±numodana½ sutv±– “Akkodhena jine kodha½, as±dhu½ s±dhun± jine; jine kadariya½ d±nena, saccen±likav±dinan”ti. (j±. 1.2.2; dha. pa. 223)–G±th±pariyos±ne (2.0067) sot±pattiphala½ p±puºi. Ayamettha saªkhepo, vitth±ra-kath± pana kodhavagge anumodanag±th±vaººan±yameva ±vibhavissati. Eva½sot±pattiphala½ patt± pana sirim± dasabala½ nimantetv± punadivase mah±d±na½datv± saªghassa aµµhakabhatta½ nibaddha½ d±pesi. ¾dito paµµh±ya nibaddha½aµµha bhikkh³ geha½ gacchanti. “Sappi½ gaºhatha, kh²ra½ gaºhath±”ti-±d²nivatv± tesa½ patte p³reti. Ekena laddha½ tiººampi catunnampi pahoti. Devasika½so¼asakah±paºaparibbayena piº¹ap±to d²yati. Athekadivasa½ eko bhikkhu tass±gehe aµµhakabhatta½ bhuñjitv± tiyojanamatthake eka½ vih±ra½ agam±si. Athana½ s±ya½ therupaµµh±ne nisinna½ pucchi½su– “±vuso, kaha½ bhikkha½gahetv± ±gatos²”ti. Sirim±ya aµµhakabhatta½ me bhuttanti. Man±pa½ katv± deti,±vusoti. “Na sakk± tass± bhatta½ vaººetu½, ativiya paº²ta½ katv± deti, ekenaladdha½ tiººampi catunnampi pahoti, tass± pana deyyadhammatopi dassana-

meva uttaritara½. S± hi itth² evar³p± ca evar³p± c±”ti tass± guºe vaººesi. Atheko bhikkhu tass± guºakatha½ sutv± adassaneneva sineha½ upp±detv±“may± gantv± ta½ daµµhu½ vaµµat²”ti attano vassagga½ kathetv± ta½ bhikkhu½µhitika½ pucchitv± “sve, ±vuso, tasmi½ gehe tva½ saªghatthero hutv± aµµhaka-bhatta½ labhissas²”ti sutv± taªkhaºaññeva pattac²vara½ ±d±ya pakkantopip±tova aruºe uggate sal±kagga½ pavisitv± µhito saªghatthero hutv± tass± geheaµµhakabhatta½ labhi. Yo pana bhikkhu hiyyo bhuñjitv± pakk±mi, tassa gatavel±ya-meva ass± sar²re rogo uppajji. Tasm± s± ±bharaº±ni omuñcitv± nipajji. Athass±d±siyo aµµhakabhatta½ labhitv± ±gate bhikkh³ disv± ±rocesu½. S± sahatth± pattegahetv± nis²d±petu½ v± parivisitu½ v± asakkont² d±siyo ±º±pesi– “amm± pattegahetv±, ayye, nis²d±petv± y±gu½ p±yetv± khajjaka½ datv± bhattavel±ya pattep³retv± deth±”ti. T± “s±dhu, ayye”ti bhikkh³ pavesetv± y±gu½ p±yetv± khajjaka½datv± bhattavel±ya bhattassa patte p³retv± tass± ±rocayi½su. S± “ma½ parigga-hetv± netha, ayye, vandiss±m²”ti vatv± t±hi pariggahetv± bhikkh³na½ santika½n²t± vedham±nena sar²rena bhikkh³ vandi. So bhikkhu ta½ oloketv± (2.0068)cintesi– “gil±n±ya t±va evar³p± aya½ etiss± r³pasobh±, arogak±le pana sabb±-bharaºapaµimaº¹it±ya imiss± k²dis² r³pasampatt²”ti. Athassa anekavassakoµisa-nnicito kileso samud±cari, so aññ±º² hutv± bhatta½ bhuñjitu½ asakkonto pattam±-d±ya vih±ra½ gantv± patta½ pidh±ya ekamante µhapetv± c²vara½ pattharitv±nipajji. Atha na½ eko sah±yako bhikkhu y±cantopi bhojetu½ n±sakkhi. So chinna-bhatto ahosi. Ta½ divasameva s±yanhasamaye sirim± k±lamak±si. R±j± satthus±sana½ pesesi– “bhante, j²vakassa kaniµµhabhagin², sirim±, k±lamak±s²”ti. Satth±ta½ sutv± rañño s±sana½ pahiºi “sirim±ya jh±panakicca½ natthi, ±makasus±neta½ yath± k±kasunakh±dayo na kh±danti, tath± nipajj±petv± rakkh±peth±”ti.R±j±pi tath± ak±si. Paµip±µiy± tayo divas± atikkant±, catutthe divase sar²ra½uddhum±yi, navahi vaºamukhehi pu¼av± pagghari½su, sakalasar²ra½ bhinna½s±libhattac±µi viya ahosi. R±j± nagare bheri½ car±pesi– “µhapetv± geharakkhaked±rake sirim±ya dassanattha½ an±gacchant±na½ aµµha kah±paº±ni daº¹o”ti.Satthu santi kañca pesesi– “buddhappamukho kira bhikkhusaªgho sirim±ya dassa-nattha½ ±gacchat³”ti. Satth± bhikkh³na½ ±rocesi– “sirim±ya dassanattha½ gami-ss±m±”ti. Sopi daharabhikkhu catt±ro divase kassaci vacana½ aggahetv± chinna-bhattova nipajji. Patte bhatta½ p³tika½ j±ta½, patte mala½ uµµhahi. Atha na½ sosah±yako bhikkhu upasaªkamitv±, “±vuso, satth± sirim±ya dassanattha½ gaccha-t²”ti ±ha. So tath± ch±tajjhattopi “sirim±”ti vuttapadeyeva sahas± uµµhahitv± “ki½bhaºas²”ti ±ha. “Satth± sirima½ daµµhu½ gacchati, tvampi gamissas²”ti vutte, “±ma,gamiss±m²”ti bhatta½ cha¹¹etv± patta½ dhovitv± thavik±ya pakkhipitv± bhikkhu-saªghena saddhi½ agam±si. Satth± bhikkhusaªghaparivuto ekapasse aµµh±si,bhikkhunisaªghopi r±japaris±pi up±sakaparis±pi up±sik±paris±pi ekekapasseaµµha½su. Satth± r±j±na½ pucchi– “k± es±, mah±r±jo”ti. Bhante, j²vakassa bhagin², sirim±,n±m±ti. Sirim±, es±ti. ¾ma, bhanteti. Tena (2.0069) hi nagare bheri½ car±pehi

“sahassa½ datv± sirima½ gaºhant³”ti. R±j± tath± k±resi. Ekopi ‘han’ti v± ‘hun’tiv± vadanto n±ma n±hosi. R±j± satthu ±rocesi– “na gaºhanti, bhante”ti. Tena hi,mah±r±ja, aggha½ oh±reh²ti. R±j± “pañcasat±ni datv± gaºhant³”ti bheri½ car±-petv± kañci gaºhanaka½ adisv± “a¹¹hateyy±ni sat±ni, dve sat±ni, sata½,paºº±sa½, pañcav²sati kah±paºe, dasa kah±paºe, pañca kah±paºe, eka½ kah±-paºa½ a¹¹ha½, p±da½, m±saka½, k±kaºika½ datv± sirima½ gaºhant³”ti bheri½car±pesi. Koci ta½ na icchi. “Mudh±pi gaºhant³”ti bheri½ car±pesi. ‘Han’ti v± ‘hun’-ti v± vadanto n±ma n±hosi. R±j± “mudh±pi, bhante, gaºhanto n±ma natth²”ti ±ha.Satth± “passatha, bhikkhave, mah±janassa piya½ m±tug±ma½, imasmi½yevanagare sahassa½ datv± pubbe ekadivasa½ labhi½su, id±ni mudh± gaºhantopinatthi, evar³pa½ n±ma r³pa½ khayavayappatta½, passatha, bhikkhave, ±tura½attabh±van”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 147. “Passa cittakata½ bimba½, aruk±ya½ samussita½; ±tura½ bahusaªkappa½, yassa natthi dhuva½ µhit²”ti. Tattha cittakatanti katacitta½, vatth±bharaºam±l±lattak±d²hi vicittanti attho.Bimbanti d²gh±diyuttaµµh±nesu d²gh±d²hi aªgapaccaªgehi saºµhita½ attabh±va½.Aruk±yanti navanna½ vaºamukh±na½ vasena arubh³ta½ k±ya½. Samussitantit²hi aµµhisatehi samussita½. ¾turanti sabbak±la½ iriy±path±d²hi pariharitabbat±yaniccagil±na½. Bahusaªkappanti mah±janena bahudh± saªkappita½. Yassa natthidhuva½ µhit²ti yassa dhuvabh±vo v± µhitibh±vo v± natthi, ekantena bhedanavikira-ºaviddha½sanadhammameveta½, ima½ passath±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi, sopibhikkhu sot±pattiphale patiµµhah²ti. Sirim±vatthu dutiya½. 3. Uttar±ther²vatthu Parijiººamidanti (2.0070) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantouttar±theri½ n±ma bhikkhuni½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ther² kira v²savassasatik± j±tiy± piº¹±ya caritv± laddhapiº¹ap±t± antarav²thiya½eka½ bhikkhu½ disv± piº¹ap±tena ±pucchitv± tassa apaµikkhipitv± gaºhantassasabba½ datv± nir±h±r± ahosi. Eva½ dutiyepi tatiyepi divase tasseva bhikkhunotasmi½yeva µh±ne bhatta½ datv± nir±h±r± ahosi, catutthe divase pana piº¹±yacarant² ekasmi½ samb±dhaµµh±ne satth±ra½ disv± paµikkamant² olambanta½attano c²varakaººa½ akkamitv± saºµh±tu½ asakkont² parivattitv± pati. Satth±tass± santika½ gantv±, “bhagini, parijiººo te attabh±vo na cirasseva bhijjissat²”tivatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 148. “Parijiººamida½ r³pa½, rogan²¼a½ pabhaªgura½; bhijjati p³tisandeho, maraºantañhi j²vitan”ti. Tassattho– bhagini ida½ tava sar²rasaªkh±ta½ r³pa½ mahallakabh±vena pari-

jiººa½, tañca kho sabbarog±na½ niv±saµµh±naµµhena rogan²¼a½, yath± kho panataruºopi siªg±lo “jarasiªg±lo”ti vuccati, taruº±pi ga¼oc²lat± “p³tilat±”ti vuccati,eva½ tadahuj±ta½ suvaººavaººampi sam±na½ nicca½ paggharaºaµµhena p³ti-t±ya pabhaªgura½, so esa p³tiko sam±no tava deho bhijjati, na cirasseva bhijji-ssat²ti veditabbo. Ki½ k±raº±? Maraºantañhi j²vita½ yasm± sabbasatt±na½ j²vita½maraºapariyos±namev±ti vutta½ hoti. Desan±vas±ne s± ther² sot±pattiphala½ patt±, mah±janass±pi s±tthik± dhamma-desan± ahos²ti. Uttar±ther²vatthu tatiya½. 4. Sambahula-adhim±nikabhikkhuvatthu Y±nim±n²ti (2.0071) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto samba-hule adhim±nike bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Pañcasat± kira bhikkh³ satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± arañña½ pavi-sitv± ghaµent± v±yamant± jh±na½ nibbattetv± “kiles±na½ asamud±c±rena pabba-jitakicca½ no nipphanna½, attan± paµiladdhaguºa½ satthu ±rocess±m±”ti ±ga-mi½su. Satth± tesa½ bahidv±rakoµµhaka½ pattak±leyeva ±nandatthera½ ±ha–“±nanda, etesa½ bhikkh³na½ pavisitv± may± diµµhena kamma½ natthi, ±makasu-s±na½ gantv± tato ±gantv± ma½ passant³”ti. Thero gantv± tesa½ tamattha½ ±ro-cesi. Te “ki½ amh±ka½ ±makasus±nen±”ti avatv±va “d²ghadassin± buddhenak±raºa½ diµµha½ bhavissat²”ti ±makasus±na½ gantv± tattha kuºap±ni passant±ek±hadv²hapatitesu kuºapesu ±gh±ta½ paµilabhitv± ta½ khaºa½ patitesu allasar²-resu r±ga½ upp±dayi½su, tasmi½ khaºe attano sakilesabh±va½ j±ni½su. Satth±gandhakuµiya½ nisinnova obh±sa½ pharitv± tesa½ bhikkh³na½ sammukhekathento viya “nappatir³pa½ nu kho,

bhikkhave, tumh±ka½ evar³pa½ aµµhisaªgh±ta½ disv± r±garati½ upp±detun”tivatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 149. “Y±nim±ni apatth±ni, al±b³neva s±rade; k±potak±ni aµµh²ni, t±ni disv±na k± rat²”ti. Tattha apatth±n²ti cha¹¹it±ni. S±radeti saradak±le v±t±tapapahat±ni tatthatattha vippakiººa-al±b³ni viya. K±potak±n²ti kapotakavaºº±ni. T±ni disv±n±ti t±nievar³p±ni aµµh²ni disv± tumh±ka½ k± rati, nanu appamattakampi k±marati½ k±tu½na vaµµatiyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ yath±µhit±va arahatta½ patv± bhagavanta½ abhittha-vam±n± ±gantv± vandi½s³ti. Sambahula-adhim±nikabhikkhuvatthu catuttha½. 5. Janapadakaly±º² r³panand±ther²vatthu Aµµh²na½ (2.0072) nagara½ katanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavaneviharanto janapadakaly±ºi½ r³panand±theri½ ±rabbha kathesi. S± kira ekadivasa½ cintesi– “mayha½ jeµµhabh±tiko rajjasiri½ pah±ya pabba-jitv± loke aggapuggalo buddho j±to, puttopissa r±hulakum±ro pabbajito, bhatt±pime pabbajito, m±t±pi me pabbajit±, ahampi ettake ñ±tijane pabbajite gehe ki½kariss±mi, pabbajiss±m±”ti. S± bhikkhunupassaya½ gantv± pabbaji ñ±tisinehe-neva, no saddh±ya, abhir³pat±ya pana r³panand±ti paññ±yi. “Satth± kira ‘r³pa½anicca½ dukkha½ anatt±, vedan±… saññ±… saªkh±r±… viññ±ºa½ anicca½dukkha½ anatt±’ti vadet²”ti sutv± s± eva½ dassan²ye p±s±dike mamapi r³pedosa½ katheyy±ti satthu sammukh²bh±va½ na gacchati. S±vatthiv±sino p±tovad±na½ datv± sam±dinnuposath± suddhuttar±saªg± gandham±l±dihatth± s±yanha-samaye jetavane sannipatitv± dhamma½ suºanti. Bhikkhunisaªghopi satthudhammadesan±ya uppannacchando vih±ra½ gantv± dhamma½ suº±ti.Dhamma½ sutv± nagara½ pavisanto satthu guºakatha½ kathentova pavisati. Catuppam±ºike hi lokasanniv±se appak±va te satt±, yesa½ tath±gata½ passa-nt±na½ pas±do na uppajjati. R³pappam±ºik±pi hi tath±gatassa lakkhaº±nubyañja-napaµimaº¹ita½ suvaººavaººa½ sar²ra½ disv± pas²danti, ghosappam±ºik±pi ane-k±ni j±tisat±ni niss±ya pavatta½ satthu guºaghosañceva aµµhaªgasamann±gata½dhammadesan±ghosañca sutv± pas²danti, l³khappam±ºik±pissa c²var±dil³khata½paµicca pas²danti, dhammappam±ºik±pi “evar³pa½ dasabalassa s²la½, evar³posam±dhi, evar³p± paññ±, bhagav± s²l±d²hi guºehi asamo appaµipuggalo”ti pas²-danti. Tesa½ tath±gatassa guºa½ kathent±na½ mukha½ nappahoti. R³panand±bhikkhun²nañceva up±sik±nañca santik± tath±gatassa guºakatha½ sutv± cintesi–“ativiya me bh±tikassa vaººa½ kathentiyeva. Ekadivasampi me r³pe dosa½kathento kittaka½ kathessati. Ya½n³n±ha½ bhikkhun²hi saddhi½ gantv± att±na½adassetv±va tath±gata½ passitv± dhammamassa suºitv± ±gaccheyyan”ti. S±

“ahampi ajja dhammassavana½ gamiss±m²”ti bhikkhun²na½ ±rocesi. Bhikkhuniyo (2.0073) “cirassa½ vata r³panand±ya satthu upaµµh±na½ gantuk±-mat± uppann±, ajja satth± ima½ niss±ya vicitradhammadesana½ n±n±naya½desessat²”ti tuµµham±nas± ta½ ±d±ya nikkhami½su. S± nikkhantak±lato paµµh±ya“aha½ att±na½ neva dassess±m²”ti cintesi. Satth± “ajja r³panand± mayha½ upa-µµh±na½ ±gamissati, k²dis² nu kho tass± dhammadesan± sapp±y±”ti cintetv± “r³pa-garuk± es± attabh±ve balavasineh±, kaºµakena kaºµakuddharaºa½ viya r³pene-vass± r³pamadanimmadana½ sapp±yan”ti sanniµµh±na½ katv± tass± vih±ra½pavisanasamaye eka½ pana abhir³pa½ itthi½ so¼asavassuddesika½ rattavattha-nivattha½ sabb±bharaºapaµimaº¹ita½ b²jani½ gahetv± attano santike µhatv± b²ja-yam±na½ iddhibalena abhinimmini. Ta½ kho pana itthi½ satth± ceva passati r³pa-nand± ca. S± bhikkhun²hi saddhi½ vih±ra½ pavisitv± bhikkhun²na½ piµµhipasseµhatv± pañcapatiµµhitena satth±ra½ vanditv± bhikkhun²na½ antare nisinn± p±da-ntato paµµh±ya satth±ra½ olokent² lakkhaºavicitta½ anubyañjanasamujjala½by±mappabh±parikkhitta½ satthu sar²ra½ disv± puººacandasassirika½ mukha½olokent² sam²pe µhita½ itthir³pa½ addasa. S± ta½ oloketv± attabh±va½ olokent²suvaººar±jaha½siy± purato k±k²sadisa½ att±na½ avamaññi. Iddhimayar³pa½diµµhak±lato paµµh±yeva hi tass± akkh²ni bhami½su. S± “aho imiss± kes± sobhan±,aho nal±µa½ sobhanan”ti sabbesa½ s±r²rappades±na½ r³pasiriy± sam±ka¹¹hita-citt± tasmi½ r³pe balavasineh± ahosi. Satth± tass± tattha abhirati½ ñatv± dhamma½ desentova ta½ r³pa½ so¼asava-ssuddesikabh±va½ atikkamitv± v²sativassuddesika½ katv± dassesi. R³panand±oloketv± “na vatida½ r³pa½ purimasadisan”ti thoka½ virattacitt± ahosi. Satth±anukkameneva tass± itthiy± saki½ vij±tavaººa½ majjhimitthivaººa½ jar±jiººama-hallikitthivaººañca dassesi. S±pi anupubbeneva “idampi antarahita½, idampi anta-rahitan”ti jar±jiººak±le ta½ virajjam±n± khaº¹adanti½ palitasira½ obhagga½gop±nasivaªka½ daº¹apar±yaºa½ pavedham±na½ disv± ativiya virajji. Athasatth± ta½ by±dhin± abhibh³ta½ katv± dassesi. S± taªkhaºaññeva daº¹añca t±la-vaºµañca cha¹¹etv± mah±virava½ (2.0074) viravam±n± bh³miya½ patitv± sakemuttakar²se nimugg± apar±para½ parivatti. R³panand± tampi disv± ativiya virajji.Satth±pi tass± itthiy± maraºa½ dassesi. S± taªkhaºa½yeva uddhum±takabh±va½±pajji, navahi vaºamukhehi pubbavaµµiyo ceva pu¼av± ca pagghari½su, k±k±dayosannipatitv± vilumpi½su. R³panand±pi ta½ oloketv± “aya½ itth² imasmi½yevaµh±ne jara½ patt±, by±dhi½ patt±, maraºa½ patt±, imass±pi me attabh±vassa eva-meva jar±by±dhimaraº±ni ±gamissant²”ti attabh±va½ aniccato passi. Aniccatodiµµhatt± eva pana dukkhato anattato diµµhoyeva hoti. Athass± tayo bhav± ±ditt±geh± viya g²v±ya baddhakuºapa½ viya ca upaµµhahi½su, kammaµµh±n±bhimukha½citta½ pakkhandi. Satth± t±ya aniccato diµµhabh±va½ ñatv± “sakkhissati nu khosayameva attano patiµµha½ k±tun”ti olokento “na sakkhissati, bahiddh± paccaya½laddhu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± tass± sapp±yavasena dhamma½ desento ±ha– “¾tura½ asuci½ p³ti½, passa nande samussaya½; uggharanta½ paggharanta½, b±l±na½ abhipatthita½.

“Yath± ida½ tath± eta½, yath± eta½ tath± ida½; dh±tuto suññato passa, m± loka½ punar±gami; bhave chanda½ vir±jetv±, upasanto carissat²”ti.–Ittha½ suda½ bhagav± nanda½ bhikkhuni½ ±rabbha im± g±th±yo abh±sitth±ti.Nand± desan±nus±rena ñ±ºa½ pesetv± sot±pattiphala½ p±puºi. Athass± uparitiººa½ maggaphal±na½ vipassan±pariv±satth±ya suññat±kammaµµh±na½kathetu½, “nande, m± ‘imasmi½ sar²re s±ro atth²’ti sañña½ kari. Appamattakopihi ettha s±ro natthi, t²ºi aµµhisat±ni uss±petv± kata½ aµµhinagarametan”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 150. “Aµµh²na½ nagara½ kata½, ma½salohitalepana½; yattha jar± ca maccu ca, m±no makkho ca ohito”ti. Tassattho– yatheva hi pubbaºº±paraºº±d²na½ odahanatth±ya kaµµh±ni uss±-petv± vall²hi bandhitv± mattik±ya vilimpetv± nagarasaªkh±ta½ bahiddh± geha½ (2.00karonti, evamida½ ajjhattikampi t²ºi aµµhisat±ni uss±petv± nh±ruvinaddha½ma½salohitalepana½ tacapaµicchanna½ j²raºalakkhaº±ya jar±ya maraºalakkha-ºassa maccuno ±rohasampad±d²ni paµicca maññanalakkhaºassa m±nassa suka-tak±raºavin±sanalakkhaºassa makkhassa ca odahanatth±ya nagara½ kata½.Evar³po eva hi ettha k±yikacetasiko ±b±dho ohito, ito uddha½ kiñci gayh³paga½natth²ti. Desan±vas±ne s± ther² arahatta½ p±puºi, mah±janass±pi s±tthik± dhammade-san± ahos²ti. Janapadakaly±º² r³panand±ther²vatthu pañcama½. 6. Mallik±dev²vatthu J²ranti veti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto mallika½ devi½±rabbha kathesi. S± kira ekadivasa½ nh±nakoµµhaka½ paviµµh± mukha½ dhovitv± onatasar²r±jaªgha½ dhovitu½ ±rabhi. T±ya ca saddhi½yeva paviµµho eko vallabhasunakhoatthi. So ta½ tath± onata½ disv± asaddhammasanthava½ k±tu½ ±rabhi. S±phassa½ s±diyant² aµµh±si. R±j±pi uparip±s±de v±tap±nena olokento ta½ disv±tato ±gatak±le “nassa, vasali, kasm± evar³pamak±s²”ti ±ha. Ki½ may± kata½,dev±ti. Sunakhena saddhi½ santhavoti. Nattheta½, dev±ti. May± s±ma½ diµµha½,n±ha½ tava saddahiss±mi, nassa, vasal²ti. “Mah±r±ja, yo koci ima½ koµµhaka½paviµµho imin± v±tap±nena olokentassa ekova dvidh± paññ±yat²”ti abh³ta½kathesi. Deva, sace me saddahasi, eta½ koµµhaka½ pavisa, aha½ ta½ imin± v±ta-p±nena olokess±m²ti. R±j± m³¼hadh±tuko tass± vacana½ saddahitv± koµµhaka½p±visi. S±pi kho dev² v±tap±ne µhatv± olokent² “andhab±la, mah±r±ja, ki½n±meta½, ajik±ya saddhi½ santhava½ karos²”ti ±ha. “N±ha½, bhadde, evar³pa½karom²”ti ca vuttepi “may± s±ma½ diµµha½, n±ha½ tava saddahiss±m²”ti ±ha.

Ta½ (2.0076) sutv± r±j± “addh± ima½ koµµhaka½ paviµµho ekova dvidh± paññ±-yat²”ti saddahi. Mallik± cintesi– “aya½ r±j± andhab±lat±ya may± vañcito, p±pa½me kata½, ayañca me abh³tena abbh±cikkhito, ida½ me kamma½ satth±pi j±ni-ssati, dve aggas±vak±pi as²ti mah±s±vak±pi j±nissanti, aho vata me bh±riya½kamma½ katan”ti. Aya½ kira rañño asadisad±ne sah±yik± ahosi. Tattha ca ekadi-vasa½ kataparicc±go dhanassa cuddasakoµi-agghanako ahosi. Tath±gatassasetacchatta½ nis²danapallaªko ±dh±rako p±dap²µhanti im±ni pana catt±ri anaggh±-neva ahesu½. S± maraºak±le evar³pa½ mah±paricc±ga½ n±nussaritv± tadevap±pakamma½ anussarant² k±la½ katv± av²cimhi nibbatti. Rañño pana s± ativiyapiy± ahosi. So balavasok±bhibh³to tass± sar²rakicca½ k±retv± “nibbattaµµh±na-mass± pucchiss±m²”ti satthu santika½ agam±si. Satth± yath± so ±gatak±raºa½na sarati, tath± ak±si. So satthu santike s±raº²yadhammakatha½ sutv± geha½paviµµhak±le saritv± “aha½ bhaºe mallik±ya nibbattaµµh±na½ pucchiss±m²ti satthusantika½ gantv± pamuµµho, sve puna pucchiss±m²”ti punadivasepi agam±si.Satth±pi paµip±µiy± satta divas±ni yath± so na sarati, tath± ak±si. S±pi satt±ha-meva niraye paccitv± aµµhame divase tato cut± tusitabhavane nibbatti. Kasm±panassa satth± asaraºabh±va½ ak±s²ti? S± kira tassa ativiya piy± ahosi man±p±,tasm± tass± niraye nibbattabh±va½ sutv± “sace evar³p± saddh±sampann±niraye nibbatt±, d±na½ datv± ki½ kariss±m²”ti micch±diµµhi½ gahetv± pañcanna½bhikkhusat±na½ gehe pavatta½ niccabhatta½ har±petv± niraye nibbatteyya,tenassa satth± satt±ha½ asaraºabh±va½ katv± aµµhame divase piº¹±ya carantosayameva r±jakuladv±ra½ agam±si. R±j± “satth± ±gato”ti sutv± nikkhamitv± patta½ ±d±ya p±s±da½ abhiruhitu½±rabhi. Satth± pana rathas±l±ya nis²ditu½ ±k±ra½ dassesi. R±j± satth±ra½tattheva nis²d±petv± y±gukhajjakena paµim±netv± vanditv± nisinnova aha½,bhante, mallik±ya deviy± nibbattaµµh±na½ pucchiss±m²ti gantv± pamuµµho, katthanu kho s±, bhante, nibbatt±ti. Tusitabhavane, mah±r±j±ti, bhante, t±ya tusitabha-vane anibbattantiy± ko añño nibbattissati (2.0077), bhante, natthi t±ya

sadis± itth². Tass± hi nisinnaµµh±n±d²su “sve tath±gatassa ida½ dass±mi, ida½kariss±m²”ti d±nasa½vidh±na½ µhapetv± añña½ kiccameva natthi, bhante, tass±paraloka½ gatak±lato paµµh±ya sar²ra½ me na vahat²ti. Atha na½ satth± “m±cintayi, mah±r±ja, sabbesa½ dhuvadhammo ayan”ti vatv± “aya½, mah±r±ja, rathokass±”ti pucchi. Ta½ sutv± r±j± sirasmi½ añjali½ patiµµh±petv± “pit±mahassa me,bhante”ti ±ha. “Aya½ kass±”ti? “Pitu me, bhante”ti. “Aya½ pana ratho kass±”ti?“Mama, bhante”ti. Eva½ vutte satth±, “mah±r±ja, tava pit±mahassa ratho tenev±-k±rena tava pitu ratha½ na p±puºi, tava pitu ratho tava ratha½ na p±puºi, evar³-passa n±ma kaµµhakaliªgarass±pi jar± ±gacchati, kimaªga½ pana attabh±vassa.Mah±r±ja, sappurisadhammasseva hi jar± natthi, satt± pana aj²rak± n±manatth²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 151. “J²ranti ve r±jarath± sucitt±, atho sar²rampi jara½ upeti; satañca dhammo na jara½ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayant²”ti. Tattha veti nip±to. Sucitt±ti sattahi ratanehi aparehi ca rath±laªk±rehi suµµhucittit± r±j³na½ rath±pi j²ranti. Sar²ramp²ti na kevala½ rath± eva, ida½ suppaµija-ggita½ sar²rampi khaº¹icc±d²ni p±puºanta½ jara½ upeti. Satañc±ti buddh±d²na½pana sant±na½ navavidho lokuttaradhammo ca kiñci upagh±ta½ na upet²ti na jara½upeti n±ma. Pavedayant²ti eva½ santo buddh±dayo sabbhi paº¹itehi saddhi½kathent²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mallik±dev²vatthu chaµµha½. 7. L±¼ud±yittheravatthu Appassut±yanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto l±¼ud±yi-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So (2.0078) kira maªgala½ karont±na½ geha½ gantv± “tirokuµµesu tiµµhant²”ti-±-din± (khu. p±. 7.1; pe. va. 14) nayena avamaªgala½ katheti, avamaªgala½ karo-nt±na½ geha½ gantv± tirokuµµ±d²su kathetabbesu “d±nañca dhammacariy±c±”ti-±din± (khu. p±. 5.7; su. ni. 266) nayena maªgalag±th± v± “ya½ kiñci vitta½idha v± hura½ v±”ti ratanasutta½ (khu. p±. 6.3; su. ni. 226) v± katheti. Eva½ tesutesu µh±nesu “añña½ kathess±m²”ti añña½ kathentopi “añña½ kathem²”ti naj±n±ti. Bhikkh³ tassa katha½ sutv± satthu ±rocesu½– “ki½, bhante, l±¼ud±yissamaªgal±maªgalaµµh±nesu gamanena, aññasmi½ kathetabbe aññameva kathet²”ti.Satth± “na, bhikkhave, id±nevesa eva½ katheti, pubbepi aññasmi½ kathetabbeaññameva kathes²”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±hari– At²te kira b±r±ºasiya½ aggidattassa n±ma br±hmaºassa putto somadattaku-m±ro n±ma r±j±na½ upaµµhahi. So raññ± piyo ahosi man±po. Br±hmaºo pana

kasikamma½ niss±ya j²vati. Tassa dveyeva goº± ahesu½. Tesu eko mato.Br±hmaºo putta½ ±ha– “t±ta, somadatta, r±j±na½ me y±citv± eka½ goºa½ ±har±”-ti. Somadatto “sac±ha½ r±j±na½ y±ciss±mi, lahubh±vo me paññ±yissat²”ticintetv± “tumheyeva, t±ta, r±j±na½ y±cath±”ti vatv± “tena hi, t±ta, ma½ gahetv±y±h²”ti vutto cintesi– “aya½ br±hmaºo dandhapañño abhikkam±divacanama-ttampi na j±n±ti, aññasmi½ vattabbe aññameva vadati, sikkh±petv± pana na½ness±m²”ti. So ta½ ±d±ya b²raºatthambhaka½ n±ma sus±na½ gantv± tiºakal±pebandhitv± “aya½ r±j±, aya½ upar±j±, aya½ sen±pat²”ti n±m±ni katv± paµip±µiy±pitu dassetv± “tumhehi r±jakula½ gantv± eva½ abhikkamitabba½, eva½ paµikka-mitabba½, eva½ n±ma r±j± vattabbo, eva½ n±ma upar±j±, r±j±na½ pana upasa-ªkamitv± ‘jayatu bhava½, mah±r±j±’ti vatv± eva½ µhatv± ima½ g±tha½ vatv±goºa½ y±ceyy±th±”ti g±tha½ uggaºh±pesi– “Dve me goº± mah±r±ja, yehi khetta½ kas±mase; tesu eko mato deva, dutiya½ dehi khattiy±”ti. So hi sa½vaccharamattena ta½ g±tha½ paguºa½ katv± paguºabh±va½puttassa ±rocetv± “tena hi, t±ta, kañcideva paºº±k±ra½ ±d±ya ±gacchatha, aha½(2.0079) purimatara½ gantv± rañño santike µhass±m²”ti vutte “s±dhu, t±t±”ti paºº±-k±ra½ gahetv± somadattassa rañño santike µhitak±le uss±happatto r±jakula½gantv± raññ± tuµµhacittena katapaµisammodano, “t±ta, cirassa½ vata ±gatattha,idam±sana½ nis²ditv± vadatha, yenattho”ti vutte ima½ g±tham±ha– “Dve me goº± mah±r±ja, yehi khetta½ kas±mase; tesu eko mato deva, dutiya½ gaºha khattiy±”ti. Raññ± “ki½ vadesi, t±ta, puna vadeh²”ti vuttepi tameva g±tha½ ±ha. R±j± tenavirajjhitv± kathitabh±va½ ñatv± sita½ katv±, “somadatta, tumh±ka½ gehe bah³maññe goº±”ti vatv± “tumhehi dinn± bah³ bhavissanti, dev±”ti vutte bodhisattassatussitv± br±hmaºassa so¼asa goºe alaªk±rabhaº¹aka½ niv±sag±mañcassabrahmadeyya½ datv± mahantena yasena br±hmaºa½ uyyojes²ti. Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv± “tad± r±j± ±nando ahosi, br±hmaºol±¼ud±y², somadatto pana ahamev±”ti j±taka½ samodh±netv± “na, bhikkhave, id±-neva, pubbepesa attano appassutat±ya aññasmi½ vattabbe aññameva vadati.Appassutapuriso hi balibaddasadiso n±ma hot²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 152. “Appassut±ya½ puriso, balibaddova j²rati; ma½s±ni tassa va¹¹hanti, paññ± tassa na va¹¹hat²”ti. Tattha appassut±yanti ekassa v± dvinna½ v± paºº±sak±na½. Atha v± panavagg±na½ sabbantimena paricchedena ekassa v± dvinna½ v± suttant±na½ v±piabh±vena appassuto aya½. Kammaµµh±na½ pana uggahetv± anuyuñjanto bahu-ssutova. Balibaddova j²rat²ti yath± hi balibaddo j²ram±no va¹¹ham±no neva m±tu,na pitu, na sesañ±tak±na½ atth±ya va¹¹hati, atha kho niratthakameva j²rati, eva-meva½ ayampi na upajjh±yavatta½ karoti, na ±cariyavatta½, na ±gantukavatt±-d²ni, na bh±van±r±mata½ anuyuñjati, niratthakameva j²rati, ma½s±ni tassava¹¹hant²ti yath± balibaddassa “yuganaªgal±d²ni vahitu½ asamattho eso”tiaraññe vissaµµhassa tattheva vicarantassa (2.0080) kh±dantassa pivantassa

ma½s±ni va¹¹hanti, evameva imass±pi upajjh±y±d²hi vissaµµhassa saªgha½niss±ya catt±ro paccaye labhitv± uddhavirecan±d²ni katv± k±ya½ posentassama½s±ni va¹¹hanti, th³lasar²ro hutv± vicarati. Paññ± tass±ti lokiyalokuttar±panassa paññ± ekaªgulamatt±pi na va¹¹hati, araññe pana gacchalat±d²ni viyacha dv±r±ni niss±ya taºh± ceva navavidham±no ca va¹¹hat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne mah±jano sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puº²ti. L±¼ud±yittheravatthu sattama½. 8. Ud±navatthu Anekaj±tisa½s±ranti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± bodhirukkham³le nisinnoud±navasena ud±netv± aparabh±ge ±nandattherena puµµho kathesi. So hi bodhirukkham³le nisinno s³riye anatthaªgateyeva m±rabala½ viddha½-setv± paµhamay±me pubbeniv±sapaµicch±daka½ tama½ pad±letv± majjhima-y±me dibbacakkhu½ visodhetv± pacchimay±me sattesu k±ruññata½ paµiccapaccay±k±re ñ±ºa½ ot±retv± ta½ anulomapaµilomavasena sammasanto aruºu-ggamanavel±ya samm±sambodhi½ abhisambujjhitv± anekehi buddhasatasaha-ssehi avijahita½ ud±na½ ud±nento im± g±th± abh±si– 153. “Anekaj±tisa½s±ra½, sandh±vissa½ anibbisa½; gahak±ra½ gavesanto, dukkh± j±ti punappuna½. 154. “Gahak±raka diµµhosi, puna geha½ na k±hasi; sabb± te ph±suk± bhagg±, gahak³µa½ visaªkhata½; visaªkh±ragata½ citta½, taºh±na½ khayamajjhag±”ti. Tattha gahak±ra½ gavesantoti aha½ imassa attabh±vasaªkh±tassa gehassak±raka½ taºh±va¹¹haki½ gavesanto yena ñ±ºena sakk± ta½ daµµhu½ (2.0081),tassa bodhiñ±ºassatth±ya d²paªkarap±dam³le kat±bhin²h±ro ettaka½ k±la½ aneka-j±tisa½s±ra½ anekaj±tisatasahassasaªkh±ta½ ima½ sa½s±ravaµµa½ anibbisa½ta½ ñ±ºa½ avindanto alabhantoyeva sandh±vissa½ sa½sari½, apar±para½ anu-vicarinti attho. Dukkh± j±ti punappunanti ida½ gahak±rakagavesanassa k±raºava-cana½. Yasm± jar±by±dhimaraºamissit±ya j±ti n±mes± punappuna½ upagantu½dukkh±, na ca s± tasmi½ adiµµhe nivattati. Tasm± ta½ gavesanto sandh±vissantiattho. Diµµhos²ti sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµivijjhantena may± id±ni diµµhosi. Punagehanti puna imasmi½ sa½s±ravaµµe attabh±vasaªkh±ta½ mama geha½ nak±hasi. Sabb± te ph±suk± bhagg±ti tava sabb± avases± kilesaph±suk± may±bhagg±. Gahak³µa½ visaªkhatanti imassa tay± katassa attabh±vagehassa avijj±-saªkh±ta½ kaººikamaº¹alampi may± viddha½sita½. Visaªkh±ragata½ cittantiid±ni mama citta½ visaªkh±ra½ nibb±na½ ±rammaºakaraºavasena gata½ anupa-viµµha½. Taºh±na½ khayamajjhag±ti taºh±na½ khayasaªkh±ta½ arahatta½ adhi-gatosm²ti.

Ud±navatthu aµµhama½. 9. Mah±dhanaseµµhiputtavatthu Acaritv±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± isipatane migad±ye viharanto mah±-dhanaseµµhiputta½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira b±r±ºasiya½ as²tikoµivibhave kule nibbatti. Athassa m±t±pitaro cintesu½–“amh±ka½ kule mah±bhogakkhandho, puttassa no hatthe µhapetv± yath±sukha½paribhoga½ kariss±ma, aññena kammena kicca½ natth²”ti. Ta½ naccag²tav±dita-mattameva sikkh±pesu½. Tasmi½yeva nagare aññasmi½ as²tikoµivibhave kuleek± dh²t±pi nibbatti. Tass±pi m±t±pitaro tatheva cintetv± ta½ naccag²tav±ditama-ttameva sikkh±pesu½. Tesa½ vayappatt±na½ ±v±haviv±ho ahosi. Atha nesa½aparabh±ge m±t±pitaro k±lamaka½su. Dve-as²tikoµidhana½ ekasmi½yeva geheahosi. Seµµhiputto divasassa tikkhattu½ rañño (2.0082) upaµµh±na½ gacchati. Athatasmi½ nagare dhutt± cintesu½– “sac±ya½ seµµhiputto sur±soº¹o bhavissati,amh±ka½ ph±suka½ bhavissati, uggaºh±pema na½ sur±soº¹abh±van”ti. Tesura½ ±d±ya khajjakama½se ceva loºasakkhar± ca dussante bandhitv± m³la-kande gahetv± tassa r±jakulato ±gacchantassa magga½ olokayam±n± nis²ditv±ta½ ±gacchanta½ disv± sura½ pivitv± loºasakkhara½ mukhe khipitv± m³la-kanda½ ¹a½sitv± “vassasata½ j²va s±mi, seµµhiputta, ta½ niss±ya maya½ kh±da-napivanasamatth± bhaveyy±m±”ti ±ha½su. So tesa½ vacana½ sutv± pacchato±gacchanta½ c³¼³paµµh±ka½ pucchi– “ki½ ete pivant²”ti. Eka½ p±naka½, s±m²ti.

Man±paj±tika½ etanti. S±mi, imasmi½ j²valoke imin± sadisa½ p±tabbayuttaka½n±ma natth²ti. So “eva½ sante may±pi p±tu½ vaµµat²”ti thoka½ thoka½ ±har±petv±pivati. Athassa nacirasseva te dhutt± pivanabh±va½ ñatv± ta½ pariv±rayi½su.Gacchante k±le pariv±ro mah± ahosi. So satenapi satadvayenapi sura½ ±har±-petv± pivanto imin± anukkameneva nisinnaµµh±n±d²su kah±paºar±si½ µhapetv±sura½ pivanto “imin± m±l± ±haratha, imin± gandhe, aya½ jano jute cheko, aya½nacce, aya½ g²te, aya½ v±dite. Imassa sahassa½ detha, imassa dve sahass±n²”tieva½ vikiranto nacirasseva attano santaka½ as²tikoµidhana½ khepetv± “kh²ºa½ te,s±mi, dhanan”ti vutte ki½ bhariy±ya me santaka½ natth²ti. Atthi, s±m²ti. Tena hita½ ±harath±ti. Tampi tatheva khepetv± anupubbena khetta-±r±muyy±nayogg±di-kampi antamaso bh±janabhaº¹akampi attharaºap±vuraºanis²danampi sabba½attano santaka½ vikkiºitv± kh±di. Atha na½ mahallakak±le yehissa kulasantaka½geha½ vikkiºitv± gahita½, te ta½ geh± n²hari½su. So bhariya½ ±d±ya paraja-nassa gehabhitti½ niss±ya vasanto kap±lakhaº¹a½ ±d±ya bhikkh±ya caritv±janassa ucchiµµhaka½ bhuñjitu½ ±rabhi. Atha na½ ekadivasa½ ±sanas±l±ya dv±re µhatv± daharas±maºerehi diyya-m±na½ ucchiµµhakabhojana½ paµiggaºhanta½ disv± satth± sita½ p±tv±k±si. Athana½ ±nandatthero sitak±raºa½ pucchi. Satth± sitak±raºa½ kathento “pass±-nanda, ima½ mah±dhanaseµµhiputta½ imasmi½ nagare dve-as²tikoµidhana½ (2.0083khepetv± bhariya½ ±d±ya bhikkh±ya caranta½. Sace hi aya½ paµhamavayebhoge akhepetv± kammante payojayissa, imasmi½yeva nagare aggaseµµhi abha-vissa. Sace pana nikkhamitv± pabbajissa, arahatta½ p±puºissa, bhariy±pissa an±-g±miphale patiµµhahissa. Sace majjhimavaye bhoge akhepetv± kammante payoja-yissa, dutiyaseµµhi abhavissa, nikkhamitv± pabbajanto an±g±m² abhavissa. Bhari-y±pissa sakad±g±miphale patiµµhahissa. Sace pacchimavaye bhoge akhepetv±kammante payojayissa, tatiyaseµµhi abhavissa, nikkhamitv± pabbajantopi sakad±-g±m² abhavissa, bhariy±pissa sot±pattiphale patiµµhahissa. Id±ni panesa gihibho-gatopi parih²no s±maññatopi. Parih±yitv± ca pana sukkhapallale koñcasakuºoviya j±to”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 155. “Acaritv± brahmacariya½, aladdh± yobbane dhana½; jiººakoñc±va jh±yanti, kh²ºamaccheva pallale. 156. “Acaritv± brahmacariya½, aladdh± yobbane dhana½; senti c±p±tikh²º±va, pur±º±ni anutthunan”ti. Tattha acaritv±ti brahmacariyav±sa½ avasitv±. Yobbaneti anuppanne v±bhoge upp±detu½ uppanne v± bhoge rakkhitu½ samatthak±le dhanampi ala-bhitv±. Kh²ºamaccheti te evar³p± b±l± udakassa abh±v± kh²ºamacche pallaleparikkh²ºapatt± jiººakoñc± viya avajh±yanti. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– pallale udakassaabh±vo viya hi imesa½ vasanaµµh±nassa abh±vo, macch±na½ kh²ºabh±vo viyaimesa½ bhog±na½ abh±vo, kh²ºapatt±na½ koñc±na½ uppatitv± gaman±bh±voviya imesa½ id±ni jalathalapath±d²hi bhoge saºµh±petu½ asamatthabh±vo.Tasm± te kh²ºapatt± koñc± viya ettheva bajjhitv± avajh±yant²ti. C±p±tikh²º±v±tic±pato atikh²º±, c±p± vinimutt±ti attho. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yath± c±p± vinimutt±

sar± yath±vega½ gantv± patit±, ta½ gahetv± ukkhipante asati tattheva upaci-k±na½ bhatta½ honti, eva½ imepi tayo (2.0084) vaye atikkant± id±ni att±na½uddharitu½ asamatthat±ya maraºa½ upagamissanti. Tena vutta½– “senti c±p±ti-kh²º±v±”ti. Pur±º±ni anutthunanti “iti amhehi kh±dita½ iti p²tan”ti pubbe kat±nikh±ditapivitanaccag²tav±dit±d²ni anutthunant± socant± anusocant± sent²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mah±dhanaseµµhiputtavatthu navama½. Jar±vaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Ek±dasamo vaggo. 12. Attavaggo 1. Bodhir±jakum±ravatthu Att±nañceti (2.0085) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± bhesaka¼±vane viharantobodhir±jakum±ra½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira pathav²tale aññehi p±s±dehi asadisar³pa½ ±k±se uppatam±na½ viyakokanuda½ n±ma p±s±da½ k±retv± va¹¹haki½ pucchi– “ki½ tay± aññatth±pi eva-r³po p±s±do katapubbo, ud±hu paµhamasippameva te idan”ti. “Paµhamasippa-meva, dev±”ti ca vutte cintesi– “sace aya½ aññassapi evar³pa½ p±s±da½ kari-ssati, aya½ p±s±do anacchariyo bhavissati. Ima½ may± m±retu½ v± hatthap±dev±ssa chinditu½ akkh²ni v± upp±µetu½ vaµµati, eva½ aññassa p±s±da½ na karissa-t²”ti. So tamattha½ attano piyasah±yakassa sañj²vakaputtassa n±ma m±ºava-kassa kathesi. So cintesi– “nissa½saya½ esa va¹¹haki½ n±sessati, anagghosipp², so mayi passante m± nassatu, saññamassa dass±m²”ti. So ta½ upasaªka-mitv± “p±s±de te kamma½ niµµhita½, no”ti pucchitv± “niµµhitan”ti vutte “r±jakum±rota½ n±setuk±mo att±na½ rakkheyy±s²”ti ±ha. Va¹¹hak²pi “bhaddaka½ te, s±mi,kata½ mama ±rocentena, ahamettha kattabba½ j±niss±m²”ti vatv± “ki½, samma,amh±ka½ p±s±de kamma½ niµµhitan”ti r±jakum±rena puµµho “na t±va, deva,niµµhita½, bahu avasiµµhan”ti ±ha. Ki½ kamma½ n±ma avasiµµhanti? Pacch±, deva,±cikkhiss±mi, d±r³ni t±va ±har±peth±ti. Ki½ d±r³ni n±m±ti? Niss±r±ni sukkhad±-r³ni, dev±ti. So ±har±petv± ad±si. Atha na½ ±ha– “deva, te ito paµµh±ya mamasantika½ n±gantabba½. Ki½ k±raº±? Sukhumakamma½ karontassa hi aññehisaddhi½ sallapantassa me kammavikkhepo hoti, ±h±ravel±ya½ pana me bhari-y±va ±h±ra½ ±harissat²”ti. R±jakum±ropi “s±dh³”ti paµissuºi. Sopi ekasmi½

gabbhe nis²ditv± t±ni d±r³ni tacchetv± attano puttad±rassa anto nis²danayogga½garu¼asakuºa½ katv± ±h±ravel±ya pana bhariya½ ±ha– “gehe vijjam±naka½sabba½ vikkiºitv± hiraññasuvaººa½ (2.0086) gaºh±h²”ti. R±jakum±ropi va¹¹ha-kissa anikkhamanatth±ya geha½ parikkhipitv± ±rakkha½ µhapesi. Va¹¹hak²pisakuºassa niµµhitak±le “ajja sabbepi d±rake gahetv± ±gaccheyy±s²”ti bhariya½vatv± bhuttap±tar±so puttad±ra½ sakuºassa kucchiya½ nis²d±petv± v±tap±nenanikkhamitv± pal±yi. So tesa½, “deva, va¹¹hak² pal±yat²”ti kandant±na½yevagantv± himavante otaritv± eka½ nagara½ m±petv± kaµµhav±hanar±j± n±ma j±to. R±jakum±ropi “p±s±damaha½ kariss±m²”ti satth±ra½ nimantetv± p±s±de catu-jj±tiyagandhehi paribhaº¹ika½ katv± paµhama-umm±rato paµµh±ya celapaµika½patthari. So kira aputtako, tasm± “sac±ha½ putta½ v± dh²tara½ v± lacch±mi,satth± ima½ akkamissat²”ti cintetv± patthari. So satthari ±gate satth±ra½ pañcapa-tiµµhitena vanditv± patta½ gahetv± “pavisatha, bhante”ti ±ha. Satth± na p±visi, sodutiyampi tatiyampi y±ci. Satth± apavisitv±va ±nandatthera½ olokesi. Thero oloki-tasaññ±yeva vatth±na½ anakkamanabh±va½ ñatv± ta½ “sa½haratu, r±jakum±ra,duss±ni, na bhagav± celapaµika½ akkamissati, pacchimajanata½ tath±gato oloke-t²”ti duss±ni sa½har±pesi. So duss±ni sa½haritv± satth±ra½ antonivesana½ pave-satv± y±gukhajjakena samm±netv± ekamanta½ nisinno vanditv± ±ha– “bhante,aha½ tumh±ka½ upak±rako tikkhattu½ saraºa½ gato, kucchigato ca kiramhi eka-v±ra½ saraºa½ gato, dutiya½ taruºad±rakak±le, tatiya½ viññubh±va½ pattak±le.Tassa me kasm± celapaµika½ na akkamitth±”ti? “Ki½ pana tva½, kum±ra, cintetv±cel±ni atthar²”ti? “Sace putta½ v± dh²tara½ v± lacch±mi, satth± me celapaµika½akkamissat²”ti ida½ cintetv±, bhanteti. Tenev±ha½ ta½ na akkaminti. “Ki½pan±ha½, bhante, putta½ v± dh²tara½ v± neva lacch±m²”ti? “¾ma, kum±r±”ti. “Ki½k±raº±”ti? “Purimaka-attabh±ve j±y±ya saddhi½ pam±da½ ±pannatt±”ti. “Kasmi½k±le, bhante”ti? Athassa satth± at²ta½ ±haritv± dassesi– At²te kira anekasat± manuss± mahatiy± n±v±ya samudda½ pakkhandi½su.N±v± samuddamajjhe bhijji. Dve jayampatik± eka½ phalaka½ gahetv± antarad²-paka½ pavisi½su, ses± sabbe tattheva mari½su. Tasmi½ kho pana d²pake (2.0087)mah±sakuºasaªgho vasati. Te añña½ kh±ditabbaka½ adisv± ch±tajjhatt± saku-ºa-aº¹±ni aªg±resu pacitv± kh±di½su, tesu appahontesu sakuºacch±pe gahetv±kh±di½su. Eva½ paµhamavayepi majjhimavayepi pacchimavayepi kh±di½suyeva.Ekasmimpi vaye appam±da½ n±pajji½su, ekopi ca nesa½ appam±da½ n±pajji. Satth± ida½ tassa pubbakamma½ dassetv± “sace hi tva½, kum±ra, tad± eka-smimpi vaye bhariy±ya saddhi½ appam±da½ ±pajjissa, ekasmimpi vaye putto v±dh²t± v± uppajjeyya. Sace pana vo ekopi appamatto abhavissa, ta½ paµicca puttov± dh²t± v± uppajjissa. Kum±ra, att±nañhi piya½ maññam±nena t²supi vayesuappamattena att± rakkhitabbo, eva½ asakkontena ekavayepi rakkhitabboyev±”tivatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 157. “Att±nañce piya½ jaññ±, rakkheyya na½ surakkhita½; tiººa½ aññatara½ y±ma½, paµijaggeyya paº¹ito”ti. Tattha y±manti satth± attano dhammissarat±ya desan±kusalat±ya ca idha

tiººa½ vay±na½ aññatara½ vaya½ y±manti katv± desesi, tasm± evamettha atthoveditabbo. Sace att±na½ piya½ j±neyya, rakkheyya na½ surakkhitanti yath± sosurakkhito hoti, eva½ na½ rakkheyya. Tattha sace g²h² sam±no “att±na½ rakkhi-ss±m²”ti uparip±s±datale susa½vuta½ gabbha½ pavisitv± sampann±rakkho hutv±vasantopi, pabbajito hutv± susa½vute pihitadv±rav±tap±ne leºe viharantopiatt±na½ na rakkhatiyeva. Gih² pana sam±no yath±bala½ d±nas²l±d²ni puññ±nikaronto, pabbajito v± pana vattapaµivattapariyattimanasik±resu ussukka½ ±pa-jjanto att±na½ rakkhati n±ma. Eva½ t²su vayesu asakkonto aññatarasmimpi vayepaº¹itapuriso att±na½ paµijaggatiyeva. Sace hi gihibh³to paµhamavaye khi¹¹±pa-sutat±ya kusala½ k±tu½ na sakkoti, majjhimavaye appamattena hutv± kusala½k±tabba½. Sace majjhimavaye puttad±ra½ posento kusala½ k±tu½ na sakkoti,pacchimavaye k±tabbameva. Evampi karontena att± paµijaggitova hoti. Eva½ aka-rontassa pana att± piyo n±ma na hoti, ap±yapar±yaºameva na½ karoti. Sacepana (2.0088) pabbajito paµhamavaye sajjh±ya½ karonto dh±rento v±cento vatta-paµivatta½ karonto pam±da½ ±pajjati, majjhimavaye appamattena samaºa-dhammo k±tabbo. Sace paµhamavaye uggahitapariyattiy± aµµhakatha½ vini-cchaya½ k±raº±k±raºañca pucchanto majjhimavaye pam±da½ ±pajjati, pacchima-vaye appamattena samaºadhammo k±tabboyeva. Evampi karontena att± paµija-ggitova hoti. Eva½ akarontassa pana att± piyo n±ma na hoti, pacch±nut±penevana½ t±pet²ti. Desan±vas±ne bodhir±jakum±ro sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Bodhir±jakum±ravatthu paµhama½. 2. Upanandasakyaputtattheravatthu Att±nameva paµhamanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto upa-nanda½ sakyaputta½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira thero dhammakatha½ kathetu½ cheko. Tassa appicchat±dipaµisa½-yutta½ dhammakatha½ sutv± bah³ bhikkhu ta½ tic²varehi p³jetv± dhutaªg±nisam±diyi½su. Tehi vissaµµhaparikkh±re soyeva gaºhi. So ekasmi½ antovasse upa-kaµµhe janapada½ agam±si. Atha na½ ekasmi½ vih±re daharas±maºer± dhamma-kathikapemena, “bhante, idha vassa½ upeth±”ti vadi½su. “Idha kittaka½ vass±v±-sika½ labbhat²”ti

pucchitv± tehi “ekeko s±µako”ti vutte tattha up±han± µhapetv± añña½ vih±ra½ aga-m±si. Dutiya½ vih±ra½ gantv± “idha ki½ labbhat²”ti pucchitv± “dve s±µak±”ti vuttekattarayaµµhi½ µhapesi. Tatiya½ vih±ra½ gantv± “idha ki½ labbhat²”ti pucchitv±“tayo s±µak±”ti vutte tattha udakatumba½ µhapesi. Catuttha½ vih±ra½ gantv±“idha ki½ labbhat²”ti pucchitv± “catt±ro s±µak±”ti vutte “s±dhu idha vasiss±m²”titattha vassa½ upagantv± gahaµµh±nañceva bhikkh³nañca dhammakatha½kathesi. Te na½ bah³hi vatthehi ceva c²varehi ca p³jesu½. So vuµµhavasso itare-supi vih±resu s±sana½ pesetv± “may± parikkh±rassa µhapitatt± vass±v±sika½laddhabba½, ta½ me pahiºant³”ti sabba½ ±har±petv± y±naka½ p³retv± p±y±si. Athekasmi½ (2.0089) vih±re dve daharabhikkh³ dve s±µake ekañca kambala½labhitv± “tuyha½ s±µak± hontu, mayha½ kambalo”ti bh±jetu½ asakkont± maggasa-m²pe nis²ditv± vivadanti. Te ta½ thera½ ±gacchanta½ disv±, “bhante, tumhe nobh±jetv± deth±”ti vadi½su. Tumheyeva bh±jeth±ti. Na sakkoma, bhante, tumhe-yeva no bh±jetv± deth±ti. Tena hi mama vacane µhassath±ti. ¾ma, µhass±m±ti.“Tena hi s±dh³”ti tesa½ dve s±µake datv± “aya½ dhammakatha½ kathent±na½amh±ka½ p±rupan±raho”ti mahaggha½ kambala½ ±d±ya pakk±mi. Dahara-bhikkh³ vippaµis±rino hutv± satthu santika½ gantv± tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth±“na, bhikkhave, id±neva tumh±ka½ santaka½ gahetv± tumhe vippaµis±rino karoti,pubbepi ak±siyev±”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±hari– At²tasmi½ anut²rac±r² ca gambh²rac±r² c±ti dve udd± mahanta½ rohitamaccha½labhitv± “mayha½ s²sa½ hotu, tava naªguµµhan”ti viv±d±pann± bh±jetu½ asa-kkont± eka½ siªg±la½ disv± ±ha½su– “m±tula, ima½ no bh±jetv± deh²”ti. Aha½raññ± vinicchayaµµh±ne µhapito, tattha cira½ nis²ditv± jaªghavih±ratth±ya ±ga-tomhi, id±ni me ok±so natth²ti. M±tula, m± eva½ karotha, bh±jetv± eva no deth±ti.Mama vacane µhassath±ti. Ýhass±ma, m±tul±ti. “Tena hi s±dh³”ti so s²sa½chinditv± ekamante ak±si, naªguµµha½ ekamante. Katv± ca pana, “t±t±, yena voanut²re carita½, so naªguµµha½ gaºh±tu. Yena gambh²re carita½, tassa s²sa½hotu. Aya½ pana majjhimo khaº¹o mama vinicchayadhamme µhitassa bhavissat²”-ti te saññ±pento– “Anut²rac±ri naªguµµha½, s²sa½ gambh²rac±rino; acc±ya½ majjhimo khaº¹o, dhammaµµhassa bhavissat²”ti. (j±. 1.7.33)–Ima½ g±tha½ vatv± majjhimakhaº¹a½ ±d±ya pakk±mi. Tepi vippaµis±rino ta½ olo-ketv± aµµha½su. Satth± ima½ at²ta½ dassetv± “evamesa at²tepi tumhe vippaµis±rino ak±siye-v±”ti te bhikkh³ saññ±petv± upananda½ garahanto, “bhikkhave (2.0090), para½ovadantena n±ma paµhamameva att± patir³pe patiµµh±petabbo”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 158. “Att±nameva paµhama½, patir³pe nivesaye; athaññamanus±seyya, na kilisseyya paº¹ito”ti. Tattha patir³pe nivesayeti anucchavike guºe patiµµh±peyya. Ida½ vutta½ hoti–yo appicchat±diguºehi v± ariyava½sapaµipad±d²hi v± para½ anus±situk±mo, soatt±nameva paµhama½ tasmi½ guºe patiµµh±peyya. Eva½ patiµµh±petv± athañña½

tehi guºehi anus±seyya. Att±nañhi tattha anivesetv± kevala½ parameva anus±sa-m±no parato ninda½ labhitv± kilissati n±ma, tattha att±na½ nivesetv± anus±sa-m±no parato pasa½sa½ labhati, tasm± na kilissati n±ma. Eva½ karonto paº¹ito nakilisseyy±ti. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su, mah±janass±pi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Upanandasakyaputtattheravatthu dutiya½. 3. Padh±nikatissattheravatthu Att±nañceti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto padh±nikatissa-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± pañcasate bhikkh³ ±d±yaaraññe vassa½ upagantv±, “±vuso, dharam±nakassa buddhassa santike vokammaµµh±na½ gahita½, appamatt±va samaºadhamma½ karoth±”ti ovaditv±saya½ gantv± nipajjitv± supati. Te bhikkh³ paµhamay±me caªkamitv± majjhima-y±me vih±ra½ pavisanti. So nidd±yitv± pabuddhak±le tesa½ santika½ gantv± “ki½tumhe ‘nipajjitv± nidd±yiss±m±’ti ±gat±, s²gha½ nikkhamitv± samaºadhamma½karoth±”ti vatv± saya½ gantv± tatheva supati. Itare majjhimay±me bahi caªka-mitv± pacchimay±me vih±ra½ pavisanti. So punapi pabujjhitv± tesa½ santika½gantv± te vih±r± n²haritv± saya½ puna gantv± tatheva supati. Tasmi½ niccak±la½eva½ karonte te bhikkh³ sajjh±ya½ v± kammaµµh±na½ (2.0091) v± manasik±tu½n±sakkhi½su, citta½ aññathatta½ agam±si. Te “amh±ka½ ±cariyo ativiya ±raddha-v²riyo, pariggaºhiss±ma nan”ti pariggaºhant± tassa kiriya½ disv± “naµµhamh±,±vuso, ±cariyo no tuccharava½ ravat²”ti vadi½su. Tesa½ ativiya nidd±ya kilama-nt±na½ ekabhikkhupi visesa½ nibbattetu½ n±sakkhi. Te vuµµhavass± satthusantika½ gantv± satth±r± katapaµisanth±r± “ki½, bhikkhave, appamatt± hutv±samaºadhamma½ karitth±”ti pucchit± tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth± “na,bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepesa tumh±ka½ antar±yamak±siyev±”ti vatv± tehiy±cito– “Am±t±pitarasa½va¹¹ho, an±cerakule vasa½; n±ya½ k±la½ ak±la½ v±, abhij±n±ti kukkuµo”ti. (j±. 1.1.119)–Ima½ ak±lar±vikukkuµaj±taka½ vitth±retv± kathesi. “Tad± hi so kukkuµo aya½padh±nikatissatthero ahosi, ime pañca sat± bhikkh³ te m±ºav± ahesu½, dis±p±-mokkho ±cariyo ahamev±”ti satth± ima½ j±taka½ vitth±retv±, “bhikkhave, para½ovadantena n±ma att± sudanto k±tabbo. Eva½ ovadanto hi sudanto hutv± dametin±m±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 159. “Att±nañce tath± kayir±, yath±ññamanus±sati; sudanto vata dametha, att± hi kira duddamo”ti. Tassattho– yo hi bhikkhu “paµhamay±m±d²su caªkamitabban”ti vatv± para½

ovadati, saya½ caªkaman±d²ni adhiµµhahanto att±nañce tath± kayir±, yath±ññama-nus±sati, eva½ sante sudanto vata dameth±ti yena guºena para½ anus±sati, tenaattan± sudanto hutv± dameyya. Att± hi kira duddamoti ayañhi att± n±ma duddamo.Tasm± yath± so sudanto hoti, tath± dametabboti. Desan±vas±ne pañca sat±pi te bhikkh³ arahatta½ p±puºi½s³ti. Padh±nikatissattheravatthu tatiya½. 4. Kum±rakassapam±tuther²vatthu Att± (2.0092) hi attano n±thoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto kum±rakassapattherassa m±tara½ ±rabbha kathesi. S± kira r±jagahanagare seµµhidh²t± viññuta½ pattak±lato paµµh±ya pabbajja½y±ci. Atha s± punappuna½ y±cam±n±pi m±t±pit³na½ santik± pabbajja½ alabhitv±vayappatt± patikula½ gantv± patidevat± hutv± ag±ra½ ajjh±vasi. Athass± na cira-sseva kucchismi½ gabbho patiµµhahi. S± gabbhassa patiµµhitabh±va½ aj±nitv±vas±mika½ ±r±dhetv± pabbajja½ y±ci. Atha na½ so mahantena sakk±rena bhikkhu-nupassaya½ netv± aj±nanto devadattapakkhik±na½ bhikkhun²na½ santike pabb±-jesi. Aparena samayena bhikkhuniyo tass± gabbhinibh±va½ ñatv± t±hi “ki½ idan”-ti vutt± n±ha½, ayye, j±n±mi “kimeta½”, s²la½ vata me arogamev±ti. Bhikkhuniyota½ devadattassa santika½ netv± “aya½ bhikkhun² saddh±pabbajit±, imiss±maya½ gabbhassa patiµµhitabh±va½ j±n±ma, k±la½ na j±n±ma, ki½ d±ni karom±”-ti pucchi½su. Devadatto “m± mayha½ ov±dak±rik±na½ bhikkhun²na½ ayasouppajjat³”ti ettakameva cintetv± “uppabb±jetha nan”ti ±ha. Ta½ sutv± s± dahar±m± ma½, ayye, n±setha, n±ha½ devadatta½ uddissa pabbajit±, etha, ma½ satthusantika½ jetavana½ neth±ti. T± ta½ ±d±ya jetavana½ gantv± satthu ±rocesu½.Satth± “tass± gihik±le gabbho patiµµhito”ti j±nantopi parav±damocanattha½r±j±na½ pasenadikosala½ mah±-an±thapiº¹ika½ c³¼a-an±thapiº¹ika½ vis±kh±-u-p±sika½ aññ±ni ca mah±kul±ni pakkos±petv± up±litthera½ ±º±pesi– “gaccha,imiss± dahar±ya bhikkhuniy± catuparisamajjhe kamma½ parisodheh²”ti. Therorañño purato vis±kha½ pakkos±petv± ta½ adhikaraºa½ paµicch±pesi. S± s±ºip±-k±ra½ parikkhip±petv± antos±ºiya½ tass± hatthap±dan±bhi-udarapariyos±n±nioloketv± m±sadivase sam±netv± “gihibh±ve im±ya gabbho laddho”ti ñatv±therassa tamattha½ ±rocesi. Athass± thero parisamajjhe parisuddhabh±va½ pati-µµh±pesi. S± aparena samayena padumuttarabuddhassa p±dam³le patthitapa-tthana½ mah±nubh±va½ putta½ vij±yi. Athekadivasa½ (2.0093) r±j± bhikkhunupassayasam²pena gacchanto d±raka-sadda½ sutv± “ki½ idan”ti pucchitv±, “deva, ekiss± bhikkhuniy± putto j±to, tassesasaddo”ti vutte ta½ kum±ra½ attano ghara½ netv± dh±t²na½ ad±si. N±maggahaºa-divase cassa kassapoti n±ma½ katv± kum±raparih±rena va¹¹hitatt± kum±rakassa-poti sañj±ni½su. So k²¼±maº¹ale d±rake paharitv± “nimm±t±pitikenamh± paha-

µ±”ti vutte r±j±na½ upasaªkamitv±, “deva, ma½ ‘nimm±t±pitiko’ti vadanti, m±tara½me ±cikkhath±”ti pucchitv± raññ± dh±tiyo dassetv± “im± te m±taro”ti vutte “naettik± me m±taro, ek±ya me m±tar± bhavitabba½, ta½ me ±cikkhath±”ti ±ha. R±j±“na sakk± ima½ vañcetun”ti cintetv±, t±ta, tava m±t± bhikkhun², tva½ may±bhikkhunupassay± ±n²toti. So t±vatakeneva samuppannasa½vego hutv±, “t±ta,pabb±jetha man”ti ±ha. R±j± “s±dhu, t±t±”ti ta½ mahantena sakk±rena satthusantike pabb±jesi. So laddh³pasampado kum±rakassapattheroti paññ±yi. Sosatthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± arañña½ pavisitv± v±yamitv± visesa½nibbattetu½ asakkonto “puna kammaµµh±na½ visesetv± gahess±m²”ti satthusantika½ gantv± andhavane vih±si. Atha na½ kassapabuddhak±le ekato samaºadhamma½ katv± an±g±miphala½patv± brahmaloke nibbattabhikkhu brahmalokato ±gantv± pannarasa pañhepucchitv± “ime pañhe µhapetv± satth±ra½ añño by±k±tu½ samattho n±ma natthi,gaccha, satthu santike imesa½ attha½ uggaºh±”ti uyyojesi. So tath± katv± pañha-vissajjan±vas±ne arahatta½ p±puºi. Tassa pana nikkhantadivasato paµµh±yadv±dasa vass±ni m±tubhikkhuniy± akkh²hi ass³ni pavatti½su. S± puttaviyogadu-kkhit± assutinteneva mukhena bhikkh±ya caram±n± antarav²thiya½ thera½disv±va, “putta, putt±”ti viravant² ta½ gaºhitu½ upadh±vam±n± parivattitv± pati.S± thanehi kh²ra½ muñcantehi uµµhahitv± allac²var± gantv± thera½ gaºhi. Socintesi– “sac±ya½ mama santik± madhuravacana½ labhissati, vinassissati.Thaddhameva katv± im±ya saddhi½ sallapiss±m²”ti. Atha na½ ±ha– “ki½ karont²vicarasi, sinehamattampi chinditu½ na sakkos²”ti. S± “aho kakkha¼± therassa (2.0094kath±”ti cintetv± “ki½ vadesi, t±t±”ti vatv± punapi tena tatheva vutt± cintesi– “aha½imassa k±raº± dv±dasa vass±ni ass³ni sandh±retu½ na sakkomi, aya½ paneva½thaddhahadayo, ki½ me imin±”ti puttasineha½ chinditv± ta½divasameva ara-hatta½ p±puºi. Aparena samayena dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½– “±vuso, deva-dattena eva½ upanissayasampanno kum±rakassapo ca ther² ca n±sit±,

satth± pana tesa½ patiµµh± j±to, aho buddh± n±ma lok±nukampak±”ti. Satth±±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±yan±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, id±neva aha½ imesa½ paccayo patiµµh± j±to,pubbepi nesa½ aha½ patiµµh± ahosi½yev±”ti vatv±– “Nigrodhameva seveyya, na s±khamupasa½vase; nigrodhasmi½ mata½ seyyo, yañce s±khasmi j²vitan”ti. (j±. 1.1.12; 1.10.81)–Ima½ nigrodhaj±taka½ vitth±rena kathetv± “tad± s±khamigo devadatto ahosi,paris±pissa devadattaparis±, v±rappatt± migadhenu ther² ahosi, putto kum±raka-ssapo, gabbhin²migiy± j²vita½ pariccajitv± gato nigrodhamigar±j± pana ahamev±”-ti j±taka½ samodh±netv± puttasineha½ chinditv± theriy± attan±va attano patiµµh±-nakatabh±va½ pak±sento, “bhikkhave, yasm± parassa attani µhitena saggapar±ya-ºena v± maggapar±yaºena v± bhavitu½ na sakk±, tasm± att±va attano n±tho,paro ki½ karissat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 160. “Att± hi attano n±tho, ko hi n±tho paro siy±; attan± hi sudantena, n±tha½ labhati dullabhan”ti. Tattha n±thoti patiµµh±. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yasm± attani µhitena attasampannenakusala½ katv± sagga½ v± p±puºitu½, magga½ v± bh±vetu½, phala½ v± sacchi-k±tu½ sakk±. Tasm± hi att±va attano patiµµh± hoti, paro ko n±ma kassa patiµµh± siy±.Attan± eva hi sudantena nibbisevanena (2.0095) arahattaphalasaªkh±ta½dullabha½ n±tha½ labhati. Arahattañhi sandh±ya idha “n±tha½ labhati dullabhan”-ti vutta½. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Kum±rakassapam±tuther²vatthu catuttha½. 5. Mah±k±la-up±sakavatthu Attan± hi kata½ p±panti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoeka½ mah±k±la½ n±ma sot±panna-up±saka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira m±sassa aµµhadivasesu uposathiko hutv± vih±re sabbaratti½ dhamma-katha½ suº±ti. Atha ratti½ cor± ekasmi½ gehe sandhi½ chinditv± bhaº¹aka½gahetv± lohabh±janasaddena pabuddhehi s±mikehi anubaddh± gahitabhaº¹a½cha¹¹etv± pal±yi½su. S±mik±pi te anubandhi½suyeva, te dis± pakkhandi½su.Eko pana vih±ramagga½ gahetv± mah±k±lassa ratti½ dhammakatha½ sutv±p±tova pokkharaºit²re mukha½ dhovantassa purato bhaº¹ika½ cha¹¹etv± pal±yi.Core anubandhitv± ±gatamanuss± bhaº¹ika½ disv± “tva½ no gehasandhi½chinditv± bhaº¹ika½ haritv± dhamma½ suºanto viya vicaras²”ti ta½ gahetv±pothetv± m±retv± cha¹¹etv± agami½su. Atha na½ p±tova p±n²yaghaµa½ ±d±yagat± daharas±maºer± disv± “vih±re dhammakatha½ sutv± sayita-up±sakoayutta½ maraºa½ labhat²”ti vatv± satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± “±ma, bhikkhave,imasmi½ attabh±ve k±lena appatir³pa½ maraºa½ laddha½, pubbe kataka-

mmassa pana tena yuttameva laddhan”ti vatv± tehi y±cito tassa pubbakamma½kathesi– At²te kira b±r±ºasirañño vijite ekassa paccantag±massa aµavimukhe cor± paha-ranti. R±j± aµavimukhe eka½ r±jabhaµa½ µhapesi, so bhati½ gahetv± manusseorato p±ra½ neti, p±rato ora½ ±neti. Atheko manusso abhir³pa½ attano bhariya½c³¼ay±naka½ ±ropetv± (2.0096) ta½ µh±na½ agam±si. R±jabhaµo ta½ itthi½disv±va sañj±tasineho tena “aµavi½ no, s±mi, atikk±meh²”ti vuttepi “id±ni vik±lo,p±tova atikk±mess±m²”ti ±ha. So sak±lo, s±mi, id±neva no neh²ti. Nivatta, bho,amh±ka½yeva gehe ±h±ro ca niv±so ca bhavissat²ti. So neva nivattitu½ icchi.Itaro puris±na½ sañña½ datv± y±naka½ nivatt±petv± anicchantasseva dv±rako-µµhake niv±sa½ datv± ±h±ra½ paµiy±d±pesi. Tassa pana gehe eka½ maºiratana½atthi. So ta½ tassa y±nakantare pakkhip±petv± pacc³sak±le cor±na½ paviµµha-sadda½ k±resi. Athassa puris± “maºiratana½, s±mi, corehi haµan”ti ±rocesu½. Sog±madv±resu ±rakkha½ µhapetv± “antog±mato nikkhamante vicinath±”ti ±ha. Ita-ropi p±tova y±naka½ yojetv± p±y±si. Athassa y±naka½ sodhent± attan± µhapita½maºiratana½ disv± santajjetv± “tva½ maºi½ gahetv± pal±yas²”ti pothetv± “gahitono, s±mi, coro”ti g±mabhojakassa dassesu½. So “bhatakassa vata me geheniv±sa½ datv± bhatta½ dinna½, maºi½ gahetv± gato, gaºhatha na½ p±papurisan”-ti poth±petv± m±retv± cha¹¹±pesi. Ida½ tassa pubbakamma½. So tato cuto av²-cimhi nibbattitv± tattha d²gharatta½ paccitv± vip±k±vasesena attabh±vasatetatheva pothito maraºa½ p±puºi. Eva½ satth± mah±k±lassa pubbakamma½ dassetv±, “bhikkhave, eva½ imesatte attan± katap±pakammameva cat³su ap±yesu abhimatthat²”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 161. “Attan± hi kata½ p±pa½, attaja½ attasambhava½; abhimatthati dummedha½, vajira½vasmamaya½ maºin”ti. Tattha vajira½vasmamaya½ maºinti vajira½va asmamaya½ maºi½. Ida½vutta½ hoti– yath± p±s±ºamaya½ p±s±ºasambhava½ vajira½ tameva asma-maya½ maºi½ attano uµµh±naµµh±nasaªkh±ta½ p±s±ºamaºi½ kh±ditv± chidda½chidda½ khaº¹a½ khaº¹a½ katv± aparibhoga½ karoti, evameva attan± kata½attani j±ta½ attasambhava½ (2.0097) p±pa½ dummedha½ nippañña½ puggala½cat³su ap±yesu abhimatthati kantati viddha½set²ti. Desan±vas±ne sampattabhikkh³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mah±k±la-up±sakavatthu pañcama½. 6. Devadattavatthu Yassa accantaduss²lyanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharantodevadatta½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi divase bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½– “±vuso,

devadatto duss²lo p±padhammo duss²lyak±raºena va¹¹hit±ya taºh±ya aj±ta-sattu½ saªgaºhitv± mahanta½ l±bhasakk±ra½ nibbattetv± aj±tasattu½ pituvadhesam±dapetv± tena saddhi½ ekato hutv± n±nappak±rena tath±gatassa vadh±yaparisakkat²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”-ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi devadatton±nappak±rena mayha½ vadh±ya parisakkat²”ti vatv± kuruªgamigaj±tak±d²ni (j±.1.2.111-2) kathetv±, “bhikkhave, accantaduss²lapuggala½ n±ma duss²lyak±raº±uppann± taºh± m±luv± viya s±la½ pariyonandhitv± sambhañjam±n± niray±d²supakkhipat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±th±m±ha– 162. “Yassa accantaduss²lya½, m±luv± s±lamivotthata½; karoti so tathatt±na½, yath± na½ icchat² diso”ti. Tattha accantaduss²lyanti ekantaduss²labh±vo. Gih² v± j±tito paµµh±ya dasa aku-salakammapathe karonto, pabbajito v± upasampannadivasato paµµh±ya garuk±-patti½ ±pajjam±no accantaduss²lo n±ma. Idha pana yo dv²su t²su attabh±vesuduss²lo, etassa gatiy± ±gata½ duss²labh±va½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Duss²labh±-voti cettha duss²lassa cha (2.0098) dv±r±ni niss±ya uppann± taºh± veditabb±.M±luv± s±lamivotthatanti yassa puggalassa ta½ taºh±saªkh±ta½ duss²lya½yath± n±ma m±luv± s±la½ ottharant² deve vassante pattehi udaka½ sampaµi-cchitv± sambhañjanavasena sabbatthakameva pariyonandhati, eva½ attabh±va½otthata½ pariyonandhitv± µhita½. So m±luv±ya sambhañjitv± bh³miya½ p±tiya-m±no rukkho viya t±ya duss²lyasaªkh±t±ya taºh±ya sambhañjitv± ap±yesu p±tiya-m±no, yath± na½ anatthak±mo diso icchati, tath± att±na½ karoti n±m±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Devadattavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Saªghabhedaparisakkanavatthu Sukar±n²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto saªghabhedapa-risakkana½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi devadatto saªghabhed±ya parisakkanto ±yasmanta½ ±nanda½piº¹±ya caranta½ disv± attano adhipp±ya½ ±rocesi. Ta½ sutv± thero satthusantika½ gantv± bhagavanta½ etadavoca– “idh±ha½, bhante, pubbaºhasamaya½niv±setv± pattac²varam±d±ya r±jagaha½ piº¹±ya p±visi½. Addas± kho ma½,bhante, devadatto r±jagahe piº¹±ya caranta½. Disv± yen±ha½ tenupasaªkami,upasaªkamitv± ma½ etadavoca– ‘ajjatagge d±n±ha½, ±vuso ±nanda, aññatrevabhagavat± aññatra bhikkhusaªghena uposatha½ kariss±mi saªghakammañc±’ti.Ajja bhagav± devadatto saªgha½ bhindissati, uposathañca karissati saªghaka-mm±ni c±”ti. Eva½ vutte satth±– “Sukara½ s±dhun± s±dhu, s±dhu p±pena dukkara½; p±pa½ p±pena sukara½, p±pamariyehi dukkaran”ti. (ud±. 48)–

Ima½ (2.0099) ud±na½ ud±netv±, “±nanda, attano ahitakamma½ n±ma sukara½,hitakammameva dukkaran”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 163. “Sukar±ni as±dh³ni, attano ahit±ni ca; ya½ ve hitañca s±dhuñca, ta½ ve paramadukkaran”ti. Tassattho– y±ni kamm±ni as±dh³ni s±vajj±ni ap±yasa½vattanikatt±yeva attanoahit±ni ca honti, t±ni sukar±ni. Ya½ pana sugatisa½vattanikatt± attano hitañcaanavajjatthena s±dhuñca sugatisa½vattanikañceva nibb±nasa½vattanikañcakamma½, ta½ p±c²naninn±ya gaªg±ya ubbattetv± pacch±mukhakaraºa½ viya ati-dukkaranti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Saªghabhedaparisakkanavatthu sattama½. 8. K±lattheravatthu Yo s±sananti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto k±latthera½±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kirek± itth² m±tuµµh±ne µhatv± ta½ thera½ upaµµhahi. Tass± paµivi-ssakagehe manuss± satthu santike dhamma½ sutv± ±gantv± “aho buddh± n±maacchariy±, aho dhammadesan± madhur±”ti pasa½santi. S± itth² tesa½ katha½sutv±, “bhante, ahampi satthu dhammadesana½ sotuk±m±”ti tassa ±rocesi. So“tattha m± gam²”ti ta½ niv±resi. S± punadivase punadivasep²ti y±vatatiya½ tenaniv±riyam±n±pi sotuk±m±va ahosi. Kasm± so paneta½ niv±res²ti? Eva½ kirassaahosi– “satthu santike dhamma½ sutv± mayi bhijjissat²”ti. S± ekadivasa½ p±tovabhuttap±tar±s± uposatha½ sam±diyitv±, “amma, s±dhuka½ ayya½ pariviseyy±s²”-ti dh²tara½ ±º±petv± vih±ra½ agam±si. Dh²t±piss± ta½ bhikkhu½ ±gatak±le parivi-sitv± “kuhi½ mah±-up±sik±”ti vutt±

“dhammassavan±ya (2.0100) vih±ra½ gat±”ti ±ha. So ta½ sutv±va kucchiya½uµµhitena ¹±hena santappam±no “id±ni s± mayi bhinn±”ti vegena gantv± satthusantike dhamma½ suºam±na½ disv± satth±ra½ ±ha, “bhante, aya½ itth² dandh±sukhuma½ dhammakatha½ na j±n±ti, imiss± khandh±dipaµisa½yutta½ sukhuma½dhammakatha½ akathetv± d±nakatha½ v± s²lakatha½ v± kathetu½ vaµµat²”ti.Satth± tassajjh±saya½ viditv± “tva½ duppañño p±pika½ diµµhi½ niss±yabuddh±na½ s±sana½ paµikkosasi. Attagh±t±yeva v±yamas²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 164. “Yo s±sana½ arahata½, ariy±na½ dhammaj²vina½; paµikkosati dummedho, diµµhi½ niss±ya p±pika½; phal±ni kaµµhakasseva, attagh±t±ya phallat²”ti. Tassattho– yo dummedho puggalo attano sakk±rah±nibhayena p±pika½ diµµhi½niss±ya “dhamma½ v± soss±ma, d±na½ v± dass±m±”ti vadante paµikkosanto ara-hata½ ariy±na½ dhammaj²vina½ buddh±na½ s±sana½ paµikkosati, tassa ta½paµikkosana½ s± ca p±pik± diµµhi ve¼usaªkh±tassa kaµµhakassa phal±ni viya hoti.Tasm± yath± kaµµhako phal±ni gaºhanto attagh±t±ya phallati, attano gh±tattha-meva phalati, eva½ sopi attagh±t±ya phallat²ti. Vuttampi ceta½– “Phala½ ve kadali½ hanti, phala½ ve¼u½ phala½ na¼a½; sakk±ro k±purisa½ hanti, gabbho assatari½ yath±”ti. (c³¼ava. 335; a. ni. 4.68). Desan±vas±ne up±sik± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. K±lattheravatthu aµµhama½. 9. C³¼ak±la-up±sakavatthu Attan± (2.0101) hi katanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoc³¼ak±la½ up±saka½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi mah±k±lavatthusmi½ vuttanayeneva umaªgacor± s±mikehi anu-baddh± ratti½ vih±re dhammakatha½ sutv± p±tova vih±r± nikkhamitv± s±vatthi½±gacchantassa tassa up±sakassa purato bhaº¹ika½ cha¹¹etv± pal±yi½su.Manuss± ta½ disv± “aya½ ratti½ corakamma½ katv± dhamma½ suºanto viyacarati, gaºhatha nan”ti ta½ pothayi½su. Kumbhad±siyo udakatittha½ gaccha-m±n± ta½ disv± “apetha, s±mi, n±ya½ evar³pa½ karot²”ti ta½ mocesu½. Sovih±ra½ gantv±, “bhante, ahamhi manussehi n±sito, kumbhad±siyo me niss±yaj²vita½ laddhan”ti bhikkh³na½ ±rocesi. Bhikkh³ tath±gatassa tamattha½ ±rocesu½.Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv±, “bhikkhave, c³¼ak±la-up±sako kumbhad±siyo cevaniss±ya, attano ca akaraºabh±vena j²vita½ labhi. Ime hi n±ma satt± attan± p±pa-kamma½ katv± niray±d²su attan±va kilissanti, kusala½ katv± pana sugatiñcevanibb±nañca gacchant± attan±va visujjhant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 165. “Attan± hi kata½ p±pa½, attan± sa½kilissati;

attan± akata½ p±pa½, attan±va visujjhati; suddh² asuddhi paccatta½, n±ñño añña½ visodhaye”ti. Tassattho– yena attan± akusalakamma½ kata½ hoti, so cat³su ap±yesudukkha½ anubhavanto attan±va sa½kilissati. Yena pana attan± akata½ p±pa½,so sugatiñceva nibb±nañca gacchanto attan±va visujjhati. Kusalakammasaªkh±t±suddhi akusalakammasaªkh±t± ca asuddhi paccatta½ k±rakasatt±na½ attaniyevavipaccati. Añño puggalo añña½ puggala½ na visodhaye neva visodheti, na kilese-t²ti vutta½ hoti. Desan±vas±ne (2.0102) c³¼ak±lo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. C³¼ak±la-up±sakavatthu navama½. 10. Attadatthattheravatthu Attadatthanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto attadattha-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Satth±r± hi parinibb±nak±le, “bhikkhave, aha½ ito catum±saccayena parinibb±-yiss±m²”ti vutte uppannasa½veg± sattasat± puthujjan± bhikkh³ satthu santika½avijahitv± “ki½ nu kho, ±vuso, kariss±m±”ti sammantayam±n± vicaranti. Attada-tthatthero pana cintesi– “satth± kira catum±saccayena parinibb±yissati, aha-ñcamhi av²tar±go, satthari dharam±neyeva arahattatth±ya v±yamiss±m²”ti. Sobhikkh³na½ santika½ na gacchati. Atha na½ bhikkh³ “kasm±, ±vuso, tva½ nevaamh±ka½ santika½ ±gacchasi, na kiñci mantes²”ti vatv± satthu santika½ netv±“aya½, bhante, eva½ n±ma karot²”ti ±rocayi½su. So satth±r±pi “kasm± eva½ karo-s²”ti vutte “tumhe kira, bhante, catum±saccayena parinibb±yissatha, aha½tumhesu dharantesuyeva arahattappattiy± v±yamiss±m²”ti. Satth± tassa s±dhu-k±ra½ datv±, “bhikkhave, yassa mayi sineho atthi, tena attadatthena viya bhavitu½vaµµati. Na hi gandh±d²hi p³jent± ma½ p³jenti, dhamm±nudhammapaµipattiy±pana ma½ p³jenti. Tasm± aññenapi attadatthasadiseneva bhavitabban”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 166. “Attadattha½ paratthena, bahun±pi na h±paye; attadatthamabhiññ±ya, sadatthapasuto siy±”ti. Tassattho– gihibh³t± t±va k±kaºikamattampi attano attha½ sahassamatten±piparassa atthena na h±paye. K±kaºikamatten±pi hissa attadatthova kh±dan²ya½v± bhojan²ya½ v± nipph±deyya, na parattho. Ida½ (2.0103) pana eva½ akathetv±kammaµµh±nas²sena kathita½, tasm± “attadattha½ na h±pem²”ti bhikkhun± n±masaªghassa uppanna½ cetiyapaµisaªkharaº±dikicca½ v± upajjh±y±divatta½ v± nah±petabba½. ¾bhisam±c±rikavattañhi p³rentoyeva ariyaphal±d²ni sacchikaroti,tasm± ayampi attadatthova. Yo pana acc±raddhavipassako “ajja v± suve v±”tipaµivedha½ patthayam±no vicarati, tena upajjh±yavatt±d²nipi h±petv± attano kicca-

meva k±tabba½. Evar³pañhi attadatthamabhiññ±ya “aya½ me attano attho”tisallakkhetv±, sadatthapasuto siy±ti tasmi½ sake atthe uyyuttapayutto bhaveyy±ti. Desan±vas±ne so thero arahatte patiµµhahi, sampattabhikkh³nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Attadatthattheravatthu dasama½. Attavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Dv±dasamo vaggo. 13. Lokavaggo 1. Daharabhikkhuvatthu H²na½ (2.0104) dhammanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoaññatara½ daharabhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Aññataro kira thero daharabhikkhun± saddhi½ p±tova vis±kh±ya geha½ aga-m±si. Vis±kh±ya gehe pañcasat±na½ bhikkh³na½ dhuvay±gu niccapaññatt± hoti.Thero tattha y±gu½ pivitv± daharabhikkhu½ nis²d±petv± saya½ añña½ geha½agam±si. Tena ca samayena vis±kh±ya puttassa dh²t± ayyik±ya µh±ne µhatv±bhikkh³na½ veyy±vacca½ karoti. S± tassa daharassa udaka½ pariss±vent²c±µiya½ attano mukhanimitta½ disv± hasi, daharopi ta½ oloketv± hasi. S± ta½hasam±na½ disv± “chinnas²so hasat²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ daharo “tva½ chinnas²s±,m±t±pitaropi te chinnas²s±”ti akkosi. S± rodam±n± mah±nase ayyik±ya santika½gantv± “ki½ ida½, amm±”ti vutte tamattha½ ±rocesi. S± daharassa santika½±gantv±, “bhante, m± kujjhi, na eta½ chinnakesanakhassa chinnaniv±sanap±rupa-nassa majjhe chinnakap±la½ ±d±ya bhikkh±ya carantassa ayyassa agarukan”ti±ha. Daharo ±ma, up±sike, tva½ mama chinnakes±dibh±va½ j±n±si, imiss± ma½“chinnas²so”ti katv± akkositu½ vaµµissat²ti. Vis±kh± neva dahara½ saññ±petu½asakkhi, napi d±rika½. Tasmi½ khaºe thero ±gantv± “kimida½ up±sike”tipucchitv± tamattha½ sutv± dahara½ ovadanto ±ha– “apehi, ±vuso, n±ya½ chinna-kesanakhavatthassa majjhe chinnakap±la½ ±d±ya bhikkh±ya carantassa akkoso,tuºh² hoh²”ti. ¾ma, bhante, ki½ tumhe attano upaµµh±yika½ atajjetv± ma½ tajjetha,ma½ “chinnas²so”ti akkositu½ vaµµissat²ti. Tasmi½ khaºe satth± ±gantv± “ki½ idan”-ti pucchi. Vis±kh± ±dito paµµh±ya ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesi. Satth± tassa daharassasot±pattiphal³panissaya½ disv± “may± ima½ dahara½ anuvattitu½ vaµµat²”ticintetv± vis±kha½ ±ha– “ki½ pana vis±khe tava d±rik±ya chinnakes±dimattake-

neva mama s±vake (2.0105) chinnas²se katv± akkositu½ vaµµat²”ti? Daharo t±va-deva uµµh±ya añjali½ paggahetv±, “bhante, eta½ pañha½ tumheva suµµhu j±n±tha,amh±ka½ upajjh±yo ca up±sik± ca suµµhu na j±nant²”ti ±ha. Satth± daharassaattano anukulabh±va½ ñatv± “k±maguºa½ ±rabbha hasanabh±vo n±ma h²nodhammo, h²nañca n±ma dhamma½ sevitu½ pam±dena saddhi½ sa½vasitu½ navaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 167. “H²na½ dhamma½ na seveyya, pam±dena na sa½vase; micch±diµµhi½ na seveyya, na siy± lokava¹¹hano”ti. Tattha h²na½ dhammanti pañcak±maguºa½ dhamma½. So hi h²no dhammo naantamaso oµµhagoº±d²hipi paµisevitabbo. H²nesu ca niray±d²su µh±nesu nibbatt±pe-t²ti h²no n±ma, ta½ na seveyya. Pam±den±ti sativossaggalakkhaºena pam±de-n±pi na sa½vase. Na seveyy±ti micch±diµµhimpi na gaºheyya. Lokava¹¹hanoti yohi eva½ karoti, so lokava¹¹hano n±ma hoti. Tasm± eva½ akaraºena na siy± loka-va¹¹hanoti. Desan±vas±ne so daharo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Daharabhikkhuvatthu paµhama½. 2. Suddhodanavatthu Uttiµµheti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± nigrodh±r±me viharanto pitara½±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye satth± paµhamagamanena kapilapura½ gantv± ñ±t²hi katapa-ccuggamano nigrodh±r±ma½ patv± ñ±t²na½ m±nabhindanatth±ya ±k±se ratanaca-ªkama½ m±petv± tattha caªkamanto dhamma½ desesi. ѱt² pasannacitt±suddhodanamah±r±j±na½ ±di½ katv± vandi½su. Tasmi½ ñ±tisam±game pokkha-ravassa½ vassi. Ta½ ±rabbha mah±janena kath±ya (2.0106) samuµµh±pit±ya “na,bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi mayha½ ñ±tisam±game pokkharavassa½ vassiyev±”-ti vatv± vessantaraj±taka½ (j±. 2.22.1655 ±dayo) kathesi. Dhammadesana½ sutv±pakkamantesu ñ±t²su ekopi satth±ra½ na nimantesi. R±j±pi “mayha½ putto mamageha½ an±gantv± kaha½ gamissat²”ti animantetv±va agam±si. Gantv± ca panagehe v²satiy± bhikkhusahass±na½ y±gu-±d²ni paµiy±d±petv± ±san±ni paññ±pesi.Punadivase satth± piº¹±ya pavisanto “ki½ nu kho at²tabuddh± pitu

nagara½ patv± ujukameva ñ±tikula½ pavisi½su, ud±hu paµip±µiy± piº¹±ya cari½-s³”ti ±vajjento “paµip±µiy± cari½s³”ti disv± paµhamagehato paµµh±ya piº¹±yacaranto p±y±si. R±hulam±t± p±s±datale nisinn±va disv± ta½ pavatti½ rañño ±ro-cesi. R±j± s±µaka½ saºµh±pento vegena nikkhamitv± satth±ra½ vanditv±– “putta,kasm± ma½ n±sesi, ativiya te piº¹±ya carantena lajj± upp±dit±, yutta½ n±ma voimasmi½yeva nagare suvaººasivik±d²hi vicaritv± piº¹±ya caritu½, ki½ ma½ lajj±-pes²”ti? “N±ha½ ta½, mah±r±ja, lajj±pemi, attano pana kulava½sa½ anuvatt±m²”ti.“Ki½ pana, t±ta, piº¹±ya caritv± j²vanava½so mama va½so”ti? “Neso, mah±r±ja,tava va½so, mama paneso va½so. Anek±ni hi buddhasahass±ni piº¹±ya cari-tv±va j²vi½s³”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 168. “Uttiµµhe nappamajjeyya, dhamma½ sucarita½ care; dhammac±r² sukha½ seti, asmi½ loke paramhi ca. 169. “Dhamma½ care sucarita½, na na½ duccarita½ care; dhammac±r² sukha½ seti, asmi½ loke paramhi c±”ti. Tattha uttiµµheti uµµhahitv± paresa½ gharadv±re µhatv± gahetabbapiº¹e. Nappa-majjeyy±ti piº¹ac±rikavattañhi h±petv± paº²tabhojan±ni pariyesanto uttiµµhe pama-jjati n±ma, sapad±na½ piº¹±ya caranto pana na pamajjati n±ma. Eva½ karontouttiµµhe nappamajjeyya. Dhammanti anesana½ pah±ya (2.0107) sapad±na½caranto tameva bhikkh±cariyadhamma½ sucarita½ care. Sukha½ set²ti desan±-mattameta½, eva½ paneta½ bhikkh±cariyadhamma½ caranto dhammac±r² idhaloke cat³hi iriy±pathehi sukha½ viharat²ti attho. Na na½ duccaritanti vesiy±di-bhede agocare caranto bhikkh±cariyadhamma½ duccarita½ carati n±ma. Eva½acaritv± dhamma½ care sucarita½, na na½ duccarita½ care. Sesa½ vuttattha-meva. Desan±vas±ne r±j± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik± dhamma-desan± ahos²ti. Suddhodanavatthu dutiya½. 3. Pañcasatavipassakabhikkhuvatthu Yath± pubbu¼akanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto pañca-sate vipassake bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± arañña½ pavisitv± ghaµent±v±yamant± appavises± “visesetv± kammaµµh±na½ gahess±m±”ti satthu santika½±gacchant± antar±magge mar²cikammaµµh±na½ bh±vent±va ±gami½su. Tesa½vih±ra½ paviµµhakkhaºeyeva devo vassi. Te tattha tattha pamukhesu µhatv± dh±r±-vegena uµµhahitv± bhijjante pubba¼ake disv± “ayampi attabh±vo uppajjitv± bhijjana-tthena pubbu¼akasadisoyev±”ti ±rammaºa½ gaºhi½su. Satth± gandhakuµiya½nisinnova te bhikkh³ oloketv± tehi saddhi½ kathento viya obh±sa½ pharitv± ima½g±tham±ha–

170. “Yath± pubbu¼aka½ passe, yath± passe mar²cika½; eva½ loka½ avekkhanta½, maccur±j± na passat²”ti. Tattha mar²cikanti may³kha½. Te hi d³ratova gehasaºµh±n±divasena upaµµhi-t±pi upagacchant±na½ agayh³pag± rittak± tucchak±va. Tasm± yath± uppajjitv± (2.01bhijjanatthena pubbu¼aka½ rittatucch±dibh±veneva passeyya, eva½ khandh±di-loka½ avekkhanta½ maccur±j± na passat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ µhitaµµh±neyeva arahatta½ p±puºi½s³ti. Pañcasatavipassakabhikkhuvatthu tatiya½. 4. Abhayar±jakum±ravatthu Etha passathima½ lokanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharantoabhayar±jakum±ra½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa kira paccanta½ v³pasametv± ±gatassa pit± bimbis±ro tussitv± eka½naccag²takusala½ n±µakitthi½ datv± satt±ha½ rajjamad±si. So satt±ha½ geh±bahi anikkhantova rajjasiri½ anubhavitv± aµµhame divase nad²tittha½ gantv±nhatv± uyy±na½ pavisitv± santatimah±matto viya tass± itthiy± naccag²ta½passanto nis²di. S±pi taªkhaºaññeva santatimah±mattassa n±µakitth² viya sattha-kav±t±na½ vasena k±lamak±si. Kum±ro tass± k±lakiriy±ya uppannasoko “na meima½ soka½ µhapetv± satth±ra½ añño nibb±petu½ sakkhissat²”ti satth±ra½ upasa-ªkamitv±, “bhante, soka½ me nibb±peth±”ti ±ha. Satth± ta½ samass±setv± “tay±hi, kum±ra, imiss± itthiy± evameva matak±le rodantena pavattit±na½ ass³na½anamatagge sa½s±re pam±ºa½ natth²”ti vatv± t±ya desan±ya sokassa tanu-bh±va½ ñatv±, “kum±ra, m± soci, b±lajan±na½ sa½s²danaµµh±nametan”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 171. “Etha passathima½ loka½, citta½ r±jarath³pama½; yattha b±l± vis²danti, natthi saªgo vij±natan”ti. Tattha te passath±ti r±jakum±rameva sandh±y±ha. Ima½ lokanti ima½ khandha-lok±disaªkh±ta½ attabh±va½. Cittanti sattaratan±divicitta½ r±jaratha½ viya vatth±-laªk±r±dicittita½. Yattha b±l±ti yasmi½ attabh±ve b±l± eva½ (2.0109) vis²danti. Vij±-natanti vij±nant±na½ paº¹it±na½ ettha r±gasaªg±d²su ekopi saªgo natth²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne r±jakum±ro sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Abhayar±jakum±ravatthu catuttha½. 5. Sammajjanattheravatthu Yo ca pubbeti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto sammajjana-

tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira p±to v± s±ya½ v±ti vela½ pam±ºa½ akatv± abhikkhaºa½ sammajja-ntova vicarati. So ekadivasa½ sammajjani½ gahetv± div±µµh±ne nisinnassa revata-ttherassa santika½ gantv± “aya½ mah±kus²to janassa saddh±deyya½ bhuñjitv±±gantv± nis²dati, ki½ n±metassa sammajjani½ gahetv± eka½ µh±na½ sammajjitu½na vaµµat²”ti ±ha. Thero “ov±damassa dass±m²”ti cintetv± eh±vusoti. Ki½, bhanteti?Gaccha nhatv± eh²ti. So tath± ak±si. Atha na½ thero ekamanta½ nis²d±petv± ova-danto ±ha– “±vuso, bhikkhun± n±ma na sabbak±la½ sammajjantena vicaritu½vaµµati, p±to eva pana sammajjitv± piº¹±ya caritv± piº¹ap±tapaµikkantena ±gantv±rattiµµh±ne v± div±µµh±ne v± nisinnena dvatti½s±k±ra½ sajjh±yitv± attabh±vekhayavaya½ paµµhapetv± s±yanhe uµµh±ya sammajjitu½ vaµµati, niccak±la½ asa-mmajjitv± attanopi n±ma ok±so k±tabbo”ti. So therassa ov±de µhatv± na cirassevaarahatta½ p±puºi. Ta½ ta½ µh±na½ ukl±pa½ ahosi. Atha na½ bhikkh³ ±ha½su–“±vuso sammajjanatthera, ta½ ta½ µh±na½ ukl±pa½ kasm± na sammajjas²”ti?“Bhante, may± pam±dak±le eva½ kata½, id±n±mhi appamatto”ti. Bhikkh³ “aya½thero añña½ by±karot²”ti satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± “±ma, bhikkhave, mama puttopubbe pam±dak±le sammajjanto vicari, id±ni pana maggaphalasukhena v²tin±-mento na sammajjat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 172. “Yo (2.0110) ca pubbe pamajjitv±, pacch± so nappamajjati; soma½ loka½ pabh±seti, abbh± muttova candim±”ti. Tassattho– yo puggalo pubbe vattapaµivattakaraºena v± sajjh±y±d²hi v± pama-jjitv± pacch± maggaphalasukhena v²tin±mento nappamajjati, so abbh±d²hi muttocandova ok±saloka½ maggañ±ºena ima½ khandh±diloka½ obh±seti, ek±loka½karot²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Sammajjanattheravatthu pañcama½. 6. Aªgulim±lattheravatthu Yassa p±panti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aªgulim±la-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu aªgulim±lasuttantavaseneva (ma. ni. 2.347±dayo) veditabba½. Thero pana satthu santike pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºi. Atha kho ±yasm± aªgu-lim±lo rahogato paµisall²no vimuttisukhapaµisa½ved². T±ya½ vel±ya½ ima½ud±na½ ud±nesi– “Yo ca pubbe pamajjitv±, pacch± so nappamajjati; soma½ loka½ pabh±seti, abbh± muttova candim±”ti.–¾din± nayena ud±na½ ud±netv± anup±dises±ya nibb±nadh±tuy± parinibbuto.Bhikkh³ “kaha½ nu kho, ±vuso, thero uppanno”ti dhammasabh±ya½ katha½samuµµh±pesu½? Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sanni-

sinn±”ti pucchitv±, “bhante, aªgulim±lattherassa nibbattaµµh±nakath±y±”ti vutte“parinibbuto ca, bhikkhave, mama putto”ti. “Bhante, ettake manusse m±retv± pari-nibbuto”ti? “¾ma, bhikkhave, so pubbe eka½ kaly±ºamitta½ alabhitv± ettaka½p±pamak±si, pacch± pana kaly±ºamittapaccaya½ labhitv± appamatto ahosi.Tenassa ta½ p±pakamma½ kusalena pihitan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 173. “Yassa (2.0111) p±pa½ kata½ kamma½, kusalena pidh²yati; soma½ loka½ pabh±seti, abbh± muttova candim±”ti. Tattha kusalen±ti arahattamagga½ sandh±ya vutta½. Sesa½ utt±natthamev±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aªgulim±lattheravatthu chaµµha½. 7. Pesak±radh²t±vatthu Andhabh³toti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± agg±¼ave cetiye viharanto eka½pesak±radh²tara½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi ±¼aviv±sino satthari ±¼avi½ sampatte nimantetv± d±na½ ada½su.Satth± bhattakicc±vas±ne anumodana½ karonto “addhuva½ me j²vita½, dhuva½me maraºa½, avassa½ may± maritabbameva, maraºapariyos±na½ me j²vita½,j²vitameva aniyata½, maraºa½ niyatanti eva½ maraºassati½ bh±vetha. Yesañhimaraºassati abh±vit±, te pacchime k±le ±s²visa½ disv± bh²ta-adaº¹apuriso viyasant±sappatt± bheravarava½ ravant± k±la½ karonti. Yesa½ pana maraºassatibh±vit±, te d³ratova ±s²visa½ disv± daº¹akena gahetv± cha¹¹etv± µhitapurisoviya pacchime k±le na santasanti, tasm± maraºassati bh±vetabb±”ti ±ha. Ta½dhammadesana½ sutv± avasesajan± sakiccappasut±va ahesu½. Ek± pana so¼a-savassuddesik± pesak±radh²t±

“aho buddh±na½ kath± n±ma acchariy±, may± pana maraºassati½ bh±vetu½vaµµat²”ti rattindiva½ maraºassatimeva bh±vesi. Satth±pi tato nikkhamitv± jeta-vana½ agam±si. S±pi kum±rik± t²ºi vass±ni maraºassati½ bh±vesiyeva. Athekadivasa½ satth± pacc³sasamaye loka½ olokento ta½ kum±rika½ attanoñ±ºaj±lassa antopaviµµha½ disv± “ki½ nu kho bhavissat²”ti upadh±rento “im±yakum±rik±ya mama dhammadesan±ya sutadivasato paµµh±ya t²ºi vass±ni maraºa-ssati bh±vit±, id±n±ha½ tattha gantv± ima½ kum±rika½ catt±ro pañhe pucchitv±t±ya vissajjentiy± (2.0112) cat³su µh±nesu s±dhuk±ra½ datv± ima½ g±tha½bh±siss±mi. S± g±th±vas±ne sot±pattiphale patiµµhahissati, ta½ niss±ya mah±jana-ss±pi s±tthik± dhammadesan± bhavissat²”ti ñatv± pañcasatabhikkhupariv±ro jeta-van± nikkhamitv± anupubbena agg±¼avavih±ra½ agam±si. ¾¼aviv±sino “satth±±gato”ti sutv± ta½ vih±ra½ gantv± nimantayi½su. Tad± s±pi kum±rik± satthu ±ga-mana½ sutv± “±gato kira mayha½ pit±, s±mi, ±cariyo puººacandamukho mah±go-tamabuddho”ti tuµµham±nas± “ito me tiººa½ sa½vacchar±na½ matthake suvaººa-vaººo satth± diµµhapubbo, id±nissa suvaººavaººa½ sar²ra½ daµµhu½ madhuro-jañca varadhamma½ sotu½ labhiss±m²”ti cintesi. Pit± panass± s±la½ gacchanto±ha– “amma, parasantako me s±µako ±ropito, tassa vidatthimatta½ aniµµhita½, ta½ajja niµµh±pess±mi, s²gha½ me tasara½ vaµµetv± ±hareyy±s²”ti. S± cintesi– “aha½satthu dhamma½ sotuk±m±, pit± ca ma½ eva½ ±ha. Ki½ nu kho satthu dhamma½suº±mi, ud±hu pitu tasara½ vaµµetv± har±m²”ti? Athass± etadahosi “pit± ma½tasare an±hariyam±ne potheyyapi pahareyyapi, tasm± tasara½ vaµµetv± tassadatv± pacch± dhamma½ soss±m²”ti p²µhake nis²ditv± tasara½ vaµµesi. ¾¼aviv±sinopi satth±ra½ parivisitv± patta½ gahetv± anumodanatth±ya aµµha½su.Satth± “yamaha½ kuladh²tara½ niss±ya ti½sayojanamagga½ ±gato, s± ajj±piok±sa½ na labhati. T±ya ok±se laddhe anumodana½ kariss±m²”ti tuºh²bh³toahosi. Eva½ tuºh²bh³tampi satth±ra½ sadevake loke koci kiñci vattu½ na visa-hati. S±pi kho kum±rik± tasara½ vaµµetv± pacchiya½ µhapetv± pitu santika½gaccham±n± parisapariyante µhatv± satth±ra½ olokayam±n±va aµµh±si. Satth±pig²va½ ukkhipitv± ta½ olokesi. S± olokit±k±reneva aññ±si– “satth± evar³p±ya pari-s±ya majjhe nis²ditv±va ma½ olokento mam±gamana½ pacc±s²sati, attanosantika½ ±gamanameva pacc±s²sat²”ti. S± tasarapacchi½ µhapetv± satthusantika½ agam±si. Kasm± pana na½ satth± olokes²ti? Eva½ kirassa ahosi “es±ettova gaccham±n± puthujjanak±lakiriya½ (2.0113) katv± aniyatagatik± bhavi-ssati, mama santika½ ±gantv± gaccham±n± sot±pattiphala½ patv± niyatagatik±hutv± tusitavim±ne nibbattissat²”ti. Tass± kira ta½ divasa½ maraºato mutti n±manatthi. S± olokitasaññ±ºeneva satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± chabbaººara½s²na½antara½ pavisitv± vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si. Tath±r³p±ya paris±ya majjhe nis²-ditv± tuºh²bh³ta½ satth±ra½ vanditv± µhitakkhaºeyeva ta½ ±ha– “kum±rike, kuto±gacchas²”ti? “Na j±n±mi, bhante”ti. “Kattha gamissas²”ti? “Na j±n±mi, bhante”ti.“Na j±n±s²”ti? “J±n±mi, bhante”ti. “J±n±s²”ti? “Na j±n±mi, bhante”ti. Iti na½ satth±catt±ro pañhe pucchi. Mah±jano ujjh±yi– “ambho, passatha, aya½ pesak±radh²t±samm±sambuddhena saddhi½ icchiticchita½ kathesi, nanu n±ma im±ya ‘kuto ±ga-

cchas²’ti vutte ‘pesak±ragehato’ti vattabba½. ‘Kaha½ gacchas²’ti vutte ‘pesak±ra-s±lan’ti vattabba½ siy±”ti. Satth± mah±jana½ nissadda½ katv±, “kum±rike, tva½ kuto ±gacchas²”ti vutte“kasm± na j±n±m²ti vades²”ti pucchi. Bhante, tumhe mama pesak±ragehato ±gata-bh±va½ j±n±tha, “kuto ±gat±s²”ti pucchant± pana “kuto ±gantv± idha nibbatt±s²”tipucchatha. Aha½ pana na j±n±mi “kuto ca ±gantv± idha nibbatt±mh²”ti. Athass±satth± “s±dhu s±dhu, kum±rike, may± pucchitapañhova tay± vissajjito”tipaµhama½ s±dhuk±ra½ datv± uttarimpi pucchi– “kattha gamissas²ti puna puµµh±kasm± ‘na j±n±m²’ti vades²”ti? Bhante, tumhe ma½ tasarapacchi½ gahetv± pesa-k±ras±la½ gacchanti½ j±n±tha, “ito gantv± kattha nibbattissas²”ti pucchatha.Ahañca ito cut± na j±n±mi “kattha gantv± nibbattiss±m²”ti. Athass± satth± “may±pucchitapañhoyeva tay± vissajjito”ti dutiya½ s±dhuk±ra½ datv± uttarimpi pucchi–“atha kasm± ‘na j±n±s²’ti puµµh± ‘j±n±m²’ti vades²”ti? “Maraºabh±va½ j±n±mi,bhante, tasm± eva½ vadem²”ti. Athass± satth± “may± pucchitapañhoyeva tay±vissajjito”ti tatiya½ s±dhuk±ra½ datv± uttarimpi pucchi– “atha kasm± ‘j±n±s²’tipuµµh± ‘na j±n±m²’ti vades²”ti. Mama maraºabh±vameva aha½ j±n±mi, bhante,“rattindivapubbaºh±d²su pana asukak±le n±ma mariss±m²”ti na (2.0114) j±n±mi,tasm± eva½ vadem²ti. Athass± satth± “may± pucchitapañhoyeva tay± vissajjito”ticatuttha½ s±dhuk±ra½ datv± parisa½ ±mantetv± “ettaka½ n±ma tumhe im±yakathita½ na j±n±tha, kevala½ ujjh±yatheva. Yesañhi paññ±cakkhu natthi, te andh±eva. Yesa½ paññ±cakkhu atthi, te eva cakkhumanto”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 174. “Andhabh³to aya½ loko, tanukettha vipassati; sakuºo j±lamuttova, appo sagg±ya gacchat²”ti. Tattha andhabh³to aya½ lokoti aya½ lokiyamah±jano paññ±cakkhuno abh±-vena andhabh³to. Tanuketth±ti tanuko ettha, na bahu jano anicc±divasena vipa-ssati. J±lamuttov±ti yath± chekena s±kuºikena j±lena ottharitv± gayham±nesuvaµµakesu kocideva j±lato muccati. Ses± antoj±lameva pavisanti. Tath± maraºaj±-lena otthaµesu sattesu bah³ ap±yag±mino honti, appo kocideva satto sagg±yagacchati, sugati½ v± nibb±na½ v± p±puº±t²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne kum±rik± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, mah±janass±pi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. S±pi tasarapacchi½ gahetv± pitu santika½ agam±si, sopi nisinnakova nidd±yi.Tass± asallakkhetv±va tasarapacchi½ upan±mentiy± tasarapacchi vemakoµiya½paµihaññitv± sadda½ kurum±n± pati. So pabujjhitv± gahitanimitteneva vemakoµi½±ka¹¹hi. Vemakoµi gantv± ta½ kum±rika½ ure pahari, s± tattheva k±la½ katv±tusitabhavane nibbatti. Athass± pit± ta½ olokento sakalasar²rena lohitamakkhi-tena patitv± mata½ addasa. Athassa mah±soko uppajji. So “na mama soka½añño nibb±petu½ sakkhissat²”ti rodanto satthu santika½ gantv± tamattha½ ±ro-cetv±, “bhante, soka½ me nibb±peth±”ti ±ha. Satth± ta½ samass±setv± “m± soci,up±saka. Anamataggasmiñhi sa½s±re tava evameva dh²tu maraºak±le pagghari-ta-assu catunna½ mah±samudd±na½ udakato atirekataran”ti vatv± anamatagga-katha½ kathesi (2.0115). So tanubh³tasoko satth±ra½ pabbajja½ y±citv± laddh³-

pasampado na cirasseva arahatta½ p±puº²ti. Pesak±radh²t±vatthu sattama½. 8. Ti½sabhikkhuvatthu Ha½s±diccapatheti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto ti½sabhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi divase ti½samatt± dis±v±sik± bhikkh³ satth±ra½ upasaªkami½su.¾nandatthero satthu vattakaraºavel±ya ±gantv± te bhikkh³ disv± “satth±r± imehisaddhi½ paµisanth±re kate vatta½ kariss±m²”ti dv±rakoµµhake aµµh±si. Satth±pitehi saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± tesa½ s±raº²yadhamma½ kathesi. Ta½ sutv±te sabbepi arahatta½ patv± uppatitv± ±k±sena agami½su. ¾nandatthero tesu cir±-yantesu satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±, “bhante, id±neva ti½samatt± bhikkh³ ±gat±, tekuhin”ti pucchi. “Gat±, ±nand±”ti. “Katarena maggena, bhante”ti? “¾k±sen±nand±”-ti. “Ki½ pana te, bhante, kh²º±sav±”ti? “¾m±nanda, mama santike dhamma½sutv± arahatta½ patt±”ti. Tasmi½ pana khaºe ±k±sena ha½s± ±gami½su. Satth±“yassa kho pan±nanda, catt±ro iddhip±d± subh±vit±, so ha½s± viya ±k±senagacchat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 175. “Ha½s±diccapathe yanti, ±k±se yanti iddhiy±; n²yanti dh²r± lokamh±, jetv± m±ra½ sav±hinin”ti. Tassattho– ime ha½s± ±diccapathe ±k±se gacchanti. Yesa½ iddhip±d± subh±-vit±, tepi ±k±se yanti iddhiy±. Dh²r± paº¹it± sav±hini½ m±ra½ jetv± imamh± vaµµa-lok± n²yanti, nibb±na½ p±puºant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Ti½sabhikkhuvatthu aµµhama½. 9. Ciñcam±ºavik±vatthu Eka½ (2.0116) dhammanti dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto ciñca-m±ºavika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Paµhamabodhiyañhi dasabalassa puthubh³tesu s±vakesu appam±ºesu deva-manussesu ariyabh³mi½ okkantesu patthaµe guºasamudaye mah±l±bhasakk±roudap±di. Titthiy± s³riyuggamane khajjopanakasadis± ahesu½ hatal±bhasakk±r±.Te antarav²thiya½ µhatv± “ki½ samaºo gotamova buddho, mayampi buddh±, ki½tasseva dinna½ mahapphala½, amh±kampi dinna½ mahapphalameva, amh±-kampi detha sakkaroth±”ti eva½ manusse viññ±pent±pi l±bhasakk±ra½ alabhitv±raho sannipatitv± “kena nu kho up±yena samaºassa gotamassa manuss±na½antare avaººa½ upp±detv± l±bhasakk±ra½ n±seyy±m±”ti cintayi½su.

Tad± s±vatthiya½ ciñcam±ºavik± n±mek± paribb±jik± uttamar³padhar± sobha-ggappatt± devacchar± viya. Ass± sar²rato rasmiyo niccharanti. Atheko khara-mant² evam±ha– “ciñcam±ºavika½ paµicca samaºassa gotamassa avaººa½ upp±-detv± l±bhasakk±ra½ n±sess±m±”ti. Te “attheko up±yo”ti sampaµicchi½su. Athas± titthiy±r±ma½ gantv± vanditv± aµµh±si, titthiy± t±ya saddhi½ na kathesu½. S±“ko nu kho me doso”ti y±vatatiya½ “vand±mi, ayy±”ti vatv±, “ayy±, ko nu kho medoso, ki½ may± saddhi½ na katheth±”ti ±ha. “Bhagini, samaºa½ gotama½ amheviheµhayanta½ hatal±bhasakk±re katv± vicaranta½ na j±n±s²”ti? “Na j±n±mi, ayy±,ki½ panettha may± kattabban”ti. “Sace tva½, bhagini, amh±ka½ sukhamicchasi,att±na½ paµicca samaºassa gotamassa avaººa½ upp±detv± l±bhasakk±ra½n±seh²”ti. S± “s±dhu, ayy±, mayha½veso bh±ro, m± cintayitth±”ti vatv± pakkamitv± itthi-m±y±su kusalat±ya tato paµµh±ya s±vatthiv±s²na½ dhammakatha½ sutv± jetavan±nikkhamanasamaye indagopakavaººa½ paµa½ p±rupitv± gandham±l±dihatth±jetavan±bhimukh² gacchati. “Im±ya vel±ya kuhi½ gacchas²”ti vutte, “ki½ tumh±ka½mama gamanaµµh±nen±”ti vatv± jetavanasam²pe titthiy±r±me vasitv± p±tova“aggavandana½ vandiss±m±”ti nagar± nikkhamante up±sakajane (2.0117) jetava-nassa antovuµµh± viya hutv± nagara½ pavisati. “Kuhi½ vuµµh±s²”ti vutte, “ki½tumh±ka½ mama vuµµhaµµh±nen±”ti vatv± m±saddham±saccayena pucchiyam±n±jetavane samaºena gotamena saddhi½ ekagandhakuµiy± vuµµh±mh²ti. Puthujja-n±na½ “sacca½ nu kho eta½, no”ti kaªkha½ upp±detv± tem±sacatum±sacca-yena pilotik±hi udara½ veµhetv± gabbhinivaººa½ dassetv± upari rattapaµa½ p±ru-pitv± “samaºa½ gotama½ paµicca gabbho uppanno”ti andhab±le saddah±petv±aµµhanavam±saccayena udare d±rumaº¹alika½ bandhitv± upari paµa½ p±rupitv±hatthap±dapiµµhiyo gohanukena koµµ±petv± ussade dassetv± kilantindriy± hutv±s±yanhasamaye tath±gate alaªkatadhamm±sane nis²ditv± dhamma½ desentedhammasabha½ gantv± tath±gatassa purato µhatv±, “mah±samaºa, mah±janassat±va dhamma½ desesi, madhuro te saddo, samphusita½ dant±varaºa½. Aha½pana ta½ paµicca

gabbha½ labhitv± paripuººagabbh± j±t±, neva me s³tighara½ j±n±si, sappitel±-d²ni saya½ akaronto upaµµh±k±nampi aññatara½ kosalar±j±na½ v± an±thapi-º¹ika½ v± vis±kha½ up±sika½ v± ‘imiss± ciñcam±ºavik±ya kattabbayuttaka½karoh²’ti na vadesi, abhiramitu½yeva j±n±si, gabbhaparih±ra½ na j±n±s²”ti g³tha-piº¹a½ gahetv± candamaº¹ala½ d³setu½ v±yamant² viya parisamajjhe tath±-gata½ akkosi. Tath±gato dhammakatha½ µhapetv± s²ho viya abhinadanto,“bhagini, tay± kathitassa tathabh±va½ v± vitathabh±va½ v± ahameva ca tvañcaj±n±m±”ti ±ha. “¾ma, mah±samaºa, tay± ca may± ca ñ±tabh±veneta½ j±tan”ti. Tasmi½ khaºe sakkassa ±sana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. So ±vajjam±no “ciñca-m±ºavik± tath±gata½ abh³tena akkosat²”ti ñatv± “ida½ vatthu½ sodhess±m²”ticat³hi devaputtehi saddhi½ ±gami. Devaputt± m³sikapotak± hutv± d±rumaº¹ali-kassa bandhanarajjuke ekappah±reneva chindi½su, p±rutapaµa½ v±to ukkhipi,d±rumaº¹alika½ patam±na½ tass± p±dapiµµhiya½ pati, ubho aggap±d± chijji½su.Manuss± “dh² k±¼akaººi, samm±sambuddha½ akkos²”ti s²se khe¼a½ p±tetv± le¹¹u-daº¹±dihatt± jetavan± n²hari½su. Athass± tath±gatassa cakkhupatha½ atikkanta-k±le mah±pathav² bhijjitv± (2.0118) vivaramad±si, av²cito aggij±l± uµµhahi. S± kula-dattiya½ kambala½ p±rupam±n± viya gantv± av²cimhi nibbatti. Aññatitthiy±na½l±bhasakk±ro parih±yi, dasabalassa bhiyyosomatt±ya va¹¹hi. Punadivasedhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½, “±vuso, ciñcam±ºavik± eva½ u¼±ra-guºa½ aggadakkhiºeyya½ samm±sambuddha½ abh³tena akkositv± mah±vi-n±sa½ patt±”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisi-nn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi es± ma½abh³tena akkositv± vin±sa½ patt±yev±”ti vatv±– “N±daµµh± parato dosa½, aºu½ th³l±ni sabbaso; issaro paºaye daº¹a½, s±ma½ appaµivekkhiy±”ti.–Ima½ dv±dasanip±te mah±padumaj±taka½ (j±. 1.12.106) vitth±retv± kathesi– Tad± kires± mah±padumakum±rassa bodhisattassa m±tu sapatt² rañño agga-mahes² hutv± mah±satta½ asaddhammena nimantetv± tassa mana½ alabhitv±attan±va attani vippak±ra½ katv± gil±n±laya½ dassetv± “tava putto ma½ ani-cchanti½ ima½ vippak±ra½ p±pes²”ti rañño ±rocesi. R±j± kuddho mah±satta½corapap±te khipi. Atha na½ pabbatakucchiya½ adhivatth± devat± paµiggahetv±n±gar±jassa phaºagabbhe patiµµhapesi. N±gar±j± ta½ n±gabhavana½ netv± upa-¹¹harajjena samm±nesi. So tattha sa½vacchara½ vasitv± pabbajituk±mo himava-ntappadesa½ patv± pabbajitv± jh±n±bhiññ±yo nibbattesi. Atha na½ eko vanaca-rako disv± rañño ±rocesi. R±j± tassa santika½ gantv± katapaµisanth±ro sabba½ta½ pavatti½ ñatv± mah±satta½ rajjena nimantetv± tena “mayha½ rajjena kicca½natthi, tva½ pana dasa r±jadhamme akopetv± agatigamana½ pah±ya dhammenarajja½ k±reh²”ti ovadito uµµh±y±san± roditv± nagara½ gacchanto antar±maggeamacce pucchi– “aha½ ka½ niss±ya eva½ ±c±rasampannena puttena viyoga½patto”ti? “Aggamahesi½ niss±ya, dev±”ti. R±j± ta½ uddha½p±da½ gahetv± cora-pap±te khip±petv± nagara½ pavisitv± dhammena rajja½ k±resi. Tad± mah±padu-makum±ro satth± ahosi, m±tu sapatt² ciñcam±ºavik±ti.

Satth± (2.0119) imamattha½ pak±setv±, “bhikkhave, eka½ dhammañhi saccava-cana½ pah±ya mus±v±de patiµµhit±na½ vissaµµhaparalok±na½ akattabbap±pa-kamma½ n±ma natth²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 176. “Eka½ dhamma½ at²tassa, mus±v±dissa jantuno; vitiººaparalokassa, natthi p±pa½ ak±riyan”ti. Tattha eka½ dhammanti sacca½. Mus±v±diss±ti yassa dasasu vacanesuekampi sacca½ natthi, evar³passa mus±v±dino. Vitiººaparalokass±ti vissaµµhapa-ralokassa. Evar³po hi manussasampatti½ devasampatti½ avas±ne nibb±nasa-mpattinti im± tissopi sampattiyo na passati. Natthi p±panti tassa evar³passa ida½n±ma p±pa½ akattabbanti natthi. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Ciñcam±ºavik±vatthu navama½. 10. Asadisad±navatthu Na ve kadariy±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto asadisa-d±na½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye satth± c±rika½ caritv± pañcasatabhikkhupariv±ro jetavana½p±visi. R±j± vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½ nimantetv± punadivase ±gantukad±na½sajjetv± “d±na½ me passant³”ti n±gare pakkosi. N±gar± ±gantv± rañño d±na½disv± punadivase satth±ra½ nimantetv± d±na½ sajjetv± “amh±kampi d±na½,devo, passat³”ti rañño pahiºi½su. R±j± tesa½ d±na½ disv± “imehi mama d±natouttaritara½ kata½, puna d±na½ kariss±m²”ti punadivasepi d±na½ sajjesi. N±ga-r±pi ta½ disv± punadivase sajjayi½su. Eva½ neva r±j± n±gare par±jetu½ sakkoti,na n±gar± r±j±na½. Atha chaµµhe v±re n±gar± sataguºa½ sahassaguºa½va¹¹hetv± yath± na sakk± hoti “ida½ n±ma imesa½ d±ne natth²”ti vattu½, eva½d±na½ sajjayi½su. R±j± ta½ disv± “sac±ha½ imesa½ d±nato uttaritara½ k±tu½na sakkhiss±mi, ki½ me j²viten±”ti up±ya½ cintento nipajji. Atha na½ mallik± (2.0120)dev² upasaªkamitv±, “kasm±, mah±r±ja, eva½ nipannosi, kena te indriy±ni kila-nt±ni viy±”ti pucchi. R±j± ±ha– “na d±ni tva½, devi, j±n±s²”ti. “Na j±n±mi, dev±”ti.So tass± tamattha½ ±rocesi. Atha na½ mallik± ±ha– “deva, m± cintayi, kaha½ tay± pathavissaro r±j± n±ga-rehi par±jiyam±no diµµhapubbo v± sutapubbo v±, aha½ te d±na½ sa½vidahiss±m²”-ti. Itissa asadisad±na½ sa½vidahituk±mat±ya eva½ vatv±, mah±r±ja, s±lakaly±ºi-padarehi pañcanna½ bhikkhusat±na½ anto ±vaµµe nis²danamaº¹apa½ k±rehi,ses± bahi-±vaµµe nis²dissanti. Pañca setacchattasat±ni k±rehi, t±ni gahetv± pañca-sat± hatth² pañcanna½ bhikkhusat±na½ matthake dh±rayam±n± µhassanti. Aµµhav± dasa v± rattasuvaººan±v±yo k±rehi, t± maº¹apamajjhe bhavissanti. Dvinna½dvinna½ bhikkh³na½ antare ekek± khattiyadh²t± nis²ditv± gandhe pisissati, ekek±khattiyadh²t± b²jana½ ±d±ya dve dve bhikkh³ b²jam±n± µhassati, ses± khattiyadh²-

taro pise pise gandhe haritv± suvaººan±v±su pakkhipissanti, t±su ekacc± khattiya-dh²taro n²luppalakal±pe gahetv± suvaººan±v±su pakkhittagandhe ±lo¼etv± v±sa½g±h±pessanti. N±gar±nañhineva khattiyadh²taro atthi, na setacchatt±ni, nahatthino ca. Imehi k±raºehi n±gar± par±jissanti, eva½ karohi, mah±r±j±ti. R±j±“s±dhu, devi, kaly±ºa½ te kathitan”ti t±ya kathitaniy±mena sabba½ k±resi.Ekassa pana bhikkhuno eko hatthi nappahosi. Atha r±j± mallika½ ±ha– “bhadde,ekassa bhikkhuno eko hatthi nappahoti, ki½ kariss±m±”ti. “Ki½, deva, pañcahatthisat±ni natth²”ti? “Atthi, devi, avases± duµµhahatthino, te bhikkh³ disv±va vera-mbhav±t± viya caº¹± hont²”ti. “Deva, aha½ ekassa duµµhahatthipotakassa chatta½gahetv± tiµµhanaµµh±na½ j±n±m²”ti. “Kattha na½ µhapess±m±”ti? “Ayyassa aªguli-m±lassa santike”ti. R±j± tath± k±resi. Hatthipotako v±ladhi½ antarasatthimhipakkhipitv± ubho kaººe p±tetv± akkh²ni nimiletv± aµµh±si. Mah±jano “evar³passan±ma caº¹ahatthino ayam±k±ro”ti hatthimeva olokesi. R±j± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ parivisitv± satth±ra½ vanditv±,“bhante, ya½ imasmi½ d±nagge kappiyabhaº¹a½ v± akappiyabhaº¹a½ v±,sabba½ ta½ tumh±kameva damm²”ti ±ha (2.0121). Tasmi½ pana d±ne ekadivase-neva pariccatta½ cuddasakoµidhana½ hoti. Satthu pana setacchatta½ nis²danapa-llaªko ±dh±rako p±dap²µhik±ti catt±ri anaggh±neva. Puna evar³pa½ katv±buddh±na½ d±na½ n±ma d±tu½ samattho n±hosi, teneva ta½ “asadisad±nan”tipaññ±yi. Ta½ kira sabbabuddh±na½ ekav±ra½ hotiyeva, sabbesa½ pana itth²-yeva sa½vidahati. Rañño pana k±¼o ca juºho c±ti dve amacc± ahesu½. Tesu k±¼ocintesi– “aho r±jakulassa parih±ni, ekadivaseneva cuddasakoµidhana½ khaya½gacchati, ime ima½ d±na½ bhuñjitv± gantv± nipann± nidd±yissanti, aho naµµha½r±jakulan”ti. Juºho cintesi– “aho rañño d±na½ sudinna½. Na hi sakk± r±jabh±veaµµhitena evar³pa½ d±na½ d±tu½, sabbasatt±na½ patti½ adento n±ma natthi,aha½ panida½ d±na½ anumod±m²”ti. Satthu bhattakicc±vas±ne r±j± anumodanatth±ya patta½ gaºhi. Satth± cintesi–“raññ± mahogha½ pavattentena viya mah±d±na½ dinna½, asakkhi nu kho mah±-jano citta½ pas±detu½, ud±hu no”ti. So tesa½ amacc±na½ citt±c±ra½ ñatv±“sace rañño d±n±nucchavika½ anumodana½ kariss±mi, k±¼assa muddh±sattadh± phalissati, juºho sot±pattiphale patiµµhahissat²”ti ñatv± k±¼e anukampa½paµicca evar³pa½ d±na½ datv± µhitassa rañño catuppadika½ g±thameva vatv±uµµh±y±san± vih±ra½ gato. Bhikkh³ aªgulim±la½ pucchi½su– “na ki½ nu kho,±vuso, duµµhahatthi½ chatta½ dh±retv± µhita½ disv± bh±y²”ti? “Na bh±yi½, ±vuso”-ti. Te satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha½su– “aªgulim±lo, bhante, añña½ by±karo-s²”ti. Satth± “na, bhikkhave, aªgulim±lo bh±yati. Kh²º±sava-usabh±nañhi antarejeµµhaka-usabh± mama puttasadis± bhikkh³ na bh±yant²”ti vatv± br±hmaºavaggeima½ g±tham±ha– “Usabha½ pavara½ v²ra½, mahesi½ vijit±vina½; aneja½ nh±taka½ buddha½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. (dha. pa. 422;su. ni. 651); R±j±pi domanassappatto “evar³p±ya n±ma paris±ya d±na½ datv± µhitassa

mayha½ anucchavika½ anumodana½ akatv± g±thameva vatv± satth± uµµh±y±-san± gato. May± satthu anucchavika½ d±na½ akatv± ananucchavika½ kata½bhavissati (2.0122), kappiyabhaº¹a½ adatv± akappiyabhaº¹a½ v± dinna½ bhavi-ssati, satth±r± me kupitena bhavitabba½. Evañhi asadisad±na½ n±ma, d±n±nu-r³pa½ anumodana½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± etada-voca– “ki½ nu kho me, bhante, d±tabbayuttaka½ d±na½ na dinna½, ud±hu d±n±-nur³pa½ kappiyabhaº¹a½ adatv± akappiyabhaº¹ameva dinnan”ti. “Kimeta½,mah±r±j±”ti? “Na me tumhehi d±n±nucchavik± anumodan± kat±”ti? “Mah±r±ja,anucchavikameva te d±na½ dinna½. Etañhi asadisad±na½ n±ma, ekassabuddhassa ekav±rameva sakk± d±tu½, puna evar³pa½ n±ma d±na½ dudda-n”ti. “Atha kasm±, bhante, me d±n±nur³pa½ anumodana½ na karitth±”ti? “Pari-s±ya asuddhatt±, mah±r±j±”ti. “Ko nu kho, bhante, paris±ya doso”ti? Athassasatth± dvinnampi amacc±na½ citt±c±ra½ ±rocetv± k±¼e anukampa½ paµicca anu-modan±ya akatabh±va½ ±cikkhi. R±j± “sacca½ kira te, k±¼a, eva½ cintitan”tipucchitv± “saccan”ti vutte “tava santaka½ aggahetv± mama puttad±rehi saddhi½mayi attano santaka½ dente tuyha½ k± p²¼±. Gaccha, bho, ya½ te may± dinna½,ta½ dinnameva hotu, raµµhato pana me nikkham±”ti ta½ raµµh± n²haritv± juºha½pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira te eva½ cintitan”ti pucchitv± “saccan”ti vutte, “s±dhu,m±tula, pasannosmi, tva½ mama parijana½ gahetv± may± dinnaniy±menevasatta divas±ni d±na½ deh²”ti satt±ha½ rajja½ niyy±detv± satth±ra½ ±ha–“passatha, bhante, b±lassa karaºa½, may± eva½ dinnad±ne pah±ramad±s²”ti.Satth± “±ma, mah±r±ja, b±l± n±ma parassa d±na½ anabhinanditv± duggatipar±-yaº± honti, dh²r± pana paresampi d±na½ anumoditv± saggapar±yaº± eva hont²”tivatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 177. “Na ve kadariy± devaloka½ vajanti, b±l± have nappasa½santi d±na½; dh²ro ca d±na½ anumodam±no, teneva so hoti sukh²

paratth±”ti. Tattha kadariy±ti thaddhamaccharino. B±l±ti idhalokaparaloka½ aj±nanak±.Dh²roti paº¹ito. Sukh² paratth±ti teneva so d±n±numodanapuññena paralokedibbasampatti½ anubhavam±no sukh² hot²ti. Desan±vas±ne (2.0123) juºho sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahosi, juºhopi sot±panno hutv± satt±ha½ raññ± dinnani-y±meneva d±na½ ad±s²ti. Asadisad±navatthu dasama½. 11. An±thapiº¹akaputtak±lavatthu Pathaby± ekarajjen±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto k±la½n±ma an±thapiº¹ikassa putta½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira tath±vidhassa saddh±sampannassa seµµhino putto hutv± neva satthusantika½ gantu½, na geha½ ±gatak±le daµµhu½, na dhamma½ sotu½, nasaªghassa veyy±vacca½ k±tu½ icchati. Pitar± “m± eva½, t±ta, kar²”ti vuttopi tassavacana½ na suº±ti. Athassa pit± cintesi– “aya½ evar³pa½ diµµhi½ gahetv± vica-ranto av²cipar±yaºo bhavissati, na kho paneta½ patir³pa½, ya½ mayi passantemama putto niraya½ gaccheyya. Imasmi½ kho pana loke dhanad±nena abhijjana-kasatto n±ma natthi, dhanena na½ bhindiss±m²”ti. Atha na½ ±ha– “t±ta, uposa-thiko hutv± vih±ra½ gantv± dhamma½ sutv± ehi, kah±paºasata½ te dass±m²”ti.Dassatha, t±t±ti. Dass±mi, putt±ti. So y±vatatiya½ paµiñña½ gahetv± uposathikohutv± vih±ra½ agam±si. Dhammassavanena panassa kicca½ natthi, yath±ph±su-kaµµh±ne sayitv± p±tova geha½ agam±si. Athassa pit± “putto me uposathikoahosi, s²ghamassa y±gu-±d²ni ±harath±”ti vatv± d±pesi. So “kah±paºe aggahetv±na bhuñjiss±m²”ti ±haµ±haµa½ paµikkhipi. Athassa pit± p²¼a½ asahanto kah±paºa-bhaº¹a½ d±pesi. So ta½ hatthena gahetv±va ±h±ra½ paribhuñji. Atha na½ punadivase seµµhi, “t±ta, kah±paºasahassa½ te dass±mi, satthupurato µhatv± eka½ dhammapada½ uggaºhitv± ±gaccheyy±s²”ti pesesi. Sopivih±ra½ gantv± satthu purato µhatv±va ekameva pada½ uggaºhitv± pal±yituk±moahosi. Athassa satth± asallakkhaº±k±ra½ ak±si. So ta½ pada½ asallakkhetv±uparipada½ uggaºhiss±m²ti µhatv± assosiyeva (2.0124). Uggaºhiss±m²ti suºa-ntova kira sakkacca½ suº±ti n±ma. Evañca kira suºant±na½ dhammo sot±patti-magg±dayo deti. Sopi uggaºhiss±m²ti suº±ti, satth±pissa asallakkhaº±k±ra½karoti. So “uparipada½ uggaºhiss±m²”ti µhatv± suºantova sot±pattiphale pati-µµh±si. So punadivase buddhappamukhena bhikkhusaªghena saddhi½yeva s±vatthi½p±visi. Mah±seµµhi ta½ disv± “ajja mama puttassa ±k±ro ruccat²”ti cintesi. Tassapietadahosi– “aho vata me pit± ajja satthu santike kah±paºe na dadeyya, kah±paºa-k±raº± mayha½ uposathikabh±va½ paµicch±deyy±”ti. Satth± panassa hiyyova

kah±paºassa k±raº± uposathikabh±va½ aññ±si. Mah±seµµhi, buddhappamu-khassa bhikkhusaªghassa y±gu½ d±petv± puttassapi d±pesi. So nis²ditv± tuºh²-bh³tova y±gu½ pivi, kh±dan²ya½ kh±di, bhatta½ bhuñji. Mah±seµµhi satthu bhatta-kicc±vas±ne puttassa purato sahassabhaº¹ika½ µhap±petv±, “t±ta, may± te‘sahassa½ dass±m²’ti vatv± uposatha½ sam±d±petv± vih±ra½ pahito. Ida½ tesahassan”ti ±ha. So satthu purato kah±paºe diyyam±ne disv± lajjanto “ala½ mekah±paºeh²”ti vatv±, “gaºha, t±t±”ti vuccam±nopi na gaºhi. Athassa pit± satth±ra½vanditv±, “bhante, ajja me puttassa ±k±ro ruccat²”ti vatv± “ki½, mah±seµµh²”ti vutte“may± esa purimadivase ‘kah±paºasata½ te dass±m²’ti vatv± vih±ra½ pesito.Punadivase kah±paºe aggahetv± bhuñjitu½ na icchi, ajja pana diyyam±nepi kah±-paºe na icchat²”ti ±ha. Satth± “±ma, mah±seµµhi, ajja tava puttassa cakkavattisa-mpattitopi devalokabrahmalokasampatt²hipi sot±pattiphalameva varan”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 178. “Pathaby± ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena v±; sabbalok±dhipaccena, sot±pattiphala½ varan”ti. Tattha pathaby± ekarajjen±ti cakkavattirajjena. Saggassa gamanena v±tichabb²satividhassa saggassa adhigamanena. Sabbalok±dhipaccen±ti na ekasmi½ettake (2.0125) loke n±gasupaººavem±nikapetehi saddhi½, sabbasmi½ loke±dhipaccena. Sot±pattiphala½ varanti yasm± ettake µh±ne rajja½ k±retv±pi niray±-d²hi amuttova hoti, sot±panno pana pihit±p±yadv±ro hutv± sabbadubbalopiaµµhame bhave na nibbattati, tasm± sot±pattiphalameva vara½ uttamanti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. An±thapiº¹akaputtak±lavatthu ek±dasama½. Lokavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Terasamo vaggo. 14. Buddhavaggo 1. M±radh²taravatthu Yassa (2.0126) jitanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± bodhimaº¹e viharantom±radh²taro ±rabbha kathesi. Desana½ pana s±vatthiya½ samuµµh±petv± punakururaµµhe m±gaº¹iyabr±hmaºassa kathesi. Kururaµµhe kira m±gaº¹iyabr±hmaºassa dh²t± m±gaº¹iy±yeva n±ma ahosi utta-mar³padhar±. Ta½ patthayam±n± anekabr±hmaºamah±s±l± ceva khattiyamah±-

s±l± ca “dh²tara½ no det³”ti m±gaº¹iyassa pahiºi½su. Sopi “na tumhe mayha½dh²tu anucchavik±”ti sabbe paµikkhipateva. Athekadivasa½ satth± pacc³sasa-maye loka½ volokento attano ñ±ºaj±lassa anto paviµµha½ m±gaº¹iyabr±hmaºa½disv± “ki½ nu kho bhavissat²”ti upadh±rento br±hmaºassa ca br±hmaºiy± catiººa½ maggaphal±na½ upanissaya½ addasa. Br±hmaºopi bahig±me nibaddha½aggi½ paricarati. Satth± p±tova pattac²varam±d±ya ta½ µh±na½ agam±si.Br±hmaºo satthu r³pasiri½ olokento “imasmi½ loke imin± sadiso puriso n±manatthi, aya½ mayha½ dh²tu anucchaviko, imassa me dh²tara½ dass±m±”ti cintetv±satth±ra½ ±ha– “samaºa, mama ek± dh²t± atthi, aha½ tass± anucchavika½purisa½ apassanto ta½ na kassaci ad±si½, tva½ panass± anucchaviko, aha½ tedh²tara½ p±daparic±rika½ katv± d±tuk±mo, y±va na½ ±nemi, t±va idheva tiµµh±h²”-ti. Satth± tassa katha½ sutv± neva abhinandi, na paµikkosi. Br±hmaºopi geha½ gantv± br±hmaºi½ ±ha– “bhoti, ajja me dh²tu anucchavikopuriso diµµho, tassa na½ dass±m±”ti dh²tara½ alaªk±r±petv± ±d±ya br±hmaºiy±saddhi½ ta½ µh±na½ agam±si. Mah±janopi kut³halaj±to nikkhami. Satth± br±hma-ºena vuttaµµh±ne aµµhatv± tattha padacetiya½ dassetv± aññasmi½ µh±ne aµµh±si.Buddh±na½ kira padacetiya½ “ida½ asuko n±ma passat³”ti adhiµµhahitv± akkanta-µµh±neyeva paññ±yati, sesaµµh±ne ta½ passanto n±ma natthi. Br±hmaºo attan±saddhi½ (2.0127) gaccham±n±ya br±hmaºiy± “kaha½ so”ti puµµho “imasmi½µh±ne tiµµh±h²ti ta½ avacan”ti olokento padavalañja½ disv± “idamassa padan”tidassesi. S± lakkhaºamantakusalat±ya “na ida½, br±hmaºa, k±mabhogino padan”-ti vatv± br±hmaºena, “bhoti, tva½ udakap±timhi susum±ra½ passasi, may± sosamaºo diµµho ‘dh²tara½ te dass±m²’ti vutto, ten±pi adhiv±sitan”ti vutte, “br±hmaºa,kiñc±pi tva½ eva½ vadesi, ida½ pana nikkilesasseva padan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– “Rattassa hi ukkuµika½ pada½ bhave, duµµhassa hoti sahas±nup²¼ita½; m³¼hassa hoti avaka¹¹hita½ pada½, vivaµµacchadassa idam²disa½ padan”ti. (visuddhi. 1.45; a. ni. aµµha. 1.1.-261; dha. pa. aµµha. 1.s±m±vat²vatthu); Atha na½ br±hmaºo, “bhoti, m± viravi, tuºh²bh³t±va eh²”ti gacchanto satth±ra½disv± “aya½ so puriso”ti tass± dassetv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±, “samaºa,dh²tara½ te dass±m²”ti ±ha. Satth± “na me tava dh²t±ya attho”ti avatv±,“br±hmaºa, eka½ te k±raºa½ kathess±mi, suºissas²”ti vatv± “kathehi, bhosamaºa, suºiss±m²”ti vutte abhinikkhamanato paµµh±ya at²ta½ ±haritv± dassesi. Tatr±ya½ saªkhepakath±– mah±satto rajjasiri½ pah±ya kaºµaka½ ±ruyhachannasah±yo abhinikkhamanto nagaradv±re µhitena m±rena “siddhattha, nivatta,ito te sattame divase cakkaratana½ p±tubhavissat²”ti vutte, “ahameta½, m±ra,j±n±mi, na me tenattho”ti ±ha. Atha kimatth±ya nikkhamas²ti? Sabbaññutaññ±ºa-tth±y±ti. “Tena hi sace ajjato paµµh±ya k±mavitakk±d²na½ ekampi vitakka½ vita-kkessasi, j±niss±mi te kattabban”ti ±ha. So tato paµµh±ya ot±r±pekkho sattavass±ni mah±satta½ anubandhi.

Satth±pi chabbass±ni dukkarak±rika½ caritv± paccattapurisak±ra½ niss±yabodhim³le sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµivijjhitv± vimuttisukha½ paµisa½vedayam±nopañcamasatt±he ajap±lanigrodham³le nis²di. Tasmi½ samaye m±ro “aha½ (2.0128)ettaka½ k±la½ anubandhitv± ot±r±pekkhopi imassa kiñci khalita½ n±ddasa½, ati-kkanto id±ni esa mama visayan”ti domanassappatto mah±magge nis²di. Athassataºh± arat² rag±ti im± tisso dh²taro “pit± no na paññ±yati, kaha½ nu kho etarah²”tiolokayam±n± ta½ tath± nisinna½ disv± upasaªkamitv± “kasm±, t±ta, dukkh²dummanos²”ti pucchi½su. So t±sa½ tamattha½ ±rocesi. Atha na½ t± ±ha½su–“t±ta, m± cintayi, maya½ ta½ attano vase katv± ±ness±m±”ti. “Na sakk± amm±,esa kenaci vase k±tunti. “T±ta, maya½ itthiyo n±ma id±neva na½ r±gap±s±d²hibandhitv± ±ness±ma, tumhe m± cintayitth±”ti satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± “p±de te,samaºa, paric±rem±”ti ±ha½su. Satth± neva t±sa½ vacana½ manas±k±si, naakkh²ni umm²letv± olokesi. Puna m±radh²taro “ucc±vac± kho puris±na½ adhipp±y±, kesañci kum±rik±supema½ hoti, kesañci paµhamavaye µhit±su, kesañci majjhimavaye µhit±su,kesañci pacchimavaye µhit±su, n±nappak±rehi ta½ palobhess±m±”ti ekek± kum±-rikavaºº±divasena sata½ sata½ attabh±ve abhinimminitv± kum±riyo, avij±t±,saki½ vij±t±, duvij±t±, majjhimitthiyo, mahallakitthiyo ca hutv± chakkhattu½ bhaga-vanta½ upasaªkamitv± “p±de te, samaºa, paric±rem±”ti ±ha½su. Tampi bhagav±na manas±k±si yath± ta½ anuttare upadhisaªkhaye vimuttoti. Atha satth± ettake-napi t± anugacchantiyo “apetha, ki½ disv± eva½ v±yamatha, evar³pa½ n±ma v²ta-r±g±na½ purato k±tu½ na vaµµati. Tath±gatassa pana r±g±dayo pah²n±. Kena ta½k±raºena attano vasa½ nessath±”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 179. “Yassa jita½ n±vaj²yati, jita½ yassa noy±ti koci loke; Ta½ buddhamanantagocara½, apada½ kena padena nessatha. 180. “Yassa (2.0129) j±lin² visattik±,

taºh± natthi kuhiñci netave; Ta½ buddhamanantagocara½, apada½ kena padena nessath±”ti. Tattha yassa jita½ n±vaj²yat²ti yassa samm±sambuddhassa tena tena maggenajita½ r±g±dikilesaj±ta½ puna asamud±caraºato n±vaj²yati, dujjita½ n±ma na hoti.Noy±t²ti na uyy±ti, yassa jita½ kilesaj±ta½ r±g±d²su koci eko kilesopi lokepacchato vatt² n±ma na hoti, n±nubandhat²ti attho. Anantagocaranti anant±ramma-ºassa sabbaññutaññ±ºassa vasena apariyanta gocara½. Kena paden±ti yassahi r±gapad±d²su ekapadampi atthi, ta½ tumhe tena padena nessatha. Buddhassapana ekapadampi natthi, ta½ apada½ buddha½ tumhe kena padena nessatha. Dutiyag±th±ya taºh± n±mes± sa½sibbitapariyonandhanaµµhena j±lamass±atth²tipi j±lak±rik±tipi j±l³pam±tipi j±lin². R³p±d²su ±rammaºesu visattat±ya visatta-manat±ya vis±harat±ya visapupphat±ya visaphalat±ya visaparibhogat±ya visattik±.S± evar³p± taºh± yassa kuhiñci bhave netu½ natthi, ta½ tumhe apada½ buddha½kena padena nessath±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³na½ devat±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. M±radh²taropitattheva antaradh±yi½su. Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv±, “m±gaº¹iya, aha½ pubbe im± tissom±radh²taro addasa½ semh±d²hi apalibuddhena suvaººakkhandhasadisena atta-bh±vena samann±gat±, tad±pi methunasmi½ chando n±hosiyeva. Tava dh²tusar²ra½ dvatti½s±k±rakuºapaparip³ra½ bahivicitto viya asucighaµo. Sace himama p±do asucimakkhito bhaveyya, ayañca umm±raµµh±ne tiµµheyya, tath±piss±sar²re aha½ p±de na phuseyyan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Disv±na (2.0130) taºha½ arati½ ragañca, n±hosi chando api methunasmi½; kimevida½ muttakar²sapuººa½, p±d±pi na½ samphusitu½ na icche”ti. (su. ni. 841; mah±ni. 70); Desan±vas±ne ubhopi jayampatik± an±g±miphale patiµµhahi½s³ti. M±radh²taravatthu paµhama½. 2. Devorohaºavatthu Ye jh±napasut± dh²r±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± saªkassanagaradv±rebah³ devamanusse ±rabbha kathesi. Desan± pana r±jagahe samuµµhit±. Ekasmiñhi samaye r±jagahaseµµhi parissayamocanatthañceva pam±dena gali-t±na½ ±bharaº±d²na½ rakkhaºatthañca j±lakaraº¹aka½ parikkhip±petv±gaªg±ya udakak²¼a½ k²¼i. Atheko rattacandanarukkho gaªg±ya uparit²re j±togaªgodakena dhotam³lo patitv± tattha tattha p±s±ºesu sa½bhajjam±no vippakiri.Tato ek± ghaµappam±º± ghaµik± p±s±ºehi gha½siyam±n± udaka-³m²hi pothiya-m±n± maµµh± hutv± anupubbena vuyham±n± sev±lapariyonaddh± ±gantv± tassa

j±le laggi. Seµµhi “kimetan”ti vatv± “rukkhaghaµik±”ti sutv± ta½ ±har±petv± “ki½n±metan”ti upadh±raºattha½ v±sikaººena tacch±pesi. T±vadeva alattakavaººa½rattacandana½ paññ±yi. Seµµhi pana neva samm±diµµhi na micch±diµµhi, majjhatta-dh±tuko. So cintesi– “mayha½ gehe rattacandana½ bahu, ki½ nu kho imin± kari-ss±m²”ti. Athassa etadahosi– “imasmi½ loke ‘maya½ arahanto maya½ arahanto’tivatt±ro bah³, aha½ eka½ arahantampi na pass±mi. Gehe bhama½ yojetv± patta½likh±petv± sikk±ya µhapetv± ve¼uparampar±ya saµµhihatthamatte ±k±se olamb±-petv± ‘sace arah± atthi, ima½ ±k±sen±gantv± gaºh±t³’ti vakkh±mi. Yo ta½ gahe-ssati, ta½ saputtad±ro saraºa½ gamiss±m²”ti. So cintitaniy±meneva patta½ likh±-petv± ve¼uparampar±ya uss±petv± “yo imasmi½ loke arah±, so ±k±sen±gantv±ima½ patta½ gaºh±t³”ti ±ha. Cha (2.0131) satth±ro “amh±ka½ esa anucchaviko, amh±kameva na½ deh²”tivadi½su. So “±k±sen±gantv± gaºhath±”ti ±ha. Atha chaµµhe divase nigaºµho n±µa-putto antev±sike pesesi– “gacchatha, seµµhi½ eva½ vadetha– ‘amh±ka½ ±cariya-sseva anucchavikoya½, m± appamattakassa k±raº± ±k±sen±gamana½ kari,dehi kira me ta½ pattan’”ti. Te gantv± seµµhi½ tath± vadi½su. Seµµhi “±k±sen±-gantv± gaºhitu½ samatthova gaºh±t³”ti ±ha. N±µaputto saya½ gantuk±mo antev±-sik±na½ sañña½ ad±si– “aha½ eka½ hatthañca p±dañca ukkhipitv± uppatituk±moviya bhaviss±mi, tumhe ma½, ‘±cariya, ki½ karotha, d±rumayapattassa k±raº±paµicchanna½ arahattaguºa½ mah±janassa m± dassayitth±’ti vatv± ma½hatthesu ca p±desu ca gahetv± ±ka¹¹hant± bh³miya½ p±teyy±th±”ti. So tatthagantv± seµµhi½ ±ha, “mah±seµµhi, mayha½ aya½ patto anucchaviko, aññesa½n±nucchaviko, m± te appamattakassa k±raº± mama ±k±se uppatana½ rucci,dehi me pattan”ti. Bhante, ±k±se uppatitv±va gaºhath±ti. Tato n±µaputto “tena hiapetha apeth±”ti antev±sike apanetv± “±k±se uppatiss±m²”ti eka½ hatthañcap±dañca ukkhipi. Atha na½ antev±sik±, “±cariya, ki½ n±meta½ karotha, chavassal±makassa d±rumayapattassa k±raº± paµicchannaguºena mah±janassa dassi-tena ko attho”ti ta½ hatthap±desu gahetv± ±ka¹¹hitv± bh³miya½ p±tesu½. Soseµµhi½ ±ha– “ime, mah±seµµhi, uppatitu½ na denti, dehi me pattan”ti. Uppatitv±gaºhatha, bhanteti. Eva½ titthiy± cha divas±ni v±yamitv±pi ta½ patta½ na labhi½-suyeva. Sattame divase ±yasmato mah±moggall±nassa ca ±yasmato piº¹olabh±radv±-jassa ca “r±jagahe piº¹±ya cariss±m±”ti gantv± ekasmi½ piµµhip±s±ºe µhatv±c²vara½ p±rupanak±le dhuttak± katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “ambho pubbe chasatth±ro loke ‘maya½ arahantamh±’ti vicari½su., R±jagahaseµµhino pana ajjasattamo divaso patta½ uss±petv± ‘sace arah± atthi, ±k±sen±gantv± gaºh±t³’tivadantassa, ekopi ‘aha½ arah±’ti ±k±se uppatanto natthi. Ajja no loke araha-nt±na½ natthibh±vo ñ±to”ti. Ta½ katha½ sutv± ±yasm± (2.0132) mah±mogga-ll±no ±yasmanta½ piº¹olabh±radv±ja½ ±ha– “suta½ te, ±vuso bh±radv±ja,imesa½ vacana½, ime buddhassa s±sana½ pariggaºhant± viya vadanti. Tvañcamahiddhiko mah±nubh±vo, gaccha ta½ patta½ ±k±sena gantv± gaºh±h²”ti. ¾vusomah±moggall±na, tva½ iddhimant±na½ aggo, tva½ eta½ gaºh±hi, tayi pana agga-

ºhante aha½ gaºhiss±m²ti. “Gaºh±vuso”ti vutte ±yasm± piº¹olabh±radv±jo abhi-ññ±p±daka½ catutthajjh±na½ sam±pajjitv± uµµh±ya tig±vuta½ piµµhip±s±ºa½ p±da-ntena paµicch±dento tulapicu viya ±k±se uµµh±petv± r±jagahanagarassa uparisattakkhattu½ anupariy±yi. So tig±vutapam±ºassa nagarassa pidh±na½ viyapaññ±yi. Nagarav±sino “p±s±ºo no avattharitv± gaºh±t²”ti bh²t± supp±d²nimatthake katv± tattha tattha nil²yi½su. Sattame v±re thero piµµhip±s±ºa½ bhinditv±att±na½ dassesi. Mah±jano thera½ disv±, “bhante piº¹olabh±radv±ja, tavap±s±ºa½ da¼ha½ katv± gaºha, m± no sabbe n±say²”ti. Thero p±s±ºa½ p±dantenakhipitv± vissajjesi. So gantv± yath±µh±neyeva patiµµh±si. Thero seµµhissa gehama-tthake aµµh±si. Ta½ disv± seµµhi urena nipajjitv± “otaratha s±m²”ti vatv± ±k±satootiººa½ thera½ nis²d±petv± patta½ ot±r±petv± catumadhurapuººa½ katv±therassa ad±si. Thero patta½ gahetv± vih±r±bhimukho p±y±si. Athassa ye arañña-gat± v± suññ±g±ragat± v± ta½ p±µih±riya½ n±ddasa½su. Te sannipatitv±, “bhante,amh±kampi p±µih±riya½ dasseh²”ti thera½ anubandhi½su. So tesa½ tesa½ p±µih±-riya½ dassetv± vih±ra½ agam±si. Satth± ta½ anubandhitv± unn±dentassa mah±janassa sadda½ sutv±, “±nanda,kasseso saddo”ti pucchitv±, “bhante, piº¹olabh±radv±jena ±k±se uppatitv± canda-napatto gahito, tassa santike eso saddo”ti sutv± bh±radv±ja½ pakkos±petv±“sacca½ kira tay± eva½ katan”ti pucchitv± “sacca½, bhante”ti vutte, “kasm± te,bh±radv±ja, eva½ katan”ti thera½ garahitv± ta½ patta½ khaº¹±khaº¹a½ bhed±-petv± bhikkh³na½ añjanapisanatth±ya d±petv± p±µih±riyassa akaraºatth±ya s±va-k±na½ sikkh±pada½ (c³¼ava. 252) paññ±pesi. Titthiy± (2.0133) “samaºo kira gotamo ta½ patta½ bhed±petv± p±µih±riyassaakaraºatth±ya s±vak±na½ sikkh±pada½ paññ±pes²”ti sutv± “samaºassa gota-massa s±vak± paññatta½ sikkh±pada½ j²vitahetupi n±tikkamanti, samaºopigotamo ta½ rakkhissateva. Id±ni amhehi ok±so laddho”ti nagarav²th²su ±rocent±vicari½su “maya½ attano guºa½ rakkhant± pubbe d±rumayapattassa k±raº±attano guºa½ mah±janassa na dassayimh±, samaºassa gotamassa s±vak± patta-kamattassa k±raº± attano guºa½ mah±janassa dassesu½. Samaºo gotamoattano paº¹itat±ya patta½ bhed±petv± sikkh±pada½ paññ±pesi, id±ni maya½teneva saddhi½ p±µih±riya½ kariss±m±”ti. R±j± bimbis±ro ta½ katha½ sutv± satthu santika½ gantv± “tumhehi kira, bhante,p±µih±riyassa akaraºatth±ya s±vak±na½ sikkh±pada½ paññattan”ti? “¾ma, mah±-r±j±”ti. Id±ni titthiy± “tumhehi saddhi½ p±µih±riya½ kariss±m±”ti vadanti, ki½ id±nikarissath±ti? “Tesu karontesu kariss±mi, mah±r±j±”ti. Nanu tumhehi sikkh±pada½paññattanti. N±ha½, mah±r±ja, attano sikkh±pada½ paññ±pesi½, ta½ mamevas±vak±na½ paññattanti. Tumhe µhapetv± aññattha sikkh±pada½ paññatta½ n±mahoti, bhanteti. Tena hi, mah±r±ja, tamevettha paµipucch±mi, “atthi pana te, mah±-r±ja, vijite uyy±nan”ti. “Atthi, bhante”ti. “Sace te, mah±r±ja, uyy±ne mah±janoamb±d²ni kh±deyya, kimassa kattabban”ti? “Daº¹o, bhante”ti. “Tva½ panakh±ditu½ labhas²”ti? “¾ma, bhante, mayha½ daº¹o natthi, aha½ attano santaka½kh±ditu½ labh±m²”ti. “Mah±r±ja, yath± tava tiyojanasatike rajje ±º± pavattati,

attano uyy±ne amb±d²ni kh±dantassa daº¹o natthi, aññesa½ atthi, eva½ mamapicakkav±¼akoµisatasahasse ±º± pavattati, attano sikkh±padapaññattiy± atikkamon±ma natthi, aññesa½ pana atthi, kariss±maha½ p±µih±riyan”ti. Titthiy± ta½katha½ sutv± “id±namh± naµµh±, samaºena kira gotamena s±vak±na½yevasikkh±pada½ paññatta½, na attano. Sayameva kira p±µih±riya½ kattuk±mo, ki½nu kho karom±”ti mantayi½su. R±j± satth±ra½ pucchi– “bhante, kad± p±µih±riya½ karissath±”ti. “Ito catum±sa-ccayena ±s±¼hipuººam±ya½, mah±r±j±”ti. “Kattha karissatha, bhante”ti (2.0134)?“S±vatthi½ niss±ya, mah±r±j±”ti. “Kasm± pana satth± eva½ d³raµµh±na½ apadis²”-ti? “Yasm± ta½ sabbabuddh±na½ mah±p±µih±riyakaraºaµµh±na½, apica mah±ja-nassa sannip±tanatth±yapi d³raµµh±nameva apadis²”ti. Titthiy± ta½ katha½ sutv±“ito kira catunna½ m±s±na½ accayena samaºo gotamo s±vatthiya½ p±µih±riya½karissati, id±ni ta½ amuñcitv±va anubandhiss±ma, mah±jano amhe disv± ‘ki½ ida-n’ti pucchissati. Athassa vakkh±ma ‘maya½ samaºena gotamena saddhi½ p±µih±-riya½ kariss±m±’ti vadimh±. So pal±yati, mayamassa pal±yitu½ adatv± anuba-ndh±m±”ti. Satth± r±jagahe piº¹±ya caritv± nikkhami. Titthiy±pissa pacchatovanikkhamitv± bhattakiccaµµh±ne vasanti. Vasitaµµh±ne punadivase p±tar±sa½karonti. Te manussehi “kimidan”ti pucchit± heµµh± cintitaniy±meneva ±rocesu½.Mah±janopi “p±µih±riya½ passiss±m±”ti anubandhi. Satth± anupubbena s±vatthi½ p±puºi. Titthiy±pi tena saddhi½yeva gantv± upa-µµh±ke sam±dapetv± satasahassa½ labhitv± khadirathambhehi maº¹apa½k±retv± n²luppalehi ch±d±petv± “idha p±µih±riya½ kariss±m±”ti nis²di½su. R±j±pasenadi kosalo satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±, “bhante, titthiyehi maº¹apo k±rito,ahampi tumh±ka½ maº¹apa½ kariss±m²”ti. “Ala½, mah±r±ja, atthi mayha½maº¹apak±rako”ti. “Bhante, ma½ µhapetv± ko añño k±tu½ sakkhissat²”ti? “Sakko,devar±j±”ti. “Kaha½ pana, bhante,

p±µih±riya½ karissath±”ti? “Kaº¹ambarukkham³le, mah±r±j±”ti. Titthiy± “ambaru-kkham³le kira p±µih±riya½ karissat²”ti sutv± attano upaµµh±k±na½ ±rocetv± yojana-bbhantare µh±ne antamaso tadahuj±tampi ambapotaka½ upp±µetv± araññe khip±-pesu½. Satth± ±s±¼hipuººamadivase antonagara½ p±visi. Raññopi uyy±nap±lo kaº¹on±ma eka½ piªgalakipillikehi katapattapuµassa antare mahanta½ ambapakka½disv± tassa gandharasalobhena sampatante v±yase pal±petv± rañño kh±dana-tth±ya ±d±ya gacchanto antar±magge satth±ra½ disv± cintesi– “r±j± ima½ amba½kh±ditv± mayha½ aµµha v± so¼asa v± kah±paºe dadeyya, ta½ me ekattabh±vepij²vitavuttiy± n±la½. Sace pan±ha½ satthu ima½ dass±mi, avassa½ ta½ me d²gha-k±la½ hit±vaha½ bhavissat²”ti. So ta½ ambapakka½ satthu upan±mesi. Satth±±nandatthera½ olokesi (2.0135). Athassa thero catumah±r±jadattiya½ patta½n²haritv± hatthe µhapesi. Satth± patta½ upan±metv± ambapakka½ paµiggahetv±tattheva nis²dan±k±ra½ dassesi. Thero c²vara½ paññ±petv± ad±si. Athassatasmi½ nisinne thero p±n²ya½ pariss±vetv± ambapakka½ madditv± p±naka½katv± ad±si. Satth± ambap±naka½ pivitv± kaº¹a½ ±ha– “ima½ ambaµµhi½ idhevapa½su½ viy³hitv± ropeh²”ti. So tath± ak±si. Satth± tassa upari hattha½ dhovi.Hatthe dhovitamatteyeva naªgalas²samattakkhandho hutv± ubbedhena paºº±sa-hattho ambarukkho uµµhahi. Cat³su dis±su ekek±, uddha½ ek±ti pañca mah±-s±kh± paºº±sahatth± ahesu½. So t±vadeva pupphaphalasañchanno hutv± eke-kasmi½ µh±ne paripakka-ambapiº¹idharo ahosi. Pacchato ±gacchant± bhikkh³ambapakk±ni kh±dant± eva ±gami½su. R±j± “evar³po kira ambarukkho uµµhito”tisutv± “m± na½ koci chind²”ti ±rakkha½ µhapesi. So pana kaº¹ena ropitatt± kaº¹a-mbarukkhotveva paññ±yi. Dhuttak±pi ambapakk±ni kh±ditv± “hare duµµhatitthiy±‘samaºo kira gotamo kaº¹ambarukkham³le p±µih±riya½ karissat²’ti tumhehi yoja-nabbhantare tadahuj±t±pi ambapotak± upp±µ±pit±, kaº¹ambo n±ma ayan”ti vatv±te ucchiµµha-ambaµµh²hi pahari½su. Sakko v±taval±haka½ devaputta½ ±º±pesi “titthiy±na½ maº¹apa½ v±tehi upp±-µetv± ukk±rabh³miya½ khip±peh²”ti. So tath± ak±si. S³riyampi devaputta½ ±º±-pesi “s³riyamaº¹ala½ nika¹¹hanto t±peh²”ti. So tath± ak±si. Puna v±taval±haka½±º±pesi “v±tamaº¹ala½ uµµh±pento y±h²”ti. So tath± karonto titthiy±na½ pagghari-tasedasar²re rajovaµµiy± okiri. Te tambamattikasadis± ahesu½. Vassaval±ha-kampi ±º±pesi “mahant±ni bind³ni p±teh²”ti. So tath± ak±si. Atha nesa½ k±yokabarag±visadiso ahosi. Te nigaºµh± lajjam±n± hutv± sammukhasammukhaµµh±-neneva pal±yi½su. Eva½ pal±yantesu pur±ºakassapassa upaµµh±ko eko kassako“id±ni me ayy±na½ p±µih±riyakaraºavel±, gantv± p±µih±riya½ passiss±m²”ti goºevissajjetv± p±tova ±bhata½ y±gukuµañceva yottakañca gahetv± ±gacchantopur±ºa½ tath± pal±yanta½ disv±, bhante (2.0136), ajja ‘ayy±na½ p±µih±riya½passiss±m²’ti ±gacch±mi, tumhe kaha½ gacchath±”ti. Ki½ te p±µih±riyena, ima½kuµañca yottañca deh²ti. So tena dinna½ kuµañca yottañca ±d±ya nad²t²ra½ gantv±kuµa½ yottena attano g²v±ya bandhitv± lajjanto kiñci akathetv± rahade patitv± uda-kapubbu¼e uµµh±pento k±la½ katv± av²cimhi nibbatti.

Sakko ±k±se ratanacaªkama½ m±pesi. Tassa ek± koµi p±c²nacakkav±¼amukha-vaµµiya½ ahosi, ek± pacchimacakkav±¼amukhavaµµiya½. Satth± sannipatit±yachatti½sayojanik±ya paris±ya va¹¹ham±nakacch±y±ya “id±ni p±µih±riyakaraºave-l±”ti gandhakuµito nikkhamitv± pamukhe aµµh±si. Atha na½ gharaº² n±ma iddhi-mant² ek± an±g±mi-up±sik± upasaªkamitv±, “bhante, m±dis±ya dh²tari vijjam±-n±ya tumh±ka½ kilamanakicca½ natthi, aha½ p±µih±riya½ kariss±m²”ti ±ha.“Katha½ tva½ karissasi, gharaº²”ti? “Bhante, ekasmi½ cakkav±¼agabbhe mah±pa-thavi½ udaka½ katv± udakasakuºik± viya nimujjitv± p±c²nacakkav±¼amukhava-µµiya½ att±na½ dassess±mi, tath± pacchima-uttaradakkhiºacakkav±¼amukhava-µµiya½, tath± majjhe”. Mah±jano ma½ disv± “k± es±”ti vutte vakkhati “gharaº²n±mes±, aya½ t±va ekiss± itthiy± ±nubh±vo, buddh±nubh±vo pana k²diso bhavi-ssat²”ti. Eva½ titthiy± tumhe adisv±va pal±yissant²ti. Atha na½ satth± “j±n±mi tegharaº² evar³pa½ p±µih±riya½ k±tu½ samatthabh±va½, na pan±ya½ tavatth±yabaddho m±l±puµo”ti vatv± paµikkhipi. S± “na me satth± anuj±n±ti, addh± may± utta-ritara½ p±µih±riya½ k±tu½ samattho añño atth²”ti ekamanta½ aµµh±si. Satth±pi“evameva tesa½ guºo p±kaµo bhavissat²ti eva½ chatti½sayojanik±ya paris±yamajjhe s²han±da½ nadissat²”ti maññam±no aparepi pucchi– “tumhe katha½ p±µih±-riya½ karissath±”ti. Te “evañca evañca kariss±ma, bhante”ti satthu purato µhit±vas²han±da½ nadi½su. Tesu kira c³¼a-an±thapiº¹iko “m±dise an±g±mi-up±sakeputte vijjam±ne satthu kilamanakicca½ natth²”ti cintetv± “aha½, bhante, p±µih±-riya½ kariss±m²”ti vatv± “katha½ karissas²”ti puµµho “aha½, bhante, dv±dasayoja-nika½ brahmattabh±va½ nimminitv± imiss± paris±ya majjhe mah±meghagajjitasa-disena saddena brahma-apphoµana½ n±ma apphoµess±m²”ti. Mah±jano “ki½n±meso saddo”ti pucchitv± “c³¼a-an±thapiº¹ikassa kira (2.0137) brahma-apphoµa-nasaddo n±m±”ti vakkhati. Titthiy± “gahapatikassa kira t±va eso ±nubh±vo,buddh±nubh±vo k²diso bhavissat²”ti tumhe adisv±va pal±yissant²ti. Satth±“j±n±mi te ±nubh±van”ti tassapi tatheva vatv± p±µih±riyakaraºa½ n±nuj±ni. Athek± paµisambhidappatt± sattavassik± c²ras±maºer² kira n±ma satth±ra½vanditv± “aha½, bhante, p±µih±riya½ kariss±m²”ti ±ha. “Katha½ karissasi c²re”ti?“Bhante, sineruñca cakkav±¼apabbatañca himavantañca ±haritv± imasmi½ µh±nepaµip±µiy± µhapetv± aha½ ha½sasakuº² viya tato tato nikkhamitv± asajjam±n±gamiss±mi, mah±jano ma½ disv± ‘k± es±’ti pucchitv± ‘c²ras±maºer²’ti vakkhati.Titthiy± ‘sattavassik±ya t±va s±maºeriy± ayam±nubh±vo, buddh±nubh±vo k²disobhavissat²’ti tumhe adisv±va pal±yissant²”ti. Ito para½ evar³p±ni vacan±ni vutt±nu-s±reneva veditabb±ni. Tass±pi bhagav± “j±n±mi te ±nubh±van”ti vatv± p±µih±riya-karaºa½ n±nuj±ni. Atheko paµisambhidappatto kh²º±savo cundas±maºero n±maj±tiy± sattavassiko satth±ra½ vanditv± “aha½ bhagav± p±µih±riya½ kariss±m²”tivatv± “katha½ karissas²”ti puµµho ±ha– “aha½, bhante, jambud²passa dhajabh³ta½mah±jamburukkha½ khandhe gahetv± c±letv± mah±jambupesiyo ±haritv± ima½parisa½ kh±d±pess±mi, p±ricchattakakusum±ni ca ±haritv± tumhe vandiss±m²”ti.Satth± “j±n±mi te ±nubh±van”ti tassa p±µih±riyakaraºa½ paµikkhipi. Atha uppalavaºº± ther² satth±ra½ vanditv± “aha½, bhante, p±µih±riya½ kariss±-

m²”ti vatv± “katha½ karissas²”ti puµµh± ±ha– “aha½, bhante, samant± dv±dasayoja-nika½ parisa½ dassetv± ±vaµµato chatti½sayojan±ya paris±ya parivuto cakkavatti-r±j± hutv± ±gantv± tumhe vandiss±m²”ti. Satth± “j±n±mi te ±nubh±van”ti tass±pip±µih±riyakaraºa½ paµikkhipi. Atha mah±moggall±natthero bhagavanta½ vanditv±“aha½, bhante, p±µih±riya½ kariss±m²”ti vatv± “katha½ karissas²”ti puµµho ±ha–“aha½, bhante, sinerupabbatar±j±na½ dantantare µhapetv± m±sas±sapab²ja½viya kh±diss±m²”ti. “Añña½ ki½ karissas²”ti? “Ima½ mah±pathavi½ kaµas±raka½viya sa½vellitv± aªgulantare nikkhipiss±m²”ti. “Añña½ ki½ karissas²”ti? “Mah±pa-thavi½ kul±lacakka½ viya parivattetv± mah±jana½ pathavoja½ (2.0138) kh±d±pe-ss±m²”ti. “Añña½ ki½ karissas²”ti? “V±mahatthe pathavi½ katv± ime satte dakkhi-ºahatthena aññasmi½ d²pe µhapess±m²”ti. “Añña½ ki½ karissas²”ti? “Sineru½chattadaº¹a½ viya katv± mah±pathavi½ ukkhipitv± tassupari µhapetv± chatta-hattho bhikkhu viya ekahatthen±d±ya ±k±se caªkamiss±m²”ti. Satth± “j±n±mi te±nubh±van”ti tassapi p±µih±riyakaraºa½ n±nuj±ni. So “j±n±ti maññe satth± may±uttaritara½ p±µih±riya½ k±tu½ samatthan”ti ekamanta½ aµµh±si. Atha na½ satth± “n±ya½ moggall±na½ tavatth±ya baddho b±l±puµo. Ahañhi asa-madhuro, mama dhura½ añño vahitu½ samattho n±ma natthi. Anacchariyameta½,ya½ id±ni mama dhura½ vahitu½ samattho n±ma bhaveyya. Ahetukatiracch±na-yoniya½ nibbattak±lepi mama dhura½ añño vahitu½ samattho n±ma n±hosiyev±”-ti vatv± “kad± pana, bhante”ti therena puµµho at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Yato yato garu dhura½, yato gambh²ravattan²; tad±ssu kaºha½ yuñjanti, sv±ssu ta½ vahate dhuran”ti.–Ida½ kaºha-usabhaj±taka½ (j±. 1.1.29) vitth±retv± puna tameva vatthu½ vise-setv± dassento– “Manuññameva bh±seyya, n±manuñña½ kud±cana½; manuñña½ bh±sam±nassa, garu½ bh±ra½ udaddhari; dhanañca na½ al±bhesi, tena cattamano ah³”ti.–Ida½ nandivis±laj±taka½ vitth±retv± kathesi. Kathetv± ca pana satth± ratanaca-ªkama½ abhiruhi, purato dv±dasayojanik± paris± ahosi tath± pacchato ca uttaratoca dakkhiºato ca. Ujuka½ pana catuv²satiyojanik±ya paris±ya majjhe bhagav±yamakap±µih±riya½ ak±si. Ta½ p±¼ito t±va eva½ veditabba½ (paµi. ma. 1.116)– katama½ tath±gatassayamakap±µih±riye ñ±ºa½? Idha½ tath±gato yamakap±µih±riya½ karoti as±dh±-raºa½ s±vakehi, uparimak±yato aggikkhandho pavattati, heµµhimak±yato (2.0139)udakadh±r± pavattati. Heµµhimak±yato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimak±yatoudakadh±r± pavattati. Puratthimak±yato, pacchimak±yato; pacchimak±yato, pura-tthimak±yato; dakkhiºa-akkhito, v±ma-akkhito; v±ma-akkhito, dakkhiºa-akkhito;dakkhiºakaººasotato, v±makaººasotato; v±makaººasotato, dakkhiºakaººaso-tato; dakkhiºan±sik±sotato, v±man±sik±sotato; v±man±sik±sotato, dakkhiºan±si-k±sotato; dakkhiºa-a½sak³µato, v±ma-a½sak³µato; v±ma-a½sak³µato, dakkhi-ºa-a½sak³µato; dakkhiºahatthato, v±mahatthato; v±mahatthato, dakkhiºahatthato;dakkhiºapassato, v±mapassato; v±mapassato, dakkhiºapassato; dakkhiºap±dato,

v±map±dato; v±map±dato, dakkhiºap±dato; aªgulaªgulehi, aªgulantarik±hi; aªgu-lantarik±hi, aªgulaªgulehi; ekekalomak³pato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalo-mato udakadh±r± pavattati. Ekekalomato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomak³-pato udakadh±r± pavattati channa½ vaºº±na½ n²l±na½ p²tak±na½ lohitak±na½od±t±na½ mañjeµµh±na½ pabhassar±na½. Bhagav± caªkamati, buddhanimmitotiµµhati v± nis²dati v± seyya½ v± kappeti …pe… nimmito seyya½ kappeti, bhagav±caªkamati v± tiµµhati v± nis²dati v±. Ida½ tath±gatassa yamakap±µih±riye ñ±ºanti. Ida½ pana p±µih±riya½ bhagav± tasmi½ caªkame caªkamitv± ak±si. Tassa tejo-kasiºasam±pattivasena uparimak±yato aggikkhandho pavattati, ±pokasiºasam±-pattivasena heµµhimak±yato udakadh±r± pavattati. Na pana udakadh±r±ya pavatta-naµµh±nato aggikkhandho pavattati, aggikkhandhassa pavattanaµµh±nato udaka-dh±r± pavattat²ti dassetu½ “heµµhimak±yato uparimak±yato”ti vutta½. Eseva nayosabbapadesu. Aggikkhandho panettha udakadh±r±ya asammisso ahosi, tath±udakadh±r± aggikkhandhena. Ubhayampi kira ceta½ y±va brahmalok± uggantv±cakkav±¼amukhavaµµiya½ patati. “Channa½ vaºº±nan”ti vutt± panassa chabba-ººara½siyo ghaµehi ±siñcam±na½ vil²nasuvaººa½ viya yantan±likato nikkhanta-suvaººarasadh±r± viya ca ekacakkav±¼agabbhato uggantv± brahmaloka½±hacca paµinivattitv± (2.0140) cakkav±¼amukhavaµµimeva gaºhi½su. Ekacakkav±-¼agabbha½ vaªkagop±nasika½ viya bodhighara½ ahosi ek±loka½. Ta½divasa½ satth± caªkamitv± p±µih±riya½ karonto antarantar± mah±janassadhamma½ kathesi. Kathento ca jana½ nirass±sa½ akatv± tassa ass±sav±ra½deti. Tasmi½ khaºe mah±jano s±dhuk±ra½ pavattesi. Tassa s±dhuk±rapavattana-k±le satth± t±vamahatiy± paris±ya citta½ olokento ekekassa so¼asanna½ ±k±-r±na½ vasena citt±c±ra½ aññ±si.

Eva½ lahukaparivatta½ buddh±na½ citta½. Yo yo yasmiñca dhamme yasmiñcap±µih²re pasanno, tassa tassa ajjh±sayavaseneva dhammañca kathesi, p±µih²-rañca ak±si. Eva½ dhamme desiyam±ne p±µih²re ca kariyam±ne mah±janassadhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. Satth± pana tasmi½ sam±game attano mana½gahetv± añña½ pañha½ pucchitu½ samattha½ adisv± nimmitabuddha½ m±pesi.Tena pucchita½ pañha½ satth± vissajjesi, satth±r± pucchita½ so vissajjesi. Bhaga-vato caªkamanak±le nimmito µh±n±d²su aññatara½ kappesi, nimmitassa caªkama-nak±le bhagav± µh±n±d²su aññatara½ kappesi. Tamattha½ dassetu½ “nimmitocaªkamati v±”ti-±di vutta½. Eva½ karontassa satthu p±µih±riya½ disv± dhamma-katha½ sutv± tasmi½ sam±game v²satiy± p±ºakoµ²na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. Satth± p±µih²ra½ karontova “kattha nu kho at²tabuddh± ida½ p±µih²ra½ katv±vassa½ upent²”ti ±vajjetv± “t±vati½sabhavane vassa½ upagantv± m±tu abhidha-mmapiµaka½ desent²”ti disv± dakkhiºap±da½ ukkhipitv± yugandharamatthakeµhapetv± itara½ p±da½ ukkhipitv± sinerumatthake µhapesi. Eva½ aµµhasaµµhiyoja-nasatasahassaµµh±ne tayo padav±r± ahesu½, dve p±dachidd±ni. Satth± p±da½pas±retv± akkam²ti na sallakkhetabba½. Tassa hi p±dukkhipanak±leyeva pabbat±p±dam³la½ ±gantv± sampaµicchi½su, satth±r± akkamanak±le te pabbat± uµµh±yasakaµµh±neyeva aµµha½su. Sakko satth±ra½ disv± cintesi– “paº¹ukambalasil±yamaññe satth± ima½ vass±v±sa½ upessati, bah³nañca devat±na½ upak±ro bhavi-ssati, satthari panettha vass±v±sa½ upagate aññ± devat± hatthampi µhapetu½ nasakkhissanti. Aya½ kho (2.0141) pana paº¹ukambalasil± d²ghato saµµhiyojan±,vitth±rato paºº±sayojan±, puthulato pannarasayojan±, satthari nisinnepi tuccha½bhavissat²”ti. Satth± tassa ajjh±saya½ viditv± attano saªgh±µi½ sil±sana½ paµi-cch±dayam±na½ khipi. Sakko cintesi– “c²vara½ t±va paµicch±dayam±na½ khipi,saya½ pana parittake µh±ne nis²dissat²”ti. Satth± tassa ajjh±saya½ viditv± n²cap²-µhaka½ mah±pa½suk³liko viya paº¹ukambalasila½ antoc²varabhogeyeva katv±nis²di. Mah±janopi ta½khaºaññeva satth±ra½ olokento n±ddasa, candassa attha-ªgamitak±lo viya s³riyassa ca atthaªgamitak±lo viya ahosi. Mah±jano– “Gato nu cittak³µa½ v±, kel±sa½ v± yugandhara½; na no dakkhemu sambuddha½, lokajeµµha½ nar±sabhan”ti.–Ima½ g±tha½ vadanto paridevi. Apare “satth± n±ma pavivekarato, so ‘evar³p±yame paris±ya evar³pa½ p±µih²ra½ katan’ti lajj±ya añña½ raµµha½ v± janapada½ v±gato bhavissati, na d±ni ta½ dakkhiss±m±”ti paridevant± ima½ g±tham±ha½su– “Pavivekarato dh²ro, nima½ loka½ punehiti; na no dakkhemu sambuddha½, lokajeµµha½ nar±sabhan”ti. Te mah±moggall±na½ pucchi½su– “kaha½, bhante, satth±”ti? So saya½ j±na-ntopi “paresampi guº± p±kaµ± hont³”ti ajjh±sayena “anuruddha½ pucchath±”ti±ha. Te thera½ tath± pucchi½su– “kaha½, bhante, satth±”ti? T±vati½sabhavanepaº¹ukambalasil±ya½ vassa½ upagantv± m±tu abhidhammapiµaka½ desetu½gatoti. “Kad± ±gamissati, bhante”ti? “Tayo m±se abhidhammapiµaka½ desetv±mah±pav±raºadivase”ti. Te “satth±ra½ adisv± na gamiss±m±”ti tattheva khandh±-v±ra½ bandhi½su. ¾k±sameva kira nesa½ chadana½ ahosi. T±ya ca mahatiy±

paris±ya sar²ranigha½so n±ma na paññ±yi, pathav² vivara½ ad±si, sabbattha pari-suddhameva bh³mitala½ ahosi. Satth± paµhamameva moggall±natthera½ avoca– “moggall±na, tva½ etiss±yaparis±ya dhamma½ deseyy±si, c³¼a-an±thapiº¹iko ±h±ra½ dassat²”ti. Tasm± (2.0142ta½ tem±sa½ c³¼a-an±thapiº¹ikova tass± paris±ya y±pana½ y±gubhatta½ kh±da-n²ya½ tambulatelagandham±l±pilandhan±ni ca ad±si. Mah±moggall±no dhamma½desesi, p±µih±riyadassanattha½ ±gat±gatehi puµµhapañhe ca vissajjesi. Satth±-rampi m±tu abhidhammadesanattha½ paº¹ukambalasil±ya½ vassa½ upagata½dasasahassacakkav±¼adevat± pariv±rayi½su. Tena vutta½– “T±vati½se yad± buddho, sil±ya½ paº¹ukambale; p±ricchattakam³lamhi, vih±si purisuttamo. “Dasasu lokadh±t³su, sannipatitv±na devat±; payirup±santi sambuddha½, vasanta½ n±gamuddhani. “Na koci devo vaººena, sambuddhassa virocati; sabbe deve atikkamma, sambuddhova virocat²”ti. (pe. va. 317-319); Eva½ sabb± devat± attano sar²rappabh±ya abhibhavitv± nisinnassa panassam±t± tusitavim±nato ±gantv± dakkhiºapasse nis²di. Indakopi devaputto ±gantv±dakkhiºapasseyeva nis²di, aªkuro v±mapasse nis²di. So mahesakkh±su devat±susannipatant²su apagantv± dv±dasayojanike µh±ne ok±sa½ labhi, indako tatthevanis²di. Satth± te ubhopi oloketv± attano s±sane dakkhiºeyyapuggal±na½ dinnad±-nassa mahapphalabh±va½ ñ±petuk±mo evam±ha– “aªkura, tay± d²ghamantaredasavassasahassaparim±ºak±le dv±dasayojanika½ uddhanapanti½ katv± mah±-d±na½ dinna½, id±ni mama sam±gama½ ±gantv± dv±dasayojanike µh±ne ok±sa½labhi, ki½ nu kho ettha k±raºan”ti? Vuttampi ceta½– “Oloketv±na sambuddho, aªkurañc±pi indaka½; dakkhiºeyya½ sambh±vento, ida½ vacanamabravi. “Mah±d±na½ (2.0143) tay± dinna½, aªkura d²ghamantare; atid³re nisinnosi, ±gaccha mama santike”ti. (pe. va. 321-322); So saddho pathav²tala½ p±puºi. Sabb±pi na½ s± paris± assosi. Eva½ vutte– “Codito bh±vitattena, aªkuro etamabravi; ki½ mayha½ tena d±nena, dakkhiºeyyena suññata½. “Aya½ so indako yakkho, dajj± d±na½ parittaka½; atirocati amhehi, cando t±r±gaºe yath±”ti. (pe. va. 323-324); Tattha dajj±ti datv±. Eva½ vutte satth± indaka½ ±ha– “indaka, tva½ mamadakkhiºapasse nisinno, kasm± anapagantv±va nis²das²”ti? So “aha½, bhante,sukhette appakab²ja½ vapanakassako viya dakkhiºeyyasampada½ alatthan”tidakkhiºeyya½ pabh±vento ±ha– “Ujjaªgale yath± khette, b²ja½ bahumpi ropita½; na phala½ vipula½ hoti, napi toseti kassaka½. “Tatheva d±na½ bahuka½, duss²lesu patiµµhita½; na phala½ vipula½ hoti, napi toseti d±yaka½. “Yath±pi bhaddake khette, b²ja½ appampi ropita½;

samm± dh±ra½ pavecchante, phala½ toseti kassaka½. “Tatheva s²lavantesu, guºavantesu t±disu; appakampi kata½ k±ra½, puñña½ hoti mahapphalan”ti. (pe. va. 325-328); Ki½ panetassa pubbakammanti? So kira anuruddhattherassa antog±ma½piº¹±ya paviµµhassa attano ±bhata½ kaµacchubhikkha½ d±pesi. Tad± tassapuñña½ aªkurena dasavassasahass±ni dv±dasayojanika½ uddhanapanti½ katv±dinnad±nato mahapphalatara½ j±ta½. Tasm± evam±ha. Eva½ vutte satth±, “aªkura, d±na½ n±ma viceyya d±tu½ vaµµati, eva½ ta½sukhettesu vuttab²ja½ viya mahapphala½ hoti. Tva½ pana na tath± ak±si, tena ted±na½ mahapphala½ na j±tan”ti imamattha½ vibh±vento– “viceyya (2.0144) d±na½ d±tabba½, yattha dinna½ mahapphala½ …pe…. “Viceyya d±na½ sugatappasattha½, ye dakkhiºeyy± idha j²valoke; etesu dinn±ni mahapphal±ni, b²j±ni vutt±ni yath± sukhette”ti. (pe. va. 329-330)–Vatv± uttarimpi dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, r±gados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tar±gesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphala½. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, dosados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tadosesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphala½. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, mohados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tamohesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphala½. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, icch±dos± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi vigaticchesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphalan”ti. Desan±vas±ne aªkuro ca indako ca sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su, mah±jana-ss±pi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Atha satth± devaparis±ya majjhe nisinno m±tara½ ±rabbha “kusal± dhamm±,akusal± dhamm±, aby±kat± dhamm±”ti abhidhammapiµaka½ paµµhapesi. Eva½tayo m±se nirantara½ abhidhammapiµaka½ kathesi. Kathento pana bhikkh±c±ra-vel±ya “y±va mam±gaman± ettaka½ n±ma dhamma½ deset³”ti nimmitabuddha½m±petv± himavanta½ gantv± n±galat±dantakaµµha½ kh±ditv± anotattadahemukha½ dhovitv± uttarakuruto piº¹ap±ta½ ±haritv± mah±s±lam±¼ake nisinnobhattakicca½ ak±si. S±riputtatthero tattha gantv± satthu vatta½ karoti. Satth±bhattakiccapariyos±ne, “s±riputta, ajja may± ettako n±ma dhammo bh±sito, tva½attano antev±sik±na½ bhikkh³na½ v±ceh²”ti therassa kathesi. Yamakap±µih²rekira pas²ditv± pañcasat± kulaputt± therassa santike pabbaji½su. Te sandh±yathera½ (2.0145) evam±ha. Vatv± ca pana devaloka½ gantv± nimmitabuddhenadesitaµµh±nato paµµh±ya saya½ dhamma½ desesi. Theropi gantv± tesa½bhikkh³na½ dhamma½ desesi. Te satthari devaloke viharanteyeva sattapakara-ºik± ahesu½.

mbant± dvinna½ ther±na½ caªkamitv± abhidhamma½ sajjh±yant±na½ sadda½sutv± sare nimitta½ aggahesu½. Te “ime khandh± n±ma, im± dh±tuyo n±m±”ti aj±-nitv± sare nimittagahaºamatteneva tato cut± devaloke nibbatt±, eka½ buddha-ntara½ dibbasampatti½ anubhavitv± tato cavitv± s±vatthiya½ kulagharesunibbatt±. Yamakap±µih²re uppannapas±d± therassa santike pabbajitv± sabbapa-µhama½ sattapakaraºik± ahesu½. Satth±pi teneva n²h±rena ta½ tem±sa½ abhi-dhamma½ desesi. Desan±vas±ne as²tikoµisahass±na½ devat±na½ dhamm±bhisa-mayo ahosi, mah±m±y±pi sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. S±pi kho chatti½sayojanaparimaº¹al± paris± “id±ni sattame divase mah±pav±-raº± bhavissat²”ti mah±moggall±natthera½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha– “bhante satthu,orohaºadivasa½ saññ±tu½ vaµµati, na hi maya½ satth±ra½ adisv± gamiss±m±”ti.¾yasm± mah±moggall±no ta½ katha½ sutv± “s±dh±vuso”ti vatv± tattheva patha-viya½ nimuggo sinerup±da½ gantv± “ma½ abhiruhanta½ paris± passat³”ti adhi-µµh±ya maºiratanena ±vuta½ paº¹ukambalasutta½ viya paññ±yam±nar³povasinerumajjhena abhiruhi. Manuss±pi na½ “ekayojana½ abhiru¼ho, dviyojana½abhiru¼ho”ti olokayi½su. Theropi satthu p±de s²sena ukkhipanto viya abhiruhitv±vanditv± evam±ha– “bhante, paris± tumhe disv±va gantuk±m±, kad± orohissath±”-ti. “Kaha½ pana te, moggall±na, jeµµhabh±tiko s±riputto”ti. “Bhante, saªkassana-gare vassa½ upagato”ti. Moggall±na, aha½ ito sattame divase mah±pav±raº±yasaªkassanagaradv±re otariss±mi, ma½ daµµhuk±m± tattha ±gacchantu, s±vatthitosaªkassanagaradv±ra½ ti½sayojan±ni, ettake magge kassaci p±theyyakicca½natthi, uposathik± hutv± dhuravih±ra½ dhammassavanatth±ya (2.0146)gacchant± viya ±gaccheyy±th±ti tesa½ ±roceyy±s²ti. Thero “s±dhu, bhante”tigantv± tath± ±rocesi. Satth± vuµµhavasso pav±retv± sakkassa ±rocesi– “mah±r±ja, manussapatha½gamiss±m²”ti. Sakko suvaººamaya½ maºimaya½ rajatamayanti t²ºi sop±n±nim±pesi. Tesa½ p±d± saªkassanagaradv±re patiµµhahi½su, s²s±ni sinerumu-ddhani. Tesu dakkhiºapasse suvaººamaya½ sop±na½ devat±na½ ahosi, v±ma-passe rajatamaya½ sop±na½ mah±brahm±na½ ahosi, majjhe maºimaya½sop±na½ tath±gatassa ahosi. Satth±pi sinerumuddhani µhatv± devorohaºasa-maye yamakap±µih±riya½ katv± uddha½ olokesi, y±va brahmalok± ekaªgaº±ahesu½. Adho olokesi, y±va av²cito ekaªgaºa½ ahosi. Dis±vidis± olokesi, ane-k±ni cakkav±¼asatasahass±ni ekaªgaº±ni ahesu½. Dev± manusse passi½su,manuss±pi deve passi½su, sabbe sammukh±va passi½su. Bhagav± chabbaººara½siyo vissajjesi. Ta½ divasa½ buddhasiri½ oloketv±chatti½sayojana parimaº¹al±ya paris±ya ekopi buddhabh±va½ apatthento n±manatthi. Suvaººasop±nena dev± otari½su, rajatasop±nena mah±brahm±no ota-ri½su, maºisop±nena samm±sambuddho otari. Pañcasikho gandhabbadevaputtobeluvapaº¹uv²ºa½ ±d±ya dakkhiºapasse µhatv± satthu gandhabbamadhuradibba-v²º±ya saddena p³ja½ karonto otari, m±tali, saªg±hako v±mapasse µhatv± dibba-gandham±l±puppha½ gahetv± namassam±no p³ja½ katv± otari, mah±brahm±

chatta½ dh±resi, suy±mo v±lab²jani½ dh±resi. Satth± imin± pariv±rena saddhi½otaritv± saªkassanagaradv±re patiµµhahi. S±riputtattheropi ±gantv± satth±ra½vanditv± yasm± s±riputtattherena tath±r³p±ya buddhasiriy± otaranto satth± itopubbe na diµµhapubbo, tasm±– “Na me diµµho ito pubbe, na suto uda kassaci; eva½ vagguvado satth±, tusit± gaºim±gato”ti. (su. ni. 961; mah±ni. 190)–¾d²hi (2.0147) attano tuµµhi½ pak±setv±, “bhante, ajja sabbepi devamanuss±tumh±ka½ pihayanti, patthent²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ satth±, “s±riputta, evar³pehiguºehi samann±gat± buddh± devamanuss±na½ piy± hontiyev±”ti vatv±dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 181. “Ye jh±napasut± dh²r±, nekkhamm³pasame rat±; dev±pi tesa½ pihayanti, sambuddh±na½ sat²matan”ti. Tattha ye jh±napasut±ti lakkhaº³panijjh±na½ ±rammaº³panijjh±nanti imesudv²su jh±nesu ±vajjanasam±pajjana-adhiµµh±navuµµh±napaccavekkhaºehi yutta-ppayutt±. Nekkhamm³pasame rat±ti ettha pabbajj± nekkhammanti na gahetabb±,kilesav³pasamanibb±narati½ pana sandh±yeta½ vutta½. Dev±p²ti dev±pi manu-ss±pi tesa½ pihayanti patthenti. Sat²matanti evar³paguº±na½ tesa½ satiy± sama-nn±gat±na½ sambuddh±na½. “Aho vata maya½ buddh± bhaveyy±m±”ti buddha-bh±va½ iccham±n± pihayant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne ti½samatt±na½ p±ºakoµ²na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi,therassa saddhivih±rik± pañcasatabhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su. Sabbabuddh±na½ kira avijahitameva yamakap±µih²ra½ katv± devaloke vassa½vasitv± saªkassanagaradv±re otaraºa½. Tattha pana dakkhiºap±dassa patiµµhita-µµh±na½ acalacetiyaµµh±na½ n±ma hoti. Satth± tattha µhatv± puthujjan±d²na½visaye pañha½ pucchi, puthujjan± attano visaye pañhe vissajjetv± sot±pannavi-saye pañha½ vissajjetu½ n±sakkhi½su. Tath± sakad±g±mi-±d²na½ visaye sot±pa-nn±dayo, mah±moggall±navisaye sesamah±s±vak±, s±riputtattherassa visayemah±moggall±no, buddhavisaye ca s±riputtopi vissajjetu½ n±sakkhiyeva. Sop±c²nadisa½ ±di½ katv± sabbadis± olokesi, sabbattha ekaªgaºameva ahosi.Aµµhasu dis±su devamanuss± uddha½ y±va brahmalok± heµµh± bh³maµµh± cayakkhan±gasupaºº± añjali½ paggahetv±, “bhante, idha tassa pañhassa vissajjet±natthi, ettheva upadh±reth±”ti ±ha½su. Satth± s±riputto kilamati. Kiñc±pi hesa– “Ye (2.0148) ca saªkh±tadhamm±se, ye ca sekh± puth³ idha; tesa½ me nipako iriya½, puµµho pabr³hi m±ris±”ti. (su. ni. 1044; c³¼ani. ajita-m±ºavapucch±niddesa 7)–Ima½ buddhavisaye puµµhapañha½ sutv± ‘satth± ma½ sekh±sekh±na½ ±gamana-paµipada½ pucchat²’ti pañhe nikkaªkho, khandh±d²su pana katarena nu khomukhena ima½ paµipada½ kathento ‘aha½ satthu ajjh±saya½ gaºhitu½ nasakkhiss±m²’ti mama ajjh±saye kaªkhati, so may± naye adinne kathetu½ nasakkhissati, nayamassa dass±m²ti naya½ dassento “bh³tamida½, s±riputta, sama-nupassas²”ti ±ha. Eva½ kirassa ahosi “s±riputto mama ajjh±saya½ gahetv±kathento khandhavasena kathessat²”ti. Therassa saha nayad±nena so pañho

nayasatena nayasahassena nayasatasahassena upaµµh±si. So satth±r± dinna-naye µhatv± ta½ pañha½ kathesi. Ýhapetv± kira samm±sambuddha½ añño s±ripu-ttattherassa pañña½ p±puºitu½ samattho n±ma natthi. Teneva kira thero satthupurato µhatv± s²han±da½ nadi– “aha½, bhante, sakalakappampi deve vuµµhe ‘etta-k±ni bind³ni mah±samudde patit±ni, ettak±ni bh³miya½, ettak±ni pabbate’tigaºetv± lekha½ ±ropetu½ samattho”ti. Satth±pi na½ “j±n±mi, s±riputta, gaºetu½samatthabh±van”ti ±ha. Tassa ±yasmato paññ±ya upam± n±ma natthi. Tenev±ha– “Gaªg±ya v±luk± kh²ye, udaka½ kh²ye mahaººave; mahiy± mattik± kh²ye, na kh²ye mama buddhiy±”ti. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– sace hi, bhante, buddhisampannalokan±tha, may± ekasmi½pañhe vissajjite eka½ v± v±luka½ eka½ v± udakabindu½ eka½ v± pa½sukhaº¹a½akhipitv± pañh±na½ satena v± sahassenav± satasahassena v± vissajjite gaªg±yav±luk±d²su ekeka½ ekamante khipeyya, khippatara½ gaªg±d²su v±luk±dayo pari-kkhaya½ gaccheyyu½, na tveva mama pañh±na½ vissajjananti. Eva½ mah±pa-ññopi hi bhikkhu buddhavisaye pañhassa anta½ v± koµi½ v± adisv± satth±r±dinnanaye µhatv±va pañha½ vissajjesi. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±-pesu½– “ya½ pañha½ puµµho sabbopi jano kathetu½ na sakkhi, ta½ dhammasen±-pati s±riputto ekakova kathes²”ti. Satth± ta½ katha½ sutv± “na id±neva s±riputtoya½ pañha½ mah±jano vissajjetu½ n±sakkhi (2.0149), ta½ vissajjesi, pubbepianena vissajjitoyev±”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±haritu½– “Parosahassampi sam±gat±na½, kandeyyu½ te vassasata½ apaññ±; ekova seyyo puriso sapañño, yo bh±sitassa vij±n±ti atthan”ti. (j±. 1.1.99)–Ima½ j±taka½ vitth±rena kathes²ti. Devorohaºavatthu dutiya½. 3. Erakapattan±gar±javatthu Kiccho manussapaµil±bhoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± b±r±ºasiya½ upani-ss±ya sattasir²sakarukkham³le viharanto erakapatta½ n±ma n±gar±ja½ ±rabbhakathesi. So kira pubbe kassapabuddhas±sane daharabhikkhu hutv± gaªg±ya n±va½abhiruyha gacchanto ekasmi½ erakagumbe erakapatta½ gahetv± n±v±ya vegas±gaccham±n±yapi na muñci, erakapatta½ chijjitv± gata½. So “appamattaka½ etan”-ti ±patti½ adesetv± v²sati vassasahass±ni araññe samaºadhamma½ katv±pi mara-ºak±le erakapattena g²v±ya gahito viya ±patti½ desetuk±mopi añña½ bhikkhu½apassam±no “aparisuddha½ me s²lan”ti uppannavippaµis±ro tato cavitv± ekaru-kkhadoºikan±vappam±ºo n±gar±j± hutv± nibbatti, erakapattotvevassa n±ma½ahosi. So nibbattakkhaºeyeva attabh±va½ oloketv± “ettaka½ n±ma k±la½ sama-

ºadhamma½ katv± ahetukayoniya½ maº¹³kabhakkhaµµh±ne nibbattomh²”ti vippa-µis±r² ahosi. So aparabh±ge eka½ dh²tara½ labhitv± majjhe gaªg±ya udakapiµµhemahanta½ phala½ ukkhipitv± dh²tara½ tasmi½ µhapetv± nacc±petv± g±y±pesi.Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “addh± aha½ idha imin± up±yena buddhe uppanne tassauppannabh±va½ suºiss±m²”ti. Yo me g²tassa paµig²ta½ ±harati (2.0150), tassamahantena n±gabhavanena saddhi½ dh²tara½ dass±m²ti anva¹¹ham±sa½ uposa-thadivase ta½ dh²tara½ phaºe µhapesi. S± tattha µhit± naccant²– “Ki½su adhippat² r±j±, ki½su r±j± rajjissaro; katha½su virajo hoti, katha½ b±loti vuccat²”ti.–Ima½ g²ta½ g±yati. Sakalajambud²pav±sino “n±gam±ºavika½ gaºhiss±m±”ti gantv± attano attanopaññ±balena paµig²ta½ katv± g±yanti. S± ta½ paµikkhipati. Tass± anva¹¹ham±sa½phaºe µhatv± eva½ g±yantiy±va eka½ buddhantara½ v²tivatta½. Atha amh±ka½satth± loke uppajjitv± ekadivasa½ pacc³sak±le loka½ volokento erakapatta½ ±di½katv± uttaram±ºava½ n±ma attano ñ±ºaj±lassa anto paviµµha½ disv± “ki½ nu khobhavissat²”ti ±vajjento “ajja erakapattassa dh²tara½ phaºe µhapetv± nacc±panadi-vaso, aya½ uttaram±ºavo may± dinna½ paµig²ta½ gaºhantova sot±panno hutv±ta½ ±d±ya n±gar±jassa santika½ gamissati. So ta½ sutv± ‘buddho uppanno’tiñatv± mama santika½ ±gamissati, aha½ tasmi½ ±gate mah±sam±game g±tha½kathess±mi, g±th±pariyos±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayobhavissat²”ti addasa. So tattha gantv± b±r±ºasito avid³re satta sir²sakarukkh±atthi, tesu ekassa m³le nis²di. Jambud²pav±sino g²tapaµig²ta½ ±d±ya sannipati½su.Satth± avid³re

µh±ne gacchanta½ uttaram±ºava½ disv± “ehi, uttar±”ti ±ha. “Ki½, bhante”ti? “Itot±va eh²”ti. Atha na½ ±gantv± vanditv± nisinna½ ±ha “kaha½ gacchas²”ti? “Eraka-pattassa dh²tu g±yanaµµh±nan”ti. “J±n±si pana g²tapaµig²tan”ti? “J±n±mi, bhante”ti.“Vadehi t±va nan”ti? Atha na½ attano j±nananiy±meneva vadanta½ “na uttara½eta½ paµig²ta½, aha½ te paµig²ta½ dass±mi, ±d±ya na½ gamissas²”ti. “S±dhu,bhante”ti. Atha na½ satth±, uttara, tva½ n±gam±ºavik±ya g²tak±le– “Chadv±r±dhippat² r±j±, rajjam±no rajjissaro; arajja½ virajo hoti, rajja½ b±loti vuccat²”ti.–Ima½ paµig²ta½ g±yeyy±s²ti ±ha. M±ºavik±ya (2.0151) g²tassa attho– ki½su adhippat² r±j±ti ki½ adhippati r±j±n±ma hoti? Ki½su r±j± rajjissaroti katha½ pana r±j± rajjissaro n±ma hoti?Katha½su virajo hot²ti katha½ nu kho so r±j± virajo n±ma hot²ti? Paµig²tassa pana attho– chadv±r±dhippat² r±j±ti yo channa½ dv±r±na½ adhi-ppati, ekadv±repi r³p±d²hi anabhibh³to, aya½ r±j± n±ma. Rajjam±no rajjissaroti yopana tesu ±rammaºesu rajjati, so rajjam±no rajjissaro n±ma. Arajjanti arajjam±nopana virajo n±ma hoti. Rajjanti rajjam±no b±loti vuccat²ti. Evamassa satth± paµig²ta½ datv±, uttara, tay± imasmi½ g²te g±yite imassag²tassa ima½ paµig²ta½ g±yissati– “Kenassu vuyhati b±lo, katha½ nudati paº¹ito; yogakkhem² katha½ hoti, ta½ me akkh±hi pucchito”ti. Athassa tva½ ida½ paµig²ta½ g±yeyy±si– “Oghena vuyhati b±lo, yog± nudati paº¹ito; sabbayogavisa½yutto, yogakkhem²ti vuccat²”ti. Tassattho– “k±mogh±din± catubbidhena oghena b±lo vuyhati, ta½ ogha½paº¹ito sammappadh±nasaªkh±tena yogena nudati. So sabbehi k±mayog±d²hivisa½yutto yogakkhem² n±ma vuccat²”ti. Uttaro ima½ paµig²ta½ gaºhantova sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. So sot±pannohutv± ta½ g±tha½ ±d±ya gantv±, “ambho, may± g²tapaµig²ta½ ±haµa½, ok±sa½ medeth±”ti vatv± nirantara½ µhitassa mah±janassa jaººun± akkamanto agam±si.N±gam±ºavik± pitu phaºe µhatv± naccam±n± “ki½su adhippat² r±j±”ti g²ta½g±yati? Uttaro “chadv±r±dhippat² r±j±”ti paµig²ta½ g±yi. Puna n±gam±ºavik±“kenassu vuyhat²”ti tassa g²ta½ g±yati? Athass± paµig²ta½ g±yanto uttaro “oghenavuyhat²”ti ima½ g±tham±ha. N±gar±j± ta½ sutv±va buddhassa uppannabh±va½ñatv± “may± eka½ buddhantara½ evar³pa½ pada½ n±ma na sutapubba½,uppanno vata, bho, loke (2.0152) buddho”ti tuµµham±naso naªguµµhena udaka½pahari, mah±v²ciyo uµµhahi½su, ubho t²r±ni bhijji½su. Ito cito ca usabhamatteµh±ne manuss± udake nimujji½su. So ettaka½ mah±jana½ phaºe µhapetv± ukkhi-pitv± thale patiµµhapesi. So uttara½ upasaªkamitv± “kaha½, s±mi, satth±”ti pucchi.“Ekasmi½ rukkham³le nisinno, mah±r±j±”ti. So “ehi, s±mi, gacch±m±”ti uttarenasaddhi½ agam±si. Mah±janopi tena saddhi½yeva gato. N±gar±j± gantv± chabba-ººara½s²na½ antara½ pavisitv± satth±ra½ vanditv± rodam±no aµµh±si. Atha na½satth± ±ha– “ki½ ida½, mah±r±j±”ti? “Aha½, bhante, tumh±disassa buddhassa

s±vako hutv± v²sati vassasahass±ni samaºadhamma½ ak±si½, sopi ma½ sama-ºadhammo niddh±retu½ n±sakkhi. Appamattaka½ erakapattachindanamatta½niss±ya ahetukapaµisandhi½ gahetv± urena parisakkanaµµh±ne nibbattosmi, eka½buddhantara½ neva manussatta½ labh±mi, na saddhammassavana½, na tumh±-disassa buddhassa dassanan”ti satth± tassa katha½ sutv±, “mah±r±ja, manu-ssatta½ n±ma dullabhameva, tath± saddhammassavana½, tath± buddhupp±do,ida½ kicchena kasirena labbhat²”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 182. “Kiccho manussapaµil±bho, kiccha½ macc±na j²vita½; kiccha½ saddhammassavana½, kiccho buddh±namupp±do”ti. Tassattho– mahantena hi v±y±mena mahantena kusalena laddhatt± manussa-ttapaµil±bho n±ma kiccho dullabho. Nirantara½ kasikamm±d²ni katv± j²vitavutti½ghaµanatopi parittaµµh±yit±yapi macc±na½ j²vita½ kiccha½. Anekesupi kappesudhammadesakassa puggalassa dullabhat±ya saddhammassavanampi kiccha½.Mahantena v±y±mena abhin²h±rassa samijjhanato samiddh±bhin²h±rassa ca ane-kehipi kappakoµisahassehi dullabhupp±dato buddh±na½ upp±dopi kicchoyeva,ativiya dullabhoti. Desan±vas±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. N±ga-r±j±pi ta½divasa½ sot±pattiphala½ labheyya, tiracch±nagatatt± pana n±lattha. Soyesu paµisandhigahaºatacajahanavissaµµhaniddokkamanasaj±tiy±methunasevana-cutisaªkh±tesu pañcasu µh±nesu n±gasar²rameva (2.0153) gahetv± kilamanti,tesu akilamanabh±va½ patv± m±ºavar³peneva vicaritu½ labhat²ti. Erakapattan±gar±javatthu tatiya½. 4. ¾nandattherapañhavatthu Sabbap±passa akaraºanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto±nandattherassa pañha½ ±rabbha kathesi. Thero kira div±µµh±ne nisinno cintesi– “satth±r± sattanna½ buddh±na½ m±t±pi-taro ±yuparicchedo bodhi s±vakasannip±to aggas±vakasannip±to aggas±vaka-u-paµµh±koti ida½ sabba½ kathita½, uposatho pana akathito, ki½ nu kho tesampiayameva uposatho, añño”ti? So satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± tamattha½ pucchi.Yasm± pana tesa½ buddh±na½ k±labhedova ahosi, na kath±bhedo. Vipass²samm±sambuddho hi sattame sattame sa½vacchare uposatha½ ak±si. Ekadi-vasa½ dinnov±doyeva hissa sattanna½ sa½vacchar±na½ ala½ hoti. Sikh² cevavessabh³ ca chaµµhe chaµµhe sa½vacchare uposatha½ kari½su, kakusandho koº±-gamano ca sa½vacchare sa½vacchare. Kassapadasabalo chaµµhe chaµµhe m±seuposatha½ ak±si. Ekadivasa½ dinnov±do eva hissa channa½ m±s±na½ ala½ahosi. Tasm± satth± tesa½ ima½ k±labheda½ ±rocetv± “ov±dag±th± pana nesa½im±yev±”ti vatv± sabbesa½ ekameva uposatha½ ±vi karonto im± g±th± abh±si– 183. “Sabbap±passa akaraºa½, kusalassa upasampad±;

sacittapariyodapana½, eta½ buddh±na s±sana½. 184. “Khant² parama½ tapo titikkh±, nibb±na½ parama½ vadanti buddh±; na hi pabbajito par³pagh±t², na samaºo hoti para½ viheµhayanto. 185. “An³pav±do (2.0154) an³pagh±to, p±timokkhe ca sa½varo; mattaññut± ca bhattasmi½, pantañca sayan±sana½; adhicitte ca ±yogo, eta½ buddh±na s±sanan”ti. Tattha sabbap±pass±ti sabbassa akusalakammassa. Upasampad±ti abhini-kkhamanato paµµh±ya y±va arahattamagg± kusalassa upp±danañceva upp±di-tassa ca bh±van±. Sacittapariyodapananti pañcahi n²varaºehi attano cittassavod±pana½. Eta½ buddh±na s±sananti sabbabuddh±na½ ayamanusiµµhi. Khant²ti y± es± titikkh±saªkh±t± khant² n±ma, ida½ imasmi½ s±sane parama½uttama½ tapo. Nibb±na½ parama½ vadanti buddh±ti buddh± ca paccekabuddh±ca anubuddh± c±ti ime tayo buddh± nibb±na½ uttamant² vadanti. Na hi pabbaji-toti p±ºi-±d²hi para½ apahananto viheµhento par³pagh±t² pabbajito n±ma na hoti.Na samaºoti vuttanayeneva para½ viheµhayanto samaºopi na hotiyeva. An³pav±doti an³pav±danañceva an³pav±d±panañca. An³pagh±toti an³pagh±-tanañceva an³pagh±t±panañca. P±timokkheti jeµµhakas²le. Sa½varoti pidahana½.Mattaññut±ti mattaññubh±vo pam±ºaj±nana½. Pantanti vivitta½. Adhicitteti aµµha-sam±pattisaªkh±te adhicitte. ¾yogoti payogakaraºa½. Etanti eta½ sabbesa½buddh±na½ s±sana½. Ettha hi an³pav±dena v±casika½ s²la½ kathita½, an³pa-gh±tena k±yikas²la½, “p±timokkhe ca sa½varo”ti s²la½ kathita½, an³pagh±tenak±yikas²la½, “p±timokkhe ca sa½varo”ti imin± p±timokkhas²lañceva indriyasa½va-rañca, mattaññut±ya ±j²vap±risuddhi ceva paccayasannisitas²lañca, pantasen±sa-nena sapp±yasen±sana½, adhicittena aµµha sam±pattiyo. Eva½ im±ya g±th±yatissopi sikkh± kathit± eva hont²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. ¾nandattherapañhavatthu catuttha½. 5. Anabhiratabhikkhuvatthu Na (2.0155) kah±paºavassen±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto eka½ anabhiratabhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira s±sane pabbajitv± laddh³pasampado “asukaµµh±na½ n±ma gantv±uddesa½ uggaºh±h²”ti upajjh±yena pesito tattha agam±si. Athassa pituno rogouppajji. So putta½ daµµhuk±mo hutv± ta½ pakkositu½ samattha½ kañci alabhitv±puttasokena vippalapantoyeva ±sannamaraºo hutv± “ida½ me puttassa pattac²va-ram³la½ kareyy±s²”ti kah±paºasata½ kaniµµhassa hatthe datv± k±lamak±si. Sodaharassa ±gatak±le p±dam³le nipatitv± pavaµµento roditv±, “bhante, pit± te vippa-

lapantova k±lakato, mayha½ pana tena kah±paºasata½ hatthe µhapita½, tena ki½karom²”ti ±ha. Daharo “na me kah±paºehi attho”ti paµikkhipitv± aparabh±gecintesi– “ki½ me parakulesu piº¹±ya caritv± j²vitena, sakk± ta½ kah±paºasata½niss±ya j²vitu½, vibbhamiss±m²”ti. So anabhiratiy± p²¼ito vissaµµhasajjh±yanaka-mmaµµh±no paº¹urog² viya ahosi. Atha na½ daharas±maºer± “ki½ idan”tipucchitv± “ukkaºµhitomh²”ti vutte ±cariyupajjh±y±na½ ±cikkhi½su. Atha na½ tesatthu santika½ netv± satthu dassesu½. Satth± “sacca½ kira tva½ ukkaºµhito”tipucchitv±, “±ma, bhante”ti vutte “kasm± evamak±si, atthi pana te koci j²vitapacca-yo”ti ±ha. “¾ma, bhante”ti. “Ki½ te atth²”ti? “Kah±paºasata½, bhante”ti. Tena hikatthaci t±va sakkhar± ±hara, gaºetv± j±niss±ma “sakk± v± t±vattakena j²vitu½,no v±”ti. So sakkhar± ±hari. Atha na½ satth± ±ha– “paribhogatth±ya t±vapaºº±sa½ µhapehi, dvinna½ goº±na½ atth±ya catuv²sati, ettaka½ n±ma b²ja-tth±ya, yuganaªgalatth±ya, kudd±lav±sipharasu-atth±y±”ti eva½ gaºiyam±ne ta½kah±paºasata½ nappahoti. Atha na½ satth± “bhikkhu tava kah±paº± appak±,katha½ ete niss±ya taºha½ p³ressasi, at²te kira cakkavattirajja½ k±retv± apphoµi-tamattena dv±dasayojanaµµh±ne kaµippam±ºena ratanavassa½ vass±petu½samattho y±va chatti½sa sakk± cavanti, ettaka½ k±la½ devarajja½ k±retv±pimaraºak±le (2.0156) taºha½ ap³retv±va k±lamak±s²”ti vatv± tena y±cito at²ta½±haritv± mandh±tuj±taka½ (j±.

1.3.22) vitth±retv±– “Y±vat± candimas³riy± pariharanti, dis± bhanti virocan±; sabbeva d±s± mandh±tu, ye p±º± pathavissit±”ti.–Imiss± g±th±ya anantar± im± dve g±th± abh±si– 186. “Na kah±paºavassena, titti k±mesu vijjati; appass±d± dukh± k±m±, iti viññ±ya paº¹ito. 187. “Api dibbesu k±mesu, rati½ so n±dhigacchati; taºhakkhayarato hoti, samm±sambuddhas±vako”ti. Tattha kah±paºavassen±ti ya½ so apphoµetv± sattaratanavassa½ vass±pesi,ta½ idha kah±paºavassanti vutta½. Tenapi hi vatthuk±makilesak±mesu titti n±manatthi. Eva½ dupp³r± es± taºh±. Appass±d±ti supinasadisat±ya parittasukh±.Dukh±ti dukkhakkhandh±d²su ±gatadukkhavasena pana bahudukkh±va. Iti viññ±-y±ti evamete k±me j±nitv±. Api dibbes³ti sace hi dev±na½ upakappanakak±mehinimanteyy±pi ±yasm± samiddhi viya evampi tesu k±mesu rati½ na vindatiyeva.Taºhakkhayaratoti arahatte ceva nibb±ne ca abhirato hoti, ta½ patthayam±noviharati. Samm±sambuddhas±vakoti samm±sambuddhena desitassa dhammassasavanena j±to yog±vacarabhikkh³ti. Desan±vas±ne so bhikkhu sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Anabhiratabhikkhuvatthu pañcama½. 6. Aggidattabr±hmaºavatthu Bahu½ ve saraºa½ yant²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantov±likar±simhi nisinna½ aggidatta½ n±ma kosalarañño purohita½ ±rabbha kathesi. So (2.0157) kira mah±kosalassa purohito ahosi. Atha na½ pitari k±lakate r±j±pasenadi kosalo “pitu me purohito”ti g±ravena tasmi½yeva µh±ne µhapetv± tassaattano upaµµh±na½ ±gatak±le paccuggamana½ karoti, “±cariya, idha nis²dath±”tisam±n±sana½ d±pesi. So cintesi– “aya½ r±j± mayi ativiya g±rava½ karoti, na khopana r±j³na½ niccak±lameva sakk± citta½ gahetu½. Sam±navayeneva hisaddhi½ rajjasukha½ n±ma sukha½ hoti, ahañcamhi mahallako, pabbajitu½ meyuttan”ti. So r±j±na½ pabbajja½ anuj±n±petv± nagare bheri½ car±petv± satt±-hena sabba½ attano dhana½ d±namukhe vissajjetv± b±hirakapabbajja½ pabbaji.Ta½ niss±ya dasa purisasahass±ni anupabbaji½su. So tehi saddhi½ aªgamaga-dh±nañca kururaµµhassa ca antare v±sa½ kappetv± ima½ ov±da½ deti, “t±t±,yassa k±mavitakk±dayo uppajjanti, so nadito ekeka½ v±lukapuµa½ uddharitv±imasmi½ okirat³”ti. Te “s±dh³”ti paµissuºitv± k±mavitakk±d²na½ uppannak±letath± kari½su. Aparena samayena mah±v±lukar±si ahosi, ta½ ahichatto n±man±gar±j± paµiggahesi. Aªgamagadhav±sino ceva kururaµµhav±sino ca m±se m±setesa½ mahanta½ sakk±ra½ abhiharitv± d±na½ denti. Atha nesa½ aggidatto ima½

ov±da½ ad±si– “pabbata½ saraºa½ y±tha, vana½ saraºa½ y±tha, ±r±ma½saraºa½ y±tha, rukkha½ saraºa½ y±tha, eva½ sabbadukkhato muccissath±”ti.Attano antev±sikepi imin± ov±dena ovadi. Bodhisattopi kat±bhinikkhamano samm±sambodhi½ patv± tasmi½ samayes±vatthi½ niss±ya jetavane viharanto pacc³sak±le loka½ volokento aggidattabr±-hmaºa½ saddhi½ antev±sikehi attano ñ±ºaj±lassa anto paviµµha½ disv±“sabbepi ime arahattassa upanissayasampann±”ti ñatv± s±yanhasamaye mah±-moggall±natthera½ ±ha– “moggall±na, ki½ passasi aggidattabr±hmaºa½ mah±-jana½ atitthe pakkhand±penta½, gaccha tesa½ ov±da½ deh²”ti. Bhante, bah³ ete,ekakassa mayha½ avisayh±. Sace tumhepi ±gamissatha, visayh± bhavissant²ti.Moggall±na, ahampi ±gamiss±mi, tva½ purato y±h²ti. Thero purato gacchantovacintesi– “ete balavanto ceva bah³ ca. Sace sabbesa½ sam±gamaµµh±ne kiñci (2.0158kathess±mi, sabbepi vaggavaggena uµµhaheyyun”ti attano ±nubh±vena th³laphu-sitaka½ deva½ vuµµh±pesi. Te th³laphusitakesu patantesu uµµh±yuµµh±ya attanoattano paººas±la½ pavisi½su. Thero aggidattassa br±hmaºassa paººas±ladv±reµhatv± “aggidatt±”ti ±ha. So therassa sadda½ sutv± “ma½ imasmi½ loke n±mena±lapitu½ samattho n±ma natthi, ko nu kho ma½ n±mena ±lapat²”ti m±nathaddha-t±ya “ko eso”ti ±ha. “Aha½, br±hmaº±”ti. “Ki½ vades²”ti? “Ajja me ekaratti½ idhavasanaµµh±na½ tva½ ±cikkh±h²”ti. “Idha vasanaµµh±na½ natthi, ekassa ek±vapaººas±l±”ti. “Aggidatta, manuss± n±ma manuss±na½, g±vo gunna½, pabbajit±pabbajit±na½ santika½ gacchanti, m± eva½ kari, dehi me vasanaµµh±nan”ti. “Ki½pana tva½ pabbajito”ti? “¾ma, pabbajitomh²”ti. “Sace pabbajito, kaha½ te kh±ri-bhaº¹a½, ko pabbajitaparikkh±ro”ti. “Atthi me parikkh±ro, visu½ pana na½gahetv± vicaritu½ dukkhanti abbhantareneva na½ gahetv± vicar±mi, br±hmaº±”ti.So “ta½ gahetv± vicarissas²”ti therassa kujjhi. Atha na½ so ±ha– “amhe, aggidatta,m± kujjhi, vasanaµµh±na½ me ±cikkh±h²”ti. Natthi ettha vasanaµµh±nanti. Etasmi½pana v±lukar±simhi ko vasat²ti. Eko, n±gar±j±ti. Eta½ me deh²ti. Na sakk± d±tu½,bh±riya½ etassa kammanti. Hotu, dehi meti. Tena hi tva½ eva j±n±h²ti. Thero v±lukar±si-abhimukho p±y±si. N±gar±j± ta½ ±gacchanta½ disv± “aya½samaºo ito ±gacchati, na j±n±ti maññe mama atthibh±va½, dh³m±yitv± na½ m±re-ss±m²”ti dh³m±yi. Thero “aya½ n±gar±j± ‘ahameva dh³m±yitu½ sakkomi, aññena sakkont²’ti maññe sallakkhet²”ti sayampi dh³m±yi. Dvinnampi sar²rato uggat±dh³m± y±va brahmalok± uµµhahi½su. Ubhopi dh³m± thera½ ab±dhetv± n±gar±j±-nameva b±dhenti. N±gar±j± dh³mavega½ sahitu½ asakkonto pajjali. Theropi tejo-dh±tu½ sam±pajjitv± tena saddhi½yeva pajjali. Aggij±l± y±va brahmalok± uµµha-hi½su. Ubhopi thera½ ab±dhetv± n±gar±j±nameva b±dhayi½su. Athassa sakala-sar²ra½ ukk±hi paditta½ viya ahosi. Isigaºo oloketv± cintesi– “n±gar±j±, samaºa½jh±peti, bhaddako vata samaºo amh±ka½ vacana½ asutv± naµµho”ti. Thero n±ga-r±j±na½ (2.0159) dametv± nibbisevana½ katv± v±lukar±simhi nis²di. N±gar±j±v±lukar±si½ bhogehi parikkhipitv± k³µ±g±rakucchipam±ºa½ phaºa½ m±petv±therassa upari dh±resi. Isigaº± p±tova “samaºassa matabh±va½ v± amatabh±va½ v± j±niss±m±”ti

therassa santika½ gantv± ta½ v±lukar±simatthake nisinna½ disv± añjali½paggayha abhitthavant± ±ha½su– “samaºa, kacci n±gar±jena na b±dhito”ti. “Ki½na passatha mama upariphaºa½ dh±retv± µhitan”ti? Te “acchariya½ vata bho,samaºassa evar³po n±ma n±gar±j± damito”ti thera½ pariv±retv± aµµha½su.Tasmi½ khaºe satth± ±gato. Thero satth±ra½ disv± uµµh±ya vandi. Atha na½isayo ±ha½su– “ayampi tay± mahantataro”ti. Eso bhagav± satth±, aha½ imassas±vakoti. Satth± v±lukar±simatthake nis²di, isigaºo “aya½ t±va s±vakassa ±nu-bh±vo, imassa pana ±nubh±vo k²diso bhavissat²”ti añjali½ paggayha satth±ra½abhitthavi. Satth± aggidatta½ ±mantetv± ±ha– “aggidatta, tva½ tava s±vak±nañcaupaµµh±k±nañca ov±da½ dadam±no kinti vatv± des²”ti. “Eta½ pabbata½ saraºa½gacchatha, vana½ ±r±ma½ rukkha½ saraºa½ gacchatha. Et±ni hi saraºa½ gatosabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti eva½ tesa½ ov±da½ damm²ti. Satth± “na kho, aggi-datta, et±ni saraºa½ gato sabbadukkh± pamuccati, buddha½ dhamma½ saªgha½pana saraºa½ gantv± sakalavaµµadukkh± pamuccat²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 188. “Bahu½ ve saraºa½ yanti, pabbat±ni van±ni ca; ±r±marukkhacety±ni, manuss± bhayatajjit±. 189. “Neta½ kho saraºa½ khema½, neta½ saraºamuttama½; neta½ saraºam±gamma, sabbadukkh± pamuccati. 190. “Yo ca buddhañca dhammañca, saªghañca saraºa½ gato; catt±ri ariyasacc±ni, sammappaññ±ya passati. 191. “Dukkha½ dukkhasamupp±da½, dukkhassa ca atikkama½; ariya½ caµµhaªgika½ magga½, dukkh³pasamag±mina½. 192. “Eta½ (2.0160) kho saraºa½ khema½, eta½ saraºamuttama½; eta½ saraºam±gamma, sabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti. Tattha bahunti bahu. Pabbat±n²ti tattha tattha isigilivepullavebh±r±dike pabbateca mah±vanagosiªgas±lavan±d²ni van±ni ca ve¼uvanaj²vakambavan±dayo ±r±meca udenacetiyagotamacetiy±d²ni rukkhacety±ni ca te te manuss± tena tenabhayena tajjit± bhayato muccituk±m± puttal±bh±d²ni v± patthayam±n± saraºa½yant²ti attho. Neta½ saraºanti eta½ sabbampi saraºa½ neva khema½ na uttama½,na ca eta½ paµicca j±ti-±didhammesu sattesu ekopi j±ti-±dito sabbadukkh± pamu-ccat²ti attho. Yo c±ti ida½ akhema½ anuttama½ saraºa½ dassetv± khema½ uttama½saraºa½ dassanattha½ ±raddha½. Tassattho– yo ca gahaµµho v± pabbajito v±“itipi so bhagav± araha½ samm±sambuddho”ti-±dika½ buddhadhammasaªgh±nu-ssatikammaµµh±na½ niss±ya seµµhavasena buddhañca dhammañca saªghañcasaraºa½ gato, tassapi ta½ saraºagamana½ aññatitthiyavandan±d²hi kuppaticalati. Tassa pana acalabh±va½ dassetu½ maggena ±gatasaraºameva pak±-santo catt±ri ariyasacc±ni sammappaññ±ya passat²ti ±ha. Yo hi etesa½ sacc±na½dassanavasena et±ni saraºa½ gato, etassa eta½ saraºa½ khemañca uttamañca,so ca puggalo eta½ saraºa½ paµicca sakalasm±pi vaµµadukkh± pamuccati, tasm±eta½ kho saraºa½ khemanti-±di vutta½. Desan±vas±ne sabbepi te isayo saha paµisambhid±hi arahatta½ patv±

satth±ra½ vanditv± pabbajja½ y±ci½su. Satth±pi c²varagabbhato hattha½ pas±-retv± “etha bhikkhavo, caratha brahmacariyan”ti ±ha. Te taªkhaºeyeva aµµhapari-kkh±radhar± vassasaµµhikather± viya ahesu½. So ca sabbesampi aªgamagadha-kururaµµhav±s²na½ sakk±ra½ ±d±ya ±gamanadivaso ahosi. Te sakk±ra½ ±d±ya±gat± sabbepi te isayo pabbajite disv± “ki½ nu kho amh±ka½ aggidattabr±hmaºomah±, ud±hu samaºo gotamo”ti cintetv± samaºassa gotamassa ±gatatt± “aggida-ttova mah±”ti maññi½su. Satth± tesa½ ajjh±saya½ oloketv±, “aggidatta, paris±yakaªkha½ chind±”ti ±ha. So “ahampi ettakameva (2.0161) pacc±s²s±m²”ti iddhiba-lena sattakkhattu½ veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± punappuna½ oruyha satth±ra½vanditv± “satth± me, bhante, bhagav±, s±vakohamasm²”ti vatv± s±vakatta½ pak±-ses²ti. Aggidattabr±hmaºavatthu chaµµha½. 7. ¾nandattherapañhavatthu Dullabhoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto ±nandattherassapañha½ ±rabbha kathesi. Thero hi ekadivasa½ div±µµh±ne nisinno cintesi–

“hatth±j±n²yo chaddantakule v± uposathakule v± uppajjati, ass±j±n²yo sindhava-kule v± val±hakassar±jakule v±, usabho go-±jan²yo dakkhiºapatheti-±d²ni vada-ntena satth±r± hatthi-±j±n²y±d²na½ uppattiµµh±n±d²ni kathit±ni, puris±j±n²yo panakaha½ nu kho uppajjat²”ti. So satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²-ditv± etamattha½ pucchi. Satth±, “±nanda, puris±j±n²yo n±ma sabbattha nuppa-jjati, ujukato pana tiyojanasat±y±me vitth±rato a¹¹hateyyasate ±vaµµato navayoja-nasatappam±ºe majjhimapadesaµµh±ne uppajjati. Uppajjanto ca pana na yasmi½v± tasmi½ v± kule uppajjati, khattiyamah±s±labr±hmaºamah±s±lakul±na½ panaaññatarasmi½yeva uppajjat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 193. “Dullabho puris±jañño, na so sabbattha j±yati; yattha so j±yat² dh²ro, ta½ kula½ sukhamedhat²”ti. Tattha dullabhoti puris±jañño hi dullabho, na hatthi-±j±n²y±dayo viya sulabho,so sabbattha paccantadese v± n²cakule v± na j±yati, majjhimadesepi mah±ja-nassa abhiv±dan±disakk±rakaraºaµµh±ne khattiyabr±hmaºakul±na½ aññata-rasmi½ kule j±yati. Eva½ j±yam±no yattha so j±yati dh²ro uttamapañño samm±sa-mbuddho, ta½ kula½ sukhamedhat²ti sukhappattameva hot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. ¾nandattherapañhavatthu sattama½. 8. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu Sukho (2.0162) buddh±nanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantosambahul±na½ bhikkh³na½ katha½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi pañcasatabhikkh³ upaµµh±nas±l±ya½ nisinn±, “±vuso, ki½ nu khoimasmi½ loke sukhan”ti katha½ samuµµh±pesu½? Tattha keci “rajjasukhasadisa½sukha½ n±ma natth²”ti ±ha½su. Keci k±masukhasadisa½, keci “s±lima½sabhoja-n±disadisa½ sukha½ n±ma natth²”ti ±ha½su. Satth± tesa½ nisinnaµµh±na½gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±yan±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, ki½ kathetha? Idañhi sabbampi sukha½ vaµµadukkhapa-riy±pannameva, imasmi½ loke buddhupp±do dhammassavana½, saªghas±-magg², sammodam±nabh±voti idameva sukhan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 194. “Sukho buddh±namupp±do, sukh± saddhammadesan±; sukh± saªghassa s±magg², samagg±na½ tapo sukho”ti. Tattha buddh±namupp±doti yasm± buddh± uppajjam±n± mah±jana½ r±gakant±-r±d²hi t±renti, tasm± buddh±na½ upp±do sukho uttamo. Yasm± saddhammade-sana½ ±gamma j±ti-±didhamm± satt± j±ti-±d²hi muccanti, tasm± saddhammade-san± sukh±. S±magg²ti samacittat±, s±pi sukh± eva. Samagg±na½ pana ekaci-tt±na½ yasm± buddhavacana½ v± uggaºhitu½ dhutaªg±ni v± pariharitu½ sama-ºadhamma½ v± k±tu½ sakk±, tasm± samagg±na½ tapo sukhoti vutta½. Tene-v±ha– “y±vak²vañca, bhikkhave, bhikkh³ samagg± sannipatissanti, sammagg±

vuµµhahissanti, samagg± saªghakaraº²y±ni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave,bhikkh³na½ p±µikaªkh±, no parih±n²”ti (d². ni. 2.136). Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su, mah±janass±pi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu aµµhama½. 9. Kassapadasabalassa suvaººacetiyavatthu P³j±raheti (2.0163) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± c±rika½ caram±no kassapa-dasabalassa suvaººacetiya½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tath±gato s±vatthito nikkhamitv± anupubbena b±r±ºasi½ gacchanto antar±-magge todeyyag±massa sam²pe mah±bhikkhusaªghapariv±ro aññatara½ deva-µµh±na½ samp±puºi. Tatra nisinno sugato dhammabhaº¹±g±rika½ pesetv± avi-d³re kasikamma½ karonta½ br±hmaºa½ pakkos±pesi. So br±hmaºo ±gantv±tath±gata½ anabhivanditv± tameva devaµµh±na½ vanditv± aµµh±si. Sugatopi “ima½padesa½ kinti maññasi br±hmaº±”ti ±ha. Amh±ka½ paveºiy± ±gatacetiyaµµh±-nanti vand±mi, bho gotam±ti. “Ima½ µh±na½ vandantena tay± s±dhu kata½br±hmaº±”ti sugato ta½ sampaha½sesi. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³ “kena nu kho k±ra-ºena bhagav± eva½ sampaha½ses²”ti sa½saya½ sañjanesu½. Tato tath±gatotesa½ sa½sayamapanetu½ majjhimanik±ye ghaµik±rasuttanta½ (ma. ni. 2.282±dayo) vatv± iddh±nubh±vena kassapadasabalassa yojanubbedha½ kanakace-tiya½ aparañca kanakacetiya½ ±k±se nimminitv± mah±jana½ dassetv±,“br±hmaºa, eva½vidh±na½ p³j±rah±na½ p³j± yuttatar±v±”ti vatv± mah±parinibb±-nasutte (d². ni. 2.206) dassitanayeneva buddh±dike catt±ro th³p±rahe pak±setv±sar²racetiya½ uddissacetiya½ paribhogacetiyanti t²ºi cetiy±ni visesato parid²petv±im± g±th± abh±si– 195. “P³j±rahe p³jayato, buddhe yadi ca s±vake; papañcasamatikkante, tiººasokapariddave. 196. “Te t±dise p³jayato, nibbute akutobhaye; na sakk± puñña½ saªkh±tu½, imettamapi kenac²”ti. (apa. thera 1.10.1-2); Tattha p³jitu½ arah± p³j±rah±, p³jitu½ yutt±ti attho. P³j±rahe p³jayatoti abhiv±-dan±d²hi ca cat³hi ca paccayehi p³jentassa. P³j±rahe dasseti buddheti-±din±.Buddheti samm±sambuddhe. Yad²ti yadi v±, atha v±ti attho. Tattha paccekabu-ddheti kathita½ hoti, s±vake ca. Papañcasamatikkanteti samatikkantataºh±diµµhi-m±napapañce. Tiººasokapariddaveti atikkantasokapariddave (2.0164), ime dveatikkanteti attho. Etehi p³j±rahatta½ dassita½. Teti buddh±dayo. T±diseti vuttagahaºavasena. Nibbuteti r±g±dinibbutiy±.Natthi kutoci bhavato v± ±rammaºato v± etesa½ bhayanti akutobhay±, te akuto-bhaye. Na sakk± puñña½ saªkh±tunti puñña½ gaºetu½ na sakk±. Kathanti ce?Imettamapi kenac²ti ima½ ettaka½, ima½ ettakanti kenac²ti apisaddo idha samba-

ndhitabbo, kenaci puggalena m±nena v±. Tattha puggalen±ti tena brahm±din±.M±nen±ti tividhena m±nena t²raºena dh±raºena p³raºena v±. T²raºa½ n±ma ida½ettakanti nayato t²raºa½. Dh±raºanti tul±ya dh±raºa½. P³raºa½ n±ma a¹¹hapa-satapatthan±¼ik±divasena p³raºa½. Kenaci puggalena imehi t²hi m±nehi buddh±-dike p³jayato puñña½ vip±kavasena gaºetu½ na sakk± pariyantarahitatoti dv²suµh±nesu p³jayato ki½ d±na½ paµhama½ dharam±ne buddh±d² p³jayato na sakk±puñña½ saªkh±tu½, puna te t±dise kilesaparinibb±nanimittena khandhaparinibb±-nena nibbutepi p³jayato na sakk± saªkh±tunti bhed± yujjanti. Tena hi vim±nava-tthumhi– “Tiµµhante nibbute c±pi, same citte sama½ phala½; cetopaºidhihetu hi, satt± gacchanti suggatin”ti. (vi. va. 806); Desan±vas±ne so br±hmaºo sot±panno ahos²ti. Yojanika½ kanakacetiya½satt±ham±k±seva aµµh±si, mahantena sam±gamo c±hosi, satt±ha½ cetiya½ n±na-ppak±rena p³jesu½. Tato bhinnaladdhik±na½ laddhibhedo j±to, buddh±nubh±-vena ta½ cetiya½ sakaµµh±nameva gata½, tattheva ta½khaºe mahanta½ p±s±ºa-cetiya½ ahosi. Tasmi½ sam±game catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisa-mayo ahos²ti. Kassapadasabalassa suvaººacetiyavatthu navama½. Buddhavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Cuddasamo vaggo. Paµhamabh±ºav±ra½ niµµhita½. 15. Sukhavaggo 1. ѱ-±tikalahav³pasamanavatthu Susukha½ (2.0165) vat±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± sakkesu viharantokalahav³pasamanattha½ ñ±take ±rabbha kathesi. S±kiyakoliy± kira kapilavatthunagarassa ca koliyanagarassa ca antare rohiºi½n±ma nadi½ ekeneva ±varaºena bandh±petv± sass±ni karonti. Atha jeµµham³la-m±se sassesu mil±yantesu ubhayanagarav±sik±nampi kammak±r± sannipati½su.Tattha koliyanagarav±sino ±ha½su– “ida½ udaka½ ubhayato hariyam±na½ nevatumh±ka½, na amh±ka½ pahossati, amh±ka½ pana sassa½ eka-udakeneva

nipphajjissati, ida½ udaka½ amh±ka½ deth±”ti. Itarepi ±ha½su– “tumhesukoµµhake p³retv± µhitesu maya½ rattasuvaººan²lamaºik±¼akah±paºe ca gahetv±pacchipasibbak±dihatth± na sakkhiss±ma tumh±ka½ gharadv±re vicaritu½, amh±-kampi sassa½ eka-udakeneva nipphajjissati, ida½ udaka½ amh±ka½ deth±”ti. Namaya½ dass±m±ti. Mayampi na dass±m±ti eva½ katha½ va¹¹hetv± eko uµµh±yaekassa pah±ra½ ad±si, sopi aññass±ti eva½ aññamañña½ paharitv± r±jakul±na½j±ti½ ghaµµetv± kalaha½ va¹¹hayi½su. Koliyakammak±r± vadanti– “tumhe kapilavatthuv±sike gahetv± gajjatha, yesoºasiªg±l±dayo viya attano bhagin²hi saddhi½ sa½vasi½su, etesa½ hatthinoceva ass± ca phalak±vudh±ni ca amh±ka½ ki½ karissant²”ti. S±kiyakammak±r±pivadanti “tumhe id±ni kuµµhino d±rake gahetv± gajjatha, ye an±th± niggatik± tira-cch±n± viya kolarukkhe vasi½su, etesa½ hatthino ca ass± ca phalak±vudh±ni caamh±ka½ ki½ karissant²”ti. Te gantv± tasmi½ kamme niyutt±na½ amacc±na½kathayi½su, amacc± r±jakul±na½ kathesu½. Tato s±kiy± “bhagin²hi saddhi½sa½vasitak±na½ th±mañca balañca dassess±m±”ti yuddhasajj± nikkhami½su.Koliy±pi “kolarukkhav±s²na½ th±mañca balañca dassess±m±”ti yuddhasajj±nikkhami½su. Satth±pi (2.0166) pacc³sasamaye loka½ volokento ñ±take disv± “mayi aga-cchante ime nassissanti, may± gantu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± ekakova ±k±sena gantv±rohiºinadiy± majjhe ±k±se pallaªkena nis²di. ѱtak± satth±ra½ disv± ±vudh±nicha¹¹etv± vandi½su. Atha ne satth± ±ha– “ki½ kalaho n±mesa, mah±r±j±”ti? “Naj±n±ma, bhante”ti. “Ko d±ni j±nissat²”ti? Te “upar±j± j±nissati, sen±pati j±nissat²”tiimin± up±yena y±va d±sakammakare pucchitv±, “bhante, udakakalaho”ti ±ha½su.“Udaka½ ki½ agghati, mah±r±j±”ti? “Appaggha½, bhante”ti. “Khattiy± ki½agghanti mah±r±j±”ti? “Khattiy± n±ma anaggh±, bhante”ti. “Ayutta½ tumh±ka½appamattata½ udaka½ niss±ya anagghe khattiye n±setun”ti. Te tuºh² ahesu½.Atha te satth± ±mantetv± “kasm± mah±r±j± evar³pa½ karotha, mayi asante ajjalohitanad² pavattissati, ayutta½ vo kata½, tumhe pañcahi verehi saver± viharatha,aha½ avero vihar±mi. Tumhe kiles±tur± hutv± viharatha, aha½ an±turo. Tumhek±maguºapariyesanussukk± hutv± viharatha, aha½ anussukko vihar±m²”ti

vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 197. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, verinesu averino, verinesu manussesu, vihar±ma averino. 198. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, ±turesu an±tur±; ±turesu manussesu, vihar±ma an±tur±. 199. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, ussukesu anussuk±; ussukesu manussesu, vihar±ma anussuk±”ti. Tattha susukhanti suµµhu sukha½. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– ye gihino sandhicched±di-vasena, pabbajit± v± pana vejjakamm±divasena j²vitavutti½ upp±detv± “sukhenaj²v±m±”ti vadanti, tehi mayameva susukha½ vata j²v±ma, ye maya½ pañcahiver²hi verinesu manussesu averino, kiles±turesu manussesu nikkilesat±ya an±-tur±, pañcak±maguºapariyesane ussukesu t±ya pariyesan±ya abh±vena anussu-k±ti. Sesa½ utt±natthameva. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. ѱtikalahav³pasamanavatthu paµhama½. 2. M±ravatthu Susukha½ (2.0167) vata j²v±m±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± pañcas±l±yabr±hmaºag±me viharanto m±ra½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi satth± pañcasat±na½ kum±rik±na½ sot±pattimaggass³pani-ssaya½ disv± ta½ g±ma½ upaniss±ya vih±si. T±pi kum±rik±yo ekasmi½ nakkha-ttadivase nadi½ gantv± nhatv± alaªkatapaµiyatt± g±m±bhimukhiyo p±yi½su.Satth±pi ta½ g±ma½ pavisitv± piº¹±ya carati. Atha m±ro sakalag±mav±s²na½sar²re adhimuccitv± yath± satth± kaµacchubhattamattampi na labhati, eva½ katv±yath±dhotena pattena nikkhamanta½ satth±ra½ g±madv±re µhatv± ±ha– “api,samaºa, piº¹ap±ta½ labhitth±”ti. “Ki½ pana tva½, p±pima, tath± ak±si, yath±ha½piº¹a½ na labheyyan”ti? “Tena hi, bhante, puna pavisath±”ti. Eva½ kirassa ahosi–“sace puna pavisati, sabbesa½ sar²re adhimuccitv± imassa purato p±ºi½ paha-ritv± hassake¼i½ kariss±m²”ti. Tasmi½ khaºe t± kum±rik±yo g±madv±ra½ patv±satth±ra½ disv± vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµha½su. M±ropi satth±ra½ ±ha– “api,bhante, piº¹a½ alabham±n± jighacch±dukkhena p²¼itatth±”ti. Satth± “ajja maya½,p±pima, kiñci alabhitv±pi ±bhassaraloke mah±brahm±no viya p²tisukheneva v²tin±-mess±m±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 200. “Susukha½ vata j²v±ma, yesa½ no natthi kiñcana½; p²tibhakkh± bhaviss±ma, dev± ±bhassar± yath±”ti. Tattha yesa½ noti yesa½ amh±ka½ palibujjhanatthena r±g±d²su kiñcanesuekampi kiñcana½ natthi. P²tibhakkh±ti yath± ±bhassar± dev± p²tibhakkh± hutv±p²tisukheneva v²tin±menti, eva½ mayampi, p±pima, kiñci alabhitv± p²tibhakkh±bhaviss±m±ti attho.

Desan±vas±ne pañcasat±pi kum±rik±yo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½s³ti. M±ravatthu dutiya½. 3. Kosalarañño par±jayavatthu Jaya½ (2.0168) veranti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto kosa-larañño par±jaya½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira k±sikag±ma½ niss±ya bh±gineyyena aj±tasattun± saddhi½ yujjhantotena tayo v±re par±jito tatiyav±re cintesi– “aha½ kh²ramukhampi d±raka½ par±-jetu½ n±sakkhi½, ki½ me j²viten±”ti. So ±h±r³paccheda½ katv± mañcake nipajji.Athassa s± pavatti sakalanagara½ patthari. Bhikkh³ tath±gatassa ±rocesu½–“bhante, r±j± kira k±sikag±maka½ niss±ya tayo v±re par±jito, so id±ni par±jitv±±gato ‘kh²ramukhampi d±raka½ par±jetu½ n±sakkhi½, ki½ me j²viten±’ti ±h±r³pa-ccheda½ katv± mañcake nipanno”ti. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv±, “bhikkhave, jina-ntopi vera½ pasavati, par±jito pana dukkha½ setiyev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 201. “Jaya½ vera½ pasavati, dukkha½ seti par±jito; upasanto sukha½ seti, hitv± jayapar±jayan”ti. Tattha jayanti para½ jinanto vera½ paµilabhati. Par±jitoti parena par±jito “kad±nu kho pacc±mittassa piµµhi½ daµµhu½ sakkhiss±m²”ti dukkha½ seti sabbiriy±pa-thesu dukkhameva viharat²ti attho. Upasantoti abbhantare upasantar±g±dikilesokh²º±savo jayañca par±jayañca hitv± sukha½ seti, sabbiriy±pathesu sukhamevaviharat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Kosalarañño par±jayavatthu tatiya½. 4. Aññatarakulad±rik±vatthu Natthi r±gasamoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½kulad±rika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tass± (2.0169) kira m±t±pitaro ±v±ha½ katv± maªgaladivase satth±ra½ nima-ntayi½su. Satth± bhikkhusaªghaparivuto tattha gantv± nis²di. S±pi kho vadhuk±bhikkhusaªghassa udakapariss±van±d²ni karont² apar±para½ sañcarati. S±miko-piss± ta½ olokento aµµh±si. Tassa r±gavasena olokentassa anto kileso samud±-cari. So aññ±º±bhibh³to neva buddha½ upaµµhahi, na as²ti mah±there. Hattha½pas±retv± “ta½ vadhuka½ gaºhiss±m²”ti pana citta½ ak±si. Satth± tassajjh±saya½oloketv± yath± ta½ itthi½ na passati, evamak±si. So adisv± satth±ra½ olokentoaµµh±si. Satth± tassa oloketv± µhitak±le “kum±raka, na hi r±gaggin± sadiso aggin±ma, dosakalin± sadiso kali n±ma, khandhapariharaºadukkhena sadisa½

dukkha½ n±ma atthi, nibb±nasukhasadisa½ sukhampi natthiyev±”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 202. “Natthi r±gasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo kali; natthi khandhasam± dukkh±, natthi santipara½ sukhan”ti. Tattha natthi r±gasamoti dh³ma½ v± j±la½ v± aªg±ra½ v± adassetv± antoyevajh±petv± bhasmamuµµhi½ k±tu½ samattho r±gena samo añño aggi n±ma natthi.Kal²ti dosena samo apar±dhopi natthi. Khandhasam±ti khandhehi sam±. Yath±parihariyam±n± khandh± dukkh±, eva½ añña½ dukkha½ n±ma natthi. Santipa-ranti nibb±nato uttari½ añña½ sukhampi natthi. Aññañhi sukha½ sukhameva,nibb±na½ paramasukhanti attho. Desan±vas±ne kum±rik± ca kum±rako ca sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su. Tasmi½samaye bhagav± tesa½ aññamañña½ dassan±k±ra½ ak±s²ti. Aññatarakulad±rik±vatthu catuttha½. 5. Eka-up±sakavatthu Jighacch±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ±¼aviya½ viharanto eka½ up±saka½±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi (2.0170) divase satth± jetavane gandhakuµiya½ nisinnova pacc³sa-k±le loka½ volokento ±¼aviya½ eka½ duggatamanussa½ disv± tass³panissayasa-mpatti½ ñatv± pañcasatabhikkhupariv±ro ±¼avi½ agam±si. ¾¼aviv±sino satth±ra½nimantayi½su. Sopi duggatamanusso “satth± kira ±gato”ti sutv± “satthu santikedhamma½ soss±m²”ti mana½ ak±si. Ta½divasameva cassa eko goºo pal±yi. So“ki½ nu kho goºa½ pariyesiss±mi, ud±hu dhamma½ suº±m²”ti cintetv± “goºa½pariyesitv± pacch± dhamma½ soss±m²”ti p±tova geh± nikkhami. ¾¼aviv±sinopibuddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nis²d±petv± parivisitv± anumodanatth±yapatta½ gaºhi½su. Satth± “ya½ niss±ya aha½ ti½sayojanamagga½ ±gato, sogoºa½ pariyesitu½ arañña½ paviµµho, tasmi½ ±gateyeva dhamma½ desess±-m²”ti tuºh² ahosi. Sopi manusso div± goºa½ disv± gogaºe pakkhipitv± “sacepi añña½ natthi,satthu vandanamattampi kariss±m²”ti jighacch±p²¼itopi geha½ gaman±ya mana½akatv± vegena satthu santika½ ±gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si.Satth± tassa µhitak±le d±naveyy±vaµika½ ±ha– “atthi kiñci bhikkhusaªghassa atiri-ttabhattan”ti? “Bhante, sabba½ atth²”ti. Tena hi “ima½ parivis±h²”ti. So satth±r±vuttaµµh±neyeva ta½ nis²d±petv± y±gukh±dan²yabhojan²yehi sakkacca½ parivisi.So bhuttabhatto mukha½ vikkh±lesi. Ýhapetv± kira ima½ µh±na½ t²su piµakesuaññattha gat±gatassa bhattavic±raºa½ n±ma natthi. Tassa passaddhadarathassacitta½ ekagga½ ahosi. Athassa satth± anupubbi½ katha½ kathetv± sacc±ni pak±-sesi. So desan±vas±ne sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Satth±pi anumodana½ katv±uµµh±y±san± pakk±mi. Mah±jano satth±ra½ anugantv± nivatti.

Bhikkh³ satth±r± saddhi½ gacchant±yeva ujjh±yi½su– “passath±vuso, satthukamma½, aññesu divasesu evar³pa½ natthi, ajja paneka½ manussa½ disv±vay±gu-±d²ni vic±retv± d±pes²”ti. Satth± nivattitv± µhitakova “ki½ kathetha, bhikkha-ve”ti pucchitv± tamattha½ sutv± “±ma, bhikkhave, aha½ ti½sayojana½ kant±ra½±gacchanto tassa up±sakass³panissaya½ disv± ±gato, so ativiya jighacchito,p±tova paµµh±ya goºa½ pariyesanto (2.0171) araññe vicari. ‘Jighacchadukkhenadhamme desiyam±nepi paµivijjhitu½ na sakkhissat²’ti cintetv± eva½ ak±si½, jigha-cch±rogasadiso rogo n±ma natth²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 203. “Jighacch±param± rog±, saªkh±raparam± dukh±; eta½ ñatv± yath±bh³ta½, nibb±na½ parama½ sukhan”ti. Tattha jighacch±param± rog±ti yasm± añño rogo saki½ tikicchito vinassati v±tadaªgavasena v± pah²yati, jighacch± pana niccak±la½ tikicchitabb±yev±ti sesaro-g±na½ aya½ param± n±ma. Saªkh±r±ti pañca khandh±. Eta½ ñatv±ti jighacch±-samo rogo natthi, khandhapariharaºasama½ dukkha½ n±ma natth²ti etamattha½yath±bh³ta½ ñatv± paº¹ito nibb±na½ sacchi karoti. Nibb±na½ parama½sukhanti tañhi sabbasukh±na½ parama½ uttama½ sukhanti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Eka-up±sakavatthu pañcama½. 6. Pasenadikosalavatthu ¾rogyaparam± l±bh±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantor±j±na½ pasenadikosala½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye r±j± taº¹uladoºassa odana½ tadupiyena

s³pabyañjanena bhuñjati. Ekadivasa½ bhuttap±tar±so bhattasammada½ avino-detv± satthu santika½ gantv± kilantar³po ito cito ca samparivattati, nidd±ya abhi-bh³yam±nopi ujuka½ nipajjitu½ asakkonto ekamanta½ nis²di. Atha na½ satth±±ha– “ki½, mah±r±ja, avissamitv±va ±gatos²”ti? “¾ma, bhante, bhuttak±latopaµµh±ya me mah±dukkha½ hot²”ti. Atha na½ satth±, “mah±r±ja, atibahubhojana½eva½ dukkha½ hot²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Middh² (2.0172) yad± hoti mahagghaso ca, nidd±yit± samparivattas±y²; mah±var±hova niv±papuµµho, punappuna½ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. (dha. pa. 325);–Im±ya g±th±ya ovaditv±, “mah±r±ja, bhojana½ n±ma matt±ya bhuñjitu½ vaµµati.Mattabhojino hi sukha½ hot²”ti uttari ovadanto ima½ g±tham±ha– “Manujassa sad± sat²mato, matta½ j±nato laddhabhojane; tanukassa bhavanti vedan±, saºika½ j²rati ±yup±layan”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.124); R±j± g±tha½ uggaºhitu½ n±sakkhi, sam²pe µhita½ pana bh±gineyya½, suda-ssana½ n±ma m±ºava½ “ima½ g±tha½ uggaºha, t±t±”ti ±ha. So ta½ g±tha½uggaºhitv± “ki½ karomi, bhante”ti satth±ra½ pucchi. Atha na½ satth± ±ha– “raññobhuñjantassa os±napiº¹ak±le ima½ g±tha½ vadeyy±si, r±j± attha½ sallakkhetv±ya½ piº¹a½ cha¹¹essati, tasmi½ piº¹e sitthagaºan±ya rañño bhattapacanak±letattake taº¹ule hareyy±s²”ti. So “s±dhu, bhante”ti s±yampi p±topi rañño bhuñja-ntassa os±napiº¹ak±le ta½ g±tha½ ud±haritv± tena cha¹¹itapiº¹e sitthagaºa-n±ya taº¹ule h±pesi. R±j±pi tassa g±tha½ sutv± sahassa½ sahassa½ d±pesi. Soaparena samayena n±¼ikodanaparamat±ya saºµhahitv± sukhappatto tanusar²roahosi. Athekadivasa½ satthu santika½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± ±ha– “bhante, id±nime sukha½ j±ta½, migampi assampi anubandhitv± gaºhanasamattho j±tomhi.Pubbe me bh±gineyyena saddhi½ yuddhameva hoti, id±ni vaj²rakum±ri½ n±madh²tara½ bh±gineyyassa datv± so g±mo tass±yeva nh±nacuººam³la½ katv±dinno, tena saddhi½ viggaho v³pasanto, imin±pi me k±raºena sukhameva j±ta½.Kulasantaka½ r±jamaºiratana½ no gehe purimadivase (2.0173) naµµha½, tampiid±ni hatthapatta½ ±gata½, imin±pi me k±raºena sukhameva j±ta½. Tumh±ka½s±vakehi saddhi½ viss±sa½ icchantena ñ±tidh²t±pi no gehe kat±, imin±pi me k±ra-ºena sukhameva j±tan”ti. Satth± “±rogya½ n±ma, mah±r±ja, paramo l±bho, yath±-laddhena santuµµhabh±vasadisampi dhana½, viss±sasadiso ca param± ñ±ti, nibb±-nasadisañca sukha½ n±ma natth²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 204. “¾rogyaparam± l±bh±, santuµµhiparama½ dhana½; viss±saparam± ñ±ti, nibb±naparama½ sukhan”ti. Tattha ±rogyaparam± l±bh±ti arogabh±vaparam± l±bh±. Rogino hi vijjam±n±pil±bh± al±bh±yeva, tasm± arogassa sabbal±bh± ±gat±va honti. Teneta½ vutta½–“±rogyaparam± l±bh±”ti. Santuµµhiparama½ dhananti gihino v± pabbajitassa v±

ya½ attan± laddha½ attano santaka½, teneva tussanabh±vo santuµµh² n±ma sesa-dhanehi parama½ dhana½. Viss±saparam± ñ±t²ti m±t± v± hotu pit± v±, yenasaddhi½ viss±so natthi, so aññ±takova. Yena aññ±takena pana saddhi½ viss±soatthi, so asambandhopi paramo uttamo ñ±ti. Tena vutta½– “viss±saparam± ñ±t²”ti.Nibb±nasadisa½ pana sukha½ n±ma natthi, tenev±ha– nibb±naparama½sukhanti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Pasenadikosalavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Tissattheravatthu Pavivekarasanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ves±liya½ viharanto aññatara½bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Satth±r± hi, “bhikkhave, aha½ ito cat³hi m±sehi parinibb±yiss±m²”ti vutte satthusantike satta bhikkhusat±ni sant±sa½ ±pajji½su, kh²º±sav±na½ (2.0174) dhamma-sa½vego uppajji, puthujjan± ass³ni sandh±retu½ n±sakkhi½su. Bhikkh³ vagg±vagg± hutv± “ki½ nu kho kariss±m±”ti mantent± vicaranti. Atheko tissattheron±ma bhikkh³ “satth± kira catum±saccayena parinibb±yissati, ahañcamhi av²ta-r±go, satthari dharam±neyeva may± arahatta½ gaºhitu½ vaµµat²”ti cat³su iriy±pa-thesu ekakova vih±si. Bhikkh³na½ santike gamana½ v± kenaci saddhi½ kath±sa-ll±po v± natthi. Atha na½ bhikkh³ ±ha½su– “±vuso, tissa tasm± eva½ karos²”ti. Sotesa½ katha½ na suº±ti. Te tassa pavatti½ satthu ±rocetv±, “bhante, tumhesutissattherassa sineho natth²”ti ±ha½su. Satth± ta½ pakkos±petv± “kasm± tissaeva½ ak±s²”ti pucchitv± tena attano adhipp±ye ±rocite “s±dhu, tiss±”ti s±dhuk±ra½datv±, “bhikkhave, mayi sineho tissasadisova hotu. Gandham±l±d²hi p³ja½ karo-nt±pi neva ma½ p³jenti, dhamm±nudhamma½ paµipajjam±n±yeva pana ma½ p³je-nt²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 205. “Pavivekarasa½ pitv±, rasa½ upasamassa ca; niddaro hoti nipp±po, dhammap²tirasa½ pivan”ti. Tattha pavivekarasanti pavivekato uppanna½ rasa½, ek²bh±vasukhanti attho.Pitv±ti dukkhapariññ±d²ni karonto ±rammaºato sacchikiriy±vasena pivitv±. Upasa-massa c±ti kiles³pasamanibb±nassa ca rasa½ pitv±. Niddaro hot²ti tena ubhayara-sap±nena kh²º±savo bhikkhu abbhantare r±gadarath±d²na½ abh±vena niddaroceva nipp±po ca hoti. Rasa½ pivanti navavidhalokuttaradhammavasenauppanna½ p²tirasa½ pivantopi niddaro nipp±po ca hoti. Desan±vas±ne tissatthero arahatta½ p±puºi, mah±janass±pi s±tthik± dhamma-desan± ahos²ti. Tissattheravatthu sattama½.

8. Sakkavatthu S±hu (2.0175) dassananti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvag±make viha-ranto sakka½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tath±gatassa hi ±yusaªkh±re vissaµµhe lohitapakkhandik±b±dhassa uppanna-bh±va½ ñatv± sakko devar±j± “may± satthu santika½ gantv± gil±nupaµµh±na½k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± tig±vutappam±ºa½ attabh±va½ vijahitv± satth±ra½ upasa-ªkamitv± hatthehi p±de parimajji. Atha na½ satth± ±ha “ko eso”ti? “Aha½, bhante,sakko”ti. “Kasm± ±gatos²”ti? “Tumhe gil±ne upaµµhahitu½, bhante”ti. “Sakka,dev±na½ manussagandho yojanasatato paµµh±ya gale baddhakuºapa½ viya hoti, gaccha tva½, atthi me gil±nupaµµhak± bhikkh³”ti. “Bhante, catur±s²tiyojanasaha-ssamatthake µhito tumh±ka½ s²lagandha½ gh±yitv± ±gato, ahameva upaµµhahiss±-m²”ti so satthu sar²rava¼añjanabh±jana½ aññassa hatthen±pi phusitu½ adatv±s²seyeva µhapetv± n²haranto mukhasaªkocanamattampi na ak±si, gandhabh±-jana½ pariharanto viya ahosi. Eva½ satth±ra½ paµijaggitv± satthu ph±sukak±le-yeva agam±si. Bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “aho satthari sakkassa sineho, evar³pa½n±ma dibbasampatti½ pah±ya mukhasaªkocanamattampi akatv± gandhabh±-jana½ n²haranto viya satthu sar²rava¼añjanabh±jana½ s²sena n²haranto upaµµh±na-mak±s²”ti. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv± ki½ vadetha, bhikkhave, anacchariya½eta½, ya½ sakko devar±j± mayi sineha½ karoti. Aya½ sakko hi devar±j± ma½niss±ya jarasakkabh±va½ vijahitv± sot±panno hutv± taruºasakkassa bh±va½patto, aha½ hissa maraºabhayatajjitassa pañcasikhagandhabbadevaputta½purato katv± ±gatak±le indas±laguh±ya½ devaparis±ya majjhe nisinnassa– “Puccha v±sava ma½ pañha½, ya½ kiñci manasicchasi; tassa tasseva pañhassa, aha½ anta½ karomi te”ti. (d². ni. 2.356)–Vatv± (2.0176) tassa kaªkha½ vinodento dhamma½ desesi½. Desan±vas±necuddasanna½ p±ºakoµ²na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi, sakkopi yath±nisinnovasot±pattiphala½ patv± taruºasakko j±to. Evamass±ha½ bah³pak±ro. Tassa mayisineho n±ma anacchariyo. Bhikkhave, ariy±nañhi dassanampi sukha½, tehisaddhi½ ekaµµh±ne sanniv±sopi sukho. B±lehi saddhi½ pana sabbameta½dukkhanti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 206. “S±hu dassanamariy±na½, sanniv±so sad± sukho; adassanena b±l±na½, niccameva sukh² siy±. 207. “B±lasaªgatac±r² hi, d²ghamaddh±na socati; dukkho b±lehi sa½v±so, amitteneva sabbad±; dh²ro ca sukhasa½v±so, ñ±t²na½va sam±gamo”. Tasm± hi– 208. “Dh²rañca paññañca bahussutañca,dhorayhas²la½ vatavantamariya½; ta½ t±disa½ sappurisa½ sumedha½,bhajetha nakkhattapatha½ va candim±”-ti.

Tattha s±h³ti sundara½ bhaddaka½. Sanniv±soti na kevalañca tesa½ dassana-meva, tehi saddhi½ ekaµµh±ne nis²dan±dibh±vopi tesa½ vattapaµivatta½ k±tu½labhanabh±vopi s±dhuyeva. B±lasaªgatac±r² h²ti yo b±lena sahac±r². D²ghama-ddh±nanti so b±lasah±yena “ehi sandhicched±d²ni karom±”ti vuccam±no tenasaddhi½ ekacchando hutv± t±ni karonto hatthacched±d²ni patv± d²ghamaddh±na½socati. Sabbad±ti yath± asihatthena v± amittena ±s²vis±d²hi v± saddhi½ ekatov±so n±ma nicca½ dukkho, tatheva b±lehi saddhinti attho. Dh²ro ca sukhasa½v±-soti ettha sukho sa½v±so eten±ti sukhasa½v±so, paº¹itena saddhi½ ekaµµh±nesa½v±so sukhoti attho. Katha½? ѱt²na½va sam±gamoti yath±pi ñ±t²na½ sam±-gamo sukho, eva½ sukho. Tasm± h²ti yasm± b±lehi saddhi½ sa½v±so dukkho, paº¹itena saddhi½ sukho,tasm± hi dhitisampanna½ dh²rañca, lokiyalokuttarapaññ±sampanna½ paññañca (2.0±gam±dhigamasampanna½ bahussutañca, arahattap±panakasaªkh±t±ya dhura-vahanas²lat±ya dhorayhas²la½, s²lavatena ceva dhutaªgavatena ca vatavanta½,kilesehi ±rakat±ya ariya½, tath±r³pa½ sappurisa½ sobhanapañha½ yath±nimmala½ nakkhattapathasaªkh±ta½ ±k±sa½ candim± bhajati, eva½ bhajethapayirup±seth±ti attho.

Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Sakkavatthu aµµhama½. Sukhavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Pannarasamo vaggo. 16. Piyavaggo 1. Tayojanapabbajitavatthu Ayogeti (2.0178) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto tayo pabba-jite ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kira ekasmi½ kule m±t±pit³na½ ekaputtako ahosi piyo man±po.So ekadivasa½ gehe nimantit±na½ bhikkh³na½ anumodana½ karont±na½dhammakatha½ sutv± pabbajituk±mo hutv± m±t±pitaro pabbajja½ y±ci. Te n±nuj±-ni½su. Tassa etadahosi– “aha½ m±t±pit³na½ apassant±na½yeva bahi gantv±pabbajiss±m²”ti. Athassa pit± bahi nikkhamanto “ima½ rakkheyy±s²”ti m±tara½paµicch±pesi, m±t± bahi nikkhamant² pitara½ paµicch±pesi. Athassa ekadivasa½pitari bahi gate m±t± “putta½ rakkhiss±m²”ti eka½ dv±rab±ha½ niss±ya eka½p±dehi upp²¼etv± cham±ya nisinn± sutta½ kantati. So “ima½ vañcetv± gamiss±m²”-ti cintetv±, “amma, thoka½ t±va apehi, sar²ravalañja½ kariss±m²”ti vatv± t±ya p±desamiñjite nikkhamitv± vegena vih±ra½ gantv± bhikkh³ upasaªkamitv± “pabb±-jetha ma½, bhante”ti y±citv± tesa½ santike pabbaji. Athassa pit± ±gantv± m±tara½ pucchi– “kaha½ me putto”ti? “S±mi, imasmi½padese ahos²”ti. So “kaha½ nu kho me putto”ti olokento ta½ adisv± “vih±ra½ gatobhavissat²”ti vih±ra½ gantv± putta½ pabbajita½ disv± kanditv± roditv±, “t±ta, ki½ma½ n±ses²”ti vatv± “mama putte pabbajite aha½ id±ni gehe ki½ kariss±m²”tisayampi bhikkh³ y±citv± pabbaji. Athassa m±t±pi “ki½ nu kho me putto ca pati cacir±yanti, kacci vih±ra½ gantv± pabbajit±”ti te olokent² vih±ra½ gantv± ubhopipabbajite disv± “imesa½ pabbajitak±le mama gehena ko attho”ti sayampi bhikkhu-ni-upassaya½ gantv± pabbaji. Te pabbajitv±pi vin± bhavitu½ na sakkonti, vih±-repi bhikkhuni-upassayepi ekatova nis²ditv± sallapant± divasa½ v²tin±menti. Tenabhikkh³pi bhikkh³niyopi ubb±¼h± honti. Athekadivasa½ (2.0179) bhikkh³ nesa½ kiriya½ satthu½ ±rocesu½. Satth± tepakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira tumhe eva½ karoth±”ti pucchitv± “saccan”ti vutte“kasm± eva½ karotha? Na hi esa pabbajit±na½ yogo”ti. “Bhante, vin± bhavitu½

na sakkom±”ti. “Pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya eva½ karaºa½ ayutta½. Piy±nañhi ada-ssana½, appiy±nañca dassana½ dukkhameva. Tasm± sattesu ca saªkh±resu cakañci piya½ v± appiya½ v± k±tu½ na vaµµat²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 209. “Ayoge yuñjamatt±na½, yogasmiñca ayojaya½; attha½ hitv± piyagg±h², pihetatt±nuyogina½. 210. “M± piyehi sam±gañchi, appiyehi kud±cana½; piy±na½ adassana½ dukkha½, appiy±nañca dassana½. 211. “Tasm± piya½ na kayir±tha, piy±p±yo hi p±pako; ganth± tesa½ na vijjanti, yesa½ natthi piy±ppiyan”ti. Tattha ayogeti ayuñjitabbe ayonisomanasik±re. Vesiy±gocar±dibhedassa hichabbidhassa agocarassa sevana½ idha ayonisomanasik±ro n±ma, tasmi½ ayo-nisomanasik±re att±na½ yuñjantoti attho. Yogasminti tabbipar²te ca yonisomana-sik±re ayuñjantoti attho. Attha½ hitv±ti pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya adhis²l±disikkha-ttaya½ attho n±ma, ta½ attha½ hitv±. Piyagg±h²ti pañcak±maguºasaªkh±ta½ piya-meva gaºhanto. Pihetatt±nuyoginanti t±ya paµipattiy± s±sanato cuto gihibh±va½patv± pacch± ye att±nuyoga½ anuyutt± s²l±d²ni samp±detv± devamanuss±na½santik± sakk±ra½ labhanti, tesa½ piheti, “aho vat±hampi evar³po assan”ti iccha-t²ti attho. M± piyeh²ti piyehi sattehi v± saªkh±rehi v± kud±cana½ ekakkhaºepi na sam±ga-ccheyya, tath± appiyehi. Ki½ k±raº±? Piy± nañhi viyogavasena adassana½ appi-y±nañca upasaªkamanavasena dassana½ n±ma dukkha½. Tasm±ti yasm± ida½ubhayampi dukkha½, tasm± kañci satta½ v± saªkh±ra½ v± piya½ n±ma nakareyya. Piy±p±yo h²ti piyehi ap±yo viyogo (2.0180). P±pakoti l±mako. Ganth±tesa½ na vijjant²ti yesa½ piya½ natthi, tesa½ abhijjh±k±yagantho pah²yati. Yesa½appiya½ natthi, tesa½ by±p±do k±yagantho. Tesu pana dv²su pah²nesu sesa-ganth± pah²n± honti. Tasm± piya½ v± appiya½ v± na kattabbanti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Tena pana tayo jan±“maya½ vin± bhavitu½ na sakkom±”ti vibbhamitv± gehameva agami½s³ti. Tayojanapabbajitavatthu paµhama½. 2. Aññatarakuµumbikavatthu Piyato j±yat²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½kuµumbika½ ±rabbha kathesi. So hi attano putte k±lakate puttasok±bhibh³to ±¼±hana½ gantv± rodati, putta-soka½ sandh±retu½ na sakkoti. Satth± pacc³sak±le loka½ volokento tassa sot±-pattimaggass³panissaya½ disv± piº¹ap±tapaµikkanto eka½ pacch±samaºa½gahetv± tassa gehadv±ra½ agam±si. So satthu ±gatabh±va½ sutv± “may±saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ k±tuk±mo bhavissat²”ti satth±ra½ pavesetv± gehamajjhe±sana½ paññ±petv± satthari nisinne ±gantv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Atha na½ satth±

“ki½ nu kho, up±saka, dukkhitos²”ti pucchitv± tena puttaviyogadukkhe ±rocite,“up±saka, m± cintayi, ida½ maraºa½ n±ma na ekasmi½yeva µh±ne, na ca eka-sseva hoti, y±vat± pana bhavuppatti n±ma atthi, sabbasatt±na½ hotiyeva. Ekasa-ªkh±ropi nicco n±ma natthi. Tasm± ‘maraºadhamma½ mata½, bhijjanadhamma½bhinnan’ti yoniso paccavekkhitabba½, na socitabba½. Por±ºapaº¹it±pi hiputtassa matak±le ‘maraºadhamma½ mata½, bhijjanadhamma½ bhinnan’ti soka½akatv± maraºassatimeva bh±vayi½s³”ti vatv±, “bhante, ke evamaka½su, kad± caaka½su, ±cikkhatha me”ti y±cito tassatthassa pak±sanattha½ at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Uragova (2.0181) taca½ jiººa½, hitv± gacchati sa½ tanu½; eva½ sar²re nibbhoge, pete k±lakate sati. “Þayham±no na j±n±ti, ñ±t²na½ paridevita½; tasm± eta½ na soc±mi, gato so tassa y± gat²”ti. (j±. 1.5.19-20)–Ima½ pañcakanip±te uragaj±taka½ vitth±retv± “eva½ pubbe paº¹it± piyaputtek±lakate yath± etarahi tva½ kammante vissajjetv± nir±h±ro rodanto vicarasi, tath±avicaritv± maraºassatibh±van±balena soka½ akatv± ±h±ra½ paribhuñji½su,kammantañca adhiµµhahi½su. Tasm± ‘piyaputto me k±lakato’ti m± cintayi. Uppajja-m±no hi soko v± bhaya½ v± piyameva niss±ya uppajjat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 212. “Piyato j±yat² soko, piyato j±yat² bhaya½; piyato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayan”ti. Tattha piyatoti vaµµam³lako hi soko v± bhaya½ v± uppajjam±na½ piyamevasatta½ v± saªkh±ra½ v± niss±ya uppajjati, tato pana vippamuttassa ubhaya-mpeta½ natth²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne kuµumbiko sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aññatarakuµumbikavatthu dutiya½. 3. Vis±kh±vatthu Pemato j±yat²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto vis±kha½up±sika½ ±rabbha kathesi. S± kira puttassa dh²tara½ sudatta½ n±ma kum±rika½ attano µh±ne µhapetv±gehe bhikkhusaªghassa veyy±vacca½ k±resi. S± aparena samayena k±lamak±si.S± tass± sar²ranikkhepa½ k±retv± soka½ sandh±retu½ asakkont² dukkhin²dumman± satthu santika½ gantv± vanditv± ekamanta½ (2.0182) nis²di. Atha na½satth± “ki½ nu kho tva½, vis±khe, dukkhin² dumman± assumukh± rodam±n± nisi-nn±”ti ±ha. S± tamattha½ ±rocetv± “piy± me, bhante, s± kum±rik± vattasampann±,id±ni tath±r³pa½ na pass±m²”ti ±ha. “Kittak± pana, vis±khe, s±vatthiya½ manuss±”-ti? “Bhante, tumhehiyeva me kathita½ satta janakoµiyo”ti. “Sace pan±ya½ ettakojano tava natt±ya sadiso bhaveyya, iccheyy±si nan”ti? “¾ma, bhante”ti. “Kati panajan± s±vatthiya½ devasika½ k±la½ karont²”ti? “Bah³, bhante”ti. “Nanu eva½,

bhante, tava asocanak±lo na bhaveyya, rattindiva½ rodant²yeva vicareyy±s²”ti.“Hotu, bhante, ñ±ta½ may±”ti. Atha na½ satth± “tena hi m± soci, soko v± bhaya½v± pematova j±yat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 213. “Pemato j±yat² soko, pemato j±yat² bhaya½; pemato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayan”ti. Tattha pematoti puttadh²t±d²su kata½ pemameva niss±ya soko j±yat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Vis±kh±vatthu tatiya½. 4. Licchav²vatthu Ratiy± j±yat²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ves±li½ niss±ya k³µ±g±ras±l±ya½viharanto licchav² ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira ekasmi½ chaºadivase aññamañña½ asadisehi alaªk±rehi alaªkaritv±uyy±nagamanatth±ya nagar± nikkhami½su. Satth± piº¹±ya pavisanto te disv±bhikkh³ ±mantesi– “passatha, bhikkhave, licchavayo, yehi dev± t±vati½s± nadiµµhapubb±, te ime olokent³”ti vatv± nagara½ p±visi. Tepi uyy±na½ gacchant±eka½ nagarasobhini½ itthi½ ±d±ya gantv± ta½ niss±ya iss±bhibh³t± añña-mañña½ paharitv± lohita½ (2.0183) nadi½ viya pavattayi½su. Atha ne mañcen±-d±ya ukkhipitv± ±gama½su. Satth±pi katabhattakicco nagar± nikkhami.Bhikkh³pi licchavayo tath±

n²yam±ne disv± satth±ra½ ±ha½su– “bhante, licchavir±j±no p±tova alaªkatapaµi-yatt± dev± viya nagar± nikkhamitv± id±ni eka½ itthi½ niss±ya ima½ byasana½patt±”ti. Satth±, “bhikkhave, soko v± bhaya½ v± uppajjam±na½ rati½ niss±yauppajjatiyev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 214. “Ratiy± j±yat² soko, ratiy± j±yat² bhaya½; ratiy± vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayan”ti. Tattha ratiy±ti pañcak±maguºaratito, ta½ niss±y±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Licchav²vatthu catuttha½. 5. Anitthigandhakum±ravatthu K±matoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto anitthigandhaku-m±ra½ n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. So kira brahmalok± cutasatto s±vatthiya½ mah±bhogakule nibbatto j±tadiva-sato paµµh±ya itthisam²pa½ upagantu½ na icchati, itthiy± gayham±no rodati.Vatthacumbaµakena na½ gahetv± thañña½ p±yenti. So vayappatto m±t±pit³hi,“t±ta, ±v±ha½ te kariss±m±”ti vutte “na me itthiy± attho”ti paµikkhipitv± puna-ppuna½ y±ciyam±no pañcasate suvaººak±re pakkos±petv± rattasuvaººanikkha-sahassa½ d±petv± ativiya p±s±dika½ ghanakoµµima½ itthir³pa½ k±retv± punam±t±pit³hi, “t±ta, tayi ±v±ha½ akaronte kulava½so na patiµµhahissati, kum±rika½te ±ness±m±”ti vutte “tena hi sace me evar³pa½ kum±rika½ ±nessatha, kari-ss±mi vo vacanan”ti ta½ suvaººar³paka½ dasseti. Athassa m±t±pitaro abhiññ±tebr±hmaºe pakkos±petv± “amh±ka½ putto mah±puñño, avassa½ imin± saddhi½katapuññ± (2.0184) kum±rik± bhavissati, gacchatha ima½ suvaººar³paka½gahetv± evar³pa½ kum±rika½ ±harath±”ti pahiºi½su. Te “s±dh³”ti c±rika½carant± maddaraµµhe s±galanagara½ gat±. Tasmiñca nagare ek± so¼asavassudde-sik± abhir³p± kum±rik± ahosi, ta½ m±t±pitaro sattabh³mikassa p±s±dass³parima-tale pariv±sesu½. Tepi kho br±hmaº± “sace idha evar³p± kum±rik± bhavissati,ima½ disv± ‘aya½ asukassa kulassa dh²t± viya abhir³p±’ti vakkhant²”ti ta½ suva-ººar³paka½ titthamagge µhapetv± ekamanta½ nis²di½su. Athassa kum±rik±ya dh±t² ta½ kum±rika½ nh±petv± sayampi nh±yituk±m±hutv± tittha½ ±gat± ta½ r³paka½ disv± “dh²t± me”ti saññ±ya “dubbin²t±si, id±ne-v±ha½ nh±petv± nikkhant±, tva½ may± puretara½ idh±gat±s²”ti hatthena paha-ritv± thaddhabh±vañceva nibbik±ratañca ñatv± “aha½ me, dh²t±ti saññamak±si½,ki½ n±metan”ti ±ha. Atha na½ te br±hmaº± “evar³p± te, amma, dh²t±”tipucchi½su. Aya½ mama dh²tu santike ki½ agghat²ti? Tena hi te dh²tara½amh±ka½ dasseh²ti. S± tehi saddhi½ geha½ gantv± s±mik±na½ ±rocesi. Tebr±hmaºehi saddhi½ katapaµisammodan± dh²tara½ ot±retv± heµµh±p±s±de suva-ººar³pakassa santike µhapesu½. Suvaººar³paka½ nippabha½ ahosi, kum±rik±

sappabh± ahosi. Br±hmaº± ta½ tesa½ datv± kum±rika½ paµicch±petv± gantv±anitthigandhakum±rassa m±t±pit³na½ ±rocayi½su. Te tuµµham±nas± “gacchatha,na½ s²gha½ ±neth±”ti mahantena sakk±rena pahiºi½su. Kum±ropi ta½ pavatti½ sutv± “kañcanar³patopi kira abhir³patar± d±rik± atth²”tisavanavaseneva sineha½ upp±detv± “s²gha½ ±nent³”ti ±ha. S±pi kho y±na½ ±ro-petv± ±n²yam±n± atisukhum±lat±ya y±nuggh±tena samupp±ditav±tarog± antar±-maggeyeva k±lamak±si. Kum±ropi “±gat±”ti nirantara½ pucchati, tassa atisine-hena pucchantassa sahas±va an±rocetv± katip±ha½ vikkhepa½ katv± tamattha½±rocayi½su. So “tath±r³p±ya n±ma itthiy± saddhi½ sam±gama½ n±latthan”tiuppannadomanasso pabbatena viya sokadukkhena ajjhotthaµo (2.0185) ahosi.Satth± tass³panissaya½ disv± piº¹±ya caranto ta½ gehadv±ra½ agam±si.Athassa m±t±pitaro satth±ra½ antogeha½ pavesetv± sakkacca½ parivisi½su.Satth± bhattakicc±vas±ne “kaha½ anitthigandhakum±ro”ti pucchi. “Eso, bhante,±h±r³paccheda½ katv± antogabbhe nisinno”ti. “Pakkosatha nan”ti. So ±gantv±satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Satth± “ki½ nu kho, kum±ra, balavasokouppanno”ti vutte, “±ma, bhante, ‘evar³p± n±ma itth² antar±magge k±lakat±’ti sutv±balavasoko uppanno, bhattampi me nacch±det²”ti. Atha na½ satth± “j±n±si panatva½, kum±ra, ki½ te niss±ya soko uppanno”ti? “Na j±n±mi, bhante”ti. “K±ma½niss±ya, kum±ra, balavasoko uppanno, soko v± bhaya½ v± k±ma½ niss±ya uppa-jjat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 215. “K±mato j±yat² soko, k±mato j±yat² bhaya½; k±mato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayan”ti. Tattha k±matoti vatthuk±makilesak±mato, duvidhampeta½ k±ma½ niss±y±tiattho. Desan±vas±ne anitthigandhakum±ro sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Anitthigandhakum±ravatthu pañcama½. 6. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu Taºh±ya j±yat²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½br±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira micch±diµµhiko ekadivasa½ nad²t²ra½ gantv± khetta½ sodheti. Satth±tassa upanissayasampatti½ disv± tassa santika½ agam±si. So satth±ra½ disv±pis±m²cikamma½ akatv± tuºh² ahosi. Atha na½ satth± puretara½ ±lapitv±,“br±hmaºa, ki½ karos²”ti ±ha. “Khetta½, bho gotama, sodhem²”ti. Satth± ettaka-meva vatv± gato. Punadivasepi tassa khetta½ kasitu½ ±gatassa santika½ gantv±,“br±hmaºa, ki½ karos²”ti pucchitv± “khetta½ kas±mi, bho gotam±”ti sutv±pakk±mi. Punadivas±d²supi tatheva gantv± pucchitv±, “bho gotama, khetta½vap±mi niddemi rakkh±m²”ti (2.0186) sutv± pakk±mi. Atha na½ ekadivasa½br±hmaºo ±ha– “bho gotama, tva½ mama khettasodhanadivasato paµµh±ya ±gato.

Sace me sassa½ sampajjissati, tuyhampi sa½vibh±ga½ kariss±mi, tuyha½ adatv±saya½ na kh±diss±mi, ito d±ni paµµh±ya tva½ mama sah±yo”ti. Athassa aparena samayena sassa½ sampajji, tassa “sampanna½ me sassa½,sve d±ni l±y±pess±m²”ti l±yanattha½ kattabbakiccassa ratti½ mah±meghovassitv± sabba½ sassa½ hari, khetta½ tacchetv± µhapitasadisa½ ahosi. Satth±pana paµhamadivasa½yeva “ta½ sassa½ na sampajjissat²”ti aññ±si. Br±hmaºop±tova “khetta½ olokess±m²”ti gato tuccha½ khetta½ disv± uppannabalavasokocintesi– “samaºo gotamo mama khettasodhanak±lato paµµh±ya ±gato, ahampi na½‘imasmi½ sasse nipphanne tuyhampi sa½vibh±ga½ kariss±mi, tuyha½ adatv±saya½ na kh±diss±mi, ito paµµh±ya d±ni tva½ mama sah±yo’ti avaca½. Sopi memanoratho matthaka½ na p±puº²”ti ±h±r³paccheda½ katv± mañcake nipajji.Athassa satth± gehadv±ra½ agam±si. So satthu ±gamana½ sutv± “sah±ya½ me±netv± idha nis²d±peth±”ti ±ha. Parijano tath± ak±si. Satth± nis²ditv± “kaha½br±hmaºo”ti pucchitv± “gabbhe nipanno”ti vutte “pakkosatha nan”ti pakkos±petv±±gantv± ekamanta½ nisinna½ ±ha “ki½, br±hmaº±”ti? Bho gotama, tumhe mamakhettasodhanadivasato paµµh±ya ±gat±, ahampi “sasse nipphanne tumh±ka½sa½vibh±ga½ kariss±m²”ti avaca½. So me manoratho anipphanno, tena me sokouppanno, bhattampi me nacch±det²ti. Atha na½ satth± “j±n±si pana, br±hmaºa,ki½ te niss±ya soko uppanno”ti pucchitv± “na j±n±mi, bho gotama, tva½ pana j±n±-s²”ti vutte, “±ma, br±hmaºa, uppajjam±no soko v± bhaya½ v± taºha½ niss±yauppajjat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 216. “Taºh±ya j±yat² soko, taºh±ya j±yat² bhaya½; taºh±ya vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayan”ti. Tattha taºh±y±ti chadv±rik±ya taºh±ya, eta½ taºha½ niss±ya uppajjat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne br±hmaºo sot±pattiphale patiµµhah²ti. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Pañcasatad±rakavatthu S²ladassanasampannanti (2.0187) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvaneviharanto antar±magge pañcasatad±rake ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi satth± as²timah±therehi saddhi½ pañcasatabhikkhupariv±ro r±ja-gaha½ piº¹±ya pavisanto ekasmi½ chaºadivase pañcasate d±rake p³vapacchiyoukkhip±petv± nagar± nikkhamma uyy±na½ gacchante addasa. Tepi satth±ra½vanditv± pakkami½su, te eka½ bhikkhumpi “p³va½ gaºhath±”ti na vadi½su.Satth± tesa½ gatak±le bhikkh³ ±ha– “kh±dissatha, bhikkhave, p³ve”ti. “Kaha½bhante, p³v±”ti? “Ki½ na passatha te d±rake p³vapacchiyo ukkhip±petv± atikka-nte”ti? “Bhante, evar³p± n±ma d±rak± kassaci p³va½ na dent²”ti. “Bhikkhave,kiñc±pi ete ma½ v± tumhe v± p³vehi na nimantayi½su, p³vas±miko pana bhikkhupacchato ±gacchati, p³ve kh±ditv±va gantu½ vaµµat²”ti. Buddh±nañhi ekapugga-

lepi iss± v± doso v± natthi, tasm± ima½ vatv± bhikkhusaªgha½ ±d±ya ekasmi½rukkham³le ch±y±ya nis²di. D±rak± mah±kassapatthera½ pacchato ±gacchanta½disv± uppannasineh± p²tivegena paripuººasar²r± hutv± pacchiyo ot±retv± thera½pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv± p³ve pacch²hi saddhi½yeva ukkhipitv± “gaºhatha,bhante”ti thera½ vadi½su. Atha ne thero ±ha– “esa satth± bhikkhusaªgha½gahetv± rukkham³le nisinno, tumh±ka½ deyyadhamma½ ±d±ya gantv± bhikkhu-saªghassa sa½vibh±ga½ karoth±”ti. Te “s±dhu, bhante”ti nivattitv± therenasaddhi½yeva gantv± p³ve datv± olokayam±n± ekamante µhatv± paribhog±vas±neudaka½ ada½su. Bhikkh³ ujjh±yi½su “d±rakehi mukholokanena bhikkh± dinn±,samm±sambuddha½ v± mah±there v± p³vehi an±pucchitv± mah±kassapatthera½disv± pacch²hi saddhi½yeva ±d±ya ±gami½s³”ti. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv±,“bhikkhave, mama puttena mah±kassapena sadiso bhikkhu devamanuss±na½piyo hoti, te ca tassa catupaccayena p³ja½ karontiyev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 217. “S²ladassanasampanna½, dhammaµµha½ saccavedina½; attano kamma kubb±na½, ta½ jano kurute piyan”ti. Tattha (2.0188) s²ladassanasampannanti catup±risuddhis²lena ceva maggapha-lasampayuttena ca samm±dassanena sampanna½. Dhammaµµhanti navavidhalo-kuttaradhamme µhita½, sacchikatalokuttaradhammanti attho. Saccavedinanticatunna½ sacc±na½ so¼asah±k±rehi sacchikatatt± saccañ±ºena saccavedina½.Attano kamma kubb±nanti attano kamma½ n±ma tisso sikkh±, t± p³rayam±nantiattho. Ta½ janoti ta½ puggala½ lokiyamah±jano piya½ karoti, daµµhuk±mo vanditu-k±mo paccayena p³jetuk±mo hotiyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne sabbepi te d±rak± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½s³ti. Pañcasatad±rakavatthu sattama½. 8. Eka-an±g±mittheravatthu

mitthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Chandaj±toti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½ an±g±-mitthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi ta½ thera½ saddhivih±rik± pucchi½su– “atthi pana vo, bhante,vises±dhigamo”ti. Thero “an±g±miphala½ n±ma gahaµµh±pi p±puºanti, arahatta½pattak±leyeva tehi saddhi½ kathess±m²”ti har±yam±no kiñci akathetv±va k±lakatosuddh±v±sadevaloke nibbatti. Athassa saddhivih±rik± roditv± paridevitv± satthusantika½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± rodant±va ekamanta½ nis²di½su. Atha nesatth± “ki½, bhikkhave, rodath±”ti ±ha. “Upajjh±yo no, bhante, k±lakato”ti. “Hotu,bhikkhave, m± cintayittha, dhuvadhammo n±meso”ti? “¾ma, bhante, mayampij±n±ma, apica maya½ upajjh±ya½ vises±dhigama½ pucchimh±, so kiñci akathe-tv±va k±lakato, tenamha dukkhit±”ti. Satth±, “bhikkhave, m± cintayittha, upajjh±-yena vo an±g±miphala½ patta½, so ‘gih²peta½ p±puºanti, arahatta½ patv±vanesa½ kathess±m²’ti har±yanto tumh±ka½ kiñci akathetv± k±la½ katv± suddh±-v±se nibbatto, ass±satha, bhikkhave, upajjh±yo vo k±mesu appaµibaddhacittata½patto”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 218. “Chandaj±to (2.0189) anakkh±te, manas± ca phuµo siy±; k±mesu ca appaµibaddhacitto, uddha½sototi vuccat²”ti. Tattha chandaj±toti kattuk±mat±vasena j±tachando uss±hapatto. Anakkh±tetinibb±ne. Tañhi “asukena kata½ v± n²l±d²su evar³pa½ v±”ti avattabbat±ya ana-kkh±ta½ n±ma. Manas± ca phuµo siy±ti heµµhimehi t²hi maggaphalacittehi phuµop³rito bhaveyya. Appaµibaddhacittoti an±g±mimaggavasena k±mesu appaµiba-ddhacitto. Uddha½sototi evar³po bhikkhu avihesu nibbattitv± tato paµµh±ya paµisa-ndhivasena akaniµµha½ gacchanto uddha½sototi vuccati, t±diso vo upajjh±yotiattho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahattaphale patiµµhahi½su, mah±janass±pi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Eka-an±g±mittheravatthu aµµhama½. 9. Nandiyavatthu Cirappav±sinti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± isipatane viharanto nandiya½±rabbha kathesi. B±r±ºasiya½ kira saddh±sampannassa kulassa nandiyo n±ma putto ahosi, som±t±pit³na½ anur³po saddh±sampanno saªghupaµµh±ko ahosi. Athassa m±t±pi-taro vayappattak±le sammukhagehato m±tuladh²tara½ revati½ n±ma ±netuk±m±ahesu½. S± pana assaddh± ad±nas²l±, nandiyo ta½ na icchi. Athassa m±t±revati½ ±ha– “amma, tva½ imasmi½ gehe bhikkhusaªghassa nisajjanaµµh±na½upalimpitv± ±san±ni paññ±pehi, ±dh±rake µhapehi, bhikkh³na½ ±gatak±le patta½

gahetv± nis²d±petv± dhammakaraºena p±n²ya½ pariss±vetv± bhuttak±le pattedhova, eva½ me puttassa ±r±dhit± bhavissas²”ti. S± tath± ak±si. Atha na½ “ov±da-kkham± j±t±”ti puttassa ±rocetv± tena s±dh³ti sampaµicchite divasa½ µhapetv±±v±ha½ kari½su. Atha (2.0190) na½ nandiyo ±ha– “sace bhikkhusaªghañca m±t±pitaro ca meupaµµhahissasi, eva½ imasmi½ gehe vasitu½ labhissasi, appamatt± hoh²”ti. S±“s±dh³”ti paµissuºitv± katip±ha½ saddh± viya hutv± bhatt±ra½ upaµµhahant² dveputte vij±yi. Nandiyass±pi m±t±pitaro k±lamaka½su, gehe sabbissariya½ tass±-yeva ahosi. Nandiyopi m±t±pit³na½ k±lakiriyato paµµh±ya mah±d±napati hutv±bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ paµµhapesi. Kapaºaddhik±d²nampi gehadv±re p±ka-vatta½ paµµhapesi. So aparabh±ge satthu dhammadesana½ sutv± ±v±sad±ne ±ni-sa½sa½ sallakkhetv± isipatane mah±vih±re cat³hi gabbhehi paµimaº¹ita½ catu-s±la½ k±retv± mañcap²µh±d²ni atthar±petv± ta½ ±v±sa½ niyy±dento buddhappa-mukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ datv± tath±gatassa dakkhiºodaka½ ad±si.Satthu hatthe dakkhiºodakapatiµµh±nena saddhi½yeva t±vati½sadevaloke sabba-dis±su dv±dasayojaniko uddha½ yojanasatubbedho sattaratanamayo n±r²gaºasa-mpanno dibbap±s±do uggacchi. Athekadivase mah±moggall±natthero devac±rika½ gantv± tassa p±s±dassaavid³re µhito attano santike ±gate devaputte pucchi– “kasseso acchar±gaºapari-vuto dibbap±s±do nibbatto”ti. Athassa devaputt± vim±nas±mika½ ±cikkhant±±ha½su– “bhante, yena nandiyena n±ma gahapatiputtena isipatane satthu vih±ra½k±retv± dinno, tassatth±ya eta½ vim±na½ nibbattan”ti. Acchar±saªghopi na½disv± p±s±dato orohitv± ±ha– “bhante, maya½ ‘nandiyassa paric±rik± bhaviss±m±’-ti idha nibbatt±, ta½ pana apassant² ativiya ukkaºµhitamh±, mattikap±ti½ bhinditv±suvaººap±tigahaºa½ viya manussasampatti½ jahitv± dibbasampattigahaºa½,idh±gamanatth±ya na½ vadeyy±th±”ti. Thero tato ±gantv± satth±ra½ upasaªka-mitv± pucchi– “nibbattati nu kho, bhante, manussaloke µhit±na½yeva katakaly±-º±na½ dibbasampatt²”ti. “Moggall±na, nanu te devaloke nandiyassa nibbatt±dibbasampatti s±ma½ diµµh±, kasm± ma½ pucchas²”ti. “Eva½, bhante, nibbatta-t²”ti. Atha na½ satth± “moggall±na½ ki½ n±meta½ kathesi. Yath± hi cirappavuµµha½putta½ v± bh±tara½ v± vippav±sato ±gacchanta½ g±madv±re µhito kocideva (2.0191disv± vegena geha½ ±gantv± ‘asuko n±ma ±gato’ti ±roceyya, athassa ñ±tak±haµµhapahaµµh± vegena nikkhamitv± ‘±gatosi, t±ta, arogosi, t±t±’ti ta½ abhina-ndeyyu½, evameva idha katakaly±ºa½ itthi½ v± purisa½ v± ima½ loka½ jahitv±paraloka½ gata½ dasavidha½ dibbapaºº±k±ra½ ±d±ya ‘aha½ purato, aha½ pura-to’ti paccuggantv± devat± abhinandant²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 219. “Cirappav±si½ purisa½, d³rato sotthim±gata½; ñ±timitt± suhajj± ca, abhinandanti ±gata½. 220. “Tatheva katapuññampi, asm± lok± para½ gata½; puññ±ni paµigaºhanti, piya½ ñ±t²va ±gatan”ti. Tattha cirappav±sinti cirappavuµµha½. D³rato sotthim±gatanti vaºijja½ v± r±ja-

porisa½ v± katv± laddhal±bha½ nipphannasampatti½ anupaddavena d³raµµh±-nato ±gata½. ѱtimitt± suhajj± c±ti kulasambandhavasena ñ±t² ca sandiµµh±dibh±-vena mitt± ca suhadayabh±vena suhajj± ca. Abhinandanti ±gatanti na½ disv± ±ga-tanti vacanamattena v± añjalikaraºamattena v± gehasampatta½ pana n±nappak±-rapaºº±k±r±bhiharaºavasena abhinandanti. Tathev±ti tenev±k±rena katapu-ññampi puggala½ imasm± lok± paraloka½ gata½ dibba½ ±yuvaººasukhayasa-±-dhipateyya½, dibba½ r³pasaddagandharasaphoµµhabbanti ima½ dasavidha½paºº±k±ra½ ±d±ya m±t±pituµµh±ne µhit±ni puññ±ni abhinandant±ni paµiggaºhanti.Piya½ ñ±t²v±ti idhaloke piyañ±taka½ ±gata½ sesañ±tak± viy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Nandiyavatthu navama½. Piyavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. So¼asamo vaggo. 17. Kodhavaggo 1. Rohin²khattiyakaññ±vatthu Kodha½ (2.0192) jaheti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± nigrodh±r±me viharantorohini½ n±ma khattiyakañña½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmi½ kira samaye ±yasm± anuruddho pañcasatehi bhikkh³hi saddhi½ kapi-lavatthu½ agam±si. Athassa ñ±tak± “thero ±gato”ti sutv± therassa santika½ aga-ma½su µhapetv± rohini½ n±ma therassa bhagini½. Thero ñ±take pucchi “kaha½,rohin²”ti? “Gehe, bhante”ti. “Kasm± idha n±gat±”ti? “Sar²re tass± chavirogo uppa-nnoti lajj±ya n±gat±, bhante”ti. Thero “pakkosatha nan”ti pakkos±petv± paµaka-ñcuka½ paµimuñcitv± ±gata½ evam±ha– “rohini, kasm± n±gat±s²”ti? “Sar²re me,bhante, chavirogo uppanno, tasm± lajj±ya n±gat±mh²”ti. “Ki½ pana te puñña½k±tu½ na vaµµat²”ti? “Ki½ karomi, bhante”ti? “¾sanas±la½ k±reh²”ti. “Ki½ gahetv±”-ti? “Ki½ te pas±dhanabhaº¹aka½ natth²”ti? “Atthi, bhante”ti. “Ki½ m³lan”ti?“Dasasahassam³la½ bhavissat²”ti. “Tena hi ta½ vissajjetv± ±sanas±la½ k±reh²”ti.“Ko me, bhante, k±ressat²”ti? Thero sam²pe µhitañ±take oloketv± “tumh±ka½bh±ro hot³”ti ±ha. “Tumhe pana, bhante, ki½ karissath±”ti? “Ahampi idhevabhaviss±m²”ti. “Tena hi etiss± dabbasambh±re ±harath±”ti. Te “s±dhu, bhante”ti±hari½su. Thero ±sanas±la½ sa½vidahanto rohini½ ±ha– “dvibh³mika½ ±sanas±la½

k±retv± upari padar±na½ dinnak±lato paµµh±ya heµµh±s±la½ nibaddha½ samma-jjitv± ±san±ni paññ±pehi, nibaddha½ p±n²yaghaµe upaµµh±peh²”ti. S± “s±dhu,bhante”ti pas±dhanabhaº¹aka½ vissajjetv± dvibh³mika-±sanas±la½ k±retv±upari padar±na½ dinnak±lato paµµh±ya heµµh±s±la½ sammajjan±d²ni ak±si.Nibaddha½ bhikkh³ nis²danti. Athass± ±sanas±la½ sammajjantiy±va chavirogomil±yi. S± ±sanas±l±ya niµµhit±ya buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nima-ntetv± ±sanas±la½ p³retv± nisinnassa buddhappamukhassa (2.0193) bhikkhusa-ªghassa paº²ta½ kh±dan²ya½ bhojan²ya½ ad±si. Satth± katabhattakicco“kasseta½ d±nan”ti pucchi. “Bhaginiy± me, bhante, rohiniy±”ti. “S± pana kahan”ti?“Gehe, bhante”ti. “Pakkosatha nan”ti? S± ±gantu½ na icchi. Atha na½ satth± ani-ccham±nampi pakkos±pesiyeva. ¾gantv± ca pana vanditv± nisinna½ ±ha– “rohini,kasm± n±gamitth±”ti? “Sar²re me, bhante, chavirogo atthi, tena lajjam±n± n±gat±-mh²”ti. “J±n±si pana ki½ te niss±ya esa uppanno”ti? “Na j±n±mi, bhante”ti. “Tavakodha½ niss±ya uppanno eso”ti. “Ki½ pana me, bhante, katan”ti? “Tena hi suº±-h²”ti. Athass± satth± at²ta½ ±hari. At²te b±r±ºasirañño aggamahes² ekiss± rañño n±µakitthiy± ±gh±ta½ bandhitv±“dukkhamass± upp±dess±m²”ti cintetv± mah±kacchuphal±ni ±har±petv± ta½ n±µa-kitthi½ attano santika½ pakkos±petv± yath± s± na j±n±ti, evamass± sayane cevap±v±rakojav±d²nañca antaresu kacchucuºº±ni µhap±pesi, ke¼i½ kurum±n± viyatass± sar²repi okiri. Ta½ khaºa½yeva tass± sar²ra½ uppakkuppakka½ gaº¹±ga-º¹aj±ta½ ahosi. S± kaº¹uvant² gantv± sayane nipajji, tatr±piss± kacchucuººehikh±diyam±n±ya kharatar± vedan± uppajji. Tad± aggamahes² rohin² ahos²ti. Satth± ima½ at²ta½ ±haritv±, “rohini, tad± tay±veta½ kamma½ kata½. Appama-ttakopi hi kodho v± iss± v± k±tu½ na yuttar³po ev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 221. “Kodha½ jahe vippajaheyya m±na½, sa½yojana½ sabbamatikkameyya; ta½ n±mar³pasmimasajjam±na½, akiñcana½ n±nupatanti dukkh±”ti. Tattha kodhanti sabb±k±rampi kodha½ navavidhampi m±na½ jaheyya. Sa½yoja-nanti k±mar±gasa½yojan±dika½ dasavidhampi sabbasa½yojana½ atikkameyya.Asajjam±nanti alaggam±na½. Yo hi “mama r³pa½ mama vedan±”ti-±din± nayena

n±mar³pa½ paµiggaºh±ti, tasmiñca bhijjam±ne socati vihaññati (2.0194), aya½n±mar³pasmi½ sajjati n±ma. Eva½ aggaºhanto avihaññanto na sajjati n±ma. Ta½puggala½ eva½ asajjam±na½ r±g±d²na½ abh±vena akiñcana½ dukkh± n±man±nupatant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Rohin²pisot±pattiphale patiµµhit±, taªkhaºaññevass± sar²ra½ suvaººavaººa½ ahosi. S± tato cut± t±vati½sabhavane catunna½ devaputt±na½ s²mantare nibbattitv±p±s±dik± r³pasobhaggappatt± ahosi. Catt±ropi devaputt± ta½ disv± uppannasi-neh± hutv± “mama s²m±ya anto nibbatt±, mama s²m±ya anto nibbatt±”ti vivadant±sakkassa devarañño santika½ gantv±, “deva, ima½ no niss±ya a¹¹o uppanno,ta½ vinicchin±th±”ti ±ha½su. Sakkopi ta½ oloketv±va uppannasineho hutv± eva-m±ha– “im±ya vo diµµhak±lato paµµh±ya katha½ citt±ni uppann±n²”ti. Atheko ±ha–“mama t±va uppannacitta½ saªg±mabheri viya sannis²ditu½ n±sakkh²”ti. Dutiyo“mama citta½ pabbatanad² viya s²gha½ pavattatiyev±”ti. Tatiyo “mama imiss±diµµhak±lato paµµh±ya kakkaµassa viya akkh²ni nikkhami½s³”ti. Catuttho “mamacitta½ cetiye uss±pitadhajo viya niccala½ µh±tu½ n±sakkh²”ti. Atha ne sakko ±ha–“t±t±, tumh±ka½ t±va citt±ni pasayhar³p±ni, aha½ pana ima½ labhanto j²viss±mi,alabhantassa me maraºa½ bhavissat²”ti. Devaputt±, “mah±r±ja, tumh±ka½ mara-ºena attho natth²”ti ta½ sakkassa vissajjetv± pakkami½su. S± sakkassa piy±ahosi man±p±. “Asukak²¼a½ n±ma gacch±m±”ti vutte sakko tass± vacana½ paµi-kkhipitu½ n±sakkh²ti. Rohin²khattiyakaññ±vatthu paµhama½. 2. Aññatarabhikkhuvatthu Yo ve uppatitanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± agg±¼ave cetiye viharantoaññatara½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Satth±r± (2.0195) hi bhikkhusaªghassa sen±sane anuññ±te r±jagahaseµµhi-±-d²hi sen±sanesu kariyam±nesu eko ±¼aviko bhikkhu attano sen±sana½ karontoeka½ man±parukkha½ disv± chinditu½ ±rabhi. Tattha pana nibbatt± ek± taruºa-putt± devat± putta½ aªken±d±ya µhit± y±ci “m± me, s±mi, vim±na½ chindi, nasakkhiss±mi putta½ ±d±ya an±v±s± vicaritun”ti. So “aha½ aññatra ²disa½rukkha½ na labhiss±m²”ti tass± vacana½ n±diyi. S± “imampi t±va d±raka½ olo-ketv± oramissat²”ti putta½ rukkhas±kh±ya µhapesi. Sopi bhikkhu ukkhipita½pharasu½ sandh±retu½ asakkonto d±rakassa b±hu½ chindi, devat± uppannabala-vakodh± “paharitv± na½ m±ress±m²”ti ubho hatthe ukkhipitv± eva½ t±va cintesi–“aya½ bhikkhu s²lav±. Sac±ha½ ima½ m±ress±mi, nirayag±min² bhaviss±mi.Sesadevat±pi attano rukkha½ chindante bhikkh³ disv± ‘asukadevat±ya eva½n±ma m±rito bhikkh³’ti ma½ pam±ºa½ katv± bhikkh³ m±ressanti. Ayañca sas±-miko bhikkhu, s±mikasseva na½ kathess±m²”ti ukkhittahatthe apanetv± rodam±n±satthu santika½ gantv± vanditv± ekamanta½ aµµh±si. Atha na½ satth± “ki½ devate”-

ti ±ha. S±, “bhante, tumh±ka½ me s±vakena ida½ n±ma kata½, ahampi na½ m±re-tuk±m± hutv± ida½ n±ma cintetv± am±retv±va idh±gat±”ti sabba½ ta½ pavatti½vitth±rato ±rocesi. Satth± ta½ sutv± “s±dhu, s±dhu devate, s±dhu te kata½ eva½ uggata½ kopa½bhanta½ ratha½ viya niggaºham±n±y±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 222. “Yo ve uppatita½ kodha½, ratha½ bhanta½va v±raye; tamaha½ s±rathi½ br³mi, rasmigg±ho itaro jano”ti. Tattha uppatitanti uppanna½. Ratha½ bhanta½ v±ti yath± n±ma cheko s±rathiativegena dh±vanta½ ratha½ niggaºhitv± yathicchaka½ µhapeti, eva½ yo puggalouppanna½ kodha½ v±raye niggaºhitu½ sakkoti. Tamahanti ta½ aha½ s±rathi½br³mi. Itaro janoti itaro pana r±ja-upar±j±d²na½ rathas±rathijano rasmigg±hon±ma hoti, na uttamas±rath²ti. Desan±vas±ne (2.0196) devat± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Devat± pana sot±pann± hutv±pi rodam±n± aµµh±si. Atha na½ satth± “ki½ deva-te”ti pucchitv±, “bhante, vim±na½ me naµµha½, id±ni ki½ kariss±m²”ti vutte, “ala½devate, m± cintayi, aha½ te vim±na½ dass±m²”ti jetavane gandhakuµisam²pe puri-madivase cutadevata½ eka½ rukkha½ apadisanto “amukasmi½ ok±se rukkhovivitto, tattha upagacch±”ti ±ha. S± tattha upagañchi. Tato paµµh±ya “buddhada-ttiya½ imiss± vim±nan”ti mahesakkhadevat±pi ±gantv± ta½ c±letu½ n±sakkhi½su.Satth± ta½ atthuppatti½ katv± bhikkh³na½ bh³tag±masikkh±pada½ paññ±pes²ti. Aññatarabhikkhuvatthu dutiya½. 3. Uttar±-up±sik±vatthu Akkodhena jine kodhanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharantouttar±ya gehe katabhattakicco uttara½ up±sika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tatr±yamanupubb² kath±– r±jagahe kira sumanaseµµhi½ niss±ya puººo n±madaliddo bhati½ katv± j²vati. Tassa bhariy± ca uttar± n±ma dh²t± c±ti dveyeva geha-m±nusak±. Athekadivasa½ “satt±ha½ nakkhatta½ k²¼itabban”ti r±jagaheghosana½ kari½su. Ta½ sutv± sumanaseµµhi p±tova ±gata½ puººa½ ±mantetv±,“t±ta, amh±ka½ parijano nakkhatta½ k²¼ituk±mo, tva½ ki½ nakkhatta½ k²¼issasi,ud±hu bhati½ karissas²”ti ±ha. “S±mi, nakkhatta½ n±ma sadhan±na½ hoti, mamapana gehe sv±tan±ya y±gutaº¹ulampi natthi, ki½ me nakkhattena, goºe labhantokasitu½ gamiss±m²”ti. “Tena hi goºe gaºh±h²”ti. So balavagoºe ca naªgalañcagahetv±, “bhadde, n±gar± nakkhatta½ k²¼anti, aha½ daliddat±ya bhati½ k±tu½gamiss±mi, mayhampi t±va ajja dviguºa½ niv±pa½ pacitv± bhatta½ ±hareyy±s²”tibhariya½ vatv± khetta½ agam±si. S±riputtattheropi (2.0197) satt±ha½ nirodhasam±panno ta½ divasa½ vuµµh±ya“kassa nu kho ajja may± saªgaha½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti olokento puººa½ attano ñ±ºa-

j±lassa anto paviµµha½ disv± “saddho nu kho esa, sakkhissati v± me saªgaha½k±tun”ti olokento tassa saddhabh±vañca saªgaha½ k±tu½ samatthabh±vañcatappaccay± cassa mah±sampattipaµil±bhañca ñatv± pattac²varam±d±ya tassakasanaµµh±na½ gantv± ±v±µat²re eka½ gumba½ olokento aµµh±si. Puººo thera½ disv±va kasi½ µhapetv± pañcapatiµµhitena thera½ vanditv±“dantakaµµhena attho bhavissat²”ti dantakaµµha½ kappiya½ katv± ad±si. Athassathero pattañca pariss±vanañca n²haritv± ad±si. So “p±n²yena attho bhavissat²”tita½ ±d±ya p±n²ya½ pariss±vetv± ad±si. Thero cintesi– “aya½ paresa½ pacchima-gehe vasati. Sacassa gehadv±ra½ gamiss±mi, imassa bhariy± ma½ daµµhu½ nalabhissati. Y±vass± bhatta½ ±d±ya magga½ paµipajjati, t±va idheva bhaviss±m²”ti.So tattheva thoka½ v²tin±metv± tassa magg±ru¼habh±va½ ñatv± antonagar±bhi-mukho p±y±si. S± antar±magge thera½ disv± cintesi– “appekad±ha½ deyyadhamme satiayya½ na pass±mi, appekad± me ayya½ passantiy± deyyadhammo na hoti. Ajjapana me ayyo ca diµµho, deyyadhammo c±ya½ atthi, karissati nu kho me saªgaha-n”ti. S± bhattabh±jana½ oropetv± thera½ pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv±, “bhante,ida½ l³kha½ v± paº²ta½ v±ti acintetv± d±sassa vo saªgaha½ karoth±”ti ±ha.Thero patta½ upan±metv± t±ya ekena hatthena bh±jana½ dh±retv± ekenahatthena tato bhatta½ dadam±n±ya upa¹¹habhatte dinne “alan”ti hatthena patta½pidahi. S±, “bhante, ekova paµiviso, na sakk± dvidh± k±tu½. Tumh±ka½ d±sassaidhalokasaªgaha½ akatv± paralokasaªgaha½ karotha, niravasesameva d±tuk±-mamh²”ti vatv± sabbameva therassa patte patiµµhapetv± “tumhehi diµµhadhamma-sseva bh±g² assan”ti patthana½ ak±si. Thero “eva½ hot³”ti vatv± µhitakova anu-modana½ karitv± ekasmi½ udakaph±sukaµµh±ne nis²ditv± bhattakiccamak±si.S±pi nivattitv± taº¹ule pariyesitv± bhatta½ paci. Puººopi a¹¹hakar²samatta-µµh±na½ kasitv± jighaccha½ sahitu½ asakkonto goºe vissajjetv± ekarukkha-cch±ya½ pavisitv± magga½ olokento nis²di. Athassa (2.0198) bhariy± bhatta½ ±d±ya gaccham±n± ta½ disv±va “esa jigha-cch±ya p²¼ito ma½ olokento nisinno. Sace ma½ ‘ativiya je cir±y²’ti tajjetv± patodala-µµhiy± ma½ paharissati, may± katakamma½ niratthaka½ bhavissati. Paµikacce-vassa ±rocess±m²”ti cintetv± evam±ha– “s±mi, ajjekadivasa½ citta½ pas±dehi, m±may± katakamma½ niratthaka½ kari. Ahañhi p±tova te bhatta½ ±harant² antar±-magge dhammasen±pati½ disv± tava bhatta½ tassa datv± puna gantv± bhatta½pacitv± ±gat±, pas±dehi, s±mi, cittan”ti. So “ki½ vadesi, bhadde”ti pucchitv± punatamattha½ sutv±, “bhadde, s±dhu vata te kata½ mama bhatta½ ayyassa dadam±-n±ya, may±pissa ajja p±tova dantakaµµhañca mukhodakañca dinnan”ti pasanna-m±naso ta½ vacana½ abhinanditv± ussure laddhabhattat±ya kilantak±yo tass±aªke s²sa½ katv± nidda½ okkami. Athassa p±tova kasitaµµh±na½ pa½sucuººa½ up±d±ya sabba½ rattasuvaººa½kaºik±rapupphar±si viya sobham±na½ aµµh±si. So pabuddho oloketv± bhariya½±ha– “bhadde, eta½ kasitaµµh±na½ sabba½ mama suvaººa½ hutv± paññ±yati, ki½nu kho me ati-ussure laddhabhattat±ya akkh²ni bhamant²”ti. “S±mi, mayhampi eva-

meva paññ±yat²”ti. So uµµh±ya tattha gantv± ekapiº¹a½ gahetv± naªgalas²sepaharitv± suvaººabh±va½ ñatv± “aho ayyassa dhammasen±patissa me dinnad±-nena ajjeva vip±ko dassito, na kho pana sakk± ettaka½ dhana½ paµicch±detv±paribhuñjitun”ti bhariy±ya ±bhata½ bhattap±ti½ suvaººassa p³retv± r±jakula½gantv± raññ± katok±so pavisitv± r±j±na½ abhiv±detv± “ki½, t±t±”ti vutte, “deva,ajja may± kasitaµµh±na½ sabba½ suvaººabharitameva hutv± µhita½, ida½suvaººa½ ±har±petu½ vaµµat²”ti. “Kosi tvan”ti? “Puººo n±ma ahan”ti. “Ki½ panate ajja katan”ti? “Dhammasen±patissa me ajja p±tova dantakaµµhañca mukhoda-kañca dinna½, bhariy±yapi me mayha½ ±haraºabhatta½ tasseva dinnan”ti. Ta½ sutv± r±j± “ajjeva kira, bho, dhammasen±patissa dinnad±nena vip±kodassito”ti vatv±, “t±ta, ki½ karom²”ti pucchi. “Bah³ni sakaµasahass±ni pahiºitv±suvaººa½ ±har±peth±”ti. R±j± sakaµ±ni pahiºi. R±japurisesu “rañño santakan”tigaºhantesu gahitagahita½ mattik±va hoti. Te gantv± rañño ±rocetv± “tumhehikinti (2.0199) vatv± gahitan”ti. Puµµh± “tumh±ka½ santakan”ti ±ha½su. Namayha½, t±t±, santaka½, gacchatha “puººassa santakan”ti vatv± gaºhath±ti. Tetath± kari½su, gahitagahita½ suvaººameva ahosi. Sabbampi ±haritv± r±jaªgaºer±simaka½su, as²tihatthubbedho r±si ahosi. R±j± n±gare sannip±tetv± “imasmi½nagare atthi kassaci ettaka½ suvaººan”ti? “Natthi, dev±”ti. “Ki½ panassa d±tu½vaµµat²”ti? “Seµµhichatta½, dev±”ti. R±j± “b±hudhanaseµµhi n±ma hot³”ti maha-ntena bhogena saddhi½ tassa seµµhichattamad±si. Atha na½ so ±ha– “maya½,deva, ettaka½ k±la½ parakule vasimh±, vasanaµµh±na½ no deth±”ti. “Tena hipassa, esa gumbo paññ±yati, eta½ har±petv± geha½ k±reh²”ti pur±ºaseµµhissagehaµµh±na½ ±cikkhi. So tasmi½ µh±ne katip±heneva geha½ k±r±petv± gehappa-vesanamaªgalañca chattamaªgalañca ekatova karonto satt±ha½ buddhappamu-khassa bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ ad±si. Athassa satth± anumodana½ karontoanupubbi½ katha½ kathesi. Dhammakath±vas±ne puººaseµµhi ca bhariy± cassadh²t± ca uttar±ti tayo jan± sot±pann± ahesu½. Aparabh±ge r±jagahaseµµhi puººaseµµhino dh²tara½ attano puttassa v±resi. So“n±ha½ dass±m²”ti vatv± “m± eva½ karotu, ettaka½ k±la½ amhe niss±ya vasante-neva te sampatti laddh±, detu me puttassa dh²taran”ti vutte “so micch±diµµhiko,mama dh²t±

t²hi ratanehi vin± vattitu½ na sakkoti, nevassa dh²tara½ dass±m²”ti ±ha. Atha na½bah³ seµµhigaº±dayo kulaputt± “m± tena saddhi½ viss±sa½ bhindi, dehissa dh²ta-ran”ti y±ci½su. So tesa½ vacana½ sampaµicchitv± ±s±¼hipuººam±ya½ dh²tara½ad±si. S± patikula½ gatak±lato paµµh±ya bhikkhu½ v± bhikkhuni½ v± upasaªka-mitu½ d±na½ v± d±tu½ dhamma½ v± sotu½ n±lattha. Eva½ a¹¹hatiyesu m±sesuv²tivattesu santike µhita½ paric±rika½ pucchi– “id±ni kittaka½ antovassassa avasi-µµhan”ti? “A¹¹ham±so, ayye”ti. S± pitu s±sana½ pahiºi “kasm± ma½ evar³pebandhan±g±re pakkhipi½su, vara½ me lakkhaº±hata½ katv± (2.0200) paresa½d±si½ s±vetu½. Evar³passa micch±diµµhikulassa d±tu½ na vaµµati. ¾gatak±latopaµµh±ya bhikkhudassan±d²su ekampi puñña½ k±tu½ na labh±m²”ti. Athass± pit± “dukkhit± vata me dh²t±”ti anattamanata½ pavedetv± pañcadasakah±paºasahass±ni pesesi “imasmi½ nagare sirim± n±ma gaºik± atthi, devasika½sahassa½ gaºh±ti. Imehi kah±paºehi ta½ ±netv± s±mikassa p±daparic±rika½katv± saya½ puññ±ni karot³”ti. S± sirima½ pakkos±petv± “sah±yike ime kah±-paºe gahetv± ima½ a¹¹ham±sa½ tava sah±yaka½ paricar±h²”ti ±ha. S±“s±dh³”ti paµissuºi. S± ta½ ±d±ya s±mikassa santika½ gantv± tena sirima½ disv±“ki½ idan”ti vutte, “s±mi, ima½ a¹¹ham±sa½ mama sah±yik± tumhe paricaratu,aha½ pana ima½ a¹¹ham±sa½ d±nañceva d±tuk±m± dhammañca sotuk±m±”ti±ha. So ta½ abhir³pa½ itthi½ disv± uppannasineho “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi. Uttar±pi kho buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nimantetv±, “bhante, ima½a¹¹ham±sa½ aññattha agantv± idheva bhikkh± gahetabb±”ti satthu paµiñña½gahetv± “ito d±ni paµµh±ya y±va mah±pav±raº±, t±va satth±ra½ upaµµh±tu½dhammañca sotu½ labhiss±m²”ti tuµµham±nas± “eva½ y±gu½ pacatha, eva½p³ve pacath±”ti mah±nase sabbakicc±ni sa½vidahant² vicarati. Athass± s±miko“sve pav±raº± bhavissat²”ti mah±nas±bhimukho v±tap±ne µhatv± “ki½ nu khokaront² s± andhab±l± vicarat²”ti olokento ta½ seµµh²dh²tara½ sedakilinna½ ch±ri-k±ya okiººa½ aªg±ramasimakkhita½ tath± sa½vidahitv± vicaram±na½ disv±“aho andhab±l± evar³pe µh±ne ima½ sirisampatti½ n±nubhavati, ‘muº¹akasa-maºe upaµµhahiss±m²’ti tuµµhacitt± vicarat²”ti hasitv± apagañchi. Tasmi½ apagate tassa santike µhit± sirim± “ki½ nu kho oloketv± esa has²”titeneva v±tap±nena olokent² uttara½ disv± “ima½ oloketv± imin± hasita½, addh±imassa et±ya saddhi½ santhavo atth²”ti cintesi. S± kira a¹¹ham±sa½ tasmi½gehe b±hiraka-itth² hutv± vasam±n±pi ta½ sampatti½ anubhavam±n± attano b±hi-raka-itthibh±va½ aj±nitv± “aha½ gharas±min²”ti saññamak±si. S± (2.0201) utta-r±ya ±gh±ta½ bandhitv± “dukkhamass± upp±dess±m²”ti p±s±d± oruyha mah±-nasa½ pavisitv± p³vapacanaµµh±ne pakkuthita½ sappi½ kaµacchun± ±d±ya uttar±-bhimukha½ p±y±si. Uttar± ta½ ±gacchanti½ disv± “mama sah±yik±ya mayha½upak±ro kato, cakkav±¼a½ atisamb±dha½, brahmaloko atin²cako, mama sah±yi-k±ya guºova mahanto. Ahañhi eta½ niss±ya d±nañca d±tu½ dhammañca sotu½labhi½. Sace mama etiss± upari kopo atthi, ida½ sappi ma½ dahatu. Sace natthi,m± dahat³”ti ta½ mett±ya phari. T±ya tass± matthake ±sitta½ pakkuthitasappi s²tu-daka½ viya ahosi.

Atha na½ “ida½ s²tala½ bhavissat²”ti kaµacchu½ p³retv± ±d±ya ±gacchanti½uttar±ya d±siyo disv± “apehi dubbin²te, na tva½ amh±ka½ ayy±ya pakkuthita½sappi½ ±siñcitu½ anucchavik±”ti santajjentiyo ito cito ca uµµh±ya hatthehi cap±dehi ca pothetv± bh³miya½ p±tesu½. Uttar± v±rent²pi v±retu½ n±sakkhi.Athass± upari µhit± sabb± d±siyo paµib±hitv± “kissa te evar³pa½ bh±riya½ katan”-ti sirima½ ovaditv± uºhodakena nh±petv± satap±katelena abbhañji. Tasmi½khaºe s± attano b±hirakitthibh±va½ ñatv± cintesi– “may± bh±riya½ kamma½kata½ s±mikassa hasanamattak±raº± imiss± upari pakkuthita½ sappi½ ±siñca-ntiy±, aya½ ‘gaºhatha nan’ti d±siyo na ±º±pesi. Ma½ viheµhanak±lepi sabbad±-siyo paµib±hitv± mayha½ kattabbameva ak±si. Sac±ha½ ima½ na kham±pe-ss±mi, muddh± me sattadh± phaleyy±”ti tass± p±dam³le nipajjitv±, “ayye,kham±hi me”ti ±ha. Aha½ sapitik± dh²t±, pitari khamante kham±m²ti. Hotu, ayye,pitara½ te puººaseµµhi½ kham±pess±m²ti. Puººo mama vaµµajanakapit±, vivaµµaja-nake pitari khamante pan±ha½ khamiss±m²ti. Ko pana te vivaµµajanakapit±ti?Samm±sambuddhoti. Mayha½ tena saddhi½ viss±so natth²ti. Aha½ kariss±mi,satth± sve bhikkhusaªgha½ ±d±ya idh±gamissati, tva½ yath±laddha½ sakk±ra½gahetv± idheva ±gantv± ta½ kham±peh²ti. S± “s±dhu, ayye”ti uµµh±ya attanogeha½ gantv± pañcasat± pariv±ritthiyo ±º±petv± n±n±vidh±ni kh±dan²y±ni cevas³peyy±ni ca samp±detv± punadivase ta½ sakk±ra½ ±d±ya (2.0202) uttar±yageha½ ±gantv± buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa patte patiµµh±petu½ avi-sahant² aµµh±si. Ta½ sabba½ gahetv± uttar±va sa½vidahi. Sirim±pi bhattakicc±va-s±ne saddhi½ pariv±rena satthu p±dam³le nipajji. Atha na½ satth± pucchi– “ko te apar±dho”ti? Bhante, may± hiyyo ida½ n±makata½, atha me sah±yik± ma½ viheµhayam±n± d±siyo niv±retv± mayha½ upak±ra-meva ak±si. S±ha½ imiss± guºa½ j±nitv± ima½ kham±pesi½, atha ma½ es±“tumhesu khamantesu khamiss±m²”ti ±ha. “Eva½ kira uttare”ti? “¾ma, bhante,s²se me sah±yik±ya pakkuthitasappi ±sittan”ti. Atha “tay± ki½ cintitan”ti? “Cakka-v±¼a½ atisamb±dha½, brahmaloko atin²cako, mama sah±yik±ya guºova mahanto.Ahañhi eta½ niss±ya d±nañca d±tu½ dhammañca sotu½ alattha½, sace meimiss± upari kopo atthi, ida½ ma½ dahatu. No ce, m± dahat³”ti eva½ cintetv±ima½ mett±ya phari½, bhanteti. Satth± “s±dhu s±dhu, uttare, eva½ kodha½ jinitu½vaµµati. Kodho hi n±ma akkodhena, akkosakaparibh±sako anakkosantena apari-bh±santena, thaddhamacchar² attano santakassa d±nena, mus±v±d² saccavaca-nena jinitabbo”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 223. “Akkodhena jine kodha½, as±dhu½ s±dhun± jine; jine kadariya½ d±nena, saccen±likav±dinan”ti. Tattha akkodhen±ti kodhano hi puggalo akkodhena hutv± jinitabbo. As±dhuntiabhaddako bhaddakena hutv± jinitabbo. Kadariyanti thaddhamacchar² attanosantakassa c±gacittena jinitabbo. Alikav±d² saccavacanena jinitabbo. Tasm± eva-m±ha– “akkodhena jine kodha½ …pe… saccen±likav±dinan”ti. Desan±vas±ne sirim± saddhi½ pañcasat±hi itth²hi sot±pattiphale patiµµhah²ti.

Uttar±-up±sik±vatthu tatiya½. 4. Mah±moggall±nattherapañhavatthu Sacca½ (2.0203) bhaºeti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantomah±moggall±nattherassa pañha½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye thero devac±rika½ gantv± mahesakkh±ya devat±ya vim±na-dv±re µhatv± ta½ attano santika½ ±gantv± vanditv± µhita½ evam±ha– “devatemahat² te sampatti, ki½ kamma½ katv± ima½ alatth±”ti? “M± ma½, bhante,pucchath±”ti. Devat± kira attano parittakammena lajjam±n± eva½ vadati. S± panatherena “kathehiyev±”ti vuccam±n± ±ha– “bhante, may± neva d±na½ dinna½, nap³j± kat±, na dhammo suto, kevala½ saccamatta½ rakkhitan”ti. Thero aññ±nivim±nadv±r±ni gantv± ±gat±gat± apar±pi devadh²taro pucchi. T±supi tatheva nigu-hitv± thera½ paµib±hitu½ asakkont²su ek± t±va ±ha– “bhante, may± neva d±n±d²sukata½ n±ma atthi, aha½ pana kassapabuddhak±le parassa d±s² ahosi½, tass± mes±miko ativiya caº¹o pharuso, gahitaggahiteneva kaµµhena v± kaliªgarena v±s²sa½ bhindati. S±ha½ uppanne kope ‘esa tava s±miko lakkhaº±hata½ v± k±tu½n±s±d²ni v± chinditu½ issaro, m± kujjh²’ti att±nameva paribh±setv± kopa½ n±mana ak±si½, tena me aya½ sampatti laddh±”ti. Apar± ±ha– “aha½, bhante, ucchu-khetta½ rakkham±n± ekassa bhikkhuno ucchuyaµµhi½ ad±si½”. Apar± eka½timbarusaka½ ad±si½. Apar± eka½ e¼±luka½ ad±si½. Apar± eka½ ph±rusaka½ad±si½. Apar± eka½ m³lamuµµhi½. Apar± “nimbamuµµhin”ti-±din± nayena attan±attan± kata½ parittad±na½ ±rocetv± “imin± imin± k±raºena amhehi aya½sampatti laddh±”ti ±ha½su. Thero t±hi katakamma½ sutv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± pucchi– “sakk± nu kho,bhante, saccakathanamattena, kopanibb±panamattena, atiparittakena timbarusa-k±did±namattena dibbasampatti½ laddhun”ti. “Kasm± ma½, moggall±na,pucchasi, nanu te devat±hi aya½ attho kathito”ti? “¾ma, bhante, labbhati maññeettakena dibbasampatt²”ti. Atha na½ satth± “moggall±na, saccamatta½ kathe-tv±pi kopamatta½ jahitv±pi parittaka½ d±na½ datv±pi devaloka½ gacchatiyev±”tivatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 224. “Sacca½ (2.0204) bhaºe na kujjheyya, dajj± appampi y±cito; etehi t²hi µh±nehi, gacche dev±na santike”ti. Tattha sacca½ bhaºeti sacca½ d²peyya vohareyya, sacce patiµµhaheyy±ti attho.Na kujjheyy±ti parassa na kujjheyya. Y±citoti y±cak± n±ma s²lavanto pabbajit±. Tehi kiñc±pi “deth±”ti ay±citv±va gharadv±re tiµµhanti, atthato pana y±cantiyevan±ma. Eva½ s²lavantehi y±cito appasmi½ deyyadhamme vijjam±ne appamatta-kampi dadeyya. Etehi t²h²ti etesu t²su eken±pi k±raºena devaloka½ gaccheyy±tiattho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti.

Mah±moggall±nattherapañhavatthu catuttha½. 5. Buddhapitubr±hmaºavatthu Ahi½sak± yeti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± s±keta½ niss±ya añjanavaneviharanto bhikkh³hi paµµhapañha½ ±rabbha kathesi. Bhagavato kira bhikkhusaªghaparivutassa s±keta½ piº¹±ya pavisanak±le ekos±ketav±s² mahallakabr±hmaºo nagarato nikkhamanto antaragharadv±re dasa-bala½ disv± p±desu nipatitv± gopphakesu da¼ha½ gahetv±, “t±ta, nanu n±maputtehi jiººak±le m±t±pitaro paµijaggitabb±, kasm± ettaka½ k±la½ amh±ka½att±na½ na dassesi. May± t±va diµµhosi, m±tarampi passitu½ eh²”ti satth±ra½gahetv± attano geha½ agam±si. Satth± tattha gantv± paññatte ±sane nis²disaddhi½ bhikkhusaªghena. Br±hmaº²pi ±gantv± satthu p±desu nipatitv±, “t±ta,ettaka½ k±la½ kuhi½ gatosi, nanu n±ma m±t±pitaro mahallakak±le upaµµh±tabb±”-ti vatv± puttadh²taro “etha bh±tara½ vandath±”ti vand±pesi. Te ubhopi tuµµham±-nas± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ parivisitv±, “bhante, idheva nibaddha½bhikkha½ gaºhath±”ti vatv± “buddh± n±ma ekaµµh±neyeva nibaddha½ bhikkha½na gaºhant²”ti vutte, “tena hi, bhante, ye vo nimantetu½ ±gacchanti, te amh±ka½santika½ pahiºeyy±th±”ti ±ha½su. Satth± tato (2.0205) paµµh±ya nimantetu½±gate “gantv± br±hmaºassa ±roceyy±th±”ti pesesi. Te gantv± “maya½ sv±tan±yasatth±ra½ nimantem±”ti br±hmaºa½ vadanti. Br±hmaºo punadivase attanogehato bhattabh±janas³peyyabh±jan±ni ±d±ya satthu nis²danaµµh±na½ gacchati.Aññatra pana nimantane asati satth± br±hmaºasseva gehe bhattakicca½ karoti.Te ubhopi attano deyyadhamma½ niccak±la½ tath±gatassa dent± dhamma-katha½ suºant± an±g±miphala½ p±puºi½su. Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½, “±vuso, br±hmaºo ‘tath±-gatassa suddhodano pit±, mah±m±y± m±t±’ti j±n±ti,

j±nantova saddhi½ br±hmaºiy± tath±gata½ ‘amh±ka½ putto’ti vadati, satth±pitatheva adhiv±seti. Ki½ nu kho k±raºan”ti? Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv±,“bhikkhave, ubhopi te attano puttameva puttoti vadant²”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±hari. At²te, bhikkhave, aya½ br±hmaºo nirantara½ pañca j±tisat±ni mayha½ pit±ahosi, pañca j±tisat±ni c³¼apit±, pañca j±tisat±ni mah±pit±. S±pi me br±hmaº² nira-ntarameva pañca j±tisat±ni m±t± ahosi, pañca j±tisat±ni c³¼am±t±, pañca j±tisa-t±ni mah±m±t±. Ev±ha½ diya¹¹haj±tisahassa½ br±hmaºassa hatthe sa½va¹¹ho,diya¹¹haj±tisahassa½ br±hmaºiy± hattheti t²ºi j±tisahass±ni tesa½ puttabh±va½dassetv± im± g±th± abh±si– “Yasmi½ mano nivisati, cittañc±pi pas²dati; adiµµhapubbake pose, k±ma½ tasmimpi vissase. (j±. 1.1.68); “Pubbeva sanniv±sena, paccuppannahitena v±; eva½ ta½ j±yate pema½, uppala½va yathodake”ti. (j±. 1.2.174); Satth± tem±sameva ta½ kula½ niss±ya vih±si. Te ubhopi arahatta½ sacchi-katv± parinibb±yi½su. Atha nesa½ mah±sakk±ra½ katv± ubhopi ekak³µ±g±ra-meva ±ropetv± n²hari½su. Satth±pi pañcasatabhikkhupariv±ro tehi saddhi½yeva±¼±hana½ agam±si. “Buddh±na½ kira m±t±pitaro”ti mah±jano nikkhami. Satth±pi±¼±hanasam²pe eka½ s±la½ (2.0206) pavisitv± aµµh±si. Manuss± satth±ra½vanditv± ekamante µhatv±, “bhante, ‘m±t±pitaro vo k±lakat±’ti m± cintayitth±”tisatth±r± saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ karonti. Satth± te “m± eva½ avacutth±”ti appaµi-kkhipitv± paris±ya ±saya½ oloketv± taªkhaº±nur³pa½ dhamma½ desento– “Appa½ vata j²vita½ ida½, ora½ vassasat±pi miyyati; yo cepi aticca j²vati, atha so jaras±pi miyyat²”ti. (su. ni. 810; mah±ni. 39)–Ida½ jar±sutta½ kathesi. Desan±vas±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±-bhisamayo ahosi. Bhikkh³ br±hmaºassa ca br±hmaºiy± ca parinibbutabh±va½aj±nant±, “bhante, tesa½ ko abhisampar±yo”ti pucchi½su. Satth±, “bhikkhave,evar³p±na½ asekhamun²na½ abhisampar±yo n±ma natthi. Evar³p± hi accuta½amata½ mah±nibb±nameva p±puºant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 225. “Ahi½sak± ye munayo, nicca½ k±yena sa½vut±; te yanti accuta½ µh±na½, yattha gantv± na socare”ti. Tattha munayoti moneyyapaµipad±ya maggaphalapatt± asekhamunayo. K±ye-n±ti desan±mattameveta½, t²hipi dv±rehi susa½vut±ti attho. Accutanti sassata½.Ýh±nanti akuppaµµh±na½ dhuvaµµh±na½. Yatth±ti yasmi½ nibb±ne gantv± nasocare na socanti na vihaññanti, ta½ µh±na½ gacchant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Buddhapitubr±hmaºavatthu pañcama½. 6. Puººad±s²vatthu

Sad± j±garam±n±nanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± gijjhak³µe viharantopuººa½ n±ma r±jagahaseµµhino d±si½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tass± (2.0207) kira ekadivasa½ koµµanatth±ya bahuv²hi½ ada½su. S± rattimpid²pa½ j±letv± v²hi½ koµµent² vissamanatth±ya sedatintena gattena bahiv±teaµµh±si. Tasmi½ samaye dabbo mallaputto bhikkh³na½ sen±sanapaññ±pakoahosi. So dhammassavana½ sutv± attano attano sen±sana½ gacchant±na½bhikkh³na½ aªguli½ j±letv± purato purato maggadesanatth±ya gacchantobhikkh³na½ ±loka½ nimmini. Puºº± ten±lokena pabbate vicarante bhikkh³ disv±“aha½ t±va attano dukkhena upaddut± im±yapi vel±ya nidda½ na upemi,bhaddant± ki½ k±raº± na nidd±yant²”ti cintetv± “addh± kassaci bhikkhuno aph±-suka½ v± bhavissati, d²ghaj±tikena v± upaddavo bhavissat²”ti sañña½ katv±p±tova kuº¹aka½ ±d±ya udakena temetv± hatthatale p³va½ katv± aªg±resupacitv± ucchaªge katv± titthamagge kh±diss±m²ti ghaµa½ ±d±ya titth±bhimukh²p±y±si. Satth±pi g±ma½ piº¹±ya pavisitu½ tameva magga½ paµipajji. S± satth±ra½ disv± cintesi– “aññesu divasesu satthari diµµhepi mama deyya-dhammo na hoti, deyyadhamme sati satth±ra½ na pass±mi, id±ni me deyya-dhammo ca atthi, satth± ca sammukh²bh³to. Sace l³kha½ v± paº²ta½ v±ti aci-ntetv± gaºheyya, dadeyy±ha½ ima½ p³van”ti ghaµa½ ekamante nikkhipitv±satth±ra½ vanditv±, “bhante, ima½ l³kha½ d±na½ paµiggaºhant± mamasaªgaha½ karoth±”ti ±ha. Satth± ±nandatthera½ oloketv± tena n²haritv± dinna½mah±r±jadattiya½ patta½ upan±metv± p³va½ gaºhi. Puºº±pi ta½ satthu pattepatiµµhapetv±va pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv±, “bhante, tumhehi diµµhadhammoyevame samijjhat³”ti ±ha. Satth± “eva½ hot³”ti µhitakova anumodana½ ak±si. Puºº±pi cintesi– “kiñc±pi me satth± saªgaha½ karonto p³va½ gaºhi, napanida½ kh±dissati. Addh± purato k±kassa v± sunakhassa v± datv± rañño v± r±ja-puttassa v± geha½ gantv± paº²tabhojana½ bhuñjissat²”ti. Satth±pi “ki½ nu khoes± cintes²”ti tass± citt±c±ra½ ñatv± ±nandatthera½ oloketv± nis²dan±k±ra½dassesi. Thero c²vara½ paññ±petv± ad±si. Satth± bahinagareyeva nis²ditv± bhatta-kicca½ ak±si. Devat± sakalacakkav±¼agabbhe devamanuss±na½ upakappa-naka½ oja½ madhupaµala½ viya p²¼etv± (2.0208) tattha pakkhipi½su. Puºº± caolokent² aµµh±si. Bhattakicc±vas±ne thero udaka½ ad±si. Satth± katabhattakiccopuººa½ ±mantetv± “kasm± tva½ puººe mama s±vake paribhavas²”ti ±ha. Naparibhav±mi, bhanteti. Atha tay± mama s±vake oloketv± ki½ kathitanti? “Aha½t±va imin± dukkhupaddavena nidda½ na upemi, bhaddant± kimattha½ nidda½ naupenti, addh± kassaci aph±suka½ v± bhavissati, d²ghaj±tikena v± upaddavobhavissat²”ti ettaka½ may±, bhante, cintitanti. Satth± tass± vacana½ sutv± “puººetva½ na t±va dukkhupaddavena nidd±yasi, mama s±vak± sad± j±gariyamanuyutta-t±ya na nidd±yant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 226. “Sad± j±garam±n±na½, ahoratt±nusikkhina½; nibb±na½ adhimutt±na½, attha½ gacchanti ±sav±”ti. Tattha ahoratt±nusikkhinanti div± ca rattiñca tisso sikkh± sikkham±n±na½.

Nibb±na½ adhimutt±nanti nibb±najjh±say±na½. Attha½ gacchant²ti evar³p±na½sabbepi ±sav± attha½ vin±sa½ natthibh±va½ gacchant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne yath±µhit± puºº± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Satth± kuº¹aka-aªg±rap³vena bhattakicca½ katv± vih±ra½ agam±si. Bhikkh³dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “dukkara½, ±vuso, samm±sambu-ddhena kata½ puºº±ya dinnena kuº¹aka-aªg±rap³vena bhattakicca½ karonten±”-ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”tipucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi may± im±yadinnakuº¹aka½ paribhuttamev±”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Bhutv± tiºaparigh±sa½, bhutv± ±c±makuº¹aka½; eta½ te bhojana½ ±si, kasm± d±ni na bhuñjasi. “Yattha posa½ na j±nanti, j±tiy± vinayena v±; bahu½ tattha mah±brahme, api ±c±makuº¹aka½. “Tvañca (2.0209) kho ma½ paj±n±si, y±dis±ya½ hayuttamo; j±nanto j±nam±gamma, na te bhakkh±mi kuº¹akan”ti. (j±. 1.3.10-12)–Ima½ kuº¹akasindhavapotakaj±taka½ vitth±retv± kathesi. Puººad±s²vatthu chaµµha½. 7. Atula-up±sakavatthu Por±ºametanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto atula½ n±maup±saka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So hi s±vatthiv±s² up±sako pañcasata-up±sakapariv±ro ekadivasa½ te up±sake±d±ya dhammassavanatth±ya vih±ra½ gantv± revatattherassa santike dhamma½sotuk±mo hutv± revatatthera½ vanditv± nis²di. So pan±yasm± paµisall±n±r±mos²ho viya ekac±ro, tasm± tena saddhi½ na kiñci kathesi. So “aya½ thero na kiñcikathes²”ti kuddho uµµh±ya s±riputtattherassa santika½ gantv± ekamanta½ µhitotherena “kenatthena ±gatatth±”ti vutte “aha½, bhante, ime up±sake ±d±yadhammassavanatth±ya revatatthera½ upasaªkami½, tassa me thero na kiñcikathesi, sv±ha½ tassa kujjhitv± idh±gato, dhamma½ me katheth±”ti ±ha. Athathero “tena hi up±sak± nis²dath±”ti vatv± bahuka½ katv± abhidhammakatha½kathesi. Up±sakopi “abhidhammakath± n±ma atisaºh±, thero bahu½ abhidha-mmameva kathesi, amh±ka½ imin± ko attho”ti kujjhitv± parisa½ ±d±ya ±nanda-ttherassa santika½ agam±si. Theren±pi “ki½ up±sak±”ti vutte, “bhante, maya½ dhammassavanatth±ya reva-tatthera½ upasaªkamimh±, tassa santike ±l±pasall±pamattampi alabhitv± kuddh±s±riputtattherassa santika½ agamimh±, sopi no atisaºha½ bahu½ abhidhamma-meva kathesi, ‘imin± amh±ka½ ko attho’ti etass±pi kujjhitv± idh±gamimh±,kathehi no, bhante, dhammakathan”ti. Tena hi nis²ditv± suº±th±ti thero tesa½

suviññeyya½ katv± appakameva (2.0210) dhamma½ kathesi. Te therassapikujjhitv± satthu santika½ gantv± vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di½su, atha ne satth±±ha– “kasm± up±sak± ±gatatth±”ti? “Dhammassavan±ya, bhante”ti. “Suto panavo dhammo”ti? “Bhante, maya½ ±dito revatatthera½ upasaªkamimh±, so amhehisaddhi½ na kiñci kathesi, tassa kujjhitv± s±riputtatthera½ upasaªkamimh±, tenano bahu abhidhammo kathito, ta½ asallakkhetv± kujjhitv± ±nandatthera½ upasa-ªkamimh±, tena no appamattakova dhammo kathito, tassapi kujjhitv± idh±gata-mh±”ti. Satth± tassa katha½ sutv±, “atula, por±ºato paµµh±ya ±ciººameveta½, tuºh²bh³-tampi bahukathampi mandakathampi garahantiyeva. Ekanta½ garahitabboyevav± hi pasa½sitabboyeva v± natthi. R±j±nopi ekacce nindanti, ekacce pasa½santi.Mah±pathavimpi candimas³riyepi ±k±s±dayopi catuparisamajjhe nis²ditv±dhamma½ kathentampi samm±sambuddha½ ekacce garahanti, ekacce pasa½-santi. Andhab±l±nañhi nind± v± pasa½s± v± appam±º±, paº¹itena pana medh±-vin± nindito nindito n±ma, pasa½sito ca pasa½sito n±ma hot²”ti vatv± im± g±th±abh±si–

227. “Por±ºameta½ atula, neta½ ajjatan±miva; nindanti tuºhim±s²na½, nindanti bahubh±ºina½; mitabh±ºimpi nindanti, natthi loke anindito. 228. “Na c±hu na ca bhavissati, na cetarahi vijjati; ekanta½ nindito poso, ekanta½ v± pasa½sito. 229. “Ya½ ce viññ³ pasa½santi, anuvicca suve suve; acchiddavutti½ medh±vi½, paññ±s²lasam±hita½. 230. “Nikkha½ jambonadasseva, ko ta½ ninditumarahati; dev±pi na½ pasa½santi, brahmun±pi pasa½sito”ti. Tattha por±ºametanti pur±ºaka½ eta½. Atul±ti ta½ up±saka½ n±mena ±lapati.Neta½ ajjatan±miv±ti ida½ nindana½ v± pasa½sana½ v± ajjatana½ (2.0211)adhun± uppanna½ viya na hoti. Tuºhim±s²nanti ki½ eso m³go viya badhiro viyakiñci aj±nanto viya tuºh² hutv± nisinnoti nindanti. Bahubh±ºinanti ki½ esa v±t±ha-tat±lapaººa½ viya taµataµ±yati, imassa kath±pariyantoyeva natth²ti nindanti. Mita-bh±ºimp²ti ki½ esa suvaººahirañña½ viya attano vacana½ maññam±no eka½ v±dve v± vatv± tuºh² ahos²ti nindanti. Eva½ sabbath±pi imasmi½ loke anindito n±manatth²ti attho. Na c±h³ti at²tepi n±hosi, an±gatepi na bhavissati. Ya½ ce viññ³ti b±l±na½ nind± v± pasa½s± v± appam±º±, ya½ pana paº¹it±divase divase anuvicca nindak±raºa½ v± pasa½sak±raºa½ v± j±nitv± pasa½-santi, acchidd±ya v± sikkh±ya acchidd±ya v± j²vitavuttiy± samann±gatatt± acchi-ddavutti½ dhammojapaññ±ya samann±gatatt± medh±vi½ lokiyalokuttarapaññ±yaceva catup±risuddhis²lena ca samann±gatatt± paññ±s²lasam±hita½ pasa½santi,ta½ suvaººadosavirahita½ ghaµµanamajjanakkhama½ jambonadanikkha½ viyako ninditumarahat²ti attho. Dev±p²ti devat±pi paº¹itamanuss±pi ta½ bhikkhu½ upa-µµh±ya thomenti pasa½santi. Brahmun±p²ti na kevala½ devamanussehi, dasasaha-ssacakkav±¼e mah±brahmun±pi esa pasa½sitoyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne pañcasat±pi up±sak± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½s³ti. Atula-up±sakavatthu sattama½. 8. Chabbaggiyavatthu K±yappakopanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto chabba-ggiye bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi satth± ve¼uvane viharanto tesa½ chabbaggiy±na½ ubhohihatthehi yaµµhiyo gahetv± kaµµhap±duk± ±ruyha piµµhip±s±ºe caªkamant±na½khaµakhaµ±tisadda½ sutv±, “±nanda, ki½ saddo n±meso”ti pucchitv± (2.0212)“chabbaggiy±na½ p±duk± ±ruyha caªkamant±na½ khaµakhaµasaddo”ti sutv±sikkh±pada½ paññ±petv± “bhikkhun± n±ma k±y±d²ni rakkhitu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv±dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 231. “K±yappakopa½ rakkheyya, k±yena sa½vuto siy±;

k±yaduccarita½ hitv±, k±yena sucarita½ care. 232. “Vac²pakopa½ rakkheyya, v±c±ya sa½vuto siy±; vac²duccarita½ hitv±, v±c±ya sucarita½ care. 233. “Manopakopa½ rakkheyya, manas± sa½vuto siy±; manoduccarita½ hitv±, manas± sucarita½ care. 234. “K±yena sa½vut± dh²r±, atho v±c±ya sa½vut±; manas± sa½vut± dh²r±, te ve suparisa½vut±”ti. Tattha k±yappakopanti tividha½ k±yaduccarita½ rakkheyya. K±yena sa½vutotik±yadv±re duccaritapavesana½ niv±retv± sa½vuto pihitadv±ro siy±. Yasm± panak±yaduccarita½ hitv± k±yasucarita½ caranto ubhayampeta½ karoti, tasm± k±yadu-ccarita½ hitv±, k±yena sucarita½ careti vutta½. Anantarag±th±supi eseva nayo.K±yena sa½vut± dh²r±ti ye paº¹it± p±º±tip±t±d²ni akaront± k±yena, mus±v±d±-d²ni akaront± v±c±ya, abhijjh±d²ni asamuµµhapent± manas± sa½vut±, te idhalokasmi½ susa½vut± surakkhit± sugopit± supihitadv±r±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Chabbaggiyavatthu aµµhama½. Kodhavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Sattarasamo vaggo. 18. Malavaggo 1. Gogh±takaputtavatthu Paº¹upal±sova (2.0213) d±nis²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto eka½ gogh±takaputta½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kireko gogh±tako g±vo vadhitv± varama½s±ni gahetv± pac±petv±puttad±rehi saddhi½ nis²ditv± ma½sañca kh±dati, m³lena ca vikkiºitv± j²vika½kappesi. So eva½ pañcapaºº±sa vass±ni gogh±takakamma½ karonto dhuravi-h±re viharantassa satthu ekadivasampi kaµacchumattampi y±gu½ v± bhatta½ v±na ad±si. So ca vin± ma½sena bhatta½ na bhuñjati. So ekadivasa½ divasabh±gema½sa½ vikkiºitv± attano atth±ya pacitu½ eka½ ma½sakhaº¹a½ bhariy±yadatv± nh±yitu½ agam±si. Athassa sah±yako geha½ gantv± bhariya½ ±ha–“thoka½ me vikkiºiyama½sa½ dehi, geha½ me p±hunako ±gato”ti. Natthi vikkiºi-yama½sa½, sah±yako te ma½sa½ vikkiºitv± id±ni nh±yitu½ gatoti. M± eva½ kari,sace ma½sakhaº¹a½ atthi, deh²ti. Sah±yakassa te nikkhittama½sa½ µhapetv±

añña½ natth²ti. So “sah±yakassa me atth±ya µhapitama½sato añña½ ma½sa½natthi, so ca vin± ma½sena na bhuñjati, n±ya½ dassat²”ti s±ma½yeva ta½ma½sa½ gahetv± pakk±mi. Gogh±takopi nhatv± ±gato t±ya attano pakkapaººena saddhi½ va¹¹hetv±bhatte upan²te ±ha “kaha½ ma½san”ti? “Natthi, s±m²”ti. Nanu aha½ paccana-tth±ya ma½sa½ datv± gatoti. Tava sah±yako ±gantv± “p±hunako me ±gato, vikki-ºiyama½sa½ deh²”ti vatv± may± “sah±yakassa te µhapitama½sato añña½ma½sa½ natthi, so ca vin± ma½sena na bhuñjat²”ti vuttepi balakk±rena ta½ma½sa½ s±ma½yeva gahetv± gatoti. Aha½ vin± ma½sena bhatta½ na bhuñj±mi,har±hi nanti. Ki½ sakk± k±tu½, bhuñja, s±m²ti. So “n±ha½ bhuñj±m²”ti ta½ bhatta½har±petv± sattha½ ±d±ya pacch±gehe µhito goºo atthi, tassa santika½ gantv±mukhe hattha½ pakkhipitv± jivha½ n²haritv± satthena m³le (2.0214) chinditv±±d±ya gantv± aªg±resu pac±petv± bhattamatthake µhapetv± nisinno eka½ bhatta-piº¹a½ bhuñjitv± eka½ ma½sakhaº¹a½ mukhe µhapesi. Taªkhaºaññevassajivh± chijjitv± bhattap±tiya½ pati. Taªkhaºaññeva kammasarikkhaka½ vip±ka½labhi. Sopi kho goºo viya lohitadh±r±ya mukhato paggharantiy± antogeha½ pavi-sitv± jaººukehi vicaranto viravi. Tasmi½ samaye gogh±takassa putto pitara½ olokento sam²pe µhito hoti. Athana½ m±t± ±ha– “passa, putta, ima½ gogh±taka½ goºa½ viya gehamajjhe jaººu-kehi vicaritv± viravanta½, ida½ dukkha½ tava matthake patissati, mamampi anolo-ketv± attano sotthi½ karonto pal±yass³”ti. So maraºabhayatajjito m±tara½vanditv± pal±yi, pal±yitv± ca pana takkasila½ agam±si. Gogh±takopi goºo viyagehamajjhe viravanto vicaritv± k±lakato av²cimhi nibbatti. Goºopi k±lamak±si.Gogh±takaputtopi takkasila½ gantv± suvaººak±rakamma½ uggaºhi. Athass±ca-riyo g±ma½ gacchanto “evar³pa½ n±ma alaªk±ra½ kareyy±s²”ti vatv± pakk±mi.Sopi tath±r³pa½ alaªk±ra½ ak±si. Athass±cariyo ±gantv± alaªk±ra½ disv± “aya½yattha katthaci gantv± j²vitu½ samattho”ti vayappatta½ attano dh²tara½ ad±si. Soputtadh²t±hi va¹¹hi. Athassa putt± vayappatt± sippa½ uggaºhitv± aparabh±ge s±vatthiya½ gantv±tattha ghar±v±sa½ saºµhapetv± vasant± saddh± pasann± ahesu½. Pit±pi nesa½takkasil±ya½ kiñci kusala½ akatv±va jara½ p±puºi. Athassa putt± “pit± no maha-llako”ti attano santika½ pakkos±petv± “pitu atth±ya d±na½ dass±m±”ti buddha-ppamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nimantayi½su. Te punadivase antogehe buddha-ppamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nis²d±petv± sakkacca½ parivisitv± bhattakicc±va-s±ne satth±ra½ ±ha½su– “bhante, amhehi ida½ pitu j²vabhatta½ dinna½, pitu noanumodana½ karoth±”ti. Satth± ta½ ±mantetv±, “up±saka, tva½ mahallako paripa-kkasar²ro paº¹upal±sasadiso, tava paralokagaman±ya kusalap±theyya½ natthi,attano patiµµha½ karohi, paº¹ito bhava, m± b±lo”ti anumodana½ karonto im± dveg±th± abh±si– 235. “Paº¹upal±sova (2.0215) d±nisi, yamapuris±pi ca te upaµµhit±; uyyogamukhe ca tiµµhasi,

p±theyyampi ca te na vijjati. 236. “So karohi d²pamattano, khippa½ v±yama paº¹ito bhava; niddhantamalo anaªgaºo, dibba½ ariyabh³mi½ upehis²”ti. Tattha paº¹upal±sova d±nis²ti, up±saka, tva½ id±ni chijjitv± bh³miya½ patitapa-º¹upal±so viya ahosi. Yamapuris±ti yamad³t± vuccanti, ida½ pana maraºamevasandh±ya vutta½, maraºa½ te paccupaµµhitanti attho. Uyyogamukheti parih±ni-mukhe, avu¹¹himukhe ca µhitos²ti attho. P±theyyanti gamikassa taº¹ul±dip±-theyya½ viya paraloka½ gacchantassa tava kusalap±theyyampi natth²ti attho. Sokaroh²ti so tva½ samudde n±v±ya bhinn±ya d²pasaªkh±ta½ patiµµha½ viya attanokusalapatiµµha½ karohi. Karonto ca khippa½ v±yama, s²gha½ s²gha½ v²riya½±rabha, attano kusalakammapatiµµhakaraºena paº¹ito bhava. Yo hi maraºa-mukha½ appatv± k±tu½ samatthak±leva kusala½ karoti, esa paº¹ito n±ma, t±disobhava, m± andhab±loti attho. Dibba½ ariyabh³minti eva½ v²riya½ karonto r±g±-d²na½ mal±na½ n²haµat±ya niddhantamalo aªgaº±bh±vena anaªgaºo nikkilesohutv± pañcavidha½ suddh±v±sabh³mi½ p±puºissas²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne up±sako sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Te punadivasatth±yapi satth±ra½ nimantetv± d±na½ datv±

katabhattakicca½ satth±ra½ anumodanak±le ±ha½su– “bhante, idampi amh±ka½pitu j²vabhattameva, imasseva anumodana½ karoth±”ti. Satth± tassa anumo-dana½ karonto im± dve g±th± abh±si– 237. “Upan²tavayo (2.0216) ca d±nisi, sampay±tosi yamassa santika½; v±so te natthi antar±, p±theyyampi ca te na vijjati. 238. “So karohi d²pamattano, khippa½ v±yama paº¹ito bhava; niddhantamalo anaªgaºo, na puna j±tijara½ upehis²”ti. Tattha upan²tavayoti up±ti nip±tamatta½, n²tavayoti vigatavayo atikkantavayo,tvañcasi d±ni tayo vaye atikkamitv± maraºamukhe µhitoti attho. Sampay±tosiyamassa santikanti maraºamukha½ gantu½ sajjo hutv± µhitos²ti attho. V±so tenatthi antar±ti yath± magga½ gacchant± t±ni t±ni kicc±ni karont± antar±maggevasanti, na eva½ paraloka½ gacchant±. Na hi sakk± paraloka½ gacchantena“adhiv±setha katip±ha½, d±na½ t±va demi, dhamma½ t±va suº±m²”ti-±d²ni vattu½.Ito pana cavitv± paraloke nibbattova hoti. Imamattha½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½. P±the-yyanti ida½ kiñc±pi heµµh± vuttameva, up±sakassa pana punappuna½ da¼h²kara-ºattha½ idh±pi satth±r± kathita½. J±tijaranti ettha by±dhimaraº±nipi gahit±nevahonti. Heµµhimag±th±hi ca an±g±mimaggo kathito, idha arahattamaggo kathito.Eva½ santepi yath± n±ma raññ± attano mukhapam±ºena kaba¼a½ va¹¹hetv±puttassa upan²te so kum±ro attano mukhapam±ºeneva gaºh±ti, evamevasatth±r± uparimaggavasena dhamme desitepi up±sako attano upanissayavasenaheµµh± sot±pattiphala½ patv± imiss± anumodan±ya avas±ne an±g±miphala½patto. Sesaparis±yapi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Gogh±takaputtavatthu paµhama½. 2. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu Anupubben±ti (2.0217) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto añña-tarabr±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ekadivasa½ p±tova nikkhamitv± bhikkh³na½ c²varap±rupanaµµh±nebhikkh³ c²vara½ p±rupante olokento aµµh±si. Ta½ pana µh±na½ vir³¼hatiºa½ hoti.Athekassa bhikkhuno c²vara½ p±rupantassa c²varakaººo tiºesu pavaµµento uss±-vabind³hi temi. Br±hmaºo “ima½ µh±na½ appaharita½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti punadi-vase kudd±la½ ±d±ya gantv± ta½ µh±na½ tacchetv± khalamaº¹alasadisa½ ak±si.Punadivasepi ta½ µh±na½ ±gantv± bhikkh³su c²vara½ p±rupantesu ekassa c²vara-kaººa½ bh³miya½ patitv± pa½sumhi pavaµµam±na½ disv± “idha v±luka½ okiritu½vaµµat²”ti cintetv± v±luka½ ±haritv± okiri.

Athekadivasa½ purebhatta½ caº¹o ±tapo ahosi, tad±pi bhikkh³na½ c²vara½p±rupant±na½ gattato sede muccante disv± “idha may± maº¹apa½ k±retu½ vaµµa-t²”ti cintetv± maº¹apa½ k±resi. Punadivase p±tova vassa½ vassi, vaddalika½ahosi. Tad±pi br±hmaºo bhikkh³ olokentova µhito tintac²varake bhikkh³ disv±“ettha may± s±la½ k±retu½ vaµµat²”ti s±la½ k±retv± “id±ni s±lamaha½ kariss±-m²”ti cintetv± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nimantetv± anto ca bahi cabhikkh³ nis²d±petv± bhattakicc±vas±ne anumodanatth±ya satthu patta½ gahetv±,“bhante, aha½ bhikkh³na½ c²varap±rupanak±le imasmi½ µh±ne olokento µhito ida-ñcidañca disv± idañcidañca k±resin”ti ±dito paµµh±ya sabba½ ta½ pavatti½ ±ro-cesi. Satth± tassa vacana½ sutv±, “br±hmaºa, paº¹it± n±ma khaºe khaºe thoka½kusala½ karont± anupubbena attano akusalamala½ n²harantiyev±”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 239. “Anupubbena medh±v², thoka½ thoka½ khaºe khaºe; kamm±ro rajatasseva, niddhame malamattano”ti. Tattha anupubben±ti anupaµip±µiy±. Medh±v²ti dhammojapaññ±ya samann±-gato. Khaºe khaºeti ok±se ok±se kusala½ karonto. Kamm±ro rajatassev±ti yath±suvaººak±ro ekav±rameva suvaººa½ t±petv± koµµetv± mala½ n²haritv± pilandha-navikati½ k±tu½ na sakkoti (2.0218), punappuna½ t±pento koµµento pana mala½n²harati, tato anekavidha½ pilandhanavikati½ karoti, evameva punappuna½kusala½ karonto paº¹ito attano r±g±dimala½ niddhameyya, eva½ niddhantamalonikkilesova hot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne br±hmaºo sot±pattiphale patiµµhati, mah±janass±pi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu dutiya½. 3. Tissattheravatthu Ayas±va malanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto tissatthera½n±ma bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Eko kira s±vatthiv±s² kulaputto pabbajitv± laddh³pasampado tissattherotipaññ±yi. So aparabh±ge janapadavih±re vass³pagato aµµhahatthaka½ th³las±-µaka½ labhitv± vutthavasso pav±retv± ta½ ±d±ya gantv± bhaginiy± hattheµhapesi. S± “na me eso s±µako bh±tu anucchaviko”ti ta½ tikhiº±ya v±siy±chinditv± h²rah²ra½ katv± udukkhale koµµetv± pavisetv± pothetv± vaµµetv± sukhu-masutta½ kantitv± s±µaka½ v±y±pesi. Theropi suttañceva s³ciyo ca sa½vidahitv±c²varak±rake daharas±maºere sannip±tetv± bhaginiy± santika½ gantv± “ta½ mes±µaka½ detha, c²vara½ k±ress±m²”ti ±ha. S± navahattha½ s±µaka½ n²haritv±kaniµµhabh±tikassa hatthe µhapesi. So ta½ gahetv± vitth±retv± oloketv± “mamas±µako th³lo aµµhahattho, aya½ sukhumo navahattho. N±ya½ mama s±µako,tumh±ka½ esa, na me imin± attho, tameva me deth±”ti ±ha. “Bhante, tumh±ka-

meva eso, gaºhatha nan”ti? So neva icchi. Athassa attan± katakicca½ sabba½±rocetv±, “bhante, tumh±kamevesa, gaºhatha nan”ti ad±si. So ta½ ±d±ya vih±ra½gantv± c²varakamma½ paµµhapesi. Athassa (2.0219) bhagin² c²varak±r±na½ atth±ya y±gubhatt±d²ni samp±desi.C²varassa niµµhitadivase pana atirekasakk±ra½ k±resi. So c²vara½ oloketv±tasmi½ uppannasineho “sve d±ni na½ p±rupiss±m²”ti sa½haritv± c²varava½seµhapetv± ta½ ratti½ bhutt±h±ra½ jir±petu½ asakkonto k±la½ katv± tasmi½yevac²vare ³k± hutv± nibbatti. Bhagin²pissa k±lakiriya½ sutv± bhikkh³na½ p±desupavattam±n± rodi. Bhikkh³ tassa sar²rakicca½ katv± gil±nupaµµh±kassa abh±venasaªghasseva ta½ p±puº±ti. “Bh±jess±ma nan”ti ta½ c²vara½ n²har±pesu½. S±³k± “ime mama santaka½ vilumpant²”ti viravant² ito cito ca sandh±vi. Satth±gandhakuµiya½ nisinnova dibb±ya sotadh±tuy± ta½ sadda½ sutv±, “±nanda,tissassa c²vara½ abh±jetv± satt±ha½ nikkhipitu½ vadeh²”ti ±ha. Thero tath±k±resi. S±pi sattame divase k±la½ katv± tusitavim±ne nibbatti. Satth± “aµµhamedivase tissassa c²vara½ bh±jetv± gaºhath±”ti ±º±pesi. Bhikkh³ tath± kari½su. Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “kasm± nu kho satth±tissassa c²vara½ satta divase µhap±petv± aµµhame divase gaºhitu½ anuj±n²”ti.Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv±“im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, tisso attano c²vare ³k± hutv± nibbatto, tumhehitasmi½ bh±jiyam±ne ‘ime mama santaka½ vilumpant²’ti viravant² ito cito ca dh±vi.S± tumhehi c²vare gayham±ne tumhesu mana½ padussitv± niraye nibbatteyya,tena c±ha½ c²vara½ nikkhip±pesi½. Id±ni pana s± tusitavim±ne nibbatt±, tena vomay± c²varagahaºa½ anuññ±tan”ti vatv± puna tehi “bh±riy± vata aya½, bhante,taºh± n±m±”ti vutte “±ma, bhikkhave, imesa½ satt±na½ taºh± n±ma bh±riy±.Yath± ayato mala½ uµµhahitv± ayameva kh±dati vin±seti aparibhoga½ karoti, eva-mev±ya½ taºh± imesa½ satt±na½ abbhantare uppajjitv± te satte niray±d²su nibba-tt±peti, vin±sa½ p±pet²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 240. “Ayas±va mala½ samuµµhita½, tatuµµh±ya tameva kh±dati; eva½ atidhonac±rina½, s±ni kamm±ni nayanti duggatin”ti. Tattha (2.0220) ayas±v±ti ayato samuµµhita½. Tatuµµh±y±ti tato uµµh±ya. Atidhona-c±rinanti dhon± vuccati catt±ro paccaye “idamattha½ ete”ti paccavekkhitv± pari-bhuñjanapaññ±, ta½ atikkamitv± caranto atidhonac±r² n±ma. Ida½ vutta½ hoti–yath± ayato mala½ samuµµh±ya tato samuµµhita½ tameva kh±dati, evameva½ catu-paccaye apaccavekkhitv± paribhuñjanta½ atidhonac±rina½ s±ni kamm±ni attaniµhitatt± attano santak±neva t±ni kamm±ni duggati½ nayant²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Tissattheravatthu tatiya½.

4. L±lud±yittheravatthu Asajjh±yamal±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto l±lud±yi-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kira pañcakoµimatt± ariyas±vak± vasanti, dve koµimatt± puthujjan±vasanti. Tesu ariyas±vak± purebhatta½ d±na½ datv± pacch±bhatta½ sappitelama-dhuph±ºitavatth±d²ni gahetv± vih±ra½ gantv± dhammakatha½ suºanti. Dhamma½sutv± gamanak±le ca s±riputtamoggall±n±na½ guºakatha½ kathenti. Ud±yittherotesa½ katha½ sutv± “etesa½ t±va dhamma½ sutv± tumhe eva½ kathetha, mamadhammakatha½ sutv± ki½ nu kho na kathessath±”ti vadati. Manuss± tassakatha½ sutv± “aya½ eko dhammakathiko bhavissati, imassapi amhehi dhamma-katha½ sotu½ vaµµat²”ti te ekadivasa½ thera½ y±citv±, “bhante, ajja amh±ka½dhammassavanadivaso”ti saªghassa d±na½ datv±, “bhante, tumhe amh±ka½div± dhammakatha½ katheyy±th±”ti ±ha½su. Sopi tesa½ adhiv±sesi. Tehi dhammassavanavel±ya ±gantv±, “bhante, no dhamma½ katheth±”ti vuttel±lud±yitthero ±sane nis²ditv± cittab²jani½ gahetv± (2.0221) c±lento ekampidhammapada½ adisv± “aha½ sarabhañña½ bhaºiss±mi, añño dhammakatha½kathet³”ti vatv± otari. Te aññena dhammakatha½ kath±petv± sarabh±ºatth±yapuna ta½ ±sana½ ±ropayi½su. So punapi kiñci adisv± “aha½ ratti½ kathess±mi,añño sarabhañña½ bhaºat³”ti vatv± ±san± otari. Te aññena sarabhañña½ bhaº±-petv± puna ratti½ thera½ ±nayi½su. So rattimpi kiñci adisv± “aha½ pacc³sak±lekathess±mi, ratti½ añño kathet³”ti vatv± otari. Te aññena ratti½ kath±petv± punapacc³se ta½ ±nayi½su. So punapi kiñci n±ddasa. Mah±jano le¹¹udaº¹±d²nigahetv±, “andhab±la, tva½ s±riputtamoggall±n±na½ vaººe kathiyam±ne evañce-vañca vadesi, id±ni kasm± na kathes²”ti santajjetv± pal±yanta½ anubandhi. Sopal±yanto ekiss± vaccakuµiy± pati. Mah±jano katha½ samuµµh±pesi– “ajja l±lud±y² s±riputtamoggall±n±na½ guºaka-th±ya pavattam±n±ya uss³yanto attano

dhammakathikabh±va½ pak±setv± manussehi sakk±ra½ katv± ‘dhamma½ suºo-m±’ti vutte catukkhattu½ ±sane nis²ditv± kathetabbayuttaka½ kiñci apassanto‘tva½ amh±ka½ ayyehi s±riputtamoggall±nattherehi saddhi½ yugagg±ha½ gaºh±-s²’ti le¹¹udaº¹±d²ni gahetv± santajjetv± pal±piyam±no vaccakuµiy± patito”ti.Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv±“im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi eso g³thak³pe nimuggoye-v±”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Catuppado aha½ samma, tvampi samma catuppado; ehi samma nivattassu, ki½ nu bh²to pal±yasi. “Asucip³tilomosi, duggandho v±si s³kara; sace yujjhituk±mosi, jaya½ samma dad±mi te”ti. (j±. 1.2.5-6)–Ima½ j±taka½ vitth±retv± kathesi. Tad± s²ho s±riputto ahosi, s³karo l±lud±y²ti.Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv±, “bhikkhave, l±lud±yin± appamattakovadhammo uggahito, sajjh±ya½ pana neva (2.0222) ak±si, kiñci pariyatti½ ugga-hetv± tass± asajjh±yakaraºa½ malamev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 241. “Asajjh±yamal± mant±, anuµµh±namal± ghar±; mala½ vaººassa kosajja½, pam±do rakkhato malan”ti. Tattha asajjh±yamal±ti y±k±ci pariyatti v± sippa½ v± yasm± asajjh±yantassaananuyuñjantassa vinassati v± nirantara½ v± na upaµµh±ti, tasm± “asajjh±yamal±mant±”ti vutta½. Yasm± pana ghar±v±sa½ vasantassa uµµh±yuµµh±ya jiººapaµisa-ªkharaº±d²ni akarontassa ghara½ n±ma vinassati, tasm± “anuµµh±namal±ghar±”ti vutta½. Yasm± gihissa v± pabbajitassa v± kosajjavasena sar²rapaµija-ggana½ v± parikkh±rapaµijaggana½ v± akarontassa k±yo dubbaººo hoti, tasm±“mala½ vaººassa kosajjan”ti vutta½. Yasm± g±vo rakkhantassa pam±davasenanidd±yantassa v± k²¼antassa v± t± g±vo atitthapakkhandan±din± v± v±¼amigacor±-di-upaddavena v± paresa½ s±likhett±d²ni otaritv± kh±danavasena vin±sa½ ±pa-jjanti, sayampi daº¹a½ v± paribh±sa½ v± p±puº±ti, pabbajita½ v± pana chadv±r±ni arakkhanta½ pam±davasena kiles± otaritv± s±san± c±venti, tasm±“pam±do rakkhato malan”ti vutta½. So hissa vin±s±vahanena malaµµh±niyatt±malanti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. L±lud±yittheravatthu catuttha½. 5. Aññatarakulaputtavatthu Malitthiy± duccaritanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto añña-tara½ kulaputta½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa kira sam±naj±tika½ kulakum±rika½ ±nesu½. S± ±n²tadivasato paµµh±yaatic±rin² ahosi. So kulaputto tass± atic±rena lajjito kassaci sammukh²bh±va½ upa-gantu½ asakkonto buddhupaµµh±n±d²ni (2.0223) pacchinditv± katip±haccayena

satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± ekamanta½ nisinno “ki½, up±saka, na dissas²”-ti vutte tamattha½ ±rocesi. Atha na½ satth±, “up±saka, pubbepi may± ‘itthiyon±ma nad²-±disadis±, t±su paº¹itena kodho na k±tabbo’ti vutta½, tva½ panabhavapaµicchannatt± na sallakkhes²”ti vatv± tena y±cito– “Yath± nad² ca pantho ca, p±n±g±ra½ sabh± pap±; eva½ lokitthiyo n±ma, vel± t±sa½ na vijjat²”ti. (j±. 1.1.65; 1.12.9)–J±taka½ vitth±retv±, “up±saka, itthiy± hi atic±rinibh±vo mala½, d±na½ dentassamacchera½ mala½, idhalokaparalokesu satt±na½ akusalakamma½ vin±sana-tthena mala½, avijj± pana sabbamal±na½ uttamamalan”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 242. “Malitthiy± duccarita½, macchera½ dadato mala½; mal± ve p±pak± dhamm±, asmi½ loke paramhi ca. 243. “Tato mal± malatara½, avijj± parama½ mala½; eta½ mala½ pahantv±na, nimmal± hotha bhikkhavo”ti. Tattha duccaritanti atic±ro. Atic±riniñhi itthi½ s±mikopi geh± n²harati, m±t±pi-t³na½ santika½ gatampi “tva½ kulassa ag±ravabh³t±, akkh²hipi na daµµhabb±”tita½ n²haranti. S± an±th± vicarant² mah±dukkha½ p±puº±ti. Tenass± duccarita½“malan”ti vutta½. Dadatoti d±yakassa. Yassa hi khettakasanak±le “imasmi½khette sampanne sal±kabhatt±d²ni dass±m²”ti cintetv± nipphanne sassepimacchera½ uppajjitv± c±gacitta½ niv±reti, so maccheravasena c±gacitte avir³-hante manussasampatti½ dibbasampatti½ nibb±nasampattinti tisso sampattiyona labhati. Tena vutta½– “macchera½ dadato malan”ti. Sesesupi eseva nayo.P±pak± dhamm±ti akusaladhamm± pana idhaloke ca paraloke ca malameva. Tatoti heµµh± vuttamalato. Malataranti atirekamala½ vo kathem²ti attho. Avijj±tiaµµhavatthuka½ aññ±ºameva parama½ mala½. Pahantv±n±ti (2.0224) eta½mala½ jahitv±, bhikkhave, tumhe nimmal± hoth±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aññatarakulaputtavatthu pañcama½. 6. C³¼as±rivatthu Suj²vanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto c³¼as±ri½ n±mas±riputtattherassa saddhivih±rika½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ekadivase vejjakamma½ katv± paº²tabhojana½ labhitv± ±d±ya nikkha-manto antar±magge thera½ disv±, “bhante, ida½ may± vejjakamma½ katv±laddha½, tumhe aññattha evar³pa½ bhojana½ na labhissatha, ima½ bhuñjatha,aha½ te vejjakamma½ katv± niccak±la½ evar³pa½ ±h±ra½ ±hariss±m²”ti ±ha.Thero tassa vacana½ sutv± tuºh²bh³tova pakk±mi. Bhikkh³ vih±ra½ gantv±satthu tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth±, “bhikkhave, ahiriko n±ma pagabbho k±kasa-diso hutv± ekav²satividh±ya anesan±ya µhatv± sukha½ j²vati, hiri-ottappasa-mpanno pana dukkha½ j²vat²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si–

244. “Suj²va½ ahirikena, k±kas³rena dha½sin±; pakkhandin± pagabbhena, sa½kiliµµhena j²vita½. 245. “Hir²mat± ca dujj²va½, nicca½ sucigavesin±; al²nen±ppagabbhena, suddh±j²vena passat±”ti. Tattha ahiriken±ti chinnahirottappakena. Evar³pena hi am±tarameva “m±t± me”-ti apit±dayo eva ca “pit± me”ti-±din± nayena vatv± ekav²satividh±ya anesan±yapatiµµh±ya sukhena j²vatu½ sakk±. K±kas³ren±ti s³rak±kasadisena. Yath± hi s³ra-k±ko kulagharesu y±gu-±d²ni gaºhituk±mo bhitti-±d²su nis²ditv± attano olokana-bh±va½ ñatv± anolokento viya aññavihitako viya (2.0225) nidd±yanto viya cahutv± manuss±na½ pam±da½ sallakkhetv± anupatitv± “s³s³”ti vadantesuyevabh±janato mukhap³ra½ gahetv± pal±yati, evameva½ ahirikapuggalopi bhikkh³hisaddhi½ g±ma½ pavisitv± y±gubhattaµµh±n±d²ni vavatthapeti. Tattha bhikkh³piº¹±ya caritv± y±panamatta½ ±d±ya ±sanas±la½ gantv± paccavekkhant± y±gu½pivitv± kammaµµh±na½ manasi karonti sajjh±yanti ±sanas±la½ sammajjanti. Aya½pana akatv± g±m±bhimukhova hoti. So hi bhikkh³hi “passathiman”ti olokiyam±nopi anolokento viya aññavihito viyanidd±yanto viya gaºµhika½ paµimuñcanto viya c²vara½ sa½vidahanto viya hutv±“asuka½ n±ma me kamma½ atth²”ti vadanto uµµh±y±san± g±ma½ pavisitv±p±tova vavatthapitagehesu aññatara½ geha½ upasaªkamitv± gharam±nusakesuthoka½ kav±µa½ pidh±ya dv±re nis²ditv± kandantesupi ekena hatthena kav±µa½paº±metv± anto pavisati. Atha na½ disv± ak±mak±pi ±sane nis²d±petv± y±gu-±-d²su ya½ atthi, ta½ denti. So y±vadattha½ bhuñjitv± avasesa½ patten±d±ya pakka-mati. Aya½ k±kas³ro n±ma. Evar³pena ahirikena suj²vanti attho. Dha½sin±ti “asukatthero n±ma appiccho”ti-±d²ni vadantesu– “ki½ pana maya½na appicch±”ti-±divacanena paresa½ guºadha½sanat±ya dha½sin±. Tath±r³-passa vacana½ sutv± “ayampi appicchat±diguºe yutto”ti maññam±n± manuss±d±tabba½ maññanti. So pana tato paµµh±ya viññ³puris±na½ citta½ ±r±dhetu½asakkonto tamh±pi l±bh± parih±yati. Eva½ dha½sipuggalo attanopi parassapil±bha½ n±setiyeva. Pakkhandin±ti pakkhandac±rin±. Paresa½ kicc±nipi attano kicc±ni viyadassento p±tova bhikkh³su cetiyaªgaº±d²su vatta½ katv± kammaµµh±namanasik±-rena thoka½ nis²ditv± uµµh±ya g±ma½ pavisantesu mukha½ dhovitv± paº¹uk±s±-vap±rupana-akkhi-añjanas²samakkhan±d²hi attabh±va½ maº¹etv± sammajjantoviya dve tayo sammajjanipah±re datv± dv±rakoµµhak±bhimukho hoti. Manuss±p±tova “cetiya½ vandiss±ma, m±l±p³ja½ kariss±m±”ti (2.0226) ±gat± ta½ disv±“aya½ vih±ro ima½ dahara½ niss±ya paµijaggana½ labhati, ima½ m± pamajjitth±”-ti vatv± tassa d±tabba½ maññanti. Evar³pena pakkhandin±pi suj²va½. Pagabbhe-n±ti k±yap±gabbhiy±d²hi samann±gatena. Sa½kiliµµhena j²vitanti eva½ j²vika½kappetv± j²vantena hi puggalena sa½kiliµµhena hutv± j²vita½ n±ma hoti, ta½ dujj²-vita½ p±pamev±ti attho. Hir²mat± c±ti hirottappasampannena puggalena dujj²va½. So hi am±t±dayova“m±t± me”ti-±d²ni avatv± adhammike paccaye g³tha½ viya jigucchanto

dhammena samena pariyesanto sapad±na½ piº¹±ya caritv± j²vika½ kappentol³kha½ j²vika½ j²vat²ti attho. Sucigavesin±ti suc²ni k±yakamm±d²ni gavesantena.Al²nen±ti j²vitavuttimanall²nena. Suddh±j²vena passat±ti evar³po hi puggalosuddh±j²vo n±ma hoti. Tena eva½ suddh±j²vena tameva suddh±j²va½ s±ratopassat± l³khaj²vitavasena dujj²va½ hot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. C³¼as±rivatthu chaµµha½. 7. Pañca-up±sakavatthu Yo p±ºanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto pañca up±sake±rabbha kathesi. Tesu hi eko p±º±tip±t±veramaºisikkh±padameva rakkhati, itare itar±ni. Te eka-divasa½ “aha½ dukkara½ karomi, dukkara½ rakkh±m²”ti viv±d±pann± satthusantika½ gantv± vanditv± tamattha½

±rocesu½. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv± ekas²lampi kaniµµhaka½ akatv± “sabb±-neva durakkh±n²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 246. “Yo p±ºamatip±teti, mus±v±dañca bh±sati; loke adinnam±diyati, parad±rañca gacchati. 247. “Sur±merayap±nañca (2.0227), yo naro anuyuñjati; idheva meso lokasmi½, m³la½ khaºati attano. 248. “Eva½ bho purisa j±n±hi, p±padhamm± asaññat±; m± ta½ lobho adhammo ca, cira½ dukkh±ya randhayun”ti. Tattha yo p±ºamatip±tet²ti yo s±hatthik±d²su chasu payogesu ekapayogen±piparassa j²vitindriya½ upacchindati. Mus±v±danti paresa½ atthabhañjanaka½mus±v±dañca bh±sati. Loke adinnam±diyat²ti imasmi½ sattaloke theyy±vah±r±-d²su ekenapi avah±rena parapariggahita½ ±diyati. Parad±rañca gacchat²tiparassa rakkhitagopitesu bhaº¹esu aparajjhanto uppathac±ra½ carati. Sur±mera-yap±nanti yassa kassaci sur±ya ceva merayassa ca p±na½. Anuyuñjat²ti sevatibahul²karoti. M³la½ khaºat²ti tiµµhatu paraloko, so pana puggalo idha lokasmi½-yeva yena khettavatthu-±din± m³lena patiµµhapeyya, tampi aµµhapetv± v± vissa-jjetv± v± sura½ pivanto attano m³la½ khaºati, an±tho kapaºo hutv± vicarati. Eva½,bhoti pañcaduss²lyakammak±raka½ puggala½ ±lapati. P±padhamm±ti l±maka-dhamm±. Asaññat±ti k±yasaññat±dirahit±. Acetas±tipi p±µho, acittak±ti attho.Lobho adhammo c±ti lobho ceva doso ca. Ubhayampi heta½ akusalameva. Cira½dukkh±ya randhayunti cirak±la½ nirayadukkh±d²na½ atth±ya ta½ ete dhamm± m±randhentu m± matthent³ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te pañca up±sak± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±nampis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Pañca-up±sakavatthu sattama½. 8. Tissadaharavatthu Dad±ti veti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto tissadahara½n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. So (2.0228) kira an±thapiº¹ikassa gahapatino vis±kh±ya up±sik±y±tipañcanna½ ariyas±vakakoµ²na½ d±na½ nindanto vicari, asadisad±nampi nindi-yeva. Tesa½ tesa½ d±nagge s²tala½ labhitv± “s²talan”ti nindi, uºha½ labhitv±“uºhan”ti nindi. Appa½ dentepi “ki½ ime appamattaka½ dent²”ti nindi, bahu½dentepi “imesa½ gehe µhapanaµµh±na½ maññe natthi, nanu n±ma bhikkh³na½y±panamatta½ d±tabba½, ettaka½ y±gubhatta½ niratthakameva vissajjat²”ti nindi.Attano pana ñ±take ±rabbha “aho amh±ka½ ñ±tak±na½ geha½ cat³hi dis±hi ±ga-t±gat±na½ bhikkh³na½ op±nabh³tan”ti-±d²ni vatv± pasa½sa½ pavattesi. So pane-kassa dov±rikassa putto janapada½ vicarantehi va¹¹hak²hi saddhi½ vicarantos±vatthi½ patv± pabbajito. Atha na½ bhikkh³ eva½ manuss±na½ d±n±d²ni

nindanta½ disv± “pariggaºhiss±ma nan”ti cintetv±, “±vuso, tava ñ±tak± kaha½vasant²”ti pucchitv± “asukag±me n±m±”ti sutv±va katipaye dahare pesesu½. Tetattha gantv± g±mav±sikehi ±sanas±l±ya nis²d±petv± katasakk±r± pucchi½su–“imamh± g±m± nikkhamitv± pabbajito tisso n±ma daharo atthi. Tassa katame ñ±ta-k±”ti? Manuss± “idha kulagehato nikkhamitv± pabbajitad±rako natthi, ki½ nu khoime vadant²”ti cintetv±, “bhante, eko dov±rikaputto va¹¹hak²hi saddhi½ vicaritv±pabbajitoti suºoma, ta½ sandh±ya vadetha maññe”ti ±ha½su. Daharabhikkh³tissassa tattha issarañ±tak±na½ abh±va½ ñatv± s±vatthi½ gantv± “ak±raºameva,bhante, tisso vilapanto vicarat²”ti ta½ pavatti½ bhikkh³na½ ±rocesu½. Bhikkh³pita½ tath±gatassa ±rocesu½. Satth± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva vikatthento vicarati, pubbepi vikatthakova ahos²”-ti vatv± bhikkh³hi y±cito at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Bahumpi so vikattheyya, añña½ janapada½ gato; anv±gantv±na d³seyya, bhuñja bhoge kaµ±hak±”ti. (j±. 1.1.125)–Ima½ kaµ±haj±taka½ vitth±retv±, “bhikkhave, yo hi puggalo parehi appake v±bahuke v± l³khe v± paº²te v± dinne aññesa½ v± datv± attano (2.0229) adinnemaªku hoti, tassa jh±na½ v± vipassana½ v± maggaphal±d²ni v± na uppajjant²”tivatv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 249. “Dad±ti ve yath±saddha½, yath±pas±dana½ jano; tattha yo ca maªku hoti, paresa½ p±nabhojane; na so div± v± ratti½ v±, sam±dhimadhigacchati. 250. “Yassa ceta½ samucchinna½, m³laghacca½ sam³hata½; sa ve div± v± ratti½ v±, sam±dhimadhigacchat²”ti. Tattha dad±ti ve yath±saddhanti l³khapaº²t±d²su ya½kiñci dento jano yath±-saddha½ attano saddh±nur³pameva deti. Yath±pas±dananti theranav±d²su cassayasmi½ yasmi½ pas±do uppajjati, tassa dento yath±pas±dana½ attano pas±d±nu-r³pameva deti. Tatth±ti tasmi½ parassa d±ne “may± appa½ v± laddha½, l³kha½v± laddhan”ti maªkubh±va½ ±pajjati. Sam±dhinti so puggalo div± v± ratti½ v± upa-c±rappan±vasena v± maggaphalavasena v± sam±dhi½ n±dhigacchati. Yassacetanti yassa puggalassa eta½ ekesu µh±nesu maªkubh±vasaªkh±ta½ akusala½samucchinna½ m³laghacca½ katv± arahattamaggañ±ºena sam³hata½, so vutta-ppak±ra½ sam±dhi½ adhigacchat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Tissadaharavatthu aµµhama½. 9. Pañca-up±sakavatthu Natthi r±gasamo agg²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantopañca up±sake ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira dhamma½ sotuk±m± vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½

nis²di½su. Buddh±nañca “aya½ khattiyo, aya½ br±hmaºo, aya½ a¹¹ho, aya½duggato, imassa u¼±ra½ katv± dhamma½ desess±mi, imassa no”ti citta½ na uppa-jjati. Ya½kiñci ±rabbha dhamma½ desento dhammag±rava½ purakkhatv± ±k±sa-gaªga½ (2.0230) ot±rento viya deseti. Eva½ desentassa pana tath±gatassasantike nisinn±na½ tesa½ eko nisinnakova nidd±yi, eko aªguliy± bh³mi½ likhantonis²di, eko eka½ rukkha½ c±lento nis²di, eko ±k±sa½ ullokento nis²di, eko panasakkacca½ dhamma½ assosi. ¾nandatthero satth±ra½ b²jayam±no tesa½ ±k±ra½ olokento satth±ra½ ±ha–“bhante, tumhe imesa½ mah±meghagajjita½ gajjant± viya dhamma½ desetha, etepana tumhesupi dhamma½ kathentesu idañcidañca karont± nisinn±”ti. “¾nanda,tva½ ete na j±n±s²”ti? “¾ma, na j±n±mi, bhante”ti. Etesu hi yo esa nidd±yantonisinno, esa pañca j±tisat±ni sappayoniya½ nibbattitv± bhogesu s²sa½ µhapetv±nidd±yi, id±nipissa nidd±ya titti natthi, n±ssa kaººa½ mama saddo pavisat²ti. Ki½pana, bhante, paµip±µiy± kathetha, ud±hu antarantar±ti. ¾nanda, etassa hi k±lenamanussatta½, k±lena devatta½, k±lena n±gattanti eva½ antarantar± uppajja-ntassa upapattiyo sabbaññutaññ±ºen±pi na sakk± paricchinditu½. Paµip±µiy±panesa pañca j±tisat±ni n±gayoniya½ nibbattitv± nidd±yantopi nidd±ya atittoyeva.Aªguliy± bh³mi½ likhanto nisinnapurisopi pañca j±tisat±ni gaº¹upp±dayoniya½nibbattitv± bh³mi½ khaºi, id±nipi bh³mi½ khaºantova mama sadda½ na suº±ti.Esa rukkha½ c±lento nisinnapurisopi paµip±µiy± pañca j±tisat±ni makkaµayoniya½nibbatti, id±nipi pubb±ciººavasena rukkha½ c±letiyeva, n±ssa kaººa½ mamasaddo pavisati. Esa ±k±sa½ ulloketv± nisinnapurisopi pañca j±tisat±ni nakkhatta-p±µhako hutv± nibbatti, id±ni pubb±ciººavasena ajj±pi ±k±sameva ulloketi, n±ssakaººa½ mama saddo pavisati. Esa sakkacca½ dhamma½ suºanto nisinnapurisopana paµip±µiy± pañca j±tisat±ni tiººa½ ved±na½ p±rag³ mantajjh±yakabr±hmaºohutv± nibbatti, id±nipi manta½ sa½sandanto viya sakkacca½ suº±t²ti. “Bhante, tumh±ka½ dhammadesan± chavi-±d²ni chinditv± aµµhimiñja½ ±haccatiµµhati, kasm± ime tumhesupi dhamma½ desentesu sakkacca½ na suºant²”ti?“¾nanda, mama dhammo sussavan²yoti sañña½ karosi maññe”ti. “Ki½ pana,bhante, dussavan²yo”ti? “¾ma, ±nand±”ti. “Kasm±, bhante”ti? “¾nanda, buddhoti(2.0231) v± dhammoti v± saªghoti v± pada½ imehi sattehi anekesupi kappakoµisa-tasahassesu asutapubba½. Yasm± ima½ dhamma½ sotu½ na sakkont± anama-tagge sa½s±re ime satt± anekavihita½ tiracch±nakatha½yeva suºant± ±gat±,tasm± sur±p±nake¼imaº¹al±d²su g±yant± naccant± vicaranti, dhamma½ sotu½ nasakkont²”ti. “Ki½ niss±ya panete na sakkonti, bhante”ti? Athassa satth±, “±nanda, r±ga½ niss±ya dosa½ niss±ya moha½ niss±yataºha½ niss±ya na sakkonti. R±gaggisadiso aggi n±ma natthi, so ch±rikampi ase-setv± satte dahati. Kiñc±pi sattas³riyap±tubh±va½ niss±ya uppanno kappavin±-sako aggipi kiñci anavasesetv±va loka½ dahati, so pana aggi kad±ciyeva dahati.R±gaggino adahanak±lo n±ma natthi, tasm± r±gasamo v± aggi dosasamo v±gaho mohasama½ v± j±la½ taºh±sam± v± nad² n±ma natth²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha–

251. “Natthi r±gasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo gaho; natthi mohasama½ j±la½, natthi taºh±sam± nad²”ti. Tattha r±gasamoti dh³m±d²su kiñci adassetv± antoyeva uµµh±ya jh±panavasenar±gena samo aggi n±ma natthi. Dosasamoti yakkhagaha-ajagaragahakumbhilaga-h±dayo ekasmi½yeva attabh±ve gaºhitu½ sakkonti, dosagaho pana sabbatthaekantameva gaºh±t²ti dosena samo gaho n±ma natthi. Mohasamanti onandhana-pariyonandhanaµµhena pana mohasama½ j±la½ n±ma natthi. Taºh±sam±ti gaªg±-d²na½ nad²na½ puººak±lopi ³nak±lopi sukkhak±lopi paññ±yati, taºh±ya panapuººak±lo v± sukkhak±lo v± natthi, nicca½ ³n±va paññ±yat²ti dupp³raºaµµhenataºh±ya sam± nad² n±ma natth²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne sakkacca½ dhamma½ suºanto up±sako sot±pattiphale pati-µµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Pañca-up±sakavatthu navama½. 10. Meº¹akaseµµhivatthu Sudassa½ (2.0232) vajjanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± bhaddiyanagara½niss±ya j±tiy±vane viharanto meº¹akaseµµhi½ ±rabbha kathesi. Satth± kira aªguttar±pesu c±rika½ caranto meº¹akaseµµhino ca,

bhariy±ya cassa candapadum±ya, puttassa ca dhanañcayaseµµhino, suºis±ya casumanadeviy±, natt±ya cassa vis±kh±ya, d±sassa ca puººass±ti imesa½ sot±pa-ttiphal³panissaya½ disv± bhaddiyanagara½ gantv± j±tiy±vane vih±si. Meº¹aka-seµµhi satthu ±gamana½ assosi. Kasm± panesa meº¹akaseµµhi n±ma j±toti?Tassa kira pacchimagehe aµµhakar²samatte µh±ne hatthi-assa-usabhapam±º±suvaººameº¹ak± pathavi½ bhinditv± piµµhiy± piµµhi½ paharam±n± uµµhahi½su.Tesa½ mukhesu pañcavaºº±na½ sutt±na½ geº¹uk± pakkhitt± honti. Sappitela-madhuph±ºit±d²hi v± vatthacch±danahiraññasuvaºº±d²hi v± atthe sati tesa½mukhato geº¹uke apanenti, ekass±pi meº¹akassa mukhato jambud²pav±s²na½pahonaka½ sappitelamadhuph±ºitavatthacch±danahiraññasuvaººa½ nikkha-mati. Tato paµµh±ya meº¹akaseµµh²ti paññ±yi. Ki½ panassa pubbakammanti? Vipass²buddhak±le kira esa avarojassa n±makuµumbikassa bh±gineyyo m±tulena sam±nan±mo avarojo n±ma ahosi. Athassam±tulo satthu gandhakuµi½ k±tu½ ±rabhi. So tassa santika½ gantv±, “m±tula,ubhopi saheva karom±”ti vatv± “aha½ aññehi saddhi½ as±dh±raºa½ katv± eka-kova kariss±m²”ti tena pana paµikkhittak±le “imasmi½ µh±ne gandhakuµiy± kat±yaimasmi½ n±ma µh±ne kuñjaras±la½ n±ma laddhu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± araññatodabbasambh±re ±har±petv± eka½ thambha½ suvaººakhacita½, eka½ rajatakha-cita½, eka½ maºikhacita½, eka½ sattaratanakhacitanti eva½ tul±saªgh±tadv±ra-kav±µav±tap±nagop±nas²chadaniµµhak± sabb±pi suvaºº±dikhacit±va k±retv±gandhakuµiy± sammukhaµµh±ne tath±gatassa sattaratanamaya½ kuñjaras±la½k±resi. Tass± upari ghanarattasuvaººamay± kambal± pav±¼amay± sikharath³pi-k±yo ahesu½. Kuñjaras±l±ya majjhe µh±ne (2.0233) ratanamaº¹apa½ k±retv±dhamm±sana½ patiµµh±pesi. Tassa ghanarattasuvaººamay± p±d± ahesu½, tath±catasso aµaniyo. Catt±ro pana suvaººameº¹ake k±r±petv± ±sanassa catunna½p±d±na½ heµµh± µhapesi, dve meº¹ake k±r±petv± p±dap²µhak±ya heµµh± µhapesi,cha suvaººameº¹ake k±r±petv± maº¹apa½ parikkhipento µhapesi. Dhamm±-sana½ paµhama½ suttamayehi rajjukehi v±y±petv± majjhe suvaººasuttamayehiupari muttamayehi suttehi v±y±pesi. Tassa candanamayo apassayo ahosi. Eva½kuñjaras±la½ niµµh±petv± s±l±maha½ karonto aµµhasaµµh²hi bhikkhusatasaha-ssehi saddhi½ satth±ra½ nimantetv± catt±ro m±se d±na½ datv± os±nadivase tic²-vara½ ad±si. Tattha saªghanavakassa satasahassagghanika½ p±puºi. Eva½ vipass²buddhak±le puññakamma½ katv± tato cuto devesu ca manussesuca sa½saranto imasmi½ bhaddakappe b±r±ºasiya½ mah±bhogakule nibbattitv±b±r±ºasiseµµhi n±ma ahosi. So ekadivasa½ r±j³paµµh±na½ gacchanto purohita½disv± “ki½, ±cariya, nakkhattamuhutta½, upadh±reth±”ti ±ha. ¾ma, upadh±remi,ki½ añña½ amh±ka½ kammanti. Tena hi k²disa½ janapadac±rittanti? Eka½bhaya½ bhavissat²ti. Ki½ bhaya½ n±m±ti? Ch±takabhaya½ seµµh²ti. Kad± bhavi-ssat²ti? Ito tiººa½ sa½vacchar±na½ accayen±ti. Ta½ sutv± seµµhi bahu½ kasi-kamma½ k±retv± gehe vijjam±nadhanen±pi dhaññameva gahetv± a¹¹hateras±nikoµµhasat±ni k±retv± sabbakoµµhake v²h²hi parip³resi. Koµµhesu appahontesu c±µi-±-d²ni p³retv± avasesa½ bh³miya½ ±v±µe katv± nikhaºi. Nidh±n±vasesa½ matti-

k±ya saddhi½ madditv± bhittiyo limp±pesi. So aparena samayena ch±takabhaye sampatte yath±nikkhitta½ dhañña½ pari-bhuñjanto koµµhesu ca c±µi-±d²su ca nikkhittadhaññe parikkh²ºe parijane pakkos±-petv± ±ha– “gacchatha, t±t±, pabbatap±da½ pavisitv± j²vant± subhikkhak±lemama santika½ ±gantuk±m± ±gacchatha, an±gantuk±m± tattha tattheva j²va-th±”ti. Te rodam±n± assumukh± hutv± seµµhi½ vanditv± kham±petv± satt±ha½nis²ditv± tath± aka½su. Tassa pana santike (2.0234) veyy±vaccakaro ekovapuººo n±ma d±so oh²yi, tena saddhi½ seµµhij±y± seµµhiputto seµµhisuºis±ti pañcevajan± ahesu½. Te bh³miya½ ±v±µesu nihitadhaññepi parikkh²ºe bhittimattika½p±tetv± temetv± tato laddhadhaññena y±payi½su. Athassa j±y± ch±take avattha-rante mattik±ya kh²yam±n±ya bhittip±desu avasiµµhamattika½ p±tetv± temetv±a¹¹h±¼hakamatta½ v²hi½ labhitv± koµµetv± eka½ taº¹ulan±¼i½ gahetv± “ch±taka-k±le cor± bah³ hont²”ti corabhayena ekasmi½ kuµe pakkhipitv± pidahitv±bh³miya½ nikhaºitv± µhapesi. Atha na½ seµµhi r±j³paµµh±nato ±gantv± ±ha–“bhadde, ch±tomhi, atthi kiñc²”ti. S± vijjam±na½ “natth²”ti avatv± “ek± taº¹ulan±¼iatth²”ti ±ha. “Kaha½ s±”ti? “Corabhayena me nikhaºitv± µhapit±”ti. “Tena hi na½uddharitv± kiñci pac±h²”ti. “Sace y±gu½ paciss±mi, dve v±re labhissati. Sacebhatta½ paciss±mi, ekav±rameva labhissati, ki½ pac±mi, s±m²”ti ±ha. “Amh±ka½añño paccayo natthi, bhatta½ bhuñjitv± mariss±ma, bhattameva pac±h²”ti. S±bhatta½ pacitv± pañca koµµh±se katv± seµµhino koµµh±sa½ va¹¹hetv± puratoµhapesi. Tasmi½ khaºe gandham±danapabbate paccekabuddho sam±pattito vuµµh±ti.Antosam±pattiya½ kira sam±pattibalena jighacch± na b±dhati. Sam±pattito vuµµhi-t±na½ pana balavat² hutv± udarapaµala½ ¹ayhant² viya uppajjati. Tasm± te labha-naµµh±na½ oloketv± gacchanti. Ta½ divasañca tesa½ d±na½ datv± sen±patiµµh±-n±d²su aññatarasampatti½ labhanti. Tasm± sopi dibbena cakkhun± olokento“sakalajambud²pe ch±takabhaya½ uppanna½, seµµhigehe ca pañcanna½ jan±na½n±¼ikodanova pakko, saddh± nu kho ete, sakkhissanti v± mama saªgaha½ k±tun”-ti tesa½ saddhabh±vañca saªgaha½ k±tu½ samatthabh±vañca disv± pattac²vara-m±d±ya mah±seµµhissa purato dv±re µhitameva att±na½ dassesi. So ta½ disv±pasannacitto “pubbepi may± d±nassa adinnatt± evar³pa½ ch±taka½ diµµha½,ida½ kho pana bhatta½ ma½ ekadivasameva rakkheyya. Ayyassa pana dinna½anek±su kappakoµ²su mama hitasukh±vaha½ bhavissat²”ti ta½ bhattap±ti½ apa-netv± paccekabuddha½ upasaªkamitv± pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv± geha½ pave-setv± ±sane nisinnassa (2.0235) p±de dhovitv± suvaººap±dap²µhe µhapetv±bhattap±tim±d±ya paccekabuddhassa patte okiri. Upa¹¹h±vasese bhatte pacce-kabuddho hatthena patta½ pidahi. Atha na½, “bhante, ek±ya taº¹ulan±¼iy±pañcanna½ jan±na½ pakka-odanassa aya½ eko koµµh±so, ima½ dvidh± k±tu½ nasakk±. M± mayha½ idhaloke saªgaha½ karotha, aha½ niravasesa½ d±tuk±mo-mh²”ti vatv± sabba½ bhattamad±si. Datv± ca pana patthana½ paµµhapesi, “m±,bhante, puna nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne evar³pa½ ch±takabhaya½ addasa½, itopaµµh±ya sakalajambud²pav±s²na½ b²jabhatta½ d±tu½ samattho bhaveyya½, saha-

tthena kamma½ katv± j²vika½ na kappeyya½, a¹¹haterasa koµµhasat±ni sodh±-petv± s²sa½ nh±yitv± tesa½ dv±re nis²ditv± uddha½ olokitakkhaºeyeva me ratta-s±lidh±r± patitv± sabbakoµµhe p³reyyu½. Nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne ca ayamevabhariy±, ayameva putto, ayameva suºis±, ayameva d±so hot³”ti. Bhariy±pissa “mama s±mike jighacch±ya p²¼iyam±ne na sakk± may± bhuñjitun”-ti cintetv± attano koµµh±sa½ paccekabuddhassa datv± patthana½ paµµhapesi,“bhante, id±ni nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne evar³pa½ ch±takabhaya½ na passeyya½,bhattath±lika½ purato katv± sakalajambud²pav±s²na½ bhatta½ dentiy±pi ca mey±va na uµµhahiss±mi, t±va gahitagahitaµµh±na½ p³ritameva hotu. Ayamevas±miko, ayameva putto, ayameva suºis±, ayameva d±so hot³”ti. Puttopissaattano koµµh±sa½ paccekabuddhassa datv± patthana½ paµµhapesi, “bhante, itopaµµh±ya evar³pa½ ch±takabhaya½ na passeyya½, ekañca me sahassathavika½gahetv± sakalajambud²pav±s²na½ kah±paºa½ dentass±pi aya½ sahassathavik±paripuºº±va hotu, imeyeva m±t±pitaro hontu, aya½ bhariy±, aya½ d±so hot³”ti. Suºis±pissa attano koµµh±sa½ paccekabuddhassa datv± patthana½ paµµhapesi,“ito paµµh±ya evar³pa½ ch±takabhaya½ na passeyya½, ekañca me dhaññapi-µaka½ purato µhapetv± sakalajambud²pav±s²na½ b²jabhatta½ dentiy±pi kh²ºa-bh±vo m± paññ±yittha, nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne imeyeva sasur± hontu, ayamevas±miko, ayameva d±so hot³”ti. D±sopi attano koµµh±sa½ paccekabuddhassadatv± patthana½ paµµhapesi (2.0236), “ito paµµh±ya evar³pa½ ch±takabhaya½ napasseyya½, sabbe ime s±mik± hontu, kasantassa ca me ito tisso, etto tisso,majjhe ek±ti d±ru-ambaºamatt± satta satta s²t±yo gacchant³”ti. So ta½ divasa½sen±patiµµh±na½ patthetv± laddhu½ samatthopi s±mikesu sinehena “imeyeva mes±mik± hont³”ti patthana½ paµµhapesi. Paccekabuddho sabbesampi vacan±va-s±ne “eva½ hot³”ti vatv±– “Icchita½ patthita½ tuyha½, khippameva samijjhatu; sabbe p³rentu saªkapp±, cando pannaraso yath±. “Icchita½ patthita½ tuyha½, khippameva samijjhatu; sabbe p³rentu saªkapp±, maºi jotiraso yath±”ti.– Paccekabuddhag±th±hi anumodana½ katv± “may± imesa½ citta½ pas±detu½vaµµat²”ti cintetv± “y±va gandham±danapabbat± ime ma½ passant³”ti adhiµµha-hitv± pakk±mi. Tepi oloketv±va aµµha½su. So gantv± ta½ bhatta½ pañcahi pacce-kabuddhasatehi saddhi½ sa½vibhaji. Ta½ tass±nubh±vena sabbesampi pahoti.Te olokent±yeva aµµha½su. Atikkante pana majjhanhike seµµhibhariy± ukkhali½ dhovitv± pidahitv± µhapesi.Seµµhipi jighacch±ya p²¼ito nipajjitv± nidda½ okkami. So s±yanhe pabujjhitv±bhariya½ ±ha– “bhadde, ativiya ch±tomhi, atthi nu kho ukkhaliy± tale jh±makasi-tth±n²”ti. S± dhovitv± ukkhaliy± µhapitabh±va½ j±nant²pi “natth²”ti avatv± “ukkhali½vivaritv± ±cikkhiss±m²”ti uµµh±ya ukkhalim³la½ gantv± ukkhali½ vivari, t±vadevasumanamakulasadisavaººassa bhattassa p³r± ukkhali pidh±na½ ukkhipitv±aµµh±si. S± ta½ disv±va p²tiy± phuµµhasar²r± seµµhi½ ±ha– “uµµhehi, s±mi, aha½ukkhali½ dhovitv± pidahi½, s± pana sumanamakulasadisavaººassa bhattassa

p³r±, puññ±ni n±ma kattabbar³p±ni, d±na½ n±ma kattabbayuttaka½. Uµµhehi,s±mi, bhuñjass³”ti. S± dvinna½ pit±putt±na½ bhatta½ ad±si. Tesu sutv± uµµhitesusuºis±ya saddhi½ nis²ditv± bhuñjitv± puººassa bhatta½ ad±si. Gahitagahita-µµh±na½ na kh²yati, kaµacchun± saki½ gahitaµµh±nameva paññ±yati. Ta½divasa-meva koµµh±dayo pubbe p³ritaniy±meneva puna p³rayi½su. “Seµµhissa gehebhatta½ uppanna½, b²jabhattehi atthik± ±gantv± gaºhant³”ti nagare (2.0237)ghosana½ k±resi. Manuss± tassa gehato b²jabhatta½ gaºhi½su. Sakalajambud²-pav±sino ta½ niss±ya j²vita½ labhi½suyeva. So tato cuto devaloke nibbattitv± devamanussesu sa½saranto imasmi½buddhupp±de bhaddiyanagare seµµhikule nibbatti. Bhariy±pissa mah±bhogakulenibbattitv± vayappatt± tasseva geha½ agam±si. Tassa ta½ pubbakamma½niss±ya pacch±gehe pubbe vuttappak±r± meº¹ak± uµµhahi½su. Puttopi nesa½puttova, suºis± suºis±va, d±so d±sova ahosi. Athekadivasa½ seµµhi attanopuñña½ v²ma½situk±mo a¹¹hateras±ni koµµhasat±ni sodh±petv± s²sa½ nh±todv±re nis²ditv± uddha½ olokesi. Sabb±nipi vuttappak±r±na½ rattas±l²na½ p³ra-yi½su. So ses±nampi puññ±ni v²ma½situk±mo bhariyañca putt±dayo ca “tumh±-kampi puññ±ni v²ma½sissath±”ti ±ha. Athassa bhariy± sabb±laªk±rehi alaªkaritv± mah±janassa passantassevataº¹ule min±petv± tehi bhatta½ pac±petv± dv±rakoµµhake paññatt±sane nis²ditv±suvaººakaµacchu½ ±d±ya “bhattena atthik± ±gacchant³”ti ghos±petv± ±gat±ga-t±na½ upan²tabh±jan±ni p³retv± ad±si. Sakaladivasampi dentiy± kaµacchun±gahitaµµh±nameva paññ±yati. Tass± pana purimabuddh±nampi bhikkhusa-ªghassa v±mahatthena ukkhali½ dakkhiºahatthena kaµacchu½ gahetv± evamevapatte p³retv± bhattassa dinnatt± v±mahatthatala½ p³retv± padumalakkhaºa½nibbatti, dakkhiºahatthatala½ p³retv± candalakkhaºa½ nibbatti. Yasm± panav±mahatthato dhammakaraºa½ ±d±ya bhikkhusaªghassa udaka½ pariss±vetv±dadam±n± apar±para½ vicari, tenass± dakkhiºap±datala½ p³retv± candala-kkhaºa½ nibbatti, v±map±datala½ p³retv± padumalakkhaºa½ nibbatti. Tass±imin± k±raºena candapadum±ti n±ma½ kari½su. Puttopissa s²sa½ nh±to sahassathavika½ ±d±ya “kah±paºehi atthik± ±gaccha-nt³”ti vatv± ±gat±gat±na½ gahitabh±jan±ni p³retv± ad±si. Thavik±ya kah±paºasa-hassa½ ahosiyeva. Suºis±pissa sabb±laªk±rehi alaªkaritv± v²hipiµaka½ ±d±ya±k±saªgaºe nisinn± “b²jabhattehi atthik± ±gacchant³”ti

vatv± ±gat±gat±na½ gahitabh±jan±ni p³retv± ad±si. Piµaka½ yath±p³ritamevaahosi. D±sopissa (2.0238) sabb±laªk±rehi alaªkaritv± suvaººayugesu suvaººayo-ttehi goºe yojetv± suvaººapatodayaµµhi½ ±d±ya dvinna½ goº±na½ gandhapañca-ªgulik±ni datv± vis±ºesu suvaººakosake paµimuñcitv± khetta½ gantv± p±jesi. Itotisso, etto tisso, majjhe ek±ti satta s²t± bhijjitv± agama½su. Jambud²pav±sinobhattab²jahiraññasuvaºº±d²su yath±rucita½ seµµhigehatoyeva gaºhi½su. Imepañca mah±puññ±. Eva½ mah±nubh±vo seµµhi “satth± kira ±gato”ti sutv± “satthu paccuggamana½kariss±m²”ti nikkhamanto antar±magge titthiye disv± tehi “kasm± ta½, gahapati,kiriyav±do sam±no akiriyav±dassa samaºassa gotamassa santika½ gacchas²”tiniv±riyam±nopi tesa½ vacana½ an±diyitv± gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½nis²di. Athassa satth± anupubbi½ katha½ kathesi. So desan±vas±ne sot±patti-phala½ patv± satthu titthiyehi avaººa½ vatv± attano niv±ritabh±va½ ±rocesi. Athana½ satth±, “gahapati, ime satt± n±ma mahantampi attano dosa½ na passanti,avijjam±nampi paresa½ dosa½ vijjam±na½ katv± tattha tattha bhusa½ viya opuna-nt²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 252. “Sudassa½ vajjamaññesa½, attano pana duddasa½; Paresañhi so vajj±ni, opun±ti yath± bhusa½; attano pana ch±deti, kali½va kitav± saµho”ti. Tattha sudassa½ vajjanti parassa aºumattampi vajja½ khalita½ sudassa½sukheneva passitu½ sakk±, attano pana atimahantampi duddasa½. Paresa½ h²titeneva k±raºena so puggalo saªghamajjh±d²su paresa½ vajj±ni uccaµµh±neµhapetv± bhusa½ opunanto viya opun±ti. Kali½va kitav± saµhoti ettha sakuºesuaparajjhanabh±vena attabh±vo kali n±ma, s±khabhaªg±dika½ paµicch±dana½kitav± n±ma, s±kuºiko saµho n±ma. Yath± sakuºaluddako sakuºe gahetv± m±retu-k±mo kitav± viya attabh±va½ paµicch±deti, eva½ attano vajja½ ch±det²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Meº¹akaseµµhivatthu dasama½. 11. Ujjh±nasaññittheravatthu Paravajj±nupassiss±ti (2.0239) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto ujjh±nasaññi½ n±ma eka½ thera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira “aya½ eva½ niv±seti, eva½ p±rupat²”ti bhikkh³na½ antarameva gave-santo vicarati. Bhikkh³ “asuko n±ma, bhante, thero eva½ karot²”ti satthu ±rocesu½.Satth±, “bhikkhave, vattas²se µhatv± eva½ ovadanto ananupav±do. Yo pananicca½ ujjh±nasaññit±ya paresa½ antara½ pariyesam±no eva½ vatv± vicarati,tassa jh±n±d²su ekopi viseso nuppajjati, kevala½ ±sav±yeva va¹¹hant²”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 253. “Paravajj±nupassissa, nicca½ ujjh±nasaññino;

±sav± tassa va¹¹hanti, ±r± so ±savakkhay±”ti. Tattha ujjh±nasaññinoti eva½ niv±setabba½ eva½ p±rupitabbanti paresa½ anta-ragavesit±ya ujjh±nabahulassa puggalassa jh±n±d²su ekadhammopi na va¹¹hati,atha kho ±sav±va tassa va¹¹hanti. Teneva k±raºena so arahattamaggasaªkh±t±±savakkhay± ±r± d³ra½ gatova hot²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Ujjh±nasaññittheravatthu ek±dasama½. 12. Subhaddaparibb±jakavatthu ¾k±seti ida½ dhammadesana½ satth± kusin±r±ya½ upavattane mall±na½ s±la-vane parinibb±namañcake nipanno subhadda½ paribb±jaka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira at²te kaniµµhabh±tari ekasmi½ sasse navakkhattu½ aggad±na½ dented±na½ d±tu½ anicchanto osakkitv± avas±ne ad±si. Tasm± paµhamabodhiyampimajjhimabodhiyampi satth±ra½ daµµhu½ n±lattha. Pacchimabodhiya½ panasatthu parinibb±nak±le “aha½ t²su pañhesu attano kaªkha½ mahallake paribb±-jake (2.0240) pucchitv± samaºa½ gotama½ ‘daharo’ti saññ±ya na pucchi½, tassaca d±ni parinibb±nak±lo, pacch± me samaºassa gotamassa apucchitak±raº±vippaµis±ro uppajjeyy±”ti satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± ±nandattherena niv±riyam±-nopi satth±r± ok±sa½ katv±, “±nanda, m± subhadda½ niv±rayi, pucchatu ma½pañhan”ti vutte antos±ºi½ pavisitv± heµµh±mañcake nisinno, “bho samaºa, ki½ nukho ±k±se pada½ n±ma atthi, ito bahiddh± samaºo n±ma atthi, saªkh±r± sassat±n±ma atth²”ti ime pañhe pucchi. Athassa satth± tesa½ abh±va½ ±cikkhanto im±hig±th±hi dhamma½ desesi– 254. “¾k±seva pada½ natthi, samaºo natthi b±hire; papañc±bhirat± paj±, nippapañc± tath±gat±. 255. “¾k±seva pada½ natthi, samaºo natthi b±hire; saªkh±r± sassat± natthi, natthi buddh±namiñjitan”ti. Tattha padanti imasmi½ ±k±se vaººasaºµh±navasena evar³panti paññ±pe-tabba½ kassaci pada½ n±ma natthi. B±hireti mama s±sanato bahiddh± magga-phalaµµho samaºo n±ma natthi. Paj±ti aya½ sattalokasaªkh±t± paj± taºh±d²supapañcesuyev±bhirat±. Nippapañc±ti bodhim³leyeva sabbapapañc±na½ samu-cchinnatt± nippapañc± tath±gat±. Saªkh±r±ti pañcakkhandh±. Tesu hi ekopisassato n±ma natthi. Iñjitanti buddh±na½ pana taºh±m±n±d²su iñjitesu yenasaªkh±r± sassat±ti gaºheyya, ta½ eka½ iñjitampi n±ma natth²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne subhaddo an±g±miphale patiµµhahi, sampattaparis±yapi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Subhaddaparibb±jakavatthu dv±dasama½.

Malavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Aµµh±rasamo vaggo. 19. Dhammaµµhavaggo 1. Vinicchayamah±mattavatthu Na (2.0241) tena hot²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto vini-cchayamah±matte ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi bhikkh³ s±vatthiya½ uttaradv±rag±me piº¹±ya caritv± piº¹ap±ta-paµikkant± nagaramajjhena vih±ra½ ±gacchanti. Tasmi½ khaºe megho uµµh±yap±vassi. Te sammukh±gata½ vinicchayas±la½ pavisitv± vinicchayamah±mattelañja½ gahetv± s±mike as±mike karonte disv± “aho ime adhammik±, maya½pana ‘ime dhammena vinicchaya½ karont²’ti saññino ahumh±”ti cintetv± vassevigate vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nisinn± tamattha½ ±ro-cesu½. Satth± “na, bhikkhave, chand±divasik± hutv± s±hasena attha½ vinicchi-nant± dhammaµµh± n±ma honti, apar±dha½ pana anuvijjitv± apar±dh±nur³pa½as±hasena vinicchaya½ karont± eva dhammaµµh± n±ma hont²”ti vatv± im± g±th±abh±si– 256. “Na tena hoti dhammaµµho, yenattha½ s±has± naye; yo ca attha½ anatthañca, ubho niccheyya paº¹ito. 257. “As±hasena dhammena, samena nayat² pare; dhammassa gutto medh±v², dhammaµµhoti pavuccat²”ti. Tattha ten±ti ettakeneva k±raºena. Dhammaµµhoti r±j± hi attano k±tabbe vini-cchayadhamme µhitopi dhammaµµho n±ma na hoti. Yen±ti yena k±raºena.Atthanti otiººa½ vinicchitabba½ attha½. S±has± nayeti chand±d²su patiµµhito s±ha-sena mus±v±dena viniccheyya. Yo hi chande patiµµh±ya ñ±t²ti v± mittoti v± mus±vatv± as±mikameva s±mika½ karoti, dose patiµµh±ya attano ver²na½ mus± vatv±s±mikameva as±mika½ karoti, mohe patiµµh±ya lañja½ gahetv± vinicchayak±le (2.02aññavihito viya ito cito ca olokento mus± vatv± “imin± jita½, aya½ par±jito”ti para½n²harati, bhaye patiµµh±ya kassacideva issaraj±tikassa par±jaya½ p±puºanta-ss±pi jaya½ ±ropeti, aya½ s±hasena attha½ neti n±ma. Eso dhammaµµho n±mana hot²ti attho. Attha½ anatthañc±ti bh³tañca abh³tañca k±raºa½. Ubho nicche-yy±ti yo pana paº¹ito ubho atth±natthe vinicchinitv± vadati. As±hasen±ti amus±v±-dena. Dhammen±ti vinicchayadhammena, na chand±divasena. Samen±ti apar±-dh±nur³peneva pare nayati, jaya½ v± par±jaya½ v± p±peti. Dhammassa guttotiso dhammagutto dhammarakkhito dhammojapaññ±ya samann±gato medh±v²

vinicchayadhamme µhitatt± dhammaµµhoti pavuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Vinicchayamah±mattavatthu paµhama½. 2. Chabbaggiyavatthu Na tena paº¹ito hot²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantochabbaggiye ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira vih±repi g±mepi bhattagga½ ±kula½ karont± vicaranti. Athekadivasebhikkh³ g±me bhattakicca½ katv± ±gate dahare s±maºere ca pucchi½su–“k²disa½, ±vuso, bhattaggan”ti? Bhante, m± pucchatha, chabbaggiy± “mayamevaviyatt±, mayameva paº¹it±, ime paharitv± s²se kacavara½ ±kiritv± n²hariss±m±”tivatv± amhe piµµhiya½ gahetv± kacavara½ okirant± bhattagga½ ±kula½ aka½s³ti.Bhikkh³ satthu santika½ gantv± tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth± “n±ha½, bhikkhave,bahu½ bh±sitv± pare viheµhayam±na½ ‘paº¹ito’ti vad±mi, khemina½ pana ave-r²na½ abhayameva paº¹itoti vad±m²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 258. “Na tena paº¹ito hoti, y±vat± bahu bh±sati; khem² aver² abhayo, paº¹itoti pavuccat²”ti. Tattha (2.0243) y±vat±ti yattakena k±raºena saªghamajjh±d²su bahu½ katheti,tena paº¹ito n±ma na hoti. Yo pana saya½ khem² pañcanna½ ver±na½ abh±venaaver² nibbhayo, ya½ v± ±gamma mah±janassa bhaya½ na hoti, so paº¹ito n±mahot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Chabbaggiyavatthu dutiya½. 3. Ekud±nakh²º±savattheravatthu

n±ma kh²º±sava½ ±rabbha kathesi. Na t±vat±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto ekud±natthera½n±ma kh²º±sava½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ekakova ekasmi½ vanasaº¹e viharati, ekamevassa ud±na½ paguºa½– “Adhicetaso appamajjato, munino monapathesu sikkhato; sok± na bhavanti t±dino, upasantassa sad± sat²mato”ti. (p±ci. 153; ud±. 37); So kira uposathadivasesu sayameva dhammassavana½ ghosetv± ima½g±tha½ vadati. Pathavi-undriyanasaddo viya devat±na½ s±dhuk±rasaddo hoti.Athekasmi½ uposathadivase pañcapañcasatapariv±r± dve tipiµakadhar± bhikkh³tassa vasanaµµh±na½ agama½su. So te disv±va tuµµham±naso “s±dhu vo kata½idha ±gacchantehi, ajja maya½ tumh±ka½ dhamma½ suºiss±m±”ti ±ha. Atthipana, ±vuso, idha dhamma½ sotuk±m±ti. Atthi, bhante, aya½ vanasaº¹o dhamma-ssavanadivase devat±na½ s±dhuk±rasaddena ekaninn±do hot²ti. Tesu eko tipiµa-kadharo dhamma½ os±resi, eko kathesi. Ekadevat±pi s±dhuk±ra½ n±d±si. Te±ha½su– “tva½, ±vuso, dhammassavanadivase imasmi½ vanasaº¹e devat±mahantena saddena s±dhuk±ra½ dent²ti vadesi, ki½ n±metan”ti. Bhante, aññesudivasesu s±dhuk±rasaddena ekaninn±do eva hoti, na ajja pana (2.0244) j±n±mi“kimetan”ti. “Tena hi, ±vuso, tva½ t±va dhamma½ katheh²”ti. So b²jani½ gahetv±±sane nisinno tameva g±tha½ vadesi. Devat± mahantena saddena s±dhuk±rama-da½su. Atha nesa½ pariv±r± bhikkh³ ujjh±yi½su “imasmi½ vanasaº¹e devat±mukholokanena s±dhuk±ra½ dadanti, tipiµakadharabhikkh³su ettaka½ bhaºante-supi kiñci pasa½sanamattampi avatv± ekena mahallakattherena ekag±th±yakathit±ya mah±saddena s±dhuk±ra½ dadant²”ti. Tepi vih±ra½ gantv± satthutamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth± “n±ha½, bhikkhave, yo bahumpi uggaºhati v± bh±sati v±, ta½ dhamma-dharoti vad±mi. Yo pana ekampi g±tha½ uggaºhitv± sacc±ni paµivijjhati, aya½dhammadharo n±m±”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 259. “Na t±vat± dhammadharo, y±vat± bahu bh±sati; Yo ca appampi sutv±na, dhamma½ k±yena passati; sa ve dhammadharo hoti, yo dhamma½ nappamajjat²”ti. Tattha y±vat±ti yattakena uggahaºadh±raºav±can±din± k±raºena bahu½bh±sati, t±vattakena dhammadharo na hoti, va½s±nurakkhako pana paveºip±lakon±ma hoti. Yo ca appamp²ti yo pana appamattakampi sutv± dhammamanv±yaatthamanv±ya dhamm±nudhammappaµipanno hutv± n±mak±yena dukkh±d²niparij±nanto catusaccadhamma½ passati, sa ve dhammadharo hoti. Yo dhamma½nappamajjat²ti yopi ±raddhav²riyo hutv± ajja ajjev±ti paµivedha½ ±kaªkhantodhamma½ nappamajjati, ayampi dhammadharoyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti.

Ekud±nakh²º±savattheravatthu tatiya½. 4. Lakuº¹akabhaddiyattheravatthu Na tena thero so hot²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto laku-º¹akabhaddiyatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi (2.0245) tasmi½ there satthu upaµµh±na½ gantv± pakkantamatteti½samatt± ±raññik± bhikkh³ ta½ passant± eva ±gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± nis²-di½su. Satth± tesa½ arahatt³panissaya½ disv± ima½ pañha½ pucchi– “ito gata½eka½ thera½ passath±”ti? “Na pass±ma, bhante”ti. “Ki½ nu diµµho vo”ti? “Eka½,bhante, s±maºera½ passimh±”ti. “Na so, bhikkhave, s±maºero, thero eva so”ti?“Ativiya khuddako, bhante”ti. “N±ha½, bhikkhave, mahallakabh±vena ther±sanenisinnamattakena theroti vad±mi. Yo pana sacc±ni paµivijjhitv± mah±janassa ahi½-sakabh±ve µhito, aya½ thero n±m±”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 260. “Na tena thero so hoti, yenassa palita½ siro; paripakko vayo tassa, moghajiººoti vuccati. 261. “Yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, ahi½s± sa½yamo damo; sa ve vantamalo dh²ro, thero iti pavuccat²”ti. Tattha paripakkoti pariºato, vu¹¹habh±va½ pattoti attho. Moghajiººoti antotherakar±na½ dhamm±na½ abh±vena tucchajiººo n±ma. Yamhi saccañcadhammo c±ti yamhi pana puggale so¼asah±k±rehi paµividdhatt± catubbidha½sacca½, ñ±ºena sacchikatatt± navavidho lokuttaradhammo ca atthi. Ahi½s±ti ahi½-sanabh±vo. Desan±mattameta½, yamhi pana catubbidh±pi appamaññ±bh±van±atth²ti attho. Sa½yamo damoti s²lañceva indriyasa½varo ca. Vantamaloti magga-ñ±ºena n²haµamalo. Dh²roti dhitisampanno. Theroti so imehi thirabh±vak±rakehisamann±gatatt± theroti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½s³ti. Lakuº¹akabhaddiyattheravatthu catuttha½. 5. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu Na (2.0246) v±kkaraºamatten±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto sambahule bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye dahare ceva s±maºere ca attano dhamm±cariy±namevac²vararajan±d²ni veyy±vacc±ni karonte disv± ekacce ther± cintayi½su– “mayampibyañjanasamaye kusal±, amh±kameva kiñci natthi. Ya½n³na maya½ satth±ra½upasaªkamitv± eva½ vadeyy±ma, ‘bhante, maya½ byañjanasamaye kusal±,aññesa½ santike dhamma½ uggaºhitv±pi imesa½ santike asodhetv± m± sajjh±yi-tth±ti daharas±maºere ±º±peth±’ti. Evañhi amh±ka½ l±bhasakk±ro va¹¹hissat²”ti.

Te satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± tath± vadi½su. Satth± tesa½ vacana½ sutv± “imasmi½ s±sane paveºivaseneva eva½ vattu½labhati, ime pana l±bhasakk±re nissit±ti ñatv± aha½ tumhe v±kkaraºamattenas±dhur³p±ti na vad±mi. Yassa panete iss±dayo dhamm± arahattamaggena samu-cchinn±, eso eva s±dhur³po”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 262. “Na v±kkaraºamattena, vaººapokkharat±ya v±; s±dhur³po naro hoti, issuk² macchar² saµho. 263. “Yassa ceta½ samucchinna½, m³laghacca½ sam³hata½; savantadoso medh±v², s±dhur³poti vuccat²”ti. Tattha na v±kkaraºamatten±ti vac²karaºamattena saddalakkhaºasampannava-canamattena. Vaººapokkharat±ya v±ti sar²ravaººassa man±pabh±vena v±.Naroti ettakeneva k±raºena paral±bh±d²su iss±manako pañcavidhena macche-rena samann±gato ker±µikabh±vena saµho naro s±dhur³po na hoti. Yassa cetantiyassa ca puggalasseta½ iss±didosaj±ta½ arahattamaggañ±ºena sam³laka½chinna½, m³lagh±ta½ katv± sam³hata½ (2.0247), so vantadoso dhammojapa-ññ±ya samann±gato s±dhur³poti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu pañcama½. 6. Hatthakavatthu Na muº¹akena samaºoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± s±vatthiya½ viharantohatthaka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira v±dakkhitto “tumhe asukavel±ya asukaµµh±na½ n±ma ±gaccheyy±tha,v±da½ kariss±m±”ti vatv± puretarameva tattha gantv± “passatha, titthiy± mamabhayena n±gat±, esova pana nesa½ par±jayo”ti-±d²ni vatv± v±dakkhitto aññe-nañña½ paµicaranto vicarati. Satth± “hatthako kira eva½ karot²”ti sutv± ta½ pakko-s±petv± “sacca½ kira tva½, hatthaka, eva½ karos²”ti pucchitv± “saccan”ti vutte,“kasm± eva½ karosi? Evar³pañhi mus±v±da½ karonto s²samuº¹an±dimattenevasamaºo n±ma na hoti. Yo pana aº³ni v± th³l±ni v± p±p±ni sametv± µhito, aya-meva samaºo”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 264. “Na muº¹akena samaºo, abbato alika½ bhaºa½; icch±lobhasam±panno, samaºo ki½ bhavissati. 265. “Yo ca sameti p±p±ni, aºu½ th³l±ni sabbaso; samitatt± hi p±p±na½, samaºoti pavuccat²”ti. Tattha muº¹aken±ti s²samuº¹anamattena. Abbatoti s²lavatena ca dhutaªgava-tena ca virahito. Alika½ bhaºanti mus±v±da½ bhaºanto asampattesu ±ramma-ºesu icch±ya pattesu ca lobhena samann±gato samaºo n±ma ki½ bhavissati?Samet²ti yo ca paritt±ni v± (2.0248) mahant±ni v± p±p±ni v³pasameti, so tesa½samitatt± samaºoti pavuccat²ti attho.

Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Hatthakavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu Na tena bhikkhu so hot²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoaññatara½ br±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira b±hirasamaye pabbajitv± bhikkha½ caranto cintesi– “samaºo gotamoattano s±vake bhikkh±ya caraºena ‘bhikkh³’ti vadati, mampi ‘bhikkh³’ti vattu½vaµµat²”ti. So satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±, “bho gotama, ahampi bhikkha½ caritv±j²v±mi, mampi ‘bhikkh³’ti vadeh²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ satth± “n±ha½, br±hmaºa,bhikkhanamattena bhikkh³ti vad±mi. Na hi vissa½ dhamma½ sam±d±ya vattantobhikkhu n±ma hoti. Yo pana sabbasaªkh±resu saªkh±ya carati, so bhikkhu n±m±”-ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 266. “Na tena bhikkhu so hoti, y±vat± bhikkhate pare; vissa½ dhamma½ sam±d±ya, bhikkhu hoti na t±vat±. 267. “Yodha puññañca p±pañca, b±hetv±

brahmacariyav±; saªkh±ya loke carati, sa ve bhikkh³ti vuccat²”ti. Tattha y±vat±ti yattakena pare bhikkhate, tena bhikkhanamattena bhikkhun±ma na hoti. Vissanti visama½ dhamma½, vissagandha½ v± k±yakamm±dika½dhamma½ sam±d±ya caranto bhikkhu n±ma na hoti. Yodh±ti yo idha s±saneubhayampeta½ puññañca p±pañca maggabrahmacariyena b±hetv± panuditv±brahmacariyav± hoti. Saªkh±y±ti ñ±ºena. Loketi khandh±diloke “ime ajjhattik±khandh±, ime b±hir±”ti eva½ sabbepi dhamme j±nitv± (2.0249) carati, so tenañ±ºena kiles±na½ bhinnatt± “bhikkh³”ti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu sattama½. 8. Titthiyavatthu Na monen±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto titthiye ±rabbhakathesi. Te kira bhuttaµµh±nesu manuss±na½ “khema½ hotu, sukha½ hotu, ±yuva¹¹hatu, asukaµµh±ne n±ma kalala½ atthi, asukaµµh±ne n±ma kaºµako atthi, eva-r³pa½ µh±na½ gantu½ na vaµµat²”ti-±din± nayena maªgala½ vatv± pakkamanti.Bhikkh³ pana paµhamabodhiya½ anumodan±d²na½ ananuññ±tak±le bhattaggemanuss±na½ anumodana½ akatv± pakkamanti. Manuss± “titthiy±na½ santik±maªgala½ suº±ma, bhaddant± pana tuºh²bh³t± pakkamant²”ti ujjh±yi½su.Bhikkh³ tamattha½ satthu ±rocesu½. Satth±, “bhikkhave, ito paµµh±ya bhattagg±-d²su yath±sukha½ anumodana½ karotha, upanisinnakatha½ karotha, dhamma½katheth±”ti anuj±ni. Te tath± kari½su. Manuss± anumodan±d²ni suºant± uss±ha-ppatt± bhikkh³ nimantetv± sakk±ra½ karont± vicaranti. Titthiy± pana “maya½munino mona½ karoma, samaºassa gotamassa s±vak± bhattagg±d²su mah±-katha½ kathent± vicarant²”ti ujjh±yi½su. Satth± tamattha½ sutv± “n±ha½, bhikkhave, tuºh²bh±vamattena ‘mun²’tivad±mi. Ekacce hi aj±nant± na kathenti, ekacce avis±radat±ya, ekacce ‘m± noima½ atisayattha½ aññe j±ni½s³’ti maccherena. Tasm± monamattena muni nahoti, p±pav³pasamena pana muni n±ma hot²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 268. “Na monena mun² hoti, m³¼har³po aviddasu; yo ca tula½va paggayha, varam±d±ya paº¹ito. 269. “P±p±ni (2.0250) parivajjeti, sa mun² tena so muni; yo mun±ti ubho loke, muni tena pavuccat²”ti. Tattha na monen±ti k±mañhi moneyyapaµipad±saªkh±tena maggañ±ºamonenamuni n±ma hoti, idha pana tuºh²bh±va½ sandh±ya “monen±”ti vutta½. M³¼har³-poti tucchar³po. Aviddas³ti aviññ³. Evar³po hi tuºh²bh³topi muni n±ma na hoti.Atha v± monena muni n±ma na hoti, tucchasabh±vo pana aviññ³ ca hot²ti attho. Yo

ca tula½va pagayh±ti yath± hi tula½ gahetv± µhito atireka½ ce hoti, harati. Ðna½ce hoti, pakkhipati. Evameva yo atireka½ haranto viya p±pa½ harati parivajjeti,³nake pakkhipanto viya kusala½ parip³reti. Evañca pana karonto s²lasam±dhipa-ññ±vimuttivimuttiñ±ºadassanasaªkh±ta½ vara½ uttamameva ±d±ya p±p±ni aku-salakamm±ni parivajjeti. Sa mun²ti so muni n±m±ti attho. Tena so mun²ti kasm±pana so mun²ti ce? Ya½ heµµh± vuttak±raºa½, tena so mun²ti attho. So mun±tiubho loketi yo puggalo imasmi½ khandh±diloke tula½ ±ropetv± minanto viya “imeajjhattik± khandh±, ime b±hir±”ti-±din± nayena ime ubho atthe mun±ti. Muni tenapavuccat²ti tena k±raºena mun²ti vuccatiyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Titthiyavatthu aµµhama½. 9. B±lisikavatthu Na tena ariyo hot²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½ariya½ n±ma b±lisika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi satth± tassa sot±pattimaggass³panissaya½ disv± s±vatthiy± utta-radv±rag±me piº¹±ya caritv± bhikkhusaªghaparivuto tato ±gacchati. Tasmi½khaºe so b±lisiko balisena macche gaºhanto buddhappamukha½ bhikkhu-saªgha½ disv± balisayaµµhi½ cha¹¹etv± aµµh±si. Satth± tassa avid³re (2.0251)µh±ne nivattitv± µhito “tva½ ki½ n±mos²”ti s±riputtatther±d²na½ n±m±ni pucchi.Tepi “aha½ s±riputto aha½ moggall±no”ti attano attano n±m±ni kathayi½su. B±li-siko cintesi– “satth± sabbesa½ n±m±ni pucchati, mamampi n±ma½ pucchissatimaññe”ti. Satth± tassa iccha½ ñatv±, “up±saka, tva½ ko n±mos²”ti pucchitv±“aha½, bhante, ariyo n±m±”ti vutte “na, up±saka, t±dis± p±º±tip±tino ariy± n±mahonti, ariy± pana mah±janassa ahi½sanabh±ve µhit±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 270. “Na tena ariyo hoti, yena p±º±ni hi½sati; ahi½s± sabbap±º±na½, ariyoti pavuccat²”ti. Tattha ahi½s±ti ahi½sanena. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yena hi p±º±ni hi½sati, na tenak±raºena ariyo hoti. Yo pana sabbap±º±na½ p±ºi-±d²hi ahi½sanena mett±dibh±-van±ya patiµµhitatt± hi½sato ±r±va µhito, aya½ ariyoti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne b±lisiko sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. B±lisikavatthu navama½. 10. Sambahulas²l±disampannabhikkhuvatthu Na s²labbatamatten±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto

sambahule s²l±disampanne bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Tesu kira ekacc±na½ eva½ ahosi– “maya½ sampannas²l±, maya½ dhutaªga-dhar±, maya½ bahussut±, maya½ pantasen±sanav±sino, maya½ jh±nal±bhino,na amh±ka½ arahatta½ dullabha½, icchitadivaseyeva arahatta½ p±puºiss±m±”ti.Yepi tattha an±g±mino, tesampi etadahosi– “na amh±ka½ id±ni arahatta½ dulla-bhan”ti. Te sabbepi ekadivasa½ satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± nisinn± “apinu kho vo, bhikkhave, pabbajitakicca½ matthaka½ pattan”ti satth±r± puµµh± eva-m±ha½su– “bhante, maya½ evar³p± evar³p± ca, tasm± ‘icchiticchitakkhaºeyevaarahatta½ pattu½ samatthamh±’ti cintetv± vihar±m±”ti. Satth± (2.0252) tesa½ vacana½ sutv±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±ma parisu-ddhas²l±dimattakena v± an±g±misukhappattamattakena v± ‘appaka½ no bhavadu-kkhan’ti vattu½ na vaµµati, ±savakkhaya½ pana appatv± ‘sukhitomh²’ti citta½ naupp±detabban”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 271. “Na s²labbatamattena, b±husaccena v± pana; atha v± sam±dhil±bhena, vivittasayanena v±. 272. “Phus±mi nekkhammasukha½, aputhujjanasevita½; bhikkhu viss±sam±p±di, appatto ±savakkhayan”ti. Tattha s²labbatamatten±ti catup±risuddhis²lamattena v± terasadhutaªgama-ttena v±. B±husaccena v±ti tiººa½ piµak±na½ uggahitamattena v±. Sam±dhil±bhe-n±ti aµµhasam±pattiy± l±bhena. Nekkhammasukhanti an±g±misukha½. Ta½ an±-g±misukha½ phus±m²ti ettakamattena v±. Aputhujjanasevitanti puthujjanehi ase-vita½ ariyasevitameva. Bhikkh³ti tesa½ aññatara½ ±lapanto ±ha. Viss±sam±p±-d²ti viss±sa½ na ±pajjeyya. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– bhikkhu imin± sampannas²l±dibh±va-mattakeneva “mayha½ bhavo appako parittako”ti ±savakkhayasaªkh±ta½ ara-hatta½ appatto hutv± bhikkhu n±ma viss±sa½ n±pajjeyya. Yath± hi appamatta-kopi g³tho duggandho hoti, eva½ appamattakopi bhavo dukkhoti. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhaha½su, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Sambahulas²l±disampannabhikkhuvatthu dasama½. Dhammaµµhavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Ek³nav²satimo vaggo. 20. Maggavaggo 1. Pañcasatabhikkhuvatthu

Magg±naµµhaªgikoti (2.0253) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantopañcasate bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira satthari janapadac±rika½ caritv± puna s±vatthi½ ±gate upaµµh±nas±l±yanis²ditv± “asukag±mato asukag±massa maggo samo, asukag±massa maggovisamo, sasakkharo, asakkharo”ti-±din± nayena attano vicaritamagga½ ±rabbhamaggakatha½ kathesu½. Satth± tesa½ arahattass³panissaya½ disv± ta½ µh±na½±gantv± paññatt±sane nisinno “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisi-nn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, aya½ b±hirakamaggo,bhikkhun± n±ma ariyamagge kamma½ k±tu½ vaµµati, evañhi karonto bhikkhusabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 273. “Magg±naµµhaªgiko seµµho, sacc±na½ caturo pad±; vir±go seµµho dhamm±na½, dvipad±nañca cakkhum±. 274. “Eseva maggo natthañño, dassanassa visuddhiy±; etañhi tumhe paµipajjatha, m±rasseta½ pamohana½. 275. “Etañhi tumhe paµipann±, dukkhassanta½ karissatha; akkh±to vo may± maggo, aññ±ya sallakantana½. 276. “Tumhehi kiccam±tappa½, akkh±t±ro tath±gat±; paµipann± pamokkhanti, jh±yino m±rabandhan±”ti.

Tattha magg±naµµhaªgikoti jaªghamagg±dayo v± hontu dv±saµµhi diµµhigata-magg± v±, tesa½ sabbesampi magg±na½ samm±diµµhi-±d²hi aµµhahi aªgehimicch±diµµhi-±d²na½ aµµhanna½ pah±na½ karonto nirodha½ ±rammaºa½ katv±cat³supi saccesu dukkhaparij±nan±dikicca½ s±dhayam±no aµµhaªgiko maggoseµµho (2.0254) uttamo. Sacc±na½ caturo pad±ti “sacca½ bhaºe na kujjheyy±”ti(dha. pa. 224) ±gata½ vac²sacca½ v± hotu, “sacco br±hmaºo sacco khattiyo”ti-±-dibheda½ sammutisacca½ v± “idameva sacca½ moghamaññan”ti (dha. sa. 1144;ma. ni. 2.187-188) diµµhisacca½ v± “dukkha½ ariyasaccan”ti-±dibheda½ parama-tthasacca½ v± hotu, sabbesampi imesa½ sacc±na½ parij±nitabbaµµhena sacchik±-tabbaµµhena pah±tabbaµµhena bh±vetabbaµµhena ekapaµivedhaµµhena ca tathapaµi-vedhaµµhena ca dukkha½ ariyasaccanti-±dayo caturo pad± seµµh± n±ma. Vir±goseµµho dhamm±nanti “y±vat±, bhikkhave, dhamm± saªkhat± v± asaªkhat± v±,vir±go tesa½ aggamakkh±yat²”ti (itivu. 90; a. ni. 4.34) vacanato sabbadha-mm±na½ nibb±nasaªkh±to vir±go seµµho. Dvipad±nañca cakkhum±ti sabbesa½devamanuss±dibhed±na½ dvipad±na½ pañcahi cakkh³hi cakkhum± tath±gatovaseµµho. Ca-saddo sampiº¹anattho, ar³padhamme sampiº¹eti. Tasm± ar³padha-mm±nampi tath±gato seµµho uttamo. Dassanassa visuddhiy±ti maggaphaladassanassa visuddhattha½ yo may±“seµµho”ti vutto, esova maggo, natthañño. Etañhi tumheti tasm± tumhe etamevapaµipajjatha. M±rasseta½ pamohananti eta½ m±ramohana½ m±ramanthanantivuccati. Dukkhassantanti sakalassapi vaµµadukkhassa anta½ pariccheda½ kari-ssath±ti attho. Aññ±ya sallakantananti r±gasall±d²na½ kantana½ nimmathana½abb³haºa½ eta½ magga½, may± vin± anussav±d²hi attapaccakkhato ñatv±vaaya½ maggo akkh±to, id±ni tumhehi kiles±na½ ±t±panena “±tappan”ti saªkha½gata½ tassa adhigamatth±ya sammappadh±nav²riya½ kicca½ karaº²ya½. Keva-lañhi akkh±t±rova tath±gat±. Tasm± tehi akkh±tavasena ye paµipann± dv²hijh±nehi jh±yino, te tebh³makavaµµasaªkh±t± m±rabandhan± pamokkhant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Pañcasatabhikkhuvatthu paµhama½. 2. Aniccalakkhaºavatthu Sabbe (2.0255) saªkh±r± anicc±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto pañcasate bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± gantv± araññe v±yamant±pi ara-hatta½ appatv± “visesetv± kammaµµh±na½ uggaºhiss±m±”ti satthu santika½ ±ga-mi½su. Satth± “ki½ nu kho imesa½ sapp±yan”ti v²ma½santo “ime kassapabu-ddhak±le v²sati vassasahass±ni aniccalakkhaºe anuyuñji½su, tasm± aniccala-kkhaºeneva tesa½ eka½ g±tha½ desetu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv±, “bhikkhave, k±ma-

bhav±d²su sabbepi saªkh±r± hutv± abh±vaµµhena anicc± ev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 277. “Sabbe saªkh±r± anicc±ti, yad± paññ±ya passati; atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiy±”ti. Tattha sabbe saªkh±r±ti k±mabhav±d²su uppann± khandh± tattha tattheva niru-jjhanato anicc±ti yad± vipassan±paññ±ya passati, atha imasmi½ khandhaparihara-ºadukkhe nibbindati, nibbindanto dukkhaparij±nan±divasena sacc±ni paµivijjhati.Esa maggo visuddhiy±ti visuddhatth±ya vod±natth±ya esa maggoti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su, sampattaparis±nampis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aniccalakkhaºavatthu dutiya½. 3. Dukkhalakkhaºavatthu Dutiyag±th±yapi evar³pameva vatthu. Tad± hi bhagav± tesa½ bhikkh³na½dukkhalakkhaºe kat±bhiyogabh±va½ ñatv±, “bhikkhave, sabbepi khandh± paµip²¼a-naµµhena dukkh± ev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 278. “Sabbe (2.0256) saªkh±r± dukkh±ti, yad± paññ±ya passati; atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiy±”ti. Tattha dukkh±ti paµip²¼anaµµhena dukkh±. Sesa½ purimasadisameva. Dukkhalakkhaºavatthu tatiya½. 4. Anattalakkhaºavatthu Tatiyag±th±yapi eseva nayo. Kevalañhi ettha bhagav± tesa½ bhikkh³na½pubbe anattalakkhaºe anuyuttabh±va½ ñatv±, “bhikkhave, sabbepi khandh± ava-savattanaµµhena anatt± ev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 279. “Sabbe dhamm± anatt±ti, yad± paññ±ya passati; atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiy±”ti. Tattha sabbe dhamm±ti pañcakkhandh± eva adhippet±. Anatt±ti “m± j²yantu m±m²yant³”ti vase vattetu½ na sakk±ti avasavattanaµµhena anatt± attasuññ± ass±-mik± anissar±ti attho. Sesa½ purimasadisamev±ti. Anattalakkhaºavatthu catuttha½. 5. Padh±nakammikatissattheravatthu

Uµµh±nak±lamh²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto padh±naka-mmikatissatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiv±sino kira pañcasat± kulaputt± satthu santike pabbajitv± kamma-µµh±na½ gahetv± arañña½ agama½su. Tesu eko tattheva oh²yi. Avases± araññesamaºadhamma½ karont± arahatta½ patv± “paµiladdhaguºa½ satthu ±rocess±-m±”ti puna s±vatthi½ agama½su. Te s±vatthito yojanamatte ekasmi½ g±makepiº¹±ya carante disv± eko up±sako y±gubhatt±d²hi patim±netv± anumodana½sutv± punadivasatth±yapi nimantesi. Te tadaheva s±vatthi½ gantv± pattac²vara½paµis±metv± s±yanhasamaye (2.0257) satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± eka-manta½ nis²di½su. Satth± tehi saddhi½ ativiya tuµµhi½ pavedayam±no paµisa-nth±ra½ ak±si. Atha nesa½ tattha oh²no sah±yakabhikkhu cintesi– “satthu imehi saddhi½ paµi-santh±ra½ karontassa mukha½ nappahoti, mayha½ pana maggaphal±bh±venamay± saddhi½ na katheti, ajjeva arahatta½ patv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± may±saddhi½ kath±pess±m²”ti. Tepi bhikkh³, “bhante, maya½ ±gamanamagge ekenaup±sakena sv±tan±ya nimantit±, tattha p±tova gamiss±m±”ti satth±ra½ apalo-kesu½. Atha nesa½ sah±yako bhikkhu sabbaratti½ caªkamanto nidd±vasenacaªkamakoµiya½ ekasmi½ p±s±ºaphalake pati, ³ruµµhi bhijji. So mah±saddenaviravi. Tassa te sah±yak± bhikkh³ sadda½ sañj±nitv± ito cito ca upadh±vi½su.Tesa½ d²pa½ j±letv± tassa kattabbakicca½ karont±na½yeva aruºo uµµhahi, te ta½g±ma½ gantu½ ok±sa½ na labhi½su. Atha ne satth± ±ha– “ki½, bhikkhave,bhikkh±c±rag±ma½ na gamitth±”ti. Te “±ma, bhante”ti ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesu½.Satth± “na, bhikkhave, esa id±neva tumh±ka½ l±bhantar±ya½ karoti, pubbepi ak±-siyev±”ti vatv± tehi y±cito at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Yo pubbe karaº²y±ni, pacch± so k±tumicchati; varuºakaµµhabhañjova, sa pacch± manutappat²”ti. (j±. 1.1.71)–J±taka½ vitth±resi. Tad± kira te bhikkh³ pañcasat± m±ºavak± ahesu½, kus²tam±-ºavako aya½ bhikkhu ahosi, ±cariyo pana tath±gatova ahos²ti. Satth± ima½ dhammadesana½ ±haritv±, “bhikkhave, yo hi uµµh±nak±leuµµh±na½ na karoti, sa½sannasaªkappo hoti, kus²to so jh±n±dibheda½ visesa½n±dhigacchat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 280. “Uµµh±nak±lamhi anuµµhah±no, yuv± bal² ±lasiya½ upeto; sa½sannasaªkappamano kus²to, paññ±ya magga½ alaso na vindat²”ti. Tattha (2.0258) anuµµhah±noti anuµµhahanto av±yamanto. Yuv± bal²ti paµhama-yobbane µhito balasampannopi hutv± alasabh±vena upeto hoti, bhutv± sayati.Sa½sannasaªkappamanoti t²hi micch±vitakkehi suµµhu avasannasamm±saªka-ppacitto. Kus²toti nibb²riyo. Alasoti mah±-alaso paññ±ya daµµhabba½ ariyamagga½apassanto na vindati, na paµilabhat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti.

Padh±nakammikatissattheravatthu pañcama½. 6. S³karapetavatthu V±c±nurakkh²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto s³karapeta½±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi divase mah±moggall±natthero lakkhaºattherena saddhi½ gijjhak³µ±orohanto ekasmi½ padese sita½ p±tv±k±si. “Ko nu kho, ±vuso, hetu sitassa p±tu-kamm±y±”ti lakkhaºattherena puµµho “ak±lo, ±vuso, imassa pañhassa, satthusantike ma½ puccheyy±th±”ti vatv± lakkhaºattherena saddhi½yeva r±jagahepiº¹±ya caritv± piº¹ap±tapaµikkanto ve¼uvana½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± nis²di.Atha na½ lakkhaºatthero tamattha½ pucchi. So ±ha– “±vuso, aha½ eka½ peta½addasa½, tassa tig±vutappam±ºa½ sar²ra½, ta½ manussasar²rasadisa½. S²sa½pana s³karassa viya, tassa mukhe naªguµµha½ j±ta½, tato pu¼av± paggharanti.Sv±ha½ ‘na me evar³po satto diµµhapubbo’ti ta½ disv± sita½ p±tv±k±sin”ti. Satth±“cakkhubh³t± vata, bhikkhave, mama s±vak± viharant²”ti vatv± “ahampeta½satta½ bodhimaº¹eyeva addasa½. ‘Ye pana me na saddaheyyu½, tesa½ ahit±yaass±’ti paresa½ anukamp±ya na kathesi½. Id±ni moggall±na½ sakkhi½ katv±kathemi. Sacca½, bhikkhave, moggall±no ±h±”ti kathesi. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³satth±ra½ pucchi½su– “ki½ (2.0259) pana, bhante, tassa pubbakamman”ti. Satth±“tena hi, bhikkhave, suº±th±”ti at²ta½ ±haritv± tassa pubbakamma½ kathesi. Kassapabuddhak±le kira ekasmi½ g±mak±v±se dve ther± samaggav±sa½vasi½su. Tesu eko saµµhivasso, eko ek³nasaµµhivasso. Ek³nasaµµhivasso itarassapattac²vara½ ±d±ya vicari, s±maºero viya sabba½ vattapaµivatta½ ak±si. Tesa½ekam±tukucchiya½ vutthabh±t³na½ viya samaggav±sa½ vasant±na½ vasana-µµh±na½ eko dhammakathiko ±gami. Tad± ca dhammassavanadivaso hoti. Ther±na½ saªgaºhitv± “dhammakatha½ no kathehi sappuris±”ti ±ha½su. So dhamma-katha½

kathesi. Ther± “dhammakathiko no laddho”ti tuµµhacitt± punadivase ta½ ±d±yadhurag±ma½ piº¹±ya pavisitv± tattha katabhattakicc±, “±vuso, hiyyo kathitaµµh±na-tova thoka½ dhamma½ katheh²”ti manuss±na½ dhamma½ kath±pesu½.Manuss± dhammakatha½ sutv± punadivasatth±yapi nimantayi½su. Eva½samant± bhikkh±c±rag±mesu dve dve divase ta½ ±d±ya piº¹±ya cari½su. Dhammakathiko cintesi– “ime dvepi atimuduk±, may± ubhopete pal±petv±imasmi½ vih±re vasitu½ vaµµat²”ti. So s±ya½ ther³paµµh±na½ gantv± bhikkh³na½uµµh±ya gatak±le nivattitv± mah±thera½ upasaªkamitv±, “bhante, kiñci vattabba½atth²”ti vatv± “kathehi, ±vuso”ti vutte thoka½ cintetv±, “bhante, kath± n±mes±mah±s±vajj±”ti vatv± akathetv±va pakk±mi. Anutherass±pi santika½ gantv±tatheva ak±si. So dutiyadivase tatheva katv± tatiyadivase tesa½ ativiya kotuhaleuppanne mah±thera½ upasaªkamitv±, “bhante, kiñci vattabba½ atthi, tumh±ka½pana santike vattu½ na visah±m²”ti vatv± therena “hotu, ±vuso, katheh²”ti nipp²¼ito±ha– “ki½ pana, bhante, anuthero tumhehi saddhi½ sa½bhogo”ti. Sappurisa, ki½n±meta½ kathesi, maya½ ekam±tukucchiya½ vutthaputt± viya, amhesu ekenaya½ laddha½, itaren±pi laddhameva hoti. May± etassa ettaka½ k±la½ aguºon±ma na diµµhapubboti? Eva½, bhanteti. ¾m±vusoti. Bhante ma½ anuthero eva-m±ha– “sappurisa, tva½ kulaputto, aya½ mah±thero lajj² pesaloti etena saddhi½sa½bhoga½ karonto (2.0260) upaparikkhitv± kareyy±s²”ti evamesa ma½ ±gatadi-vasato paµµh±ya vadat²ti. Mah±thero ta½ sutv±va kuddham±naso daº¹±bhihata½ kul±labh±jana½ viyabhijji. Itaropi uµµh±ya anutherassa santika½ gantv± tatheva avoca, sopi tathevabhijji. Tesu kiñc±pi ettaka½ k±la½ ekopi visu½ piº¹±ya paviµµhapubbo n±manatthi, punadivase pana visu½ piº¹±ya pavisitv± anuthero puretara½ ±gantv± upa-µµh±nas±l±ya aµµh±si, mah±thero pacch± agam±si. Ta½ disv± anuthero cintesi–“ki½ nu kho imassa pattac²vara½ paµiggahetabba½, ud±hu no”ti. So “na id±nipaµiggahess±m²”ti cintetv±pi “hotu, na may± eva½ katapubba½, may± attanovatta½ h±petu½ na vaµµat²”ti citta½ muduka½ katv± thera½ upasaªkamitv±,“bhante, pattac²vara½ deth±”ti ±ha. Itaro “gaccha, dubbin²ta, na tva½ mama patta-c²vara½ paµiggahetu½ yuttar³po”ti acchara½ paharitv± tenapi “±ma, bhante,ahampi tumh±ka½ pattac²vara½ na paµiggaºh±m²ti cintesin”ti vutte, “±vusonavaka, ki½ tva½ cintesi, mama imasmi½ vih±re koci saªgo atth²”ti ±ha. Itaropi“tumhe pana, bhante, ki½ eva½ maññatha ‘mama imasmi½ vih±re koci saªgoatth²’ti, eso te vih±ro”ti vatv± pattac²vara½ ±d±ya nikkhami. Itaropi nikkhami. Teubhopi ekamaggen±pi agantv± eko pacchimadv±rena magga½ gaºhi, eko pura-tthimadv±rena. Dhammakathiko, “bhante, m± eva½ karotha, m± eva½ karoth±”tivatv± “tiµµh±vuso”ti vutte nivatti. So punadivase dhurag±ma½ paviµµho manussehi,“bhante, bhaddant± kuhin”ti vutte, “±vuso, m± pucchatha, tumh±ka½ kulupak±hiyyo kalaha½ katv± nikkhami½su, aha½ y±cantopi nivattetu½ n±sakkhin”ti ±ha.Tesu b±l± tuºh² ahesu½. Paº¹it± pana “amhehi ettaka½ k±la½ bhaddant±na½kiñci khalita½ n±ma na diµµhapubba½, tesa½ bhaya½ ima½ niss±ya uppanna½bhavissat²”ti domanassappatt± ahesu½.

Tepi ther± gataµµh±ne cittasukha½ n±ma na labhi½su. Mah±thero cintesi– “ahonavakassa bhikkhuno bh±riya½ kamma½ kata½, muhutta½ diµµha½ n±ma ±gantu-kabhikkhu½ ±ha– ‘mah±therena saddhi½ sa½bhoga½ m± ak±s²’”ti. Itaropi cintesi–“aho mah±therassa bh±riya½ kamma½ kata½, muhutta½ diµµha½ n±ma ±gantuka-bhikkhu½ ±ha– ‘imin± saddhi½ sa½bhoga½ m± ak±s²’”ti. Tesa½ (2.0261) nevasajjh±yo na manasik±ro ahosi. Te vassasataccayena pacchimadis±ya eka½vih±ra½ agama½su. Tesa½ ekameva sen±sana½ p±puºi. Mah±there pavisitv±mañcake nisinne itaropi p±visi. Mah±thero ta½ disv±va sañj±nitv± ass³ni sandh±-retu½ n±sakkhi. Itaropi mah±thera½ sañj±nitv± assupuººehi nettehi “kathemi nukho m± kathem²”ti cintetv± “na ta½ saddheyyar³pan”ti thera½ vanditv± “aha½,bhante, ettaka½ k±la½ tumh±ka½ pattac²vara½ gahetv± vicari½, api nu kho mek±yadv±r±d²su tumhehi kiñci as±ruppa½ diµµhapubban”ti. “Na diµµhapubba½, ±vu-so”ti. Atha kasm± dhammakathika½ avacuttha “m± etena saddhi½ sa½bhogama-k±s²”ti? “N±ha½, ±vuso, eva½ kathemi, tay± kira mama antare eva½ vuttan”ti.“Ahampi, bhante, na vad±m²”ti. Te tasmi½ khaºe “tena amhe bhindituk±menaeva½ vutta½ bhavissat²”ti ñatv± aññamañña½ accaya½ desayi½su. Te vassa-sata½ cittass±da½ alabhant± ta½ divasa½ samagg± hutv± “±y±ma, na½ tatovih±r± nikka¹¹hiss±m±”ti pakkamitv± anupubbena ta½ vih±ra½ agama½su. Dhammakathikopi there disv± pattac²vara½ paµiggahetu½ upagacchi. Ther±“na tva½ imasmi½ vih±re vasitu½ yuttar³po”ti acchara½ pahari½su. Sosaºµh±tu½ asakkonto t±vadeva nikkhamitv± pal±yi. Atha na½ v²sati vassasaha-ss±ni kato samaºadhammo sandh±retu½ n±sakkhi, tato cavitv± av²cimhi nibbattoeka½ buddhantara½ paccitv± id±ni gijjhak³µe vuttappak±rena attabh±venadukkha½ anubhot²ti. Satth± ida½ tassa pubbakamma½ ±haritv±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±ma k±y±-d²hi upasantar³pena bhavitabban”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 281. “V±c±nurakkh² manas± susa½vuto, k±yena ca n±kusala½ kayir±; ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ±r±dhaye maggamisippaveditan”ti. Tassattho– catunna½ vac²duccarit±na½ vajjanena v±c±nurakkh² abhijjh±d²na½anupp±danena manas± ca suµµhu sa½vuto p±º±tip±t±dayo pajahanto k±yena (2.026ca akusala½ na kayir±. Eva½ ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye. Eva½ visodhentohi s²lakkhandh±d²na½ esakehi buddh±d²hi is²hi pavedita½ aµµhaªgikamagga½ ±r±-dheyy±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. S³karapetavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Poµµhilattheravatthu

Yog± veti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto poµµhila½ n±mathera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira sattannampi buddh±na½ s±sane tepiµako pañcanna½ bhikkhusat±na½dhamma½ v±cesi. Satth± cintesi– “imassa bhikkhuno ‘attano dukkhanissaraºa½kariss±m²’ti cittampi natthi sa½vejess±mi nan”ti. Tato paµµh±ya ta½ thera½ attanoupaµµh±na½ ±gatak±le “ehi, tucchapoµµhila, vanda, tucchapoµµhila, nis²da, tucchapo-µµhila, y±hi, tucchapoµµhil±”ti vadati. Uµµh±ya gatak±lepi “tucchapoµµhilo gato”tivadati. So cintesi– “aha½ s±µµhakath±ni t²ºi piµak±ni dh±remi, pañcanna½ bhikkhu-sat±na½ aµµh±rasa mah±gaºe dhamma½ v±cemi, atha pana ma½ satth± abhi-kkhaºa½, ‘tucchapoµµhil±’ti vadeti, addh± ma½ satth± jh±n±d²na½ abh±vena eva½vadet²”ti. So uppannasa½vego “d±ni arañña½ pavisitv± samaºadhamma½ kari-ss±m²”ti sayameva pattac²vara½ sa½vidahitv± pacc³sak±le sabbapacch±dhamma½ uggaºhitv± nikkhamantena bhikkhun± saddhi½ nikkhami. Pariveºenis²ditv± sajjh±yant± na½ “±cariyo”ti na sallakkhesu½. So v²sayojanasatamagga½gantv± ekasmi½ araññ±v±se ti½sa bhikkh³ vasanti, te upasaªkamitv± saªgha-tthera½ vanditv±, “bhante, avassayo me hoth±”ti ±ha. ¾vuso, tva½ dhammaka-thiko, amhehi n±ma ta½ niss±ya kiñci j±nitabba½ bhaveyya, kasm± eva½ vade-s²ti? M±, bhante, eva½ karotha, avassayo me hoth±ti. Te pana sabbe kh²º±sav±va.Atha na½ mah±thero “imassa uggaha½ niss±ya m±no atthiyev±”ti anutherassasantika½ pahiºi. Sopi na½ tathev±ha. Imin± (2.0263) n²h±rena sabbepi ta½pesent± div±µµh±ne nis²ditv± s³cikamma½ karontassa sabbanavakassa sattava-ssikas±maºerassa santika½ pahiºi½su. Evamassa m±na½ n²hari½su. So nihatam±no s±maºerassa santike añjali½ paggahetv± “avassayo me hohisappuris±”ti ±ha. Aho, ±cariya, ki½ n±meta½ kathetha, tumhe mahallak± bahu-ssut±, tumh±ka½ santike may± kiñci k±raºa½ j±nitabba½ bhaveyy±ti. M± eva½kari, sappurisa, hohiyeva me avassayoti. Bhante, sacepi ov±dakkham± bhavi-ssatha, bhaviss±mi vo avassayoti. Homi, sappurisa, aha½ “aggi½ pavis±”ti vutteaggi½ pavis±miyev±ti. Atha na½ so avid³re eka½ sara½ dassetv±, “bhante, yath±-nivatthap±rutova ima½ sara½ pavisath±”ti ±ha. So hissa mahaggh±na½ dupaµµa-c²var±na½ nivatthap±rutabh±va½ ñatv±pi “ov±dakkhamo nu kho”ti v²ma½santoevam±ha. Theropi ekavacaneneva udaka½ otari. Atha na½ c²varakaºº±na½temitak±le “etha, bhante”ti vatv± ekavacaneneva ±gantv± µhita½ ±ha– “bhante,ekasmi½ vammike cha chidd±ni, tattha ekena chiddena godh± anto paviµµh±, ta½gaºhituk±mo itar±ni pañca chidd±ni thaketv± chaµµha½ bhinditv± paviµµhachidde-neva gaºh±ti, eva½ tumhepi chadv±rikesu ±rammaºesu ses±ni pañcadv±r±nipidh±ya manodv±re kamma½ paµµhapeth±”ti. Bahussutassa bhikkhuno ettake-neva pad²pujjalana½ viya ahosi. So “ettakameva hotu sappuris±”ti karajak±yeñ±ºa½ ot±retv± samaºadhamma½ ±rabhi. Satth± v²sayojanasatamatthake nisinnova ta½ bhikkhu½ oloketv± “yathev±ya½bhikkhu bh³ripañño, evameva½ anena att±na½ patiµµh±petu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv±tena saddhi½ kathento viya obh±sa½ pharitv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 282. “Yog± ve j±yat² bh³ri, ayog± bh³risaªkhayo;

eta½ dvedh±patha½ ñatv±, bhav±ya vibhav±ya ca; tath±tt±na½ niveseyya, yath± bh³ri pava¹¹hat²”ti. Tattha (2.0264) yog±ti aµµhati½s±ya ±rammaºesu yoniso manasik±r±. Bh³r²tipathav²sam±ya vitthat±ya paññ±yeta½ n±ma½. Saªkhayoti vin±so. Eta½ dvedh±-pathanti eta½ yogañca ayogañca. Bhav±ya vibhav±ya c±ti vuddhiy± ca avuddhiy±ca. Tath±ti yath± aya½ bh³risaªkh±t± paññ± pava¹¹hati, eva½ att±na½ nivese-yy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne poµµhilatthero arahatte patiµµhah²ti. Poµµhilattheravatthu sattama½. 8. Pañcamahallakattheravatthu Vana½ chindath±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto samba-hule mahallake bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira gihik±le s±vatthiya½ kuµumbik± mahaddhan± aññamaññasah±yak±ekato puññ±ni karont± satthu dhammadesana½ sutv± “maya½ mahallak±, ki½ noghar±v±sen±”ti satth±ra½ pabbajja½ y±citv± pabbaji½su, mahallakabh±venapana dhamma½ pariy±puºitu½ asakkont± vih±rapariyante paººas±la½ k±retv±ekatova vasi½su. Piº¹±ya carant±pi yebhuyyena puttad±rasseva geha½ gantv±bhuñji½su. Tesu ekassa pur±ºadutiyik± madhurap±cik± n±ma, s± tesa½ sabbe-sampi upak±rik± ahosi. Kasm± sabbepi attan± laddh±h±ra½ gahetv± tass± evagehe nis²ditv± bhuñjanti? S±pi nesa½ yath±sannihita½ s³pabyañjana½ deti. S±aññatar±b±dhena phuµµh± k±lamak±si. Atha te mahallakatther± sah±yakassatherassa paººas±l±ya sannipatitv± aññamañña½ g²v±su gahetv± “madhurap±-cik± up±sik± k±lakat±”ti vilapant± rodi½su. Bhikkh³hi ca samantato upadh±vitv±“ki½ ida½, ±vuso”ti puµµh±, “bhante, sah±yakassa no pur±ºadutiyik± k±lakat±, s±amh±ka½ ativiya upak±rik±. Id±ni kuto tath±r³pi½ labhiss±m±ti imin± k±raºenarod±m±”ti ±ha½su.

Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½. Satth± ±gantv± “k±yanuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte (2.02“na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi te k±kayoniya½ nibbattitv± samuddat²re cara-m±n± samudda-³miy± samudda½ pavesetv± m±rit±ya k±kiy± roditv± paridevitv±ta½ n²hariss±m±ti mukhatuº¹akehi mah±samudda½ ussiñcant± kilami½s³”tiat²ta½ ±haritv±– “Api nu hanuk± sant±, mukhañca parisussati; oram±ma na p±rema, p³rateva mahodadh²”ti. (j±. 1.1.146);Ima½ k±kaj±taka½ vitth±retv± te bhikkh³ ±mantetv±, “bhikkhave, r±gadosamoha-vana½ niss±ya tumhehi ida½ dukkha½ patta½, ta½ vana½ chinditu½ vaµµati, eva½niddukkh± bhavissath±”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 283. “Vana½ chindatha m± rukkha½, vanato j±yate bhaya½; chetv± vanañca vanathañca, nibban± hotha bhikkhavo. 284. “Y±va hi vanatho na chijjati, aºumattopi narassa n±risu; paµibaddhamanova t±va so, vaccho kh²rapakova m±tar²”ti. Tattha m± rukkhanti satth±r± hi “vana½ chindath±”ti vutte tesa½ acirapabbaji-t±na½ “satth± amhe v±si-±d²ni gahetv± vana½ chind±pet²”ti rukkha½ chindituk±-mat± uppajji. Atha ne “may± r±g±dikilesavana½ sandh±yeta½ vutta½, na rukkhe”-ti paµisedhento “m± rukkhan”ti ±ha. Vanatoti yath± p±katikavanato s²h±dibhaya½j±yati, eva½ j±ti-±dibhayampi kilesavanato j±yat²ti attho. Vanañca vanathañc±tiettha mahant± rukkh± vana½ n±ma, khuddak± tasmi½ vane µhitatt± vanath± n±ma.Pubbuppattikarukkh± v± vana½ n±ma, apar±paruppattik± vanath± n±ma. Eva-meva mahantamahant± bhav±ka¹¹hanak± kiles± vana½ n±ma, pavattiya½ vip±-kad±yak± vanath± n±ma. Pubbappattik± vana½ n±ma, apar±paruppattik±vanath± n±ma. Ta½ ubhaya½ catutthamaggañ±ºena chinditabba½. Ten±ha–“chetv± vanañca vanathañca, nibban± hotha bhikkhavo”ti. Nibban± hoth±ti nikki-les± hotha. Y±va hi vanathoti y±va esa aºumattopi kilesavanatho narassa n±r²suna chijjati (2.0266), t±va so kh²rapako vaccho m±tari viya paµibaddhamano lagga-cittova hot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne pañcapi te mahallakatther± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su, sampa-tt±nampi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Pañcamahallakattheravatthu aµµhama½. 9. Suvaººak±rattheravatthu Ucchind±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto s±riputtatthe-rassa saddhivih±rika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Eko kira suvaººak±raputto abhir³po s±riputtattherassa santike pabbaji. Thero

“taruº±na½ r±go ussanno hot²”ti cintetv± tassa r±gapaµigh±t±ya asubhakamma-µµh±na½ ad±si. Tassa pana ta½ asapp±ya½. Tasm± arañña½ pavisitv± tem±sa½v±yamanto cittekaggamattampi alabhitv± puna therassa santika½ ±gantv±therena “upaµµhita½ te, ±vuso, kammaµµh±nan”ti vutte ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesi.Athassa thero “kammaµµh±na½ na sampajjat²ti vos±na½ ±pajjitu½ na vaµµat²”tivatv± puna tadeva kammaµµh±na½ s±dhuka½ kathetv± ad±si. So dutiyav±repikiñci visesa½ nibbattetu½ asakkonto ±gantv± therassa ±rocesi. Athassa theropisak±raºa½ sa-upama½ katv± tadeva kammaµµh±na½ ±cikkhi. So punapi ±gantv±kammaµµh±nassa asampajjanabh±va½ kathesi. Thero cintesi– “k±rako bhikkhuattani vijjam±ne k±macchand±dayo vijjam±n±ti avijjam±ne avijjam±n±ti paj±n±ti.Aya½ bhikkhu k±rako, no ak±rako, paµipanno, no appaµipanno, aha½ panetassaajjh±saya½ na j±n±mi, buddhaveneyyo eso bhavissat²”ti ta½ ±d±ya s±yanhasa-maye satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± “aya½, bhante, mama saddhivih±riko, imassamay± imin± k±raºena ida½ n±ma kammaµµh±na½ dinnan”ti sabba½ ta½ pavatti½±rocesi. Atha na½ satth± “±say±nusayañ±ºa½ n±meta½ p±ramiyo p³retv± dasasaha-ssilokadh±tu½ unn±detv± sabbaññuta½ patt±na½ buddh±na½yeva visayo”ti (2.0267vatv± “katarakul± nu kho esa pabbajito”ti ±vajjento “suvaººak±rakul±”ti ñatv±at²te attabh±ve olokento tassa suvaººak±rakuleyeva paµip±µiy± nibbatt±ni pañcaattabh±vasat±ni disv± “imin± daharena d²gharatta½ suvaººak±rakamma½ karo-ntena kaºik±rapupphapadumapupph±d²ni kariss±m²ti rattasuvaººameva sampari-vattita½, tasm± imassa asubhapaµik³lakammaµµh±na½ na vaµµati, man±pame-vassa kammaµµh±na½ sapp±yan”ti cintetv±, “s±riputta, tay± kammaµµh±na½ datv±catt±ro m±se kilamita½ bhikkhu½ ajja pacch±bhatteyeva arahatta½ patta½ passi-ssasi, gaccha tvan”ti thera½ uyyojetv± iddhiy± cakkamatta½ suvaººapaduma½m±petv± pattehi ceva n±lehi ca udakabind³ni muñcanta½ viya katv± “bhikkhuima½ paduma½ ±d±ya vih±rapaccante v±lukar±simhi µhapetv± sammukhaµµh±nepallaªkena nis²ditv± ‘lohitaka½ lohitakan’ti parikamma½ karoh²”ti ad±si. Tassasatthuhatthato paduma½ gaºhantasseva citta½ pas²di. So vih±rapaccanta½gantv± v±luka½ uss±petv± tattha paduman±la½ pavesetv± sammukhe pallaªkenanisinno “lohitaka½ lohitakan”ti parikamma½ ±rabhi. Athassa taªkhaºaññeva n²va-raº±ni vikkhambhi½su, upac±rajjh±na½ uppajji. Tadanantara½ paµhamajjh±na½nibbattetv± pañcah±k±rehi vas²bh±va½ p±petv± yath±nisinnova dutiyajjh±n±d²-nipi patv± vas²bh³to catutthajjh±nena jh±nak²¼a½ k²¼anto nis²di. Satth± tassa jh±n±na½ uppannabh±va½ ñatv± “sakkhissati nu kho esa attanodhammat±ya uttari visesa½ nibbattetun”ti olokento “na sakkhissat²”ti ñatv± “ta½paduma½ mil±yat³”ti adhiµµhahi. Ta½ hatthehi madditapaduma½ mil±yanta½ viyak±¼avaººa½ ahosi. So jh±n± vuµµh±ya ta½ oloketv± “ki½ nu kho ima½ paduma½jar±ya pahaµa½ paññ±yati, anup±diººakepi eva½ jar±ya abhibhuyyam±ne up±di-ººake kath±va natthi. Idampi hi jar± abhibhavissat²”ti aniccalakkhaºa½ passi.Tasmi½ pana diµµhe dukkhalakkhaºañca anattalakkhaºañca diµµhameva hoti.Tassa tayo bhav± ±ditt± viya kaº¹e baddhakuºap± viya ca kh±yi½su. Tasmi½

khaºe tassa avid³re kum±rak± eka½ sara½ otaritv± kumud±ni bhañjitv± thaler±si½ karonti. So jale ca thale ca kumud±ni olokesi. Athassa jale kumud±ni abhir³-p±ni udakapaggharant±ni viya upaµµhahi½su, itar±ni aggaggesu parimil±t±ni (2.0268So “anup±diººaka½ jar± eva½ paharati, up±diººaka½ ki½ pana na paharissat²”tisuµµhutara½ aniccalakkhaº±d²ni addasa. Satth± “p±kaµ²bh³ta½ id±ni imassabhikkhuno kammaµµh±nan”ti ñatv± gandhakuµiya½ nisinnakova obh±sa½ muñci,so tassa mukha½ pahari. Athassa “ki½ nu kho etan”ti olokentassa satth± ±gantv±sammukhe µhito viya ahosi. So uµµh±ya añjali½ paggaºhi. Athassa satth±sapp±ya½ sallakkhetv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 285. “Ucchinda sinehamattano, kumuda½ s±radika½va p±ºin±; santimaggameva br³haya, nibb±na½ sugatena desitan”ti. Tattha ucchind±ti arahattamaggena ucchinda. S±radikanti saradak±le nibbatta½.Santimagganti nibb±nag±mi½ aµµhaªgika½ magga½. Br³hay±ti va¹¹haya. Nibb±-nañhi sugatena desita½, tasm± tassa magga½ bh±veh²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so bhikkhu arahatte patiµµhahi. Suvaººak±rattheravatthu navama½. 10. Mah±dhanav±ºijavatthu Idha vassanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto mah±dhanav±-ºija½ n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. So kira b±r±ºasito kusumbharatt±na½ vatth±na½ pañca sakaµasat±ni p³retv±vaºijj±ya s±vatthi½ ±gato nad²t²ra½ patv± “sve nadi½ uttariss±m²”ti tattheva saka-µ±ni mocetv± vasi. Ratti½ mah±megho uµµhahitv± vassi. Nad² satt±ha½ udakassap³r± aµµh±si. N±gar±pi satt±ha½ nakkhatta½ k²¼i½su. Kusumbharattehi vatthehikicca½ na niµµhita½. V±ºijo cintesi– “aha½ d³ra½ ±gato. Sace puna gamiss±mi,papañco bhavissati. Idheva vassañca hemantañca gimhañca mama kamma½karonto vasitv± im±ni vikkiºiss±m²”ti. Satth± nagare piº¹±ya caranto tassa citta½ñatv± sita½ p±tukaritv± ±nandattherena sitak±raºa½ puµµho ±ha– “diµµho (2.0269)te, ±nanda, mah±dhanav±ºijo”ti? “¾ma, bhante”ti. So attano j²vitantar±ya½ aj±-nitv± ima½ sa½vacchara½ idheva vasitv± bhaº¹a½ vikkiºitu½ cittamak±s²ti. “Ki½pana tassa, bhante, antar±yo bhavissat²”ti? Satth± “±m±nanda, satt±hamevaj²vitv± so maccumukhe patissat²”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– “Ajjeva kiccam±tappa½, ko jaññ± maraºa½ suve; na hi no saªgara½ tena, mah±senena maccun±. “Eva½ vih±ri½ ±t±pi½, ahorattamatandita½; ta½ ve bhaddekarattoti, santo ±cikkhate mun²”ti. (ma. ni. 3.272); Gacch±missa, bhante, ±rocess±m²ti. Vissattho gacch±nand±ti. Thero sakaµa-µµh±na½ gantv± bhikkh±ya cari. V±ºijo thera½ ±h±rena patim±nesi. Atha na½thero ±ha– “kittaka½ k±la½ idha vasissas²”ti? “Bhante, aha½ d³rato ±gato”. Sace

puna gamiss±mi, papañco bhavissati, ima½ sa½vacchara½ idha vasitv± bhaº¹a½vikkiºitv± gamiss±m²ti. Up±saka, dujj±no j²vitantar±yo, appam±da½ k±tu½ vaµµa-t²ti. “Ki½ pana, bhante, antar±yo bhavissat²”ti. “¾ma, up±saka, satt±hameva tej²vita½ pavattissat²ti”. So sa½viggam±naso hutv± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhu-saªgha½ nimantetv± satt±ha½ mah±d±na½ datv± anumodanatth±ya patta½gaºhi. Athassa satth± anumodana½ karonto, “up±saka, paº¹itena n±ma ‘idhevavass±d²ni vasiss±mi, idañcidañca kamma½ payojess±m²’ti cintetu½ na vaµµati,attano pana j²vitantar±yameva cintetu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 286. “Idha vassa½ vasiss±mi, idha hemantagimhisu; iti b±lo vicinteti, antar±ya½ na bujjhat²”ti. Tattha idha vassanti imasmi½ µh±ne idañcidañca karonto catum±sa½ vassa½vasiss±mi. Hemantagimhis³ti hemantagimhesupi “catt±ro m±se idañcidañcakaronto idheva vasiss±m²”ti eva½ diµµhadhammikasampar±yika½ attha½ aj±nantob±lo vicinteti. Antar±yanti “asukasmi½ n±ma k±le v± dese v± vaye v± mariss±-m²”ti attano j²vitantar±ya½ na bujjhat²ti. Desan±vas±ne (2.0270) so v±ºijo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahosi. V±ºijopi satth±ra½ anugantv± nivattitv± “s²sarogoviya me uppanno”ti sayane

nipajji, tath±nipannova k±la½ katv± tusitavim±ne nibbatti. Mah±dhanav±ºijavatthu dasama½. 11. Kis±gotam²vatthu Ta½ puttapasusammattanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantokis±gotami½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu sahassavagge– “Yo ca vassasata½ j²ve, apassa½ amata½ pada½; ek±ha½ j²vita½ seyyo, passato amata½ padan”ti. (dha. pa. 114)–G±th±vaººan±ya vitth±retv± kathita½. Tad± hi satth± “kis±gotami laddh± te eka-ccharamatt± siddhatthak±”ti ±ha. “Na laddh±, bhante, sakalag±me j²vantehi kiramatak± eva bahutar±”ti. Atha na½ satth± “tva½ ‘mameva putto mato’ti salla-kkhesi, dhuvadhammo esa sabbasatt±na½. Maccur±j± hi sabbasatte aparipuººa-jjh±saye eva mahogho viya parika¹¹ham±no ap±yasamudde pakkhipat²”ti vatv±dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 287. “Ta½ puttapasusammatta½, by±sattamanasa½ nara½; sutta½ g±ma½ mahoghova, maccu ±d±ya gacchat²”ti. Tattha ta½ puttapasusammattanti ta½ r³pabal±disampanne putte ca pas³ calabhitv± “mama putt± abhir³p± balasampann± paº¹it± sabbakiccasamatth±,mama goº± abhir³p± arog± mah±bh±ravah±, mama g±v² bahukh²r±”ti eva½puttehi ca pas³hi ca sammatta½ nara½. By±sattamanasanti hiraññasuvaºº±d²suv± pattac²var±d²su v± kiñcideva labhitv± tato uttaritara½ patthanat±ya ±sattam±-nasa½ v±, cakkhuviññeyy±d²su ±rammaºesu vuttappak±resu v± parikkh±resu ya½ya½ laddha½ hoti, tattha tattheva lagganat±ya by±sattam±nasa½ (2.0271) v±.Sutta½ g±manti nidda½ upagata½ sattanik±ya½. Mahoghov±ti yath± evar³pa½g±ma½ gambh²ravitthato mahanto mah±nad²na½ ogho antamaso sunakhampiasesetv± sabba½ ±d±ya gacchati, eva½ vuttappak±ra½ nara½ maccu ±d±yagacchat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne kis±gotam² sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Kis±gotam²vatthu ek±dasama½. 12. Paµ±c±r±vatthu Na santi putt±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto paµ±c±ra½±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu sahassavagge– “Yo ca vassasata½ j²ve, apassa½ udayabbaya½; ek±ha½ j²vita½ seyyo, passato udayabbayan”ti. (dha. pa. 113)–

G±th±vaººan±ya vitth±retv± kathita½. Tad± pana satth± paµ±c±ra½ tanubh³ta-soka½ ñatv± “paµ±c±re putt±dayo n±ma paraloka½ gacchantassa t±ºa½ v± leºa½v± saraºa½ v± bhavitu½ na sakkonti, tasm± vijjam±n±pi te na santiyeva. Paº¹i-tena pana s²la½ visodhetv± attano nibb±nag±mimaggameva sodhetu½ vaµµat²”tivatv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 288. “Na santi putt± t±º±ya, na pit± n±pi bandhav±; antaken±dhipannassa, natthi ñ±t²su t±ºat±. 289. “Etamatthavasa½ ñatv±, paº¹ito s²lasa½vuto; nibb±nagamana½ magga½, khippameva visodhaye”ti. Tattha t±º±y±ti t±ºabh±v±ya patiµµh±natth±ya. Bandhav±ti putte ca m±t±pitaroca µhapetv± avases± ñ±tisuhajj±. Antaken±dhipannass±ti maraºena abhibh³tassa.Pavattiyañhi putt±dayo annap±n±did±nena (2.0272) ceva uppannakiccanitthara-ºena ca t±º± hutv±pi maraºak±le kenaci up±yena maraºa½ paµib±hitu½ asama-tthat±ya t±ºatth±ya leºatth±ya na santi n±ma. Teneva vutta½– “natthi ñ±t²su t±ºat±”-ti. Etamatthavasanti eva½ tesa½ aññamaññassa t±ºa½ bhavitu½ asamatthabh±-vasaªkh±ta½ k±raºa½ j±nitv± paº¹ito catup±risuddhis²lena sa½vuto rakkhitago-pito hutv± nibb±nagamana½ aµµhaªgika½ magga½ s²gha½ s²gha½ visodheyy±tiattho. Desan±vas±ne paµ±c±r± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, aññe ca bah³ sot±pattiphal±-d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Paµ±c±r±vatthu dv±dasama½. Maggavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. V²satimo vaggo. 21. Pakiººakavaggo 1. Attanopubbakammavatthu Matt±sukhaparicc±g±ti (2.0273) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viha-ranto attano pubbakamma½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye ves±l² iddh± ahosi ph²t± bahujan± ±kiººamanuss±. Tatthahi v±rena v±rena rajja½ k±rent±na½ khattiy±na½yeva sattasat±dhik±ni sattasaha-ss±ni satta ca khattiy± ahesu½. Tesa½ vasanatth±ya tattak±yeva p±s±d± tattak±-neva k³µ±g±r±ni uyy±ne vih±ratth±ya tattak±yeva ±r±m± ca pokkharaºiyo caahesu½. S± aparena samayena dubbhikkh± ahosi dussass±. Tattha ch±takabha-

yena paµhama½ duggatamanuss± k±lamaka½su. Tesa½ tesa½ tattha tatthacha¹¹it±na½ kuºap±na½ gandhena amanuss± nagara½ pavisi½su. Amanuss³pa-ddavena bahutar± k±lamaka½su. Tesa½ kuºapagandhapaµikk³lat±ya satt±na½ahiv±tarogo uppajji. Eva½ dubbhikkhabhaya½ amanussabhaya½ rogabhayantit²ºi bhay±ni uppajji½su. Nagarav±sino sannipatitv± r±j±na½ ±ha½su– “mah±r±ja, imasmi½ nagare t²ºibhay±ni uppann±ni, ito pubbe y±va sattam± r±japarivaµµ± evar³pa½ bhaya½n±ma na uppannapubba½. Adhammikar±j³nañhi k±le evar³pa½ bhaya½ uppajja-t²”ti. R±j± santh±g±re sabbesa½ sannip±ta½ k±retv± “sace me adhammikabh±voatthi, ta½ vicinath±”ti ±ha. Ves±liv±sino sabba½ paveºi vicinant± rañño kañcidosa½ adisv±, “mah±r±ja, natthi te doso”ti vatv± “katha½ nu kho ida½ amh±ka½bhaya½ v³pasama½ gaccheyy±”ti mantayi½su. Tattha ekaccehi “balikammena±y±can±ya maªgalakiriy±y±”ti vutte sabbampi ta½ vidhi½ katv± paµib±hitu½ n±sa-kkhi½su. Athaññe evam±ha½su– “cha satth±ro mah±nubh±v±, tesu idh±gatama-ttesu bhaya½ v³pasameyy±”ti. Apare “samm±sambuddho loke uppanno. So hibhagav± sabbasattahit±ya dhamma½ deseti, mahiddhiko mah±nubh±vo. Tasmi½idha ±gate im±ni (2.0274) bhay±ni v³pasameyyun”ti ±ha½su. Tesa½ vacana½sabbepi abhinanditv± “kaha½ nu kho so bhagav± etarahi viharat²”ti ±ha½su. Tad±pana satth± upakaµµh±ya vass³pan±yik±ya rañño bimbis±rassa paµiñña½ datv±ve¼uvane viharati. Tena ca samayena bimbis±rasam±game bimbis±rena saddhi½sot±pattiphala½ patto mah±li n±ma licchav² tassa½ paris±ya½ nisinno hoti. Ves±liv±sino mahanta½ paºº±k±ra½ sajjetv± r±j±na½ bimbis±ra½ saññ±petv±“satth±ra½ idh±neth±”ti mah±liñceva licchavi½ purohitaputtañca pahiºi½su. Tegantv± rañño paºº±k±ra½ datv± ta½ pavatti½ nivedetv±, “mah±r±ja, satth±ra½amh±ka½ nagara½ peseth±”ti y±ci½su. R±j± “tumheva j±n±th±”ti na sampaµicchi.Te bhagavanta½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± y±ci½su– “bhante, ves±liya½ t²ºibhay±ni uppann±ni, t±ni tumhesu ±gatesu v³pasamissanti, etha, bhante, gacch±-m±”ti. Satth± tesa½ vacana½ sutv± ±vajjento “ves±liya½ ratanasutte (khu. p±. 6.1±dayo; su. ni. 224 ±dayo) vutte s± rakkh± cakkav±¼±na½ koµisatasahassa½ phari-ssati, suttapariyos±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo bhavi-ssati, t±ni ca bhay±ni v³pasamissant²”ti ñatv± tesa½ vacana½ sampaµicchi. R±j± bimbis±ro “satth±r± kira ves±ligamana½ sampaµicchitan”ti sutv± nagareghosana½ k±retv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± “ki½, bhante, ves±ligamana½sampaµicchitan”ti pucchitv± “±ma, mah±r±j±”ti vutte “tena hi, bhante, ±gametha,t±va magga½ paµiy±dess±m²”ti vatv± r±jagahassa ca gaªg±ya ca antare pañcayo-janabh³mi½ sama½ k±retv± yojane yojane vih±ra½ patiµµh±petv± satthu gamana-k±la½ ±rocesi. Satth± pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhi½ magga½ paµipajji. R±j±yojanantare jaººumattena odhin± pañcavaºº±ni pupph±ni okir±petv± dhajapaµ±-kakadal²-±d²ni uss±petv± bhagavato chatt±tichatta½ katv± dve setacchatt±ni eka-mekassa bhikkhuno ekameka½ setacchatta½ upari dh±retv± sapariv±ro puppha-gandh±d²hi p³ja½ karonto satth±ra½ ekekasmi½ vih±re vas±petv± mah±d±n±d²nidatv± pañcahi divasehi gaªg±t²ra½ p±petv± tattha (2.0275) n±va½ alaªkaronto

ves±lik±na½ s±sana½ pesesi– “magga½ paµiy±detv± satthu paccuggamana½karont³”ti. Te “diguºa½ p³ja½ kariss±m±”ti ves±liy± ca gaªg±ya ca antare tiyoja-nabh³mi½ sama½ k±retv± bhagavato cat³hi setacchattehi ekamekassabhikkhuno dv²hi dv²hi setacchattehi chatt±tichatt±ni sajjetv± p³ja½ kurum±n±±gantv± gaªg±t²re aµµha½su. Bimbis±ro dve n±v± saªgh±µetv± maº¹apa½ k±retv±pupphad±m±d²hi alaªk±r±petv± sabbaratanamaya½ buddh±sana½ paññ±pesi.Bhagav± tasmi½ nis²di. Bhikkh³pi n±va½ abhiruhitv± bhagavanta½ pariv±retv±nis²di½su. R±j± anugacchanto galappam±ºa½ udaka½ otaritv± “y±va, bhante,bhagav± ±gacchati, t±v±ha½ idheva gaªg±t²re vasiss±m²”ti vatv± n±va½ uyyo-jetv± nivatti. Satth± yojanamatta½ addh±na½ gaªg±ya gantv± ves±lik±na½ s²ma½p±puºi. Licchav²r±j±no satth±ra½ paccuggantv± galappam±ºa½ udaka½ otaritv± n±va½t²ra½ upanetv± satth±ra½ n±v±to ot±rayi½su. Satth±r± otaritv± t²re akkantamatte-yeva mah±megho uµµhahitv± pokkharavassa½ vassi. Sabbattha jaººuppam±ºa-³-ruppam±ºakaµippam±º±d²ni udak±ni sandant±ni sabbakuºap±ni gaªga½ pavesa-yi½su, parisuddho bh³mibh±go ahosi. Licchav²r±j±no satth±ra½ yojane yojanevas±petv± mah±d±na½ datv± diguºa½ p³ja½ karont± t²hi divasehi ves±li½nayi½su. Sakko devar±j± devagaºaparivuto ±gam±si, mahesakkh±na½ dev±na½sannip±tena amanuss± yebhuyyena pal±yi½su. Satth± s±ya½ nagaradv±reµhatv± ±nandatthera½ ±mantesi– “ima½, ±nanda, ratanasutta½ uggaºhitv± liccha-v²kum±rehi saddhi½ vicaranto ves±liy± tiººa½ p±k±r±na½ antare paritta½ karoh²”-ti. Thero satth±r± dinna½ ratanasutta½ uggaºhitv± satthu selamayapattenaudaka½ ±d±ya nagaradv±re µhito paºidh±nato paµµh±ya tath±gatassa dasa p±ra-miyo dasa upap±ramiyo dasa paramatthap±ramiyoti samati½sa p±ramiyo pañcamah±paricc±ge lokatthacariy± ñ±tatthacariy± buddhatthacariy±ti tisso cariy±yopacchimabhave gabbhavokkanti½ j±ti½ abhinikkhamana½ padh±nacariya½bodhipallaªke m±ravijaya½ sabbaññutaññ±ºapaµivedha½ dhammacakkapava-ttana½ (2.0276) navalokuttaradhammeti sabbepime buddhaguºe ±vajjetv±nagara½ pavisitv± tiy±maratti½ t²su p±k±rantaresu paritta½ karonto vicari. Tena“ya½kiñc²”ti vuttamatteyeva uddha½ khitta-udaka½ amanuss±na½ upari pati.“Y±n²dha bh³t±n²”ti g±th±kathanato paµµh±ya rajatavaµa½sak± viya udakabind³ni±k±sena

gantv± gil±namanuss±na½ upari pati½su. T±vadeva v³pasantarog± manuss±uµµh±yuµµh±ya thera½ pariv±resu½. “Ya½kiñc²”ti vuttapadato paµµh±ya pana udaka-phusitehi phuµµhaphuµµh± sabbe apal±yant± saªk±rak³µabhittipades±dinissit± ama-nuss± tena tena dv±rena pal±yi½su. Dv±r±ni anok±s±ni ahesu½. Te ok±sa½ ala-bhant± p±k±ra½ bhinditv±pi pal±yi½su. Mah±jano nagaramajjhe santh±g±ra½ sabbagandhehi upalimpetv± upari suva-ººat±rak±divicitta½ vit±na½ bandhitv± buddh±sana½ paññ±petv± satth±ra½±nesi. Satth± paññatte ±sane nis²di. Bhikkhusaªghopi licchav²gaºopi satth±ra½pariv±retv± nis²di. Sakko devar±j± devagaºaparivuto patir³pe ok±se aµµh±si.Theropi sakalanagara½ anuvicaritv± v³pasantarogena mah±janena saddhi½±gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± nis²di. Satth± parisa½ oloketv± tadeva ratanasutta½abh±si. Desan±vas±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi.Eva½ punadivasep²ti satt±ha½ tadeva ratanasutta½ desetv± sabbabhay±na½v³pasantabh±va½ ñatv± licchav²gaºa½ ±mantetv± ves±lito nikkhami. Licchav²r±-j±no diguºa½ sakk±ra½ karont± puna t²hi divasehi satth±ra½ gaªg±t²ra½ nayi½su. Gaªg±ya nibbattan±gar±j±no cintesu½– “manuss± tath±gatassa sakk±ra½karonti, maya½ ki½ na karom±”ti. Te suvaººarajatamaºimay± n±v±yo m±petv±suvaººarajatamaºimaye pallaªke paññ±petv± pañcavaººapadumasañchanna½udaka½ karitv±, “bhante, amh±kampi anuggaha½ karoth±”ti attano attano n±va½abhiruhaºatth±ya satth±ra½ y±ci½su. “Manuss± ca n±g± ca tath±gatassa p³ja½karonti, maya½ pana ki½ na karom±”ti bh³maµµhakadevepi ±di½ katv± y±va aka-niµµhabrahmalok± sabbe dev± sakk±ra½ kari½su. Tattha n±g± yojanik±ni chatt±ti-chatt±ni ukkhipi½su. Eva½ heµµh± n±g± (2.0277) bh³mitale rukkhagacchapabbat±-d²su bh³maµµhak± devat±, antalikkhe ±k±saµµhadev±ti n±gabhavana½ ±di½ katv±cakkav±¼apariyantena y±va brahmalok± chatt±tichatt±ni uss±pit±ni ahesu½.Chattantaresu dhaj±, dhajantaresu paµ±k±, tesa½ antarantar± pupphad±mav±sa-cuººadhum±d²hi sakk±ro ahosi. Sabbalaªk±rapaµimaº¹it± devaputt± chaºavesa½gahetv± ugghosayam±n± ±k±se vicari½su. Tayo eva kira sam±gam± mahant±ahesu½– yamakap±µih±riyasam±gamo devorohaºasam±gamo aya½ gaªgoroha-ºasam±gamoti. Parat²re bimbis±ropi licchav²hi katasakk±rato diguºa½ sakk±ra½ sajjetv± bhaga-vato ±gamana½ udikkham±no aµµh±si. Satth± gaªg±ya ubhosu passesu r±j³na½mahanta½ paricc±ga½ oloketv± n±g±d²nañca ajjh±saya½ viditv± ekek±ya n±v±yapañcapañcabhikkhusatapariv±ra½ ekeka½ nimmitabuddha½ m±pesi. So eke-kassa setacchattassa ceva kapparukkhassa ca pupphad±massa ca heµµh± n±ga-gaºaparivuto nisinno hoti. Bh³maµµhakadevat±d²supi ekekasmi½ ok±se sapari-v±ra½ ekeka½ nimmitabuddha½ m±pesi. Eva½ sakalacakkav±¼agabbhe ek±la-ªk±re ekussave ekachaºeyeva ca j±te satth± n±g±namanuggaha½ karonto eka½ratanan±va½ abhiruhi. Bhikkh³supi ekeko ekekameva abhiruhi. N±gar±j±nobuddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ n±gabhavana½ pavesetv± sabbaratti½satthu santike dhammakatha½ sutv± dutiyadivase dibbena kh±dan²yena bhojan²-yena buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ parivisi½su. Satth± anumodana½

katv± n±gabhavan± nikkhamitv± sakalacakkav±¼adevat±hi p³jiyam±no pañcahin±v±satehi gaªg±nadi½ atikkami. R±j± paccuggantv± satth±ra½ n±v±to ot±retv± ±gamanak±le licchav²ti katasa-kk±rato diguºa½ sakk±ra½ katv± purimanayeneva pañcahi divasehi r±jagaha½abhinesi. Dutiyadivase bhikkh³ piº¹ap±tapaµikkant± s±yanhasamaye dhammasa-bh±ya½ sannisinn± katha½ samuµµh±pesu½– “aho buddh±na½ mah±nubh±vo,aho satthari devamanuss±na½ pas±do, gaªg±ya n±ma orato (2.0278) ca p±ratoca aµµhayojane magge buddhagatena pas±dena r±j³hi samatala½ bh³mi½ katv±v±luk± okiºº±, jaººumattena odhin± n±n±vaºº±ni pupph±ni santhat±ni, gaªg±yaudaka½ n±g±nubh±vena pañcavaººehi padumehi sañchanna½, y±va akaniµµha-bhavan± chatt±tichatt±ni uss±pit±ni, sakalacakkav±¼agabbha½ ek±laªk±ra½ eku-ssava½ viya j±tan”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±yasannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, esa p³j±sakk±romayha½ buddh±nubh±vena nibbatto, na n±gadevabrahm±nubh±vena. At²te panaappamattakaparicc±g±nubh±vena nibbatto”ti vatv± bhikkh³hi y±cito at²ta½ ±hari. At²te takkasil±ya½ saªkho n±ma br±hmaºo ahosi. Tassa putto sus²mo n±mam±ºavo so¼asavassuddesiko ekadivasa½ pitara½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha– “icch±-maha½, t±ta, b±r±ºasi½ gantv± mante ajjh±yitun”ti. Atha na½ pit± ±ha– “tena hi,t±ta, asuko n±ma br±hmaºo mama sah±yako, tassa santika½ gantv± adh²ya-ss³”ti. So “s±dh³”ti paµissuºitv± anupubbena b±r±ºasi½ gantv± ta½ br±hmaºa½upasaªkamitv± pitar± pahitabh±vam±cikkhi. Atha na½ so “sah±yakassa me putto”-ti sampaµicchitv± paµipassaddhadaratha½ bhaddakena divasena mante v±cetum±-rabhi. So lahuñca gaºhanto bahuñca gaºhanto attano uggahituggahita½ suvaººa-bh±jane pakkhittas²hatelamiva avinassam±na½ dh±rento na cirasseva ±cariyassasammukhato uggaºhitabba½ sabba½ uggaºhitv± sajjh±ya½ karonto attano ugga-hitasippassa ±dimajjhameva passati, no pariyos±na½. So ±cariya½ upasaªkamitv± “aha½ imassa sippassa ±dimajjhameva pass±mi,no pariyos±nan”ti vatv± ±cariyena “ahampi, t±ta, na pass±m²”ti vutte “atha ko, ±ca-riya, pariyos±na½ j±n±t²”ti pucchitv± “ime, t±ta, isayo isipatane viharanti, tej±neyyu½, tesa½ santika½ upasaªkamitv± pucchass³”ti ±cariyena vutte pacceka-buddhe upasaªkamitv± pucchi– “tumhe kira pariyos±na½ j±n±th±”ti? “¾ma, j±n±-m±”ti. “Tena hi me ±cikkhath±”ti? “Na maya½ apabbajitassa ±cikkh±ma. Sace tepariyos±nenattho, pabbajass³”ti. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± (2.0279) tesa½santike pabbaji. Athassa te “ida½ t±va sikkhass³”ti vatv± “eva½ te niv±setabba½,eva½ p±rupitabban”ti-±din± nayena ±bhisam±c±rika½ ±cikkhi½su. So tatthasikkhanto upanissayasampannatt± nacirasseva paccekasambodhi½ abhisambu-jjhitv± sakalab±r±ºasinagare gaganatale puººacando viya p±kaµo l±bhaggayasa-ggappatto ahosi, so app±yukasa½vattanikassa kammassa katatt± na cirassevaparinibb±yi. Athassa paccekabuddh± ca mah±jano ca sar²rakicca½ katv± dh±tuyoca gahetv± nagaradv±re th³pa½ k±resu½. Saªkhopi br±hmaºo “putto me cira½ gato, pavattimassa j±niss±m²”ti ta½ daµµhu-k±mo takkasil±to nikkhamitv± anupubbena b±r±ºasi½ patv± mah±janak±ya½

sannipatita½ disv± “addh± imesu ekopi me puttassa pavatti½ j±nissat²”ti upasa-ªkamitv± pucchi– “sus²mo n±ma m±ºavo idh±gami, api nu kho tassa pavatti½ j±n±-th±”ti? “¾ma, br±hmaºa, j±n±ma, asukassa br±hmaºassa santike tayo vedesajjh±yitv± pabbajitv± paccekasambodhi½ sacchikatv± parinibbuto, ayamassath³po patiµµh±pito”ti. So bh³mi½ hatthena paharitv± roditv± kanditv± ta½ cetiya-ªgaºa½ gantv± tiº±ni uddharitv± uttaras±µakena v±luka½ ±haritv± cetiyaªgaºe±kiritv± kamaº¹aluto udakena paripphositv± vanapupphehi p³ja½ katv± s±µakenapaµ±ka½ ±ropetv± th³passa upari attano chattaka½ bandhitv± pakk±mi. Satth± ida½ at²ta½ ±haritv± “tad±, bhikkhave, aha½ saªkho br±hmaºo ahosi½.May± sus²massa paccekabuddhassa cetiyaªgaºe tiº±ni uddhaµ±ni, tassa mekammassa nissandena aµµhayojanamagga½ vihatakh±ºukakaºµaka½ katv±suddha½ samatala½ kari½su. May± tattha v±luk± okiºº±, tassa me nissandenaaµµhayojanamagge v±luka½ okiri½su. May± tattha vanakusumehi p³j± kat±, tassame nissandena aµµhayojanamagge n±n±vaºº±ni pupph±ni okiºº±ni, ekayojana-µµh±ne gaªg±ya udaka½ pañcavaººehi padumehi sañchanna½. May± tatthakamaº¹alu-udakena bh³mi paripphosit±, tassa me nissandena ves±liya½ pokkha-ravassa½ vassi. May± tattha paµ±k±, ±ropit±, chattakañca baddha½, tassa menissandena y±va akaniµµhabhavan± dhajapaµ±kachatt±tichatt±d²hi sakalacakkav±-¼agabbha½ ekussava½ viya (2.0280) j±ta½. Iti kho, bhikkhave, esa p³j±sakk±romayha½ neva buddh±nubh±vena nibbatto, na n±gadevabrahm±nubh±vena, at²tepana appamattakaparicc±g±nubh±ven±”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 290. “Matt±sukhaparicc±g±, passe ce vipula½ sukha½; caje matt±sukha½ dh²ro, sampassa½ vipula½ sukhan”ti. Tattha matt±sukhaparicc±g±ti matt±sukhanti pam±ºayuttaka½ parittasukha½vuccati, tassa paricc±gena. Vipula½ sukhanti u¼±ra½ sukha½ nibb±nasukha½vuccati, ta½ ce passeyy±ti attho. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– ekañhi bhojanap±ti½ sajj±-petv± bhuñjantassa matt±sukha½ n±ma uppajjati, ta½ pana pariccajitv± upo-satha½ v± karontassa d±na½ v± dadantassa vipula½ u¼±ra½ nibb±nasukha½n±ma nibbattati. Tasm± sace eva½ tassa matt±sukhassa paricc±g± vipula½sukha½ passati, atheta½ vipula½ sukha½ samm± passanto paº¹ito ta½ matt±-sukha½ cajeyy±ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Attanopubbakammavatthu paµhama½. 2. Kukkuµa-aº¹akh±dik±vatthu Paradukkh³padh±nen±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoeka½ kukkuµa-aº¹akh±dika½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiy± kira avid³re paº¹ura½ n±ma eko g±mo, tattheko kevaµµo vasati. So

s±vatthi½ gacchanto aciravatiya½ kacchapa-aº¹±ni disv± t±ni ±d±ya s±vatthi½gantv± ekasmi½ gehe pac±petv± kh±danto tasmi½ gehe kum±rik±yapi eka½aº¹a½ ad±si. S± ta½ kh±ditv± tato paµµh±ya añña½ kh±dan²ya½ n±ma na icchi.Athass± m±t± kukkuµiy± vij±taµµh±nato eka½ aº¹a½ gahetv± ad±si. S± ta½kh±ditv± rasataºh±ya baddh± tato paµµh±ya sayameva kukkuµiy± aº¹±ni gahetv±kh±dati. Kukkuµ² vij±tavij±tak±le ta½ attano aº¹±ni gahetv± (2.0281) kh±danti½disv± t±ya upaddut± ±gh±ta½ bandhitv± “ito d±ni cut± yakkhin² hutv± tava j±tad±-rake kh±ditu½ samatth± hutv± nibbatteyyan”ti patthana½ paµµhapetv± k±la½ katv±tasmi½yeva gehe majj±r² hutv± nibbatti. Itar±pi k±la½ katv± tattheva kukkuµ² hutv±nibbatti. Kukkuµ² aº¹±ni vij±yi, majj±r² ±gantv± t±ni kh±ditv± dutiyampi tatiyampikh±diyeva. Kukkuµ² “tayo v±re mama aº¹±ni kh±ditv± id±ni mampi kh±dituk±m±si,ito cut± saputtaka½ ta½ kh±ditu½ labheyyan”ti patthana½ katv± tato cut± d²pin²hutv± nibbatti. Itar±pi k±la½ katv± mig² hutv± nibbatti. Tass± vij±tak±le d²pin²±gantv± ta½ saddhi½ puttehi kh±di. Eva½ kh±dant± pañcasu attabh±vasatesuaññamaññassa dukkha½ upp±detv± avas±ne ek± yakkhin² hutv± nibbatti, ek±s±vatthiya½ kuladh²t± hutv± nibbatti. Ito para½ “na hi verena ver±n²”ti (dha. pa. 5)g±th±ya vuttanayeneva veditabba½. Idha pana satth± “verañhi averena upasa-mmati, no veren±”ti vatv± ubhinnampi dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 291. “Paradukkh³padh±nena, attano sukhamicchati; verasa½saggasa½saµµho, ver± so na parimuccat²”ti. Tattha paradukkh³padh±nen±ti parasmi½ dukkh³padh±nena, parassa dukkhu-pp±danen±ti attho. Verasa½saggasa½saµµhoti yo puggalo akkosanapaccakkosa-napaharaºapaµiharaº±d²na½ vasena aññamañña½ katena verasa½saggenasa½saµµho. Ver± so na parimuccat²ti niccak±la½ veravasena dukkhameva p±puº±-t²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne yakkhin² saraºesu patiµµh±ya pañca s²l±ni sam±diyitv± veratomucci, itar±pi sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi,

sampatt±nampi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Kukkuµa-aº¹akh±dik±vatthu dutiya½. 3. Bhaddiyabhikkhuvatthu Yañhi (2.0282) kiccanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± bhaddiya½ niss±ya j±ti-y±vane viharanto bhaddiye bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira p±dukamaº¹ane uyyutt± ahesu½. Yath±ha– “tena kho pana samayenabhaddiy± bhikkh³ anekavihita½ p±dukamaº¹an±nuyogamanuyutt± viharanti, tiºa-p±duka½ karontipi k±r±pentipi, muñjap±duka½ karontipi k±r±pentipi, pabbajap±-duka½ hint±lap±duka½ kamalap±duka½ kambalap±duka½ karontipi k±r±pentipi,riñcanti uddesa½ paripuccha½ adhis²la½ adhicitta½ adhipaññan”ti (mah±va. 251).Bhikkh³ tesa½ tath±karaºabh±va½ j±nitv± ujjh±yitv± satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± tebhikkh³ garahitv±, “bhikkhave, tumhe aññena kiccena ±gat± aññasmi½yeva kicceuyyutt±”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 292. “Yañhi kicca½ apaviddha½, akicca½ pana kar²yati; unna¼±na½ pamatt±na½, tesa½ va¹¹hanti ±sav±. 293. “Yesañca susam±raddh±, nicca½ k±yagat± sati; akicca½ te na sevanti, kicce s±taccak±rino; sat±na½ sampaj±n±na½, attha½ gacchanti ±sav±”ti. Tattha yañhi kiccanti bhikkhuno hi pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya aparim±ºas²lakkha-ndhagopana½ araññ±v±so dhutaªgapariharaºa½ bh±van±r±mat±ti evam±d²nikicca½ n±ma. Imehi pana ya½ attano kicca½, ta½ apaviddha½ cha¹¹ita½. Aki-ccanti bhikkhuno chattamaº¹ana½ up±hanamaº¹ana½ p±dukapattath±lakadha-mmakaraºak±yabandhana-a½sabaddhakamaº¹ana½ akicca½ n±ma. Yehi ta½kayirati, tesa½ m±nana¼a½ ukkhipitv± caraºena unna¼±na½ sativossaggenapamatt±na½ catt±ro ±sav± va¹¹hant²ti attho. Susam±raddh±ti supaggahit±. K±ya-gat± sat²ti k±y±nupassan±bh±van±. Akiccanti te eta½ chattamaº¹an±dika½akicca½ na sevanti na karont²ti attho. Kicceti pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya kattabbeaparim±ºas²lakkhandhagopan±dike karaº²ye. S±taccak±rinoti satatak±rino aµµhita-k±rino. Tesa½ satiy± avippav±sena sat±na½ s±tthakasampajañña½ (2.0283)sapp±yasampajañña½ gocarasampajañña½ asammohasampajaññanti cat³hisampajaññehi sampaj±n±na½ catt±ropi ±sav± attha½ gacchanti, parikkhaya½abh±va½ gacchant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Bhaddiyavatthu tatiya½.

4. Lakuº¹akabhaddiyattheravatthu M±taranti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto lakuº¹akabhaddi-yatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi sambahul± ±gantuk± bhikkh³ satth±ra½ div±µµh±ne nisinna½ upa-saªkamitv± vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di½su. Tasmi½ khaºe lakuº¹akabhaddiya-tthero bhagavato avid³re atikkamati. Satth± tesa½ bhikkh³na½ citt±c±ra½ ñatv±oloketv± “passatha, bhikkhave, aya½ bhikkhu m±t±pitaro hantv± niddukkho hutv±y±t²”ti vatv± tehi bhikkh³hi “ki½ nu kho satth± vadat²”ti aññamañña½ mukh±ni olo-ketv± sa½sayapakkhandehi, “bhante, ki½ n±meta½ vadeth±”ti vutte tesa½dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 294. “M±tara½ pitara½ hantv±, r±j±no dve ca khattiye; raµµha½ s±nucara½ hantv±, an²gho y±ti br±hmaºo”ti. Tattha s±nucaranti ±yas±dhakena ±yuttakena sahita½. Ettha hi “taºh± janetipurisan”ti (sa½. ni. 1.55-57) vacanato t²su bhavesu satt±na½ jananato taºh± m±t±n±ma. “Aha½ asukassa n±ma rañño v± r±jamah±mattassa v± putto”ti pitara½niss±ya asmim±nassa uppajjanato asmim±no pit± n±ma. Loko viya r±j±na½yasm± sabbadiµµhigat±ni dve sassatucchedadiµµhiyo bhajanti, tasm± dve sassatu-cchedadiµµhiyo dve khattiyar±j±no n±ma. Dv±das±yatan±ni vitthataµµhena raµµhadi-satt± raµµha½ n±ma. ¾yas±dhako (2.0284) ±yuttakapuriso viya tannissito nandi-r±go anucaro n±ma. An²ghoti niddukkho. Br±hmaºoti kh²º±savo. Etesa½ taºh±-d²na½ arahattamaggañ±º±sin± hatatt± kh²º±savo niddukkho hutv± y±t²ti ayame-tthattho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su. Dutiyag±th±yapi vatthu purimasadisameva. Tad± hi satth± lakuº¹akabhaddiya-ttherameva ±rabbha kathesi. Tesa½ dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 295. “M±tara½ pitara½ hantv±, r±j±no dve ca sotthiye; veyagghapañcama½ hantv±, an²gho y±ti br±hmaºo”ti. Tattha dve ca sotthiyeti dve ca br±hmaºe. Imiss± g±th±ya satth± attanodhammissarat±ya ca desan±vidhikusalat±ya ca sassatucchedadiµµhiyo dvebr±hmaºar±j±no ca katv± kathesi. Veyagghapañcamanti ettha byaggh±nucaritosappaµibhayo duppaµipanno maggo veyaggho n±ma, vicikicch±n²varaºampi tenasadisat±ya veyaggha½ n±ma, ta½ pañcama½ ass±ti n²varaºapañcaka½ veya-gghapañcama½ n±ma. Idañca veyagghapañcama½ arahattamaggañ±º±sin±nissesa½ hantv± an²ghova y±ti br±hmaºoti ayametthattho. Sesa½ purimasadisa-mev±ti. Lakuº¹akabhaddiyattheravatthu catuttha½. 5. D±rus±kaµikaputtavatthu

Suppabuddhanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto d±rus±kaµi-kassa putta½ ±rabbha kathesi. R±jagahasmiñhi samm±diµµhikaputto micch±diµµhikaputtoti dve d±rak± abhi-kkhaºa½ gu¼ak²¼a½ k²¼anti. Tesu samm±diµµhikaputto gu¼a½ khipam±no buddh±nu-ssati½ ±vajjetv± “namo buddhass±”ti vatv± vatv± gu¼a½ khipati. Itaro titthiyaguºeuddisitv± “namo arahant±nan”ti vatv± vatv± khipati. Tesu samm±diµµhikassa (2.0285)putto jin±ti, itaro pana par±jayati. So tassa kiriya½ disv± “aya½ eva½ anussaritv±eva½ vatv± gu¼a½ khipanto mama½ jin±ti, ahampi evar³pa½ kariss±m²”ti buddh±-nussatiya½ paricayamak±si. Athekadivasa½ tassa pit± sakaµa½ yojetv± d±r³na½atth±ya gacchanto tampi d±raka½ ±d±ya gantv± aµaviya½ d±r³na½ sakaµa½p³retv± ±gacchanto bahinagare sus±nas±mante udakaph±sukaµµh±ne goºemocetv± bhattavissaggamak±si. Athassa te goº± s±yanhasamaye nagara½ pavi-santena gogaºena saddhi½ nagarameva pavisi½su. S±kaµikopi goºe anuba-ndhanto nagara½ pavisitv± s±ya½ goºe disv± ±d±ya nikkhamanto dv±ra½ nasamp±puºi. Tasmiñhi asampatteyeva dv±ra½ pihita½. Athassa putto ekakova rattibh±ge sakaµassa heµµh± nipajjitv± nidda½ okkami.R±jagaha½ pana pakatiy±pi amanussabahula½. Ayañca sus±nasantike nipanno.Tattha na½ dve amanuss± passi½su. Eko s±sanassa paµikaº¹ako micch±diµµhiko,eko samm±diµµhiko. Tesu micch±diµµhiko ±ha– “aya½ no bhakkho, ima½ kh±diss±-m±”ti. Itaro “ala½ m± te rucc²”ti niv±reti. So tena niv±riyam±nopi tassa vacana½an±diyitv± d±raka½ p±desu gahetv± ±ka¹¹hi. So buddh±nussatiy± paricitatt±tasmi½ khaºe “namo buddhass±”ti ±ha. Amanusso mah±bhayabh²to paµikkamitv±aµµh±si. Atha na½ itaro “amhehi akicca½ kata½, daº¹akamma½ tassa karom±”tivatv± ta½ rakkham±no aµµh±si. Micch±diµµhiko nagara½ pavisitv± rañño bhojana-p±ti½ p³retv± bhojana½ ±hari. Atha na½ ubhopi tassa m±t±pitaro viya hutv± upa-µµh±petv± bhojetv± “im±ni akkhar±ni r±j±va passatu, m± añño”ti ta½ pavatti½ pak±-sent± yakkh±nubh±vena bhojanap±tiya½ akkhar±ni chinditv± p±ti½ d±rusakaµepakkhipitv± sabbaratti½ ±rakkha½ katv± pakkami½su. Punadivase “r±jakulato corehi bhojanabhaº¹a½ avahaµan”ti kol±hala½ karont±dv±r±ni pidahitv± olokent± tattha apassant± nagar± nikkhamitv± ito cito ca olo-kent± d±rusakaµe suvaººap±ti½ disv± “aya½ coro”ti ta½ d±raka½ gahetv± raññodassesu½. R±j± akkhar±ni disv± “ki½ eta½, t±t±”ti pucchitv± “n±ha½ (2.0286),deva, j±n±mi, m±t±pitaro me ±gantv± ratti½ bhojetv± rakkham±n± aµµha½su,ahampi m±t±pitaro ma½ rakkhant²ti nibbhayova nidda½ upagato. Ettaka½ aha½j±n±m²”ti. Athassa m±t±pitaropi ta½ µh±na½ ±gama½su. R±j± ta½ pavatti½ ñatv±te tayopi jane ±d±ya satthu santika½ gantv± sabba½ ±rocetv± “ki½ nu kho,bhante, buddh±nussati eva rakkh± hoti, ud±hu dhamm±nussati-±dayop²”ti pucchi.Athassa satth±, “mah±r±ja, na kevala½ buddh±nussatiyeva rakkh±, yesa½ panachabbidhena citta½ subh±vita½, tesa½ aññena rakkh±varaºena v± mantosa-dhehi v± kicca½ natth²”ti vatv± cha µh±n±ni dassento im± g±th± abh±si. 296. “Suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti, sad± gotamas±vak±; yesa½ div± ca ratto ca, nicca½ buddhagat± sati.

297. “Suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti, sad± gotamas±vak±; yesa½ div± ca ratto ca, nicca½ dhammagat± sati. 298. “Suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti, sad± gotamas±vak±; yesa½ div± ca ratto ca, nicca½ saªghagat± sati. 299. “Suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti, sad± gotamas±vak±; yesa½ div± ca ratto ca, nicca½ k±yagat± sati. 300. “Suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti, sad± gotamas±vak±; yesa½ div± ca ratto ca, ahi½s±ya rato mano. 301. “Suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti, sad± gotamas±vak±; yesa½ div± ca ratto ca, bh±van±ya rato mano”ti. Tattha suppabuddha½ pabujjhant²ti buddhagata½ sati½ gahetv± supant±, gahe-tv±yeva ca pabujjhant± suppabuddha½ pabujjhanti n±ma. Sad± gotamas±vak±tigotamagottassa buddhassa savanante j±tatt± tasseva anus±saniy± savanat±yagotamas±vak±. Buddhagat± sat²ti yesa½ “itipi so bhagav±”ti-±dippabhede buddha-guºe ±rabbha uppajjam±n± sati niccak±la½ atthi, te sad±pi suppabuddha½ pabu-jjhant²ti attho. Tath± asakkont± pana ekadivasa½ (2.0287) t²su k±lesu dv²suk±lesu ekasmimpi k±le buddh±nussati½ manasi karont± suppabuddha½ pabujjha-ntiyeva n±ma. Dhammagat± sat²ti “sv±kh±to bhagavat± dhammo”ti-±dippabhededhammaguºe ±rabbha uppajjam±n± sati. Saªghagat± sat²ti “suppaµipanno bhaga-vato s±vakasaªgho”ti-±dippabhede saªghaguºe ±rabbha uppajjam±n± sati.

K±yagat± sat²ti dvatti½s±k±ravasena v± navasivathik±vasena v± catudh±tuvava-tth±navasena v± ajjhattan²lakasiº±dir³pajjh±navasena v± uppajjam±n± sati. Ahi½-s±ya ratoti “so karuº±sahagatena cetas± eka½ disa½ pharitv± viharat²”ti (vibha.642) eva½ vutt±ya karuº±bh±van±ya rato. Bh±van±y±ti mett±bh±van±ya.Kiñc±pi heµµh± karuº±bh±van±ya vuttatt± idha sabb±pi avases± bh±van± n±ma,idha pana mett±bh±van±va adhippet±. Sesa½ paµhamag±th±ya vuttanayenevaveditabba½. Desan±vas±ne d±rako saddhi½ m±t±pit³hi sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Pacch±pana pabbajitv± sabbepi arahatta½ p±puºi½su, sampatt±nampi s±tthik± dhamma-desan± ahos²ti. D±rus±kaµikaputtavatthu pañcama½. 6. Vajjiputtakabhikkhuvatthu Duppabbajjanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ves±li½ niss±ya mah±vane viha-ranto aññatara½ vajjiputtaka½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ta½ sandh±ya vutta½–aññataro vajjiputtako bhikkhu ves±liya½ viharati aññatarasmi½ vanasaº¹e, tenakho pana samayena ves±liya½ sabbarattichaºo hoti. Atha kho so bhikkhu ves±-liy± t³riyat±¼itav±ditanigghosasadda½ sutv± paridevam±no t±ya½ vel±ya½ ima½g±tha½ abh±si– “Ekak± maya½ araññe vihar±ma, apaviddha½va vanasmi½ d±ruka½; et±disik±ya rattiy±, kosu n±mamhehi p±piyo”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.229); So (2.0288) kira vajjiraµµhe r±japutto v±rena sampatta½ rajja½ pah±ya pabbajitoves±liya½ c±tumah±r±jikehi saddhi½ ek±baddha½ katv± sakalanagare dhajapaµ±-k±d²hi paµimaº¹ite komudiy± puººam±ya sabbaratti½ chaºav±re vattam±nebheriy±d²na½ t³riy±na½ t±¼it±na½ nigghosa½ v²º±d²nañca v±dit±na½ sadda½sutv± y±ni ves±liya½ satta r±jasahass±ni satta r±jasat±ni satta r±j±no, tattak± evaca nesa½ upar±jasen±pati-±dayo, tesu alaªkatapaµiyattesu nakkhattak²¼anatth±yav²thi½ otiººesu saµµhihatthe mah±caªkame caªkamam±no gaganamajjhe µhita½puººacanda½ disv± caªkamakoµiya½ phalaka½ niss±ya µhito veµhan±laªk±ravira-hitatt± vane cha¹¹itad±ruka½ viya attabh±va½ oloketv± “atthi nu kho aññoamhehi l±makataro”ti cintento pakatiy± ±raññak±diguºayuttopi tasmi½ khaºe ana-bhiratiy± p²¼ito evam±ha. So tasmi½ vanasaº¹e adhivatth±ya devat±ya “ima½bhikkhu½ sa½vejess±m²”ti adhipp±yena– “Ekakova tva½ araññe viharasi, apaviddha½va vanasmi½ d±ruka½; tassa te bahuk± pihayanti, nerayik± viya saggag±minan”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.229)–Vutta½ ima½ g±tha½ sutv± punadivase satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± vanditv± nis²di.Satth± ta½ pavatti½ ñatv± ghar±v±sassa dukkhata½ pak±setuk±mo pañca

dukkh±ni samodh±netv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 302. “Duppabbajja½ durabhirama½, dur±v±s± ghar± dukh±; dukkhosam±nasa½v±so, dukkh±nupatitaddhag³; tasm± na caddhag³ siy±, na ca dukkh±nupatito siy±”ti. Tattha duppabbajjanti appa½ v± mahanta½ v± bhogakkhandhañceva ñ±tipariva-µµañca pah±ya imasmi½ s±sane ura½ datv± pabbajja½ n±ma dukkha½. Durabhira-manti eva½ pabbajiten±pi bhikkh±cariy±ya j²vitavutti½ ghaµentena aparim±ºas²la-kkhandhagopanadhamm±nudhammappaµipattip³raºavasena abhiramitu½dukkha½. Dur±v±s±ti yasm± pana ghara½ ±vasantena r±j³na½ r±jakicca½, issa-r±na½ issarakicca½ vahitabba½, parijan± ceva dhammik± samaºabr±hmaº± casaªgahitabb±. Eva½ santepi ghar±v±so chiddaghaµo viya mah±samuddo viya cadupp³ro. Tasm± ghar±v±s± (2.0289) n±mete dur±v±s± dukkh± ±vasitu½, tenevak±raºena dukkh±ti attho. Dukkho sam±nasa½v±soti gihino v± hi ye j±tigottakula-bhogehi pabbajit± v± s²l±c±rab±husacc±d²hi sam±n±pi hutv± “kosi tva½, kosmiahan”ti-±d²ni vatv± adhikaraºapasut± honti, te asam±n± n±ma, tehi saddhi½sa½v±so dukkhoti attho. Dukkh±nupatitaddhag³ti ye vaµµasaªkh±ta½ addh±na½paµipannatt± addhag³, te dukkhe anupatit±va. Tasm± na caddhag³ti yasm±dukkh±nupatitabh±vopi dukkho addhag³bh±vopi, tasm± vaµµasaªkh±ta½addh±na½ gamanat±ya addhag³ na bhaveyya, vuttappak±rena dukkhena anupa-titopi na bhaveyy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so bhikkhu pañcasu µh±nesu dassite dukkhe nibbindanto pañco-rambh±giy±ni pañca uddhambh±giy±ni sa½yojan±ni pad±letv± arahatte patiµµha-h²ti. Vajjiputtakabhikkhuvatthu chaµµha½. 7. Cittagahapativatthu Saddhoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto cittagahapati½±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu b±lavagge “asanta½ bh±vanamiccheyy±”ti g±th±vaººa-n±ya vitth±rita½. G±th±pi tattheva vutt±. Vuttañheta½ tattha (dha. pa. aµµha. 1.74)– “Ki½ pana, bhante, etassa tumh±ka½ santika½ ±gacchantassev±ya½ l±bhasa-kk±ro uppajjati, ud±hu aññattha gacchantass±pi uppajjat²”ti. “¾nanda, mamasantika½ ±gacchantass±pi aññattha gacchantass±pi tassa uppajjateva. Ayañhiup±sako saddho pasanno sampannas²lo, evar³po puggalo ya½ ya½ padesa½bhajati, tattha tatthevassa l±bhasakk±ro nibbattat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 303. “Saddho s²lena sampanno, yasobhogasamappito; ya½ ya½ padesa½ bhajati, tattha tattheva p³jito”ti. (dha. pa. aµµha. 1.74); Tattha (2.0290) saddhoti lokiyalokuttarasaddh±ya samann±gato. S²len±ti ±g±ri-yas²la½, an±g±riyas²lanti duvidha½ s²la½. Tesu idha ±g±riyas²la½ adhippeta½,tena samann±gatoti attho. Yasobhogasamappitoti y±diso an±thapiº¹ik±d²na½

pañca-up±sakasatapariv±rasaªkh±to ±g±riyayaso, t±diseneva yasena dhanadha-ññ±diko ceva sattavidha-ariyadhanasaªkh±to c±ti duvidho bhogo, tena samann±-gatoti attho. Ya½ ya½ padesanti puratthim±d²su dis±su evar³po kulaputto ya½ya½ padesa½ bhajati, tattha tattha evar³pena l±bhasakk±rena p³jitova hot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Cittagahapativatthu sattama½. 8. C³¼asubhadd±vatthu D³re santoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto an±thapiº¹i-kassa dh²tara½ c³¼asubhadda½ n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. An±thapiº¹ikassa kira daharak±lato paµµh±ya ugganagarav±s² uggo n±maseµµhiputto sah±yako ahosi. Te ek±cariyakule sippa½ uggaºhant± aññamañña½katika½ kari½su “amh±ka½ vayappattak±le puttadh²t±su j±t±su yo puttassadh²tara½ v±reti, tena tassa dh²t± d±tabb±”ti. Te ubhopi vayappatt± attano attanonagare seµµhiµµh±ne patiµµhahi½su. Athekasmi½ samaye uggaseµµhi vaºijja½ payo-jento pañcahi sakaµasatehi s±vatthi½ agam±si. An±thapiº¹iko attano dh²tara½c³¼asubhadda½ ±mantetv±, “amma, pit± te uggaseµµhi n±ma ±gato, tassa kattabba-kicca½ sabba½ tava bh±ro”ti ±º±pesi. S± “s±dh³”ti paµissuºitv± tassa ±gatadiva-sato paµµh±ya sahattheneva s³pabyañjan±d²ni samp±deti, m±l±gandhavilepan±-d²ni abhisaªkharoti, bhojanak±le tassa nh±nodaka½ paµiy±d±petv± nh±nak±latopaµµh±ya sabbakicc±ni s±dhuka½ karoti. Uggaseµµhi (2.0291) tass± ±c±rasampatti½ disv± pasannacitto ekadivasa½ an±-thapiº¹ikena saddhi½ sukhakath±ya sannisinno “maya½ daharak±le eva½ n±makatika½ karimh±”ti s±retv± c³¼asubhadda½ attano puttassatth±ya v±resi. So panapakatiy±va micch±diµµhiko. Tasm± dasabalassa tamattha½ ±rocetv± satth±r±uggaseµµhiss³panissaya½ disv± anuññ±to bhariy±ya saddhi½ mantetv± tassavacana½ sampaµicchitv± divasa½ vavatthapetv± dh²tara½ vis±kha½ datv± uyyo-jento dhanañcayaseµµhi viya mahanta½ sakk±ra½ katv± subhadda½ ±mantetv±,“amma, sasurakule vasantiy± n±ma anto-aggi bahi na n²haritabbo”ti (a. ni. aµµha. 1.1.259; dha. pa. aµµha. 1.52 vis±kh±vatthu) dhanañcayaseµµhin± vis±kh±ya dinnana-yeneva dasa ov±de datv± “sace me gataµµh±ne dh²tu doso uppajjati, tumhehisodhetabbo”ti aµµha kuµumbike p±µibhoge gahetv± tass± uyyojanadivase buddha-ppamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa mah±d±na½ datv± purimabhave dh²tar±kat±na½ sucarit±na½ phalavibh³ti½ lokassa p±kaµa½ katv± dassento viya maha-ntena sakk±rena dh²tara½ uyyojesi. Tass± anupubbena ugganagara½ pattak±lesasurakulena saddhi½ mah±jano paccuggamanamak±si. S±pi attano sirivibhava½ p±kaµa½ k±tu½ vis±kh± viya sakalanagarassa att±na½dassent² rathe µhatv± nagara½ pavisitv± n±garehi pesite paºº±k±re gahetv± anu-r³pavasena tesa½ tesa½ pesent² sakalanagara½ attano guºehi ek±baddhama-

k±si. Maªgaladivas±d²su panass± sasuro acelak±na½ sakk±ra½ karonto“±gantv± amh±ka½ samaºe vandat³”ti pesesi. S± lajj±ya nagge passitu½ asa-kkont² gantu½ na icchati. So punappuna½ pesetv±pi t±ya paµikkhitto kujjhitv±“n²haratha nan”ti ±ha. S± “na sakk± mama ak±raºena dosa½ ±ropetun”ti kuµu-mbike pakkos±petv± tamattha½ ±rocesi. Te tass± niddosabh±va½ ñatv± seµµhi½saññ±pesu½. So “aya½ mama samaºe ahirik±ti na vand²”ti bhariy±ya ±rocesi. S±“k²dis± nu kho imiss± samaº±, ativiya tesa½ pasa½sat²”ti ta½ pakkos±petv± ±ha– “K²dis± samaº± tuyha½, b±¼ha½ kho ne pasa½sasi; ki½s²l± ki½sam±c±r±, ta½ me akkh±hi pucchit±”ti. (a. ni. aµµha. 2.4.24); Athass± (2.0292) subhadd± buddh±nañceva buddhas±vak±nañca guºe pak±-sent²– “Santindriy± santam±nas±, santa½ tesa½ gata½ µhita½; okkhittacakkh³ mitabh±º², t±dis± samaº± mama. (a. ni. aµµha. 2.4.24); “K±yakamma½ suci nesa½, v±c±kamma½ an±vila½; manokamma½ suvisuddha½, t±dis± samaº± mama. “Vimal± saªkhamutt±bh±, suddh± antarab±hir±; puºº± suddhehi dhammehi, t±dis± samaº± mama. “L±bhena unnato loko, al±bhena ca onato;

l±bh±l±bhena ekaµµh±, t±dis± samaº± mama. “Yasena unnato loko, ayasena ca onato; yas±yasena ekaµµh±, t±dis± samaº± mama. “Pasa½s±yunnato loko, nind±y±pi ca onato; sam± nind±pasa½s±su, t±dis± samaº± mama. “Sukhena unnato loko, dukkhen±pi ca onato; akamp± sukhadukkhesu, t±dis± samaº± mam±”ti.–Evam±d²hi vacanehi sassu½ tosesi. Atha na½ “sakk± tava samaºe amh±kampi dassetun”ti vatv± “sakk±”ti vutte“tena hi yath± maya½ te pass±ma, tath± karoh²”ti vutte s± “s±dh³”ti buddhappa-mukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa mah±d±na½ sajjetv± uparip±s±datale µhatv± jetava-n±bhimukh² sakkacca½ pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv± buddhaguºe ±vajjetv± gandha-v±sapupphadhumehi p³ja½ katv±, “bhante, sv±tan±ya buddhappamukha½bhikkhusaªgha½ nimantemi, imin± me saññ±ºena satth± nimantitabh±va½ j±n±t³”-ti sumanapupph±na½ aµµha muµµhiyo ±k±se khipi. Pupph±ni gantv± catuparisa-majjhe dhamma½ desentassa satthuno upari m±l±vit±na½ hutv± aµµha½su.Tasmi½ khaºe an±thapiº¹ikopi dhammakatha½ sutv± sv±tan±ya satth±ra½ nima-ntesi. Satth± “adhivuttha½ may±, gahapati, sv±tan±ya bhattan”ti vatv±, “bhante,may± puretara½ ±gato natthi, kassa nu kho vo adhivutthan”ti vutte “c³¼asubha-dd±ya, gahapati, nimantito”ti (2.0293) vatv± “nanu, bhante, c³¼asubhadd± d³revasati ito v²satiyojanasatamatthake”ti vutte, “±ma gahapati, d³re vasant±pi hisappuris± abhimukhe µhit± viya pak±sent²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 304. “D³re santo pak±senti, himavantova pabbato; asantettha na dissanti, ratti½ khitt± yath± sar±”ti. Tattha santoti r±g±d²na½ santat±ya buddh±dayo sant± n±ma. Idha pana pubba-buddhesu kat±dhik±r± ussannakusalam³l± bh±vitabh±van± satt± santoti adhi-ppet±. Pak±sent²ti d³re µhit±pi buddh±na½ ñ±ºapatha½ ±gacchant± p±kaµ± honti.Himavanto v±ti yath± hi tiyojanasahassavitthato pañcayojanasatubbedho catur±-s²tiy± k³µasahassehi paµimaº¹ito himavantapabbato d³re µhit±nampi abhimukheµhito viya pak±seti, eva½ pak±sent²ti attho. Asantetth±ti diµµhadhammagaruk± viti-ººaparalok± ±misacakkhuk± j²vikatth±ya pabbajit± b±lapuggal± asanto n±ma, teettha buddh±na½ dakkhiºassa j±ºumaº¹alassa santike nisinn±pi na dissanti napaññ±yanti. Ratti½ khitt±ti ratti½ caturaªgasamann±gate andhak±re khittasar±viya tath±r³passa upanissayabh³tassa pubbahetuno abh±vena na paññ±yant²tiattho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Sakko devar±j± “satth±r± subhadd±ya nimantana½ adhiv±sitan”ti ñatv± vissaka-mmadevaputta½ ±º±pesi– “pañca k³µ±g±rasat±ni nimminitv± sve buddhappa-mukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ ugganagara½ neh²”ti. So punadivase pañcasat±ni k³µ±-g±r±ni nimminitv± jetavanadv±re aµµh±si. Satth± uccinitv± visuddhakh²º±sav±na½-yeva pañcasat±ni ±d±ya sapariv±ro k³µ±g±resu nis²ditv± ugganagara½ agam±si.Uggaseµµhipi sapariv±ro subhadd±ya dinnanayeneva tath±gatassa ±gatamagga½

olokento satth±ra½ mahantena sirivibhavena ±gacchanta½ disv± pasannam±-naso m±l±d²hi mahanta½ sakk±ra½ karonto sapariv±ro sampaµicchitv± vanditv±mah±d±na½ datv± punappuna½ nimantetv± satt±ha½ mah±d±na½ ad±si. Satth±-pissa sapp±ya½ sallakkhetv± dhamma½ (2.0294) desesi. Ta½ ±di½ katv± catur±-s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. Satth± “c³¼asubhadd±ya anu-ggahaºattha½ tva½ idheva hoh²”ti anuruddhatthera½ nivatt±petv± s±vatthimevaagam±si. Tato paµµh±ya ta½ nagara½ saddh±sampanna½ ahos²ti. C³¼asubhadd±vatthu aµµhama½. 9. Ekavih±rittheravatthu Ek±sananti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto ekavih±ritthera½n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. So kira thero ekakova seyya½ kappeti, ekakova nis²dati, ekakova caªkamati,ekakova tiµµhat²ti catuparisantare p±kaµo ahosi. Atha na½ bhikkh³, “bhante, eva-r³po n±m±ya½ thero”ti tath±gatass±rocesu½. Satth± “s±dhu s±dh³”ti tassas±dhuk±ra½ datv± “bhikkhun± n±ma pavivittena bhavitabban”ti viveke ±nisa½sa½kathetv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 305. “Ek±sana½ ekaseyya½, eko caramatandito; eko damayamatt±na½, vanante ramito siy±”ti. Tattha ek±sana½ ekaseyyanti bhikkhusahassamajjhepi m³lakammaµµh±na½avijahitv± teneva manasik±rena nisinnassa ±sana½ ek±sana½ n±ma. Lohap±s±-dasadisepi ca p±s±de bhikkhusahassamajjhepi paññatte vicitrapaccattharaº³pa-dh±ne mah±rahe sayane sati½ upaµµhapetv± dakkhiºena passena m³lakamma-µµh±namanasik±rena nipannassa bhikkhuno seyy± ekaseyy± n±ma. Evar³pa½ek±sanañca ekaseyyañca bhajeth±ti attho. Atanditoti jaªghabala½ niss±ya j²vita-kappanena akus²to hutv± sabb²riy±pathesu ekakova carantoti attho. Eko dama-yanti rattiµµh±n±d²su (2.0295) kammaµµh±na½ anuyuñjitv± maggaphal±dhigamava-sena ekova hutv± att±na½ damentoti attho. Vanante ramito siy±ti eva½ att±na½damento itthipurisasadd±d²hi pavivitte vananteyeva abhiramito bhaveyya. Na hisakk± ±kiººavih±rin± eva½ att±na½ dametunti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su. Tato paµµh±ya mah±janoekavih±rikameva patthes²ti. Ekavih±rittheravatthu navama½. Pakiººakavaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

Ekav²satimo vaggo. 22. Nirayavaggo 1. Sundar²paribb±jik±vatthu Abh³tav±d²ti (2.0296) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantosundari½ paribb±jika½ ±rabbha kathesi. “Tena kho pana samayena bhagav± sakkato hoti garukato m±nito p³jito”tivatthu vitth±rato ud±ne (ud±. 38) ±gatameva. Aya½ panettha saªkhepo– bhaga-vato kira bhikkhusaªghassa ca pañcanna½ mah±nad²na½ mahoghasadise l±bha-sakk±re uppanne hatal±bhasakk±r± aññatitthiy± s³riyuggamanak±le khajjopa-nak± viya nippabh± hutv± ekato sannipatitv± mantayi½su– “maya½ samaºassagotamassa uppannak±lato paµµh±ya hatal±bhasakk±r±, na no koci atthibh±vampij±n±ti, kena nu kho saddhi½ ekato hutv± samaºassa gotamassa avaººa½ upp±-detv± l±bhasakk±ramassa antaradh±peyy±m±”ti. Atha nesa½ etadahosi– “sunda-riy± saddhi½ ekato hutv± sakkuºiss±m±”ti. Te ekadivasa½ sundari½ titthiy±-r±ma½ pavisitv± vanditv± µhita½ n±lapi½su. S± punappuna½ sallapant²pi paµiva-cana½ alabhitv± “api panayy±, kenaci viheµhitatth±”ti pucchi. “Ki½, bhagini,samaºa½ gotama½ amhe viheµhetv± hatal±bhasakk±re katv± vicaranta½ napassas²”ti? “May± ettha ki½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti? “Tva½ khosi, bhagini, abhir³p±sobhaggappatt±, samaºassa gotamassa ayasa½ ±ropetv± mah±jana½ tavakatha½ g±h±petv± hatal±bhasakk±ra½ karoh²”ti. S± ta½ sutv± “s±dh³”ti sampaµi-cchitv± pakkant± tato paµµh±ya m±l±gandhavilepanakapp³rakaµukaphal±d²nigahetv± s±ya½ mah±janassa satthu dhammadesana½ sutv± nagara½ pavisana-k±le jetavan±bhimukh² gacchati, “kaha½ gacchas²”ti ca puµµh± “samaºassa gota-massa santika½ gamiss±mi, ahañhi tena saddhi½ ekagandhakuµiya½ vas±m²”tivatv± aññatarasmi½ titthiy±r±me vasitv± p±tova jetavanamagga½ otaritv± nagar±-bhimukh² ±gacchant² “ki½, sundari, kaha½ gat±s²”ti puµµh± “samaºena gotamenasaddhi½ ekagandhakuµiya½ vasitv± ta½ kilesaratiy± ram±petv± ±gat±mh²”tivadati. Atha (2.0297) te katip±haccayena dhutt±na½ kah±paºe datv± “gacchathasundari½ m±retv± samaºassa gotamassa gandhakuµiy± sam²pe m±l±kacavara-ntare nikkhipitv± eth±”ti vadi½su. Te tath± aka½su. Tato titthiy± “sundari½ napass±m±”ti kol±hala½ katv± rañño ±rocetv± “kaha½ vo ±saªk±”ti vutt± “imesudivasesu jetavane vasati, tatthass± pavatti½ na j±n±m±”ti vatv± “tena higacchatha, na½ vicinath±”ti raññ± anuññ±t± attano upaµµh±ke gahetv± jetavana½gantv± vicinant± m±l±kacavarantare ta½ disv± mañcaka½ ±ropetv± nagara½pavesetv± “samaºassa gotamassa s±vak± ‘satth±r± kata½ p±pakamma½ paµi-cch±dess±m±’ti sundari½ m±retv± m±l±kacavarantare nikkhipi½s³”ti rañño ±roca-

yi½su. R±j± “tena hi gacchatha, nagara½ ±hiº¹ath±”ti ±ha. Te nagarav²th²su“passatha samaº±na½ sakyaputtiy±na½ kamman”ti-±d²ni vatv± puna rañño nive-sanadv±ra½ ±gami½su. R±j± sundariy± sar²ra½ ±makasus±ne aµµaka½ ±ropetv±rakkh±pesi. S±vatthiv±sino µhapetv± ariyas±vake ses± yebhuyyena “passathasamaº±na½ sakyaputtiy±na½ kamman”ti-±d²ni vatv± antonagarepi bahinagarepibhikkh³ akkosant± vicaranti. Bhikkh³ ta½ pavatti½ tath±gatassa ±rocesu½.Satth± “tena hi tumhepi te manusse eva½ paµicodeth±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 306. “Abh³tav±d² niraya½ upeti, yo v±pi katv± na karomic±ha; ubhopi te pecca sam± bhavanti, nih²nakamm± manuj± paratth±”ti. Tattha abh³tav±d²ti parassa dosa½ adisv±va mus±v±da½ katv± tucchenapara½ abbh±cikkhanto. Katv±ti yo v± pana p±pakamma½ katv± “n±ha½ eta½karom²”ti ±ha. Pecca sam± bhavant²ti te ubhopi jan± paraloka½ gantv± niraya½upagamanena gatiy± sam± bhavanti. Gatiyeva nesa½ paricchinn±, ±yu pananesa½ na paricchinna½. Bahukañhi p±pakamma½ katv± cira½ niraye paccanti,paritta½ katv± appamattakameva k±la½. Yasm± pana nesa½ ubhinnampi (2.0298)l±makameva kamma½, tena vutta½– “nih²nakamm± manuj± paratth±”ti. Para-tth±ti imassa pana padassa purato peccapadena sambandho. Pecca parattha itogantv± te nih²nakamm± paraloke sam± bhavant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±-pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. R±j± “sundariy± aññehi m±ritabh±va½ j±n±th±”ti purise uyyojesi. Atha te dhutt±tehi kah±paºehi sura½ pivant± aññamañña½ kalaha½ kari½su. Eko eka½ ±ha–“tva½ sundari½ ekappah±reneva m±retv± m±l±kacavarantare nikkhipitv± tatoladdhakah±paºehi sura½ pivasi, hotu hot³”ti. R±japuris± te dhutte gahetv± raññodassesu½. Atha ne r±j± “tumhehi s± m±rit±”ti pucchi. “¾ma, dev±”ti. “Kehi m±r±-pit±”ti? “Aññatitthiyehi, dev±”ti. R±j± titthiye pakkos±petv± pucchi. Te tathevavadi½su. Tena hi gacchatha tumhe eva½ vadant± nagara½ ±hiº¹atha– “aya½sundar² samaºassa gotamassa avaººa½ ±ropetuk±mehi amhehi m±r±pit±, nevasamaºassa gotamassa, na s±vak±na½ doso atthi, amh±kameva doso”ti. Te tath±kari½su. B±lamah±jano tad± saddahi,

titthiy±pi dhutt±pi purisavadhadaº¹a½ p±puºi½su. Tato paµµh±ya buddh±na½sakk±ro mah± ahos²ti. Sundar²paribb±jik±vatthu paµhama½. 2. Duccaritaphalap²¼itavatthu K±s±vakaºµh±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto duccarita-phal±nubh±vena p²¼ite satte ±rabbha kathesi. ¾yasm± hi moggall±no lakkhaºattherena saddhi½ gijjhak³µ± orohanto aµµhisa-ªkhalikapet±d²na½ attabh±ve disv± sita½ karonto lakkhaºattherena sitak±raºa½puµµho “ak±lo, ±vuso, imassa pañhassa, tath±gatassa santike ma½ puccheyy±-s²”ti vatv± tath±gatassa santike therena puµµho aµµhisaªkhalikapet±d²na½ diµµha-bh±va½ ±cikkhitv± “idh±ha½, ±vuso, gijjhak³µ± pabbat± orohanto addasa½bhikkhu½ veh±sa½ (2.0299) gacchanta½, tassa saªgh±µipi ±ditt± sampajjalit±sajotibh³t± …pe… k±yopi ±ditto”ti-±din± (p±r±. 230; sa½. ni. 2.218) nayenasaddhi½ pattac²varak±yabandhan±d²hi ¹ayham±ne pañca sahadhammike ±ro-cesi. Satth± tesa½ kassapadasabalassa s±sane pabbajitv± pabbajj±ya anur³pa½k±tu½ asakkont±na½ p±pabh±va½ ±cikkhitv± tasmi½ khaºe tattha nisinn±na½bah³na½ p±pabhikkh³na½ duccaritakammassa vip±ka½ dassento ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 307. “K±s±vakaºµh± bahavo, p±padhamm± asaññat±; p±p± p±pehi kammehi, niraya½ te upapajjare”ti. Tattha k±s±vakaºµh±ti k±s±vena paliveµhitakaºµh±. P±padhamm±ti l±maka-dhamm±. Asaññat±ti k±y±disa½yamarahit±, tath±r³p± p±papuggal± attan±katehi akusalakammehi niraya½ upapajjanti, te tattha paccitv± tato cut± vip±k±va-sesena petesupi eva½ paccant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Duccaritaphalap²¼itavatthu dutiya½. 3. Vaggumud±t²riyabhikkhuvatthu Seyyo ayogu¼oti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ves±li½ upaniss±ya mah±vaneviharanto vaggumud±t²riye bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu uttarimanussadha-mmap±r±jike (p±r±. 193 ±dayo) ±gatameva. Tad± hi satth± te bhikkh³ “ki½ pana tumhe, bhikkhave, udarassatth±ya gih²na½aññamaññassa uttarimanussadhammassa vaººa½ bh±sitth±”ti vatv± tehi “±ma,bhante”ti vutte te bhikkh³ anekapariy±yena garahitv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 308. “Seyyo ayogu¼o bhutto, tatto aggisikh³pamo;

yañce bhuñjeyya duss²lo, raµµhapiº¹amasaññato”ti. Tattha (2.0300) yañce bhuñjeyy±ti ya½ duss²lo niss²lapuggalo k±y±d²hi asa-ññato raµµhav±s²hi saddh±ya dinna½ raµµhapiº¹a½ “samaºomh²”ti paµij±nantogahetv± bhuñjeyya, tatto ±ditto aggivaººo ayogu¼ova bhutto seyyo sundarataro.Ki½ k±raº±? Tappaccay± hi ekova attabh±vo jh±yeyya, duss²lo pana saddh±-deyya½ bhuñjitv± anek±nipi j±tisat±ni niraye pacceyy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Vaggumud±t²riyabhikkhuvatthu tatiya½. 4. Khemakaseµµhiputtavatthu Catt±ri µh±n±n²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto an±thapiº¹i-kassa bh±gineyya½ khemaka½ n±ma seµµhiputta½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira abhir³po ahosi, yebhuyyena itthiyo ta½ disv± r±g±bhibh³t± sakabh±-vena saºµh±tu½ n±sakkhi½su. Sopi parad±rakamm±bhiratova ahosi. Atha na½ratti½ r±japuris± gahetv± rañño dassesu½. R±j± mah±seµµhissa lajj±m²ti ta½ kiñciavatv± vissajj±pesi. So pana neva virami. Atha na½ dutiyampi tatiyampi r±japuris±gahetv± rañño dassesu½. R±j± vissajj±pesiyeva. Mah±seµµhi, ta½ pavatti½ sutv±ta½ ±d±ya satthu santika½ gantv± ta½ pavatti½ ±rocetv±, “bhante, imassadhamma½ deseth±”ti ±ha. Satth± tassa sa½vegakatha½ vatv± parad±raseva-n±ya dosa½ dassento im± g±th± abh±si– 309. “Catt±ri µh±n±ni naro pamatto, ±pajjati parad±r³pasev²; apuññal±bha½ na nik±maseyya½, ninda½ tat²ya½ niraya½ catuttha½. 310. “Apuññal±bho (2.0301) ca gat² ca p±pik±, bh²tassa bh²t±ya rat² ca thokik±; r±j± ca daº¹a½ garuka½ paºeti, tasm± naro parad±ra½ na seve”ti. Tattha µh±n±n²ti dukkhak±raº±ni. Pamattoti sativossaggena samann±gato. ¾pa-jjat²ti p±puº±ti. Parad±r³pasev²ti parad±ra½ upasevanto uppathac±r². Apuññal±-bhanti akusalal±bha½. Na nik±maseyyanti yath± icchati, eva½ seyya½ alabhitv±anicchita½ parittakameva k±la½ seyya½ labhati. Apuññal±bho c±ti eva½ tassaayañca apuññal±bho, tena ca apuññena nirayasaªkh±t± p±pik± gati hoti. Rat² cathokik±ti y± tassa bh²tassa bh²t±ya itthiy± saddhi½ rati, s±pi thokik± paritt± hoti.Garukanti r±j± ca hatthacched±divasena garuka½ daº¹a½ paºeti. Tasm±ti yasm±parad±ra½ sevanto et±ni apuññ±d²ni p±puº±ti, tasm± parad±ra½ na seveyy±tiattho. Desan±vas±ne khemako sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Tato paµµh±ya mah±janosukha½ v²tin±mesi. Ki½ panassa pubbakammanti? So kira kassapabuddhak±le

uttamamallo hutv± dve suvaººapaµ±k± dasabalassa kañcanath³pe ±ropetv±patthana½ paµµhapesi “µhapetv± ñ±tis±lohititthiyo avases± ma½ disv± rajjant³”ti.Idamassa pubbakammanti. Tena ta½ nibbattanibbattaµµh±ne disv± paresa½itthiyo sakabh±vena saºµh±tu½ n±sakkhi½s³ti. Khemakaseµµhiputtavatthu catuttha½. 5. Dubbacabhikkhuvatthu Kuso yath±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½dubbacabhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Eko kira bhikkhu asañcicca eka½ tiºa½ chinditv± kukkucce uppanne eka½bhikkhu½ upasaªkamitv±, “±vuso, yo tiºa½ chindati, tassa ki½ hot²”ti ta½ attan±katabh±va½ ±rocetv± pucchi. Atha na½ itaro “tva½ (2.0302) tiºassa chinnak±raº±kiñci hot²ti sañña½ karosi, na ettha kiñci hoti, desetv± pana muccat²”ti vatv±sayampi ubhohi hatthehi tiºa½ luñcitv± aggahesi. Bhikkh³ ta½ pavatti½ satthu±rocesu½. Satth± ta½ bhikkhu½ anekapariy±yena vigarahitv± dhamma½ desentoim± g±th± abh±si– 311. “Kuso yath± duggahito, hatthamev±nukantati; s±mañña½ duppar±maµµha½, niray±yupaka¹¹hati. 312. “Ya½ kiñci sithila½ kamma½, sa½kiliµµhañca ya½ vata½; saªkassara½ brahmacariya½, na ta½ hoti mahapphala½. 313. “Kayir± ce kayir±thena½, da¼hamena½ parakkame; sithilo hi paribb±jo, bhiyyo ±kirate rajan”ti. Tattha kusoti ya½ kiñci tikhiºadh±ra½ tiºa½ antamaso t±lapaººampi, yath± sokuso yena duggahito, tassa hattha½ anukantati ph±leti, evameva samaºadha-mmasaªkh±ta½ s±maññampi khaº¹as²l±dit±ya duppar±maµµha½ niray±yupaka-¹¹hati, niraye nibbatt±pet²ti attho. Sithilanti ol²yitv± karaºena sithilag±ha½ katv±kata½ ya½kiñci kamma½. Sa½kiliµµhanti vesiy±dikesu agocaresu caraºenasa½kiliµµha½. Saªkassaranti saªk±hi saritabba½, uposathakicc±d²su aññataraki-ccena sannipatitampi saªgha½ disv± “addh± ime mama cariya½ ñatv± ma½ukkhipituk±m±va sannipatit±”ti eva½ attano ±saªk±hi sarita½ ussaªkita½ parisa-ªkita½. Na ta½ hot²ti ta½ evar³pa½ samaºadhammasaªkh±ta½ brahmacariya½tassa puggalassa mahapphala½ na hoti, tassa mahapphal±bh±veneva bhikkhad±-yak±nampissa na mahapphala½ hot²ti attho. Kayir± ceti tasm± ya½ kamma½kareyya, ta½ kareyy±theva. Da¼hamena½ parakkameti thirakatameva katv± ava-ttasam±d±no hutv± ena½ kayir±. Paribb±joti sithilabh±vena kato khaº¹±dibh±va-ppatto samaºadhammo. Bhiyyo ±kirate rajanti abbhantare vijjam±na½ r±gara-j±di½ evar³po samaºadhammo apanetu½ na sakkoti, atha kho tassa upari apa-rampi r±garaj±di½ ±kirat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne (2.0303) bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su, sopi bhikkhu

sa½vare µhatv± pacch± vipassana½ va¹¹hetv± arahatta½ p±puº²ti. Dubbacabhikkhuvatthu pañcama½. 6. Iss±pakatitthivatthu Akatanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½ iss±pa-kata½ itthi½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tass± kira s±miko ek±ya gehad±siy± saddhi½ santhava½ ak±si. S± iss±pakat±ta½ d±si½ hatthap±desu bandhitv± tass± kaººan±sa½ chinditv± ekasmi½ gu¼ha-gabbhe pakkhipitv± dv±ra½ pidahitv± tassa kammassa attan± katabh±va½ paµi-cch±detu½ “ehi, ayya, vih±ra½ gantv± dhamma½ suºiss±m±”ti s±mika½ ±d±yavih±ra½ gantv± dhamma½ suºant² nis²di. Athass± ±gantukañ±tak± geha½±gantv± dv±ra½ vivaritv± ta½ vippak±ra½ disv± d±si½ mocayi½su. S± vih±ra½gantv± catuparisamajjhe µhit± tamattha½ dasabalassa ±rocesi. Satth± tass±vacana½ sutv± “duccarita½ n±ma ‘ida½ me aññe na j±nant²’ti appamattakampi nak±tabba½, aññasmi½ aj±nantepi sucaritameva k±tabba½. Paµicch±detv± katampihi duccarita½ n±ma pacch±nut±pa½ karoti, sucarita½ p±mojjameva janet²”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 314. “Akata½ dukkaµa½ seyyo, pacch± tappati dukkaµa½; katañca sukata½ seyyo, ya½ katv± n±nutappat²”ti. Tattha dukkaµanti s±vajja½ ap±yasa½vattanika½ kamma½ akatameva seyyovara½ uttama½. Pacch± tappat²ti

tañhi anussarit±nussaritak±le tappatiyeva. Sukatanti anavajja½ pana sukhad±-yaka½ sugatisa½vattanikameva kamma½ kata½ seyyo. Ya½ katv±ti ya½kamma½ katv± pacch± anussaraºak±le na tappati n±nutappati, somanassaj±tovahoti, ta½ kamma½ varanti attho. Desan±vas±ne up±sako ca s± ca itth² sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su. Tañca panad±si½ tattheva bhujissa½ katv± dhammac±rini½ kari½s³ti. Iss±pakatitthivatthu chaµµha½. 7. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu Nagara½ (2.0304) yath±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantosambahule ±gantuke bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira ekasmi½ paccante vassa½ upagantv± paµhamam±se sukha½ vihari½su.Majjhimam±se cor± ±gantv± tesa½ gocarag±ma½ paharitv± karamare gahetv±agama½su. Tato paµµh±ya manuss± cor±na½ paµib±hanatth±ya ta½ paccantana-gara½ abhisaªkharont± te bhikkh³ sakkacca½ upaµµh±tu½ ok±sa½ na labhi½su.Te aph±suka½ vassa½ vasitv± vutthavass± satthu dassan±ya s±vatthi½ gantv±satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di½su. Satth± tehi saddhi½ katapaµisanth±ro“ki½, bhikkhave, sukha½ vasitth±”ti pucchitv±, “bhante, maya½ paµhamam±sa-meva sukha½ vasimh±, majjhimam±se cor± g±ma½ pahari½su, tato paµµh±yamanuss± nagara½ abhisaªkharont± sakkacca½ upaµµh±tu½ ok±sa½ na labhi½su.Tasm± aph±suka½ vassa½ vasimh±”ti vutte “ala½, bhikkhave, m± cintayittha,ph±suvih±ro n±ma niccak±la½ dullabho, bhikkhun± n±ma yath± te manuss±nagara½ gopayi½su, eva½ attabh±vameva gopayitu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 315. “Nagara½ yath± paccanta½, gutta½ santarab±hira½; eva½ gopetha att±na½, khaºo vo m± upaccag±; khaº±t²t± hi socanti, nirayamhi samappit±”ti. Tattha santarab±hiranti, bhikkhave, yath± tehi manussehi ta½ paccantanagara½dv±rap±k±r±d²ni thir±ni karontehi sa-antara½, aµµ±lakaparikh±d²ni thir±ni karo-ntehi sab±hiranti santarab±hira½ sugutta½ kata½, eva½ tumhepi sati½ upaµµha-petv± ajjhattik±ni cha dv±r±ni pidahitv± dv±rarakkhika½ sati½ avissajjetv± yath±gayham±n±ni b±hir±ni cha ±yatan±ni ajjhattik±na½ upagh±t±ya sa½vattanti, tath±aggahaºena t±nipi thir±ni katv± tesa½ appaves±ya dv±rarakkhika½ sati½ appa-h±ya vicarant± att±na½ gopeth±ti attho. Khaºo vo m± upaccag±ti yo hi eva½att±na½ na gopeti, ta½ puggala½ aya½ buddhupp±dakhaºo majjhimadese uppa-ttikhaºo samm±diµµhiy± paµiladdhakhaºo channa½ ±yatan±na½ avekallakhaºotisabbopi aya½ khaºo (2.0305) atikkamati, so khaºo tumhe m± atikkamatu. Khaº±t²-t±ti ye hi ta½ khaºa½ at²t±, te ca puggale so ca khaºo at²to, te nirayamhi sama-ppit± hutv± tattha nibbattitv± socant²ti attho.

Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ uppannasa½veg± arahatte patiµµhahi½s³ti. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu sattama½. 8. Nigaºµhavatthu Alajjit±yeti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto nigaºµhe ±rabbhakathesi. Ekasmiñhi divase bhikkh³ nigaºµhe disv± katha½ samuµµh±pesu½, “±vuso,sabbaso appaµicchannehi acelakehi ime nigaºµh± varatar±, ye eka½ purimapa-ssampi t±va paµicch±denti, sahirik± maññe ete”ti. Ta½ sutv± nigaºµh± “na maya½etena k±raºena paµicch±dema, pa½suraj±dayo pana puggal± eva, j²vitindriyapaµi-baddh± eva, te no bhikkh±bh±janesu m± pati½s³ti imin± k±raºena paµicch±dem±”-ti vatv± tehi saddhi½ v±dapaµiv±davasena bahu½ katha½ kathesu½. Bhikkh³satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± nisinnak±le ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesu½. Satth±, “bhikkhave,alajjitabbena lajjitv± lajjitabbena alajjam±n± n±ma duggatipar±yaº±va hont²”tivatv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 316. “Alajjit±ye lajjanti, lajjit±ye na lajjare; micch±diµµhisam±d±n±, satt± gacchanti duggati½. 317. “Abhaye bhayadassino, bhaye c±bhayadassino; micch±diµµhisam±d±n±, satt± gacchanti duggatin”ti. Tattha alajjit±yeti alajjitabbena. Bhikkh±bh±janañhi alajjitabba½ n±ma, te panata½ paµicch±detv± vicarant± tena lajjanti n±ma. Lajjit±yeti apaµicchannena hiriko-p²naªgena lajjitabbena. Te pana ta½ apaµicch±detv± vicarant± (2.0306) lajjit±yena lajjanti n±ma. Tena tesa½ alajjitabbena lajjita½ lajjitabbena alajjita½ tucchaga-haºabh±vena ca aññath±gahaºabh±vena ca micch±diµµhi hoti. Ta½ sam±diyitv±vicarant± pana te micch±diµµhisam±d±n± satt± niray±dibheda½ duggati½ gaccha-nt²ti attho. Abhayeti bhikkh±bh±jana½ niss±ya r±gadosamoham±nadiµµhikilesadu-ccaritabhay±na½ anuppajjanato bhikkh±bh±jana½ abhaya½ n±ma, bhayena ta½paµicch±dent± pana abhaye bhayadassino n±ma. Hirikop²naªga½ pana niss±yar±g±d²na½ uppajjanato ta½ bhaya½ n±ma, tassa apaµicch±danena bhaye c±bha-yadassino. Tassa ta½ ayath±gahaºassa sam±dinnatt± micch±diµµhisam±d±n±satt± duggahi½ gacchant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ nigaºµh± sa½viggam±nas± pabbaji½su, sampatt±nampis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Nigaºµhavatthu aµµhama½. 9. Titthiyas±vakavatthu

Avajjeti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto titthiyas±vake±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye aññatitthiyas±vak± attano putte samm±diµµhik±na½ up±sa-k±na½ puttehi saddhi½ sapariv±re k²¼am±ne disv± geha½ ±gatak±le “na vosamaº± sakyaputtiy± vanditabb±, n±pi tesa½ vih±ra½ pavisitabban”ti sapatha½k±rayi½su. Te ekadivasa½ jetavanavih±rassa bahidv±rakoµµhakas±mante k²¼ant±pip±sit± ahesu½. Atheka½ up±sakad±raka½ “tva½ ettha gantv± p±n²ya½ pivitv±amh±kampi ±har±h²”ti pahiºi½su. So vih±ra½ pavisitv± satth±ra½ vanditv±p±n²ya½ pivitv± tamattha½ ±rocesi. Atha na½ satth± “tvameva p±n²ya½ pivitv±gantv± itarepi p±n²yapivanatth±ya idheva peseh²”ti ±ha. So tath± ak±si. Te±gantv± p±n²ya½ pivi½su. Satth± te pakkos±petv± tesa½ sapp±ya½ dhamma-katha½ kathetv± te acalasaddhe katv± saraºesu ca s²lesu ca patiµµh±pesi. Tesak±ni geh±ni gantv± tamattha½ m±t±pit³na½ ±rocesu½ (2.0307). Atha nesa½m±t±pitaro “puttak± no vipannadiµµhik± j±t±”ti domanassappatt± paridevi½su.Atha tesa½ chek± sambahul± paµivissak± manuss± ±gantv± domanassav³pasa-manatth±ya dhamma½ kathayi½su. Te tesa½ katha½ sutv± “ime d±rake sama-ºassa gotamasseva niyy±dess±m±”ti mahantena ñ±tigaºena saddhi½ vih±ra½nayi½su. Satth± tesa½ ajjh±saya½ oloketv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th±abh±si– 318. “Avajje vajjamatino, vajje c±vajjadassino; micch±diµµhisam±d±n±, satt± gacchanti duggati½. 319. “Vajjañca vajjato ñatv±, avajjañca avajjato; samm±diµµhisam±d±n±, satt± gacchanti suggatin”ti. Tattha avajjeti dasavatthuk±ya samm±diµµhiy±, tass± upanissayabh³te dhammeca. Vajjamatinoti vajja½ idanti uppannamatino. Dasavatthuk±ya micch±diµµhiy±pana tass± upanissayabh³te dhamme ca avajjadassino, etiss± avajja½ vajjatovajjañca avajjato ñatv± gahaºasaªkh±t±ya micch±diµµhiy± sam±dinnatt± micch±di-µµhisam±d±n± satt± duggati½ gacchant²ti attho. Dutiyag±th±ya vuttavipariy±yenaattho veditabbo. Desan±vas±ne sabbepi te t²su saraºesu patiµµh±ya apar±para½ dhamma½suºant± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½s³ti. Titthiyas±vakavatthu navama½. Nirayavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Dv±v²satimo vaggo. 23. N±gavaggo

1. Attadantavatthu Aha½ (2.0308) n±go v±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± kosambiya½ viharantoatt±na½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu appam±davaggassa ±dig±th±vaººan±ya vitth±ri-tameva. Vuttañheta½ tattha (dha. pa. aµµha. 1.s±m±vativatthu)– M±gaº¹iy± t±sa½ kiñci k±tu½ asakkuºitv± “samaºassa gotamassevakattabba½ kariss±m²”ti n±gar±na½ lañja½ datv± “samaºa½ gotama½ antona-gara½ pavisitv± caranta½ d±sakammakaraporisehi saddhi½ akkosetv± paribh±-setv± pal±peth±”ti ±º±pesi. Micch±diµµhik± t²su ratanesu appasann± antonagara½paviµµha½ satth±ra½ anubandhitv± “corosi b±losi m³¼hosi thenosi oµµhosi goºosigadrabhosi nerayikosi tiracch±nagatosi, natthi tuyha½ sugati, duggatiyeva tuyha½p±µikaªkh±”ti dasahi akkosavatth³hi akkosanti paribh±santi. Ta½ sutv± ±yasm±±nando satth±ra½ etadavoca– “bhante, ime n±gar± amhe akkosanti paribh±santi,ito aññattha gacch±m±”ti. “Kuhi½, ±nand±”ti? “Añña½ nagara½, bhante”ti.“Tattha manussesu akkosantesu paribh±santesu puna kattha gamiss±m±na-nd±”ti. “Tatopi añña½ nagara½, bhante”ti. “Tattha manussesu akkosantesu pari-bh±santesu kuhi½ gamiss±m±nand±”ti. “Tatopi añña½ nagara½, bhante”ti.“¾nanda, na eva½ k±tu½ vaµµati, yattha adhikaraºa½ uppanna½, tattheva tasmi½v³pasante aññattha gantu½ vaµµati, ke pana te, ±nanda, akkosant²”ti. “Bhante,d±sakammakare up±d±ya sabbe akkosant²”ti. “Aha½, ±nanda, saªg±ma½ otiººa-hatthisadiso. Saªg±ma½ otiººahatthino hi cat³hi dis±hi ±gate sare sahitu½ bh±ro,tatheva bah³hi duss²lehi kathitakath±na½ sahana½ n±ma mayha½ bh±ro”ti vatv±att±na½ ±rabbha dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 320. “Aha½ n±gova saªg±me, c±pato patita½ sara½; ativ±kya½ titikkhissa½, duss²lo hi bahujjano. 321. “Danta½ (2.0309) nayanti samiti½, danta½ r±j±bhir³hati; danto seµµho manussesu, yotiv±kya½ titikkhati. 322. “Varamassatar± dant±, ±j±n²y± ca sindhav±; kuñjar± ca mah±n±g±, attadanto tato varan”ti. Tattha n±gov±ti hatth² viya. C±pato patitanti dhanuto mutta½. Ativ±kyantiaµµha-anariyavoh±ravasena pavatta½ v²tikkamavacana½. Titikkhissanti yath±saªg±m±vacaro sudanto mah±n±go khamo sattipah±r±d²ni c±pato muccitv±attani patite sare

avihaññam±no titikkhati, evameva evar³pa½ ativ±kya½ titikkhissa½, sahiss±m²tiattho. Duss²lo h²ti ayañhi lokiyamah±jano bahuduss²lo attano attano rucivasenav±ca½ nicch±retv± ghaµµento carati, tattha adhiv±sana½ ajjhupekkhanamevamama bh±ro. Samitinti uyy±nak²¼amaº¹al±d²su mah±janamajjha½ gacchant±dantameva goºaj±ti½ v± assaj±ti½ v± y±ne yojetv± nayanti. R±j±ti tath±r³pehevav±hanehi gacchanto r±j±pi dantameva abhir³hati. Manusses³ti manussesupicat³hi ariyamaggehi danto nibbisevanova seµµho. Yotiv±kyanti yo evar³pa½ ati-kkamavacana½ punappuna½ vuccam±nampi titikkhati na paµippharati na viha-ññati, evar³po danto seµµhoti attho. Assatar±ti va¼av±ya gadrabhena j±t±. ¾j±n²y±ti ya½ assadamas±rathi k±raºa½k±reti, tassa khippa½ j±nanasamatth±. Sindhav±ti sindhavaraµµhe j±t± ass±. Mah±-n±g±ti kuñjarasaªkh±t± mah±hatthino. Attadantoti ete assatar± ca sindhav± cakuñjar± ca dant±va vara½, na adant±. Yo pana cat³hi ariyamaggehi attano danta-t±ya attadanto nibbisevano, aya½ tatopi vara½, sabbehipi etehi uttaritaroti attho. Desan±vas±ne lañja½ gahetv± v²thisiªgh±µak±d²su µhatv± akkosanto paribh±-santo sabbopi so mah±jano sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puº²ti. Attadantavatthu paµhama½. 2. Hatth±cariyapubbakabhikkhuvatthu Na (2.0310) hi eteh²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½hatth±cariyapubbaka½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ekadivasa½ aciravat²nad²t²re hatthidamaka½ “eka½ hatthi½ damess±-m²”ti attan± icchita½ k±raºa½ sikkh±petu½ asakkonta½ disv± sam²pe µhitebhikkh³ ±mantetv± ±ha– “±vuso, sace aya½ hatth±cariyo ima½ hatthi½ asuka-µµh±ne n±ma vijjheyya, khippameva ima½ k±raºa½ sikkh±peyy±”ti. So tassakatha½ sutv± tath± katv± ta½ hatthi½ sudanta½ damesi. Te bhikkh³ ta½ pavatti½satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± ta½ bhikkhu½ pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira tay± eva½vuttan”ti pucchitv± “sacca½, bhante”ti vutte vigarahitv± “ki½ te, moghapurisa,hatthiy±nena v± aññena v± dantena. Na hi etehi y±nehi agatapubba½ µh±na½gantu½ samatth± n±ma atthi, attan± pana sudantena sakk± agatapubba½ µh±na½gantu½, tasm± att±nameva damehi, ki½ te etesa½ damanen±”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 323. “Na hi etehi y±nehi, gaccheyya agata½ disa½; yath±ttan± sudantena, danto dantena gacchat²”ti. Tassattho– y±ni t±ni hatthiy±n±d²ni y±n±ni, na hi etehi y±nehi koci puggalo supi-nantenapi agatapubbatt± “agatan”ti saªkh±ta½ nibb±nadisa½ tath± gaccheyya,yath± pubbabh±ge indriyadamena aparabh±ge ariyamaggabh±van±ya sudantenadanto nibbisevano sappañño puggalo ta½ agatapubba½ disa½ gacchati, danta-bh³mi½ p±puº±ti. Tasm± attadamanameva tato varanti attho.

Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Hatth±cariyapubbakabhikkhuvatthu dutiya½. 3. Parijiººabr±hmaºaputtavatthu Dhanap±loti (2.0311) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± s±vatthiya½ viharantoaññatarassa parijiººabr±hmaºassa putte ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kireko br±hmaºo aµµhasatasahassavibhavo vayappatt±na½catunna½ putt±na½ ±v±ha½ katv± catt±ri satasahass±ni ad±si. Athassa br±hma-ºiy± k±lakat±ya putt± sammantayi½su– “sace aya½ añña½ br±hmaºi½ ±nessati,tass± kucchiya½ nibbatt±na½ vasena kulasantaka½ bhijjissati, handa na½ maya½saªgaºhiss±m±”ti te ta½ paº²tehi gh±sacch±dan±d²hi upaµµhahant± hatthap±dasa-mb±han±d²ni karont± upaµµhahitv± ekadivasamassa div± nidd±yitv± vuµµhitassahatthap±de samb±hant± p±µiyekka½ ghar±v±se ±d²nava½ vatv± “maya½ tumheimin± n²h±rena y±vaj²va½ upaµµhahiss±ma, sesadhanampi no deth±”ti y±ci½su.Br±hmaºo puna ekekassa satasahassa½ datv± attano nivatthap±rupanamatta½µhapetv± sabba½ upabhogaparibhoga½ catt±ro koµµh±se katv± niyy±desi. Ta½jeµµhaputto katip±ha½ upaµµhahi. Atha na½ ekadivasa½ nhatv± ±gacchanta½dv±rakoµµhake µhatv± suºh± evam±ha– “ki½ tay± jeµµhaputtassa sata½ v±sahassa½ v± atireka½ dinna½ atthi, nanu sabbesa½ dve dve satasahass±nidinn±ni, ki½ sesaputt±na½ gharassa magga½ na j±n±s²”ti. Sopi “nassa vasal²”tikujjhitv± aññassa ghara½ agam±si. Tatopi katip±haccayena imin±va up±yenapal±pito aññass±ti eva½ ekagharampi pavesana½ alabham±no paº¹araªgapa-bbajja½ pabbajitv± bhikkh±ya caranto k±l±namaccayena jar±jiººo dubbhojanadu-kkhaseyy±hi mil±tasar²ro bhikkh±ya caranto ±gamma p²µhik±ya nipanno nidda½okkamitv± uµµh±ya nisinno att±na½ oloketv± puttesu attano patiµµha½ apassantocintesi– “samaºo kira gotamo abbh±kuµiko utt±namukho sukhasambh±so paµisa-nth±rakusalo, sakk± samaºa½ gotama½ upasaªkamitv± paµisanth±ra½ labhitun”-ti. So niv±sanap±rupana½ saºµh±petv± bhikkhabh±jana½ gahetv± daº¹am±d±yabhagavato santika½ agam±si. Vuttampi ceta½ (sa½. ni. 1.200)– Atha (2.0312) kho aññataro br±hmaºamah±s±lo l³kho l³khap±vuraºo yenabhagav± tenupasaªkami, upasaªkamitv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Satth± ekamanta½nisinnena tena saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± etadavoca– “kinnu tva½, br±hmaºa,l³kho l³khap±vuraºo”ti. Idha me, bho gotama, catt±ro putt±, te ma½ d±rehisa½puccha ghar± nikkh±ment²ti. Tena hi tva½, br±hmaºa, im± g±th±yo pariy±pu-ºitv± sabh±ya½ mah±janak±ye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu bh±sassu– “Yehi j±tehi nandissa½, yesañca bhavamicchisa½; te ma½ d±rehi sa½puccha, s±va v±renti s³kara½. “Asant± kira ma½ jamm±, t±ta t±t±ti bh±sare; rakkhas± puttar³pena, te jahanti vayogata½.

“Assova jiººo nibbhogo, kh±dan± apan²yati; b±lak±na½ pit± thero, par±g±resu bhikkhati. “Daº¹ova kira me seyyo, yañce putt± anassav±; caº¹ampi goºa½ v±reti, atho caº¹ampi kukkura½. “Andhak±re pure hoti, gambh²re g±dhamedhati; daº¹assa ±nubh±vena, khalitv± patitiµµhat²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.200); So bhagavato santike t± g±th±yo uggaºhitv± tath±r³pe br±hmaº±na½ sam±ga-madivase sabb±laªk±rapaµimaº¹itesu puttesu ta½ sabha½ og±hitv± br±hma-º±na½ majjhe mah±rahesu ±sanesu nisinnesu “aya½ me k±lo”ti sabh±ya majjhepavisitv± hattha½ ukkhipitv± “aha½, bho, tumh±ka½ g±th±yo bh±situk±mo, suºi-ssath±”ti vatv± “bh±sassu, br±hmaºa, suºom±”ti vutte µhitakova abh±si. Tena casamayena manuss±na½ vatta½ hoti “yo m±t±pit³na½ santaka½ kh±danto m±t±-pitaro na poseti, so m±retabbo”ti. Tasm± te br±hmaºaputt± pitu p±desu patitv±“j²vita½ no, t±ta, deth±”ti y±ci½su. So pitu hadayamudut±ya “m± me, bho, puttakevin±sayittha, posessanti man”ti ±ha. Athassa putte manuss± ±ha½su– “sace, bho (ajja paµµh±ya pitara½ na samm± paµijaggissatha, gh±tess±ma vo”ti. Te bh²t±pitara½ p²µhe nis²d±petv± saya½ ukkhipitv± geha½ netv± sar²ra½ telena abbha-ñjitv± ubbaµµetv± gandhacuºº±d²hi nh±petv± br±hmaºiyo pakkos±petv± “ajjapaµµh±ya amh±ka½ pitara½ samm± paµijaggatha, sace tumhe pam±da½ ±pajji-ssatha, niggaºhiss±ma vo”ti vatv± paº²tabhojana½ bhojesu½. Br±hmaºo subhojanañca sukhaseyyañca ±gamma katip±haccayena sañj±ta-balo p²ºindriyo attabh±va½ oloketv± “aya½ me sampatti samaºa½ gotama½niss±ya laddh±”ti paºº±k±ratth±ya eka½ dussayuga½ ±d±ya bhagavato santika½gantv± katapaµisanth±ro ekamanta½ nisinno ta½ dussayuga½ bhagavato p±da-m³le µhapetv± “maya½, bho gotama, br±hmaº± n±ma ±cariyassa ±cariyadhana½pariyes±ma, paµiggaºh±tu me bhava½ gotamo ±cariyo ±cariyadhanan”ti ±ha.Bhagav± tassa anukamp±ya ta½ paµiggahetv± dhamma½ desesi. Desan±vas±nebr±hmaºo saraºesu patiµµh±ya evam±ha– “bho gotama, mayha½ puttehi catt±ridhuvabhatt±ni dinn±ni, tato aha½ dve tumh±ka½ damm²”ti. Atha na½ satth±“kaly±ºa½, br±hmaºa, maya½ pana ruccanaµµh±nameva gamiss±m±”ti vatv±uyyojesi. Br±hmaºo ghara½ gantv± putte ±ha– “t±t±, samaºo gotamo mayha½sah±yo, tassa me dve dhuvabhatt±ni dinn±ni, tumhe tasmi½ sampatte m± pamajji-tth±”ti. Te “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchi½su. Satth± punadivase piº¹±ya caranto jeµµhaputtassa gharadv±ra½ agam±si. Sosatth±ra½ disv± pattam±d±ya ghara½ pavesetv± mah±rahe pallaªke nis²d±petv±paº²tabhojanamad±si. Satth± punadivase itarassa itarass±ti paµip±µiy± sabbesa½ghar±ni agam±si. Sabbe te tatheva sakk±ra½ aka½su. Ekadivasa½ jeµµhaputtomaªgale paccupaµµhite pitara½ ±ha– “t±ta, kassa maªgala½ dem±”ti? “N±ha½aññe j±n±mi, samaºo gotamo mayha½ sah±yo”ti. “Tena hi ta½ sv±tan±yapañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhi½ nimanteth±”ti. Br±hmaºo tath± ak±si. Satth±punadivase sapariv±ro tassa geha½ agam±si. So haritupalitte sabb±laªk±rapaµi-maº¹ite gehe buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nis²d±petv± appodakamadhu-

p±yasena (2.0314) ceva paº²tena kh±dan²yena ca parivisi. Antar±bhattasmi½yevabr±hmaºassa catt±ro putt± satthu santike nis²ditv± ±ha½su– “bho gotama, maya½amh±ka½ pitara½ paµijagg±ma na pamajj±ma, passathimassa attabh±van”ti. Satth± “kaly±ºa½ vo kata½, m±t±pituposana½ n±ma por±ºakapaº¹it±na½ ±ci-ººamev±”ti vatv± “tassa n±gassa vippav±sena, vir³¼h± sallak² ca kuµaj± c±”ti ima½ek±dasanip±te m±tuposakan±gar±jaj±taka½ (cariy±. 2.1 ±dayo; j±. 1.11.1 ±dayo)vitth±rena kathetv± ima½ g±tha½ abh±si– 324. “Dhanap±lo n±ma kuñjaro, kaµukabhedano dunniv±rayo; baddho kaba¼a½ na bhuñjati, sumarati n±gavanassa kuñjaro”ti. Tattha dhanap±lo n±m±ti tad± k±sikaraññ± hatth±cariya½ pesetv± ramaº²yen±gavane g±h±pitassa hatthino eta½ n±ma½. Kaµukabhedanoti tikhiºamado.Hatth²nañhi madak±le kaººac³¼ik± pabhijjanti, pakatiy±pi hatthino tasmi½ k±leaªkuse v± kuntatomare v± na gaºenti, caº¹± bhavanti. So pana aticaº¹oyeva.Tena vutta½– kaµukabhedano dunniv±rayoti. Baddho kaba¼a½ na bhuñjat²ti sobaddho hatthis±la½ pana netv± vicitras±ºiy± parikkhip±petv± katagandhaparibha-º¹±ya upari baddhavicitravit±n±ya bh³miy± µhapito raññ± r±j±rahena n±naggara-sena bhojanena upaµµh±pitopi kiñci bhuñjitu½ na icchi, tamattha½ sandh±ya“baddho kaba¼a½ na bhuñjat²”ti vutta½. Sumarati n±gavanass±ti so ramaº²ya½me vasanaµµh±nanti n±gavana½

sarati. “M±t± pana me araññe puttaviyogena dukkhappatt± ahosi, m±t±pitu-upa-µµh±nadhammo na me p³rati, ki½ me imin± bhojanen±”ti dhammika½ m±t±pitu-u-paµµh±nadhammameva sari. Ta½ pana yasm± tasmi½ n±gavaneyeva µhito sakk±p³retu½, tena vutta½– sumarati n±gavanassa kuñjaroti. Satthari ima½ attanopubbacariya½ (2.0315) ±netv± kathente kathenteyeva sabbepi te assudh±r± pava-ttetv± muduhaday± ohitasot± bhavi½su. Atha nesa½ bhagav± sapp±ya½ viditv±sacc±ni pak±setv± dhamma½ desesi. Desan±vas±ne saddhi½ puttehi ceva suºis±hi ca br±hmaºo sot±pattiphale pati-µµhah²ti. Parijiººabr±hmaºaputtavatthu tatiya½. 4. Pasenadikosalavatthu Middh² yad± hot²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto r±j±na½pasenadikosala½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye r±j± taº¹uladoºassa odana½ tadupiyena s³pabyañjanenabhuñjati. So ekadivasa½ bhuttap±tar±so bhattasammada½ avinodetv±va satthusantika½ gantv± kilantar³po ito cito ca samparivattati, nidd±ya abhibhuyyam±-nopi ujuka½ nipajjitu½ asakkonto ekamanta½ nis²di. Atha na½ satth± ±ha– “ki½,mah±r±ja, avissamitv±va ±gatos²”ti? “¾ma, bhante, bhuttak±lato paµµh±ya memah±dukkha½ hot²”ti. Atha na½ satth±, “mah±r±ja, atibahubhojana½ eva½dukkha½ hot²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 325. “Middh² yad± hoti mahagghaso ca, nidd±yit± samparivattas±y²; mah±var±hova niv±papuµµho, punappuna½ gabbhamupeti mando”ti. Tattha middh²ti thinamiddh±bhibh³to. Mahagghaso c±ti mah±bhojano ±haraha-tthaka-ala½s±µakatatravaµµakak±kam±sakabhuttavamitak±na½ aññataro viya. Niv±-papuµµhoti kuº¹ak±din± s³karabhattena puµµho. Gharas³karo hi daharak±latopaµµh±ya posiyam±no th³lasar²rak±le geh± bahi nikkhamitu½ alabhanto heµµh±ma-ñc±d²su samparivattitv± (2.0316) assasanto passasanto sayateva. Ida½ vutta½hoti– yad± puriso middh² ca hoti mahagghaso ca, niv±papuµµho mah±var±ho viyaca aññena iriy±pathena y±petu½ asakkonto nidd±yanas²lo samparivattas±y², tad±so “anicca½ dukkha½ anatt±”ti t²ºi lakkhaº±ni manasik±tu½ na sakkoti. Tesa½amanasik±r± mandapañño punappuna½ gabbhamupeti, gabbhav±sato na parimu-ccat²ti. Desan±vas±ne satth± rañño upak±ravasena– “Manujassa sad± sat²mato, matta½ j±nato laddhabhojane; tanukassa bhavanti vedan±, saºika½ j²rati ±yu p±layan”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.124); Ima½ g±tha½ vatv± uttaram±ºava½ uggaºh±petv± “ima½ g±tha½ rañño bhoja-navel±ya pavedeyy±si, imin± up±yena bhojana½ parih±peyy±s²”ti up±ya½

±cikkhi, so tath± ak±si. R±j± aparena samayena n±¼ikodanaparamat±ya saºµhitosusallahukasar²ro sukhappatto satthari uppannaviss±so satt±ha½ asadisad±na½pavattesi. D±n±numodan±ya mah±jano mahanta½ visesa½ p±puº²ti. Pasenadikosalavatthu catuttha½. 5. S±nus±maºeravatthu Ida½ pureti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto s±nu½ n±mas±maºera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ekiss± up±sik±ya ekaputtako ahosi. Atha na½ s± daharak±leyevapabb±jesi. So pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya s²lav± ahosi vattasampanno, ±cariyupajjh±-ya-±gantuk±na½ vatta½ katameva hoti. M±sassa aµµhame divase p±tova uµµh±yaudakam±¼ake udaka½ upaµµh±petv± dhammassavanagga½ sammajjitv± ±sana½paññ±petv± d²pa½ j±letv± madhurassarena dhammassavana½ ghoseti. Bhikkh³tassa th±ma½ ñatv± (2.0317) “sarabhañña½ bhaºa s±maºer±”ti ajjhesanti. So“mayha½ hadayav±to rujati, k±yo v± b±dhat²”ti kiñci pacc±h±ra½ akatv± dhamm±-sana½ abhir³hitv± ±k±sagaªga½ ot±rento viya sarabhañña½ vatv± otaranto“mayha½ m±t±pit³na½ imasmi½ sarabhaññe patti½ damm²”ti vadati. Tassamanuss± m±t±pitaro pattiy± dinnabh±va½ na j±nanti. Anantarattabh±ve panassam±t± yakkhin² hutv± nibbatt±, s± devat±hi saddhi½ ±gantv± dhamma½ sutv±“s±maºerena dinnapatti½ anumod±mi, t±t±”ti vadati. “S²lasampanno ca n±mabhikkhu sadevakassa lokassa piyo hot²”ti tasmi½ s±maºere devat± salajj± sag±-rav± mah±brahm±na½ viya aggikkhandha½ viya ca na½ maññanti. S±maºereg±ravena tañca yakkhini½ garuka½ katv± passanti. T± dhammassavanayakkhasa-m±gam±d²su “s±num±t± s±num±t±”ti yakkhiniy± agg±sana½ aggodaka½ agga-piº¹a½ denti. Mahesakkh±pi yakkh± ta½ disv± magg± okkamanti, ±san± vuµµha-hanti. Atha kho s±maºero vu¹¹himanv±ya paripakkindriyo anabhiratiy± p²¼ito anabhi-rati½ vinodetu½ asakkonto paru¼hakesanakho kiliµµhaniv±sanap±rupano kassacian±rocetv± pattac²varam±d±ya ekakova m±tughara½ agam±si. Up±sik± putta½disv± vanditv± ±ha– “ki½, t±ta, tva½ pubbe ±cariyupajjh±yehi v± daharas±maºe-rehi v± saddhi½ idh±gacchasi, kasm± ekakova ajja ±gatos²”ti? So ukkaºµhita-bh±va½ ±rocesi. S± up±sik± n±nappak±rena ghar±v±se ±d²nava½ dassetv±putta½ ovadam±n±pi saññ±petu½ asakkont² “appeva n±ma attano dhammat±-yapi sallakkheyy±”ti anuyyojetv± “tiµµha, t±ta, y±va te y±gubhatta½ samp±demi,y±gu½ pivitv± katabhattakiccassa te man±p±ni vatth±ni n²haritv± dass±m²”ti vatv±±sana½ paññ±petv± ad±si. Nis²di s±maºero. Up±sik± muhutteneva y±gukha-jjaka½ samp±detv± ad±si. Atha “bhatta½ samp±dess±m²”ti avid³re nisinn±taº¹ule dhovati. Tasmi½ samaye s± yakkhin² “kaha½ nu kho s±maºero, kaccibhikkh±h±ra½ labhati, no”ti ±vajjam±n± tassa vibbhamituk±mat±ya nisinna-

bh±va½ ñatv± “s±maºero me mahesakkh±na½ devat±na½ antare lajja½ upp±-deyya, gacch±missa vibbhamane antar±ya½ kariss±m²”ti ±gantv± tassa sar²readhimuccitv± (2.0318) g²va½ parivattetv± khe¼ena paggharantena bh³miya½nipati. Up±sik± puttassa ta½ vippak±ra½ disv± vegena gantv± putta½ ±liªgetv±³r³su nipajj±pesi. Sakalag±mav±sino ±gantv± balikamm±d²ni kari½su. Up±sik±pana paridevam±n± im± g±th± abh±si– “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²; p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½. “Uposatha½ upavasanti, brahmacariya½ caranti ye; na tehi yakkh± k²¼anti, iti me arahata½ suta½; s± d±ni ajja pass±mi, yakkh± k²¼anti s±nun±”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239); Up±sik±ya vacana½ sutv±– “C±tuddasi½ pañcadasi½, y± ca pakkhassa aµµham²; p±µih±riyapakkhañca, aµµhaªgasusam±gata½. “Uposatha½ upavasanti, brahmacariya½ caranti ye; na tehi yakkh± k²¼anti, s±hu te arahata½ sutan”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239)–Vatv± ±ha– “S±nu½ pabuddha½ vajj±si, yakkh±na½ vacana½ ida½; m±k±si p±paka½ kamma½, ±vi v± yadi v± raho. “Sace ca p±paka½ kamma½, karissasi karosi v±; na te dukkh± pamutyatthi, uppacc±pi pal±yato”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239); Eva½ p±paka½ kamma½ katv± sakuºassa viya uppatitv± pal±yatopi te mokkhonatth²ti vatv± s± yakkhin² s±maºera½ muñci. So akkh²ni umm²letv± m±tara½ kesevikiriya assasanti½ passasanti½ rodam±na½ sakalag±mav±sino ca sannipatitedisv± attano yakkhena gahitabh±va½ aj±nanto “aha½ pubbe p²µhe nisinno, m±t±me avid³re nis²ditv± taº¹ule dhovi, id±ni panamhi bh³miya½ nipanno, ki½ nu khoetan”ti nipannakova m±tara½ ±ha– “Mata½ (2.0319) v± amma rodanti, yo v± j²va½ na dissati; j²vanta½ amma passant², kasm± ma½ amma rodas²”ti. (therag±. 44; sa½. ni.1.239); Athassa m±t± vatthuk±makilesak±me pah±ya pabbajitassa puna vibbhama-nattha½ ±gamane ±d²nava½ dassent² ±ha– “Mata½ v± putta rodanti, yo v± j²va½ na dissati; yo ca k±me cajitv±na, punar±gacchate idha; ta½ v±pi putta rodanti, puna j²va½ mato hi so”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239); Evañca pana vatv± ghar±v±sa½ kukku¼asadisañceva narakasadisañca katv±ghar±v±se ±d²nava½ dassent² puna ±ha– “Kukku¼± ubbhato t±ta, kukku¼a½ patitumicchasi; narak± ubbhato t±ta, naraka½ patitumicchas²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239); Atha na½, “putta, bhadda½ tava hotu, may± pana ‘aya½ no puttako ¹ayham±no’-ti geh± bhaº¹a½ viya n²haritv± buddhas±sane pabb±jito, ghar±v±se puna¹ayhitu½ icchasi. Abhidh±vatha paritt±yatha noti imamattha½ kassa ujjh±pay±ma

ka½ nijjh±pay±m±”ti d²petu½ ima½ g±tham±ha– “Abhidh±vatha bhaddante, kassa ujjh±pay±mase; ±ditt± n²hata½ bhaº¹a½, puna ¹ayhitumicchas²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.239); So m±tari kathentiy± kathentiy± sallakkhetv± “natthi mayha½ gihibh±vena attho”-ti ±ha. Athassa m±t± “s±dhu, t±t±”ti tuµµh± paº²tabhojana½ bhojetv± “kativassosi,t±t±”ti pucchitv± paripuººavassabh±va½ ñatv± tic²vara½ paµiy±desi. So paripuººa-pattac²varo upasampada½ labhi. Athassa acir³pasampannassa satth± cittani-ggahe uss±ha½ janento “citta½ n±meta½ n±n±rammaºesu d²gharatta½ c±rika½caranta½ aniggaºhantassa sotthibh±vo n±ma natthi, tasm± aªkusena mattaha-tthino viya cittassa

niggaºhane yogo karaº²yo”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 326. “Ida½ (2.0320) pure cittamac±ri c±rika½, yenicchaka½ yatthak±ma½ yath±sukha½; tadajjaha½ niggahess±mi yoniso, hatthippabhinna½ viya aªkusaggaho”ti. Tassattho– ida½ citta½ n±ma ito pubbe r³p±d²su ca ±rammaºesu r±g±d²na½yena k±raºena icchati, yatthevassa k±mo uppajjati, tassa vasena yattha k±ma½yath±ruci carantassa sukha½ hoti, tatheva vicaraºato yath±sukha½ d²gharatta½c±rika½ cari, ta½ ajja aha½ pabhinna½ mattahatthi½ hatth±cariyasaªkh±to chekoaªkusaggaho aªkusena viya yonisomanasik±rena niggahess±mi, n±ssa v²tikka-mitu½ dass±m²ti. Desan±vas±ne s±nun± saddhi½ dhammassavan±ya upasaªkamant±na½bah³na½ devat±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. Sop±yasm± tepiµaka½ buddhava-cana½ uggaºhitv± mah±dhammakathiko hutv± v²savassasata½ µhatv± sakalaja-mbud²pa½ saªkhobhetv± parinibb±y²ti. S±nus±maºeravatthu pañcama½. 6. P±veyyakahatthivatthu Appam±darat±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto kosalaraññop±veyyaka½ n±ma hatthi½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira hatth² taruºak±le mah±balo hutv± aparena samayena jar±v±tavegabbh±-hato hutv± eka½ mahanta½ sara½ oruyha kalale laggitv± uttaritu½ n±sakkhi.Mah±jano ta½ disv± “evar³popi n±ma hatth² ima½ dubbalabh±va½ patto”ti katha½samuµµh±pesi. R±j± ta½ pavatti½ sutv± hatth±cariya½ ±º±pesi– “gaccha, ±cariya,ta½ hatthi½ kalalato uddhar±h²”ti. So gantv± tasmi½ µh±ne saªg±mas²sa½dassetv± saªg±mabheri½ ±koµ±pesi. M±naj±tiko hatth² vegenuµµh±ya thale pati-µµhahi. Bhikkh³ ta½ k±raºa½ disv± satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± “tena, bhikkhave (2.0321hatthin± pakatipaªkaduggato att± uddhaµo, tumhe pana kilesadugge pakkhand±.Tasm± yoniso padahitv± tumhepi tato att±na½ uddharath±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 327. “Appam±darat± hotha, sacittamanurakkhatha; dugg± uddharathatt±na½, paªke sannova kuñjaro”ti. Tattha appam±darat±ti satiy± avippav±se abhirat± hotha. Sacittanti r³p±d²su±rammaºesu attano citta½ yath± v²tikkama½ na karoti, eva½ rakkhatha. Dugg±tiyath± so paªke sanno kuñjaro hatthehi ca p±dehi ca v±y±ma½ katv± paªkadu-ggato att±na½ uddharitv± thale patiµµhito, eva½ tumhepi kilesaduggato att±na½uddharatha, nibb±nathale patiµµh±peth±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½s³ti.

P±veyyakahatthivatthu chaµµha½. 7. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu Sace labheth±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± p±lileyyaka½ niss±ya rakkhita-vanasaº¹e viharanto sambahule bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu yamakavagge“pare ca na vij±nant²”ti g±th±vaººan±ya ±gatameva. Vuttañheta½ (dha. pa. aµµha.1.5 kosambakavatthu)– Tath±gatassa tattha hatthin±gena upaµµhiyam±nassa vasanabh±vo sakalaja-mbud²pe p±kaµo ahosi. S±vatthinagarato “an±thapiº¹iko vis±kh± mah±-up±si-k±”ti evam±d²ni mah±kul±ni ±nandattherassa s±sana½ pahiºi½su “satth±ra½ no,bhante, dasseth±”ti. Dis±v±sinopi pañcasat± bhikkh³ vuµµhavass± ±nandatthera½upasaªkamitv± “cirassut± no, ±vuso ±nanda, bhagavato sammukh± dhamm²kath±, s±dhu maya½, ±vuso ±nanda, labheyy±ma bhagavato sammukh±dhammi½ katha½ savan±y±”ti y±ci½su. Thero te bhikkh³ ±d±ya tattha gantv±“tem±sa½ (2.0322) ekavih±rino tath±gatassa santika½ ettakehi bhikkh³hi saddhi½upasaªkamana½ ayuttan”ti cintetv± te bhikkh³ bahi µhapetv± ekakova satth±ra½upasaªkami. P±lileyyako ta½ disv± daº¹am±d±ya pakkhandi. Ta½ satth± olo-ketv± “apehi, apehi, p±lileyyaka, m± v±rayi, buddhupaµµh±ko eso”ti ±ha. Sotattheva daº¹a½ cha¹¹etv± pattac²varapaµiggahaºa½ ±pucchi. Thero n±d±si.N±go “sace uggahitavatto bhavissati, satthu nis²danap±s±ºaphalake attano pari-kkh±ra½ na µhapessat²”ti cintesi. Thero pattac²vara½ bh³miya½ µhapesi. Vattasa-mpann± hi gar³na½ ±sane v± sayane v± attano parikkh±ra½ na µhapenti. Thero satth±ra½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nis²di. Satth± “ekakova ±gatos²”tipucchitv± pañcahi bhikkhusatehi ±gatabh±va½ sutv± “kaha½ pana te”ti pucchitv±“tumh±ka½ citta½ aj±nanto bahi µhapetv± ±gatomh²”ti vutte “pakkos±hi ne”ti ±ha.Thero tath± ak±si. Satth± tehi bhikkh³hi saddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± tehibhikkh³hi, “bhante, bhagav± buddhasukhum±lo ceva khattiyasukhum±lo ca,tumhehi tem±sa½ ekakehi tiµµhantehi nis²dantehi ca dukkara½ kata½, vattapaµiva-ttak±rakopi mukhodak±did±yakopi n±hosi maññe”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, p±lileyyaka-hatthin± mama sabbakicc±ni kat±ni. Evar³pañhi sah±ya½ labhantena ekakovavasitu½ yutta½, alabhantassa ekac±rikabh±vova seyyo”ti vatv± n±gavagge im±g±th± abh±si– 328. “Sace labhetha nipaka½ sah±ya½, saddhi½cara½ s±dhuvih±ri dh²ra½; abhibhuyya sabb±ni parissay±ni, careyya tenattamano sat²m±. 329. “No ce labhetha nipaka½ sah±ya½, saddhi½cara½ s±dhuvih±ri dh²ra½; r±j±va raµµha½ vijita½ pah±ya, eko care m±taªgaraññeva n±go.

330. “Ekassa (2.0323) carita½ seyyo, natthi b±le sah±yat±; eko care na ca p±p±ni kayir±, appossukko m±taªgaraññeva n±go”ti. Tattha nipakanti nepakkapaññ±ya samann±gata½. S±dhuvih±ri dh²ranti bhadda-kavih±ri½ paº¹ita½. Parissay±n²ti t±disa½ mett±vih±ri½ sah±ya½ labhanto s²ha-byaggh±dayo p±kaµaparissaye ca r±gabhayadosabhayamohabhay±dayo paµiccha-nnaparissaye c±ti sabbeva parissaye abhibhavitv± tena saddhi½ attamano upa-µµhitasat² hutv± careyya, vihareyy±ti attho. R±j±va raµµhanti raµµha½ hitv± gato mah±janakar±j± viya. Ida½ vutta½ hoti–yath± vijitabh³mipadeso r±j± “ida½ rajja½ n±ma mahanta½ pam±daµµh±na½, ki½me rajjena k±riten±”ti vijita½ raµµha½ pah±ya ekakova mah±rañña½ pavisitv± t±pa-sapabbajja½ pabbajitv± cat³su iriy±pathesu ekakova carati, eva½ ekakova care-yy±ti. M±taªgaraññeva n±goti yath± ca “aha½ kho ±kiººo vihar±mi hatth²hi hatthi-n²hi hatthika¼abhehi hatthicch±pehi, chinnagg±ni ceva tiº±ni kh±d±mi, obhaggo-bhaggañca me s±kh±bhaªga½ kh±danti, ±vil±ni ca p±n²y±ni piv±mi, og±h± ca meuttiººassa hatthiniyo k±ya½ upanigha½santiyo gacchanti, ya½n³n±ha½ ekakovagaºamh± v³pakaµµho vihareyyan”ti (mah±va. 467; ud±. 35) eva½ paµisañcikkhitv±gamanato m±taªgoti laddhan±mo imasmi½ araññe aya½ hatthin±go y³tha½pah±ya sabbiriy±pathesu ekakova sukha½ carati, evampi ekova careyy±ti attho. Ekass±ti pabbajitassa hi pabbajitak±lato paµµh±ya ek²bh±v±bhiratassa ekaka-sseva carita½ seyyo. Natthi b±le sah±yat±ti c³¼as²la½ majjhimas²la½ mah±s²la½dasa kath±vatth³ni terasa dhutaªgaguº±ni vipassan±ñ±ºa½ catt±ro magg±catt±ri phal±ni tisso vijj± cha abhiññ± amatamah±nibb±nanti ayañhi sah±yat±n±ma. S± b±le niss±ya adhigantu½ (2.0324) na sakk±ti natthi b±le sah±yat±.Ekoti imin± k±raºena sabbiriy±pathesu ekakova careyya, appamattak±nipi na cap±p±ni kayir±. Yath± so appossukko nir±layo imasmi½ araññe m±taªgan±goicchiticchitaµµh±ne sukha½ carati, eva½ ekakova hutv± careyya, appamattak±nipina ca p±p±ni kareyy±ti attho. Tasm± tumhehi patir³pa½ sah±ya½ alabhantehi eka-c±r²heva bhavitabbanti imamattha½ dassento satth± tesa½ bhikkh³na½ ima½dhammadesana½ desesi. Desan±vas±ne pañcasat±pi te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½s³ti. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu sattama½. 8. M±ravatthu Atthamh²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± himavantapadese araññakuµik±ya½viharanto m±ra½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tasmi½ kira k±le r±j±no manusse p²¼etv± rajja½ k±renti. Atha bhagav± adha-mmikar±j³na½ rajje daº¹akaraºap²¼ite manusse disv± k±ruññena eva½ cintesi–

“sakk± nu kho rajja½ k±retu½ ahana½ agh±taya½, ajina½ aj±paya½, asoca½ aso-c±paya½ dhammen±”ti, m±ro p±pim± ta½ bhagavato parivitakka½ ñatv± “samaºogotamo ‘sakk± nu kho rajja½ k±retun’ti cintesi, id±ni rajja½ k±retuk±mo bhavissati,rajjañca n±meta½ pam±daµµh±na½, ta½ k±rente sakk± ok±sa½ labhitu½,gacch±mi uss±hamassa janess±m²”ti cintetv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha–“k±retu, bhante, bhagav± rajja½, k±retu sugato rajja½ ahana½ agh±taya½, ajina½aj±paya½, asoca½ asoc±paya½ dhammen±”ti. Atha na½ satth± “ki½ pana metva½, p±pima, passasi, ya½ ma½ tva½ eva½ vades²”ti vatv± “bhagavat± kho,bhante, catt±ro iddhip±d± subh±vit±. ¾kaªkham±no hi bhagav± himavanta½pabbatar±ja½ ‘suvaººan’ti adhimucceyya, tañca suvaººameva assa, ahampi khodhanena dhanakaraº²ya½ kariss±mi, tumhe dhammena rajja½ k±ressath±”ti tenavutte– “Pabbatassa (2.0325) suvaººassa, j±tar³passa kevalo; dvitt±va n±lamekassa, iti vidv± samañcare. “Yo dukkhamadakkhi yatonid±na½, k±mesu so jantu katha½ nameyya; upadhi½ viditv± saªgoti loke, tasseva jantu vinay±ya sikkhe”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.156)–Im±hi g±th±hi sa½vejetv± “añño eva kho, p±pima, tava ov±do, añño mama, tay±saddhi½ dhammasa½sandan± n±ma natthi, ahañhi eva½ ovad±m²”ti vatv± im±g±th± abh±si–

331. “Atthamhi j±tamhi sukh± sah±y±, tuµµh² sukh± y± itar²tarena; puñña½ sukha½ j²vitasaªkhayamhi, sabbassa dukkhassa sukha½ pah±na½. 332. “Sukh± matteyyat± loke, atho petteyyat± sukh±; sukh± s±maññat± loke, atho brahmaññat± sukh±. 333. “Sukha½ y±va jar±s²la½, sukh± saddh± patiµµhit±; sukho paññ±ya paµil±bho, p±p±na½ akaraºa½ sukhan”ti. Tattha atthamh²ti pabbajitass±pi hi c²varakaraº±dike v± adhikaraºav³pasam±-dike v± gihinopi kasikamm±dike v± balavapakkhasannissitehi abhibhavan±dikev± kicce uppanne ye ta½ kicca½ nipph±detu½ v± v³pasametu½ v± sakkonti, eva-r³p± sukh± sah±y±ti attho. Tuµµh² sukh±ti yasm± pana gihinopi sakena asantuµµh±sandhicched±d²ni ±rabhanti, pabbajit±pi n±nappak±ra½ anesana½. Iti te sukha½na vindantiyeva. Tasm± y± itar²tarena parittena v± vipulena v± attano santakenasantuµµhi, ayameva sukh±ti attho. Puññanti maraºak±le pana yath±jjh±sayenapattharitv± katapuññakammameva (2.0326) sukha½. Sabbass±ti sakalassapipana vaµµadukkhassa pah±nasaªkh±ta½ arahattameva imasmi½ loke sukha½n±ma. Matteyyat±ti m±tari samm± paµipatti. Petteyyat±ti pitari samm± paµipatti. Ubha-yenapi m±t±pit³na½ upaµµh±nameva kathita½. M±t±pitaro hi putt±na½ anupaµµha-hanabh±va½ ñatv± attano santaka½ bh³miya½ v± nidahanti, paresa½ v± vissa-jjenti, “m±t±pitaro na upaµµhahant²”ti nesa½ nind±pi va¹¹hati, k±yassa bhed±g³thanirayepi nibbattanti. Ye pana m±t±pitaro sakkacca½ upaµµhahanti, te tesa½santaka½ dhanampi p±puºanti, pasa½sampi labhanti, k±yassa bhed± saggenibbattanti. Tasm± ubhayampeta½ sukhanti vutta½. S±maññat±ti pabbajitesusamm± paµipatti. Brahmaññat±ti b±hitap±pesu buddhapaccekabuddhas±vakesusamm± paµipattiyeva. Ubhayenapi tesa½ cat³hi paccayehi paµijagganabh±vokathito, idampi loke sukha½ n±ma kathika½. S²lanti maºikuº¹alarattavatth±dayo hi alaªk±r± tasmi½ tasmi½ vaye µhit±na½-yeva sobhanti. Na dahar±na½ alaªk±ro mahallakak±le, mahallak±na½ v± ala-ªk±ro daharak±le sobhati, “ummattako esa maññe”ti garahupp±danena panadosameva janeti. Pañcas²ladasas²l±dibheda½ pana s²la½ daharass±pi mahallaka-ss±pi sabbavayesu sobhatiyeva, “aho vat±ya½ s²lav±”ti pasa½supp±danenasomanassameva ±vahati. Tena vutta½– sukha½ y±va jar± s²lanti. Saddh± patiµµhi-t±ti lokiyalokuttarato duvidh±pi saddh± niccal± hutv± patiµµhit±. Sukho paññ±yapaµil±bhoti lokiyalokuttarapaññ±ya paµil±bho sukho. P±p±na½ akaraºanti setugh±-tavasena pana p±p±na½ akaraºa½ imasmi½ loke sukhanti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³na½ devat±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahos²ti. M±ravatthu aµµhama½.

N±gavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Tev²satimo vaggo. 24. Taºh±vaggo 1. Kapilamacchavatthu Manujass±ti (2.0327) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto kapila-maccha½ ±rabbha kathesi. At²te kira kassapabhagavato parinibbutak±le dve kulabh±taro nikkhamitv± s±va-k±na½ santike pabbaji½su. Tesu jeµµho s±gato n±ma ahosi, kaniµµho kapilo n±ma.M±t± pana nesa½ s±dhin² n±ma, kaniµµhabhagin² t±pan± n±ma. T±pi bhikkhun²supabbaji½su. Eva½ tesu pabbajitesu ubho bh±taro ±cariyupajjh±y±na½ vattapaµi-vatta½ katv± viharant± ekadivasa½, “bhante, imasmi½ s±sane kati dhur±n²”tipucchitv± “ganthadhura½ vipassan±dhurañc±ti dve dhur±n²”ti sutv± jeµµho “vipa-ssan±dhura½ p³ress±m²”ti pañca vass±ni ±cariyupajjh±y±na½ santike vasitv±y±va arahatt± kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± arañña½ pavisitv± v±yamanto arahatta½p±puºi. Kaniµµho “aha½ t±va taruºo, vu¹¹hak±le vipassan±dhura½ p³ress±m²”tiganthadhura½ paµµhapetv± t²ºi piµak±ni uggaºhi. Tassa pariyatti½ niss±ya mah±-pariv±ro, pariv±ra½ niss±ya l±bho udap±di. So b±husaccamadena matto l±bhata-ºh±ya abhibh³to atipaº¹itam±nit±ya parehi vutta½ kappiyampi “akappiyan”tivadeti, akappiyampi “kappiyan”ti vadeti, s±vajjampi “anavajjan”ti, anavajjampi“s±vajjan”ti. So pesalehi bhikkh³hi “m±, ±vuso kapila, eva½ avac±”ti vatv±dhammañca vinayañca dassetv± ovadiyam±nopi “tumhe ki½ j±n±tha, rittamuµµhi-sadis±”ti-±d²ni vatv± khu½sento vambhento carati. Athassa bh±tu s±gatatthera-ss±pi bhikkh³ tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Sopi na½ upasaªkamitv±, “±vuso kapila,tumh±dis±nañhi samm±paµipatti s±sanassa ±yu n±ma, tasm± paµipatti½ pah±yakappiy±d²ni paµib±hanto m± eva½ avac±”ti ovadi. So tassapi vacana½ n±diyi.Eva½ santepi thero dvattikkhattu½ ovaditv± ov±da½ agaºhanta½ “n±ya½ mamavacana½ karot²”ti ñatv± “tena, ±vuso, paññ±yissasi sakena kammen±”ti vatv±pakk±mi. Tato paµµh±ya na½ aññe pesal± bhikkh³ cha¹¹ayi½su. So (2.0328) dur±c±ro hutv± dur±c±raparivuto viharanto ekadivasa½ uposa-thagge “p±timokkha½ uddisiss±m²”ti b²jani½ ±d±ya dhamm±sane nis²ditv±“vattati, ±vuso, ettha sannipatit±na½ bhikkh³na½ p±timokkhan”ti pucchitv± “koattho imassa paµivacanena dinnen±”ti tuºh²bh³te bhikkh³ disv±, “±vuso, dhammov± vinayo v± natthi, p±timokkhena sutena v± asutena v± ko attho”ti vatv± ±san±

vuµµhahi. Eva½ so kassapassa bhagavato pariyattis±sana½ osakk±pesi. S±gata-ttheropi tadaheva parinibb±yi. Kapilo ±yupariyos±ne av²cimhi mah±niraye nibbatti.S±pissa m±t± ca bhagin² ca tasseva diµµh±nugati½ ±pajjitv± pesale bhikkh³ akko-sitv± paribh±sitv± tattheva nibbatti½su. Tasmi½ pana k±le pañcasat± puris± g±magh±tak±d²ni katv± corik±ya j²vant±janapadamanussehi anubaddh± pal±yam±n± arañña½ pavisitv± tattha kiñci paµi-saraºa½ apassant± aññatara½ ±raññika½ bhikkhu½ disv± vanditv± “paµisaraºa½no, bhante, hoth±”ti vadi½su. Thero “tumh±ka½ s²lasadisa½ paµisaraºa½ n±manatthi, sabbepi pañcas²l±ni sam±diyath±”ti ±ha. Te “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv±s²l±ni sam±diyi½su. Atha ne thero ovadi– “id±ni tumhe s²lavant±, j²vitahetupi voneva s²la½ atikkamitabba½, na manopadoso k±tabbo”ti. Te “s±dh³”ti sampaµi-cchi½su. Atha ne janapadamanuss± ta½ µh±na½ patv± ito cito ca pariyesam±n±te core disv± sabbe te j²vit± voropesu½. Te k±la½ katv± devaloke nibbatti½su,corajeµµhako jeµµhakadevaputto ahosi. Te anulomapaµilomavasena eka½ buddhantara½ devaloke sa½saritv± imasmi½buddhupp±de s±vatthinagaradv±re pañcasatakulike kevaµµag±me nibbatti½su.Jeµµhakadevaputto kevaµµajeµµhakassa gehe paµisandhi½ gaºhi, itare itaresu. Eva½tesa½ ekadivaseyeva paµisandhigahaºañca m±tukucchito nikkhamanañca ahosi.Kevaµµajeµµhako “atthi nu kho imasmi½ g±me aññepi d±rak± ajja j±t±”ti pariyes±-petv± tesa½ j±tabh±va½ ñatv± “ete mama puttassa sah±yak± bhavissant²”tisabbesa½ pos±vanika½ (2.0329) d±pesi. Te sabbepi sahapa½suk²¼ak± sah±yak±hutv± anupubbena vayappatt± ahesu½. Tesa½ kevaµµajeµµhakaputtova yasato catejato ca aggapuriso ahosi. Kapilopi eka½ buddhantara½ niraye paccitv± vip±k±vasesena tasmi½ k±le aci-ravatiy± suvaººavaººo duggandhamukho maccho hutv± nibbatti. Athekadivasa½te sah±yak± “macche bandhiss±m±”ti j±l±d²ni gahetv± nadiy± khipi½su. Athanesa½ antoj±la½ so maccho p±visi. Ta½ disv± sabbe kevaµµag±mav±sino ucc±sa-ddamaka½su– “putt± no paµhama½ macche bandhant± suvaººamaccha½bandhi½su, id±ni no r±j± bahudhana½ dassat²”ti. Tepi kho sah±yak± maccha½n±v±ya pakkhipitv± n±va½ ukkhipitv± rañño santika½ agama½su. Raññ±pi ta½disv±va “ki½ etan”ti vutte “maccho, dev±”ti ±ha½su. R±j± suvaººavaººa½maccha½ disv± “satth± etassa suvaººavaººak±raºa½ j±nissat²”ti maccha½ g±h±-petv± bhagavato santika½ agam±si. Macchena mukhe vivaµamatteyeva sakalaje-tavana½ ativiya duggandha½ ahosi. R±j± satth±ra½ pucchi– “kasm±, bhante,maccho suvaººavaººo j±to, kasm± cassa mukhato duggandho v±yat²”ti? Aya½, mah±r±ja, kassapabhagavato p±vacane kapilo n±ma bhikkhu ahosi bahu-ssuto mah±pariv±ro l±bhataºh±ya abhibh³to attano vacana½ agaºhant±na½akkosakaparibh±sako, tassa ca bhagavato s±sana½ osakk±pesi, so tenakammena av²cimhi nibbattitv± vip±k±vasesena id±ni maccho hutv± j±to. Ya½pana so d²gharatta½ buddhavacana½ v±cesi, buddhassa ca guºa½ kathesi, tassanissandena ima½ suvaººavaººa½ paµilabhi. Ya½ bhikkh³na½ akkosakaparibh±-sako ahosi, tenassa mukhato duggandho v±yati. “Kath±pemi na½, mah±r±j±”ti?

“Kath±petha, bhante”ti. Atha na½ satth± pucchi– “tva½si kapilo”ti? “¾ma, bhante,aha½ kapilo”ti. “Kuto ±gatos²”ti? “Av²cimah±nirayato, bhante”ti. “Jeµµhabh±tiko tes±gato kuhi½ gato”ti? “Parinibbuto, bhante”ti. “M±t± pana te s±dhin² kahan”ti?“Mah±niraye nibbatt±, bhante”ti. “Kaniµµhabhagin² ca te t±pan± kahan”ti? “Mah±-niraye nibbatt±, bhante”ti. “Id±ni tva½ kaha½ gamissas²”ti? “Av²cimah±niraya-meva, bhante”ti vatv± vippaµis±r±bhibh³to n±va½ (2.0330) s²sena paharitv± t±va-deva k±la½ katv± niraye nibbatti. Mah±jano sa½viggo ahosi lomahaµµhaj±to. Atha bhagav± tasmi½ khaºe sannipatit±ya paris±ya citt±c±ra½ oloketv± taªkha-º±nur³pa½ dhamma½ desetu½ “dhammacariya½ brahmacariya½, etad±hu vasu-ttaman”ti suttanip±te (su. ni. 276) kapilasutta½ kathetv± im± g±th± abh±si– 334. “Manujassa pamattac±rino, taºh± va¹¹hati m±luv± viya; so plavat² hur± hura½, phalamiccha½va vanasmi v±naro. 335. “Ya½ es± sahate jamm², taºh± loke visattik±; sok± tassa pava¹¹hanti, abhivaµµha½va b²raºa½. 336. “Yo ceta½ sahate jammi½, taºha½ loke duraccaya½; sok± tamh± papatanti, udabinduva pokkhar±. 337. “Ta½ vo vad±mi bhadda½ vo, y±vantettha sam±gat±; taºh±ya m³la½ khaºatha, us²ratthova b²raºa½; m± vo na¼a½va sotova, m±ro bhañji punappunan”ti.

puggalassa neva jh±na½ na vipassan± na maggaphal±ni va¹¹hanti. Yath± pana Tattha pamattac±rinoti sativossaggalakkhaºena pam±dena pamattac±rissapuggalassa neva jh±na½ na vipassan± na maggaphal±ni va¹¹hanti. Yath± panarukkha½ sa½sibbant² pariyonandhant² tassa vin±s±ya m±luv±lat± va¹¹hati, eva-massa cha dv±r±ni niss±ya punappuna½ uppajjanato taºh± va¹¹hat²ti attho. Soplavat² hur± huranti so taºh±vasiko puggalo bhave bhave uplavati dh±vati. Yath±ki½ viy±ti? Phalamiccha½va vanasmi v±naro, yath± rukkhaphala½ icchantov±naro vanasmi½ dh±vati, tassa tassa rukkhassa s±kha½ gaºh±ti, ta½ muñcitv±añña½ gaºh±ti, tampi muñcitv± añña½ gaºh±ti, “s±kha½ alabhitv± sannisinno”tivattabbata½ n±pajjati, evameva taºh±vasiko puggalo hur± hura½ dh±vanto “±ra-mmaºa½ alabhitv± taºh±ya apavatta½ patto”ti vattabbata½ n±pajjati. Yanti (2.0331) ya½ puggala½ es± l±makabh±vena jamm² vis±h±rat±ya visapu-pphat±ya visaphalat±ya visaparibhogat±ya r³p±d²su visattat±ya ±sattat±ya visatti-k±ti saªkhya½ gat± chadv±rikataºh± abhibhavati. Yath± n±ma vass±ne puna-ppuna½ vassantena devena abhivaµµha½ b²raºatiºa½ va¹¹hati, eva½ tassapuggalassa anto vaµµam³lak± sok± abhiva¹¹hant²ti attho. Duraccayanti yo pana puggalo eva½ vuttappak±ra½ atikkamitu½ pajahitu½dukkarat±ya duraccaya½ taºha½ sahati abhibhavati, tamh± puggal± vaµµam³lak±sok± papatanti. Yath± n±ma pokkhare padumapatte patita½ udakabindu na pati-µµh±ti, eva½ na patiµµhahant²ti attho. Ta½ vo vad±m²ti tena k±raºena aha½ tumhe vad±mi. Bhadda½ voti bhadda½tumh±ka½ hotu, m± aha½ kapilo viya vin±sa½ p±puºath±ti attho. M³lanti imiss±chadv±rikataºh±ya arahattamaggañ±ºena m³la½ khaºatha. Ki½ viy±ti? Us²ra-tthova b²raºa½, yath± us²rena atthiko puriso mahantena kud±lena b²raºa½khaºati, evamass± m³la½ khaºath±ti attho. M± vo na¼a½va sotova, m±ro bhañjipunappunanti m± tumhe nad²sote j±ta½ na¼a½ mah±vegena ±gato nad²soto viyakilesam±ro maraºam±ro devaputtam±ro ca punappuna½ bhañjat³ti attho. Desan±vas±ne pañcasat±pi kevaµµaputt± sa½vega½ ±pajjitv± dukkhassantaki-riya½ patthayam±n± satthu santike pabbajitv± na cirasseva dukkhassanta½ katv±satth±r± saddhi½ ±neñjavih±rasam±pattidhammaparibhogena ekaparibhog± ahe-sunti. Kapilamacchavatthu paµhama½. 2. S³karapotik±vatthu Yath±pi m³leti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto g³thas³kara-potika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmi½ (2.0332) kira samaye satth± r±jagaha½ piº¹±ya pavisanto eka½ s³ka-rapotika½ disv± sita½ p±tv±k±si. Tassa sita½ karontassa mukhavivaraniggata½

dantobh±samaº¹ala½ disv± ±nandatthero “ko nu kho, bhante, hetu sitassa p±tu-kamm±y±”ti sitak±raºa½ pucchi. Atha na½ satth± ±ha– “passaseta½, ±nanda,s³karapotikan”ti? “¾ma, bhante”ti. Es± kakusandhassa bhagavato s±sane ek±ya±sanas±l±ya s±mant± kukkuµ² ahosi. S± ekassa yog±vacarassa vipassan±kamma-µµh±na½ sajjh±yantassa dhammaghosa½ sutv± tato cut± r±jakule nibbattitv±ubbar² n±ma r±jadh²t± ahosi. S± aparabh±ge sar²ravalañjaµµh±na½ paviµµh± pu¼ava-kar±si½ disv± tattha pu¼avakasañña½ upp±detv± paµhama½ jh±na½ paµilabhi. S±tattha y±vat±yuka½ µhatv± tato cut± brahmaloke nibbatti. Tato cavitv± puna gativa-sena ±lulam±n± id±ni s³karayoniya½ nibbatti, ida½ k±raºa½ disv± may± sita½p±tukatanti. Ta½ sutv± ±nandattherappamukh± bhikkh³ mahanta½ sa½vega½paµilabhi½su. Satth± tesa½ sa½vega½ upp±detv± bhavataºh±ya ±d²nava½ pak±-sento antarav²thiya½ µhitakova im± g±th± abh±si– 338. “Yath±pi m³le anupaddave da¼he, chinnopi rukkho punareva r³hati; evampi taºh±nusaye an³hate, nibbattat² dukkhamida½ punappuna½. 339. “Yassa chatti½sati sot±, man±pasavan± bhus±; mah±vahanti duddiµµhi½, saªkapp± r±ganissit±. 340. “Savanti sabbadhi sot±, lat± uppajja tiµµhati; tañca disv± lata½ j±ta½, m³la½ paññ±ya chindatha. 341. “Sarit±ni sinehit±ni ca, somanass±ni honti jantuno; te s±tasit± sukhesino, te ve j±tijar³pag± nar±. 342. “Tasiº±ya (2.0333) purakkhat± paj±, parisappanti sasova bandhito; sa½yojanasaªgasattak±, dukkhamupenti punappuna½ cir±ya. 343. “Tasiº±ya purakkhat± paj±, parisappanti sasova bandhito; tasm± tasiºa½ vinodaye, ±kaªkhanta vir±gamattano”ti. Tattha m³leti yassa rukkhassa cat³su dis±su catudh± heµµh± ca ujukamevagate pañcavidham³le chedanaph±lanap±canavijjhan±d²na½ kenaci upaddavenaanupaddave thirapattat±ya da¼he so rukkho uparicchinnopi s±kh±na½ vasenapunadeva r³hati, evameva chadv±rik±ya taºh±ya anusaye arahattamaggañ±ºenaanuhate asamucchinne tasmi½ tasmi½ bhave j±ti-±dibheda½ ida½ dukkha½punappuna½ nibbattatiyev±ti attho. Yass±ti yassa puggalassa “iti ajjhattikass³p±d±ya aµµh±rasa taºh±vicarit±nib±hirass³p±d±ya aµµh±rasa taºh±vicarit±n²”ti imesa½ taºh±vicarit±na½ vasenachatti½satiy± sotehi samann±gat± man±pesu r³p±d²su ±savati pavattat²ti man±pa-savan± taºh± bhus± balavat² hoti, ta½ puggala½ vipannañ±ºat±ya duddiµµhi½

punappuna½ uppajjanato mahantabh±vena mah± hutv± jh±na½ v± vipassana½v± aniss±ya r±ganissit± saªkapp± vahant²ti attho. Savanti sabbadhi sot±ti ime taºh±sot± cakkhudv±r±d²na½ vasena sabbesur³p±d²su ±rammaºesu savanato, sabb±pi r³pataºh± …pe… dhammataºh±tisabbabhavesu v± savanato sabbadhi savanti n±ma. Lat±ti paliveµhanaµµhenasa½sibbanaµµhena ca lat± viy±ti lat±. Uppajja tiµµhat²ti chahi dv±rehi uppajjitv± r³p±-d²su ±rammaºesu tiµµhati. Tañca disv±ti ta½ pana taºh±lata½ “etthes± taºh± uppa-jjam±n± uppajjat²”ti j±taµµh±navasena disv±. Paññ±y±ti satthena vane j±ta½ lata½viya maggapaññ±ya m³le chindath±ti attho. Sarit±n²ti (2.0334) anusaµ±ni pay±t±ni. Sinehit±n²ti c²var±d²su pavattasinehava-sena sinehit±ni ca, taºh±sinehamakkhit±n²ti attho. Somanass±n²ti taºh±vasikassajantuno evar³p±ni somanass±ni bhavanti. Te s±tasit±ti te taºh±vasik± puggal±s±tanissit± sukhanissit± ca hutv± sukhesino sukhapariyesino bhavanti. Te veti yeevar³p± nar±, te j±tijar±by±dhimaraº±ni upagacchantiyev±ti j±tijar³pag± n±mahonti. Paj±ti ime satt± t±sakaraºena tasiº±ti saªkhya½ gat±ya taºh±ya pura-kkhat± pariv±rit± hutv±. Bandhitoti luddena araññe baddho saso viya parisappanti bh±yanti. Sa½yojana-saªgasattak±ti dasavidhena sa½yojanasaªgena ceva sattavidhena r±gasaªg±-din± ca satt± baddh± tasmi½ v± lagg± hutv±. Cir±y±ti cira½ d²ghamaddh±na½punappuna½ j±ti-±dika½ dukkha½ upagacchant²ti attho. Tasm±ti yasm± tasiº±yapurakkhat± paliveµhit± satt±, tasm± attano vir±ga½ r±g±divigama½ nibb±na½patthento ±kaªkam±no bhikkhu arahattamaggeneta½ tasiºa½ vinodaye panu-ditv± n²haritv± cha¹¹eyy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su. S±pi kho s³karapotik± tato cavitv± suvaººabh³miya½ r±jakule nibbatti, tatocut± b±r±ºasiya½, tato cut± supp±rakapaµµane assav±ºijagehe nibbatti, tato cut±k±v²rapaµµane n±vikassa gehe nibbatti, tato cut± anur±dhapure issarakulagehenibbatti, tato cut± tasseva dakkhiºadis±ya bhokkantag±me sumanassa n±ma kuµu-mbikassa dh²t± n±mena suman± eva hutv± nibbatti. Athass± pit± tasmi½ g±mecha¹¹ite d²ghav±piraµµha½ gantv± mah±munig±me n±ma vasi. Tattha na½ duµµha-g±maºirañño amacco lakuº¹aka-atimbaro n±ma kenacideva karaº²yena gatodisv± mahanta½ maªgala½ katv± ±d±ya mah±puººag±ma½ gato. Atha na½ koµi-pabbatamah±vih±rav±s² mah±-anuruddhatthero n±ma tattha piº¹±ya caritv±tass± gehadv±re µhito disv± bhikkh³hi saddhi½ kathesi, “±vuso, s³karapotik±n±ma lakuº¹aka-atimbaramah±mattassa bhariyabh±va½ patt±, aho acchari-n”ti. S± ta½ katha½ sutv± at²tabhave (2.0335) uggh±µetv± j±tissarañ±ºa½ paµi-labhi. Taªkhaºaññeva uppannasa½veg± s±mika½ y±citv± mahantena issariyenapañcabalakatther²na½ santike pabbajitv± tissamah±vih±re mah±satipaµµh±nasutta-katha½ sutv± sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Pacch± dami¼amaddane kate ñ±t²na½vasanaµµh±na½ bhokkantag±mameva gantv± tattha vasant² kallamah±vih±re ±s²-visopamasuttanta½ sutv± arahatta½ p±puºi. S± parinibb±nadivase bhikkhubhikkhun²hi pucchit± bhikkhunisaªghassa

sabba½ ima½ pavatti½ nirantara½ kathetv± sannipatitassa bhikkhusaªghassamajjhe maº¹al±r±mav±sin± dhammapadabh±ºakamah±tissattherena saddhi½sa½sanditv± “aha½ pubbe manussayoniya½ nibbattitv± tato cut± kukkuµ² hutv±tattha senassa santik± s²saccheda½ patv± r±jagahe nibbatt±, paribb±jik±su pabba-jitv± paµhamajjh±nabh³miya½ nibbattitv± tato cut± seµµhikule nibbatt± nacirassevacavitv± s³karayoni½ gantv± tato cut± suvaººabh³mi½, tato cut± b±r±ºasi½, tatocut± supp±rakapaµµana½, tato cut± k±v²rapaµµana½, tato cut± anur±dhapura½, tatocut± bhokkantag±man”ti eva½ samavisame terasa attabh±ve patv± “id±ni ukka-ºµhitv± pabbajitv± arahatta½ patt±, sabbepi appam±dena samp±deth±”ti vatv±catasso paris± sa½vejetv± parinibb±y²ti. S³karapotik±vatthu dutiya½. 3. Vibbhantabhikkhuvatthu Yo nibbanathoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto eka½vibbhantaka½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. Eko kira mah±kassapattherassa saddhivih±riko hutv± catt±ri jh±n±ni upp±de-tv±pi attano m±tulassa suvaººak±rassa gehe visabh±g±rammaºa½ disv± tatthapaµibaddhacitto vibbhami. Atha na½ manuss± alasabh±vena kamma½ k±tu½ ani-cchanta½ geh± n²hari½su. So p±pamittasa½saggena corakammena j²vika½kappento vicari. Atha na½

ekadivasa½ gahetv± (2.0336) pacch±b±ha½ g±¼habandhana½ bandhitv± catukkecatukke kas±hi t±¼ent± ±gh±tana½ nayi½su. Thero piº¹±ya caritu½ pavisanto ta½dakkhiºena dv±rena n²hariyam±na½ disv± bandhana½ sithila½ k±retv± “pubbetay± paricitakammaµµh±na½ puna ±vajjeh²”ti ±ha. So tena ov±dena satupp±da½labhitv± puna catutthajjh±na½ nibbattesi. Atha na½ “±gh±tana½ netv± gh±tess±-m±”ti s³le utt±sesu½. So na bh±yati na santasati. Athassa tasmi½ tasmi½ dis±-bh±ge µhit± manuss± asisattitomar±d²ni ±vudh±ni ukkhipitv±pi ta½ asantasanta-meva disv± “passatha, bho, ima½ purisa½, anekasat±nañhi ±vudhahatth±na½puris±na½ majjhe neva chambhati na vedhati, aho acchariyan”ti acchariyabbhuta-j±t± mah±n±da½ naditv± rañño ta½ pavatti½ ±rocesu½. R±j± ta½ k±raºa½ sutv±“vissajjetha nan”ti ±ha. Satthu santikampi gantv± tamattha½ ±rocayi½su. Satth±obh±sa½ pharitv± tassa dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 344. “Yo nibbanatho van±dhimutto, vanamutto vanameva dh±vati; ta½ puggalametha passatha, mutto bandhanameva dh±vat²”ti. Tassattho– yo puggalo gihibh±ve ±layasaªkh±ta½ vanatha½ cha¹¹etv± pabba-jitat±ya nibbanatho dibbavih±rasaªkh±te tapovane adhimutto ghar±v±sabandha-nasaªkh±t± taºh±van± mutto hutv± puna ghar±v±sabandhanasaªkh±ta½ taºh±va-nameva dh±vati, etha ta½ puggala½ passatha, eso ghar±v±sabandhanato muttoghar±v±sabandhanameva dh±vat²ti. Ima½ pana desana½ sutv± so r±japuris±na½ antare s³lagge nisinnova udaya-bbaya½ paµµhapetv± tilakkhaºa½ ±ropetv± saªkh±re sammasanto sot±pattiphala½patv± sam±pattisukha½ anubhavanto veh±sa½ uppatitv± ±k±seneva satthusantika½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± sar±jik±ya paris±ya majjheyeva arahatta½p±puº²ti. Vibbhantabhikkhuvatthu tatiya½. 4. Bandhan±g±ravatthu Na (2.0337) ta½ da¼hanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantobandhan±g±ra½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmi½ kira k±le bah³ sandhicchedakapanthagh±takamanussagh±take core±netv± kosalarañño dassayi½su. Te r±j± andubandhanarajjubandhanasaªkhalika-bandhanehi bandh±pesi. Ti½samatt±pi kho j±napad± bhikkh³ satth±ra½ daµµhu-k±m± ±gantv± disv± vanditv± punadivase s±vatthi½ piº¹±ya carant± bandhan±-g±ra½ gantv± te core disv± piº¹ap±tapaµikkant± s±yanhasamaye tath±gata½ upa-saªkamitv±, “bhante, ajja amhehi piº¹±ya carantehi bandhan±g±re bah³ cor±andubandhan±d²hi baddh± mah±dukkha½ anubhavant± diµµh±, te t±ni bandha-n±ni chinditv± pal±yitu½ na sakkonti, atthi nu kho, bhante, tehi bandhanehi thira-

tara½ añña½ bandhana½ n±m±”ti pucchi½su. Satth±, “bhikkhave, ki½ bandha-n±ni n±met±ni, ya½ paneta½ dhanadhaññaputtad±r±d²su taºh±saªkh±ta½ kilesa-bandhana½, eta½ etehi sataguºena sahassaguºena satasahassaguºena thira-tara½, eva½ mahantampi paneta½ ducchindaniya½ bandhana½ por±ºakapaº¹it±chinditv± himavanta½ pavisitv± pabbaji½s³”ti vatv± at²ta½ ±hari– At²te b±r±ºasiya½ brahmadatte rajja½ k±rente bodhisatto ekasmi½ duggataga-hapatikule nibbatti. Tassa vayappattassa pit± k±lamak±si. So bhati½ katv±m±tara½ posesi. Athassa m±t± aniccham±nasseva eka½ kuladh²tara½ gehekatv± aparabh±ge k±lamak±si. Bhariy±yapissa kucchiya½ gabbho patiµµhahi. Sogabbhassa patiµµhitabh±va½ aj±nantova, “bhadde, tva½ bhati½ katv± j²va, aha½pabbajiss±m²”ti ±ha. “S±mi, nanu gabbho me patiµµhito, mayi vij±t±ya d±raka½disv± pabbajissas²”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± tass± vij±tak±le, “bhadde,tva½ sotthin± vij±t±, id±ni aha½ pabbajiss±m²”ti ±pucchi. Atha na½ s± “puttassat±va thanap±nato apagamanak±la½ ±gameh²”ti vatv± puna gabbha½ gaºhi. Socintesi– “ima½ sampaµicch±petv± gantu½ na sakk±, imiss± an±cikkhitv±va pal±-yitv± pabbajiss±m²”ti. So (2.0338) tass± an±cikkhitv±va rattibh±ge uµµh±ya pal±yi.Atha na½ nagaraguttik± aggahesu½. So “aha½, s±mi, m±tuposako n±ma, vissa-jjetha man”ti att±na½ vissajj±petv± ekasmi½ µh±ne vasitv± isipabbajja½ pabba-jitv± abhiññ±sam±pattiyo labhitv± jh±nak²¼±ya k²¼anto vih±si. So tattha vasanto-yeva “evar³pampi n±ma me ducchindaniya½ puttad±rabandhana½ kilesaba-ndhana½ chinnan”ti ima½ ud±na½ ud±nesi. Satth± ima½ at²ta½ ±haritv± tena ud±nita½ ud±na½ pak±sento im± g±th±abh±si– 345. “Na ta½ da¼ha½ bandhanam±hu dh²r±, yad±yasa½ d±rujapabbajañca; s±rattaratt± maºikuº¹alesu, puttesu d±resu ca y± apekkh±. 346. “Eta½ da¼ha½ bandhanam±hu dh²r±, oh±rina½ sithila½ duppamuñca½; etampi chetv±na paribbajanti, anapekkhino k±masukha½ pah±y±”ti. Tattha dh²r±ti buddh±dayo paº¹itapuris± ya½ saªkhalikasaªkh±ta½ ayas±nibbatta½ ±yasa½, andubandhanasaªkh±ta½ d±ruja½, yañca pabbajatiºehi v±aññehi v± v±k±d²hi rajju½ katv± kata½ rajjubandhana½, ta½ asi-±d²hi chinditu½sakkuºeyyabh±vena thiranti na vadant²ti attho. S±rattaratt±ti s±ratt± hutv± ratt±,bahalatarar±garatt±ti attho. Maºikuº¹ales³ti maº²su ceva kuº¹alesu ca, maºivici-ttesu v± kuº¹alesu. Eta½ da¼hanti ye maºikuº¹alesu s±rattaratt±, tesa½ so r±goca y± puttad±resu apekkh± taºh±, eta½ kilesamaya½ bandhanañca paº¹itapuris±da¼hanti vadanti. Oh±rinanti ±ka¹¹hitv± cat³su ap±yesu p±tanato avaharati heµµh±harat²ti oh±rina½. Sithilanti bandhanaµµh±ne chavicammama½s±ni na chindati,lohita½ na n²harati, bandhanabh±vampi aj±n±petv± thalapathajalapath±d²sukamm±ni k±tu½ det²ti sithila½. Duppamuñcanti lobhavasena hi ekav±rampi

uppanna½ kilesabandhana½ daµµhaµµh±nato kacchapo (2.0339) viya dummociya½hot²ti duppamuñca½. Etampi chetv±n±ti eta½ da¼hampi kilesabandhana½ ñ±ºa-khaggena chinditv± anapekkhino hutv± k±masukha½ pah±ya paribbajanti, pakka-manti pabbajant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Bandhan±g±ravatthu catuttha½. 5. Khem±ther²vatthu Ye r±garatt±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto khema½n±ma rañño bimbis±rassa aggamahesi½ ±rabbha kathesi. S± kira padumuttarap±dam³le patthitapatthan± ativiya abhir³p± p±s±dik±ahosi. “Satth± kira r³passa dosa½ kathet²”ti sutv± pana satthu santika½ gantu½na icchi. R±j± tass± r³pamadamattabh±va½ ñatv± ve¼uvanavaººan±paµisa½yu-tt±ni g²t±ni k±retv± naµ±d²na½ d±pesi. Tesa½ t±ni g±yant±na½ sadda½ sutv±tass± ve¼uvana½ adiµµhapubba½ viya asutapubba½ viya ca ahosi. S± “katara½uyy±na½ sandh±ya g±yath±”ti pucchitv±, “dev², tumh±ka½ ve¼uvanuyy±name-v±”ti vutte uyy±na½ gantuk±m± ahosi. Satth± tass± ±gamana½ ñatv± parisa-majjhe nis²ditv± dhamma½ desentova t±lavaºµa½ ±d±ya attano passe µhatv± b²ja-m±na½ abhir³pa½ itthi½ nimmini. Khem±, dev²pi pavisam±n±va ta½ itthi½ disv±cintesi– “samm±sambuddho r³passa dosa½ kathet²ti vadanti, ayañcassa santikeitth² b²jayam±n± µhit±, n±ha½ imiss± kalabh±gampi upemi, na may± ²disa½ itthi-r³pa½ diµµhapubba½, satth±ra½ abh³tena abbh±cikkhanti maññe”ti cintetv± tath±-gatassa kath±saddampi anis±metv± tameva itthi½ olokayam±n± aµµh±si. Satth±tass± tasmi½ r³pe uppannabahum±nata½ ñatv± ta½ r³pa½ paµhamavay±diva-sena dassetv± heµµh± vuttanayeneva pariyos±ne aµµhimatt±vas±na½ katv±dassesi. Khem± ta½ disv± “evar³pampi n±meta½ r³pa½ muhutteneva khaya-vaya½ sampatta½, natthi vata imasmi½ r³pe s±ro”ti cintesi. Satth± tass± citt±-c±ra½ oloketv±, “kheme, tva½ ‘imasmi½ r³pe s±ro atth²’ti cintesi, passa d±nissaas±rabh±van”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “¾tura½ (2.0340) asuci½ p³ti½, passa kheme samussaya½; uggharanta½ paggharanta½, b±l±na½ abhipatthitan”ti. (apa. ther² 2.2.354); S± g±th±pariyos±ne sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi. Atha na½ satth±, “kheme, imesatt± r±garatt± dosapaduµµh± moham³¼h± attano taºh±sota½ samatikkamitu½ nasakkonti, tattheva laggant²”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 347. “Ye r±garatt±nupatanti sota½, saya½ kata½ makkaµakova j±la½; etampi chetv±na vajanti dh²r±, anapekkhino sabbadukkha½ pah±y±”ti. Tattha makkaµakova j±lanti yath± n±ma makkaµako suttaj±la½ katv± majjhe

µh±ne n±bhimaº¹ale nipanno pariyante patita½ paµaªga½ v± makkhika½ v±vegena gantv± vijjhitv± tassa rasa½ pivitv± puna gantv± tasmi½yeva µh±ne nipa-jjati, evameva ye satt± r±garatt± dosapaduµµh± moham³¼h± saya½kata½ taºh±-sota½ anupatanti, te ta½ samatikkamitu½ na sakkonti, eva½ duratikkama½.Etampi chetv±na vajanti dh²r±ti paº¹it± eta½ bandhana½ chetv± anapekkhinonir±lay± hutv± arahattamaggena sabbadukkha½ pah±ya vajanti, gacchant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne khem± arahatte patiµµhahi, mah±janass±pi s±tthik± dhammade-san± ahosi. Satth± r±j±na½ ±ha– “mah±r±ja, khem±ya pabbajitu½ v± parinibb±-yitu½ v± vaµµat²”ti. Bhante, pabb±jetha na½, ala½ parinibb±nen±ti. S± pabbajitv±aggas±vik± ahos²ti. Khem±ther²vatthu pañcama½. 6. Uggasenavatthu Muñca pureti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto uggasena½±rabbha kathesi. Pañcasat± (2.0341) kira naµ± sa½vacchare v± cham±se v± patte r±jagaha½gantv± rañño satt±ha½ samajja½ katv± bahu½ hiraññasuvaººa½ labhanti, antara-ntare ukkhepad±y±na½ pariyanto natthi. Mah±jano mañc±timañc±d²su µhatv±samajja½ olokesi. Athek± laªghikadh²t± va½sa½ abhiruyha tassa upari pariva-ttitv± tassa pariyante ±k±se caªkamam±n± naccati ceva g±yati ca. Tasmi½samaye uggaseno n±ma seµµhiputto sah±yakena saddhi½ mañc±timañce µhito ta½oloketv± tass± hatthap±davikkhep±d²su uppannasineho geha½ gantv± “ta½labhanto j²viss±mi, alabhantassa me idheva maraºan”ti ±h±r³paccheda½ katv±mañcake nipajji. M±t±pit³hi, “t±ta, ki½ te rujjat²”ti pucchitopi “ta½ me naµadh²tara½labhantassa j²vita½ atthi,

alabhantassa me idheva maraºan”ti vatv±, “t±ta, m± eva½ kari, añña½ teamh±ka½ kulassa ca bhog±nañca anur³pa½ kum±rika½ ±ness±m±”ti vuttepitatheva vatv± nipajji. Athassa pit± bahu½ y±citv±pi ta½ saññ±petu½ asakkontotassa sah±ya½ pakkos±petv± kah±paºasahassa½ datv± “ime kah±paºe gahetv±attano dh²tara½ mayha½ puttassa det³”ti pahiºi. So “n±ha½ kah±paºe gahetv±demi, sace pana so ima½ alabhitv± j²vitu½ na sakkoti, tena hi amhehi saddhi½-yeva vicaratu, dass±missa dh²taran”ti ±ha. M±t±pitaro puttassa tamattha½ ±ro-cesu½. So “aha½ tehi saddhi½ vicariss±m²”ti vatv± y±cant±nampi tesa½ katha½an±diyitv± nikkhamitv± n±µakassa santika½ agam±si. So tassa dh²tara½ datv±tena saddhi½yeva g±manigamar±jadh±n²su sippa½ dassento vicari. S±pi tena saddhi½ sa½v±samanv±ya nacirasseva putta½ labhitv± k²¼±paya-m±n± “sakaµagopakassa putta, bhaº¹ah±rakassa putta, kiñci aj±nakassa putt±”tivadati. Sopi nesa½ sakaµaparivattaka½ katv± µhitaµµh±ne goº±na½ tiºa½ ±harati,sippadassanaµµh±ne laddhabhaº¹aka½ ukkhipitv± harati. Tadeva kira sandh±yas± itth² putta½ k²¼±payam±n± tath± vadati. So att±na½ ±rabbha tass± g±yana-bh±va½ ñatv± ta½ pucchi– “ma½ sandh±ya kathes²”ti? “¾ma, ta½ sandh±y±”ti.“Eva½ sante aha½ pal±yiss±m²”ti (2.0342). S± “ki½ pana mayha½ tay± pal±yi-tena v± ±gatena v±”ti punappuna½ tadeva g²ta½ g±yati. S± kira attano r³pasa-mpattiñceva dhanal±bhañca niss±ya ta½ kismiñci na maññati. So “ki½ nu khoniss±ya imiss± aya½ m±no”ti cintento “sippa½ niss±y±”ti ñatv± “hotu, sippa½uggaºhiss±m²”ti sasura½ upasaªkamitv± tassa j±nanakasippa½ uggaºhitv±g±manigam±d²su sippa½ dassento anupubbena r±jagaha½ ±gantv± “ito sattamedivase uggaseno seµµhiputto nagarav±s²na½ sippa½ dassessat²”ti ±roc±pesi. Nagarav±sino mañc±timañc±dayo bandh±petv± sattame divase sannipati½su.Sopi saµµhihattha½ va½sa½ abhiruyha tassa matthake aµµh±si. Ta½ divasa½satth± pacc³sak±le loka½ volokento ta½ attano ñ±ºaj±lassa anto paviµµha½ disv±“ki½ nu kho bhavissat²”ti ±vajjento “sve seµµhiputto sippa½ dassess±m²ti va½sa-matthake µhassati, tassa dassanattha½ mah±jano sannipatissati. Tatra aha½ catu-ppadika½ g±tha½ desess±mi, ta½ sutv± catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±-bhisamayo bhavissati, uggasenopi arahatte patiµµhahissat²”ti aññ±si. Satth± puna-divase k±la½ sallakkhetv± bhikkhusaªghaparivuto r±jagaha½ piº¹±ya p±visi.Uggasenopi satthari antonagara½ apaviµµheyeva unn±danatth±ya mah±janassaaªgulisañña½ datv± va½samatthake patiµµh±ya ±k±seyeva satta v±re parivattitv±oruyha va½samatthake aµµh±si. Tasmi½ khaºe satth± nagara½ pavisanto yath±ta½ paris± na oloketi, eva½ katv± att±nameva olok±pesi. Uggaseno parisa½ olo-ketv± “na ma½ paris± oloket²”ti domanassappatto “ida½ may± sa½vaccharekattabba½ sippa½, satthari nagara½ pavisante paris± ma½ anoloketv± satth±ra-meva oloketi, mogha½ vata me sippadassana½ j±tan”ti cintesi. Satth± tassa citta½ ñatv± mah±moggall±na½ ±mantetv± “gaccha, moggall±na,seµµhiputta½ vadehi ‘sippa½ kira dasset³’”ti ±ha. Thero gantv± va½sassa heµµh±µhito seµµhiputta½ ±mantetv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Iªgha (2.0343) passa naµaputta, uggasena mahabbala;

karohi raªga½ paris±ya, h±sayassu mah±janan”ti. So therassa katha½ sutv± tuµµham±naso hutv± “satth± maññe mama sippa½passituk±mo”ti va½samatthake µhitakova ima½ g±tham±ha– “Iªgha passa mah±pañña, moggall±na mahiddhika; karomi raªga½ paris±ya, h±say±mi mah±janan”ti. Evañca pana vatv± va½samatthakato veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± ±k±seva cudda-sakkhattu½ parivattitv± oruyha va½samatthakeva aµµh±si. Atha na½ satth±, “ugga-sena, paº¹itena n±ma at²t±n±gatapaccuppannesu khandhesu ±laya½ pah±yaj±ti-±d²hi muccitu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 348. “Muñca pure muñca pacchato, majjhe muñca bhavassa p±rag³; sabbattha vimuttam±naso, na puna½ j±tijara½ upehis²”ti. Tattha muñca pureti at²tesu khandhesu ±laya½ nikanti½ ajjhos±na½ patthana½pariyuµµh±na½ g±ha½ par±m±sa½ taºha½ muñca. Pacchatoti an±gatesupikhandhesu ±lay±d²ni muñca. Majjheti paccuppannesupi t±ni muñca. Bhavassap±rag³ti eva½ sante tividhass±pi bhavassa abhiññ±pariññ±pah±nabh±van±sa-cchikiriyavasena p±rag³ p±raªgato hutv± khandhadh±tu-±yatan±dibhede sabba-saªkhate vimuttam±naso viharanto puna j±tijar±maraº±ni na upagacchat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne catur±s²tiy± p±ºasahass±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi.Seµµhiputtopi va½samatthake µhitakova saha paµisambhid±hi arahatta½ patv±va½sato oruyha satthu santika½ ±gantv± pañcapatiµµhitena satth±ra½ vanditv±pabbajja½ y±ci. Atha na½ satth± dakkhiºahattha½ pas±retv± “ehi bhikkh³”ti ±ha.So t±vadeva aµµhaparikkh±radharo saµµhivassikatthero viya ahosi. Atha na½bhikkh³, “±vuso uggasena, saµµhihatthassa te va½sassa matthakato otarantassabhaya½ n±ma n±hos²”ti pucchitv± “natthi me, ±vuso, bhayan”ti vutte satthu ±ro-cesu½, “bhante, uggaseno (2.0344) ‘na bh±y±m²’ti vadati, abh³ta½ vatv± añña½by±karot²”ti. Satth± “na, bhikkhave, mama puttena uggasenena sadis± chinnasa½-yojan± bhikkh³ bh±yanti, na tasant²”ti vatv± br±hmaºavagge ima½ g±tham±ha– “Sabbasa½yojana½ chetv±, yo ve na paritassati; saªg±tiga½ visa½yutta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. (dha. pa. 397; su.ni. 626); Desan±vas±ne bah³na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. Punekadivasa½ bhikkh³dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “ki½ nu kho, ±vuso, eva½ arahatt³pa-nissayasampannassa bhikkhuno naµadh²tara½ niss±ya naµehi saddhi½ vicaraºa-k±raºa½, ki½ arahatt³panissayak±raºan”ti? Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha,bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte,“bhikkhave, ubhayampeta½ imin± eva katan”ti vatv± tamattha½ pak±setu½ at²ta½±hari. At²te kira kassapadasabalassa suvaººacetiye kariyam±ne b±r±ºasiv±sino kula-putt± bahu½ kh±dan²yabhojan²ya½ y±nakesu ±ropetv± “hatthakamma½ kariss±-m±”ti cetiyaµµh±na½ gacchant± antar±magge eka½ thera½ piº¹±ya pavisanta½

passi½su. Athek± kuladh²t± thera½ oloketv± s±mika½ ±ha– “s±mi, ayyo, piº¹±yapavisati, y±nake ca no bahu½ kh±dan²ya½ bhojan²ya½, pattamassa ±hara,bhikkha½ dass±m±”ti. So ta½ patta½ ±haritv± kh±dan²yabhojan²yassa p³retv±therassa hatthe patiµµhapetv± ubhopi patthana½ kari½su, “bhante, tumhehi diµµha-dhammasseva bh±gino bhaveyy±m±”ti. Sopi thero kh²º±savova, tasm± olokentotesa½ patthan±ya samijjhanabh±va½ ñatv± sita½ ak±si. Ta½ disv± s± itth²s±mika½ ±ha– “amh±ka½, ayyo, sita½ karoti, eko naµak±rako bhavissat²”ti. S±mi-kopiss± “eva½ bhavissati, bhadde”ti vatv± pakk±mi. Ida½ tesa½ pubbakamma½.Te tattha y±vat±yuka½ µhatv± devaloke nibbattitv± tato cavitv± s± itth² naµagehenibbatti, puriso seµµhigehe. So “eva½, bhadde, bhavissat²”ti tass± paµivacanassadinnatt± naµehi saddhi½ vicari. Kh²º±savattherassa (2.0345) dinnapiº¹ap±ta½niss±ya arahatta½ p±puºi. S±pi naµadh²t± “y± me s±mikassa gati, mayhampi s±eva gat²”ti pabbajitv± arahatte patiµµhah²ti. Uggasenavatthu chaµµha½. 7. C³¼adhanuggahapaº¹itavatthu Vitakkamathitass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto c³¼adha-nuggahapaº¹ita½ ±rabbha kathesi. Eko kira daharabhikkhu sal±kagge attano pattasal±ka½ gahetv± sal±kay±gu½±d±ya ±sanas±la½ gantv± pivi. Tattha udaka½ alabhitv± udakatth±ya eka½ghara½ agam±si. Tattha ta½ ek± kum±rik± disv±va uppannasineh±, “bhante,puna p±n²yena atthe sati idheva ±gaccheyy±th±”ti ±ha. So tato paµµh±ya yad±p±n²ya½ na labhati, tad± tattheva gacchati. S±pissa patta½ gahetv± p±n²ya½ deti.Eva½ gacchante k±le y±gumpi datv± punekadivasa½ tattheva nis²d±petv±bhatta½ ad±si. Santike cassa nis²ditv±, “bhante, imasmi½ gehe na kiñci natthin±ma, kevala½ maya½ vicaraºakamanussameva na labh±m±”ti katha½ samuµµh±-pesi. So kathip±heneva tass± katha½ sutv± ukkaºµhi. Atha na½ ekadivasa½ ±ga-ntuk± bhikkh³ disv± “kasm± tva½, ±vuso, kiso uppaº¹upaº¹ukaj±tos²”ti pucchitv±“ukkaºµhitomhi, ±vuso”ti vutte ±cariyupajjh±y±na½ santika½ nayi½su. Tepi na½satthu santika½ netv± tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth± “sacca½ kira tva½, bhikkhu,ukkaºµhitos²”ti pucchitv± “saccan”ti vutte “kasm± tva½ m±disassa ±raddhav²ri-yassa buddhassa s±sane pabbajitv± ‘sot±panno’ti v± ‘sakad±g±m²’ti v± att±na½avad±petv± ‘ukkaºµhito’ti vad±pesi, bh±riya½ te kamma½ katan”ti vatv± “ki½k±raº± ukkaºµhitos²”ti pucchi. “Bhante, ek± ma½ itth² evam±h±”ti vutte, “bhikkhu,anacchariya½ eta½ tass± kiriya½. S± hi pubbe sakalajambud²pe aggadhanugga-hapaº¹ita½ pah±ya ta½muhuttadiµµhake ekasmi½ sineha½ upp±detv± ta½ (2.0346)j²vitakkhaya½ p±pes²”ti vatv± tassatthassa pak±sanattha½ bhikkh³hi y±cito– At²te c³¼adhanuggahapaº¹itak±le takkasil±ya½ dis±p±mokkhassa ±cariyassasantike sippa½ uggahetv± tena tuµµhena dinna½ dh²tara½ ±d±ya b±r±ºasi½

gacchantassa ekasmi½ aµavimukhe ek³napaññ±s±ya kaº¹ehi ek³napaññ±sa-core m±retv± kaº¹esu kh²ºesu corajeµµhaka½ gahetv± bh³miya½ p±tetv±,“bhadde, asi½ ±har±”ti vutte t±ya taªkhaºa½ diµµhacore sineha½ katv± corassahatthe asitharu½ µhapetv± corena dhanuggahapaº¹itassa m±ritabh±va½ ±vikatv±corena ca ta½ ±d±ya gacchantena “mampi es± añña½ disv± attano s±mika½ viyam±r±pessati, ki½ me im±y±”ti eka½ nadi½ disv± orimat²re ta½ µhapetv± tass±bhaº¹aka½ ±d±ya “tva½ idheva hohi, y±v±ha½ bhaº¹ika½ utt±rem²”ti tatthevata½ pah±ya gamanabh±vañca ±vikatv±– “Sabba½ bhaº¹a½ sam±d±ya, p±ra½ tiººosi br±hmaºa; pacc±gaccha lahu½ khippa½, mampi t±rehi d±nito. “Asanthuta½ ma½ cirasanthutena, nim²ni bhot² addhuva½ dhuvena; may±pi bhot² nimineyya añña½, ito aha½ d³ratara½ gamissa½. “K±ya½ e¼agal±gumbe, karoti ahuh±siya½; nay²dha nacca½ v± g²ta½ v±, t±¼a½ v± susam±hita½; anamhik±le susoºi, ki½ nu jagghasi sobhane. “Siªg±la b±la dummedha, appapaññosi jambuka; j²no macchañca pesiñca, kapaºo viya jh±yasi.

“Sudassa½ vajjamaññesa½, attano pana duddasa½; j²n± patiñca j±rañca, maññe tvaññeva jh±yasi. “Evameta½ (2.0347) migar±ja, yath± bh±sasi jambuka; s± n³n±ha½ ito gantv±, bhattu hessa½ vas±nug±. “Yo hare mattika½ th±la½, ka½sath±lampi so hare; katañceva tay± p±pa½, punapeva½ karissas²”ti. (j±. 1.5.128-134)–Ima½ pañcakanip±te c³¼adhanuggahaj±taka½ vitth±retv± “tad± c³¼adhanuggaha-paº¹ito tva½ ahosi, s± itth² etarahi aya½ kum±rik±, siªg±lar³pena ±gantv± tass±niggahak±rako sakko devar±j± ahamev±”ti vatv± “eva½ s± itth² ta½muhuttadi-µµhake ekasmi½ sinehena sakalajambud²pe aggapaº¹ita½ j²vit± voropesi, ta½itthi½ ±rabbha uppanna½ tava taºha½ chinditv± vihar±hi bhikkh³”ti ta½ ovaditv±uttarimpi dhamma½ desento im± dve g±th± abh±si– 349. “Vitakkamathitassa jantuno, tibbar±gassa subh±nupassino; bhiyyo taºh± pava¹¹hati, esa kho da¼ha½ karoti bandhana½. 350. “Vitakk³pasame ca yo rato, asubha½ bh±vayate sad± sato; esa kho byanti k±hiti, esa checchati m±rabandhanan”ti. Tattha vitakkamathitass±ti k±mavitakk±d²hi vitakkehi nimmathitassa. Tibbar±ga-ss±ti bahalar±gassa. Subh±nupassinoti iµµh±rammaºe subhanimittag±h±divasenavissaµµham±nasat±ya subhanti anupassantassa. Taºh±ti evar³passa jh±n±d²suekampi na va¹¹hati, atha kho chadv±rik± taºh±yeva bhiyyo va¹¹hati. Esa khotieso puggalo taºh±bandhana½ da¼ha½ suthira½ karoti. Vitakk³pasameti micch±-vitakk±d²na½ v³pasamasaªkh±te dasasu asubhesu paµhamajjh±ne. Sad± satotiyo ettha abhirato hutv± nicca½ upaµµhitasatit±ya sato ta½ asubhajh±na½ bh±veti.Byanti k±hit²ti esa (2.0348) bhikkhu t²su bhavesu uppajjanaka½ taºha½ viga-tanta½ karissati. M±rabandhananti eso tebh³makavaµµasaªkh±ta½ m±rabandha-nampi chindissat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so bhikkhu sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. C³¼adhanuggahapaº¹itavatthu sattama½. 8. M±ravatthu Niµµhaªgatoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto m±ra½±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi vik±le sambahul± ther± jetavanavih±ra½ pavisitv± r±hulatthe-rassa vasanaµµh±na½ gantv± ta½ uµµh±pesu½. So aññattha vasanaµµh±na½ apa-

ssanto tath±gatassa gandhakuµiy± pamukhe nipajji. Tad± so ±yasm± arahatta½patto avassikova hoti. M±ro vasavattibhavane µhitoyeva ta½ ±yasmanta½ gandha-kuµipamukhe nipanna½ disv± cintesi– “samaºassa gotamassa rujanaka-aªgul²bahi nipanno, saya½ antogandhakuµiya½ nipanno, aªguliy± p²¼iyam±n±yasayampi p²¼ito bhavissat²”ti. So mahanta½ hatthir±javaººa½ abhinimminitv±±gamma soº¹±ya therassa matthaka½ parikkhipitv± mahantena saddena koñca-n±da½ ravi. Satth± gandhakuµiya½ nisinnova tassa m±rabh±va½ ñatv±, “m±ra,t±dis±na½ satasahassen±pi mama puttassa bhaya½ upp±detu½ na sakk±. Puttohi me asant±s² v²tataºho mah±v²riyo mah±pañño”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 351. “Niµµhaªgato asant±s², v²tataºho anaªgaºo; acchindi bhavasall±ni, antimoya½ samussayo. 352. “V²tataºho an±d±no, niruttipadakovido; akkhar±na½ sannip±ta½, jaññ± pubb±par±ni ca; sa ve antimas±r²ro, mah±pañño mah±purisoti vuccat²”ti. Tattha (2.0349) niµµhaªgatoti imasmi½ s±sane pabbajit±na½ arahatta½ niµµha½n±ma, ta½ gato pattoti attho. Asant±s²ti abbhantare r±gasant±s±d²na½ abh±venaasantasanako. Acchindi bhavasall±n²ti sabb±nipi bhavag±m²ni sall±ni acchindi.Samussayoti aya½ etassa antimo deho. An±d±noti khandh±d²su niggahaºo. Niruttipadakovidoti niruttiyañca sesapa-desu c±ti cat³supi paµisambhid±su chekoti attho. Akkhar±na½ sannip±ta½, jaññ±pubb±par±ni c±ti akkhar±na½ sannip±tasaªkh±ta½ akkharapiº¹añca j±n±ti,pubbakkharena aparakkhara½, aparakkharena pubbakkharañca j±n±ti. Pubba-kkharena aparakkhara½ j±n±ti n±ma– ±dimhi paññ±yam±ne majjhapariyos±nesuapaññ±yam±nesupi “imesa½ akkhar±na½ ida½ majjha½, ida½ pariyos±nan”tij±n±ti. Aparakkharena pubbakkhara½ j±n±ti n±ma– ante paññ±yam±ne ±dima-jjhesu apaññ±yam±nesu “imesa½ akkhar±na½ ida½ majjha½, aya½ ±d²”ti j±n±ti.Majjhe paññ±yam±nepi “imesa½ akkhar±na½ aya½ ±di, aya½ anto”ti j±n±ti. Eva½mah±pañño. Sa ve antimas±r²roti esa koµiya½ µhitasar²ro, mahant±na½ atthadha-mmaniruttipaµibh±n±na½ s²lakkhandh±d²nañca parigg±hik±ya paññ±ya samann±-gatatt± mah±pañño, “vimuttacittatt± khv±ha½, s±riputta, mah±purisoti vad±m²”ti(sa½. ni. 5.377) vacanato vimuttacittat±ya ca mah±purisoti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su. M±ropi p±pim± “j±n±ti ma½samaºo gotamo”ti tatthevantaradh±y²ti. M±ravatthu aµµhama½. 9. Upak±j²vakavatthu Sabb±bhibh³ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± antar±magge upaka½ ±j²vaka½±rabbha kathesi.

Ekasmiñhi samaye satth± pattasabbaññutaññ±ºo bodhimaº¹e sattasatt±ha½v²tin±metv± attano pattac²varam±d±ya dhammacakkapavattanattha½ b±r±ºasi½sandh±ya aµµh±rasayojanamagga½ paµipanno antar±magge upaka½ ±j²vaka½ (2.035addasa. Sopi satth±ra½ disv± “vippasann±ni kho te, ±vuso, indriy±ni, parisuddhochavivaººo pariyod±to, ka½si tva½, ±vuso, uddissa pabbajito, ko v± te satth±,kassa v± tva½ dhamma½ roces²”ti pucchi. Athassa satth± “mayha½ upajjh±yo v±±cariyo v± natth²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 353. “Sabb±bhibh³ sabbavid³hamasmi, sabbesu dhammesu an³palitto; sabbañjaho taºhakkhaye vimutto, saya½ abhiññ±ya kamuddiseyyan”ti. Tattha sabb±bhibh³ti sabbesa½ tebh³makadhamm±na½ abhibhavanato sabb±-bhibh³. Sabbavid³ti viditasabbacatubh³makadhammo. Sabbesu dhammes³tisabbesupi tebh³makadhammesu taºh±diµµh²hi an³palitto. Sabbañjahoti sabbetebh³makadhamme jahitv± µhito. Taºhakkhaye vimuttoti taºhakkhayante upp±ditetaºhakkhayasaªkh±te arahatte asekh±ya vimuttiy± vimutto. Saya½ abhiññ±y±tiabhiññeyy±dibhede dhamme sayameva j±nitv±. Kamuddiseyyanti “aya½ me upa-jjh±yo v± ±cariyo v±”ti ka½ n±ma uddiseyyanti. Desan±vas±ne upako ±j²vako tath±gatassa vacana½ nev±bhinandi, na paµi-kkosi. S²sa½ pana c±letv± jivha½ nill±¼etv± ekapadikamagga½ gahetv± aññatara½luddakaniv±sanaµµh±na½ agam±s²ti. Upak±j²vakavatthu navama½. 10. Sakkapañhavatthu Sabbad±nanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto sakka½ deva-r±j±na½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi (2.0351) samaye t±vati½sadevaloke devat± sannipatitv± catt±ropañhe samuµµh±pesu½ “katara½ d±na½ nu kho d±nesu, kataro raso rasesu,katar± rati rat²su jeµµhak±, taºhakkhayova kasm± jeµµhakoti vuccat²”ti? Te pañheek± devat±pi vinicchitu½ n±sakkhi. Eko pana devo eka½ deva½, sopi aparantieva½ aññamañña½ pucchant± dasasu cakkav±¼asahassesu dv±dasa sa½vaccha-r±ni vicari½su. Ettaken±pi k±lena pañh±na½ attha½ adisv± dasasahassacakkav±-¼adevat± sannipatitv± catunna½ mah±r±j±na½ santika½ gantv± “ki½, t±t±, mah±-devat±sannip±to”ti vutte “catt±ro pañhe samuµµh±petv± vinicchitu½ asakkont±tumh±ka½ santika½ ±gatamh±”ti. “Ki½ pañha½ n±meta½, t±t±”ti. “D±narasara-t²su katam± d±narasarat² nu kho seµµh±, taºhakkhayova kasm± seµµho”ti imepañhe vinicchitu½ asakkont± ±gatamh±ti. T±t±, mayampi imesa½ atthe naj±n±ma, amh±ka½ pana r±j± janasahassena cintite atthe cintetv± taªkhaºenevaj±n±ti, so amhehi paññ±ya ca puññena ca visiµµho, etha, tassa santika½ gacch±-

m±ti tameva devagaºa½ ±d±ya sakkassa devarañño santika½ gantv± ten±pi “ki½,t±t±, mahanto devasannip±to”ti vutte tamattha½ ±rocesu½. “T±t±, imesa½pañh±na½ attha½ aññopi j±nitu½ na sakkoti, buddhavisay± hete. Satth± paneta-rahi kaha½ viharat²”ti pucchitv± “jetavane”ti sutv± “etha, tassa santika½ gamiss±-m±”ti devagaºena saddhi½ rattibh±ge sakala½ jetavana½ obh±setv± satth±ra½upasaªkamitv± vanditv± ekamanta½ µhito “ki½, mah±r±ja, mahat± devasaªghena±gatos²”ti vutte, “bhante, devagaºena ime n±ma pañh± samuµµh±pit±, aññoimesa½ attha½ j±nitu½ samattho n±ma natthi, imesa½ no attha½ pak±seth±”ti±ha. Satth± “s±dhu mah±r±ja, may± hi p±ramiyo p³retv± mah±paricc±ge pariccajitv±tumh±dis±na½ kaªkhacchedanatthameva sabbaññutaññ±ºa½ paµividdha½, tay±pucchitapañhesu hi sabbad±n±na½ dhammad±na½ seµµha½, sabbaras±na½dhammaraso seµµho, sabbarat²na½ dhammarati seµµh±, taºhakkhayo pana ara-hatta½ samp±pakatt± seµµhoyev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 354. “Sabbad±na½ (2.0352) dhammad±na½ jin±ti, sabbarasa½ dhammaraso jin±ti; sabbarati½ dhammarati jin±ti,

taºhakkhayo sabbadukkha½ jin±t²”ti. Tattha sabbad±na½ dhammad±nanti sacepi hi cakkav±¼agabbhe y±va brahma-lok± nirantara½ katv± sannisinn±na½ buddhapaccekabuddhakh²º±sav±na½ kada-ligabbhasadis±ni c²var±ni dadeyya, tasmi½ sam±game catuppadik±ya g±th±yakat±numodan±va seµµh±. Tañhi d±na½ tass± g±th±ya so¼asi½ kala½ n±gghati.Eva½ dhammassa desan±pi v±canampi savanampi mahanta½. Yena ca pugga-lena bah³na½ ta½ dhammassavana½ k±rita½, tasseva ±nisa½so mah±. Tath±r³-p±ya eva paris±ya paº²tapiº¹ap±tassa patte p³retv± dinnad±natopi sappitel±-d²na½ patte p³retv± dinnabhesajjad±natopi mah±vih±rasadis±na½ vih±r±nañcalohap±s±dasadis±nañca p±s±d±na½ anek±ni satasahass±ni k±retv± dinnasen±-sanad±natopi an±thapiº¹ik±d²hi vih±re ±rabbha kataparicc±gatopi antamaso catu-ppadik±ya g±th±ya anumodan±vasen±pi pavattita½ dhammad±nameva vara½seµµha½. Ki½ k±raº±? Evar³p±ni hi puññ±ni karont± dhamma½ sutv±va karonti,no asutv±. Sace hi ime satt± dhamma½ na suºeyyu½, u¼uªkamatta½ y±gumpikaµacchumatta½ bhattampi na dadeyyu½. Imin± k±raºena sabbad±nehi dhamma-d±nameva seµµha½. Apica µhapetv± buddhe ca paccekabuddhe ca sakalakappa½deve vassante udakabind³ni gaºetu½ samatth±ya paññ±ya samann±gat± s±ripu-tt±dayopi attano dhammat±ya sot±pattiphal±d²ni adhigantu½ n±sakkhi½su, assaji-tther±d²hi kathitadhamma½ sutv± sot±pattiphala½ sacchikari½su, satthu dhamma-desan±ya s±vakap±ram²ñ±ºa½ sacchikari½su. Imin±pi k±raºena, mah±r±ja,dhammad±nameva seµµha½. Tena vutta½– “sabbad±na½ dhammad±na½ jin±t²”ti. Sabbe pana gandharas±dayopi ras± ukka½sato devat±na½ sudh±bhojanara-sopi sa½s±ravaµµe p±tetv± dukkh±nubhavanasseva paccayo. Yo panesa sattati½-sabodhipakkhiyadhammasaªkh±to ca navalokuttaradhammasaªkh±to cadhammaraso, ayameva sabbaras±na½ seµµho. Tena vutta½– “sabbarasa½dhammaraso jin±t²”ti (2.0353). Y±pes± puttaratidh²turatidhanarati-itthiratinaccag²-tav±dit±diratipabhed± ca anekappabhed± rat², s±pi sa½s±ravaµµe p±tetv± dukkh±-nubhavanasseva paccayo. Y± panes± dhamma½ kathentassa v± suºantassa v±v±centassa v± anto uppajjam±n± p²ti udaggabh±va½ janeti, ass³ni pavatteti, loma-ha½sa½ janeti, s±ya½ sa½s±ravaµµassa anta½ katv± arahattapariyos±n± hoti.Tasm± sabbarat²na½ evar³p± dhammaratiyeva seµµh±. Tena vutta½– “sabbarati½dhammarati jin±t²”ti taºhakkhayo pana taºh±ya khayante uppanna½ arahatta½sakalassapi vaµµadukkhassa abhibhavanato sabbaseµµhameva. Tena vutta½–“taºhakkhayo sabbadukkha½ jin±t²”ti. Eva½ satthari imiss± g±th±ya attha½ kathenteyeva catur±s²tiy± p±ºasaha-ss±na½ dhamm±bhisamayo ahosi. Sakkopi satthu dhammakatha½ sutv±satth±ra½ vanditv± evam±ha– “bhante, eva½jeµµhake n±ma dhammad±nekimattha½ amh±ka½ patti½ na d±petha, ito paµµh±ya no bhikkhusaªghassakathetv± patti½ d±petha, bhante”ti. Satth± tassa vacana½ sutv± bhikkhusaªgha½sannip±tetv±, “bhikkhave, ajj±di½ katv± mah±dhammassavana½ v± p±katikadha-mmassavana½ v± upanisinnakatha½ v± antamaso anumodanampi kathetv±sabbasatt±na½ patti½ dadeyy±th±”ti ±ha.

Sakkapañhavatthu dasama½. 11. Aputtakaseµµhivatthu Hananti bhog±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aputtaka-seµµhi½ n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa kira k±lakiriya½ sutv± r±j± pasenadi kosalo “aputtaka½ s±pateyya½kassa p±puº±t²”ti pucchitv± “rañño”ti sutv± sattahi divasehi tassa gehato dhana½r±jakula½ abhihar±petv± satthu santika½ upasaªkamitv± “handa kuto nu tva½,mah±r±ja, ±gacchasi div±divass±”ti vutte “idha, bhante, s±vatthiya½ seµµhi, gaha-pati, k±lakato, tamaha½ aputtaka½ s±pateyya½ r±jantepura½ abhiharitv± ±ga-cch±m²”ti ±ha. Sabba½ sutte (sa½. ni. 1.130) ±gatanayeneva veditabba½. So (2.0354) kira suvaººap±tiy± n±naggarasabhojane upan²te “evar³pa½ n±mamanuss± bhuñjanti, ki½ tumhe may± saddhi½ imasmi½ gehe ke¼i½ karoth±”tibhojane upaµµhite le¹¹udaº¹±d²hi paharitv± pal±petv± “ida½ manuss±na½ bhoja-nan”ti kaº±jaka½ bhuñjati bi¼aªgadutiya½. Vatthay±nachattesupi man±pesu upa-µµh±pitesu te manusse le¹¹udaº¹±d²hi paharanto pal±petv± s±º±ni dh±reti, jajjara-rathakena y±ti paººachattakena dh±riyam±nen±ti eva½ raññ± ±rocite satth±tassa pubbakamma½ kathesi. Bh³tapubba½ so, mah±r±ja, seµµhi, gahapati, tagarasikhi½ n±ma pacceka-buddha½ piº¹ap±tena paµip±desi. “Detha samaºassa piº¹an”ti vatv± so uµµh±y±-san± pakk±mi. Tasmi½ kira assaddhe b±le eva½ vatv± pakkante tassa bhariy±saddh± pasann± “cirassa½ vata me imassa mukhato ‘deh²’ti vacana½ suta½, ajjamama manoratha½ p³rent² piº¹ap±ta½ dass±m²”ti paccekabuddhassa patta½gahetv± paº²tabhojanassa p³retv± ad±si. Sopi nivattam±no ta½ disv± “ki½,samaºa, kiñci te laddhan”ti patta½ gahetv± paº²tapiº¹ap±ta½ disv± vippaµis±r²hutv± eva½ cintesi– “varameta½ piº¹ap±ta½ d±s± v± kammakar± v± bhuñjeyyu½.Te hi ima½ bhuñjitv± mayha½ kamma½ karissanti, aya½ pana gantv± bhuñjitv±nidd±yissati, naµµho me so piº¹ap±to”ti. So bh±tu ca pana ekaputtaka½ s±pate-yyassa k±raº± j²vit± voropesi. So kirassa aªguli½ gahetv± vicaranto “ida½mayha½ pitusantaka½ y±naka½, aya½ tassa goºo”ti-±d²ni ±ha. Atha na½ soseµµhi “id±ni t±vesa eva½ vadeti, imassa pana vu¹¹hippattak±le imasmi½ gehebhoge ko rakkhissat²”ti ta½ arañña½ netv± ekasmi½ gaccham³le g²v±ya gahetv±m³lakanda½ viya g²va½ ph±letv± m±retv± tattheva cha¹¹esi. Idamassa pubba-kamma½. Tena vutta½– “Ya½ kho so, mah±r±ja, seµµhi, gahapati, tagarasikhi½ paccekabuddha½ piº¹ap±tena paµip±desi, tassa kammassa vip±kena sattakkhattu½ sugati½ sagga½ loka½ upapajji, tasseva kammassa vip±k±vasesena imiss±yeva s±va- tthiy± sattakkhattu½ seµµhitta½ k±resi. Ya½ kho so, mah±r±ja, seµµhi, gahapati, datv± pacch± vippaµis±r² ahosi ‘varameta½ piº¹ap±ta½ d±s± v± kammakar± v±

bhuñjeyyun’ti, tassa kammassa vip±kena n±ssu¼±r±ya bhattabhog±ya (2.0355) citta½ namati, n±ssu¼±r±ya vatthabhog±ya, n±ssu¼±r±ya y±nabhog±ya, n±ssu¼±- r±na½ pañcanna½ k±maguº±na½ bhog±ya citta½ namati. Ya½ kho so, mah±- r±ja, seµµhi, gahapati, bh±tu ca pana ekaputta½ s±pateyyassa k±raº± j²vit± voro- pesi, tassa kammassa vip±kena bah³ni vassasat±ni bah³ni vassasahass±ni bah³ni vassasatasahass±ni niraye paccittha, tasseva kammassa vip±k±vase- sena ida½ sattama½ aputtaka½ s±pateyya½ r±jakosa½ paveseti. Tassa kho pana, mah±r±ja, seµµhissa gahapatissa pur±ºañca puñña½ parikkh²ºa½, navañca puñña½ anupacita½. Ajja pana, mah±r±ja, seµµhi, gahapati, mah±ro- ruve niraye paccat²”ti (sa½. ni. 1.131). R±j± satthu vacana½ sutv± “aho, bhante, bh±riya½ kamma½, ettake n±mabhoge vijjam±ne neva attan± paribhuñji, na tumh±dise buddhe dhuravih±re viha-rante puññakamma½ ak±s²”ti ±ha. Satth± “evameta½, mah±r±ja, dummedhapu-ggal± n±ma bhoge labhitv± nibb±na½ na gavesanti, bhoge niss±ya uppannataºh±panete d²gharatta½ hanat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 355. “Hananti bhog± dummedha½, no ca p±ragavesino; bhogataºh±ya dummedho, hanti aññeva attanan”ti. Tattha no ca p±ragavesinoti ye pana nibb±nap±ragavesino puggal±, na tebhog± hananti. Aññeva attananti bhoge niss±ya uppann±ya taºh±ya duppaññopuggalo pare viya att±nameva hanat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aputtakaseµµhivatthu ek±dasama½. 12. Aªkuravatthu Tiºados±n²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± paº¹ukambalasil±ya½ viharantoaªkura½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu “ye jh±nappasut± dh²r±”ti (dha. pa. 181)g±th±ya (2.0356) vitth±ritameva. Vuttañheta½ tattha indaka½ ±rabbha. So kiraanuruddhattherassa antog±ma½ piº¹±ya paviµµhassa attano ±bhata½ kaµacchu-mattaka½ bhikkha½ d±pesi. Tadassa puñña½ aªkurena dasavassasahass±nidv±dasayojanika½ uddhanapanti½ katv± dinnad±nato mahapphalatara½ j±ta½.Tasm± evam±ha. Eva½ vutte satth±, “aªkura, d±na½ n±ma viceyya d±tu½ vaµµati,eva½ ta½ sukhette suvuttab²ja½ viya mahapphala½ hoti. Tva½ pana tath±n±k±si, tena te d±na½ na mahapphala½ j±tan”ti imamattha½ vibh±vento– “Viceyya d±na½ d±tabba½, yattha dinna½ mahapphala½; viceyya d±na½ sugatappasattha½, ye dakkhiºeyy± idha j²valoke; etesu dinn±ni mahapphal±ni, b²j±ni vutt±ni yath±sukhette”ti. (pe. va. 329)–Vatv± uttarimpi dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si–

356. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, r±gados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tar±gesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphala½. 357. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, dosados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tadosesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphala½. 358. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, mohados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tamohesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphala½. 359. “Tiºados±ni khett±ni, icch±dos± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi vigaticchesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphalan”ti. Tattha tiºados±n²ti s±m±k±d²ni tiº±ni uµµhahant±ni pubbaºº±paraºº±nikhett±ni d³senti, tena t±ni na bahuphal±ni honti. Eva½ satt±nampi anto r±go uppa-jjanto satte d³seti, tena tesu dinna½ mahapphala½ na hoti. Kh²º±savesu dinna½pana mahapphala½ hoti. Tena vutta½– “Tiºados±ni (2.0357) khett±ni, r±gados± aya½ paj±; tasm± hi v²tar±gesu, dinna½ hoti mahapphalan”ti.–Sesag±th±supi eseva nayo. Desan±vas±ne aªkuro ca indako ca sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±-nampi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aªkuravatthu dv±dasama½. Taºh±vaggavaººan± niµµhit±.

Catuv²satimo vaggo. 25. Bhikkhuvaggo 1. Pañcabhikkhuvatthu Cakkhun± (2.0358) sa½varoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-ranto pañca bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Tesu kira ekeko cakkhudv±r±d²su pañcasu dv±resu ekekameva rakkhi. Atheka-divasa½ sannipatitv± “aha½ durakkha½ rakkh±mi, aha½ durakkha½ rakkh±m²”tivivaditv± “satth±ra½ pucchitv± imamattha½ j±niss±m±”ti satth±ra½ upasaªka-mitv±, “bhante, maya½ cakkhudv±r±d²ni rakkhant± attano attano rakkhanadv±ra-meva durakkhanti maññ±ma, ko nu kho amhesu durakkha½ rakkhat²”ti pucchi½su.Satth± eka½ bhikkhumpi anos±detv±, “bhikkhave, sabb±ni pet±ni durakkh±neva,api ca kho pana tumhe na id±neva pañcasu µh±nesu asa½vut±, pubbepi asa½-vut±, asa½vutatt±yeva ca paº¹it±na½ ov±de avattitv± j²vitakkhaya½ p±puºitth±”tivatv± “kad±, bhante”ti tehi y±cito at²te takkasilaj±takassa vatthu½ vitth±retv±rakkhas²na½ vasena r±jakule j²vitakkhaya½ patte patt±bhisekena mah±sattenasetacchattassa heµµh± r±j±sane nisinnena attano sirisampatti½ oloketv± “v²riya½n±meta½ sattehi kattabbamev±”ti ud±navasena ud±nita½– “Kusal³padese dhitiy± da¼h±ya ca, anivattitatt±bhayabh²rut±ya ca; na rakkhas²na½ vasam±gamimhase, sa sotthibh±vo mahat± bhayena me”ti. (j±. 1.1.132)–Ima½ g±tha½ dassetv± “tad±pi tumheva pañca jan± takkasil±ya½ rajjagahaºa-tth±ya nikkhanta½ mah±satta½ ±vudhahatth± pariv±retv± magga½ gacchant±antar±magge rakkhas²hi cakkhudv±r±divasena upan²tesu r³p±rammaº±d²su asa½-vut± paº¹itassa ov±de avattitv± ol²yant± rakkhas²hi kh±dit± j²vitakkhaya½ p±pu-ºittha. Tesu pana ±rammaºesu susa½vuto piµµhito piµµhito anubandhanti½ deva-vaººi½ yakkhini½ an±diyitv± sotthin± takkasila½ gantv± rajja½ (2.0359) patto r±j±ahamev±”ti j±taka½ samodh±netv±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±ma sabb±nidv±r±ni sa½varitabb±ni. Et±ni hi sa½varanto eva sabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti vatv±dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 360. “Cakkhun± sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu sotena sa½varo; gh±nena sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu jivh±ya sa½varo. 361. “K±yena sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu v±c±ya sa½varo; manas± sa½varo s±dhu, s±dhu sabbattha sa½varo; sabbattha sa½vuto bhikkhu, sabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti. Tattha cakkhun±ti yad± hi bhikkhuno cakkhudv±re r³p±rammaºa½ ±p±tham±-

gacchati, tad± iµµh±rammaºe arajjantassa aniµµh±rammaºe adussantassa asama-pekkhanena moha½ anupp±dentassa tasmi½ dv±re sa½varo thakana½ pida-hana½ gutti kat± n±ma hoti. Tassa so evar³po cakkhun± sa½varo s±dhu. Esanayo sotadv±r±d²supi. Cakkhudv±r±d²suyeva pana sa½varo v± asa½varo v±nuppajjati, parato pana javanav²thiya½ esa labbhati. Tad± hi asa½varo uppajjantoassaddh± akkhanti kosajja½ muµµhasacca½ aññ±ºanti akusalav²thiya½ aya½pañcavidho labbhati. Sa½varo uppajjanto saddh± khanti v²riya½ sati ñ±ºanti kusa-lav²thiya½ aya½ pañcavidho labbhati. K±yena sa½varoti ettha pana pas±dak±yopi copanak±yopi labbhati. Ubha-yampi paneta½ k±yadv±rameva. Tattha pas±dadv±re sa½var±sa½varo kathitova.Copanadv±repi ta½vatthuk± p±º±tip±ta-adinn±d±nak±mesumicch±c±r±. Tehipana saddhi½ akusalav²thiya½ uppajjantehi ta½ dv±ra½ asa½vuta½ hoti, kusala-v²thiya½ uppajjantehi p±º±tip±t±veramaºi-±d²hi sa½vuta½. S±dhu v±c±y±tietth±pi copanav±c±pi v±c±. T±ya saddhi½ uppajjantehi mus±v±d±d²hi ta½ dv±ra½asa½vuta½ hoti, mus±v±d±veramaºi-±d²hi sa½vuta½. Manas± sa½varoti etth±pijavanamanato aññena manena saddhi½ abhijjh±dayo natthi. Manodv±re panajavanakkhaºe uppajjam±nehi abhijjh±d²hi ta½ dv±ra½ asa½vuta½ hoti, anabhijjh±-d²hi sa½vuta½ hoti. S±dhu sabbatth±ti tesu cakkhudv±r±d²su sabbesupi sa½varos±dhu. Ett±vat± hi aµµha sa½varadv±r±ni aµµha ca asa½varadv±r±ni kathit±ni.Tesu aµµhasu asa½varadv±resu µhito bhikkhu sakalavaµµam³lakadukkhato (2.0360)na muccati, sa½varadv±resu pana µhito sabbasm±pi vaµµam³lakadukkh± muccati.Tena vutta½– “sabbattha sa½vuto bhikkhu, sabbadukkh± pamuccat²”ti. Desan±vas±ne te pañca bhikkh³ sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±nampis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Pañcabhikkhuvatthu paµhama½. 2. Ha½sagh±takabhikkhuvatthu Hatthasa½yatoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½ha½sagh±taka½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiv±sino kira dve sah±yak± bhikkh³su pabbajitv± laddh³pasampad±yebhuyyena ekato vicaranti. Te ekadivasa½ aciravati½ gantv± nhatv± ±tapetappam±n± s±raº²yakatha½ kathent± aµµha½su. Tasmi½ khaºe dve ha½s± ±k±-sena gacchanti. Atheko daharabhikkhu sakkhara½ gahetv± “ekassa ha½sapota-kassa akkhi½ pahariss±m²”ti ±ha, itaro “na sakkhiss±m²”ti ±ha. Tiµµhatu imasmi½passe akkhi, parapasse akkhi½ pahariss±m²ti. Idampi na sakkhissasiyev±ti.“Tena hi upadh±reh²”ti dutiya½ sakkhara½ gahetv± ha½sassa pacch±bh±gekhipi, ha½so sakkharasadda½ sutv± nivattitv± olokesi. Atha na½ itara½ vaµµasa-kkhara½ gahetv± parapasse akkhimhi paharitv± orimakkhin± nikkh±mesi. Ha½soviravanto parivattitv± tesa½ p±dam³leyeva pati. Tattha tattha µhit± bhikkh³ disv±,

“±vuso, buddhas±sane pabbajitv± ananucchavika½ vo kata½ p±º±tip±ta½ karo-nteh²”ti vatv± te ±d±ya gantv± tath±gatassa dassesu½. Satth± “sacca½ kira tay± bhikkhu p±º±tip±to kato”ti pucchitv± “sacca½, bhante”-ti vutte “bhikkhu kasm± evar³pe niyy±nikas±sane pabbajitv± evamak±si, por±ºa-kapaº¹it± anuppanne buddhe ag±ramajjhe (2.0361) vasam±n± appamattakesupiµh±nesu kukkucca½ kari½su, tva½ pana evar³pe buddhas±sane pabbajitv± kukku-ccamattampi na ak±s²”ti vatv± tehi y±cito at²ta½ ±hari. At²te kururaµµhe indapattanagare dhanañcaye rajja½ k±rente bodhisatto tassaaggamahesiy± kucchismi½ paµisandhi½ gahetv± anupubbena viññuta½ pattotakkasil±ya½ sipp±ni uggahetv± pitar± uparajje patiµµh±pito aparabh±ge pitu acca-yena rajja½ patv± dasa r±jadhamme akopento kurudhamme vattittha. Kuru-dhammo n±ma pañcas²l±ni, t±ni bodhisatto parisuddh±ni katv± rakkhi. Yath± cabodhisatto, evamassa m±t± aggamahes² kaniµµhabh±t± upar±j± purohitobr±hmaºo rajjug±hako amacco s±rathi seµµhi doºam±pako mah±matto dov±rikonagarasobhin² vaººad±s²ti evametesu ek±dasasu janesu kurudhamma½ rakkha-ntesu kaliªgaraµµhe dantapuranagare kaliªge rajja½ k±rente tasmi½ raµµhe devona vassi. Mah±sattassa pana añjanasannibho n±ma maªgalahatth² mah±puññohoti. Raµµhav±sino “tasmi½ ±n²te devo vassissat²”ti saññ±ya rañño ±rocayi½su.R±j± tassa hatthissa ±nayanatth±ya br±hmaºe pahiºi. Te gantv± mah±satta½hatthi½ y±ci½su. Satth± tesa½ y±canak±raºa½ dassetu½ ±ha– “Tava saddhañca s²lañca, viditv±na jan±dhipa; vaººa½ añjanavaººena, kaliªgasmi½ nimimhase”ti. (j±. 1.3.76)–Ima½ tikanip±te j±taka½ kathesi. Hatthimhi pana ±n²tepi deve avassante “so r±j±kurudhamma½ rakkhati, tenassa raµµhe devo vassat²”ti saññ±ya “ya½ so kuru-dhamma½ rakkhati, ta½ suvaººapaµµe likhitv± ±neth±”ti puna k±liªgo br±hmaºeca amacce ca pesesi. Tesu gantv± y±cantesu r±j±na½ ±di½ katv± sabbepi teattano attano s²lesu kiñci kukkuccamatta½ katv± “aparisuddha½ no s²lan”ti paµi-kkhipitv±pi “na ett±vat± s²labhedo hot²”ti tehi punappuna½ y±cit± attano attanos²l±ni kathayi½su. K±liªgo suvaººapaµµe likh±petv± ±bhata½ (2.0362) kuru-dhamma½ disv±va sam±d±ya s±dhuka½ p³resi. Tassa raµµhe devo p±vassi,raµµha½ khema½ subhikkha½ ahosi. Satth± ima½ at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Gaºik± uppalavaºº±, puººo dov±riko tad±; rajjug±ho ca kacc±no, doºam±pako ca kolito. “S±riputto tad± seµµh², anuruddho ca s±rath²; br±hmaºo kassapo thero, upar±j±nandapaº¹ito. “Mahes² r±hulam±t±, m±y±dev² janettik±; kurur±j± bodhisatto, eva½ dh±retha j±takan”ti.–J±taka½ samodh±netv± “bhikkhu eva½ pubbepi paº¹it± appamattakepi kukkucceuppanne attano s²labhede ±saªka½ kari½su, tva½ pana m±disassa buddhassas±sane pabbajitv± p±º±tip±ta½ karonto atibh±riya½ kammamak±si, bhikkhun±n±ma hatthehi p±dehi v±c±ya ca sa½yatena bhavitabban”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha–

362. “Hatthasa½yato p±dasa½yato, v±c±sa½yato sa½yatuttamo; ajjhattarato sam±hito, eko santusito tam±hu bhikkhun”ti. Tattha hatthasa½yatoti hatthak²¼±pan±d²na½ v± hatthena paresa½ paharaº±-d²na½ v± abh±vena hatthasa½yato. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. V±c±ya panamus±v±d±d²na½ akaraºato v±c±ya sa½yato. Sa½yatuttamoti sa½yatattabh±vo,k±yacalanas²sukkhipanabhamukavik±r±d²na½ ak±rakoti attho. Ajjhattaratoti goca-rajjhattasaªkh±t±ya kammaµµh±nabh±van±ya rato. Sam±hitoti suµµhu µhapito. Ekosantusitoti ekavih±r² hutv± suµµhu tusito vipassan±c±rato paµµh±ya attano adhiga-mena tuµµham±naso. Puthujjanakaly±ºakañhi ±di½ katv± sabbepi sekh± attanoadhigamena santussant²ti santusit±, arah± pana ekantasantusitova. Ta½ sandh±-yeta½ vutta½. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Ha½sagh±takabhikkhuvatthu dutiya½. 3. Kok±likavatthu Yo (2.0363) mukhasa½yatoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantokok±lika½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu “atha kho kok±liko bhikkhu yena bhagav± tenu-pasaªkam²”ti sutte (sa½. ni. 1.181; su. ni. kok±likasutta; a. ni. 10.89)

±gatameva. Atthopissa aµµhakath±ya vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Kok±like pana padumaniraye uppanne dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±-pesu½ “aho kok±liko bhikkhu attano mukha½ niss±ya vin±sa½ patto, dve aggas±-vake akkosantasseva hissa pathav² vivara½ ad±s²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha,bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na,bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbepi kok±liko bhikkhu attano mukhameva niss±ya naµµho”-ti vatv± tamattha½ sotuk±mehi bhikkh³hi y±cito tassa pak±sanattha½ at²ta½±hari. At²te himavantapadese ekasmi½ sare kacchapo vasati. Dve ha½sapotak±gocar±ya carant± tena saddhi½ viss±sa½ katv± da¼haviss±sik± hutv± ekadivasa½kacchapa½ pucchi½su– “samma, amh±ka½ himavante cittak³µapabbatatalekañcanaguh±ya vasanaµµh±na½, ramaºiyo padeso, gacchissasi amhehi saddhin”-ti. “Samma, aha½ katha½ gamiss±m²”ti? “Maya½ ta½ ness±ma, sace mukha½rakkhitu½ sakkhissas²”ti. “Rakkhiss±mi, samm± gahetv± ma½ gacchath±”ti. Te“s±dh³”ti vatv± eka½ daº¹aka½ kacchapena ¹a½s±petv± saya½ tassa ubhokoµiyo ¹a½sitv± ±k±sa½ pakkhandi½su. Ta½ tath± ha½sehi n²yam±na½ g±mad±-rak± disv± “dve ha½s± kacchapa½ daº¹ena harant²”ti ±ha½su. Kacchapo “yadima½ sah±yak± nenti, tumh±ka½ ettha ki½ hoti duµµhaceµak±”ti vattuk±moha½s±na½ s²ghavegat±ya b±r±ºasinagare r±janivesanassa uparibh±ga½ sampa-ttak±le daµµhaµµh±nato daº¹aka½ vissajjetv± ±k±saªgaºe patitv± dvedh± bhijji.Satth± ima½ at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Avadh² (2.0364) vata att±na½, kacchapo by±hara½ gira½; suggah²tasmi½ kaµµhasmi½, v±c±ya sakiy±vadh². “Etampi disv± narav²riyaseµµha, v±ca½ pamuñce kusala½ n±tivela½; passasi bahubh±ºena, kacchapa½ byasana½ gatan”ti. (j±. 1.2.129-130);Ima½ dukanip±te bahubh±ºij±taka½ vitth±retv±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±mamukhasa½yatena samac±rin± anuddhatena nibbutacittena bhavitabban”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 363. “Yo mukhasa½yato bhikkhu, mantabh±º² anuddhato; attha½ dhammañca d²peti, madhura½ tassa bh±sitan”ti. Tattha mukhasa½yatoti d±sacaº¹±l±dayopi “tva½ dujj±to, tva½ duss²lo”ti-±-d²na½ avacanat±ya mukhena sa½yato. Mantabh±º²ti mant± vuccati paññ±, t±yabhaºanas²lo. Anuddhatoti nibbutacitto. Attha½ dhammañca d²pet²ti bh±sitattha-ñceva desan±dhammañca katheti. Madhuranti evar³passa bhikkhuno bh±sita½madhura½ n±ma. Yo pana atthameva samp±deti, na p±¼i½, p±¼i½yeva samp±deti,na attha½, ubhaya½ v± pana na samp±deti, tassa bh±sita½ madhura½ n±ma nahot²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Kok±likavatthu tatiya½.

4. Dhamm±r±mattheravatthu Dhamm±r±moti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto dhamm±r±-matthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Satth±r± kira “ito me catum±saccayena parinibb±na½ bhavissat²”ti ±rocite ane-kasahass± bhikkh³ satth±ra½ pariv±retv± vicari½su. Tattha puthujjan± (2.0365)bhikkh³ ass³ni sandh±retu½ n±sakkhi½su, kh²º±sav±na½ dhammasa½vegouppajji. Sabbepi “ki½ nu kho kariss±m±”ti vaggabandhanena vicaranti. Eko panadhamm±r±mo n±ma bhikkhu bhikkh³na½ santika½ na upasaªkamati. Bhikkh³hi“ki½, ±vuso”ti vuccam±no paµivacanampi adatv± “satth± kira catum±saccayenaparinibb±yissati, ahañcamhi av²tar±go, satthari dharam±neyeva v±yamitv± ara-hatta½ p±puºiss±m²”ti ekakova viharanto satth±r± desita½ dhamma½ ±vajjeticinteti anussarati. Bhikkh³ tath±gatassa ±rocesu½– “bhante, dhamm±r±massatumhesu sinehamattampi natthi, ‘satth± kira parinibb±yissati, ki½ nu kho kariss±-m±’ti amhehi saddhi½ sammantanamattampi na karot²”ti. Satth± ta½ pakkos±-petv± “sacca½ kira tva½ eva½ karos²”ti pucchi. “Sacca½, bhante”ti. “Ki½ k±raº±”-ti? Tumhe kira catum±saccayena parinibb±yissatha, ahañcamhi av²tar±go,tumhesu dharantesuyeva v±yamitv± arahatta½ p±puºiss±m²ti tumhehi desita½dhamma½ ±vajj±mi cintemi anussar±m²ti. Satth± “s±dhu s±dh³”ti tassa s±dhuk±ra½ datv±, “bhikkhave, aññen±pi mayisinehavantena bhikkhun± n±ma dhamm±r±masadiseneva bhavitabba½. Na himayha½ m±l±gandh±d²hi p³ja½ karont± mama p³ja½ karonti n±ma, dhamm±nu-dhamma½ paµipajjant±yeva pana ma½ p³jenti n±m±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 364. “Dhamm±r±mo dhammarato, dhamma½ anuvicintaya½; dhamma½ anussara½ bhikkhu, saddhamm± na parih±yat²”ti. Tattha niv±sanaµµhena samathavipassan±dhammo ±r±mo ass±ti dhamm±r±mo.Tasmi½yeva dhamme ratoti dhammarato. Tasseva dhammassa punappuna½vicintanat±ya dhamma½ anuvicintaya½, ta½ dhamma½ ±vajjento manasikaro-ntoti attho. Anussaranti tameva dhamma½ anussaranto. Saddhamm±ti evar³pobhikkhu sattati½sabhed± bodhipakkhiyadhamm± navavidhalokuttaradhamm± cana parih±yat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so bhikkhu arahatte patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik± dhamma-desan± ahos²ti. Dhamm±r±mattheravatthu catuttha½. 5. Vipakkhasevakabhikkhuvatthu Sal±bhanti (2.0366) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto añña-tara½ vipakkhasevaka½ bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi.

Tassa kireko devadattapakkhiko bhikkhu sah±yo ahosi. So ta½ bhikkh³hisaddhi½ piº¹±ya caritv± katabhattakicca½ ±gacchanta½ disv± “kuhi½ gatos²”tipucchi. “Asukaµµh±na½ n±ma piº¹±ya caritun”ti. “Laddho te piº¹ap±to”ti? “¾ma,laddho”ti. “Idha amh±ka½ mah±l±bhasakk±ro, katip±ha½ idheva hoh²”ti. So tassavacanena katip±ha½ tattha vasitv± sakaµµh±nameva agam±si. Atha na½ bhikkh³“aya½, bhante, devadattassa uppannal±bhasakk±ra½ paribhuñjati, devadattassapakkhiko eso”ti tath±gatassa ±rocesu½. Satth± ta½ pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kiratva½ evamak±s²”ti pucchi. “¾ma, bhante, aha½ tattha eka½ dahara½ niss±yakatip±ha½ vasi½, na ca pana devadattassa laddhi½ rocem²”ti. Atha na½ bhagav±“kiñc±pi tva½ laddhi½ na rocesi, diµµhadiµµhak±na½yeva pana laddhi½ rocentoviya vicarasi. Na tva½ id±neva eva½ karosi, pubbepi evar³poyev±”ti vatv± “id±nit±va, bhante, amhehi s±ma½ diµµho, pubbe panesa kesa½ laddhi½ rocento viyavicari, ±cikkhatha no”ti bhikkh³hi y±cito at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Pur±ºacor±na vaco nisamma, mahi¼±mukho pothayamanvac±r²; susaññat±nañhi vaco nisamma, gajuttamo sabbaguºesu aµµh±”ti. (j±. 1.1.26)–Ima½ mahi¼±mukhaj±taka½ vitth±retv±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±ma sakal±bhe-neva santuµµhena bhavitabba½, paral±bha½ patthetu½ na vaµµati. Paral±bha½patthentassa hi jh±navipassan±maggaphalesu ekadhammopi nuppajjati, sakal±-bhasantuµµhasseva pana jh±n±d²ni uppajjant²”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento im±g±th± abh±si– 365. “Sal±bha½ n±timaññeyya, n±ññesa½ pihaya½ care; aññesa½ pihaya½ bhikkhu, sam±dhi½ n±dhigacchati. 366. “Appal±bhopi (2.0367) ce bhikkhu, sal±bha½ n±timaññati; ta½ ve dev± pasa½santi, suddh±j²vi½ atanditan”ti. Tattha sal±bhanti attano uppajjanakal±bha½. Sapad±nac±rañhi parivajjetv±anesan±ya j²vika½ kappento sal±bha½ atimaññati h²¼eti jigucchati n±ma. Tasm±eva½ akaraºena sal±bha½ n±timaññeyya. Aññesa½ pihayanti aññesa½ l±bha½patthento na careyy±ti attho. Sam±dhi½ n±dhigacchat²ti aññesañhi l±bha½ piha-yanto tesa½ c²var±dikaraºe ussukka½ ±panno bhikkhu appan±sam±dhi½ v± upa-c±rasam±dhi½ v± n±dhigacchati. Sal±bha½ n±timaññat²ti appal±bhopi sam±nouccan²cakule paµip±µiy± sapad±na½ caranto bhikkhu sal±bha½ n±timaññati n±ma.Ta½ veti ta½ evar³pa½ bhikkhu½ s±raj²vitat±ya suddh±j²vi½ jaªghabala½niss±ya j²vitakappanena akus²tat±ya atandita½ dev± pasa½santi thoment²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Vipakkhasevakabhikkhuvatthu pañcama½. 6. Pañcaggad±yakabr±hmaºavatthu

Sabbasoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto pañcaggad±-yaka½ n±ma br±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira sasse khette µhitak±leyeva khettagga½ n±ma deti, khalak±le khalagga½n±ma deti, khalabhaº¹ak±le khalabhaº¹agga½ n±ma deti, ukkhalikak±lekumbhagga½ n±ma deti, p±tiya½ va¹¹hitak±le p±tagga½ n±ma det²ti im±ni pañcaaggad±n±ni deti, sampattassa adatv± n±ma na bhuñjati. Tenassa pañcaggad±yako-tveva n±ma½ ahosi. Satth± tassa ca br±hmaºiy± cassa tiººa½ phal±na½ upani-ssaya½ disv± br±hmaºassa bhojanavel±ya½ gantv± dv±re aµµh±si. Sopi dv±rapa-mukhe antogeh±bhimukho nis²ditv± bhuñjati, satth±ra½ dv±re µhita½ na passati.Br±hmaº² pana ta½ parivisam±n± satth±ra½ disv± cintesi– “aya½ br±hmaºopañcasu (2.0368) µh±nesu agga½ datv± bhuñjati, id±ni ca samaºo gotamo±gantv± dv±re µhito. Sace br±hmaºo eta½ disv± attano bhatta½ haritv± dassati,punap±ha½ pacitu½ na sakkhiss±m²”ti. S± “eva½ aya½ samaºa½ gotama½ napassissat²”ti satthu piµµhi½ datv± tassa pacchato ta½ paµicch±dent² onamitv±puººacanda½ p±ºin± paµicch±dent² viya aµµh±si. Tath± µhit± eva ca pana “gato nukho no”ti satth±ra½ a¹¹hakkhikena olokesi. Satth± tattheva aµµh±si. Br±hmaºassapana savanabhayena “aticchath±”ti na vadeti, osakkitv± pana saºikameva “ati-cchath±”ti ±ha. Satth± “na gamiss±m²”ti s²sa½ c±lesi. Lokagarun± buddhena “nagamiss±m²”ti s²se c±lite s± sandh±retu½ asakkont² mah±hasita½ hasi. Tasmi½khaºe satth± geh±bhimukha½ obh±sa½ muñci. Br±hmaºopi piµµhi½ datv± nisinno-yeva br±hmaºiy± hasitasadda½ sutv± chabbaºº±nañca rasm²na½ obh±sa½ olo-ketv± satth±ra½ addasa. Buddh± hi n±ma g±me v± araññe v± hetusampann±na½att±na½ adassetv± na pakkamanti. Br±hmaºopi satth±ra½ disv±, “bhoti n±si-tomhi tay±,

r±japutta½ ±gantv± dv±re µhita½ mayha½ an±cikkhantiy± bh±riya½ te kamma½katan”ti vatv± a¹¹habhutta½ bhojanap±ti½ ±d±ya satthu santika½ gantv±, “bhogotama, aha½ pañcasu µh±nesu agga½ datv±va bhuñj±mi, ito ca me majjhebhinditv± ekova bhattakoµµh±so bhutto, eko koµµh±so avasiµµho, paµiggaºhissasime ida½ bhattan”ti. Satth± “na me tava ucchiµµhabhattena attho”ti avatv±,“br±hmaºa, aggampi mayhameva anucchavika½, majjhe bhinditv± a¹¹habhutta-bhattampi, carimakabhattapiº¹opi mayhameva anucchaviko. Mayañhi, br±hmaºa,paradatt³paj²vipetasadis±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Yadaggato majjhato sesato v±, piº¹a½ labhetha paradatt³paj²v²; n±la½ thutu½ nopi nipaccav±d², ta½ v±pi dh²r± muni vedayant²”ti. (su. ni. 219); Br±hmaºo ta½ sutv±va pasannacitto hutv± “aho acchariya½, d²pas±miko n±mar±japutto ‘na me tava ucchiµµhabhattena attho’ti avatv± eva½ vakkhat²”ti dv±reµhitakova satth±ra½ pañha½ pucchi– “bho gotama (2.0369), tumhe attano s±vakebhikkh³ti vadatha, kitt±vat± bhikkhu n±ma hot²”ti. Satth± “katha½r³p± nu khoimassa dhammadesan± sapp±y±”ti upadh±rento “ime dvepi jan± kassapabuddha-k±le ‘n±mar³pan’ti vadant±na½ katha½ suºi½su, n±mar³pa½ avissajjitv±vanesa½ dhamma½ desetu½ vaµµat²”ti, “br±hmaºa, n±me ca r³pe ca arajjanto asa-jjanto asocanto bhikkhu n±ma hot²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 367. “Sabbaso n±mar³pasmi½, yassa natthi mam±yita½; asat± ca na socati, sa ve bhikkh³ti vuccat²”ti. Tattha sabbasoti sabbasmimpi vedan±d²na½ catunna½, r³pakkhandhassa c±tipañcanna½ khandh±na½ vasena pavatte n±mar³pe. Mam±yitanti yassa ahanti v±mamanti v± g±ho natthi. Asat± ca na socat²ti tasmiñca n±mar³pe khayavaya½patte “mama r³pa½ kh²ºa½ …pe… mama viññ±ºa½ kh²ºan”ti na socati na viha-ññati, “khayavayadhamma½ me kh²ºan”ti passati. Sa veti so evar³po vijjam±nepin±mar³pe mam±yitarahitopi asat±pi tena asocanto bhikkh³ti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne ubhopi jayampatik± an±g±miphale patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±-nampi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Pañcaggad±yakabr±hmaºavatthu chaµµha½. 7. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu Mett±vih±r²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto sambahulebhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye ±yasmante mah±kacc±ne avantijanapade kuraraghara½niss±ya pavattapabbate viharante soºo n±ma koµikaººo up±sako therassadhammakath±ya pas²ditv± therassa santike pabbajituk±mo (2.0370) therena“dukkara½ kho, soºa, y±vaj²va½ ekabhatta½ ekaseyya½ brahmacariyan”ti vatv±

dve v±re paµikkhittopi pabbajj±ya ativiya uss±haj±to tatiyav±re thera½ y±citv±pabbajitv± appabhikkhukatt± dakkhiº±pathe tiººa½ vass±na½ accayena laddh³-pasampado satth±ra½ sammukh± daµµhuk±mo hutv± upajjh±ya½ ±pucchitv± tenadinna½ s±sana½ gahetv± anupubbena jetavana½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± kata-paµisanth±ro satth±r± ekagandhakuµiya½yeva anuññ±tasen±sano bahudeva ratti½ajjhok±se v²thin±metv± rattibh±ge gandhakuµi½ pavisitv± attano pattasen±saneta½ rattibh±ga½ v²tin±metv± pacc³sasamaye satth±r± ajjhiµµho so¼asa aµµhakava-ggik±ni (su. ni. 772 ±dayo) sabb±neva sarabhaññena abhaºi. Athassa bhagav±sarabhaññapariyos±ne abbh±numodento– “s±dhu s±dhu, bhikkh³”ti s±dhuk±ra½ad±si. Satth±r± dinnas±dhuk±ra½ sutv± bh³maµµhakadev± n±g± supaºº±ti eva½y±va brahmalok± ekas±dhuk±rameva ahosi. Tasmi½ khaºe jetavanato v²sayojanasatamatthake kuraragharanagaretherassa m±tu mah±-up±sik±ya gehe adhivatth± devat±pi mahantena saddenas±dhuk±ramad±si. Atha na½ up±sik± ±ha– “ko esa s±dhuk±ra½ det²”ti? Aha½,bhagin²ti. Kosi tvanti? Tava gehe adhivatth±, devat±ti. Tva½ ito pubbe mayha½s±dhuk±ra½ adatv± ajja kasm± des²ti? N±ha½ tuyha½ s±dhuk±ra½ damm²ti. Athakassa te s±dhuk±ro dinnoti? Tava puttassa koµikaººassa soºattherass±ti. Ki½ meputtena katanti? Putto te ajja satth±r± saddhi½ ekagandhakuµiya½ vasitv±dhamma½ desesi, satth± tava puttassa dhamma½ sutv± pasanno s±dhuk±rama-d±si. Tenassa may±pi s±dhuk±ro dinno. Samm±sambuddhassa hi s±dhuk±ra½sampaµicchitv± bh³maµµhakadeve ±di½ katv± y±va brahmalok± ekas±dhuk±ra-meva j±tanti. Ki½ pana, s±mi, mama puttena satthu dhammo kathito, satth±r±mama puttassa kathitoti? Tava puttena satthu kathitoti. Eva½ devat±ya kathenti-y±va up±sik±ya pañcavaºº± p²ti uppajjitv± sakalasar²ra½ phari. Athass± etadahosi– “sace me putto satth±r± saddhi½ ekagandhakuµiya½vasitv± satthu dhamma½ kathetu½ sakkhi, mayhampi kathetu½ sakkhissatiyeva (2.0Puttassa ±gatak±le dhammassavana½ k±retv± dhammakatha½ suºiss±m²”ti.Soºattheropi kho satth±r± s±dhuk±re dinne “aya½ me upajjh±yena dinnas±sana½±rocetu½ k±lo”ti bhagavanta½ paccantimesu janapadesu vinayadharapañca-mena gaºena upasampada½ ±di½ katv± (mah±va. 259) pañca vare y±citv± kati-p±ha½ satthu santikeyeva vasitv± “upajjh±ya½ passiss±m²”ti satth±ra½ ±pu-cchitv± jetavan± nikkhamitv± anupubbena upajjh±yassa santika½ agam±si. Thero punadivase ta½ ±d±ya piº¹±ya caranto m±tu up±sik±ya gehadv±ra½agam±si. S±pi putta½ disv± tuµµham±nas± vanditv± sakkacca½ parivisitv± pucchi–“sacca½ kira tva½, t±ta, satth±r± saddhi½ ekagandhakuµiya½ vasitv± satthudhammakatha½ kathes²”ti. “Up±sike, tuyha½ kena ida½ kathitan”ti? “T±ta,imasmi½ gehe adhivatth± devat± mahantena saddena s±dhuk±ra½ datv± may±‘ko eso’ti vutte ‘ahan’ti vatv± evañca evañca kathesi. Ta½ sutv± mayha½ etada-hosi– ‘sace me putto satthu dhammakatha½ kathesi, mayhampi kathetu½ sakkhi-ssat²’ti. Atha na½ ±ha– ‘t±ta, yato tay± satthu sammukh± dhammo kathito,mayhampi kathetu½ sakkhissasi eva. Asukadivase n±ma dhammassavana½k±retv± tava dhamma½ suºiss±mi, t±t±’”ti. So adhiv±sesi. Up±sik± bhikkhusa-

ªghassa d±na½ datv± p³ja½ katv± “puttassa me dhammakatha½ suºiss±m²”tiekameva d±si½ geharakkhika½ µhapetv± sabba½ parijana½ ±d±ya antonagaredhammassavanatth±ya k±rite maº¹ape alaªkatadhamm±sana½ abhiruyhadhamma½ desentassa puttassa dhammakatha½ sotu½ agam±si. Tasmi½ pana k±le navasat± cor± tass± up±sik±ya gehe ot±ra½ olokent± vica-ranti. Tass± pana geha½ sattahi p±k±rehi parikkhitta½ sattadv±rakoµµhakayutta½,tattha tesu tesu µh±nesu caº¹asunakhe bandhitv± µhapayi½su. Antogehe chada-nassa udakap±taµµh±ne pana parikha½ khaºitv± tipun± p³rayi½su. Ta½ div± ±ta-pena vil²na½ pakkuthita½ viya tiµµhati, ratti½ kaµhina½ kakkha¼a½ hutv± tiµµhati.Tass±nantar± mahant±ni ayasaªgh±µak±ni nirantara½ bh³miya½ odahi½su. Itiimañc±rakkha½ up±sik±ya ca antogehe µhitabh±va½ paµicca te cor± ok±sa½ ala-bhant± ta½ divasa½ tass± gatabh±va½ ñatv± umaªga½ bhinditv± tipuparikh±ya (2.0ca ayasaªgh±µak±nañca heµµh±bh±geneva geha½ pavisitv± corajeµµhaka½ tass±santika½ pahiºi½su “sace s± amh±ka½ idha paviµµhabh±va½ sutv± nivattitv±geh±bhimukh² ±gacchati, asin± na½ paharitv± m±reth±”ti. So gantv± tass± santikeaµµh±si. Cor±pi antogehe d²pa½ j±letv± kah±paºagabbhadv±ra½ vivari½su. S± d±s²core disv± up±sik±ya santika½ gantv±, “ayye, bah³ cor± geha½ pavisitv± kah±pa-ºagabbhadv±ra½ vivari½s³”ti ±rocesi. “Cor± attan± diµµhakah±paºe harantu,aha½ mama puttassa dhammakatha½ suº±mi, m± me dhammassa antar±ya½kari, geha½ gacch±”ti ta½ pahiºi. Cor±pi kah±paºagabbha½ tuccha½ katv± rajata-gabbha½ vivari½su. S± punapi gantv± tamattha½ ±rocesi. Up±sik±pi “cor± attan±icchita½ harantu, m± me antar±ya½ kar²”ti puna ta½ pahiºi. Cor± rajataga-bbhampi tuccha½ katv± suvaººagabbha½ vivari½su. S± punapi gantv± up±si-k±ya tamattha½ ±rocesi. Atha na½ up±sik± ±mantetv±, “bhoti je tva½ anekav±ra½mama santika½ ±gat±, ‘cor± yath±rucita½ harantu, aha½ mama puttassadhammakatha½ suº±mi, m± me antar±ya½ kar²’ti may± vutt±pi mama katha½ an±-diyitv± punappuna½ ±gacchasiyeva. Sace id±ni tva½ ±gacchissasi, j±niss±mi tekattabba½, gehameva gacch±”ti pahiºi. Corajeµµhako tass± katha½ sutv± “evar³p±ya itthiy± santaka½ harant±na½asani patitv± matthaka½ bhindeyy±”ti cor±na½ santika½ gantv± “s²gha½ up±si-k±ya santaka½ paµip±katika½ karoth±”ti ±ha. Te kah±paºehi kah±paºagabbha½,rajatasuvaººehi rajatasuvaººagabbhe puna p³rayi½su. Dhammat± kires±, ya½dhammo dhammac±rina½ rakkhati. Tenev±ha– “Dhammo have rakkhati dhammac±ri½, dhammo suciººo sukham±vah±ti; es±nisa½so dhamme suciººe, na duggati½ gacchati dhammac±r²”ti. (therag±. 303; j±. 1.10.102); Cor±pi gantv± dhammassavanaµµh±ne aµµha½su. Theropi dhamma½ kathetv±vibh±t±ya rattiy± ±san± otari. Tasmi½ khaºe corajeµµhako up±sik±ya (2.0373)p±dam³le nipajjitv± “kham±hi me, ayye”ti ±ha. “Ki½ ida½, t±t±”ti? “Ahañhitumhesu ±gh±ta½ katv± tumhe m±retuk±mo aµµh±sin”ti. “Tena hi te, t±ta, kham±-

m²”ti. Sesacor±pi tatheva vatv±, “t±t±, kham±m²”ti vutte ±ha½su– “ayye, sace nokhamatha, puttassa vo santike amh±ka½ pabbajja½ d±peth±”ti. S± putta½vanditv± ±ha– “t±ta, ime cor± mama guºesu tumh±kañca dhammakath±yapasann± pabbajja½ y±canti, pabb±jetha ne”ti. Thero “s±dh³”ti vatv± tehi nivattha-vatth±na½ das±ni chind±petv± tambamattik±ya raj±petv± te pabb±jetv± s²lesupatiµµh±pesi. Upasampannak±le ca nesa½ ekekassa visu½ visu½ kammaµµh±na-mad±si. Te navasat± bhikkh³ visu½ visu½ navasatakammaµµh±n±ni gahetv± eka½pabbata½ abhiruyha tassa tassa rukkhassa ch±y±ya nis²ditv± samaºadhamma½kari½su. Satth± v²sayojanasatamatthake jetavanamah±vih±re nisinnova te bhikkh³ olo-ketv± tesa½ cariyavasena dhammadesana½ vavatth±petv± obh±sa½ pharitv±sammukhe nis²ditv± kathento viya im± g±th± abh±si– 368. “Mett±vih±r² yo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhas±sane; adhigacche pada½ santa½, saªkh±r³pasama½ sukha½. 369. “Siñca bhikkhu ima½ n±va½, sitt± te lahumessati; chetv± r±gañca dosañca, tato nibb±namehisi. 370. “Pañca chinde pañca jahe, pañca cuttari bh±vaye; pañcasaªg±tigo bhikkhu, oghatiººoti vuccati. 371. “Jh±ya bhikkhu m± pam±do,

m± te k±maguºe ramessu citta½; m± lohagu¼a½ gil² pamatto, m± kand² dukkhamidanti dayham±no. 372. “Natthi (2.0374) jh±na½ apaññassa, paññ± natthi ajh±yato; yamhi jh±nañca paññ± ca, sa ve nibb±nasantike. 373. “Suññ±g±ra½ paviµµhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno; am±nus² rat² hoti, samm± dhamma½ vipassato. 374. “Yato yato sammasati, khandh±na½ udayabbaya½; labhat² p²tip±mojja½, amata½ ta½ vij±nata½. 375. “Tatr±yam±di bhavati, idha paññassa bhikkhuno; indriyagutti santuµµhi, p±timokkhe ca sa½varo. 376. “Mitte bhajassu kaly±ºe, suddh±j²ve atandite; paµisanth±ravutyassa, ±c±rakusalo siy±; tato p±mojjabahulo, dukkhassanta½ karissat²”ti. Tattha mett±vih±r²ti mett±kammaµµh±ne kamma½ karontopi mett±vasena tikaca-tukkajjh±ne nibbattetv± µhitopi mett±vih±r²yeva n±ma. Pasannoti yo pana buddha-s±sane pasanno hoti, pas±da½ rocetiyev±ti attho. Pada½ santanti nibb±nasseta½n±ma½. Evar³po hi bhikkhu santa½ koµµh±sa½ sabbasaªkh±r±na½ upasantat±yasaªkh±r³pasama½, paramasukhat±ya sukhanti laddhan±ma½ nibb±na½ adhiga-cchati, vindatiyev±ti attho. Siñca bhikkhu ima½ n±vanti bhikkhu ima½ attabh±vasaªkh±ta½ n±va½ micch±-vitakkodaka½ cha¹¹ento siñca. Sitt± te lahumessat²ti yath± hi mah±samudde uda-kasseva bharit± n±v± chidd±ni pidahitv± udakassa sittat±ya sitt± sallahuk± hutv±mah±samudde anos²ditv± s²gha½ supaµµana½ gacchati, eva½ tav±pi aya½micch±vitakkodakabharit± attabh±van±v± cakkhudv±r±dichidd±ni sa½varenapidahitv± uppannassa micch±vitakkodakassa sittat±ya sitt± sallahuk± sa½s±ra-vaµµe anos²ditv± s²gha½ nibb±na½ gamissati. Chetv±ti r±gadosabandhan±nichinda. Et±ni hi chinditv± arahattappatto tato aparabh±ge anup±disesanibb±na-meva ehisi, gamissas²ti attho. Pañca (2.0375) chindeti heµµh±-ap±yasamp±pak±ni pañcorambh±giyasa½yoja-n±ni p±de baddharajju½ puriso satthena viya heµµh±maggattayena chindeyya.Pañca jaheti uparidevalokasamp±pak±ni pañcuddhambh±giyasa½yojan±ni purisog²v±ya baddharajjuka½ viya arahattamaggena jaheyya pajaheyya, chindeyy±tiattho. Pañca cuttari bh±vayeti uddhambh±giyasa½yojan±na½ pah±natth±yasaddh±d²ni pañcindriy±ni uttari bh±veyya. Pañcasaªg±tigoti eva½ santepañcanna½ r±gadosamoham±nadiµµhisaªg±na½ atikkamanena pañcasaªg±tigobhikkhu oghatiººoti vuccati, catt±ro oghe tiººoyev±ti vuccat²ti attho. Jh±ya bhikkh³ti bhikkhu tva½ dvinna½ jh±n±na½ vasena jh±ya ceva, k±yaka-mm±d²su ca appamattavih±rit±ya m± pamajji. Ramess³ti pañcavidhe ca k±ma-guºe te citta½ m± ramessu. M± lohagu¼anti sativossaggalakkhaºena hi pam±-dena pamatt± niraye tatta½ lohagu¼a½ gilanti, tena ta½ vad±mi “m± pamattohutv± lohagu¼a½ gili, m± niraye ¹ayham±no ‘dukkhamidan’ti kand²”ti attho.

Natthi jh±nanti jh±nupp±dik±ya v±y±mapaññ±ya apaññassa jh±na½ n±manatthi. Paññ± natth²ti ajh±yantassa “sam±hito bhikkhu yath±bh³ta½ j±n±ti passat²”-ti vuttalakkhaº± paññ± natthi. Yamhi jh±nañca paññ± c±ti yamhi puggale ida½ubhayampi atthi, so nibb±nassa santike µhitoyev±ti attho. Suññ±g±ra½ paviµµhass±ti kismiñcideva vivittok±se kammaµµh±na½ avijahitv±kammaµµh±namanasik±rena nisinnassa. Santacittass±ti nibbutacittassa. Samm±tihetun± k±raºena dhamma½ vipassantassa vipassan±saªkh±t± am±nus² rati aµµha-sam±pattisaªkh±t± dibb±pi rati hoti uppajjat²ti attho. Yato yato sammasat²ti aµµhati½s±ya ±rammaºesu kamma½ karonto yena yen±-k±rena, purebhatt±d²su v± k±lesu yasmi½ yasmi½ attan± abhirucite k±le, abhiru-cite v± kammaµµh±ne kamma½ karonto sammasati. Udayabbayanti pañcanna½khandh±na½ pañcav²satiy± lakkhaºehi udaya½ (2.0376), pañcav²satiy± eva calakkhaºehi vaya½. P²tip±mojjanti eva½ khandh±na½ udayabbaya½ sammasantodhammap²ti½ dhammap±mojjañca labhati. Amatanti ta½ sappaccaye n±mar³pep±kaµe hutv± upaµµhahante uppanna½ p²tip±mojja½ amatanibb±nasamp±pakatt±vij±nata½ paº¹it±na½ amatamev±ti attho. Tatr±yam±di bhavat²ti tatra aya½ ±di, ida½ pubbaµµh±na½ hoti. Idha paññass±tiimasmi½ s±sane paº¹itabhikkhuno. Id±ni “ta½ ±d²”ti vutta½ pubbaµµh±na½dassento indriyagutt²ti-±dim±ha. Catup±risuddhis²lañhi pubbaµµh±na½ n±ma.Tattha indriyagutt²ti indriyasa½varo. Santuµµh²ti catupaccayasantoso. Tena ±j²vap±-risuddhi ceva paccayasannissitañca s²la½ kathita½. P±timokkheti p±timokkhasa-ªkh±te jeµµhakas²le parip³rak±rit± kathit±. Mitte bhajassu kaly±ºeti vissaµµhakammante apatir³pasah±ye vajjetv± s±dhuj²-vit±ya suddh±j²ve jaªghabala½ niss±ya j²vikakappan±ya akus²te atandite kaly±ºa-mitte bhajassu, sevass³ti attho. Paµisanth±ravutyass±ti ±misapaµisanth±rena cadhammapaµisanth±rena ca sampannavuttit±ya paµisanth±ravutti assa, paµisanth±-rassa k±rak± bhaveyy±ti attho. ¾c±rakusaloti s²lampi ±c±ro, vattapaµivattampi±c±ro. Tattha kusalo siy±, cheko bhaveyy±ti attho. Tato p±mojjabahuloti tato paµi-santh±ravuttito ca ±c±rakosallato ca uppannena dhammap±mojjena p±mojjaba-hulo hutv± ta½ sakalass±pi vaµµadukkhassa anta½ karissat²ti attho. Eva½ satth±r± desit±su im±su g±th±su ekamekiss±ya g±th±ya pariyos±ne eka-meka½ bhikkhusata½ nisinnanisinnaµµh±neyeva saha paµisambhid±hi arahatta½patv± veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± sabbepi te bhikkh³ ±k±seneva v²sayojanasatika½kant±ra½ atikkamitv± tath±gatassa suvaººavaººa½ sar²ra½ vaººent± thoment±p±de vandi½s³ti. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu sattama½. 8. Pañcasatabhikkhuvatthu Vassik± (2.0377) viya pupph±n²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viha-

ranto pañcasate bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Te kira satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± araññe samaºadhamma½karont± p±tova pupphit±ni vassikapupph±ni s±ya½ vaºµato muccant±ni disv±“pupph±na½ vaºµehi muccanato maya½ paµhamatara½ r±g±d²hi mucciss±m±”tiv±yami½su. Satth± te bhikkh³ oloketv±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±ma vaºµatomuccanapupphena viya dukkhato muccitu½ v±yamitabbamev±”ti vatv± gandhaku-µiya½ nisinnova ±loka½ pharitv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 377. “Vassik± viya pupph±ni, maddav±ni pamuñcati; eva½ r±gañca dosañca, vippamuñcetha bhikkhavo”ti. Tattha vassik±ti suman±. Maddav±n²ti mil±t±ni. Ida½ vutta½ hoti– yath± vassik±hiyyo pupphitapupph±ni punadivase pur±ºabh³t±ni muñcati, vaºµato vissajjeti,eva½ tumhepi r±g±dayo dose vippamuñceth±ti. Desan±vas±ne sabbepi te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½s³ti. Pañcasatabhikkhuvatthu aµµhama½. 9. Santak±yattheravatthu Santak±yoti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto santak±ya-tthera½ n±ma ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa kira hatthap±dakukkucca½ n±ma n±hosi, k±yavijambhanarahito santa-a-ttabh±vova ahosi. So kira s²hayonito ±gato thero. S²h± kira ekadivasa½ gocara½gahetv± rajatasuvaººamaºipav±¼aguh±na½ aññatara½ pavisitv± manosil±taleharit±lacuººesu satt±ha½ nipajjitv± sattame divase uµµh±ya nipannaµµh±na½ olo-ketv± sace naªguµµhassa v± kaºº±na½ v± hatthap±d±na½ v± calitatt± manosil±ha-rit±lacuºº±na½ vippakiººata½ passanti, “na te ida½ j±tiy± v± gottassa v± patir³pa-n”ti (2.0378) puna satt±ha½ nir±h±r± nipajjanti, cuºº±na½ pana vippakiººabh±veasati “ida½ te j±tigott±na½ anucchavikan”ti ±say± nikkhamitv± vijambhitv± dis±anuviloketv± tikkhattu½ s²han±da½ naditv± gocar±ya pakkamanti. Evar³p±yas²hayoniy± ±gato aya½ bhikkhu. Tassa k±yasam±c±ra½ disv± bhikkh³ satthu ±ro-cesu½– “na no, bhante, santak±yattherasadiso bhikkhu diµµhapubbo. Imassa hinisinnaµµh±ne hatthacalana½ v± p±dacalana½ v± k±yavijambhit± v± natth²”ti. Ta½sutv± satth±, “bhikkhave, bhikkhun± n±ma santak±yattherena viya k±y±d²hi upasa-nteneva bhavitabban”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 378. “Santak±yo santav±co, santav± susam±hito; vantalok±miso bhikkhu, upasantoti vuccat²”ti. Tattha santak±yoti p±º±tip±t±d²na½ abh±vena santak±yo, mus±v±d±d²na½abh±vena santav±co, abhijjh±d²na½ abh±vena santav±, k±y±d²na½ tiººampisuµµhu sam±hitatt± susam±hito, cat³hi maggehi lok±misassa vantat±ya vantalok±-miso bhikkhu abbhantare r±g±d²na½ upasantat±ya upasantoti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so thero arahatte patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik± dhammade-

san± ahos²ti. Santak±yattheravatthu navama½. 10. Naªgalakulattheravatthu Attan± codayatt±nanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto naªga-lakulatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Eko kira duggatamanusso paresa½ bhati½ katv± j²vati, ta½ eko bhikkhu pilotika-khaº¹anivattha½ naªgala½ ukkhipitv± gacchanta½ disv± evam±ha– “ki½ pana teeva½ j²vanato pabbajitu½ na varan”ti. Ko ma½, bhante, eva½ j²vanta½ pabb±je-ssat²ti? Sace pabbajissasi, aha½ ta½ pabb±jess±m²ti. S±dhu bhante (2.0379),sace ma½ pabb±jessatha, pabbajiss±m²ti. Atha na½ so thero jetavana½ netv±sahatthena, nh±petv± m±¼ake µhapetv± pabb±jetv± nivatthapilotikakhaº¹enasaddhi½ naªgala½ m±¼akas²m±yameva rukkhas±kh±ya½ µhap±pesi. So

upasampannak±lepi naªgalakulattherotveva paññ±yi. So buddh±na½ uppannal±-bhasakk±ra½ niss±ya j²vanto ukkaºµhitv± ukkaºµhita½ vinodetu½ asakkonto “nad±ni saddh±deyy±ni k±s±y±ni paridahitv± gamiss±m²”ti ta½ rukkham³la½ gantv±attan±va att±na½ ovadi– “ahirika, nillajja, ida½ niv±setv± vibbhamitv± bhati½katv± j²vituk±mo j±to”ti. Tasseva½ att±na½ ovadantasseva citta½ tanukabh±va½gata½. So nivattitv± puna katip±haccayena ukkaºµhitv± tatheva att±na½ ovadi,punassa citta½ nivatti. So imin±va n²h±rena ukkaºµhita-ukkaºµhitak±le tatthagantv± att±na½ ovadi. Atha na½ bhikkh³ tattha abhiºha½ gacchanta½ disv±,“±vuso, naªgalatthera kasm± ettha gacchas²”ti pucchi½su. So “±cariyassasantika½ gacch±mi, bhante”ti vatv± katip±heneva arahatta½ p±puºi. Bhikkh³ tena saddhi½ ke¼i½ karont± ±ha½su– “±vuso naªgalatthera, tava vica-raºamaggo ava¼añjo viya j±to, ±cariyassa santika½ na gacchasi maññe”ti. ¾ma,bhante, maya½ sa½sagge sati agamimh±, id±ni pana so sa½saggo chinno, tenana gacch±m±ti. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³ “esa abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karot²”ti satthutamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth± “±ma, bhikkhave, mama putto attan±va att±na½codetv± pabbajitakiccassa matthaka½ patto”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento im±g±th± abh±si– 379. “Attan± codayatt±na½, paµima½setha attan±; so attagutto satim±, sukha½ bhikkhu vih±hisi. 380. “Att± hi attano n±tho, ko hi n±tho paro siy±; att± hi attano gati; tasm± sa½yamamatt±na½, assa½ bhadra½va v±ºijo”ti. Tattha (2.0380) codayatt±nanti attan±va att±na½ codaya s±raya. Paµima½se-th±ti attan±va att±na½ pariv²ma½satha. Soti so tva½, bhikkhu, eva½ sante atta-n±va guttat±ya attagutto, upaµµhitasatit±ya satim± hutv± sabbiriy±pathesu sukha½viharissas²ti attho. N±thoti avassayo patiµµh±. Ko hi n±tho paroti yasm± parassa attabh±ve pati-µµh±ya kusala½ v± katv± saggapar±yaºena magga½ v± bh±vetv± sacchikatapha-lena bhavitu½ na sakk±, tasm± ko hi n±ma paro n±tho bhaveyy±ti attho. Tasm±tiyasm± att±va attano gati patiµµh± saraºa½, tasm± yath± bhadra½ ass±j±n²ya½niss±ya l±bha½ patthayanto v±ºijo tassa visamaµµh±nac±ra½ pacchinditv± diva-sassa tikkhattu½ nah±pento bhojento sa½yameti paµijaggati, eva½ tvampi anuppa-nnassa akusalassa upp±da½ niv±rento satisammosena uppanna½ akusala½pajahanto att±na½ sa½yama gopaya, eva½ sante paµhamajjh±na½ ±di½ katv±lokiyalokuttaravisesa½ adhigamissas²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Naªgalakulattheravatthu dasama½. 11. Vakkalittheravatthu

P±mojjabahuloti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto vakkali-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kir±yasm± s±vatthiya½ br±hmaºakule nibbattitv± vayappatto piº¹±yapaviµµha½ tath±gata½ disv± satthu sar²rasampatti½ oloketv± sar²rasampattidassa-nena atitto “ev±ha½ niccak±la½ tath±gata½ daµµhu½ labhiss±m²”ti satthu santikepabbajitv± yattha µhitena sakk± dasabala½ passitu½, tattha µhito sajjh±yakamma-µµh±namanasik±r±d²ni pah±ya satth±ra½ olokentova vicarati. Satth± tassa ñ±ºapa-rip±ka½ ±gamento kiñci avatv± “id±nissa ñ±ºa½ parip±ka½ gatan”ti ñatv± “ki½ te,vakkali, imin± (2.0381) p³tik±yena diµµhena, yo kho, vakkali, dhamma½ passati, soma½ passati. Yo ma½ passati, so dhamma½ passat²”ti (sa½. ni. 3.87) vatv±ovadi. So eva½ ovaditopi satthu dassana½ pah±ya neva aññattha gantu½sakkoti. Atha na½ satth± “n±ya½ bhikkhu sa½vega½ alabhitv± bujjhissat²”ti upa-kaµµh±ya vass³pan±yik±ya r±jagaha½ gantv± vass³pan±yikadivase “apehi,vakkali, apehi, vakkal²”ti paº±mesi. So “na ma½ satth± ±lapat²”ti tem±sa½ satthusammukhe µh±tu½ asakkonto “ki½ mayha½ j²vitena, pabbat± att±na½ p±tess±m²”-ti gijjhak³µa½ abhiruhi. Satth± tassa kilamanabh±va½ ñatv± “aya½ bhikkhu mama santik± ass±sa½ ala-bhanto maggaphal±na½ upanissaya½ n±seyy±”ti att±na½ dassetu½ obh±sa½muñci. Athassa satthu diµµhak±lato paµµh±ya t±vamahantopi soko pah²yi. Satth±sukkhata¼±ka½ oghena p³rento viya therassa balavap²tip±mojja½ upp±detu½ima½ g±tham±ha– 381. “P±mojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhas±sane; adhigacche pada½ santa½, saªkh±r³pasama½ sukhan”ti. Tassattho– pakatiy±pi p±mojjabahulo bhikkhu buddhas±sane pas±da½ roceti,so eva½ pasanno buddhas±sane santa½ pada½ saªkh±r³pasama½ sukhantiladdhan±ma½ nibb±na½ adhigaccheyy±ti. Imañca pana g±tha½ vatv± satth±vakkalittherassa hattha½ pas±retv±– “Ehi vakkali m± bh±yi, olokehi tath±gata½; aha½ ta½ uddhariss±mi, paªke sanna½va kuñjara½. “Ehi vakkali m± bh±yi, olokehi tath±gata½; aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, r±huggaha½va s³riya½. “Ehi vakkali m± bh±yi, olokehi tath±gata½; aha½ ta½ mocayiss±mi, r±huggaha½va candiman”ti.–Im± g±th± abh±si. So “dasabalo me diµµho, eh²ti ca avh±nampi laddhan”ti balava-p²ti½ upp±detv± “kuto nu kho gantabban”ti gamanamagga½ apassanto dasaba-lassa sammukhe ±k±se uppatitv± paµhamap±de pabbate (2.0382) µhiteyevasatth±r± vuttag±th± ±vajjento ±k±seyeva p²ti½ vikkhambhetv± saha paµisambhi-d±hi arahatta½ patv± tath±gata½ vandam±nova otaritv± satthu santike aµµh±si.Atha na½ satth± aparabh±ge saddh±dhimutt±na½ aggaµµh±ne µhapes²ti. Vakkalittheravatthu ek±dasama½.

12. Sumanas±maºeravatthu Yo haveti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± pubb±r±me viharanto sumanas±ma-ºera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tatr±ya½ anupubb² kath±– Padumuttarabuddhak±lasmiñhi eko kulaputto satth±r± catuparisamajjhe eka½bhikkhu½ dibbacakkhuk±na½ aggaµµh±ne µhapenta½ disv± ta½ sampatti½ pattha-yam±no satth±ra½ nimantetv± satt±ha½ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassamah±d±na½ datv±, “bhante, ahampi an±gate ekassa buddhassa s±sane dibbaca-kkhuk±na½ aggo bhaveyyan”ti patthana½ µhapesi. Satth± kappasatasahassa½olokento tassa patthan±ya samijjhanabh±va½ viditv± “ito kappasatasahassama-tthake gotamabuddhas±sane dibbacakkhuk±na½ aggo anuruddho n±ma bhavi-ssas²”ti by±k±si. So ta½ by±karaºa½ sutv± sve pattabba½ viya ta½ sampatti½maññam±no parinibbute satthari bhikkh³ dibbacakkhuparikamma½ pucchitv±sattayojanika½ kañcanath³pa½ parikkhipitv± anek±ni d²parukkhasahass±nik±retv± d²pap³ja½ katv± tato cuto devaloke nibbattitv± devamanussesu kappasa-tasahass±ni sa½saritv± imasmi½ kappe b±r±ºasiya½ daliddakule nibbatto suma-naseµµhi½ niss±ya tassa tiºah±rako hutv± j²vika½ kappesi. Annabh±rotissa n±ma½ahosi. Sumanaseµµh²pi tasmi½ nagare niccak±la½ mah±d±na½ deti. Athekadivasa½ upariµµho n±ma paccekabuddho gandham±dane nirodhasam±-pattito vuµµh±ya “kassa nu kho ajja anuggaha½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± “ajja may±annabh±rassa anuggaha½ k±tu½ vaµµati, id±ni ca so aµavito tiºa½ ±d±ya geha½±gamissat²”ti ñatv± pattac²varam±d±ya iddhiy± gantv± annabh±rassa sammukhepaccuµµh±si. Annabh±ro ta½ tucchapattahattha½ disv± “api (2.0383), bhante,bhikkha½ labhitth±”ti pucchitv± “labhiss±ma mah±puññ±”ti vutte “tena hi, bhante,thoka½ ±gameth±”ti tiºak±ja½ cha¹¹etv± vegena geha½ gantv±, “bhadde,mayha½ µhapitabh±gabhatta½ atthi, natth²”ti bhariya½ pucchitv± “atthi, s±m²”tivutte vegena pacc±gantv± paccekabuddhassa patta½ ±d±ya “mayha½ d±tuk±ma-t±ya sati deyyadhammo na hoti, deyyadhamme sati paµigg±haka½ na labh±mi.Ajja pana me paµigg±hako ca diµµho, deyyadhammo ca atthi, l±bh± vata me”tigeha½ gantv± bhatta½ patte pakkhip±petv± pacc±haritv± paccekabuddhassahatthe patiµµhapetv±– “Imin± pana d±nena, m± me d±liddiya½ ahu; natth²ti vacana½ n±ma, m± ahosi bhav±bhave.–Bhante evar³p± dujj²vit± mucceyya½, natth²ti padameva na suºeyyan”ti patthana½µhapesi. Paccekabuddho “eva½ hotu mah±puññ±”ti vatv± anumodana½ katv±pakk±mi. Sumanaseµµhinopi chatte adhivatth± devat± “aho d±na½ paramad±na½, upa-riµµhe supatiµµhitan”ti vatv± tikkhattu½ s±dhuk±ramad±si. Atha na½ seµµhi “ki½ma½ ettaka½ k±la½ d±na½ dadam±na½ na passas²”ti ±ha. N±ha½ tava d±na½±rabbha s±dhuk±ra½ demi, annabh±rena pana upariµµhassa dinnapiº¹ap±te pas²-ditv± may± esa s±dhuk±ro pavattitoti. So “acchariya½ vata, bho, aha½ ettaka½

k±la½ d±na½ dadanto devata½ s±dhuk±ra½ d±petu½ n±sakkhi½, annabh±roma½ niss±ya j²vanto ekapiº¹ap±teneva s±dhuk±ra½ d±pesi, tassa d±ne anuccha-vika½ katv± ta½ piº¹ap±ta½ mama santaka½ kariss±m²”ti cintetv± ta½ pakkos±-petv± “ajja tay± kassaci kiñci dinnan”ti pucchi. “¾ma, s±mi, upariµµhapaccekabu-ddhassa me ajja bh±gabhatta½ dinnan”ti. “Handa, bho, kah±paºa½ gahetv± eta½mayha½ piº¹ap±ta½ deh²”ti? “Na demi, s±m²”ti. So y±va sahassa½ va¹¹hesi,itaro sahassen±pi n±d±si. Atha na½ “hotu, bho, yadi piº¹ap±ta½ na desi,sahassa½ gahetv± patti½ me deh²”ti ±ha. So “ayyena saddhi½ mantetv± j±niss±-m²”ti vegena paccekabuddha½ samp±puºitv±, “bhante sumanaseµµhi, sahassa½datv± tumh±ka½ piº¹ap±te patti½ y±cati, ki½ karom²”ti pucchi. Athassa (2.0384) so upama½ ±hari “seyyath±pi, paº¹ita, kulasatike g±meekasmi½ ghare d²pa½ j±leyya, ses± attano telena vaµµi½ temetv± j±l±petv±gaºheyyu½, purimapad²passa pabh± atth²ti vattabb± natth²”ti. Atirekatar±, bhante,pabh± hot²ti. Evameva½ paº¹ita u¼uªkay±gu v± hotu, kaµacchubhikkh± v±, attanopiº¹ap±te paresa½ patti½ dentassa yattak±na½ deti, tattaka½ va¹¹hati. Tvañhiekameva piº¹ap±ta½ ad±si, seµµhissa pana pattiy± dinn±ya dve piº¹ap±t± hontieko tava, eko tass±ti. So “s±dhu, bhante”ti ta½ abhiv±detv± seµµhissa santika½ gantv± “gaºha, s±mi,pattin”ti ±ha. Tena hi ime kah±paºe gaºh±ti. N±ha½ piº¹ap±ta½ vikkiº±mi,saddh±ya te patti½ damm²ti. “Tva½ saddh±ya desi, ahampi tava guºe p³jemi,gaºha, t±ta, ito paµµh±ya ca pana m± sahatth± kammamak±si, v²thiya½ ghara½m±petv± vasa. Yena ca te attho hoti, sabba½ mama santik± gaºh±h²”ti ±ha.Nirodh± vuµµhitassa pana dinnapiº¹ap±to tadaheva vip±ka½ deti. Tasm± r±j±pita½ pavatti½ sutv± annabh±ra½ pakkos±petv± patti½ gahetv± mahanta½

bhoga½ datv± tassa seµµhiµµh±na½ d±pesi. So sumanaseµµhissa sah±yako hutv± y±vaj²va½ puññ±ni katv± tato cuto deva-loke nibbattitv± devamanussesu sa½saranto imasmi½ buddhupp±de kapilavatthu-nagare amitodanassa sakkassa gehe paµisandhi½ gaºhi, anuruddhotissa n±ma½aka½su. So mah±n±masakkassa kaniµµhabh±t±, satthu c³¼apitu putto paramasu-khum±lo mah±puñño ahosi. Ekadivasa½ kira chasu khattiyesu p³ve lakkha½katv± gu¼ehi k²¼antesu anuruddho par±jito p³v±na½ atth±ya m±tu santika½ pahiºi.S± mahanta½ suvaººath±la½ p³retv± p³ve pesesi. P³ve kh±ditv± puna k²¼antopar±jito tatheva pahiºi. Eva½ tikkhattu½ p³vesu ±haµesu catutthe v±re m±t±“id±ni p³v± natth²”ti pahiºi. Tass± vacana½ sutv± “natth²”ti padassa asutapubba-t±ya “natthip³v± n±ma id±ni bhavissant²”ti sañña½ katv± “gaccha natthip³ve ±ha-r±”ti pesesi. Athassa (2.0385) m±t± “natthip³ve kira, ayye, deth±”ti vutte “mamaputtena natth²ti pada½ na sutapubba½, katha½ nu kho natthibh±va½ j±n±peyyan”-ti suvaººap±ti½ dhovitv± apar±ya suvaººap±tiy± paµikujjitv± “handa, t±ta, ima½mama puttassa deh²”ti pahiºi. Tasmi½ khaºe nagaraparigg±hik± devat±“amh±ka½ s±min± annabh±rak±le upariµµhassa paccekabuddhassa bh±gabhatta½datv± ‘natth²ti padameva na suºeyyan’ti patthan± n±ma µhapit±. Sace maya½tamattha½ ñatv± ajjhupekkheyy±ma, muddh±pi no sattadh± phaleyy±”ti cintetv±dibbap³vehi p±ti½ p³rayi½su. So puriso p±ti½ ±haritv± tassa santike µhapetv±vivari. Tesa½ gandho sakalanagara½ phari. P³vo pana mukhe µhapitamattovasattarasaharaºisahass±ni pharitv± aµµh±si. Anuruddhopi cintesi– “na ma½ maññe ito pubbe m±t± piy±yati. Na hi meaññad± t±ya natthip³v± n±ma pakkapubb±”ti. So gantv± m±tara½ evam±ha–“amma, n±ha½ tava piyo”ti. T±ta, ki½ vadesi, mama akkh²hipi hadayama½satopitva½ piyataroti. Sac±ha½, amma, tava piyo, kasm± mama pubbe evar³pe natthi-p³ve n±ma na ad±s²ti. S± ta½ purisa½ pucchi– “t±ta, kiñci p±tiya½ ahos²”ti. ¾ma,ayye, p³v±na½ p±ti paripuºº± ahosi, na me evar³p± diµµhapubb±ti. S± cintesi–“putto me katapuñño, devat±hissa dibbap³v± pahit± bhavissant²”ti. Sopi m±tara½±ha– “amma, na may± evar³p± p³v± kh±ditapubb±, ito paµµh±ya me natthip³va-meva paceyy±s²”ti. S± tato paµµh±ya tena “p³ve kh±dituk±momh²”ti vuttak±le suva-ººap±ti½ dhovitv± aññ±ya p±tiy± paµikujjitv± pahiºati, devat± p±ti½ p³renti. Eva½so ag±ramajjhe vasanto natth²ti padassa attha½ aj±nitv± dibbap³veyeva pari-bhuñji. Satthu pana pariv±rattha½ kulapaµip±µiy± s±kiyakum±resu pabbajantesu mah±-n±mena sakkena, “t±ta, amh±ka½ kul± koci pabbajito natthi, tay± v± pabbaji-tabba½, may± v±”ti vutte so ±ha– “aha½ atisukhum±lo pabbajitu½ na sakkhiss±-m²”ti. Tena hi kammanta½ uggaºha, aha½ pabbajiss±m²ti. Ko esa kammanton±m±ti? So hi bhattassa uµµh±naµµh±nampi na j±n±ti, kammanta½ kimeva j±ni-ssati, tasm± evam±ha. Ekadivasañhi (2.0386) anuruddho bhaddiyo kimiloti tayojan± “bhatta½ n±ma kaha½ uµµh±t²”ti mantayi½su. Tesu kimilo “koµµhesu uµµh±t²”ti±ha. So kirekadivasa½ v²h² koµµhamhi pakkhipante addasa, tasm± “koµµhe bhatta½uppajjat²”ti saññ±ya evam±ha. Atha na½ bhaddiyo “tva½ na j±n±s²”ti vatv±

“bhatta½ n±ma ukkhaliya½ uµµh±t²”ti ±ha. So kirekadivasa½ ukkhalito bhatta½va¹¹hente disv± “ettheveta½ uppajjat²”ti saññamak±si, tasm± evam±ha. Anu-ruddho te ubhopi “tumhe na j±n±th±”ti vatv± “bhatta½ n±ma ratanubbedhamaku-¼±ya mah±suvaººap±tiya½ uµµh±t²”ti ±ha. Tena kira neva v²hi½ koµµent±, nabhatta½ pacant± diµµhapubb±, suvaººap±tiya½ va¹¹hetv± purato µhapitabhatta-meva passati, tasm± “p±tiya½yeveta½ uppajjat²”ti saññamak±si, tasm± evam±ha.Eva½ bhattuµµh±naµµh±nampi aj±nanto mah±puñño kulaputto kammante ki½ j±ni-ssati. So “ehi kho te, anuruddha, ghar±v±sattha½ anus±siss±mi, paµhama½ khetta½kas±petabban”ti-±din± nayena bh±tar± vutt±na½ kammant±na½ apariyanta-bh±va½ sutv± “na me ghar±v±sena attho”ti m±tara½ ±pucchitv± bhaddiyapamu-khehi pañcahi s±kiyakum±rehi saddhi½ nikkhamitv± anupiyambavane satth±ra½upasaªkamitv± pabbaji. Pabbajitv± ca pana samm±paµipada½ paµipanno anupu-bbena tisso vijj± sacchikatv± dibbena cakkhun± ek±sane nisinnova hatthataleµhapita-±malak±ni viya sahassalokadh±tuyo olokanasamattho hutv±– “Pubbeniv±sa½ j±n±mi, dibbacakkhu visodhita½; tevijjo iddhipattomhi, kata½ buddhassa s±sanan”ti. (therag±. 332, 562)–Ud±na½ ud±netv± “ki½ nu kho me katv± aya½ sampatti laddh±”ti olokento “padu-muttarap±dam³le patthana½ µhapesin”ti ñatv± puna “sa½s±re sa½saranto asu-kasmi½ n±ma k±le b±r±ºasiya½ sumanaseµµhi½ niss±ya j²vanto annabh±ro n±maahosin”tipi ñatv±– “Annabh±ro pure ±si½, daliddo tiºah±rako; piº¹ap±to may± dinno, upariµµhassa t±dino”ti.–¾ha (2.0387). Athassa etadahosi– “yo so tad± may± upariµµhassa dinnapiº¹ap±-tato kah±paºe datv± patti½ aggahesi, mama sah±yako sumanaseµµhi kaha½ nukho so etarahi nibbatto”ti. Atha na½ “viñjh±µaviya½ pabbatap±de muº¹anigamon±ma atthi, tattha mah±muº¹assa n±ma up±sakassa mah±sumano c³¼asumanotidve putt±, tesu so c³¼asumano hutv± nibbatto”ti addasa. Disv± ca pana cintesi–“atthi nu kho tattha mayi gate upak±ro, natth²”ti. So upadh±rento ida½ addasa “sotattha mayi gate sattavassikova nikkhamitv± pabbajissati, khuraggeyeva ca ara-hatta½ p±puºissat²”ti. Disv± ca pana upakaµµhe antovasse ±k±sena gantv± g±ma-dv±re otari. Mah±muº¹o pana up±sako therassa pubbepi viss±siko eva. Sothera½ piº¹ap±tak±le c²vara½ p±rupanta½ disv± putta½ mah±sumana½ ±ha–“t±ta, ayyo, me anuruddhatthero ±gato, y±vassa añño koci patta½ na gaºh±ti,t±vassa gantv± patta½ gaºha, aha½ ±sana½ paññ±pess±m²”ti. So tath± ak±si.Up±sako thera½ antonivesane sakkacca½ parivisitv± tem±sa½ vasanatth±yapaµiñña½ gaºhi, theropi adhiv±sesi. Atha na½ ekadivasa½ paµijagganto viya tem±sa½ paµijaggitv± mah±pav±ra-º±ya tic²varañceva gu¼atelataº¹ul±d²ni ca ±haritv± therassa p±dam³le µhapetv±“gaºhatha, bhante”ti ±ha. “Ala½, up±saka, na me imin± attho”ti. “Tena hi, bhante,vass±v±sikal±bho n±mesa, gaºhatha nan”ti? “Na gaºh±mi, up±sak±”ti.“Kimattha½ na gaºhatha, bhante”ti? “Mayha½ santike kappiyak±rako s±maºe-

ropi natth²”ti. “Tena hi, bhante, mama putto mah±sumano s±maºero bhavissat²”ti.“Na me, up±saka, mah±sumanenattho”ti. “Tena hi, bhante, c³¼asumana½ pabb±je-th±”ti. Thero “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv± c³¼asumana½ pabb±jesi. So khuraggeyevaarahatta½ p±puºi. Thero tena saddhi½ a¹¹ham±samatta½ tattheva vasitv±“satth±ra½ passiss±m²”ti tassa ñ±take ±pucchitv± ±k±seneva gantv± himavanta-padese araññakuµik±ya otari. Thero pana pakatiy±pi ±raddhav²riyo, tassa tattha pubbaratt±pararatta½ caªka-mantassa udarav±to samuµµhahi. Atha na½ kilantar³pa½ disv± s±maºero pucchi–“bhante, ki½ vo rujjat²”ti? “Udarav±to me samuµµhito”ti (2.0388). “Aññad±pi samu-µµhitapubbo, bhante”ti? “¾m±vuso”ti. “Kena ph±suka½ hoti, bhante”ti? “Anotattatop±n²ye laddhe ph±suka½ hoti, ±vuso”ti. “Tena hi, bhante, ±har±m²”ti. “Sakkhi-ssasi s±maºer±”ti? “¾ma, bhante”ti. Tena hi anotatte pannago n±ma n±gar±j±ma½ j±n±ti, tassa ±cikkhitv± bhesajjatth±ya eka½ p±n²yav±raka½ ±har±ti. Sos±dh³ti upajjh±ya½ vanditv± veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± pañcayojanasata½ µh±na½agam±si. Ta½ divasa½ pana n±gar±j± n±gan±µakaparivuto udakak²¼a½ k²¼ituk±mohoti. So s±maºera½ ±gacchanta½ disv±va kujjhi, “aya½ muº¹akasamaºo attanop±dapa½su½ mama matthake okiranto vicarati, anotatte p±n²yatth±ya ±gatobhavissati, na d±nissa p±n²ya½ dass±m²”ti paºº±sayojanika½ anotattadaha½mah±p±tiy± ukkhali½ pidahanto viya phaºena pidahitv± nipajji. S±maºero n±gar±-jassa ±k±ra½ oloketv±va “kuddho ayan”ti ñatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Suºohi me n±gar±ja, uggateja mahabbala; dehi me p±n²yaghaµa½, bhesajjatthamhi ±gato”ti. Ta½ sutv± n±gar±j± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Puratthimasmi½ dis±bh±ge, gaªg± n±ma mah±nad²; mah±samuddamappeti, tato tva½ p±n²ya½ har±”ti. Ta½ sutv± s±maºero “aya½ n±gar±j± attano icch±ya na dassati, aha½ bala-kk±ra½ katv± ±nubh±va½ j±n±petv± ima½ abhibhavitv±va p±n²ya½ gaºhiss±-m²”ti cintetv±, “mah±r±ja, upajjh±yo ma½ anotattatova p±n²ya½ ±har±peti,ten±ha½ idameva hariss±mi, apehi, m± ma½ v±reh²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Itova p±n²ya½ h±ssa½, imin±vamhi atthiko; yadi te th±mabala½ atthi, n±gar±ja niv±ray±”ti. Atha na½ n±gar±j± ±ha– “S±maºera sace atthi, tava vikkama porisa½; abhinand±mi te v±ca½, harassu p±n²ya½ mam±”ti. Atha (2.0389) na½ s±maºero “eva½, mah±r±ja, har±m²”ti vatv± “yadi sakkontohar±h²”ti vutte– “tena hi suµµhu j±nass³”ti tikkhattu½ paµiñña½ gahetv± “buddhas±-sanassa ±nubh±va½ dassetv± may± p±n²ya½ haritu½ vaµµat²”ti cintetv± ±k±saµµha-devat±na½ t±va santika½ agam±si. T± ±gantv± vanditv± “ki½, bhante”ti vatv±aµµha½su. “Etasmi½ anotattadahapiµµhe pannagan±gar±jena saddhi½ mamasaªg±mo bhavissati, tattha gantv± jayapar±jaya½ oloketh±”ti ±ha. So etenevan²h±rena catt±ro lokap±le sakkasuy±masantusitaparanimmitavasavatt² ca upasa-ªkamitv± tamattha½ ±rocesi. Tato para½ paµip±µiy± y±va brahmaloka½ gantv±

tattha tattha brahmehi ±gantv± vanditv± µhitehi “ki½, bhante”ti puµµho tamattha½±rocesi. Eva½ so asaññe ca ar³pibrahm±no ca µhapetv± sabbattha muhutteneva±hiº¹itv± ±rocesi. Tassa vacana½ sutv± sabb±pi devat± anotattadahapiµµhen±¼iya½ pakkhitt±ni piµµhacuºº±ni viya ±k±sa½ nirantara½ p³retv± sannipati½su.Sannipatite devasaªghe s±maºero ±k±se µhatv± n±gar±ja½ ±ha– “Suºohi me n±gar±ja, uggateja mahabbala; dehi me p±n²yaghaµa½, bhesajjatthamhi ±gato”ti. Atha na½ n±go ±ha– “S±maºera sace atthi, tava vikkama porisa½; abhinand±mi te v±ca½, harassu p±n²ya½ mam±”ti. So tikkhattu½ n±gar±jassa paµiñña½ gahetv± ±k±se µhitakova dv±dasayoja-nika½ brahmattabh±va½ m±petv± ±k±sato oruyha n±gar±jassa phaºe akkamitv±adhomukha½ nipp²¼esi, t±vadeva balavat± purisena akkanta-allacamma½ viyan±gar±jassa phaºe akkantamatte ogalitv± dabbimatt± phaºapuµak± ahesu½.N±gar±jassa phaºehi muttamuttaµµh±nato t±lakkhandhapam±º± udakavaµµiyouggañchi½su. S±maºero ±k±seyeva p±n²yav±raka½ p³resi. Devasaªgho

s±dhuk±ramad±si. Atha n±gar±j± (2.0390) lajjitv± s±maºerassa kujjhi, jayakusu-mavaºº±nissa akkh²ni ahesu½. So “aya½ ma½ devasaªgha½ sannip±tetv±p±n²ya½ gahetv± lajj±pesi, eta½ gahetv± mukhe hattha½ pakkhipitv± hadaya-ma½sa½ v±ssa madd±mi, p±de v± na½ gahetv± p±ragaªg±ya½ khip±m²”tivegena anubandhi. Anubandhantopi na½ p±puºitu½ n±sakkhiyeva. S±maºerogantv± upajjh±yassa hatthe p±n²ya½ µhapetv± “pivatha, bhante”ti ±ha. N±gar±-j±pi pacchato ±gantv±, “bhante anuruddha, s±maºero may± adinnameva p±n²ya½gahetv± ±gato, m± pivitth±”ti ±ha. Eva½ kira s±maºer±ti. “Pivatha, bhante, imin±me dinna½ p±n²ya½ ±haµan”ti ±ha. Thero “kh²º±savas±maºerassa mus±ka-thana½ n±ma natth²”ti ñatv± p±n²ya½ pivi. Taªkhaºaññevassa ±b±dho paµipa-ssambhi. Puna n±go thera½ ±ha– “bhante, s±maºerenamhi sabba½ devagaºa½sannip±tetv± lajj±pito, ahamassa hadaya½ v± ph±less±mi, p±de v± na½ gahetv±p±ragaªg±ya khipiss±m²”ti. Mah±r±ja, s±maºero mah±nubh±vo, tumhe s±maºe-rena saddhi½ saªg±metu½ na sakkhissatha, kham±petv± na½ gacchath±ti. Sosayampi s±maºerassa ±nubh±va½ j±n±tiyeva, lajj±ya pana anubandhitv± ±gato.Atha na½ therassa vacanena kham±petv± tena saddhi½ mittasanthava½ katv±“ito paµµh±ya anotatta-udakena atthe sati tumh±ka½ ±gamanakicca½ natthi,mayha½ pahiºeyy±tha, ahameva ±haritv± dass±m²”ti vatv± pakk±mi. Theropi s±maºera½ ±d±ya p±y±si. Satth± therassa ±gamanabh±va½ ñatv±mig±ram±tup±s±de therassa ±gamana½ olokento nis²di. Bhikkh³pi thera½ ±ga-cchanta½ disv± paccuggantv± pattac²vara½ paµiggahesu½. Athekacce s±ma-ºera½ s²sepi kaººesupi b±h±yampi gahetv± sañc±letv± “ki½, s±maºera c³¼aka-niµµha, na ukkaºµhitos²”ti ±ha½su. Satth± tesa½ kiriya½ disv± cintesi– “bh±riya½vatimesa½ bhikkh³na½ kamma½ ±s²visa½ g²v±ya gaºhant± viya s±maºera½gaºhanti, n±ssa ±nubh±va½ j±nanti, ajja may± sumanas±maºerassa guºa½p±kaµa½ k±tu½ vaµµat²”ti. Theropi ±gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± nis²di. Satth± tenasaddhi½ paµisanth±ra½ katv± ±nandatthera½ ±mantesi– “±nanda, anotatta-udake-namhi p±de dhovituk±mo (2.0391), s±maºer±na½ ghaµa½ datv± p±n²ya½ ±har±-peh²”ti. Thero vih±re pañcamatt±ni s±maºerasat±ni sannip±tesi. Tesu sumanas±-maºero sabbanavako ahosi. Thero sabbamahallaka½ s±maºera½ ±ha– “s±ma-ºera, satth± anokattadaha-udakena p±de dhovituk±mo, ghaµa½ ±d±ya gantv±p±n²ya½ ±har±”ti. So “na sakkomi, bhante”ti na icchi. Thero sesepi paµip±µiy±pucchi, tepi tatheva vatv± paµikkhipi½su. “Ki½ panettha kh²º±savas±maºer±natth²”ti? Atthi, te pana “n±ya½ amh±ka½ baddho m±l±puµo, sumanas±maºera-sseva baddho”ti na icchi½su, puthujjan± pana attano asamatthat±yeva naicchi½su. Pariyos±ne pana sumanassa v±re sampatte, “s±maºera, satth± anota-ttadaha-udakena p±de dhovituk±mo, kuµa½ ±d±ya kira udaka½ ±har±”ti ±ha. So“satthari ±har±pente ±hariss±m²”ti satth±ra½ vanditv±, “bhante, anotattato kirama½ udaka½ ±h±r±peth±”ti ±ha. “¾ma, suman±”ti. So vis±kh±ya k±ritesu ghana-suvaººakoµµimesu sen±sanakuµesu eka½ saµµhikuµa-udakagaºhanaka½ mah±-ghaµa½ hatthena gahetv± “imin± me ukkhipitv± a½sak³µe µhapitena attho natth²”tiolambaka½ katv± veh±sa½ abbhuggantv± himavant±bhimukho pakkhandi.

N±gar±j± s±maºera½ d³ratova ±gacchanta½ disv± paccuggantv± kuµa½ a½sa-k³µena ±d±ya, “bhante, tumhe m±dise d±se vijjam±ne kasm± saya½ ±gat±, udake-natthe sati kasm± s±sanamattampi na pahiºath±”ti kuµena udaka½ ±d±ya saya½ukkhipitv± “purato hotha, bhante, ahameva ±hariss±m²”ti ±ha. “Tiµµhatha tumhe,mah±r±ja, ahameva samm±sambuddhena ±ºatto”ti n±gar±j±na½ nivatt±petv±kuµa½ mukhavaµµiya½ hatthena gahetv± ±k±sen±gañchi. Atha na½ satth± ±ga-cchanta½ oloketv± bhikkh³ ±mantesi– “passatha, bhikkhave, s±maºerassa l²la½,±k±se ha½sar±j± viya sobhat²”ti ±ha. Sopi p±n²yaghaµa½ µhapetv± satth±ra½vanditv± aµµh±si. Atha na½ satth± ±ha– “kativassosi tva½, suman±”ti? “Sattava-ssomhi, bhanteti. “Tena hi, sumana, ajja paµµh±ya bhikkhu hoh²”ti vatv± d±yajja-u-pasampada½ ad±si. Dveyeva (2.0392) kira s±maºer± sattavassik± upasampada½labhi½su– ayañca sumano sop±ko c±ti. Eva½ tasmi½ upasampanne dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½,“acchariya½ ±vuso, evar³po hi n±ma daharas±maºerassa ±nubh±vo hoti, na noito pubbe evar³po ±nubh±vo diµµhapubbo”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha,bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte,“bhikkhave, mama s±sane daharopi samm± paµipanno evar³pa½ sampatti½labhatiyev±”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 382. “Yo have daharo bhikkhu, yuñjati buddhas±sane; soma½ loka½ pabh±seti, abbh± muttova candim±”ti. Tattha yuñjat²ti ghaµati v±yamati. Pabh±set²ti so bhikkhu attano arahattamagga-ñ±ºena abbh±d²hi mutto candim± viya loka½ khandh±dibheda½ loka½ obh±seti,ek±loka½ karot²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Sumanas±maºeravatthu dv±dasama½. Bhikkhuvaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Pañcav²satimo vaggo. 26. Br±hmaºavaggo 1. Pas±dabahulabr±hmaºavatthu Chinda (2.0393) sotanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto pas±-dabahula½ br±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira br±hmaºo bhagavato dhammadesana½ sutv± pasannacitto attano gehe

so¼asamatt±na½ bhikkh³na½ niccabhatta½ paµµhapetv± bhikkh³na½ ±gatavel±yapatta½ gahetv± “±gacchantu bhonto arahanto, nis²dantu bhonto arahanto”tiya½kiñci vadanto arahantav±dapaµisa½yuttameva vadati. Tesu puthujjan± “aya½amhesu arahantasaññ²”ti cintayi½su, kh²º±sav± “aya½ no kh²º±savabh±va½ j±n±-t²”ti. Eva½ te sabbepi kukkucc±yant± tassa geha½ n±gami½su. So dukkh²dummano “kinnu kho, ayy±, n±gacchant²”ti vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv±tamattha½ ±rocesi. Satth± bhikkh³ ±mantetv± “ki½ eta½, bhikkhave”ti pucchitv±tehi tasmi½ atthe ±rocite “s±diyatha pana tumhe, bhikkhave, arahantav±dan”ti±ha. “Na s±diy±ma maya½, bhante”ti. “Eva½ sante manuss±na½ eta½ pas±da-bhañña½, an±patti, bhikkhave, pas±dabhaññe, api ca kho pana br±hmaºassa ara-hantesu adhimatta½ pema½, tasm± tumhehipi taºh±sota½ chetv± arahattamevapattu½ yuttan”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 383. “Chinda sota½ parakkamma, k±me panuda br±hmaºa; saªkh±r±na½ khaya½ ñatv±, akataññ³si br±hmaº±”ti. Tattha parakkamm±ti taºh±sota½ n±ma na appamattakena v±y±menachinditu½ sakk±, tasm± ñ±ºasampayuttena mahantena parakkamena parakka-mitv± ta½ sota½ chinda. Ubhopi k±me panuda n²hara. Br±hmaº±ti kh²º±sav±na½±lapanameta½. Saªkh±r±nanti pañcanna½ khandh±na½ khaya½ j±nitv±. Akata-ññ³ti eva½ sante tva½ suvaºº±d²su kenaci akatassa nibb±nassa j±nanato aka-taññ³ n±ma hos²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Pas±dabahulabr±hmaºavatthu paµhama½. 2. Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu Yad± (2.0394) dvayes³ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantosambahule bhikkh³ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi ti½samatt± dis±v±sik± bhikkh³ ±gantv± satth±ra½ vanditv± nis²-di½su. S±riputtatthero tesa½ arahattassa upanissaya½ disv± satth±ra½ upasa-ªkamitv± µhitakova ima½ pañha½ pucchi– “bhante, dve dhamm±ti vuccanti,katame nu kho dve dhamm±”ti? Atha na½ satth± “dve dhamm±ti kho, s±riputta,samathavipassan± vuccant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 384. “Yad± dvayesu dhammesu, p±rag³ hoti br±hmaºo; athassa sabbe sa½yog±, attha½ gacchanti j±nato”ti. Tattha yad±ti yasmi½ k±le dvidh± µhitesu samathavipassan±dhammesu abhi-ññ±p±rag±divasena aya½ kh²º±savo p±rag³ hoti, athassa vaµµasmi½ sa½yojana-samatth± sabbe k±mayog±dayo sa½yog± eva½ j±nantassa attha½ parikkhaya½gacchant²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne sabbepi te bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½s³ti.

Sambahulabhikkhuvatthu dutiya½. 3. M±ravatthu Yassa p±ranti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto m±ra½±rabbha kathesi. So kirekasmi½ divase aññataro puriso viya hutv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±pucchi– “bhante, p±ra½ p±ranti vuccati, kinnu kho eta½ p±ra½ n±m±”ti. Satth±“m±ro ayan”ti viditv±, “p±pima, ki½ tava p±rena, tañhi v²tar±gehi pattabban”tivatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 385. “Yassa p±ra½ ap±ra½ v±, p±r±p±ra½ na vijjati; v²taddara½ visa½yutta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha (2.0395) p±ranti ajjhattik±ni cha ±yatan±ni. Ap±ranti b±hir±ni cha ±yata-n±ni. P±r±p±ranti tadubhaya½. Na vijjat²ti yassa sabbampeta½ “ahan”ti v± “mama-n”ti v± gahaº±bh±vena natthi, ta½ kilesadarath±na½ vigamena v²taddara½ sabba-kilesehi visa½yutta½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. M±ravatthu tatiya½. 4. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu Jh±yinti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½br±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira cintesi– “satth± attano s±vake, ‘br±hmaº±’ti vadati, ahañcamhi j±tigo-ttena br±hmaºo, mampi nu kho eva½ vattu½ vaµµat²”ti. So satth±ra½ upasaªka-mitv± tamattha½ pucchi. Satth± “n±ha½ j±tigottamattena br±hmaºa½ vad±mi,uttamattha½ arahatta½ anuppattameva paneva½ vad±m²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 386. “Jh±yi½ virajam±s²na½, katakiccaman±sava½; uttamatthamanuppatta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha jh±yinti duvidhena jh±nena jh±yanta½ k±marajena viraja½ vane ekakam±-s²na½ cat³hi maggehi so¼asanna½ kicc±na½ katatt± katakicca½ ±sav±na½ abh±-vena an±sava½ uttamattha½ arahatta½ anuppatta½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²tiattho.

Desan±vas±ne so br±hmaºo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu catuttha½. 5. ¾nandattheravatthu Div± (2.0396) tapat²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± mig±ram±tup±s±de viha-ranto ±nandatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Pasenadi kosalo kira mah±pav±raº±ya sabb±bharaºapaµimaº¹ito gandham±l±-d²ni ±d±ya vih±ra½ agam±si. Tasmi½ khaºe k±¼ud±yitthero jh±na½ sam±pajjitv±parisapariyante nisinno hoti, n±mameva panasseta½, sar²ra½ suvaººavaººa½.Tasmi½ pana khaºe cando uggacchati, s³riyo atthameti. ¾nandatthero atthame-ntassa ca s³riyassa uggacchantassa ca candassa obh±sa½ olokento rañño sar²ro-bh±sa½ therassa sar²robh±sa½ tath±gatassa ca sar²robh±sa½ olokesi. Tatthasabbobh±se atikkamitv± satth±va virocati. Thero satth±ra½ vanditv±, “bhante, ajjamama ime obh±se olokentassa tumh±kameva obh±so ruccati. Tumh±kañhisar²ra½ sabbobh±se atikkamitv± virocat²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ satth±, “±nanda, s³riyon±ma div± virocati, cando ratti½, r±j± alaªkatak±leyeva, kh²º±save gaºasaªga-ºika½ pah±ya antosam±pattiya½yeva virocati, buddh± pana rattimpi div±pi pañca-vidhena tejena virocant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 387. “Div± tapati ±dicco, rattim±bh±ti candim±; sannaddho khattiyo tapati, jh±y² tapati br±hmaºo; atha sabbamahoratti½, buddho tapati tejas±”ti. Tattha div± tapat²ti div± virocati, ratti½ panassa gatamaggopi na paññ±yati.Candim±ti candopi abbh±d²hi vimutto rattimeva virocati, no div±. Sannaddhotisuvaººamaºivicittehi sabb±bharaºehi paµimaº¹ito caturaªginiy± sen±ya parikkhi-ttova r±j± virocati, na aññ±takavesena µhito. Jh±y²ti kh²º±savo pana gaºa½ vino-detv± jh±yantova virocati. Tejas±ti samm±sambuddho pana s²latejena duss²lya-teja½, guºatejena nigguºateja½, paññ±tejena duppaññateja½, puññatejena (2.0397)apuññateja½, dhammatejena adhammateja½ pariy±diyitv± imin± pañcavidhenatejas± niccak±lameva virocat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. ¾nandattheravatthu pañcama½. 6. Aññatarabr±hmaºapabbajitavatthu B±hitap±poti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½br±hmaºapabbajita½ ±rabbha kathesi.

Eko kira br±hmaºo b±hirakapabbajj±ya pabbajitv± “samaºo gotamo attanos±vake ‘pabbajit±’ti vadati, ahañcamhi pabbajito, mampi kho eva½ vattu½ vaµµat²”-ti cintetv± satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± etamattha½ pucchi. Satth± “n±ha½ ettakena‘pabbajito’ti vad±mi, kilesamal±na½ pana pabb±jitatt± pabbajito n±ma hot²”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 388. “B±hitap±poti br±hmaºo, samacariy± samaºoti vuccati; pabb±jayamattano mala½, tasm± pabbajitoti vuccat²”ti. Tattha samacariy±ti sabb±kusal±ni sametv± caraºena. Tasm±ti yasm± b±hita-p±pat±ya br±hmaºo, akusal±ni sametv± caraºena samaºoti vuccati, tasm± yoattano r±g±dimala½ pabb±jayanto vinodento carati, sopi tena pabb±janena pabba-jitoti vuccat²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so br±hmaºapabbajito sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±-nampi s±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aññatarabr±hmaºapabbajitavatthu chaµµha½. 7. S±riputtattheravatthu Na (2.0398) br±hmaºass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantos±riputtatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmi½ kira µh±ne sambahul± manuss± “aho amh±ka½, ayyo, khantibalenasamann±gato, aññesu akkosantesu v± paharantesu v± kopamattampi natth²”titherassa guºe kathayi½su. Atheko micch±diµµhiko br±hmaºo “ko esa na kujjha-t²”ti pucchi. “Amh±ka½ thero”ti. “Na½ kujjh±pento na bhavissat²”ti? “Nattheta½,br±hmaº±”ti. “Tena hi aha½ na½ kujjh±pess±m²”ti? “Sace sakkosi, kujjh±peh²”ti.So “hotu, j±niss±missa kattabban”ti thera½ bhikkh±ya paviµµha½ disv± pacch±bh±-gena gantv± piµµhimajjhe mahanta½ p±ºippah±ramad±si. Thero “ki½ n±metan”tianoloketv±va gato. Br±hmaºassa sakalasar²re ¹±ho uppajji. So “aho guºasa-mpanno, ayyo”ti therassa p±dam³le nipajjitv± “khamatha me, bhante”ti vatv± “ki½etan”ti ca vutte “aha½ v²ma½sanatth±ya tumhe paharin”ti ±ha. “Hotu kham±mi te”-ti. “Sace me, bhante, khamatha, mama geheyeva nis²ditv± bhikkha½ gaºhath±”titherassa patta½ gaºhi, theropi patta½ ad±si. Br±hmaºo thera½ geha½ netv± pari-visi. Manuss± kujjhitv± “imin± amh±ka½ nirapar±dho ayyo pahaµo, daº¹enapissamokkho natthi, ettheva na½ m±ress±m±”ti le¹¹udaº¹±dihatth± br±hmaºassagehadv±re aµµha½su. Thero uµµh±ya gacchanto br±hmaºassa hatthe patta½ad±si. Manuss± ta½ therena saddhi½ gacchanta½ disv±, “bhante, tumh±ka½patta½ gahetv± br±hmaºa½ nivatteth±”ti ±ha½su. Ki½ eta½ up±sak±ti? Br±hma-ºena tumhe pahaµ±, mayamassa kattabba½ j±niss±m±ti. Ki½ pana tumhe imin±pahaµ±, ud±hu ahanti? Tumhe, bhanteti. “Ma½ esa paharitv± kham±pesi,gacchatha tumhe”ti manusse uyyojetv± br±hmaºa½ nivatt±petv± thero vih±ra-

meva gato. Bhikkh³ ujjh±yi½su “ki½ n±meta½ s±riputtatthero yena br±hmaºenapahaµo, tasseva gehe nis²ditv± bhikkha½ gahetv± ±gato. Therassa pahaµak±latopaµµh±ya id±ni so kassa lajjissati, avasese pothento vicarissat²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± (2.0“k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”tivutte, “bhikkhave, br±hmaºo br±hmaºa½ paharanto n±ma natthi, gihibr±hmaºenapana samaºabr±hmaºo pahaµo bhavissati, kodho n±mesa an±g±mimaggenasamuggh±ta½ gacchat²”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento im± g±th± abh±si– 389. “Na br±hmaºassa pahareyya, n±ssa muñcetha br±hmaºo; dh² br±hmaºassa hant±ra½, tato dh² yassa muñcati. 390. “Na br±hmaºassetadakiñci seyyo, yad± nisedho manaso piyehi; yato yato hi½samano nivattati, tato tato sammatimeva dukkhan”ti. Tattha pahareyy±ti “kh²º±savabr±hmaºohamasm²”ti j±nanto kh²º±savassa v±aññatarassa v± j±tibr±hmaºassa na pahareyya. N±ssa muñceth±ti sopi pahaµokh²º±savabr±hmaºo assa paharitv± µhitassa vera½ na muñcetha, tasmi½ kopa½na kareyy±ti attho. Dh² br±hmaºass±ti kh²º±savabr±hmaºassa hant±ra½ gara-h±mi. Tato dh²ti yo pana ta½ paharanta½ paµipaharanto tassa upari vera½muñcati, ta½ tatopi garah±miyeva. Etadakiñci seyyoti ya½ kh²º±savassa akkosanta½ v± apaccakkosana½, paha-ranta½ v± appaµipaharaºa½, eta½ tassa kh²º±savabr±hmaºassa na kiñci seyyo,appamattaka½ seyyo na hoti, adhimattameva seyyoti attho. Yad± nisedho manasopiyeh²ti kodhanassa hi kodhupp±dova manaso piyo n±ma. Kodho hi panesa m±t±-pit³supi buddh±d²supi aparajjhati. Tasm± yo assa tehi manaso nisedho kodhava-sena uppajjam±nassa cittassa niggaho, eta½ na kiñci seyyoti attho. Hi½samanotikodhamano. So tassa yato yato vatthuto an±g±mimaggena samuggh±ta½gacchanto nivattati (2.0400). Tato tatoti tato tato vatthuto sakalampi vaµµadukkha½nivattatiyev±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. S±riputtattheravatthu sattama½. 8. Mah±paj±patigotam²vatthu Yassa k±yena v±c±y±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantomah±paj±pati½ gotami½ ±rabbha kathesi. Bhagavat± hi anuppanne vatthusmi½ paññatte aµµha garudhamme maº¹anaka-j±tiyo puriso surabhipupphad±ma½ viya siras± sampaµicchitv± sapariv±r± mah±-paj±pati gotam² upasampada½ labhi, añño tass± upajjh±yo v± ±cariyo v± natthi.Eva½ laddh³pasampada½ theri½ ±rabbha aparena samayena katha½ samuµµh±-pesu½ “mah±paj±patiy± gotamiy± ±cariyupajjh±y± na paññ±yanti, sahatthenevak±s±y±ni gaºh²”ti. Evañca pana vatv± bhikkhuniyo kukkucc±yantiyo t±ya saddhi½neva uposatha½ na pav±raºa½ karonti, t± gantv± tath±gatassapi tamattha½ ±ro-

cesu½. Satth± t±sa½ katha½ sutv± “may± mah±paj±patiy± gotamiy± aµµha garu-dhamm± dinn±, ahamevass±cariyo, ahameva upajjh±yo. K±yaduccarit±divirahi-tesu kh²º±savesu kukkucca½ n±ma na k±tabban”ti vatv± dhamma½ desentoima½ g±tham±ha– 391. “Yassa k±yena v±c±ya, manas± natthi dukkaµa½; sa½vuta½ t²hi µh±nehi, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha dukkaµanti s±vajja½ dukkhudraya½ ap±yasa½vattanika½ kamma½. T²hiµh±neh²ti etehi k±y±d²hi t²hi k±raºehi k±yaduccarit±dipavesaniv±raºatth±ya dv±ra½pihita½, ta½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mah±paj±patigotam²vatthu aµµhama½. 9. S±riputtattheravatthu Yamh±ti (2.0401) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto s±riputta-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kir±yasm± assajittherassa santike dhamma½ sutv± sot±pattiphala½ pattak±-lato paµµh±ya “yassa½ dis±ya½ thero vasat²”ti suº±ti, tato añjali½ paggayhatatova s²sa½ katv± nipajjati. Bhikkh³ “micch±diµµhiko s±riputto, ajj±pi dis± nama-ssam±no vicarat²”ti tamattha½ tath±gatassa ±rocesu½. Satth± thera½ pakkos±-petv± “sacca½ kira tva½, s±riputta, dis± namassanto vicaras²”ti pucchitv±,“bhante, mama dis± namassanabh±va½ v± anamassanabh±va½ v± tumheva j±n±-th±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave,

s±riputto dis± namassati, assajittherassa pana santik± dhamma½ sutv± sot±patti-phala½ pattat±ya attano ±cariya½ namassati. Yañhi ±cariya½ niss±ya bhikkhudhamma½ vij±n±ti, tena so br±hmaºena aggi viya sakkacca½ namassitabboyev±”-ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 392. “Yamh± dhamma½ vij±neyya, samm±sambuddhadesita½; sakkacca½ ta½ namasseyya, aggihutta½va br±hmaºo”ti. Tattha aggihutta½v±ti yath± br±hmaºo aggihutta½ samm± paricaraºena cevaañjalikamm±d²hi ca sakkacca½ namassati, eva½ yamh± ±cariy± tath±gatapave-dita½ dhamma½ vij±neyya, ta½ sakkacca½ namasseyy±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. S±riputtattheravatthu navama½. 10. Jaµilabr±hmaºavatthu Na jaµ±h²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½ jaµilabr±-hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So (2.0402) kira “aha½ m±tito ca pitito ca suj±to br±hmaºakule nibbatto. Sacesamaºo gotamo attano s±vake br±hmaº±ti vadati, mampi nu kho tath± vattu½vaµµat²”ti satthu santika½ gantv± tamattha½ pucchi. Atha na½ satth± “n±ha½,br±hmaºa, jaµ±mattena, na j±tigottamattena br±hmaºa½ vad±mi, paµividdhasacca-meva pan±ha½ br±hmaºoti vad±m²”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 393. “Na jaµ±hi na gottena, na jacc± hoti br±hmaºo; yamhi saccañca dhammo ca, so suc² so ca br±hmaºo”ti. Tattha saccanti yasmi½ puggale catt±ri sacc±ni so¼asah±k±rehi paµivijjhitv±µhita½ saccañ±ºañceva navavidho ca lokuttaradhammo atthi, so suci, sobr±hmaºo c±ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Jaµilabr±hmaºavatthu dasama½. 11. Kuhakabr±hmaºavatthu Ki½ teti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± k³µ±g±ras±l±ya½ viharanto eka½vaggulivata½ kuhakabr±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira ves±linagaradv±re eka½ kakudharukkha½ ±ruyha dv²hi p±dehi rukkha-s±kha½ gaºhitv± adhosiro olambanto “kapil±na½ me sata½ detha, kah±paºedetha, paric±rika½ detha, no ce dassatha, ito patitv± maranto nagara½ anagara½kariss±m²”ti vadati. Tath±gatassa bhikkhusaªghaparivutassa nagara½ pavisana-k±le bhikkh³ ta½ br±hmaºa½ disv± nikkhamanak±lepi na½ tatheva olambanta½

passi½su. N±gar±pi “aya½ p±tova paµµh±ya eva½ olambanto patitv± marantonagara½ anagara½ kareyy±”ti cintetv± nagaravin±sabh²t± “ya½ so y±cati, sabba½dem±”ti paµissuºitv± ada½su. So otaritv± sabba½ gahetv± agam±si. Bhikkh³ vih±-r³pac±re ta½ g±vi½ viya viravitv± gacchanta½ disv± sañj±nitv± “laddha½ te (2.0403)br±hmaºa, yath±patthitan”ti pucchitv± “±ma, laddha½ me”ti sutv± antovih±ra½gantv± tath±gatassa tamattha½ ±rocesu½. Satth± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva sokuhakacoro, pubbepi kuhakacoroyeva ahosi. Id±ni panesa b±lajana½ vañceti,tad± pana paº¹ite vañcetu½ n±sakkh²”ti vatv± tehi y±cito at²tam±hari. At²te eka½ k±sikag±ma½ niss±ya eko kuhakat±paso v±sa½ kappesi. Ta½ eka½kula½ paµijaggi. Div± uppannakh±dan²yabhojan²yato attano putt±na½ viyatassapi eka½ koµµh±sa½ deti, s±ya½ uppannakoµµh±sa½ µhapetv± dutiyadivasedeti. Athekadivasa½ s±ya½ godhama½sa½ labhitv± s±dhuka½ pacitv± tatokoµµh±sa½ µhapetv± dutiyadivase tassa ada½su. T±paso ma½sa½ kh±ditv±varasataºh±ya baddho “ki½ ma½sa½ n±metan”ti pucchitv± “godhama½san”ti sutv±bhikkh±ya caritv± sappidadhikaµukabhaº¹±d²ni gahetv± paººas±la½ gantv± eka-manta½ µhapesi. Paººas±l±ya pana avid³re ekasmi½ vammike godhar±j± viha-rati. So k±lena k±la½ t±pasa½ vanditu½ ±gacchati. Ta½divasa½ panesa “ta½vadhiss±m²”ti daº¹a½ paµicch±detv± tassa vammikassa avid³re µh±ne nidd±yantoviya nis²di. Godhar±j± vammikato nikkhamitv± tassa santika½ ±gacchantova±k±ra½ sallakkhetv± “na me ajja ±cariyassa ±k±ro ruccat²”ti tatova nivatti. T±pasotassa nivattanabh±va½ ñatv± tassa m±raºatth±ya daº¹a½ khipi, daº¹o virajjhitv±gato. Godhar±j±pi dhammika½ pavisitv± tato s²sa½ n²haritv± ±gatamagga½ olo-kento t±pasa½ ±ha– “Samaºa½ ta½ maññam±no, upagacchimasaññata½; so ma½ daº¹ena p±h±si, yath± asamaºo tath±. “Ki½ te jaµ±hi dummedha, ki½ te ajinas±µiy±; abbhantara½ te gahana½, b±hira½ parimajjas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.97-98); Atha na½ t±paso attano santakena palobhetu½ evam±ha– “Ehi godha nivattassu, bhuñja s±l²namodana½; tela½ loºañca me atthi, pah³ta½ mayha pipphal²”ti. (j±. 1.4.99); Ta½ (2.0404) sutv± godhar±j± “yath± yath± tva½ kathesi, tath± tath± me pal±yi-tuk±mat±va hot²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Esa bhiyyo pavekkh±mi, vammika½ sataporisa½; tela½ loºañca kittesi, ahita½ mayha pipphal²”ti. (j±. 1.4.100); Evañca pana vatv± “aha½ ettaka½ k±la½ tayi samaºasañña½ ak±si½, id±nipana te ma½ paharituk±mat±ya daº¹o khitto, tassa khittak±leyeva asamaºo j±to.Ki½ t±disassa duppaññassa puggalassa jaµ±hi, ki½ sakhurena ajinacammena.Abbhantarañhi te gahana½, kevala½ b±hirameva parimajjas²”ti ±ha. Satth± ima½at²ta½ ±haritv± “tad± esa kuhako t±paso ahosi, godhar±j± pana ahamev±”ti vatv±j±taka½ samodh±netv± tad± godhapaº¹itena tassa niggahitak±raºa½ dassentoima½ g±tham±ha– 394. “Ki½ te jaµ±hi dummedha, ki½ te ajinas±µiy±;

abbhantara½ te gahana½, b±hira½ parimajjas²”ti. (j±. 1.4.98); Tattha ki½ te jaµ±h²ti ambho duppañña tava baddh±hipi im±hi jaµ±hi sakhur±yanivatth±yapi im±ya ajinacammas±µik±ya ca kimatthoti. Abbhantaranti abbhanta-rañhi te r±g±dikilesagahana½, kevala½ hatthilaº¹a½ assalaº¹a½ viya maµµha½b±hira½ parimajjas²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Kuhakabr±hmaºavatthu ek±dasama½. 12. Kis±gotam²vatthu Pa½suk³ladharanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± gijjhak³µe pabbate viha-ranto kis±gotami½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tad± kira sakko paµhamay±m±vas±ne devaparis±ya saddhi½ satth±ra½ upasa-ªkamitv± vanditv± ekamante s±raº²yadhammakatha½ suºanto nis²di. Tasmi½khaºe kis±gotam² “satth±ra½ passiss±m²”ti ±k±sen±gantv± sakka½ disv± nivatti.So ta½ vanditv± nivattanti½ disv± satth±ra½ pucchi– “k± n±mes± (2.0405), bhante,±gaccham±n±va tumhe disv± nivattat²”ti? Satth± “kis±gotam² n±mes±, mah±r±ja,mama dh²t± pa½suk³likatther²na½ agg±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 395. “Pa½suk³ladhara½ jantu½, kisa½ dhamanisanthata½; eka½ vanasmi½ jh±yanta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha kisanti pa½suk³lik± hi attano anur³pa½ paµipada½ p³rent± appama½sa-lohit± ceva honti dhamanisanthatagatt± ca, tasm± evam±ha. Eka½ vanasmintivivittaµµh±ne ekaka½ vanasmi½ jh±yanta½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Kis±gotam²vatthu dv±dasama½. 13. Ekabr±hmaºavatthu Na c±hanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto eka½ br±hmaºa½±rabbha kathesi. So kira “samaºo gotamo attano s±vake br±hmaº±ti vadati ahañcamhi br±hma-ºayoniya½ nibbatto, mampi nu kho eva½ vattu½ vaµµat²”ti satth±ra½ upasaªka-mitv± tamattha½ pucchi. Atha na½ satth± “n±ha½, br±hmaºa, br±hmaºayoniya½nibbattamatteneva½ vad±mi, yo pana akiñcano agahaºo, tamaha½ br±hmaºa½vad±m²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 396. “Na c±ha½ br±hmaºa½ br³mi, yonija½ mattisambhava½; bhov±di n±ma so hoti, sace hoti sakiñcano; akiñcana½ an±d±na½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti.

Tattha yonijanti yoniya½ j±ta½. Mattisambhavanti br±hmaºiy± m±tu santakeudarasmi½ sambh³ta½. Bhov±d²ti so pana ±mantan±d²su “bho, bho”ti vatv± vica-ranto bhov±di n±ma hoti, sace r±g±d²hi (2.0406) kiñcanehi sakiñcano. Aha½ panar±g±d²hi akiñcana½ cat³hi up±d±nehi an±d±na½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so br±hmaºo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Ekabr±hmaºavatthu terasama½. 14. Uggasenaseµµhiputtavatthu Sabbasa½yojananti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto ugga-sena½ n±ma seµµhiputta½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu “muñca pure muñca pacchato”-ti (dha. pa. 348) g±th±vaººan±ya vitth±ritameva.

Tad± hi satth±, “bhante, uggaseno ‘na bh±y±m²’ti vadati, abh³tena maññeañña½ by±karot²”ti bhikkh³hi vutte, “bhikkhave, mama puttasadis± chinnasa½yo-jan± na bh±yantiyev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 397. “Sabbasa½yojana½ chetv±, yo ve na paritassati; saªg±tiga½ visa½yutta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha sabbasa½yojananti dasavidhasa½yojana½. Na paritassat²ti taºh±ya nabh±yati. Tamahanti ta½ aha½ r±g±d²na½ saªg±na½ at²tatt± saªg±tiga½, catu-nnampi yog±na½ abh±vena visa½yutta½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Uggasenaseµµhiputtavatthu cuddasama½. 15. Dvebr±hmaºavatthu Chetv± naddhinti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto dvebr±hmaºe ±rabbha kathesi. Tesu (2.0407) kirekassa c³¼arohito n±ma goºo ahosi, ekassa mah±rohito n±ma.Te ekadivasa½ “tava goºo balav±, mama goºo balav±”ti vivaditv± “ki½ no viv±-dena, p±jetv± j±niss±m±”ti aciravat²t²re sakaµa½ v±luk±ya p³retv± goºe yojayi½su.Tasmi½ khaºe bhikkh³pi nh±yitu½ tattha gat± honti. Br±hmaº± goºe p±jesu½.Sakaµa½ niccala½ aµµh±si, naddhivaratt± pana chijji½su. Bhikkh³ disv± vih±ra½gantv± tamattha½ satthu ±rocayi½su. Satth±, “bhikkhave, b±hir± et± naddhiva-ratt±, yo koci et± chindateva, bhikkhun± pana ajjhattika½ kodhanaddhiñcevataºh±varattañca chinditu½ vaµµat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 398. “Chetv± naddhi½ varattañca, sand±na½ sahanukkama½; ukkhittapaligha½ buddha½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha naddhinti nayhanabh±vena pavatta½ kodha½. Varattanti bandhanabh±-vena pavatta½ taºha½. Sand±na½ sahanukkamanti anusay±nukkamasahita½dv±saµµhidiµµhisand±na½, ida½ sabbampi chinditv± µhita½ avijj±palighassa ukkhi-ttatt± ukkhittapaligha½, catunna½ sacc±na½ buddhatt± buddha½ ta½ aha½br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne pañcasat± bhikkh³ arahatte patiµµhahi½su, sampatt±nampis±tthik± dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Dvebr±hmaºavatthu pannarasama½. 16. Akkosakabh±radv±javatthu Akkosanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto akkosakabh±ra-dv±ja½ ±rabbha kathesi.

Tassa hi bh±tu bh±radv±jassa dhanañj±n² n±ma br±hmaº² sot±pann± ahosi. S±kh²pitv±pi k±sitv±pi pakkhalitv±pi “Namo tassa bhagavato arahato samm±sambu-ddhass±”ti ima½ ud±na½ ud±nesi. S± ekadivasa½ br±hmaºaparivesan±ya pava-ttam±n±ya pakkhalitv± tatheva mah±saddena ud±na½ ud±nesi. Br±hmaºokujjhitv± “evamev±ya½ vasal² yattha v± tattha v± pakkhalitv± tassa muº¹akassasamaºakassa vaººa½ bh±sat²”ti (2.0408) vatv± “id±ni te, vasali, gantv± tassasatthuno v±da½ ±ropess±m²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ s± “gaccha, br±hmaºa, n±ha½ ta½pass±mi, yo tassa bhagavato v±da½ ±ropeyya, api ca gantv± ta½ bhagavanta½pañha½ pucchass³”ti ±ha. So satthu santika½ gantv± avanditv±va ekamanta½µhito pañha½ pucchanto ima½ g±tham±ha– “Ki½su chetv± sukha½ seti, ki½su chetv± na socati; kissassu ekadhammassa, vadha½ rocesi gotam±”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.187); Athassa pañha½ by±karonto satth± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Kodha½ chetv± sukha½ seti, kodha½ chetv± na socati; kodhassa visam³lassa, madhuraggassa br±hmaºa; vadha½ ariy± pasa½santi, tañhi chetv± na socat²”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.187); So satthari pas²ditv± pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºi. Athassa kaniµµho akkosaka-bh±radv±jo “bh±t± kira me pabbajito”ti sutv± kuddho ±gantv± satth±ra½ asa-bbh±hi pharus±hi v±c±hi akkosi. Sopi satth±r± atith²na½ kh±dan²y±did±na-opa-mmena saññatto satthari pasanno pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºi. Aparepissasundarikabh±radv±jo biliªgakabh±radv±joti dve kaniµµhabh±taro satth±ra½ akkosa-nt±va satth±r± vin²t± pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºi½su. Athekadivasa½ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½, “±vuso, acchariy±vata buddhaguº±, cat³su n±ma bh±tikesu akkosantesu satth± kiñci avatv± tesa½-yeva patiµµh± j±to”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±yasannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, aha½ mama khantiba-lena samann±gatatt± duµµhesu adussanto mah±janassa patiµµh± homiyev±”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 399. “Akkosa½ vadhabandhañca, aduµµho yo titikkhati; khant²bala½ bal±n²ka½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha aduµµhoti eta½ dasahi akkosavatth³hi akkosañca p±ºi-±d²hi pothanañcaandubandhan±d²hi bandhanañca yo akuddham±naso hutv± adhiv±seti (2.0409),khantibalena samann±gatatt± khantibala½, punappuna½ uppattiy± an²kabh³tenateneva khantibalena samann±gatatt± bal±n²ka½ ta½ evar³pa½ aha½ br±hmaºa½vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Akkosakabh±radv±javatthu so¼asama½. 17. S±riputtattheravatthu

Akkodhananti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto s±riputta-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tad± kira thero pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhi½ piº¹±ya caranto n±lakag±mem±tu gharadv±ra½ agam±si. Atha na½ s± nis²d±petv± parivisam±n± akkosi–“ambho, ucchiµµhakh±daka ucchiµµhakañjiya½ alabhitv± paragharesu u¼uªkapi-µµhena ghaµµitakañjiya½ paribhuñjitu½ as²tikoµidhana½ pah±ya pabbajitosi, n±si-tamh± tay±, bhuñj±hi d±n²”ti. Bhikkh³nampi bhatta½ dadam±n± “tumhehi mamaputto attano c³¼upaµµh±ko kato, id±ni bhuñjath±”ti vadeti. Thero bhikkha½ gahetv±vih±rameva agam±si. Ath±yasm± r±hulo satth±ra½ piº¹ap±tena ±pucchi. Athana½ satth± ±ha– “r±hula, kaha½ gamitth±”ti? “Ayyik±ya g±ma½, bhante”ti. “Ki½pana te ayyik±ya upajjh±yo vutto”ti? “Ayyik±ya me, bhante, upajjh±yo akkuµµho”ti.“Kinti vatv±”ti? “Ida½ n±ma, bhante”ti. “Upajjh±yena pana te ki½ vuttan”ti? “Nakiñci, bhante”ti. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½,“±vuso, acchariy± vata s±riputtattherassa guº±, eva½n±massa m±tari akkosa-ntiy± kodhamattampi n±hos²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahikath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, kh²º±sav±n±ma akkodhan±va hont²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 400. “Akkodhana½ vatavanta½, s²lavanta½ anussada½; danta½ antimas±r²ra½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha (2.0410) vatavantanti dhutavatena, samann±gata½ catup±risuddhis²lenas²lavanta½, taºh±-ussad±bh±vena anussada½, cha¼indriyadamanena danta½,koµiya½ µhitena attabh±vena antimasar²ra½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. S±riputtattheravatthu sattarasama½. 18. Uppalavaºº±ther²vatthu V±ri pokkharapattev±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto uppa-lavaººatheri½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu “madhuv± maññati b±lo”ti g±th±vaººa-n±ya (dha. pa. 69) vitth±ritameva. Vuttañhi tattha (dha. pa. aµµha. 1.69)– Aparena samayena mah±jano dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesi “kh²º±-sav±pi maññe k±masukha½ s±diyanti, k±ma½ sevanti, ki½ na sevissanti. Na heteko¼±parukkh±, na ca vammik±, allama½sasar²r±va, tasm± etepi k±masukha½s±diyant²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”-ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, kh²º±sav± k±masukha½ s±di-yanti, na k±ma½ sevanti. Yath± hi padumapatte patita½ udakabindu na limpati nasaºµh±ti, vinivattitv± pana patateva. Yath± ca ±ragge s±sapo na upalimpati nasaºµh±ti, vinivattitv± patateva, eva½ kh²º±savassa citte duvidhopi k±mo nalimpati na saºµh±t²”ti anusandhi½ ghaµetv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 401. “V±ri pokkharapatteva, ±raggeriva s±sapo;

yo na limpati k±mesu, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha yo na limpat²ti evameva½ yo abbhantare duvidhepi k±me na upalimpati,tasmi½ k±me na saºµh±ti, tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Uppalavaºº±ther²vatthu aµµh±rasama½. 19. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu Yo (2.0411) dukkhass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantoaññatara½ br±hmaºa½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tassa kireko d±so apaññatte sikkh±pade pal±yitv± pabbajitv± arahatta½p±puºi. Br±hmaºo ta½ olokento adisv± ekadivasa½ satth±r± saddhi½ piº¹±yapavisanta½ dv±rantare disv± c²vara½ da¼ha½ aggahesi. Satth± nivattitv± “ki½ida½, br±hmaº±”ti pucchi. D±so me, bho gotam±ti. Pannabh±ro esa, br±hmaº±ti.“Pannabh±ro”ti ca vutte br±hmaºo “arah±”ti sallakkhesi. Tasm± punapi tena“eva½, bho gotam±”ti vutte satth± “±ma, br±hmaºa, pannabh±ro”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 402. “Yo dukkhassa paj±n±ti, idheva khayamattano;

pannabh±ra½ visa½yutta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha dukkhass±ti khandhadukkhassa. Pannabh±ranti ohitakhandhabh±ra½cat³hi yogehi sabbakilesehi v± visa½yutta½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho.Desan±vas±ne so br±hmaºo sot±pattiphale patiµµhahi, sampatt±nampi s±tthik±dhammadesan± ahos²ti. Aññatarabr±hmaºavatthu ek³nav²satima½. 20. Khem±bhikkhun²vatthu Gambh²rapaññanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± gijjhak³µe viharanto khema½n±ma bhikkhuni½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi paµhamay±masamanantare sakko devar±j± paris±ya saddhi½±gantv± satthu santike s±raº²yadhammakatha½ suºanto nis²di. Tasmi½ khaºekhem± bhikkhun² “satth±ra½ passiss±m²”ti ±gantv± sakka½ disv± ±k±se µhit±vasatth±ra½ vanditv± nivatti. Sakko ta½ disv± “ko (2.0412) es±, bhante, ±gaccha-m±n± ±k±se µhit±va satth±ra½ vanditv± nivatt²”ti pucchi. Satth± “es±, mah±r±ja,mama dh²t± khem± n±ma mah±paññ± magg±maggakovid±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 403. “Gambh²rapañña½ medh±vi½, magg±maggassa kovida½; uttamatthamanuppatta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha gabbh²rapaññanti gambh²resu khandh±d²su pavatt±ya paññ±ya sama-nn±gata½ dhammojapaññ±ya samann±gata½ medh±vi½ “aya½ duggatiy±maggo, aya½ sugatiy± maggo, aya½ nibb±nassa maggo, aya½ amaggo”ti eva½magge ca amagge ca chekat±ya magg±maggassa kovida½ arahattasaªkh±ta½uttamattha½ anuppatta½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Khem±bhikkhunivatthu v²satima½. 21. Pabbh±rav±s²tissattheravatthu Asa½saµµhanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto pabbh±rav±-s²tissatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± arañña½ pavisitv± sapp±ya½sen±sana½ olokento eka½ leºapabbh±ra½ p±puºi, sampattakkhaºeyevassacitta½ ekaggata½ labhi. So “aha½ idha vasanto pabbajitakicca½ nipph±detu½sakkhiss±m²”ti cintesi. Leºepi adhivatth± devat± “s²lav± bhikkhu ±gato, imin±saddhi½ ekaµµh±ne vasitu½ dukkha½. Aya½ pana idha ekarattimeva vasitv±pakkamissat²”ti cintetv± putte ±d±ya nikkhami. Thero punadivase p±tova gocara-

g±ma½ piº¹±ya p±visi. Atha na½ ek± up±sik± disv±va puttasineha½ paµilabhitv±gehe nis²d±petv± bhojetv± att±na½ niss±ya tem±sa½ vasanatth±ya y±ci. Sopi“sakk± may± ima½ niss±ya (2.0413) bhavanissaraºa½ k±tun”ti adhiv±setv±tameva leºa½ agam±si. Devat± ta½ ±gacchanta½ disv± “addh± kenaci nimantitobhavissati, sve v± parasuve v± gamissat²”ti cintesi. Eva½ a¹¹ham±samatte atikkante “aya½ idheva maññe antovassa½ vasissati,s²lavat± pana saddhi½ ekaµµh±ne puttakehi saddhi½ vasitu½ dukkara½, imañca‘nikkham±’ti vattu½ na sakk±, atthi nu kho imassa s²le khalitan”ti dibbenacakkhun± olokent² upasampadam±¼akato paµµh±ya tassa s²le khalita½ adisv±“parisuddhamassa s²la½, kiñcidevassa katv± ayasa½ upp±dess±m²”ti tassa upa-µµh±kakule up±sik±ya jeµµhaputtassa sar²re adhimuccitv± g²va½ parivattesi. Tassaakkh²ni nikkhami½su, mukhato khe¼o pagghari. Up±sik± ta½ disv± “ki½ idan”tiviravi. Atha na½ devat± adissam±nar³p± evam±ha– “may± esa gahito, balikamme-napi me attho natthi, tumh±ka½ pana kul³paka½ thera½ laµµhimadhuka½ y±citv±tena tela½ pacitv± imassa natthukamma½ detha, ev±ha½ ima½ muñciss±m²”ti.Nassatu v± esa maratu v±, na sakkhiss±maha½ ayya½ laµµhimadhuka½ y±citunti.Sace laµµhimadhuka½ y±citu½ na sakkotha, n±sik±yassa hiªgucuººa½ pakkhi-pitu½ vadeth±ti. Idampi vattu½ na sakkom±ti. Tena hissa p±dadhovana-udaka½±d±ya s²se ±siñcath±ti. Up±sik± “sakk± ida½ k±tun”ti vel±ya ±gata½ thera½ nis²-d±petv± y±gukhajjaka½ datv± antarabhatte nisinnassa p±de dhovitv± udaka½gahetv±, “bhante, ida½ udaka½ d±rakassa s²se ±siñc±m±”ti ±pucchitv± “tena hi±siñcath±”ti vutte tath± ak±si. S± devat± t±vadeva ta½ muñcitv± gantv± leºadv±reaµµh±si. Theropi bhattakicc±vas±ne uµµh±y±san± avissaµµhakammaµµh±nat±ya dvatti½s±-k±ra½ sajjh±yantova pakk±mi. Atha na½ leºadv±ra½ pattak±le s± devat± “mah±-vejja m± idha pavis±”ti ±ha. So tattheva µhatv± “k±si tvan”ti ±ha. Aha½ idha adhi-vatth± devat±ti. Thero “atthi nu kho may± vejjakammassa kataµµh±nan”ti upasa-mpadam±¼akato paµµh±ya olokento attano s²le tilaka½ v± k±¼aka½ v± adisv± (2.0414)“aha½ may± vejjakammassa kataµµh±na½ na pass±mi, kasm± eva½ vades²”ti ±ha.Na passas²ti. ¾ma, na pass±m²ti? ¾cikkh±mi teti. ¾ma, ±cikkh±h²ti. Tiµµhatu t±vad³re kata½, ajjeva tay± amanussagahitassa upaµµh±kaputtassa p±dadhovana-u-daka½ s²se ±sitta½, n±sittanti? ¾ma, ±sittanti. Ki½ eta½ na passas²ti? Eta½sandh±ya tva½ vades²ti? ¾ma, eta½ sandh±ya vad±m²ti. Thero cintesi– “aho vatame samm± paºihito att±, s±sanassa anur³pa½ vata me carita½, devat±pi mamacatup±risuddhis²le tilaka½ v± k±¼aka½ v± adisv± d±rakassa s²se ±sittap±dadhova-namatta½ addas±”ti tassa s²la½ ±rabbha balavap²ti uppajji. So ta½ vikkha-mbhetv± p±duddh±rampi akatv± tattheva arahatta½ patv± “m±disa½ parisuddha½samaºa½ d³setv± m± idha vanasaº¹e vasi, tvameva nikkham±h²”ti devata½ ova-danto ima½ ud±na½ ud±nesi– “Visuddho vata me v±so, nimmala½ ma½ tapassina½; m± tva½ visuddha½ d³sesi, nikkhama pavan± tuvan”ti. So tattheva tem±sa½ vasitv± vutthavasso satthu santika½ gantv± bhikkh³hi

“ki½, ±vuso, pabbajitakicca½ te matthaka½ p±pitan”ti puµµho tasmi½ leºe vass³pa-gamanato paµµh±ya sabba½ ta½ pavatti½ bhikkh³na½ ±rocetv±, “±vuso, tva½devat±ya eva½ vuccam±no na kujjh²”ti vutte “na kujjhin”ti ±ha. Bhikkh³ tath±ga-tassa ±rocesu½, “bhante, aya½ bhikkhu añña½ by±karoti, devat±ya ida½ n±mavuccam±nopi na kujjhinti vadat²”ti. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv± “neva, bhikkhave,mama putto kujjhati, etassa gih²hi v± pabbajitehi v± sa½saggo n±ma natthi, asa½-saµµho esa appiccho santuµµho”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 404. “Asa½saµµha½ gahaµµhehi, an±g±rehi c³bhaya½; anokas±rimappiccha½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha asa½saµµhanti dassanasavanasamullapanaparibhogak±yasa½sagg±na½abh±vena asa½saµµha½. Ubhayanti gih²hi ca an±g±rehi c±ti ubhayehipi asa½-saµµha½ (2.0415). Anokas±rinti an±layac±ri½ ta½ evar³pa½ aha½ br±hmaºa½vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Pabbh±rav±s²tissattheravatthu ekav²satima½. 22. Aññatarabhikkhuvatthu Nidh±ya daº¹anti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara½bhikkhu½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kira satthu santike kammaµµh±na½ gahetv± araññe v±yamanto arahatta½patv± “paµiladdhaguºa½ satthu ±rocess±m²”ti tato nikkhami. Atha na½ ekasmi½g±me ek± itth² s±mikena saddhi½ kalaha½ katv± tasmi½ bahi nikkhante “kula-ghara½ gamiss±m²”ti magga½ paµipann± antar±magge disv± “ima½ thera½niss±ya gamiss±m²”ti piµµhito piµµhito anubandhi. Thero pana ta½ na passati.Athass± s±miko geha½ ±gato ta½ adisv± “kulag±ma½ gat± bhavissat²”ti anuba-ndhanto ta½ disv± “na sakk± im±ya ekik±ya ima½ aµavi½ paµipajjitu½, ka½ nu khoniss±ya gacchat²”ti olokento thera½ disv± “aya½ ima½ gaºhitv± nikkhanto bhavi-ssat²”ti cintetv± thera½ santajjesi. Atha na½ s± itth² “neva ma½ esa bhadantopassati, na ±lapati, m± na½ kiñci avac±”ti ±ha. So “ki½ pana tva½ att±na½gahetv± gacchanta½ mama ±cikkhissasi, tuyhameva anucchavika½ imassa kari-ss±m²”ti uppannakodho itthiy± ±gh±tena thera½ pothetv± ta½ ±d±ya nivatti.Therassa sakalasar²ra½ sañj±tagaº¹a½ ahosi. Athassa vih±ra½ gatak±le bhikkh³sar²ra½ samb±hant± gaº¹e disv± “ki½ idan”ti pucchi½su. So tesa½ tamattha½±rocesi. Atha na½ bhikkh³, “±vuso, tasmi½ purise eva½ paharante tva½ ki½avaca, ki½ v± te kodho uppanno”ti. “Na me, ±vuso, kodho uppajj²”ti vutte satthusantika½ gantv± tamattha½ ±rocetv±, “bhante, esa bhikkhu ‘kodho te (2.0416)uppajjat²’ti vuccam±no ‘na me, ±vuso, kodho uppajjat²’ti abh³ta½ vatv± añña½by±karot²”ti ±rocesu½. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv±, “bhikkhave, kh²º±sav± n±manihitadaº¹±, te paharantesupi kodha½ na karontiyev±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–

405. “Nidh±ya daº¹a½ bh³tesu, tasesu th±varesu ca; yo na hanti na gh±teti, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha nidh±y±ti nikkhipitv± oropetv±. Tasesu th±varesu c±ti taºh±t±senatasesu, taºh±-abh±vena thirat±ya th±varesu ca. Yo na hant²ti yo eva½ sabbasa-ttesu vigatapaµighat±ya nikkhittadaº¹o neva kañci saya½ hanati, na aññe gh±teti,tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aññatarabhikkhuvatthu b±v²satima½. 23. S±maºer±na½ vatthu Aviruddhanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto catt±ro s±ma-ºere ±rabbha kathesi. Ek± kira br±hmaº² catunna½ bhikkh³na½ uddesabhatta½ sajjetv± br±hmaºa½±ha– “vih±ra½ gantv± catt±ro mahallakabr±hmaºe uddis±petv± ±neh²”ti. Sovih±ra½ gantv± “catt±ro me br±hmaºe uddisitv± deth±”ti ±ha. Tassa sa½kiccopaº¹ito sop±ko revatoti sattavassik± catt±ro kh²º±savas±maºer± p±puºi½su.Br±hmaº² mah±rah±ni ±san±ni paññ±petv± µhit± s±maºere disv±va kupit±uddhane pakkhittaloºa½ viya taµataµ±yam±n± “tva½ vih±ra½ gantv± attano nattu-mattepi appahonte catt±ro kum±rake gahetv± ±gatos²”ti vatv± tesa½ tesu ±sa-nesu nis²ditu½ adatv± n²cap²µhak±ni attharitv± “etesu nis²dath±”ti vatv± “gaccha,br±hmaºa, mahallake oloketv± ±neh²”ti (2.0417) ±ha. Br±hmaºo vih±ra½ gantv±s±riputtatthera½ disv± “etha, amh±ka½ geha½ gamiss±m±”ti ±nesi. Thero±gantv± s±maºere disv± “imehi br±hmaºehi bhatta½ laddhan”ti pucchitv± “naladdhan”ti vutte catunnameva bhattassa paµiyattabh±va½ ñatv± “±hara me pattan”-ti patta½ gahetv± pakk±mi. Br±hmaº²pi “ki½ imin± vuttan”ti pucchitv± “etesa½nisinn±na½ br±hmaº±na½ laddhu½ vaµµati, ±hara me pattan”ti attano patta½gahetv± gato, na bhuñjituk±mo bhavissati, s²gha½ gantv± añña½ oloketv± ±neh²ti.Br±hmaºo gantv± mah±moggall±natthera½ disv± tatheva vatv± ±nesi. Sopi s±ma-ºere disv± tatheva vatv± patta½ gahetv± pakk±mi. Atha na½ br±hmaº² ±ha– “etena bhuñjituk±m±, br±hmaºav±daka½ gantv± eka½ mahallakabr±hmaºa½ ±ne-h²”ti.

S±maºer±pi p±tova paµµh±ya kiñci alabham±n± jighacch±ya p²¼it± nis²di½su.Atha nesa½ guºatejena sakkassa ±sana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. So ±vajjentotesa½ p±tova paµµh±ya nisinn±na½ kilantabh±va½ ñatv± “may± tattha gantu½vaµµat²”ti jar±jiººo mahallakabr±hmaºo hutv± tasmi½ br±hmaºav±dake br±hma-º±na½ agg±sane nis²di. Br±hmaºo ta½ disv± “id±ni me br±hmaº² attaman± bhavi-ssat²”ti ehi geha½ gamiss±m±”ti ta½ ±d±ya geha½ agam±si. Br±hmaº² ta½disv±va tuµµhacitt± dv²su ±sanesu attharaºa½ ekasmi½yeva attharitv±, “ayya, idhanis²d±h²”ti ±ha. Sakko geha½ pavisitv± catt±ro s±maºere pañcapatiµµhitenavanditv± tesa½ ±sanapariyante bh³miya½ pallaªkena nis²di. Atha na½ disv±br±hmaº² br±hmaºa½ ±ha– “aho te ±n²to br±hmaºo, etampi ummattaka½ gahetv±±gatosi, attano nattumatte vandanto vicarati, ki½ imin±, n²har±hi nan”ti. Sokhandhepi hatthepi kacch±yapi gahetv± nikka¹¹hiyam±no uµµh±tumpi na icchati.Atha na½ br±hmaº² “ehi, br±hmaºa, tva½ ekasmi½ hatthe gaºha, aha½ ekasmi½hatthe gaºhiss±m²”ti ubhopi dv²su hatthesu gahetv± piµµhiya½ pothent± gehadv±-rato bahi aka½su. Sakkopi nisinnaµµh±neyeva nisinno hattha½ parivattesi. Te niva-ttitv± ta½ nisinnameva disv± bh²tarava½ ravant± vissajjesu½. Tasmi½ khaºesakko attano sakkabh±va½ j±n±pesi. Atha nesa½ ±h±ra½ ada½su. Pañcapi jan±(2.0418) ±h±ra½ gahetv± eko kaººik±maº¹ala½ vinivijjhitv±, eko chadanassapurimabh±ga½, eko pacchimabh±ga½, eko pathaviya½ nimujjitv±, sakkopi ekenaµh±nena nikkham²ti eva½ pañcadh± agama½su. Tato paµµh±ya ca pana ta½geha½ pañcachiddageha½ kira n±ma j±ta½. S±maºerepi vih±ra½ gatak±le bhikkh³, “±vuso, k²disan”ti pucchi½su. M± nopucchittha, amh±ka½ diµµhak±lato paµµh±ya br±hmaº² kodh±bhibh³t± paññatt±sa-nesu no nis²ditumpi adatv± “s²gha½ s²gha½ mahallakabr±hmaºa½ ±neh²”ti ±ha.Amh±ka½ upajjh±yo ±gantv± amhe disv± “imesa½ nisinnabr±hmaº±na½ laddhu½vaµµat²”ti patta½ ±har±petv± nikkhami. “Añña½ mahallaka½ br±hmaºa½ ±nes²”tivutte br±hmaºo mah±moggall±natthera½ ±nesi, sopi amhe disv± tatheva vatv±pakk±mi. Atha br±hmaº² “na ete bhuñjituk±m±, gaccha br±hmaºav±dakato eka½mahallakabr±hmaºa½ ±neh²”ti br±hmaºa½ pahiºi. So tattha gantv± br±hmaºave-sena ±gata½ sakka½ ±nesi, tassa ±gatak±le amh±ka½ ±h±ra½ ada½s³ti. Eva½karont±na½ pana tesa½ tumhe na kujjhitth±ti? Na kujjhimh±ti. Bhikkh³ ta½ sutv±satthu ±rocesu½– “bhante, ime ‘na kujjhimh±’ti abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karont²”-ti. Satth±, “bhikkhave, kh²º±sav± n±ma viruddhesupi na virujjhantiyev±”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 406. “Aviruddha½ viruddhesu, attadaº¹esu nibbuta½; s±d±nesu an±d±na½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha aviruddhanti ±gh±tavasena viruddhesupi lokiyamah±janesu ±gh±t±bh±-vena aviruddha½. Hatthagate daº¹e v± satthe v± avijjam±nepi paresa½ pah±rad±-nato aviratatt± attadaº¹esu janesu nibbuta½ nikkhittadaº¹a½, pañcanna½khandh±na½ aha½ mamanti gahitatt± s±d±nesu tassa gahaºassa abh±vena an±-d±na½ ta½ evar³pa½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti.

S±maºer±na½ vatthu tev²satima½. 24. Mah±panthakattheravatthu Yassa (2.0419) r±go c±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharantomah±panthaka½ ±rabbha kathesi. So h±yasm± c³¼apanthaka½ cat³hi m±sehi eka½ g±tha½ paguºa½ k±tu½ asa-kkonta½ “tva½ s±sane abhabbo, gihibhog±pi parih²no, ki½ te idha v±sena, itonikkham±”ti vih±r± nikka¹¹hitv± dv±ra½ thakesi. Bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½,“±vuso, mah±panthakattherena ida½ n±ma kata½, kh²º±sav±nampi maññe kodhouppajjat²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisi-nn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave, kh²º±sav±na½ r±g±dayokiles± atthi, mama puttena atthapurekkh±rat±ya ceva dhammapurekkh±rat±ya cakatan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 407. “Yassa r±go ca doso ca, m±no makkho ca p±tito; s±saporiva ±ragg±, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha ±ragg±ti yassete r±g±dayo kiles±, ayañca paraguºamakkhanalakkhaºomakkho ±ragg± s±sapo viya p±tito, yath± s±sapo ±ragge na santiµµhati, eva½ cittena santiµµhati, tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mah±panthakattheravatthu catuv²satima½. 25. Pilindavacchattheravatthu Akakkasanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto pilindavaccha-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. So kir±yasm± “ehi, vasali, y±hi, vasal²”ti-±d²ni vadanto gih²pi pabbajitepi vasali-v±deneva samud±carati. Athekadivasa½ sambahul± bhikkh³ satthu ±rocesu½–“±yasm±, bhante, pilindavaccho bhikkh³ vasaliv±dena samud±carat²”ti. Satth± ta½pakkos±petv± “sacca½ kira tva½ (2.0420) pilindavaccha bhikkh³ vasaliv±denasamud±caras²”ti pucchitv± “eva½, bhante”ti vutte tass±yasmato pubbeniv±sa½manasikaritv± “m± kho tumhe, bhikkhave, vacchassa bhikkhuno ujjh±yittha, na,bhikkhave, vaccho dosantaro bhikkh³ vasaliv±dena samud±carati, vacchassa,bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pañca j±tisat±ni abbokiºº±ni sabb±ni t±ni br±hmaºakulepacc±j±t±ni, so tassa d²gharatta½ vasaliv±do samud±ciººo, kh²º±savassa n±makakkasa½ pharusa½ paresa½ mammaghaµµanavacanameva natthi. ¾ciººava-sena hi mama putto eva½ kathet²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 408. “Akakkasa½ viññ±pani½, gira½ saccamud²raye;

y±ya n±bhisaje kañci, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha akakkasanti apharusa½. Viññ±paninti atthaviññ±pani½. Saccantibh³tattha½. N±bhisajeti y±ya gir±ya añña½ kujjh±panavasena na lagg±peyya,kh²º±savo n±ma evar³pameva gira½ bh±seyya, tasm± tamaha½ br±hmaºa½vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Pilindavacchattheravatthu pañcav²satima½. 26. Aññatarattheravatthu Yodha d²ghanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aññatara-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kireko micch±diµµhiko br±hmaºo sar²ragandhagahaºabhayena utta-ras±µaka½ apanetv± ekamante µhapetv± gehadv±r±bhimukho nis²di. Atheko kh²º±-savo bhattakicca½ katv± vih±ra½ gacchanto ta½ s±µaka½ disv± ito cito ca olo-ketv± kañci apassanto “niss±miko ayan”ti pa½suk³la½ adhiµµhahitv± gaºhi. Athana½ br±hmaºo disv± akkosanto upasaªkamitv± “muº¹aka, samaºa, mamas±µaka½ gaºhas²”ti ±ha. Taveso, br±hmaº±ti. ¾ma, samaº±ti. “May± (2.0421)kañci apassantena pa½suk³lasaññ±ya gahito, gaºha nan”ti tassa datv± vih±ra½gantv± bhikkh³na½ tamattha½ ±rocesi. Athassa vacana½ sutv± bhikkh³ tenasaddhi½ ke¼i½ karont± “ki½ nu kho, ±vuso, s±µako d²gho rasso th³lo saºho”ti.¾vuso, d²gho v± hotu rasso v± th³lo v± saºho v±, natthi mayha½ tasmi½ ±layo,pa½suk³lasaññ±ya na½ gaºhinti. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³ tath±gatassa ±rocesu½–“esa, bhante, bhikkhu abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karot²”ti. Satth± “bh³ta½,bhikkhave, esa katheti, kh²º±sav± n±ma paresa½ santaka½ na gaºhant²”ti vatv±ima½ g±tham±ha– 409. “Yodha d²gha½ va rassa½ v±, aºu½ th³la½ subh±subha½; loke adinna½ n±diyati, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tassattho– s±µak±bharaº±d²su d²gha½ v± rassa½ v± maºimutt±d²su aºu½ v±th³la½ v± mahaggha-appagghavasena subha½ v± asubha½ v± yo puggaloimasmi½ loke parapariggahita½ n±diyati, tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aññatarattheravatthu chabb²satima½. 27. S±riputtattheravatthu ¾s± yass±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto s±riputtatthera½±rabbha kathesi.

Thero kira pañcabhikkhusatapariv±ro janapade eka½ vih±ra½ gantv± vassa½upagañchi. Manuss± thera½ disv± bahu½ vass±v±sika½ paµissuºi½su. Theropav±retv± sabbasmi½ vass±v±sike asampatteyeva satthu santika½ gacchantobhikkh³ ±ha– “dahar±nañceva s±maºer±nañca manussehi vass±v±sike ±haµegahetv± peseyy±tha, µhapetv± v± s±sana½ pahiºeyy±th±”ti. Eva½ vatv± ca panasatthu santika½ agam±si. Bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “ajj±pi maññe s±ripu-ttattherassa taºh± atthiyeva. Tath± (2.0422) hi manussehi vass±v±sike dinneattano saddhivih±rik±na½ ‘vass±v±sika½ peseyy±tha, µhapetv± v± s±sana½ pahi-ºeyy±th±’ti bhikkh³na½ vatv± ±gato”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave,etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “na, bhikkhave,mama puttassa taºh± atthi, manuss±na½ pana puññato daharas±maºer±nañcadhammikal±bhato parih±ni m± ahos²ti teneva½ kathitan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 410. “¾s± yassa na vijjanti, asmi½ loke paramhi ca; nir±s±sa½ visa½yutta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha ±s±ti taºh±. Nir±s±santi nittaºha½. Visa½yuttanti sabbakilesehi visa½-yutta½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. S±riputtattheravatthu sattav²satima½. 28. Mah±moggall±nattheravatthu Yass±lay±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto mah±moggall±-natthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu purimasadisameva. Idha pana satth± moggall±-nattherassa nittaºhabh±va½ vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 411. “Yass±lay± na vijjanti, aññ±ya

akatha½kath²; amatogadhamanuppatta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha ±lay±ti taºh±. Aññ±ya akatha½kath²ti aµµha vatth³ni yath±bh³ta½ j±nitv±aµµhavatthuk±ya vicikicch±ya nibbicikiccho. Amatogadhamanuppattanti amata½nibb±na½ og±hetv± anuppatta½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Mah±moggall±nattheravatthu aµµhav²satima½. 29. Revatattheravatthu Yodha (2.0423) puññañc±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± pubb±r±me viha-ranto revatatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu “g±me v± yadi v±raññe”ti (dha. pa.98) g±th±vaººan±ya vitth±ritameva. Vuttañhi tattha (dha. pa. aµµha. 1.98)– Puna ekadivasa½ bhikkh³ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “aho s±maºerassa l±bho,aho puñña½, yena ekakena pañcanna½ bhikkhusat±na½ pañcak³µ±g±rasat±nikat±n²”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±ya sannisinn±”tipucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte, “bhikkhave, mayha½ puttassa neva puñña½ atthi,na p±pa½, ubhayamassa pah²nan”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 412. “Yodha puññañca p±pañca, ubho saªgamupaccag±; asoka½ viraja½ suddha½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha ubhoti dvepi puññ±ni ca p±p±ni ca cha¹¹etv±ti attho. Saªganti r±g±di-bheda½ saªga½. Upaccag±ti atikkanto. Vaµµam³lakasok±bh±vena asoka½ abbha-ntare r±garaj±d²na½ abh±vena viraja½ nirupakkilesat±ya suddha½ tamaha½br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Revatattheravatthu ek³nati½satima½. 30. Cand±bhattheravatthu Canda½ v±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto cand±bha-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Tatr±ya½ anupubb² kath±– at²te eko b±r±ºasiv±s² v±ºijo “paccanta½ gantv±candana½ ±hariss±m²”ti bah³ni vatth±bharaº±d²ni gahetv± pañcahi sakaµasatehipaccanta½ gantv± g±madv±re niv±sa½ gahetv± aµaviya½ gop±lad±rake pucchi–“imasmi½ g±me pabbatap±dakammiko koci (2.0424) manusso atth²”ti? “¾ma,atth²”ti. “Ko n±meso”ti? “Asuko n±m±”ti. “Bhariy±ya panassa putt±na½ v± ki½n±-man”ti? “Idañcidañc±”ti. “Kaha½ panassa µh±ne gehan”ti? “Asukaµµh±ne n±m±”ti.So tehi dinnasaññ±ya sukhay±nake nis²ditv± tassa gehadv±ra½ gantv± y±n±

oruyha geha½ pavisitv± “asukan±me”ti ta½ itthi½ pakkosi. S± “eko no ñ±takobhavissat²”ti vegen±gantv± ±sana½ paññ±pesi. So tattha nis²ditv± n±ma½ vatv±“mama sah±yo kahan”ti pucchi. “Arañña½ gato, s±m²”ti. “Mama putto asukon±ma, mama dh²t± asuk± n±ma kahan”ti sabbesa½ n±ma½ kittentova pucchitv±“im±ni nesa½ vatth±bharaº±ni dadeyy±si, sah±yass±pi me aµavito ±gatak±le ida½vatth±bharaºa½ dadeyy±s²”ti ad±si. S± tassa u¼±ra½ sakk±ra½ katv± s±mikassa±gatak±le “s±mi, imin± ±gatak±lato paµµh±ya sabbesa½ n±ma½ vatv± idañci-dañca dinnan”ti ±ha. Sopissa kattabbayuttaka½ kari. Atha na½ s±ya½ sayane nisinno pucchi– “samma, pabbatap±de carantena teki½ bahu½ diµµhapubban”ti? “Añña½ na pass±mi, rattas±kh± pana me bah³rukkh± diµµh±”ti. “Bah³ rukkh±”ti? “¾ma, bah³”ti. Tena hi te amh±ka½ dasseh²titena saddhi½ gantv± rattacandanarukkhe chinditv± pañca sakaµasat±ni p³retv±±gacchanto ta½ ±ha– “samma, b±r±ºasiya½ asukaµµh±ne n±ma mama geha½,k±lena k±la½ mama santika½ ±gaccheyy±si, aññena ca me paºº±k±rena atthonatthi, rattas±kharukkhe eva ±hareyy±s²”ti. So “s±dh³”ti vatv± k±lena k±la½ tassasantika½ ±gacchanto rattacandanameva ±harati, sopissa bahudhana½ deti. Tato aparena samayena parinibbute kassapadasabale patiµµhite kañcanath³peso puriso bahu½ candana½ ±d±ya b±r±ºasi½ agam±si. Athassa so sah±yakov±ºijo bahu½ candana½ pis±petv± p±ti½ p³retv± “ehi, samma, y±va bhatta½pacati, t±va cetiyakaraºaµµh±na½ gantv± ±gamiss±m±”ti ta½ ±d±ya tattha gantv±candanap³ja½ ak±si. Sopissa paccantav±s² sah±yako cetiyakucchiya½ canda-nena candamaº¹ala½ ak±si. Ettakamevassa pubbakamma½. So (2.0425) tato cuto devaloke nibbattitv± eka½ buddhantara½ tattha khepetv±imasmi½ buddhupp±de r±jagahanagare br±hmaºamah±s±lakule nibbatti. Tassan±bhimaº¹alato candamaº¹alasadis± pabh± uµµhahi, tenassa cand±bhotvevan±ma½ kari½su. Cetiye kirassa candamaº¹alakaraºanissando esa. Br±hmaº±cintayi½su– “sakk± amhehi ima½ gahetv± loka½ kh±ditun”ti. Ta½ y±ne nis²d±-petv± “yo imassa sar²ra½ hatthena par±masati, so evar³pa½ n±ma issariyasa-mpatti½ labhat²”ti vatv± vicari½su. Sata½ v± sahassa½ v± dadam±n± eva tassasar²ra½ hatthena phusitu½ labhanti. Te eva½ anuvicarant± s±vatthi½ anuppatt±nagarassa ca vih±rassa ca antar± niv±sa½ gaºhi½su. S±vatthiyampi pañcakoµi-matt± ariyas±vak± purebhatta½ d±na½ datv± pacch±bhatta½ gandham±lavattha-bhesajj±dihatth± dhammassavan±ya gacchanti. Br±hmaº± te disv± “kaha½gacchath±”ti pucchi½su. Satthu santika½ dhammassavan±y±ti. Etha tatthagantv± ki½ karissatha, amh±ka½ cand±bhassa br±hmaºassa ±nubh±vasadiso±nubh±vo natthi. Etassa hi sar²ra½ phusant± ida½ n±ma labhanti, etha passathananti. Tumh±ka½ cand±bhassa br±hmaºassa ko ±nubh±vo n±ma, amh±ka½satth±yeva mah±nubh±voti. Te aññamañña½ saññ±petu½ asakkont± “vih±ra½gantv± cand±bhassa v± amh±ka½ v± satthu ±nubh±va½ j±niss±m±”ti ta½gahetv± vih±ra½ agama½su. Satth± tasmi½ attano santika½ upasaªkamanteyeva cand±bh±ya antara-dh±na½ ak±si. So satthu santike aªg±rapacchiya½ k±ko viya ahosi. Atha na½

ekamanta½ nayi½su, ±bh± paµip±katik± ahosi. Puna satthu santika½ ±nayi½su,±bh± tatheva antaradh±yi. Eva½ tikkhattu½ gantv± antaradh±yam±na½ ±bha½disv± cand±bho cintesi– “aya½ ±bh±ya antaradh±namanta½ j±n±ti maññe”ti. Sosatth±ra½ pucchi– “ki½ nu kho ±bh±ya antaradh±namanta½ j±n±th±”ti? ¾ma, j±n±-m²ti. Tena hi me deth±ti. Na sakk± apabbajitassa d±tunti. So br±hmaºe ±ha–“etasmi½ mante gahite aha½ sakalajambud²pe jeµµhako bhaviss±mi, tumheettheva hotha, aha½ pabbajitv± katip±heneva manta½ gaºhiss±m²”ti. Sosatth±ra½ pabbajja½ y±citv± upasampajji. Athassa dvatti½s±k±ra½ (2.0426)±cikkhi. So “ki½ idan”ti pucchi. Ida½ mantassa parikamma½ sajjh±yitu½ vaµµat²ti.Br±hmaº±pi antarantar± ±gantv± “gahito te manto”ti pucchanti. Na t±va gaºh±-m²ti. So katip±heneva arahatta½ patv± br±hmaºehi ±gantv± pucchitak±le “y±thatumhe, id±n±ha½ an±gamanadhammo j±to”ti ±ha. Bhikkh³ tath±gatassa ±ro-cesu½– “aya½, bhante, abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karot²”ti. Satth± “kh²º±savoid±ni, bhikkhave, mama putto cand±bho, bh³tamevesa kathet²”ti vatv± ima½g±tham±ha– 413. “Canda½va vimala½ suddha½, vippasannaman±vila½; nand²bhavaparikkh²ºa½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha vimalanti abbh±dimalarahita½. Suddhanti nirupakkilesa½. Vippasa-nnanti pasannacitta½. An±vilanti kiles±vilattarahita½. Nand²bhavaparikkh²ºantit²su bhavesu parikkh²ºataºha½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Cand±bhattheravatthu ti½satima½. 31. S²valittheravatthu Yo imanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± kuº¹akoliya½ niss±ya kuº¹adh±na-vane viharanto s²valitthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye suppav±s± n±ma koliyadh²t± sattavass±ni gabbha½dh±retv± satt±ha½ m³¼hagabbh± dukkh±hi tibb±hi kaµuk±hi vedan±hi phuµµh±“samm±sambuddho vata so bhagav±, yo imassa evar³passa dukkhassa pah±-n±ya dhamma½ deseti. Suppaµipanno vata tassa bhagavato s±vakasaªgho, yoimassa evar³passa dukkhassa pah±n±ya paµipanno. Susukha½ vata ta½nibb±na½, yathida½ evar³pa½ dukkha½ na sa½vijjat²”ti (ud±. 18) imehi t²hi vita-kkehi ta½ (2.0427) dukkha½ adhiv±sent² s±mika½ satthu santika½ pesetv± tenatass± vacanena satthu vandan±ya ±rocit±ya “sukhin² hotu suppav±s± koliyadh²t±,arog± aroga½ putta½ vij±yat³”ti satth±r± vuttakkhaºeyeva sukhin² arog± aroga½putta½ vij±yitv± buddhappamukha½ bhikkhusaªgha½ nimantetv± satt±ha½ mah±-d±na½ ad±si. Puttopiss± j±tadivasato paµµh±ya dhammakaraºa½ ±d±yasaªghassa udaka½ pariss±vesi. So aparabh±ge nikkhamitv± pabbajito arahatta½p±puºi.

Athekadivasa½ bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “passath±-vuso, evar³po n±ma arahattassa upanissayasampanno bhikkhu ettaka½ k±la½m±tukucchismi½ dukkha½ anubhosi, kimaªga½ pana aññe, bahu½ vata imin±dukkha½ nitthiººan”ti. Satth± ±gantv± “k±ya nuttha, bhikkhave, etarahi kath±yasannisinn±”ti pucchitv± “im±ya n±m±”ti vutte “±ma, bhikkhave, mama putto ettak±dukkh± muccitv± id±ni nibb±na½ sacchikatv± viharat²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 414. “Yoma½ palipatha½ dugga½, sa½s±ra½ mohamaccag±; tiººo p±raªgato jh±y², anejo akatha½kath²; anup±d±ya nibbuto, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tassattho– yo bhikkhu ima½ r±gapalipathañceva kilesaduggañca sa½s±rava-µµañca catunna½ ariyasacc±na½ appaµivijjhanakamohañca at²to, catt±ro oghetiººo hutv± p±ra½ anuppatto, duvidhena jh±nena jh±y², taºh±ya abh±vena anejo,katha½kath±ya abh±vena akatha½kath², up±d±n±na½ abh±vena anup±diyitv±kilesanibb±nena nibbuto, tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. S²valittheravatthu ekati½satima½. 32. Sundarasamuddattheravatthu Yodha (2.0428) k±meti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantosundarasamuddatthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. S±vatthiya½ kireko kulaputto sundarasamuddakum±ro n±ma catt±l²sakoµivi-bhave mah±kule nibbatto. So ekadivasa½ pacch±bhatta½ gandham±l±dihattha½mah±jana½ dhammassavanatth±ya jetavana½ gacchanta½ disv± “kaha½ gaccha-th±”ti pucchitv± “satthu santika½ dhammassavanatth±y±”ti vutte “ahampi gami-ss±m²”ti vatv± tena saddhi½ gantv± parisapariyante nis²di. Satth± tassa ±saya½

viditv± anupubbi½ katha½ kathesi. So “na sakk± ag±ra½ ajjh±vasantena saªkha-likhita½ brahmacariya½ caritun”ti satthu dhammakatha½ niss±ya pabbajj±ya j±tu-ss±ho paris±ya pakkant±ya satth±ra½ pabbajja½ y±citv± “m±t±pit³hi ananu-ññ±ta½ tath±gat± na pabb±jent²”ti sutv± geha½ gantv± raµµhap±lakulaputt±dayoviya mahantena v±y±mena m±t±pitaro anuj±n±petv± satthu santike pabbajitv±laddh³pasampado “ki½ me idha v±sen±”ti tato nikkhamitv± r±jagaha½ gantv±piº¹±ya caranto v²tin±mesi. Athekadivasa½ s±vatthiya½ tassa m±t±pitaro ekasmi½ chaºadivase maha-ntena sirisobhaggena tassa sah±yakakum±rake k²¼am±ne disv± “amh±ka½puttassa ida½ dullabha½ j±tan”ti paridevi½su. Tasmi½ khaºe ek± gaºik± ta½kula½ gantv± tassa m±tara½ rodam±na½ nisinna½ disv± “amma, ki½ k±raº±rodas²”ti pucchi. “Putta½ anussaritv± rod±m²”ti. “Kaha½ pana so, amm±”ti?“Bhikkh³su pabbajito”ti. “Ki½ uppabb±jetu½ na vaµµat²”ti? “Vaµµati, na panaicchati, ito nikkhamitv± r±jagaha½ gato”ti. “Sac±ha½ ta½ uppabb±jeyya½, ki½ mekareyy±th±”ti? “Imassa te kulassa kuµumbas±mini½ kareyy±m±”ti. Tena hi meparibbaya½ deth±ti paribbaya½ gahetv± mahantena pariv±rena r±jagaha½gantv± tassa piº¹±ya caraºav²thi½ sallakkhetv± tattheka½ niv±sageha½ gahetv±p±tova paº²ta½ ±h±ra½ paµiy±detv± therassa piº¹±ya paviµµhak±le bhikkha½datv± katip±haccayena, “bhante, idheva nis²ditv± bhattakicca½ karoth±”ti patta½gaºhi. So pattamad±si. Atha (2.0429) na½ paº²tena ±h±rena parivisitv±, “bhante, idheva piº¹±yacaritu½ ph±sukan”ti vatv± katip±ha½ ±linde nis²d±petv± bhojetv± d±rake p³vehisaªgaºhitv± “etha tumhe therassa ±gatak±le mayi v±rentiy±pi idh±gantv± raja½uµµh±peyy±th±”ti ±ha. Te punadivase therassa bhojanavel±ya t±ya v±riyam±n±piraja½ uµµh±pesu½. S± punadivase, “bhante, d±rak± v±riyam±n±pi mama vacana½asuºitv± idha raja½ uµµh±penti, antogehe nis²dath±”ti anto nis²d±petv± katip±ha½bhojesi. Puna d±rake saªgaºhitv± “tumhe may± v±riyam±n±pi therassa bhojana-k±le mah±sadda½ kareyy±th±”ti ±ha. Te tath± kari½su. S± punadivase, “bhante,imasmi½ µh±ne ativiya mah±saddo hoti, d±rak± may± v±riyam±n±pi vacana½ nagaºhanti, uparip±s±deyeva nis²dath±”ti vatv± therena adhiv±site thera½ puratokatv± p±s±da½ abhiruhant² dv±r±ni pidaham±n±va p±s±da½ abhiruhi. Thero ukka-µµhasapad±nac±riko sam±nopi rasataºh±ya baddho tass± vacanena sattabh³-mika½ p±s±da½ abhiruhi. S± thera½ nis²d±petv± “catt±l²s±ya khalu, samma, puººamukha µh±nehi itth²purisa½ acc±vadati vijambhati vinamati gilasati vilajjati nakhena nakha½ ghaµµeti,p±dena p±da½ akkamati, kaµµhena pathavi½ vilikhati, d±raka½ ullaªgheti ola-ªgheti, k²¼ati k²¼±peti, cumbati cumb±peti, bhuñjati bhuñj±peti, dad±ti ±y±cati, kata-manukaroti, ucca½ bh±sati, n²ca½ bh±sati, avicca½ bh±sati, vivicca½ bh±sati,naccena g²tena v±ditena roditena vilasitena vibh³sitena jagghati, pekkhati, kaµi½c±leti, guyhabhaº¹aka½ c±leti, ³ru½ vivarati, ³ru½ pidahati, thana½ dasseti,kaccha½ dasseti, n±bhi½ dasseti, akkhi½ nikhaºati, bhamuka½ ukkhipati, oµµha½palikhati, jivha½ nill±leti, dussa½ muñcati, dussa½ bandhati, sirasa½ muñcati,

sirasa½ bandhat²”ti (j±. 2.21.300) eva½ ±gata½ itthikutta½ itthil²la½ dassetv±tassa purato µhit± ima½ g±tham±ha– “Alattakakat± p±d±, p±duk±ruyha vesiy±; tuvampi daharo mama, ahampi dahar± tava; ubhopi pabbajiss±ma, jiºº± daº¹apar±yaº±”ti. (therag±. 459, 462); Therassa (2.0430) “aho vata me bh±riya½ anupadh±retv± katakamman”timah±sa½vego udap±di. Tasmi½ khaºe satth± pañcacatt±l²sayojanamatthake jeta-vane nisinnova ta½ k±raºa½ disv± sita½ p±tv±k±si. Atha na½ ±nandattheropucchi– “bhante, ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo sitassa p±tukamm±y±”ti. ¾nanda,r±jagahanagare sattabh³mikap±s±datale sundarasamuddassa ca bhikkhunogaºik±ya ca saªg±mo vattat²ti. Kassa nu kho, bhante, jayo bhavissati, kassa par±-jayoti? Satth±, “±nanda, sundarasamuddassa jayo bhavissati, gaºik±ya par±jayo”-ti therassa jaya½ pak±setv± tattha nisinnakova obh±sa½ pharitv± “bhikkhuubhopi k±me nirapekkho pajah±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 415. “Yodha k±me pahantv±na, an±g±ro paribbaje; k±mabhavaparikkh²ºa½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tassattho– yo puggalo idha loke ubhopi k±me hitv± an±g±ro hutv± paribbajati,ta½ parikkh²ºak±mañceva parikkh²ºabhavañca aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne so thero arahatta½ patv± iddhibalena veh±sa½ abbhuggantv±kaººik±maº¹ala½ vinivijjhitv± satthu sar²ra½ thomentoyeva ±gantv± satth±ra½vandi. Dhammasabh±yampi katha½ samuµµh±pesu½, “±vuso, jivh±viññeyya½rasa½ niss±ya mana½ naµµho sundarasamuddatthero, satth± panassa avassayoj±to”ti. Satth± ta½ katha½ sutv± “na, bhikkhave, id±neva, pubbep±ha½ etassarasataºh±ya baddhamanassa avassayo j±toyev±”ti vatv± tehi y±cito tassatthassapak±sanattha½ at²ta½ ±haritv±– “Na kiratthi rasehi p±piyo, ±v±sehi v± santhavehi v±; v±tamiga½ gahananissita½, vasam±nesi rasehi sañjayo”ti. (j±. 1.1.14)–Ekakanip±te (2.0431) ima½ v±tamigaj±taka½ vitth±retv± “tad± sundarasamuddov±tamigo ahosi, ima½ pana g±tha½ vatv± tassa vissajj±pet± rañño mah±maccoahamev±”ti j±taka½ samodh±nes²ti. Sundarasamuddattheravatthu batti½satima½. 33. Jaµilattheravatthu Yodha taºhanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto jaµilatthera½±rabbha kathesi. Tatr±ya½ anupubb² kath±– at²te kira b±r±ºasiya½ dve bh±taro kuµumbik±mahanta½ ucchukhetta½ k±resu½. Athekadivasa½ kaniµµhabh±t± ucchukhetta½

gantv± “eka½ jeµµhabh±tikassa dass±mi, eka½ mayha½ bhavissat²”ti dve ucchuya-µµhiyo rasassa anikkhamanatth±ya chinnaµµh±ne bandhitv± gaºhi. Tad± kiraucch³na½ yantena p²¼anakicca½ natthi, agge v± m³le v± chinditv± ukkhittak±ledhammakaraºato udaka½ viya sayameva raso nikkhamati. Tassa pana khettatoucchuyaµµhiyo gahetv± ±gamanak±le gandham±dane paccekabuddho sam±pattitovuµµh±ya “kassa nu kho ajja anuggaha½ kariss±m²”ti upadh±rento ta½ attanoñ±ºaj±le paviµµha½ disv± saªgaha½ k±tu½ samatthabh±vañca ñatv± pattac²vara½±d±ya iddhiy± ±gantv± tassa purato aµµh±si. So ta½ disv±va pasannacitto uttaras±-µaka½ uccatare bh³mipadese attharitv±, “bhante, idha nis²dath±”ti pacceka-buddha½ nis²d±petv± “patta½ upan±meth±”ti ucchuyaµµhiy± bandhanaµµh±na½mocetv± pattassa upari ak±si, raso otaritv± patta½ p³resi. Paccekabuddhenatasmi½ rase p²te “s±dhuka½ vata me ayyena raso p²to. Sace me jeµµhabh±tikom³la½ ±har±pessati, m³la½ dass±mi. Sace patti½ ±har±pessati, patti½ dass±m²”-ti cintetv±, “bhante, patta½ me upan±meth±”ti dutiyampi ucchuyaµµhi½ mocetv±rasa½ ad±si. “Bh±t± me ucchukhettato añña½ ucchu½ ±haritv± kh±dissat²”ti etta-kampi kirassa vañcanacitta½ n±hosi. Paccekabuddho pana paµhama½ ucchura-sassa p²tatt± ta½ ucchurasa½ (2.0432) aññehipi saddhi½ sa½vibhajituk±mohutv± gahetv±va nis²di. So tassa ±k±ra½ ñatv± pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv±,“bhante, yo aya½ may± dinno aggaraso, imassa nissandena devamanussesusampatti½ anubhavitv± pariyos±ne tumhehi pattadhammameva p±puºeyyan”tipatthana½ paµµhapesi. Paccekabuddhopissa “eva½ hot³”ti vatv± “icchita½patthita½ tuyhan”ti dv²hi g±th±hi anumodana½ katv± yath± so passati, eva½ adhi-µµhahitv± ±k±sena gandham±dana½ gantv± pañcanna½ paccekabuddhasat±na½ta½ rasa½ ad±si. So ta½ p±µih±riya½ disv± bh±tu santika½ gantv± “kaha½ gatos²”ti vutte “ucchu-khetta½ oloketu½ gatomh²”ti. “Ki½ t±disena ucchukhetta½ gatena, nanu n±maeka½ v± dve v± ucchuyaµµhiyo ±d±ya ±gantabba½ bhaveyy±”ti bh±tar± vutto–“±ma, bh±tika, dve me ucchuyaµµhiyo gahit±, eka½ pana paccekabuddha½ disv±mama ucchuyaµµhito rasa½ datv± ‘m³la½ v± patti½ v± dass±m²’ti tumh±kampi meucchuyaµµhito raso dinno, ki½ nu kho tassa m³la½ gaºhissatha, ud±hu pattin”ti±ha. “Ki½ pana paccekabuddhena katan”ti? “Mama ucchuyaµµhito rasa½ pivitv±tumh±ka½ ucchuyaµµhito rasa½ ±d±ya ±k±sena gandham±dana½ gantv± pañcasa-t±na½ paccekabuddh±na½ ad±s²”ti. So tasmi½ kathenteyeva nirantara½ p²tiy±phuµµhasar²ro hutv± “tena me paccekabuddhena diµµhadhammasseva adhigamobhaveyy±”ti patthana½ ak±si. Eva½ kaniµµhena tisso sampattiyo patthit±, jeµµhenapana ekapadeneva arahatta½ patthitanti ida½ tesa½ pubbakamma½. Te y±vat±yuka½ µhatv± tato cut± devaloke nibbattitv± eka½ buddhantara½khepayi½su. Tesa½ devaloke µhitak±leyeva vipass² samm±sambuddho lokeuppajji. Tepi devalokato cavitv± bandhumatiy± ekasmi½ kulagehe jeµµho jeµµhova,kaniµµho kaniµµhova hutv± paµisandhi½ gaºhi½su. Tesu jeµµhassa senoti n±ma½aka½su, kaniµµhassa apar±jitoti. Tesu vayappattak±le kuµumba½ saºµh±petv± viha-rantesu “buddharatana½ loke uppanna½, dhammaratana½, saªgharatana½,

d±n±ni detha, puññ±ni karotha, ajja aµµham², ajja c±tuddas², ajja pannaras², upo-satha½ karotha, dhamma½ (2.0433) suº±th±”ti dhammaghosakassa bandhumat²-nagare ghosana½ sutv± mah±jana½ purebhatta½ d±na½ datv± pacch±bhatta½dhammassavan±ya gacchanta½ disv± senakuµumbiko “kaha½ gacchath±”tipucchitv± “satthu santika½ dhammassavan±y±”ti vutte “ahampi gamiss±m²”titehi saddhi½yeva gantv± parisapariyante nis²di. Satth± tassa ajjh±saya½ viditv± anupubbi½ katha½ kathesi. So satthudhamma½ sutv± pabbajj±ya uss±haj±to satth±ra½ pabbajja½ y±ci. Atha na½satth± “atthi pana te apaloketabb± ñ±tak±”ti pucchi. Atthi, bhanteti. Tena hi apalo-ketv± eh²ti. So kaniµµhassa santika½ gantv± “ya½ imasmi½ kule s±pateyya½, ta½sabba½ tava hot³”ti ±ha. Tumhe pana, s±m²ti. Aha½ satthu santike pabbajiss±-m²ti. S±mi ki½ vadetha, aha½ m±tari mat±ya m±tara½ viya, pitari mate pitara½viya tumhe alattha½, ida½ kula½ mah±bhoga½, gehe µhiteneva sakk± puññ±nik±tu½, m± eva½ karitth±ti. May± satthu santike dhammo suto, na sakk± ta½ ag±-ramajjhe µhitena p³retu½, pabbajiss±mev±ha½, tva½ nivatt±h²ti. Eva½ sokaniµµha½ nivatt±petv± satthu santike pabbajitv± laddh³pasampado na cirassevaarahatta½ p±puºi. Kaniµµhopi “bh±tu pabbajitasakk±ra½ kariss±m²”ti satt±ha½buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa d±na½ datv± bh±tara½ vanditv± ±ha–“bhante, tumhehi attano bhavanissaraºa½ kata½, aha½ pana pañcahi k±magu-ºehi baddho nikkhamitv± pabbajitu½ na sakkomi, mayha½ gehe µhitasseva anu-cchavika½ mahanta½ puññakamma½ ±cikkhath±”ti. Atha na½ thero “s±dhus±dhu, paº¹ita, satthu gandhakuµi½ karoh²”ti ±ha. So “s±dh³”ti sampaµicchitv±n±n±d±r³ni ±har±petv± thambh±d²na½ atth±ya tacch±petv± eka½ suvaººakha-cita½, eka½ rajatakhacita½, eka½ maºikhacitanti sabb±ni sattaratanakhacit±nik±retv± tehi gandhakuµi½ k±retv± sattaratanakhacit±heva chadaniµµhak±hi ch±d±-pesi. Gandhakuµiy± karaºak±leyeva pana ta½ attan± sam±nan±mako apar±jito-yeva n±ma bh±gineyyo upasaªkamitv± “ahampi kariss±mi, mayhampi patti½detha m±tul±”ti ±ha. Na demi, t±ta, aññehi as±dh±raºa½ kariss±m²ti. So bahumpiy±citv± patti½ alabham±no “gandhakuµiy± purato kuñjaras±la½ laddhu½ vaµµat²”tisattaratanamaya½ kuñjaras±la½ k±resi. So imasmi½ buddhupp±de meº¹aka-seµµhi hutv±

nibbatti. Gandhakuµiya½ (2.0434) pana sattaratanamay±ni t²ºi mah±v±tap±n±ni ahesu½.Tesa½ abhimukhe heµµh± sudh±parikammakat± tisso pokkharaºiyo k±retv± catu-jj±tikagandhodakassa p³retv± apar±jito, gahapati, pañcavaºº±ni kusum±ni rop±-pesi tath±gatassa anto nisinnak±le v±tavegena samuµµhit±hi reºuvaµµ²hi sar²rassaokiraºattha½. Gandhakuµith³pik±ya kapalla½ rattasuvaººamaya½ ahosi, pav±¼a-may± sikhar±, heµµh± maºimay± chadaniµµhak±. Iti s± naccanto viya moro sobha-m±n± aµµh±si. Sattasu pana ratanesu koµµetabbayuttaka½ koµµetv± itara½ sakala-meva gahetv± jaººumattena odhin± gandhakuµi½ parikkhipitv± pariveºa½ p³resi. Eva½ gandhakuµi½ niµµh±petv± apar±jito, gahapati, bh±tikatthera½ upasaªka-mitv± ±ha– “bhante, niµµhit± gandhakuµi, paribhogamass± pacc±s²s±mi, paribho-gena kira mahanta½ puñña½ hot²”ti. So satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv±, “bhante, imin±kira vo kuµumbikena gandhakuµi k±rit±, id±ni pana paribhoga½ pacc±s²sat²”ti ±ha.Satth± uµµh±y±san± gandhakuµi-abhimukha½ gantv± gandhakuµi½ parikkhipitv±parikkhittaratanar±si½ olokento dv±rakoµµhake aµµh±si. Atha na½ kuµumbiko “pavi-satha, bhante”ti ±ha. Satth± tattheva µhatv± tatiyav±re tassa bh±tikatthera½ olo-kesi. So olokit±k±reneva ñatv± kaniµµhabh±tara½ ±ha– “ehi, t±ta, ‘mameva rakkh±bhavissati, tumhe yath±sukha½ vasath±’ti satth±ra½ vadeh²”ti. So tassa vacana½sutv± satth±ra½ pañcapatiµµhitena vanditv±, “bhante, yath± manuss± rukkham³lepavisitv± anapekkh± pakkamanti, yath± v± nadi½ taritv± u¼umpa½ anapekkh±pariccajanti, eva½ anapekkh± hutv± tumhe vasath±”ti ±ha. Kimattha½ panasatth± aµµh±si? Eva½ kirassa ahosi– “buddh±na½ santika½ purebhattampi pacch±-bhattampi bah³ ±gacchanti, tesu ratan±ni ±d±ya pakkamantesu na sakk± amhehiv±retu½, pariveºamhi ettake ratane vokiººe attano upaµµh±ke harantepi na v±re-t²ti kuµumbiko mayi ±gh±ta½ katv± ap±y³pago bhaveyy±”ti imin± k±raºenaaµµh±si. Tena pana, “bhante, mameva rakkh± bhavissati, tumhe vasath±”ti vuttep±visi. Kuµumbiko (2.0435) samant± rakkha½ µhapetv± manusse ±ha– “t±t±, uccha-ªgena v± pacchipasibbakehi v± ±d±ya gacchante v±reyy±tha, hatthena gahetv±gacchante pana m± v±rayitth±”ti. Antonagarepi ±roc±pesi “may± gandhakuµipari-veºe satta ratan±ni okiºº±ni, satthu santike dhamma½ sutv± gacchant± duggata-manuss± ubho hatthe p³retv± gaºhantu, sukhit±pi ekena gaºhant³”ti. Eva½kirassa ahosi “saddh± t±va dhamma½ sotuk±m± gamissantiyeva, assaddh±pipana dhanalobhena gantv± dhamma½ sutv± dukkhato muccissant²”ti. Tasm± jana-saªgahatth±ya eva½ ±roc±pesi. Mah±jano tena vuttaniy±meneva ratan±ni gaºhi.Saki½ okiººaratanesu kh²ºesu y±vatatiya½ jaººumattena odhin± okir±pesiyeva.Satthu pana p±dam³le tipusamatta½ anaggha½ maºiratana½ µhapesi. Eva½kirassa ahosi– “satthu sar²rato suvaººavaºº±ya pabh±ya saddhi½ maºipabha½olokent±na½ titti n±ma na bhavissat²”ti. Tasm± evamak±si. Mah±janopi atittovaolokesi. Athekadivasa½ eko micch±diµµhikabr±hmaºo “satthu kira p±dam³lemahaggha½ maºiratana½ nikkhitta½, hariss±mi nan”ti vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½

vanditu½ ±gatassa mah±janassa antarena p±visi. Kuµumbiko tassa pavisan±k±re-neva “maºi½ gaºhituk±mo”ti sallakkhetv± “aho vata na gaºheyy±”ti cintesi. Sopisatth±ra½ vandanto viya p±dam³le hattha½ upan±metv± maºi½ gahetv± ovaµµi-k±ya katv± pakk±mi. Kuµumbiko tasmi½ citta½ pas±detu½ n±sakkhi. So dhamma-kath±vas±ne satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± ±ha– “bhante, may± tikkhattu½ gandha-kuµi½ parikkhipitv± jaººumattena odhin± satta ratan±ni okiºº±ni, t±ni me gaºha-ntesu ±gh±to n±ma n±hosi, citta½ bhiyyo bhiyyo pas²diyeva. Ajja pana ‘ahovat±ya½ br±hmaºo maºi½ na gaºheyy±’ti cintetv± tasmi½ maºi½ ±d±ya gatecitta½ pas±detu½ n±sakkhin”ti. Satth± tassa vacana½ sutv± “nanu, up±saka,attano santaka½ parehi an±haraº²ya½ k±tu½ sakkos²”ti naya½ ad±si. So satth±r±dinnanaye µhatv± satth±ra½ vanditv± “ajja ±di½ katv± mama santaka½ dasikasu-ttamattampi ma½ abhibhavitv± anekasat±pi r±j±no v± cor± v± gaºhitu½ samatth±n±ma m± hontu, aggin±pi mama santaka½ m± ¹ayhatu, udakenapi m± vuyhat³”tipatthana½ ak±si (2.0436). Satth±pissa “eva½ hot³”ti anumodana½ ak±si. Sogandhakuµimaha½ karonto aµµhasaµµhiy± bhikkhusatasahass±na½ antovih±reyevanava m±se mah±d±na½ datv± d±napariyos±ne sabbesa½ tic²vara½ ad±si.Saªghanavakassa c²varas±µak± sahassagghanak± ahesu½. So eva½ y±vat±yuka½ puññ±ni karitv± tato cuto devaloke nibbattitv± ettaka½k±la½ devamanussesu sa½saritv± imasmi½ buddhupp±de r±jagahe ekasmi½seµµhikule paµisandhi½ gahetv± a¹¹ham±s±dhike nava m±se m±tukucchiya½vasi. J±tadivase panassa sakalanagare sabb±vudh±ni pajjali½su, sabbesa½ k±ya-r³¼h±ni ±bharaº±nipi pajjalit±ni viya obh±sa½ muñci½su, nagara½ ekapajjota½ahosi. Seµµhipi p±tova r±j³paµµh±na½ agam±si. Atha na½ r±j± pucchi– “ajja sabb±-vudh±ni pajjali½su, nagara½ ekapajjota½ j±ta½, j±n±si nu kho ettha k±raºan”ti?“J±n±mi, dev±”ti. “Ki½, seµµh²”ti? “Mama gehe tumh±ka½ d±so j±to, tassa puññate-jeneva½ ahos²”ti. “Ki½ nu kho coro bhavissat²”ti? “Nattheta½, deva, puññav±satto kat±bhin²h±ro”ti. “Tena hi na½ samm± posetu½ vaµµati, idamassa kh²ra-m³la½ hot³”ti devasika½ sahassa½ paµµhapesi. Athassa n±magahaºadivasesakalanagarassa ekapajjotabh³tatt± jotikotveva n±ma½ kari½su. Athassa vayappattak±le gehakaraºatth±ya bh³mitale sodhiyam±ne sakkassabhavana½ uºh±k±ra½ dassesi. Sakko “ki½ nu kho idan”ti upadh±rayam±no “joti-kassa gehaµµh±na½ gaºhant²”ti ñatv± “n±ya½ etehi katagehe vasissati, may±-pettha gantu½ vaµµat²”ti va¹¹hak²vesena tattha gantv± “ki½ karoth±”ti ±ha. “Joti-kassa gehaµµh±na½ gaºh±m±”ti. “Apetha, n±ya½ tumhehi katagehe vasissat²”tivatv± so¼asakar²samatta½ bh³mipadesa½ olokesi, so t±vadeva kasiºamaº¹ala½viya samo ahosi. Puna “imasmi½ µh±ne pathavi½ bhinditv± sattaratanamayo satta-bh³mikap±s±do uµµhahat³”ti cintetv± olokesi, t±vadeva tath±r³po p±s±do uµµhahi.Puna “ima½ parikkhipitv± sattaratanamay± satta p±k±r± uµµhahant³”ti cintetv± olo-kesi, tath±r³p± p±k±r± uµµhahi½su. Atha “nesa½ pariyante kapparukkh± uµµhaha-nt³”ti cintetv± (2.0437) olokesi, tath±r³p± kapparukkh± uµµhahi½su. “P±s±dassacat³su kaººesu catasso nidhikumbhiyo uµµhahant³”ti cintetv± olokesi, sabba½tatheva ahosi. Nidhikumbh²su pana ek± yojanik± ahosi, ek± tig±vutik±, ek± a¹¹ha-

yojanik±, ek± g±vutappam±º±. Bodhisattassa nibbattanidhikumbh²na½ pana eka-mukhappam±ºa½ ahosi, heµµh± pathav²pariyant±va ahesu½. Jotikassa nibbattani-dhikumbh²na½ mukhaparim±ºa½ na kathita½, sabb± mukhachinnat±laphala½viya paripuºº±va uµµhahi½su. P±s±dassa cat³su kaººesu taruºat±lakkhandhappa-m±º± catasso suvaººamay± ucchuyaµµhiyo nibbatti½su. T±sa½ maºimay±nipatt±ni, sovaººamay±ni khandh±ni ahesu½. Pubbakammassa dassanattha½ kire-t±ni, nibbatti½su. Sattasu dv±rakoµµhakesu satta yakkh± ±rakkha½ gaºhi½su. Paµhame dv±rako-µµhake yamako¼² n±ma yakkho attano pariv±rena yakkhasahassena saddhi½±rakkha½ gaºhi, dutiye uppalo n±ma attano pariv±rayakkh±na½ dv²hi sahassehisaddhi½, tatiye vajiro n±ma t²hi sahassehi saddhi½, catutthe vajirab±hu n±macat³hi sahassehi saddhi½, pañcame kasakando n±ma pañcahi sahassehisaddhi½, chaµµhe kaµattho n±ma chahi sahassehi saddhi½, sattame dis±mukhon±ma sattahi sahassehi saddhi½ ±rakkha½ gaºhi. Eva½ p±s±dassa anto ca bahica g±¼harakkh± ahosi. “Jotikassa kira sattaratanamayo sattabh³mikap±s±douµµhito, satta p±k±r± sattadv±rakoµµhak± catasso nidhikumbhiyo uµµhit±”ti sutv±bimbis±ro r±j± seµµhicchatta½ pahiºi. So jotikaseµµhi n±ma ahosi. Tena pana saddhi½ katapuññakamm± itth² uttarakur³su nibbatti. Atha na½devat± tato ±netv± sirigabbhe nis²d±pesu½. S± ±gaccham±n± eka½ taº¹ulan±¼i½tayo ca jotip±s±ºe gaºhi. Tesa½ y±vaj²va½ t±yeva taº¹ulan±¼iy± bhatta½ ahosi.Sace kira te sakaµasatampi taº¹ul±na½ p³retuk±m± honti, s± taº¹ulan±¼i n±¼iyevahutv± tiµµhati. Bhattapacanak±le taº¹ule ukkhaliya½ pakkhipitv± tesa½ p±s±º±na½(2.0438) upari µhapeti, p±s±º± t±vadeva pajjalitv± bhatte pakkamatte nibb±yanti.Teneva saññ±ºena bhattassa pakkabh±va½ j±nanti. S³peyy±dipacanak±lepieseva nayo. Eva½ tesa½ jotip±s±ºehi ±h±ro paccati. Maºi-±lokena ca vasanti,aggissa v± d²passa v± obh±sa½ neva j±ni½su. “Jotikassa kira evar³p± sampa-tt²”ti sakalajambud²pe p±kaµo ahosi. Mah±jano y±n±d²ni yojetv± dassanatth±ya±gacchati. Jotikaseµµhi ±gat±gat±na½ uttarakurutaº¹ul±na½ bhatta½ pac±petv±d±pesi. “Kapparukkhehi vatth±ni gaºhantu, ±bharaº±ni gaºhant³”ti ±º±pesi.“G±vutikanidhikumbhiy± mukha½ vivar±petv± y±panamatta½ dhana½ gaºhant³”-ti ±º±pesi. Sakalajambud²pav±sikesu dhana½ gahetv± gacchantesu nidhiku-mbhiy± aªgulimattampi ³na½ n±hosi. Gandhakuµipariveºe v±luka½ katv± okiººa-ratan±na½ kirassa eso nissando. Eva½ mah±jane vatth±bharaº±ni ceva dhanañca yadicchaka½ ±d±yagacchante bimbis±ro tassa p±s±da½ daµµhuk±mopi mah±jane ±gacchante ok±sa½n±lattha. Aparabh±ge yadicchaka½ ±d±ya gatatt± manussesu mand²bh³tesu r±j±jotikassa pitara½ ±ha– “tava puttassa p±s±da½ daµµhuk±mamh±”ti. So “s±dhu,dev±”ti vatv± gantv± puttassa kathesi– “t±ta, r±j± te p±s±da½ daµµhuk±mo”ti.“S±dhu, t±ta, ±gacchat³”ti. R±j± mahantena pariv±rena tattha agam±si. Paµhama-dv±rakoµµhake sammajjitv± kacavaracha¹¹ik± d±s² rañño hattha½ ad±si, r±j±“seµµhij±y±”ti saññ±ya lajjam±no tass± b±h±ya hattha½ na µhapesi. Eva½ sesadv±-rakoµµhakesupi d±siyo “seµµhibhariy±yo”ti maññam±no t±sa½ b±h±ya hattha½ na

µhapesi. Jotiko ±gantv± r±j±na½ paccuggantv± vanditv± pacchato hutv± “puratoy±tha, dev±”ti ±ha. Rañño maºipathav² sataporisapap±to viya hutv± upaµµhahi. So“imin± mama gahaºatth±ya op±to khaºito”ti maññam±no p±da½ nikkhipitu½ navisahi. Jotiko “n±ya½, deva, op±to, mama pacchato ±gacchath±”ti purato ahosi.R±j± tena akkantak±le bh³mi½ akkamitv± heµµhimatalato (2.0439) paµµh±yap±s±da½ olokento vicari. Tad± aj±tasattukum±ropi pitu aªguli½ gahetv± vicarantocintesi– “aho andhab±lo mama pit±, gahapatike n±ma sattaratanamaye p±s±devasante esa r±j± hutv± d±rumaye gehe vasati, aha½ d±ni r±j± hutv± imassaimasmi½ p±s±de vasitu½ na dass±m²”ti. Raññopi uparimatal±ni abhiruhantasseva p±tar±savel± j±t±. So seµµhi½ ±ma-ntetv±, “mah±seµµhi, idheva p±tar±sa½ bhuñjiss±m±”ti. J±n±mi, deva, sajjito deva-ss±h±roti. So so¼asahi gandhodakaghaµehi nhatv± ratanamaye seµµhissa nis²dana-maº¹ape paññatte tasseva nis²danapallaªke nis²di. Athassa hatthadhovan³daka½datv± satasahassagghanik±ya suvaººap±tiy± kilinnap±y±sa½ va¹¹hetv± puratoµhapayi½su. R±j± “bhojanan”ti saññ±ya bhuñjitu½ ±rabhi. Seµµhi “nayida½, deva,bhojana½, kilinnap±y±so eso”ti aññiss± suvaººap±tiy± bhojana½ va¹¹hetv± puri-map±tiya½ µhapayi½su. Tato uµµhita-utun± kira ta½ bhuñjitu½ sukha½ hoti. R±j±madhurabhojana½ bhuñjanto pam±ºa½ na aññ±si. Atha na½ seµµhi vanditv±añjali½ paggayha “ala½, deva, ettakameva hotu, ito uttari½ jir±petu½ na sakk±”ti±ha. Atha na½ r±j± ±ha– “ki½, gahapati, garuka½ katv± kathesi attano bhattan”ti?Deva, nattheta½, tumh±ka½ sabbass±pi hi balak±yassa idameva bhatta½ ida½supeyya½. Api ca kho aha½ ayasassa bh±y±m²ti. Ki½ k±raº±ti? Sace devassak±y±lasiyamatta½ bhaveyya, “hiyyo raññ± seµµhissa gehe bhatta½ bhutta½,seµµhin± kiñci kata½ bhavissat²”ti vacanassa bh±y±mi, dev±ti. Tena hi bhatta½hara, udaka½ ±har±ti. Rañño bhattakicc±vas±ne sabbo r±japariv±ro tadevabhatta½ paribhuñji. R±j± sukhakath±ya nisinno seµµhi½ ±mantetv±, “ki½ imasmi½ gehe seµµhibha-riy± natth²”ti ±ha? “¾ma atthi, dev±”ti. “Kaha½ s±”ti? “Sirigabbhe nisinn±, devassa±gatabh±va½ na j±n±t²”ti. Kiñc±pi hi p±tova r±j± sapariv±ro ±gato, s± panassa±gatabh±va½ na j±n±teva. Tato seµµhi “r±j± me bhariya½ daµµhuk±mo”ti tass±santika½ gantv± “r±j± ±gato, ki½ tava r±j±na½ daµµhu½ na vaµµat²”ti ±ha. S±

nipannak±va (2.0440) “ko esa, s±mi, r±j± n±m±”ti vatv± “r±j± n±ma amh±ka½ issa-ro”ti vutte anattamanata½ pavedent² “dukkaµ±ni vata no puññakamm±ni, yesa½no issaropi atthi. Assaddh±ya n±ma puññakamm±ni katv± maya½ sampatti½p±puºitv± aññassa issariyaµµh±ne nibbattamh±. Addh± amhehi asaddahitv±d±na½ dinna½ bhavissati, tasseta½ phalan”ti vatv± “ki½ d±ni karomi, s±m²”ti ±ha.T±lavaºµa½ ±d±ya ±gantv± r±j±na½ b²j±h²ti. Tass± t±lavaºµa½ ±d±ya ±gantv±r±j±na½ b²jentiy± rañño veµhanassa gandhav±to akkh²ni pahari, athass± akkh²hiassudh±r± pavatti½su. Ta½ disv± r±j± seµµhi½ ±ha– “mah±seµµhi, m±tug±mo n±maappabuddhiko, ‘r±j± me s±mikassa sampatti½ gaºheyy±’ti bhayena rodati maññe,ass±sehi na½ ‘na me tava sampattiy± attho’”ti. Na es±, deva, rodat²ti. Atha ki½etanti? Tumh±ka½ veµhanagandhenass± ass³ni pavatti½su. Ayañhi d²pobh±sa½v± aggi-obh±sa½ v± adisv± maºi-±lokeneva bhuñjati ca nis²dati ca nipajjati ca,devo pana d²p±lokena nisinno bhavissat²ti? ¾ma, seµµh²ti. Tena hi, deva, ajjapaµµh±ya maºi-±lokena nis²dath±ti mahanta½ tipusamatta½ anaggha½ maºira-tana½ ad±si. R±j± geha½ oloketv± “mahat² vata jotikassa sampatt²”ti vatv± aga-m±si. Aya½ t±va jotikassa uppatti. Id±ni jaµilassa uppatti veditabb±– b±r±ºasiyañhi ek± seµµhidh²t± abhir³p± ahosi,ta½ pannarasaso¼asavassuddesikak±le rakkhaºatth±ya eka½ d±si½ datv± satta-bh³mikassa p±s±dassa uparimatale sirigabbhe v±sayi½su. Ta½ ekadivasa½ v±ta-p±na½ vivaritv± bahi olokayam±na½ ±k±sena gacchanto eko vijj±dharo disv±uppannasineho v±tap±nena pavisitv± t±ya saddhi½ santhavamak±si. S± tenasaddhi½ sa½v±samanv±ya na cirasseva gabbha½ paµilabhi. Atha na½ s± d±s²disv±, “amma, ki½ idan”ti vatv± “hotu m± kassaci ±cikkh²”ti t±ya vutt± bhayenatuºh² ahosi. S±pi dasam±saccayena putta½ vij±yitv± navabh±jana½ ±har±petv±tattha ta½ d±raka½ nipajj±petv± ta½ bh±jana½ pidahitv± upari pupphad±m±niµhapetv± “ima½ s²sena ukkhipitv± gaªg±ya (2.0441) vissajjehi, ‘ki½ idan’ti capuµµh± ‘ayy±ya me balikamman’ti vadeyy±s²”ti d±si½ ±º±pesi. S± tath± ak±si. Heµµh±gaªg±yampi dve itthiyo nh±yam±n± ta½ bh±jana½ udaken±hariyam±na½disv± ek± “mayheta½ bh±janan”ti ±ha. Ek± “ya½ etassa anto, ta½ mayhan”tivatv± bh±jane sampatte ta½ ±d±ya thale µhapetv± vivaritv± d±raka½ disv± ek±“mama bh±jananti vuttat±ya d±rako mameva hot²”ti ±ha. Ek± “ya½ bh±janassaanto, ta½ mameva hot³ti vuttat±ya mama d±rako”ti ±ha. T± vivadam±n± viniccha-yaµµh±na½ gantv± tamattha½ ±rocetv± amaccesu vinicchitu½ asakkontesu raññosantika½ agama½su. R±j± t±sa½ vacana½ sutv± “tva½ d±raka½ gaºha, tva½bh±jana½ gaºh±”ti ±ha. Y±ya pana d±rako laddho, s± mah±kacc±nattherassa upa-µµh±yik± ahosi. Tasm± s± d±raka½ “ima½ therassa santike pabb±jess±m²”tiposesi. Tassa j±tadivase gabbhamalassa dhovitv± anapan²tat±ya kes± jaµit± hutv±aµµha½su, tenassa jaµilotveva n±ma½ kari½su. Tassa padas± vicaraºak±le therota½ geha½ piº¹±ya p±visi. Up±sik± thera½ nis²d±petv± ±h±ramad±si. Therod±raka½ disv± “ki½ up±sike d±rako laddho”ti pucchi. “¾ma, bhante, im±ha½d±raka½ tumh±ka½ santike pabb±jess±m²ti posesi½, pabb±jetha nan”ti ad±si.Thero “s±dh³”ti ±d±ya ta½ gacchanto “atthi nu kho imassa gihisampatti½ anubha-

vitu½ puññakamman”ti olokento “mah±puñño satto mah±sampatti½ anubhavi-ssati, daharo esa t±va, ñ±ºampissa parip±ka½ na gacchat²”ti cintetv± ta½ ±d±yatakkasil±ya½ ekassa upaµµh±kassa geha½ agam±si. So thera½ vanditv± µhito ta½ d±raka½ disv± “d±rako vo, bhante, laddho”tipucchi. ¾ma, up±saka, pabbajissati, daharo t±va, taveva santike hot³ti. So “s±dhu,bhante”ti ta½ puttaµµh±ne µhapetv± paµijaggi. Tassa pana gehe dv±dasa vass±nibhaº¹aka½ ussanna½ hoti. So g±mantara½ gacchanto sabbampi ta½ bhaº¹a½±paºa½ haritv± d±raka½ ±paºe nis²d±petv± tassa tassa bhaº¹akassa m³la½ ±ci-kkhitv± “idañca idañca ettaka½ n±ma (2.0442) dhana½ gahetv± dadeyy±s²”tivatv± pakk±mi. Ta½divasa½ nagaraparigg±hik± devat± antamaso maricaj²rakama-tten±pi atthike tasseva ±paº±bhimukhe kari½su. So dv±dasa vass±ni ussanna½bhaº¹aka½ ekadivaseneva vikkiºi. Kuµumbiko ±gantv± ±paºe kiñci adisv±“sabba½ te, t±ta, bhaº¹aka½ n±sitan”ti ±ha. Na n±semi, sabba½ tumhehi vuttana-yeneva vikkiºi½, ida½ asukassa m³la½, ida½ asukass±ti. Kuµumbiko pas²ditv±“anaggho puriso, yattha katthaci j²vitu½ samattho”ti attano gehe vayappatta½dh²tara½ tassa datv± “gehamassa karoth±”ti purise ±º±petv± niµµhite gehe“gacchatha, tumhe attano gehe vasath±”ti ±ha. Athassa gehapavisanak±le ekena p±dena umm±re akkantamatte gehassapacchimabh±ge bh³mi½ bhinditv± as²tihattho suvaººapabbato uµµhahi. R±j± “jaµi-lakum±rassa kira gehe bh³mi½ bhinditv± suvaººapabbato uµµhito”ti sutv±va tassaseµµhicchatta½ pesesi. So jaµilaseµµhi n±ma ahosi. Tassa tayo putt± ahesu½. Sotesa½ vayappattak±le pabbajj±ya citta½ upp±detv± “sace amhehi sam±nabhoga½seµµhikula½ bhavissati, pabbajitu½ dassanti. No ce, na dassanti. Atthi nu khojambud²pe amhehi sam±nabhoga½ kulan”ti v²ma½sanatth±ya suvaººamaya½iµµhaka½ suvaººamaya½ patodalaµµhi½ suvaººamaya½ p±dukañca k±r±petv±puris±na½ hatthe datv± “gacchatha, im±ni ±d±ya kiñcideva olokayam±n± viyajambud²patale vicaritv± amhehi sam±nabhogassa seµµhikulassa atthibh±va½ v±natthibh±va½ v± ñatv± ±gacchath±”ti pahiºi. Te c±rika½ carant± bhaddiyanagara½ p±puºi½su. Atha ne meº¹akaseµµhidisv±, “t±t±, ki½ karont± vicarath±”ti pucchitv± “eka½ olokent± vicar±m±”ti vutte“imesa½ im±ni gahetv± kiñcideva oloketu½ vicaraºakicca½ natthi, raµµha½ pari-ggaºham±n± vicarant²”ti ñatv±, “t±t±, amh±ka½ pacchimageha½ pavisitv± oloke-th±”ti ±ha. Te tattha aµµhakar²samatte µh±ne hatthi-assa-usabhappam±ºe piµµhiy±piµµhi½ ±hacca pathavi½ bhinditv± uµµhite heµµh± vuttappak±re suvaººameº¹akedisv± tesa½ antarantar± (2.0443) vicaritv± nikkhami½su. Atha ne seµµhi, “t±t±, ya½olokent± vicaratha, diµµho vo so”ti pucchitv± “pass±ma, s±m²”ti vutte “tena higacchath±”ti uyyojesi. Te tatova gantv± attano seµµhin± “ki½, t±t±, diµµha½ voamh±ka½ sam±nabhoga½ seµµhikulan”ti vutte, “s±mi, tumh±ka½ ki½ atthi, bhaddi-yanagare meº¹akaseµµhino evar³po n±ma vibhavo”ti sabba½ ta½ pavatti½ ±ci-kkhi½su. Ta½ sutv± seµµhi attamano hutv± “eka½ t±va seµµhikula½ laddha½, apa-rampi nu kho atth²”ti satasahassagghanika½ kambala½ datv± “gacchatha, t±t±,aññampi. Seµµhikula½ vicinath±”ti pahiºi.

Te r±jagaha½ gantv± jotikaseµµhissa gehato avid³re d±rur±si½ katv± aggi½datv± aµµha½su. “Ki½ idan”ti puµµhak±le ca “eka½ no mahagghakambala½ vikkiºa-nt±na½ kayiko natthi, gahetv± vicarant±pi cor±na½ bh±y±ma, tena ta½ jh±petv±gamiss±m±”ti vadi½su. Atha ne jotikaseµµhi disv± “ime ki½ karont²”ti pucchitv±tamattha½ sutv± pakkos±petv± “ki½ agghanako kambalo”ti pucchi. “Satasahassa-gghanako”ti vutte satasahassa½ d±petv± “dv±rakoµµhaka½ sammajjitv± kacavara-cha¹¹ik±ya d±siy± deth±”ti tesa½yeva hatthe pahiºi. S± kambala½ gahetv± roda-m±n± s±mikassa santika½ ±gantv± “ki½ ma½, s±mi, apar±dhe sati paharitu½ navaµµati, kasm± me evar³pa½ th³lakambala½ pahiºittha, kath±ha½ ima½ niv±se-ss±mi v± p±rupiss±mi v±”ti. N±ha½ tava etadatth±ya pahiºi½, eta½ pana palive-µhetv± tava sayanap±dam³le µhapetv± nipajjanak±le gandhodakena dhot±na½p±d±na½ puñchanatth±ya te pahiºi½, ki½ etampi k±tu½ na sakkos²ti. S± “eta½pana k±tu½ sakkhiss±m²”ti gahetv± agam±si. Te ca puris± ta½ k±raºa½ disv±attano seµµhissa santika½ gantv± “ki½, t±t±, diµµha½ vo seµµhikulan”ti vutte, “s±mi,ki½ tumh±ka½ atthi, r±jagahanagare jotikaseµµhissa evar³p± n±ma sampatt²”tisabba½ gehasampatti½ ±rocetv± ta½ pavatti½ ±cikkhi½su. Seµµhi tesa½ vacana½sutv± tuµµham±naso “id±ni pabbajitu½ labhiss±m²”ti rañño santika½ gantv±“pabbajituk±momhi, dev±”ti ±ha. S±dhu, mah±seµµhi, pabbaj±h²ti (2.0444). Sogeha½ gantv± putte pakkos±petv± suvaººadaº¹a½ vajirakudd±la½ jeµµhapu-ttassa hatthe µhapetv±, “t±ta, pacchimagehe suvaººapabbatato suvaººapiº¹a½uddhar±h²”ti ±ha. So kudd±la½ ±d±ya gantv± suvaººapabbata½ pahari, piµµhip±-s±ºe pahaµak±lo viya ahosi. Tassa hatthato kudd±la½ gahetv± majjhimaputtassahatthe datv± pahiºi, tassapi suvaººapabbata½ paharantassa piµµhip±s±ºe pahaµa-k±lo viya ahosi. Atha na½ kaniµµhaputtassa hatthe datv± pahiºi, tassa ta½ gahetv±paharantassa koµµetv± r±sikat±ya mattik±ya pahaµak±lo viya ahosi. Atha na½seµµhi “ehi, t±ta, ala½ ettaken±”ti vatv± itare dve jeµµhabh±tike pakkos±petv± “aya½suvaººapabbato na tumh±ka½ nibbatto, mayhañca kaniµµhassa ca nibbatto, imin±saddhi½ ekato hutv± paribhuñjath±”ti ±ha. Kasm± pana so tesameva nibbattati,kasm± ca jaµilo j±tak±le udake p±titoti? Attano katakammeneva. Kassapasamm±sambuddhassa hi cetiye kariyam±ne eko kh²º±savo cetiya-µµh±na½ gantv± oloketv±, “t±t±, kasm± cetiyassa uttarena mukha½ na uµµhahat²”tipucchi. “Suvaººa½ nappahot²”ti ±ha½su. Aha½ antog±ma½ pavisitv± sam±dape-ss±mi, tumhe ±darena kamma½ karoth±ti. So eva½ vatv± nagara½ pavisitv±,“amm±, t±t±, tumh±ka½ cetiyassa ekasmi½ mukhe suvaººa½ nappahoti,suvaººa½ j±n±th±”ti mah±jana½ sam±dapento suvaººak±rakula½ agam±si.Suvaººak±ropi taªkhaºeyeva bhariy±ya saddhi½ kalaha½ karonto nisinno hoti.Atha na½ thero “cetiye tumhehi gahitamukhassa suvaººa½ nappahoti, ta½j±nitu½ vaµµat²”ti ±ha. So bhariy±ya kopena “tava satth±ra½ udake khipitv±gacch±”ti ±ha. Atha na½ s± “atis±hasikakamma½ te kata½, mama kuddhena teahameva akkositabb± v± paharitabb± v±, kasm± at²t±n±gatapaccuppannesubuddhesu veramak±s²”ti ±ha. Suvaººak±ro t±vadeva sa½vegappatto hutv±“khamatha me, bhante”ti vatv± therassa p±dam³le nipajji. T±ta, aha½ tay± na

kiñci vutto, satth±ra½ kham±peh²ti. Kinti katv± kham±pemi, bhanteti. Suvaººapu-pph±na½ tayo (2.0445) kumbhe katv± antodh±tunidh±ne pakkhipitv± allavatthoallakeso hutv± kham±pehi, t±t±ti. So “s±dhu, bhante”ti vatv± suvaººapupph±ni karonto t²su puttesu jeµµhaputta½pakkos±petv± “ehi, t±ta, aha½ satth±ra½ veravacanena avaca½, tasm± im±nipupph±ni katv± dh±tunidh±ne pakkhipitv± kham±pess±mi, tvampi kho me sah±yohoh²”ti ±ha. So “na tva½ may± veravacana½ vad±pito, tva½yeva karoh²”ti k±tu½na icchi. Majjhimaputta½ pakkositv± tathev±ha, sopi tatheva vatv± k±tu½ na icchi.Kaniµµha½ pakkositv± tathev±ha, so “pitu uppannakicca½ n±ma puttassa bh±ro”tivatv± pitusah±yo hutv± pupph±ni ak±si. Suvaººak±ro vidatthippam±º±na½pupph±na½ tayo kumbhe niµµh±petv± dh±tunidh±ne pakkhipitv± allavattho alla-keso satth±ra½ kham±pesi. Iti so sattakkhattu½ j±tak±le udake p±tana½ labhi.Aya½ panassa koµiya½ µhito attabh±vo. Idh±pi tasseva nissandena udake p±tito.Ye panassa dve jeµµhabh±tik± putt± suvaººapupph±na½ karaºak±le sah±y±bhavitu½ na icchi½su, tesa½ tena k±raºena suvaººapabbato na nibbatti, jaµilassaceva kaniµµhaputtassa ca ekato katabh±vena nibbatti. Iti so putte anus±sitv±satthu santike pabbajitv± katip±heneva arahatta½ p±puºi. Satth± aparena sama-yena pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhi½ piº¹±ya caranto tassa putt±na½ geha-dv±ra½ agam±si, te buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaªghassa a¹¹ham±sa½bhikkh±d±na½ ada½su. Bhikkh³ dhammasabh±ya½ katha½ samuµµh±pesu½ “ajj±pi te, ±vuso jaµila, as²-tihatthe suvaººapabbate ca puttesu ca taºh± atth²”ti. “Na me, ±vuso, etesu taºh±v± m±no v± atth²”ti. Te “aya½ jaµilatthero abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karot²”tivadi½su. Satth± tesa½ katha½ sutv± “na, bhikkhave, mama puttassa tesu taºh±v± m±no v± atth²”ti vatv± dhamma½ desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 416. “Yodha taºha½ pahantv±na, an±g±ro paribbaje; taºh±bhavaparikkh²ºa½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tassattho (2.0446)– yo idha loke chadv±rika½ taºha½ v± m±na½ v±

jahitv± ghar±v±sena anatthiko an±g±ro hutv± paribbajati, taºh±ya ceva bhavassaca parikkh²ºatt± taºh±bhavaparikkh²ºa½ tamaha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Jaµilattheravatthu tetti½satima½. 34. Jotikattheravatthu Yodha taºhanti puna ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto jotika-tthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. Aj±tasattukum±ro hi devadattena saddhi½ ekato hutv± pitara½ gh±tetv± rajjepatiµµhito “jotikaseµµhissa mah±p±s±da½ gaºhiss±m²”ti yuddhasajjo nikkhamitv±maºip±k±re sapariv±rassa attano ch±ya½ disv± “gahapatiko yuddhasajjo hutv±bala½ ±d±ya nikkhanto”ti sallakkhetv± upagantu½ na visahi. Seµµhipi ta½ divasa½uposathiko hutv± p±tova bhuttap±tar±so vih±ra½ gantv± satthu santike dhamma½suºanto nisinno hoti. Paµhame dv±rakoµµhake ±rakkha½ gahetv± µhito pana yama-ko¼i n±ma yakkho ta½ disv± “kaha½ gacchas²”ti sapariv±ra½ viddha½setv± dis±-vidis±su anubandhi. R±j± vih±rameva agam±si. Atha na½ seµµhi disv±va “ki½, dev±”ti vatv± uµµh±y±san± aµµh±si. Gahapati, ki½tva½ tava purise “may± saddhi½ yujjhath±”ti ±º±petv± idh±gamma dhamma½suºanto viya nisinnoti. Ki½ pana devo mama geha½ gaºhitu½ gatoti? ¾ma, gato-mh²ti. Mama anicch±ya mama geha½ gaºhitu½ r±jasahassampi na sakkoti,dev±ti. So “ki½ pana tva½ r±j± bhavissas²”ti kujjhi. N±ha½ r±j±, mama santaka½pana dasikasuttampi mama anicch±ya r±j³hi v± corehi v± gahetu½ na sakk±ti. Ki½pan±ha½ tava ruciy± gaºhiss±m²ti? Tena hi, deva, im± me dasasu aªgul²su v²satimuddik±, im±ha½ tumh±ka½ na demi. Sace sakkotha, gaºhath±ti. So pana r±j±bh³miya½ ukkuµika½ nis²ditv± ullaªghanto aµµh±rasahattha½ µh±na½ abhiruhati,µhatv± ullaªghanto as²tihattha½ (2.0447) µh±na½ abhiruhati. Eva½mah±balosam±nopi ito cito ca parivattento eka½ muddikampi ka¹¹hitu½ n±sakkhi. Athana½ seµµhi “s±µaka½ patthara, dev±”ti vatv± aªguliyo ujuk± ak±si, v²satipi muddik±nikkhami½su. Atha na½ seµµhi “eva½, deva, mama santaka½ mama anicch±ya nasakk± gaºhitun”ti vatv± rañño kiriy±ya uppannasa½vego “pabbajitu½ me anuj±na,dev±”ti ±ha. So “imasmi½ pabbajite sukha½ p±s±da½ gaºhiss±m²”ti cintetv± eka-vacaneneva “tva½ pabbaj±h²”ti ±ha. So satthu santike pabbajitv± na cirasseva ara-hatta½ patv± jotikatthero n±ma ahosi. Tassa arahatta½ pattakkhaºeyevasabb±pi s± sampatti antaradh±yi, tampissa satulak±yi½ n±ma bhariya½ devat±uttarakurumeva nayi½su. Athekadivasa½ bhikkh³ ta½ ±mantetv±, “±vuso jotika, tasmi½ pana te p±s±dev± itthiy± v± taºh± atth²”ti pucchitv± “natth±vuso”ti vutte satthu ±rocesu½– “aya½,bhante, abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karot²”ti. Satth± “nattheva, bhikkhave, mamaputtassa tasmi½ taºh±”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–

416. “Yodha taºha½ pahantv±na, an±g±ro paribbaje; taºh±bhavaparikkh²ºa½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Imiss± g±th±yattho heµµh± jaµilattheravatthumhi vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Jotikattheravatthu catuti½satima½. 35. Naµaputtakattheravatthu Hitv±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto eka½ naµaputtaka½±rabbha kathesi. So kira eka½ naµak²¼a½ k²¼ayam±no vicaranto satthu dhammakatha½ sutv±pabbajitv± arahatta½ p±puºi. Tasmi½ buddhappamukhena bhikkhusaªghenasaddhi½ (2.0448) piº¹±ya pavisante bhikkh³ eka½ naµaputta½ k²¼anta½ disv±,“±vuso, esa tay± k²¼itak²¼ita½ k²¼ati, atthi nu kho te ettha sineho”ti pucchitv± “natth²”-ti vutte “aya½, bhante, abh³ta½ vatv± añña½ by±karot²”ti ±ha½su. Satth± tesa½katha½ sutv±, “bhikkhave, mama putto sabbayoge atikkanto”ti vatv± ima½ g±tha-m±ha– 417. “Hitv± m±nusaka½ yoga½, dibba½ yoga½ upaccag±; sabbayogavisa½yutta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha m±nusaka½ yoganti m±nusaka½ ±yuñceva pañca k±maguºe ca. Dibba-yogepi eseva nayo. Upaccag±ti yo m±nusaka½ yoga½ hitv± dibba½ yoga½ ati-kkanto, ta½ sabbehi cat³hipi yogehi visa½yutta½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²tiattho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Naµaputtakattheravatthu pañcati½satima½. 36. Naµaputtakattheravatthu Hitv± ratiñc±ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto eka½ naµapu-ttaka½yeva ±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu purimasadisameva. Idha pana satth±,“bhikkhave, mama putto ratiñca aratiñca pah±ya µhito”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha– 418. “Hitv± ratiñca aratiñca, s²tibh³ta½ nir³padhi½; sabbalok±bhibhu½ v²ra½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha ratinti pañcak±maguºarati½. Aratinti araññav±se ukkaºµhitatta½. S²tibh³-tanti nibbuta½. Nir³padhinti nirupakkilesa½. V²ranti ta½ evar³pa½ sabba½khandhaloka½ abhibhavitv± µhita½ v²riyavanta½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti.

Naµaputtakattheravatthu chatti½satima½. 37. Vaªg²sattheravatthu Cuti½ (2.0449) yo ved²ti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharantovaªg²satthera½ ±rabbha kathesi. R±jagahe kireko br±hmaºo vaªg²so n±ma matamanuss±na½ s²sa½ ±koµetv±“ida½ niraye nibbattassa s²sa½, ida½ tiracch±nayoniya½, ida½ pettivisaye, ida½manussaloke, ida½ devaloke nibbattassa s²san”ti j±n±ti. Br±hmaº± “sakk± ima½niss±ya loka½ kh±ditun”ti cintetv± ta½ dve rattavatth±ni paridah±petv± ±d±yajanapada½ carant± manusse vadanti “eso vaªg²so n±ma br±hmaºo matamanu-ss±na½ s²sa½ ±koµetv± nibbattaµµh±na½ j±n±ti, attano ñ±tak±na½ nibbattaµµh±na½pucchath±”ti. Manuss± yath±bala½ dasapi kah±paºe v²satipi satampi datv± ñ±ta-k±na½ nibbattaµµh±na½ pucchanti. Te anupubbena s±vatthi½ patv± jetavanassaavid³re niv±sa½ gaºhi½su. Te bhuttap±tar±s± mah±jana½ gandham±l±dihattha½dhammassavan±ya gacchanta½ disv± “kaha½ gacchath±”ti pucchitv± “vih±ra½dhammassavan±y±”ti vutte “tattha gantv± ki½ karissatha, amh±ka½ vaªg²sabr±-hmaºena sadiso n±ma natthi, matamanuss±na½ s²sa½ ±koµetv± nibbattaµµh±na½j±n±ti, ñ±tak±na½ nibbattaµµh±na½ pucchath±”ti ±ha½su. Te “vaªg²so ki½ j±n±ti,amh±ka½ satth±r± sadiso n±ma natth²”ti vatv± itarehipi “vaªg²sasadiso natth²”tivutte katha½ va¹¹hetv± “etha, d±ni vo vaªg²sassa v± amh±ka½ v± satthu j±nana-bh±va½ j±niss±m±”ti te ±d±ya vih±ra½ agama½su. Satth± tesa½ ±gamana-bh±va½ ñatv± niraye tiracch±nayoniya½ manussaloke devaloketi cat³su µh±nesunibbatt±na½ catt±ri s²s±ni, kh²º±savas²sañc±ti pañca s²s±ni ±har±petv± paµip±µiy±µhapetv± ±gatak±le vaªg²sa½ pucchi– “tva½ kira s²sa½ ±koµetv± matak±na½nibbattaµµh±na½ j±n±s²”ti? “¾ma, j±n±m²”ti. “Ida½ kassa s²san”ti? So ta½ ±koµetv±“niraye nibbattass±”ti ±ha. Athassa satth± “s±dhu s±dh³”ti s±dhuk±ra½ datv± ita-r±nipi t²ºi s²s±ni pucchitv± tena avirajjhitv± vuttavuttakkhaºe tatheva tassa s±dhu-k±ra½ datv± pañcama½ s²sa½ dassetv± “ida½ kassa s²san”ti pucchi, so tampi±koµetv± nibbattaµµh±na½ na j±n±ti. Atha (2.0450) na½ satth± “ki½, vaªg²sa, na j±n±s²”ti vatv±, “±ma, na j±n±m²”tivutte “aha½ j±n±m²”ti ±ha. Atha na½ vaªg²so y±ci “detha me ima½ mantan”ti. Nasakk± apabbajitassa d±tunti. So “imasmi½ mante gahite sakalajambud²pe aha½jeµµhako bhaviss±m²”ti cintetv± te br±hmaºe “tumhe tattheva katip±ha½ vasatha,aha½ pabbajiss±m²”ti uyyojetv± satthu santike pabbajitv± laddh³pasampadovaªg²satthero n±ma ahosi. Athassa satth± dvatti½s±k±rakammaµµh±na½ datv±“mantassa parikamma½ sajjh±y±h²”ti ±ha. So ta½ sajjh±yanto antarantar±br±hmaºehi “gahito te manto”ti pucchiyam±no “±gametha t±va, gaºh±m²”ti vatv±katip±heneva arahatta½ patv± puna br±hmaºehi puµµho “abhabbo d±n±ha½,±vuso, gantun”ti ±ha. Ta½ sutv± bhikkh³ “aya½, bhante, abh³tena añña½ by±ka-rot²”ti satthu ±rocesu½. Satth± “m±, bhikkhave, eva½ avacuttha, id±ni, bhikkhave,

mama putto cutipaµisandhikusalo j±to”ti vatv± im± g±th± abh±si– 419. “Cuti½ yo vedi satt±na½, upapattiñca sabbaso; asatta½ sugata½ buddha½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºa½. 420. “Yassa gati½ na j±nanti, dev± gandhabbam±nus±; kh²º±sava½ arahanta½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha yo ved²ti yo satt±na½ sabb±k±rena cutiñca paµisandhiñca p±kaµa½ katv±j±n±ti, tamaha½ alaggat±ya asatta½, paµipattiy± suµµhu gatatt± sugata½, catunna½sacc±na½ buddhat±ya buddha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Yass±ti yassetedev±dayo gati½ na j±nanti, tamaha½ ±sav±na½ kh²ºat±ya kh²º±sava½, kilesehi±rakatt± arahanta½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Vaªg²sattheravatthu sattati½satima½. 38. Dhammadinnatther²vatthu Yass±ti (2.0451) ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± ve¼uvane viharanto dhamma-dinna½ n±ma bhikkhuni½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekadivasañhi tass± gihik±le s±miko vis±kho up±sako satthu santike dhamma½sutv± an±g±miphala½ patv± cintesi– “may± sabba½ s±pateyya½ dhammadinna½paµicch±petu½ vaµµat²”ti. So tato pubbe ±gacchanto dhammadinna½ v±tap±nenaolokenti½ disv± sita½ karoti. Ta½ divasa½ pana v±tap±nena µhita½ anolokentovaagam±si. S± “ki½ nu kho idan”ti cintetv± “hotu, bhojanak±le j±niss±m²”ti bhojana-vel±ya bhatta½ upan±mesi. So aññesu divasesu “ehi, ekato bhuñj±m±”ti vadati,ta½ divasa½ pana

tuºh²bh³tova bhuñji. S± “kenacideva k±raºena kupito bhavissat²”ti cintesi. Athana½ vis±kho sukhanisinnavel±ya ta½ pakkositv± “dhammadinne imasmi½ gehesabba½ s±pateyya½ paµicch±h²”ti ±ha. S± “kuddh± n±ma s±pateyya½ na paµi-cch±penti, ki½ nu kho etan”ti cintetv± “tumhe pana, s±m²”ti ±ha. Aha½ itopaµµh±ya na kiñci vic±rem²ti. Tumhehi cha¹¹ita½ khe¼a½ ko paµicchissati, eva½sante mama pabbajja½ anuj±n±th±ti. So “s±dhu, bhadde”ti sampaµicchitv± maha-ntena sakk±rena ta½ bhikkhun²-upassaya½ netv± pabb±jesi. S± laddh³pasa-mpad± dhammadinnatther² n±ma ahosi. S± pavivekak±mat±ya bhikkhun²hi saddhi½ janapada½ gantv± tattha viharant²na cirasseva saha paµisambhid±hi arahatta½ patv± “id±ni ma½ niss±ya ñ±tijan±puññ±ni karissant²”ti punadeva r±jagaha½ pacc±gañchi. Up±sako tass± ±gata-bh±va½ sutv± “kena nu kho k±raºena ±gat±”ti bhikkhun²-upassaya½ gantv±theri½ vanditv± ekamanta½ nisinno “ukkaºµhit± nu khosi, ayyeti vattu½ appati-r³pa½, pañhameka½ na½ pucchiss±m²”ti cintetv± sot±pattimagge pañha½pucchi, s± ta½ vissajjesi. Up±sako teneva up±yena sesamaggesupi pañha½pucchitv± atikkamma pañhassa puµµhak±le t±ya “accay±si, ±vuso, vis±kh±”ti vatv±“±kaªkham±no satth±ra½ upasaªkamitv± ima½ pañha½ puccheyy±s²”ti vuttetheri½ vanditv± uµµh±y±san± satthu santika½ (2.0452) gantv± ta½ kath±sall±pa½sabba½ bhagavato ±rocesi. Satth± “sukathita½ mama dh²t±ya dhammadinn±ya,ahampeta½ pañha½ vissajjento evameva vissajjeyyan”ti vatv± dhamma½desento ima½ g±tham±ha– 421. “Yassa pure ca pacch± ca, majjhe ca natthi kiñcana½; akiñcana½ an±d±na½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tattha pureti at²tesu khandhesu. Pacch±ti an±gatesu khandhesu. Majjhetipaccuppannesu khandhesu. Natthi kiñcananti yassetesu µh±nesu taºh±g±hasa-ªkh±ta½ kiñcana½ natthi, tamaha½ r±gakiñcan±d²hi akiñcana½ kassaci gaha-ºassa abh±vena an±d±na½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Dhammadinnatther²vatthu aµµhati½satima½. 39. Aªgulim±lattheravatthu Usabhanti ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto aªgulim±latthera½±rabbha kathesi. Vatthu “na ve kadariy± devaloka½ vajant²”ti (dha. pa. 177) g±th±-vaººan±ya vuttameva. Vuttañhi tattha– Bhikkh³ aªgulim±la½ pucchi½su– “ki½ nu kho, ±vuso aªgulim±la, duµµhahatthi½chatta½ dh±retv± µhita½ disv± bh±y²”ti? “Na bh±yi½, ±vuso”ti. Te satth±ra½ upa-saªkamitv± ±ha½su– “aªgulim±lo, bhante, añña½ by±karot²”ti. Satth± “na,bhikkhave, mama putto aªgulim±lo bh±yati. Kh²º±sava-usabh±nañhi antare jeµµha-ka-usabh± mama puttasadis± bhikkh³ na bh±yant²”ti vatv± ima½ g±tham±ha–

422. “Usabha½ pavara½ v²ra½, mahesi½ vijit±vina½; aneja½ nh±taka½ buddha½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tassattho (2.0453)– acchambhitaµµhena usabhasadisat±ya usabha½ uttama-µµhena pavara½ v²riyasampattiy± v²ra½ mahant±na½ s²lakkhandh±d²na½ esitatt±mahesi½ tiººa½ m±r±na½ vijitatt± vijit±vina½ nh±takilesat±ya nh±taka½ catusa-ccabuddhat±ya buddha½ ta½ evar³pa½ aha½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti attho. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½s³ti. Aªgulim±lattheravatthu ek³nacatt±l²sa½. 40. Devahitabr±hmaºavatthu Pubbeniv±santi ima½ dhammadesana½ satth± jetavane viharanto devahitabr±-hmaºassa pañha½ ±rabbha kathesi. Ekasmiñhi samaye bhagav± v±tarogena ±b±dhiko hutv± upav±ºatthera½ uºho-dakatth±ya devahitabr±hmaºassa santika½ pahiºi. So gantv± satthu ±b±dhika-bh±va½ ±cikkhitv± uºhodaka½ y±ci, ta½ sutv± br±hmaºo tuµµham±naso hutv±“l±bh± vata me, ya½ mama santika½ samm±sambuddho uºhodakassatth±yas±vaka½ pahiº²”ti uºhodakassa k±ja½ purisena g±h±petv± ph±ºitassa ca puµa½upav±ºattherassa p±d±si. Thero ta½ g±h±petv± vih±ra½ gantv± satth±ra½ uºho-dakena nh±petv± uºhodakena ph±ºita½ ±lo¼etv± bhagavato p±d±si, tassa taªkha-ºeyeva so ±b±dho paµipassambhi. Br±hmaºo cintesi– “kassa nu kho deyya-dhammo dinno mahapphalo hoti, satth±ra½ pucchiss±m²”ti so satthu santika½gantv± tamattha½ pucchanto ima½ g±tham±ha– “Kattha dajj± deyyadhamma½, kattha dinna½ mahapphala½; kathañhi yajam±nassa, katha½ ijjhati dakkhiº±”ti. (sa½. ni. 1.199); Athassa satth± “evar³passa br±hmaºassa dinna½ mahapphala½ hot²”ti vatv±br±hmaºa½ pak±sento ima½ g±tham±ha– 423. “Pubbeniv±sa½ (2.0454) yo vedi, sagg±p±yañca passati; atho j±tikkhaya½ patto, abhiññ±vosito muni; (sa½. ni. 1.199); sabbavositavos±na½, tamaha½ br³mi br±hmaºan”ti. Tassattho– yo pubbeniv±sa½ p±kaµa½ katv± j±n±ti, chabb²satidevalokabheda½saggañca catubbidha½ ap±yañca dibbacakkhun± passati, atho j±tikkhayasa-ªkh±ta½ arahatta½ patto, abhiññeyya½ dhamma½ abhij±nitv± pariññeyya½ pari-j±nitv± pah±tabba½ pah±ya sacchik±tabba½ sacchikatv± vosiko niµµh±na½ patto,vusitavos±na½ v± patto, ±savakkhayapaññ±ya monabh±va½ pattatt± muni,tamaha½ sabbesa½ kiles±na½ vos±na½ arahattamaggañ±ºa½ brahmacariya-v±sa½ vutthabh±vena sabbavositavos±na½ br±hmaºa½ vad±m²ti. Desan±vas±ne bah³ sot±pattiphal±d²ni p±puºi½su. Br±hmaºopi pasannam±-naso saraºesu patiµµh±ya up±sakatta½ pavedes²ti.

Devahitabr±hmaºavatthu catt±l²sa½. Br±hmaºavaggavaººan± niµµhit±. Chabb²satimo vaggo. Nigamanakath± Ett±vat± (2.0455) sabbapaµhame yamakavagge cuddasa vatth³ni, appam±da-vagge nava, cittavagge nava, pupphavagge dv±dasa, b±lavagge pannarasa,paº¹itavagge ek±dasa, arahantavagge dasa, sahassavagge cuddasa, p±pavaggedv±dasa, daº¹avagge ek±dasa, jar±vagge nava, attavagge dasa, lokavagge ek±-dasa, buddhavagge nava, sukhavagge aµµha, piyavagge nava, kodhavagge aµµha,malavagge dv±dasa, dhammaµµhavagge dasa, maggavagge dv±dasa, pakiººaka-vagge nava, nirayavagge nava, n±gavagge aµµha, taºh±vagge dv±dasa, bhikkhu-vagge dv±dasa, br±hmaºavagge catt±l²s±ti pañc±dhik±ni t²ºi vatthusat±ni pak±-setv± n±tisaªkhepan±tivitth±ravasena uparacit± dv±sattatibh±ºav±rapam±º±dhammapadassa atthavaººan± niµµhit±ti. Patta½ dhammapada½ yena, dhammar±jenanuttara½; g±th± dhammapade tena, bh±sit± y± mahesin±. Satev²s± catussat±, catusaccavibh±vin±; satattayañhi vatth³na½, pañc±dhik± samuµµhit±. Vih±re adhir±jena, k±ritamhi kataññun±; p±s±de sirik³µassa, rañño viharat± may±. Atthabyañjanasampanna½, atth±ya ca hit±ya ca; lokassa lokan±thassa, saddhammaµµhitikamyat±. T±sa½ aµµhakatha½ eta½, karontena sunimmala½; dv±sattatipam±º±ya, bh±ºav±rehi p±¼iy±. Ya½ patta½ kusala½ tena, kusal± sabbap±ºina½; sabbe ijjhantu saªkapp±, labhantu madhura½ phalanti. Paramavisuddhasaddh±buddhiv²riyapaµimaº¹itena s²l±c±rajjavamaddav±digu-ºasamudayasamuditena sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhog±haºasamatthenapaññ±veyyattiyasamann±gatena tipiµakapariyattippabhede s±µµhakathe satthus±-sane appaµihatañ±ºappabh±vena mah±veyy±karaºena karaºasampattijanitasu-khaviniggatamadhurod±ravacanal±vaººayuttena yuttamuttav±din± v±d²varenamah±kavin± (2.0456) pabhinnapaµisambhid±pariv±re cha¼abhiññ±paµisambhid±di-ppabhedaguºapaµimaº¹ite uttarimanussadhamme suppatiµµhitabuddh²na½ thera-va½sappad²p±na½ ther±na½ mah±vih±rav±s²na½ va½s±laªk±rabh³tena vipula-visuddhabuddhin± buddhaghosoti gar³hi gahitan±madheyyena therena kat±ya½

dhammapadaµµhakath±– T±va tiµµhatu lokasmi½, lokanittharaºesina½; dassent² kulaputt±na½, naya½ saddh±dibuddhiy±. Y±va buddhoti n±mampi, suddhacittassa t±dino; lokamhi lokajeµµhassa, pavattati mahesinoti. Iti tev²s±dhikacatusatag±th±pañc±dhikatisatavatthupaµimaº¹it± Chabb²sativaggasamann±gat± dhammapadavaººan± samatt±. Dhammapada-aµµhakath± sabb±k±rena niµµhit±.